2022–2023

CATALOG

126 PARK AVENUE, BRIDGEPORT, CT 06604

––––––––––
1-800-EXCEL-UB
E-mail: admit@bridgeport.edu
Fax: (203) 576-4941
Website: www.bridgeport.edu

Volume 35
Effective September 1, 2022

1
The University of Bridgeport admits students
regardless of sex, race, color, creed, or
national or ethnic origin to all the rights,
privileges, programs and activities generally
accorded or made available to students of
the University. The University of Bridgeport
does not discriminate on the basis of gender,
sexual orientation, age, race, color, national
or ethnic origin, creed, political affiliation,
or disability in the administration of its
educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic
and other University administered programs.
The University of Bridgeport is an equal
opportunity employer.
The policies and procedures stated in this
Catalog, as well as the online version, are
subject to change without prior notice.
This includes curriculum modifications and
academic policies. The Catalog is intended
to provide general information and does
not create either an express or implied
contract with any person. When policies or
procedures are modified, the University will
endeavor to revise the online version as soon
as feasible, and students and faculty should
refer to the 2018-2020 catalog on the UB
website for most updated information. The
University reserves the right in its exclusive
discretion to add, modify, delete, deviate
from, or amend the provisions of the Catalog
at any time.
Catalog of the University of Bridgeport.
Published by the University of Bridgeport.
Postage paid Bridgeport, Connecticut.

2
President’s Message

Welcome to the University of Bridge- to providing you with career-oriented

port’s 2021-2022 academic year. This programs and flexible degree options
year marks a new beginning not only that prepare you to succeed in life. I
for those of you who are stepping promise that at UB we will continue
onto campus for the first time, but for to offer an educational experience
all of us. grounded in academic excellence,
personal responsibility, and commit-
ment to service.
It’s even more poignant that we are
starting this journey after one of the
most challenging periods any of us No matter your degree program or
have ever faced. The COVID-19 pan- area of study, we are here to support
demic changed our world as we know you every step of the way on your path
it. And while it forced us to physically to a successful career and an amazing
distance ourselves from each other, future.
in many ways it brought this campus
community even closer together.
This will be a year of many firsts
for all of us. As your new president,
Furthermore, University of Bridge- I hope you are as excited as I am to
port joined Goodwin University and start.
Paier College in May 2021 in a part-
nership that builds on the legacy of
the Purple Knights and creates new
opportunities for our students. Sincerely,

One thing that has not changed as Danielle Wilken Ed.D.

we move forward is our dedication President,
University of Bridgeport

3
Correspondence

Mailing Address SCHOOL OF EDUCATION STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

(203) 576-4219 (203) 576-4393
UNIVERSITY OF BRIDGEPORT Fax: (Dean): (203) 576-4102 Fax: (203) 576-4394
E-mail: education@bridgeport.edu E-mail: deanofstudents@bridgeport.edu
Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604
Telephone Number: 203-576-4000
COUNSELING SERVICES
Toll Free in CT: 1-800-972-9488 College of Health Sciences (203) 576-4175
Toll Free in NY, NJ, PA, MA, NH, VT, RI:
1-800-243-9496 Fax: (203) 576-4200
ACUPUNCTURE INSTITUTE E-mail: counseling@bridgeport.edu
Specific inquiries should be addressed
as follows: (203) 576-4122
E-mail: acup@bridgeport.edu TRANSCRIPTS AND ACADEMIC
RECORDS
ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SCHOOL OF CHIROPRACTIC Office of the Registrar
Office of Admissions (203) 576-4279 (203) 576-4634
126 Park Avenue Fax: (203) 576-4351 Fax: (203) 576-4941
Bridgeport, CT 06604 E-mail: chiro@bridgeport.edu E-mail: registrar@bridgeport.edu
1-800-EXCEL-UB (1-800-392-3582)
(203) 576-4552 FONES SCHOOL OF DENTAL HYGIENE For more information specific to one of the
Fax: (203) 576-4941
(203) 576-4138 colleges or divisions, you may write or call
E-mail: admit@bridgeport.edu
Fax: (203) 576-4220 the appropriate dean or director.
E-mail: fones@bridgeport.edu
College of Science and Society SCHOOL OF NURSING
For all other information,
Call (203) 576-4000
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND SOCIETY (203) 576-2345
Fax: (203) 576-2380
(203) 576-4271
E-mail: sewers@bridgeport.edu
Fax Number: (203) 576-4051
E-mail: artsandsciences@bridgeport.edu NUTRITION INSTITUTE
UB WATERBURY CENTER (203) 576-4667
E-mail: nutrition@bridgeport.edu
(203) 576-4851
E-mail: ubwaterbury@bridgeport.edu PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT INSTITUTE
ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE (203) 576-2400
Fax (203) 576-2402
(203) 576-4865
pai@bridgeport.edu
Fax: (203) 576-4861
E-mail: esl@bridgeport.edu
Student Support Services

College of Engineering, BILLING INFORMATION AND PAYMENTS

Bursar (203) 576-4472
Business, and Education Fax: (203) 576-4581
E-mail: bursar@bridgeport.edu
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
(203) 576-4111 SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT
Fax Number: (203) 576-4766 FINANCIAL SERVICES
E-mail: engr@bridgeport.edu (203) 576-4568
Fax: (203) 576-4570
ERNEST C. TREFZ SCHOOL OF E-mail: finaid@bridgeport.edu
BUSINESS
(203) 576-4384 STUDY ABROAD
Fax: (203) 576-4388 (203) 576-4699
E-mail: mba@bridgeport.edu E-mail: studyabroad@bridgeport.edu

4
Table of Contents

2 Disclaimer 90 Global Development and Peace (M.A.) 157 Educational Administration and
3 President’s Message 92 Global Media and Communication Studies Supervision (6th Year Certificate)
4 Correspondence (M.A.) 158 Master of Education
5 Table of Contents 159 Student Affairs Administration and
6 Academic Calendar 94 College of Engineering, Business, and Leadership
7 Programs of Study Education
160 Educational Leadership (Ed.D.)
95 School of Engineering Programs
9 Introduction 96 Computer Engineering (B.S.)
162 College of Health Sciences
14 Admissions 98 Computer Engineering Technology (B.S.)
163 Acupuncture Institute
19 Tuition, Fees and Other Expenses 100 Computer Science (B.S.)
Acupuncture (M.S.Ac.)
23 Student Financial Services 102 Electrical Engineering (B.S.)
Traditional Chinese Medicine
27 Student Affairs 104 General Studies (B.S.)
(M.S., D.TCM.)
31 Academic Regulations and Procedures 105 Mechanical Engineering (B.S.)
Chinese Herbology (M.S.)
39 The Core Curriculum 107 Artificial Intellegince (M.S.)
171 School of Chiropractic
42 Experiential Learning and Internships 108 Biomedical Engineering (M.S.)
Chiropractic (D.C.)
44 University Library 109 Computer Engineering (M.S.)
174 Fones School of Dental Hygiene
45 Support Services 110 Computer Science (M.S.)
175 Dental Hygiene (A.S.)
111 Electrical Engineering (M.S.)
177 Dental Hygiene (B.S.)
113 Mechanical Engineering (M.S.)
46 College of Science and Society 178 Dental Hygiene Online (B.S.)
115 Technology Management (M.S.)
49 Biology (B.S., B.A.) 179 Dental Hygiene (M.S.D.H.)
116 Computer Science and Engineering
52 Criminal Justice and Human Security 180 General Studies (B.S.)
(Ph.D.)
(B.A.) 181 Health Sciences (B.S.)
119 Technology Management (Ph.D.)
53 English and Professional Writing (B.S.) 184 Health Sciences (D.H.Sc.)
55 Fashion Merchandising (A.A.) 124 Ernest C. Trefz School of Business Programs 186 Master’s of Public Health (M.P.H.)
56 Fashion Merchandising (B.S.) 125 Accounting (B.S.) 187 Medical Laboratory Science (B.S.)
58 General Studies (A.A., A.S.) 127 Business Administration (A.A.) 189 School of Nursing
59 General Studies (B.S.) 128 Business Administration (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.N., M.S.N.)
60 Graphic Design/Graphic Design New Media 130 Finance (B.S.) 195 Nutrition Institute
(B.F.A.) 132 General Studies (B.S.) Nutrition (M.S.)
63 Humanities (B.A., B.S.) 133 International Business (B.S.) 196 Physician Assistant Institute
67 Human Services (B.S.) 135 Management and Industrial Relations Physician Assistant (M.S.)
68 Industrial Design (B.S.) (B.S.)
198 Course of Instruction - Undergraduate
70 Interior Design (B.S.) 137 Marketing (B.S.)
269 Course of Instruction - Graduate
72 International Political Economy and 139 Sport Management (B.S.)
372 Administration
Diplomacy (B.A.) 141 Analytics and Systems (M.S.)
375 Alumni Association
74 Mass Communication (B.A.) 143 Business Administration (M.B.A.)
376 The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security
76 Mathematics (B.A.) 145 Finance (M.S.) Acts And Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
77 Mathematics (B.S.) 147 School of Education Programs (FERPA)
78 Music (B.M.) 148 Education (M.S., 6th Year Certificate) in 378 Map to the University of Bridgeport
80 Performing Arts (B.A.) Elementary or Secondary Degrees 379 Directions to the University of Bridgeport
81 Political Science (B.A., B.S.) 153 Education (6th Year Certificate) in 380 Campus Map
82 Psychology (B.S.) Elementary or Secondary Education
83 Social Sciences (B.A.) Remedial Reading and Remedial
85 Biology (M.A., M.S.) Language Arts
87 Counseling (M.S.) 155 Education (6th Year Certificate) in
Reading and Language Arts Consultant
89 Criminal Justice and Human Security Certification
(M.A.)

5
Academic Calendar

Please access the University of Bridgeport

website www.bridgeport.edu for the most
recent Academic calendars.

6
Programs of Study

Undergraduate Programs Sociology Conflict Analysis and Resolution

Global Media and Communication
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND SOCIETY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, Global Management

Biology (B.A., B.S.)

BUSINESS, AND EDUCATION International Political Economy and
Development
Criminal Justice and Human Security (B.A.) SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Global Media and Communication Studies
Comparative Justice (M.A.)
Computer Engineering (B.S.)
Criminology Global Communication
Computer Science (B.S.)
Human Security New Media Communication
Electrical Engineering (B.S.)
English and Professional Writing (B.S.)
Mechanical Engineering (B.S.)
Fashion Merchandising (A.A., B.S.) COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING,
General Studies (A.A., A.S.) ERNEST C. TREFZ SCHOOL OF BUSINESS, AND EDUCATION
General Studies (B.S.) BUSINESS
Business Studies SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
Accounting (B.S.)
Humanities Business Administration (A.A., B.S.) Biomedical Engineering (M.S.)
Natural Sciences and Mathematics Computer Engineering (M.S.)
Business Analytics & Intelligence (BS)
Science, Engineering and Computer Computer Science (M.S.)
Related Fields Finance (B.S.) (B.S.)
Management & Industrial Relations (B.S.) Electrical Engineering (M.S.)
Social Sciences
Sport Management (B.S.) Mechanical Engineering (M.S.)
Graphic Design (B.F.A.)
eSports concentration Technology Management (M.S.)
New Media
Bio-Technology Management
Humanities (B.A., B.S.)
Human Services (B.S.) COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES Global Program & Project Management
Information Technology & Analytics
Industrial Design (B.S.) Health Sciences (B.S.) Management
Interior Design (B.S.) Community Health Education Manufacturing Management
Exercise & Fitness New Product Development,
International Political Economy and
Nutrition Management and Commercialization
Diplomacy (B.A.)
Americas Studies Medical Laboratory Science (B.S.) Quality Management & Continuous
Medical Laboratory Science (Cert) Improvement
Asia-Pacific Studies
Supply Chain, Logistics and Service
Middle East Studies
FONES SCHOOL OF DENTAL Management
Peace and Development Studies
HYGIENE Computer Science and Engineering (Ph.D.)
Mathematics (B.A., B.S.)
Dental Hygiene (A.S., B.S.) Technology Management (Ph.D.)
Mass Communication (B.A.)
Dental Hygiene – Online (B.S.)
Advertising ERNEST C. TREFZ SCHOOL OF
Communication SCHOOL OF NURSING BUSINESS
Fashion Journalism Analytics and Systems (M.S.)
Nursing (B.S.N.)
International Communication Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Pre-Nursing Curriculum
Journalism Accounting
Traditional BSN
Public Relations Analytics Intelligence
Nursing: RN to BSN
Sports Journalism Entrepreneurship
Music (B.Mus.) Finance
Music Business Graduate Programs Human Resources
Music Education International Business
Music Performance COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND SOCIETY Management
Performing Arts (B.A.) Marketing
Biology (M.S., M.A.)
Political Science (B.A., B.S.) Business Administration – Online (M.B.A.)
Counseling (M.S.)
Psychology (B.S.) Clinical Mental Health Counseling Finance (M.S.)
Social Sciences (B.A.) Student Personnel
Criminal Justice SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Counseling (6th Year)
History Elementary Education (M.S.)
Criminal Justice and Human Security (M.A.)
International Studies Secondary Education (M.S.)
Political Science Global Development and Peace
(Grad Certificate) Elementary Education (C.A.S.-6th Year)
Pre-Law Secondary Education (C.A.S.-6th Year)
Global Development and Peace (M.A.)
Psychology

7
Programs of Study

Educational Administration and Supervision

(C.A.S.-6th year)
Remedial Reading and Remedial Language
Arts (C.A.S.-6th Year)
Master in Education (M.Ed.)
Student Affairs Administration and
Leadership (M.Ed.)
Educational Leadership (Ed.D.)

COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Health Sciences (D.H.Sc.)

ACUPUNCTURE INSTITUTE
Master of Science in Acupuncture (M.S.Ac.)
Master of Science in Traditional Chinese
Medicine (M.S.TCM)
Master of Science in Chinese Herbology
(M.S.CH.)
Doctorate in Traditional Chinese Medicine
(D.TCM)

SCHOOL OF CHIROPRACTIC
Doctor of Chiropractic (D.C.)

FONES SCHOOL OF DENTAL

HYGIENE
Dental Hygiene – Online (M.S.D.H.)

SCHOOL OF NURSING
Nursing (M.S.N.)

NUTRITION INSTITUTE
Nutrition (M.S.)

PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT INSTITUTE

Physician Assistant (M.S.)

8
INTRODUCTION

9
Introduction

Mission international students, taught by a faculty of states and 86 foreign countries and repre-
183 men and women. In 1951 the University senting a rich diversity of ethnic and cultural
The University of Bridgeport offers career-
awarded its first Master’s degree. backgrounds.
oriented undergraduate, graduate, and pro-
fessional degrees and programs for people In 1953 the University expanded its pro-
seeking personal and professional growth. grams when Arnold College, the oldest co- Faculty
The University promotes academic excel- educational school of physical education The UB instructional staff consists of 121 full-
lence, personal responsibility and commit- in the United States, merged with and was time faculty, and nearly all hold doctoral or
ment to service. Distinctive curricula in an incorporated into the College of Education. terminal degrees in their fields. The regular
international, culturally diverse supportive faculty is augmented by approximately 370
In January 1979 UB inaugurated its first doc-
learning environment prepare graduates for adjunct faculty.
toral degree program, Educational Leader-
life and leadership in an increasingly inter-
ship; and in 1991 the College of Chiropractic Faculty honors include Fulbright Schol-
connected world. The University is indepen-
was established, representing the first affili- ars, National Science Foundation Fellows,
dent and non-sectarian.
ation of a chiropractic school with a univer- Ford Fellows, National Endowment for the
sity in the United States. In 2005 the Ph.D. Humanities Fellows, American Council for
History in Computer Science and Engineering was Learned Societies Scholars, Phi Beta Kappa
The University of Bridgeport was founded added and further doctoral and masters level Scholars, Phi Kappa Phi Scholars and Sigma
in 1927 as the Junior College of Connecti- degrees followed. Xi Scholars.
cut — the first junior college chartered by
any legislature in the northeastern states. The University of Bridgeport Today Accreditations and
college had as its purpose, in the words of
the founders, to develop in students a point
The University today continues its commit- Memberships
ment to excellence as it maintains its tradi-
of view and a habit of mind that promotes The University of Bridgeport is accredited
tion of responding to the changing needs of
clear thinking and sound judgment in later by the New England Commission of High-
society through the liberal arts and its pro-
professional and business experience. Al- er Education (NECHE) formerly New Eng-
fessional programs. Programs are focused
though UB has changed in many ways since land Association of Schools and Colleges
so that students receive the kind of personal
then, this commitment to student preparation (NEASC).
advising and attention usually found only
and community service remains central to its The University also is accredited by the Con-
at small colleges. Furthermore, the Univer-
mission. necticut Office of Higher Education. National
sity takes full advantage of its location in
The Junior College of Connecticut became a progressive urban setting, using regional accreditations of professional programs have
the University of Bridgeport in 1947, when resources as “living laboratories” to supple- been granted by the following accrediting
the State of Connecticut chartered the institu- ment the traditional academic instruction of- bodies in the areas noted:
tion as a four-year university with authority to fered on the campus. Through co-operative
Name of Programs — Accreditor
grant the baccalaureate degree. By that time, education programs, students can learn from
the former Barnum estate at Seaside Park had experience by integrating classroom studies Educator Preparation — The Connecticut
been purchased and growth in students, fac- on campus with supervised employment in State Department of Education under NCATE
ulty, programs and buildings was rapid. The industrial, service, and government sectors. standards
College of Arts and Sciences and the College Engineering — Engineering Accreditation
The University through its schools and colleg-
of Business were added at once, and the col- Commission of the Accreditation Board for
es offers a variety of undergraduate and grad-
leges of Nursing, Education, and Engineering Engineering and Technology (ABET)
uate degree programs from associate through
soon after. The Junior College expanded its Acupuncture — The Accreditation Commis-
doctoral levels. In addition, the University’s
offerings through a merger with the Weylister sion for Acupuncture and Herbal Medicine
College of Chiropractic awards the Doctor of
Secretarial Junior College of Milford, Connect- (ACAHM) (MS-AC, MS-Ac.CH, DAc.TCM)
Chiropractic degree; College of Naturopathic
icut, and through the addition of the Fones
Medicine awards the Doctor of Naturopathic Chiropractic — Commission on Accredita-
School of Dental Hygiene (at its inception in
Medicine and Acupuncture awards the Mas- tion of the Council on Chiropractic Educa-
1949 the only such school in Connecticut and
ter of Science in Acupuncture. UB Online has tion (CCE)
the second in New England).
both undergraduate and graduate degree Counseling — The Council for Accreditation
By 1950, the University had moved from the programs entirely online. of Counseling and Related Educational Pro-
original Fairfield Avenue location to the pres- grams (CACREP), a specialized accrediting
The University sees its student body as a
ent Seaside Park campus, which has since body recognized by the Council for Higher
valuable resource. Approximately 5,000 stu-
grown from 22 to 53 acres. Enrollment was Education Accreditation (CHEA), has granted
dents were enrolled in 2012-2013, sixty per-
nearly 3,500 students, including a number of accreditation to the Clinical Mental Health
cent of whom are full-time, coming from 45
Counseling MS degree program in the Col-

10
Introduction

lege of Arts and Sciences at the University of of sun and recreation. The city and county The Charles A. Dana Hall of Science is de-
Bridgeport through March 31, 2028. provide opportunities for becoming involved signed for study and research in biology,
Business Programs — The Association of in work-study programs with schools, gov- chemistry, physics, health sciences, medical
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs ernment and some of the country’s largest laboratory science and geology. There is a
(ACBSP) Fortune 500 and multi-national corporations. 285-seat lecture auditorium, and the unique
Science Wall of Honor commemorating thir-
Physician Assistant — Accreditation Review The architectural diversity of UB’s dozens
ty-seven of the world’s “Immortals of Sci-
Commission on Education (ARC-PA) of buildings, from stately homes as well as
ence.” It is also the home of the School of
Medical Laboratory Science Programs — newer structures of modern design, reflects
Arts and Sciences.
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Lab- the origins and progress of the university and
oratory Sciences (NAACLS) also embodies its twofold commitment to so- Eleanor Naylor Dana Hall provides facilities
lidity and change. The entrance to Marina for the Physician Assistant Program and the
Nursing — The Commission on Collegiate
Dining Hall, was once the entrance arch to graduate program in Human Nutrition.
Nursing Education (CCNE)
the estate of Phineas Taylor Barnum, who
Nutrition — The Accreditation Council for The UB Health Sciences Center houses the
served as Mayor of Bridgeport from 1875 to
Nutrition Professional Education (ACNPE) UB Clinics in Acupuncture, Chiropractic,
1876 and played a crucial role in the city’s
Dental Hygiene, and Naturopathic care. It is
The University holds membership in the cultural and economic development. Bryant
also the home to the Administration for the
American Council on Education, the Ameri- Hall, with its inlaid mosaic entryway and
Acupuncture Institute, School of Naturopath-
can Association of University Women, the ornately carved banisters and ceilings, was
ic Medicine and the Fones School of Dental
American Association of Colleges for Teach- built in 1895 for inventor Waldo C. Bryant.
Hygiene.
er Education, the Connecticut Conference of The Carstensen Hall is a facsimile of a pavil-
Independent Colleges, the Council of Gradu- ion at the 1893 Columbian Exposition. It was The Harvey Hubbell Gymnasium is the
ate Schools, the College Board, and the As- designed in 1899 for the chemist George Ed- center for intercollegiate sports programs. It
sociation of Accredited Naturopathic Medical wards, whose research led to improving the seats 2,500 spectators.
Colleges, the American Association of Acu- durability of silver plate. Between the cam-
Ernest C. Trefz School of Business houses the
puncture and Oriental Medicine, the Con- pus and Seaside Park is the Perry Arch, de-
School of Business and a major computer
necticut Distance Learning Consortium, the signed by Henry Bacon, who also designed
laboratory.
American Society for Engineering Education, the Lincoln Memorial in Washington D.C.
the Association of Chiropractic Colleges, the The College of Chiropractic Building has
National Association of Independent Colleg- The more modern buildings house academic
class and conference rooms, offices, a labo-
es and Universities, the National Association and student life on campus:
ratory, and an auditorium seating two hun-
of College and University Business Officers, The Carlson Building, prominently located dred people. It is equipped with the modern
the Commission on Accelerated Programs, on the main quad of the University, was facilities necessary for the professional pro-
New England Association for College Admis- built by the generosity of William and Phil- grams offered by the Chiropractic faculty.
sion, the National Association of College Ad- lips Carlson in 1955. Until the completion of
The Technology Building provides the engi-
missions Counselors, the New England As- Wahlstrom Library in 1974, Carlson served
neering disciplines with the special capabili-
sociation of College Admission Counselors, as the University’s first standalone library.
ties and equipment needed for programs in
NAFSA (Association of International Educa- Today it houses the School of Education on
biomedical, mechanical, electrical and com-
tors), the Institute of International Education, its first floor and the School of Public and
puter engineering.
and AACRAO - American Association of Col- International Affairs on it second floor. The
legiate Registrars and Admission Officers. building also houses the language laboratory The Magnus Wahlstrom Library is the aca-
and the film and video facility. demic and physical heart of the campus. The
Campus and Campus History The John J. Cox Student Center provides so-
nine-story building is home to many differ-
ent types of information resources, collec-
The University of Bridgeport is located fifty- cial, recreational, and extracurricular cultural
tions, and services.
five miles from New York City. Bridgeport, programs. It has a social hall with a seating
Connecticut’s largest city, borders the 53-acre capacity of 400; lounges and meeting rooms; The “Garden Level” houses the Office of the
campus to the north. Seaside Park and the a games room and bowling alley; the office Registrar, The Bursar and Financial Aid, Ca-
Long Island Sound, with some of the fin- of The Scribe (the campus newspaper); the reer Services and UB Online. The Sixth floor
est sandy beaches between New York and studio and transmitter of WPKN (an indepen- the Office of Admissions. The Seventh floor
Cape Cod, mark the southern boundary. The dent non-commercial FM radio station); and houses the Division of Administration and
unique location of the campus offers a variety offices of the Student Congress and student Finance and the Office of the Provost. The
of advantages to the University community. clubs and organizations, as well as offices of Eighth floor houses the Office of the Presi-
The Sound and the Park are settings for stud- the Student Development division. dent.
ies in marine biology and for the enjoyment

11
Introduction
The Wheeler Recreation Center offers op- an Emergency Broadcast System through foreign university provided they follow the
portunities for students to enjoy recreational LiveSafe. LiveSafe allows the University of usual procedure of obtaining permission to
sports. Wheeler has a 25-meter pool with Bridgeport to transmit messages to users, in- take courses off-campus. In the past, stu-
one-meter and three-meter diving boards forming them of an event that may have a dents have pursued such programs at the
and adjacent steam room and sauna facilities. direct impact on health or safety. University of Paris-Sorbonne, the Catholic
The field house has a multi-purpose area for University of the West, Laval University, The
tennis, basketball, and volleyball, with a jog- Social and Cultural Opportunities Institute for American Universities in Aix-
ging track around the perimeter. In addition, Cultural events at the University of Bridge- en-Provence, France, The American College
there are courts for racquetball and handball. port offer entertainment of high quality. Art in Paris, University of Madrid, University of
exhibits, theatre productions, dance ensem- Valencia, the Young Judea Year Course in Is-
Security Services bles, music ensembles, classic cinema, lec- rael, and The London School of Economics.
tures and concerts by UB groups, including Students interested in such programs should
The University offers a combination of secu-
the Jazz Ensemble are regularly scheduled. consult with their department chair.
rity services that include a Securitas Security
Service USA managed public safety force, Student organizations of the University plan a More recently students have also pursued
escort services, and twenty-four-hour moni- wide range of social programs from movies to study abroad at the American University of
tored access to all residence halls. dances, rock concerts, international festivals, Dubai, at Hanseo, Yonsei and Sun Moon
coffee houses, lectures and comedy acts. Universities in Korea, at the International
LiveSafe Christian University in Japan, at Fudan Uni-
The University’s schedule of events in the
LiveSafe is the personal UB security and in- versity and at Sichuan University Jinjiang
fine and performing arts is complement-
formation phone application for all students, College in China and at the Chinese Cultural
ed by its location in the center of Fairfield
faculty and staff. It is available for Android University in Taiwan.
County, one of the country’s most desirable
and iPhone devices. LiveSafe allows the user
recreational and cultural areas. New England
to send tips and messages to Campus Se-
village greens and historic communities are Computing Facilities
curity, share locations with friends or fam-
within easy reach of the campus. The South- Academic and Campus Technology Services
ily, locate buildings on campus and access
ern Connecticut area is home to the Westport (ACTS) provides computing, information,
emergency services and preparedness infor-
Country Playhouse and New Haven’s Long and networks services to the entire campus
mation.
Wharf and Yale Repertory theatres. The cul- community.
The information is easy to obtain directly tural resources of New York and Boston are
A campus-wide fiber optic network for data
from a hand-held device by scrolling through within convenient traveling distance by car,
communication provides data connectivity
the information tabs provided and opening bus, or train.
for students, faculty, and staff. A state-of-the-
the tab to reach Campus Security while on
International Activities and Study art digital network system offers students,
campus or 911/police when off-campus.
Abroad faculty, and staff access to all on-campus
Also available is the SafeWalk feature which
The University of Bridgeport offers a wide computing resources, as well as remote com-
allows a family member or friend to follow
range of opportunities for students to learn puting resources via the Internet.
users on the application to ensure the safe
arrival to the destination of their choice. If about other cultures and to understand ACTS maintains the University-wide comput-
users are looking for a specific building on American culture. Students from approxi- ing infrastructure for academic and adminis-
campus, the LiveSafe application can give mately 80 countries attend the University. trative use, utilizing state-of-the-art comput-
walking or driving directions from wherever Through formal events such as the annual ing and network solutions. All central and
they are to the university destination address International Festival sponsored by the Of- distributed computers and about 1000 work-
they choose. fice of International Affairs and the Interna- stations and other devices are connected to
tional Relations Club, and through informal the campus network, providing each user
Download the free mobile app at http:// contacts in and out of class, students from with access to computing resources. Every
links.livesafemobile.com/UBridgeport. All different cultures are able to meet and get to faculty and staff member has a PC or laptop
faculty, staff, and students should select the know one another. connected to the campus network. Phone,
University of Bridgeport organization when
cable, and high speed data connectivity is
configuring the UB LiveSafe app. For an in- Study Abroad extended to all residence hall rooms.
structional video on how to use the feature- There is opportunity for foreign study and
rich app, go to https://livesafe.wistia.com/ travel and these opportunities are coordi- In addition to numerous departmental com-
medias/kc0y5i2vup. nated through the Office of Overseas Study. puting labs, ACTS manages public student
Students may choose to spend a summer, a labs, located in Mandeville Hall, Engineering
Emergency Broadcast System and Technology Hall, and Wahlstrom Library
semester, or an entire academic year abroad.
The University of Bridgeport has established They may receive credit for work done at a Learning Commons All computers support

12
Introduction
general purpose applications, such as word
processing, spreadsheets, graphics, and data
base management systems. The Waterbury
center has a general computer lab to sup-
port those students attending classes at that
facility.
The University’s Portal (myub.bridgeport.
edu) provides access to email and other stu-
dent-designated resources. All students have
free Web space and additional space for stor-
ing critical data. Additional facilities permit
students to review schedules and perform
grade-lookup.
ACTS also includes wireless access in all
study lounges on each floor of each resi-
dence hall. General wireless areas include
the Wahlstrom Library as wells as a popular
student gathering location in Knight’s End
Café.
ACTS provides support for setting up student
UB accounts and wireless issues. Students
who need assistance can go to the Print/
Copy Center on the first floor of the library
for help. Support is available during the
hours of operation of the library.

13
Admissions
Dean of Admissions: Jeffrey Mon B. An official high school transcript or GED ments or to request additional documenta-
(General Equivalency Diploma) tion.
Office of Admissions
126 Park Avenue C. The University of Bridgeport is a test Transfer credit is awarded only for courses
Bridgeport, CT 06604 optional institution. Students have the in which a grade of “C” or better is earned.
option of submitting SAT/ACT scores or a
Additional application materials are required
203-576-4552 • 1-800-EXCEL-UB 250-500 word personal statement on the
for students transferring into the Dental Hy-
Fax: 203-576-4941 topic of their choice.
giene and Nursing. Please see their respec-
E-mail: admit@bridgeport.edu D. FAFSA (if applying for financial aid) tive sections below for details.
Internet Home Page:
http://www.bridgeport.edu The University of Bridgeport reserves the The status of any applicant admitted before
right to waive the need for certain docu- all final, official transcripts are received will
Admissions Policy ments or to request additional documenta- be reevaluated upon receipt of the final tran-
tion. script. Transfer applicants are urged to apply
All University of Bridgeport applications are
well in advance of the opening date of the
reviewed and evaluated on an individual HOME-SCHOOLED APPLICANTS
basis. The University of Bridgeport admits term in which they plan to enter. This will
The University of Bridgeport welcomes
qualified students regardless of race, color, enable the student to receive a timely evalu-
applications from individuals who have
sex, religion, age, national and ethnic origins ation of their transfer credit and appropriate
completed all or part of their education in a
or handicap. Applications are accepted and academic advisement and program planning.
homeschooled environment. Below are the
reviewed on a rolling basis throughout the application requirements for home-schooled Students are required to complete their last
year. students: thirty semester hours at the University of
Bridgeport and meet course requirements
• Academic coursework prerequisites
Application as described in each program to be eligible
• Level of achievement (grade-point for a degree. A maximum of 66 credits may
Domestic and International students applying
average) be awarded from two-year colleges and 90
as new first time freshmen or transfer
students can do so online at bridgeport.edu/ • Standardized tests (SAT or ACT) credits from accredited four-year institutions.
apply. We accept the Common Application as Transfer credit is awarded on a course by
• Proof of graduation: Final high school
well as our internal UB application. Students course basis.
transcript with a school administrator
interested in applying as a visiting or non- signature and indication of a graduation
degree student may do so at bridgeport.edu/ date Articulation Agreements
non-degree. There is no application fee for The University has articulation agreements
either application. Since some students in homeschool
programs may not follow a traditional high with the following institutions:
Application materials can be submitted school curriculum, we may request further Capital Community College
electronically directly from your prior High detailed documentation of their high school
School, College or University; Uploaded coursework and evaluations of progress as Gateway Community College
through your application portal; Emailed to needed. Housatonic Community College
admit@brigeport.edu or mailed to Office of
Admissions, 126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, TRANSFER CANDIDATES MUST Middlesex Community College
Connecticut 06604. SUBMIT Naugatuck Community College
For further information, please call (203) A. An Application for admission
Northwestern Community College
576-4552 or toll free 1-800-EXCEL-UB (392- B. Proof of high school completion or G.E.D.
3582) or email admit@brigeport.edu. (General Equivalency Diploma). Norwalk Community College
All interested students are encouraged to C. An official copy of all college transcripts Tunxis Community College
visit the University of Bridgeport to meet from each post-secondary institution
previously attended. An applicant who Westchester Community College
with an Admissions Officer and tour the
campus. fails to indicate attendance at a previous
institution at the time of application may Academic Credit from
Undergraduate Applicants forfeit eligibility for admission or transfer Non-University Sponsored
credit.
FIRST YEAR STUDENTS D. FAFSA (if applying for financial aid)
Instruction
The University of Bridgeport participates
Freshmen candidates must submit: The University of Bridgeport reserves the in the following testing programs for
A. An application for admission right to waive the need for certain docu- which students may receive advanced

14
Admissions
standing upon admission: applicant’s transfer evaluation. UB accepts training programs or in-service courses, vol-
evaluations of non-university sponsored in- unteer service, cultural or artistic pursuits,
• Advanced Placement Examinations (AP) struction from the following nationally rec- hobbies and recreational pastimes, com-
ognized institutions: munity or religious activities, organizational
• College Level Examination Program memberships, adult education, non-credit
(CLEP) • American Council on Education College
courses, study abroad, military training not
Credit Recommendation Service: ACE
• International Baccalaureate Program evaluated for credit by ACE, or other expe-
CREDIT recommends academic credit for
(IB) riences. A portfolio enables the student to
formal courses or examinations offered
identify and articulate this knowledge, and
by various organizations, from businesses
Undergraduate students may earn up to potentially earn credit for it.
and unions to the government and
30 semester hours of credit through these
military. Students learn the process of identifying ar-
programs. Credits earned through these
eas of course-equivalent learning and port-
may not be used to satisfy the minimum o ACE CREDIT includes evaluations on
folio development skills through the CLWEP
University 30-hour residency requirement. military credits, DSST exams, ALEKS
guidelines and assessment plan.
Credits transferred in are not included in the Exams (McGraw-Hill) and many more
student’s credit hours earned at the University non-university organizations. CLWEP credit may not be used to satisfy the
of Bridgeport and are not computed in the o The ACTFL Oral Proficiency Interview minimum University 30-hour residency re-
student’s quality point ratio at the University. (OPI), the ACTFL Writing Proficiency quirement. CLWEP credit is included in the
These credits are not considered in the total (WPT), the ACTFL Reading Proficien- student’s semester hours earned at the Uni-
number of UB hours used to determine cy Test (RPT), the ACTFL Listening versity and also in the total number of UB
eligibility for graduation honors. Proficiency Test (LTP) and the ACTFL hours used to determine eligibility for gradu-
Scores needed to earn UB Credit for theses Oral Proficiency Interview Computer ation honors. However, such credit is not
exams can be found at: https://www. Test (OPIc) are recommended for col- computed in the student’s quality point ratio
bridgeport.edu/admissions/undergraduate/ lege credit by the American Council at the University.
admissions-requirements/college-credit. on Education (ACE).
• National College Credit Recommendation Special Instructions for
STANDARDIZED TESTS—COLLEGE
LEVEL EQUIVALENT PROFICIENCY
Service (formerly National PONSI), under Specific Majors
the auspices of the State University of
(CLEP) DENTAL HYGIENE
New York, Board of Regents, evaluates
UB accepts up to thirty (30) credit hours from Students applying as freshman will be
training and education programs
the credit recommendations of the College considered for entrance into a pre-dental
offered outside of the traditional college
Board’s College Level Equivalent Proficiency hygiene or pre-nursing curriculum to
classroom setting and recommends them
(CLEP) exam program. Undergraduate stu- complete prerequisite courses. Students who
for college credit equivalencies. National
dents may earn up to 30 semester hours of successfully complete the freshman courses
CCRS coordinates teams of college
credit (one year’s studies) by demonstrating will enter the clinical program in their
faculty evaluators and subject matter
subject area competence through standard- sophomore year through the Fones School
experts to conduct extensive reviews
ized testing. CLEP credit may not be used of Dental Hygiene.
of education and training programs
to satisfy the minimum University 30-hour offered by corporations, unions, religious Transfer Students: A student who has
residency requirement. CLEP credit is not in- organizations and proprietary schools. attempted 12 or more semester hours at a
cluded in the student’s credit hours earned
regionally accredited institution is considered
at the University of Bridgeport and is not CREDIT FOR LIFE WORK a transfer applicant.
computed in the student’s quality point ratio EXPERIENCE PROGRAM (CLWEP)
at the University. CLEP credit is not consid- Some students acquire mastery over course Below are the application materials required
ered in the total number of UB hours used to subject matter through prior work or training to transfer into the Dental Hygiene program:
determine eligibility for graduation honors. experience. UB values the university-level
Information on subject matter and testing • Completed University of Bridgeport
knowledge that student’s may have acquired
procedure is available at the College Board Application
outside the traditional university classroom.
at: clep.collegeboard.org. • Completed Fones School of Dental
In the CLWEP portfolio assessment, students
Hygiene Supplemental Application
NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED demonstrate that what they already know is
EVALUATIONS FOR CREDIT equivalent to what they would have learned • Transcripts from ALL Colleges/
RECOMMENDATIONS in an equivalent college course. A student Universities Previously Attended
UB accepts evaluations of non-university may have acquired this knowledge through
• Two Completed Recommendation
sponsored instruction as part of a student past work, independent reading and study,

15
Admissions
Forms (one from a professor) • Two Completed Recommendation to any changes in graduation requirements
Forms instituted prior to actual matriculation. Can-
• Personal Essay of Approximately 500
didates for matriculation may attend as Non-
Words • Personal Essay of Approximately 500
Degree Students up to the completion of 12
Words
• Proof of High School Graduation credits. A maximum of 12 credits taken as a
• Proof of High School Graduation non-matriculating student may be applied to
The following courses or course equivalents
as determined by UB Admissions transfer The following courses or course equivalents a student’s requirements for graduation, with
credit evaluation must be completed: as determined by UB Admissions transfer program approval.
credit evaluation must be completed:
• Academic Writing - 3 credits ATHLETICS
• Intermediate Algebra - 3 credits • Academic Writing - 3 credits The University of Bridgeport offers a full
• Intermediate Algebra - 3 credits program of NCAA Division II intercollegiate
• College Level Chemistry w/lab - 4 sports, including basketball, baseball, cross-
credits • College Level Chemistry w/lab - 4 country, and soccer for men, and basketball,
• Anatomy & Physiology I w/lab - 4 credits softball, cross-country, gymnastics, volley-
credits • Anatomy & Physiology I w/lab - 4 ball, lacrosse and soccer for women. Athletic
credits scholarships are available. All students who
• Anatomy & Physiology II w/lab - 4 wish to participate in intercollegiate athlet-
credits • Anatomy & Physiology II w/lab - 4 ics are required to register with the NCAA
• Microbiology w/lab - 4 credits credits Initial-Eligibility Clearinghouse. For more in-
A minimum grade of C or higher in the pre- • Introduction to College Algebra and formation and a Clearinghouse registration
requisite courses with a combined GPA of Statistics - 3 credits form, please contact your high school guid-
3.0 is required; an overall GPA of a 2.7 or ance office or the UB Athletic Department at
above is required. Students without science • Public Communication - 3 credits (203) 576-4735.
prerequisites may begin at the Fones School • Introduction to Psychology - 3 credits
in a pre-dental hygiene curriculum upon
• Lifespan Development - 3 credits
International Applicants
recommendation of the Director. Clinical
students must begin in the fall semester of • Principles of Sociology - 3 credits The University of Bridgeport enrolls
an academic year and attend full time. students from more than 80 nations. To be
• Freshman Seminar / Liberal Arts considered for admission, students must
NURSING Elective - 3 credits complete an online application at http://
Students applying as freshman will be www.bridgeport.edu/apply.
Admission to nursing programs requires sat-
considered for entrance into a pre-nursing
isfactory completion of coursework in the
curriculum to complete prerequisite courses. INTERNATIONAL CANDIDATES
sciences and other areas. To ensure that
Students who successfully complete the MUST SUBMIT:
transfer credit and courses taken at UB ful-
prerequisite courses will enter the clinical
fill those requirements, students will select • Completed University of Bridgeport
program through the School of Nursing.
courses with the help of an advisor. A mini- Application
Transfer Students: A student who has mum grade of C or higher in all pre-requi-
attempted 12 or more semester hours at a site courses and a GPA of a 2.5 or above is • An official transcripts of all previous
regionally accredited institution is considered required. Students without science prereq- academic work along with a literal
a transfer applicant. uisites may begin the Health Sciences cur- English translation
riculum upon recommendation of the Dean.
Below are the application materials required • Proof of English Language Proficiency
to transfer into the Dental Hygiene program:
• Other application materials as defined
NON-DEGREE APPLICANTS
• Completed University of Bridgeport by the academic program of interest
A Non-Degree Student is permitted to take
Application courses for credit on a part-time basis, as a • Documentation that sufficient funding is
• School of Nursing Supplemental non-degree candidate, as long as the student available to meet the University’s tuition
Application has met the prerequisites for the course. and fees and living expenses

• Transcripts from ALL Colleges/ A Non-Degree Student may become a ma-

triculated student if he or she meets the
English Language Requirements
Universities Previously Attended
appropriate requirements for admission. Those whose native language is not English
• ATI Test of Essential Academic Skills However, a Non-Degree Student is subject are also required to show English language
(ATI TEAS) proficiency. Proof of English Proficiency by

16
Admissions
exam must be complete within 2 years of You must demonstrate English language GRADUATE TRANSFER CREDITS
application submission. You can demonstrate competency in one of the ways listed above. The Dean of the individual Colleges/
proof of English Language competency by If you don’t demonstrate English language Schools/Institutes may allow up to six
meeting any one of the criteria listed below: competency in one of these ways prior to semester hours (eight hours in the case of
registration, you will be given the University laboratory courses) of graduate transfer
Graduate Requirements English Language Assessment Battery credit from a regionally accredited college.
• TOEFL - 80 (IBT) (ELAB) test upon arrival. If you pass at a The courses should have been completed
satisfactory level, you may begin classes. recently with a grade of “B’’ or better and
• IELTS - 6.0 be comparable to UB’s Graduate courses.
• Duolingo - 95 Graduate Applicants Specific colleges of the university and certain
Applicants to the University of Bridgeport programs have additional requirements for
• PTE - 58 admission, details of which are included in
Masters programs are required to have an
• EIKEN - Grade Pre-1 undergraduate degree from an accredited the individual program listing in this catalog.
institution or from a recognized international
• WAEC, WASSE, CXC, etc. on English GRADUATE ADMISSION
university with the exception of students
Language exam - “C” INTERVIEWS
applying to select programs within the
• Proof of completion of Advanced Level Acupuncture Institute and the Doctor of Select graduate programs require an
at the University’s English Language Chiropractic degree. Applicants to the interview as part of the admissions process.
Institute (ELI) Doctoral programs are required to have a Please refer to the individual program listing
Masters degree. Official transcripts of all in this catalog.
• An official letter certifying completion
previous course work should be sent directly
of ELS (English Language Services) - SCHOLARSHIPS
to the Office of Graduate Admissions.
Level 112
The University offers scholarships for select
Admission decisions are primarily based
Undergraduate Requirements graduate programs based on a student’s
on the degree required for the academic
GPA and submitted transcripts from all
• TOEFL - 75 (IBT) program for which the student is applying
schools attended. Students are automatically
to. Applicants may send unofficial transcripts
• IELTS - 6.0 considered for a scholarship as part of the
of their most updated coursework and/
admissions process.
• Duolingo - 90 or degrees. A prospective student who is
currently completing undergraduate study
• PTE - 58 should submit an official transcript complete Interviews, Information
• EIKEN - Grade 2A to the date of application. In most cases, Sessions and Campus Tours
an admission decision will be made on
• WAEC, WASSE, CXC, etc. on English We encourage applicants to meet with a
the basis of a partial transcript, contingent
Language exam - “C” upon completion of the admission member of the Graduate Admissions staff
requirements. Course registration is and their respective academic department to
• Proof of completion of Advanced Level
permitted with unofficial transcripts on file, discuss academic and career goals as well as
at the University’s English Language
but an admissions hold will be placed on the particular concerns of admission and fi-
Institute (ELI)
the student’s account to identify documents nancial assistance. The Office of Admissions
• An official letter certifying completion are outstanding. Official copies for each is located on the 6th floor of the Magnus
of ELS (English Language Services) - institution attended must be received by the Wahlstrom Library.
Level 112 Office of Admissions prior to registering for For more information about interviews, in-
• SAT Evidence-Based Reading and the second semester. formation sessions, and campus tours please
Writing Score - 450 Generally, students may be admitted for contact the Office of Graduate Admission at
any term - fall, spring or summer. Should (203) 576-4552 or toll-free at 1-800-EXCEL-
• ACT Exam English Section - 19
a student be unable to enter the university UB, gradadmissions@bridgeport.edu, or visit
• International Baccalaureate (IB) during the term for which admission is the website at www.bridgeport.edu.
program “English A” Higher Level granted, the student must submit a new
examination - 4 updated application for the start term they Scholarships
• Graduation from an accredited hope to enroll in. The University offers scholarships to many
American high school Please refer to the individual graduate Undergraduate and Graduate students who
• One Semester of College English program for admissions requirements have a successful high school or college re-
Composition from an accredited specific to that major. cord. UB is known for its affordable private
American university - “C” school education. The University believes

17
Admissions
that a student’s achievement should be rec-
ognized and rewarded. With this goal in
mind, UB’s unique scholarship program re-
wards academic excellence, community ser-
vice, leadership and special talent.

18
Tuition, Fees and Other Expenses
Please see website for current academic year for ment in full or agree to otherwise make ac- finaid/tuition-and-fees/
tuition, fees and other expenses. ceptable payment arrangements. If a student
fails to timely satisfy the terms of his or her PAYMENT BY CASH, CHECK, OR
UNIVERSITY OF BRIDGEPORT financial responsibility agreement, the Uni- MONEY ORDER
STUDENT ACCOUNT PAYMENT versity may in its absolute discretion cancel Payments by cash, check or money order
POLICY registration or refer delinquent past due bal- can be made directly to the Student Financial
To best serve you and your financial needs as ances to an outside collection agency, where Services Office located on the Garden Level
a student at the University of Bridgeport, it is additional fees and penalties will be charged of Wahlstrom Library, or payments can be
important that you become familiar with the to the account, as permitted by law. mailed to the Student Financial Services
university’s account payment policy. We have Office, University of Bridgeport, 126 Park
provided the information below to help you HOLDS Avenue, Bridgeport, CT 06604. If you pay by
better understand the terms of your payment Holds will be placed on students’ accounts for check or money order, please record your
obligations. Please review this document students who are not meeting their payment University of Bridgeport Student I.D. number
carefully. If you have any additional questions, plan agreements and/or have any remaining on the check or money order.
please contact the Student Financial Services balance due on their accounts. The hold
Office at 203.576.4568. will prevent the student from; registering PAYMENT BY WIRE TRANSFER
for additional terms, adding or dropping International payments can be wired to the
University of Bridgeport courses, accessing their grades, requesting University through Flywire at www.flywire.
transcripts, receiving their diplomas and com. If assistance is needed, student can
Student Enrollment and having access to other University services. contact Flywire’s support team via their web
Financial Responsibility Policy The hold will not be lifted until the balance page or Student Financial Services at 203-
is paid in full. 576-4568 or email SFS@bridgeport.edu.
PAYMENT OF CHARGES
Students are responsible for all charges in- LATE PAYMENT PLAN CHARGES PAYMENT BY CREDIT CARD
curred upon registration. Charges generally A late fee of $75 will be assessed each month Students may pay their tuition bill using VISA,
include tuition, fees, housing meal plans and to any past due account. The fee will charged MasterCard, American Express or Discover
other miscellaneous costs. Students must every 30 days until balance is paid in full. Card. Payments can be made in person at the
make acceptable payment arrangements no UB Student Financial Services Office located
later than 2 weeks prior to the start of classes. COMMUNICATION on the Garden Level of Wahlstrom Library
For late registrants, payment is due upon reg- Method of Communication: UBMail or at the Stamford or Waterbury centers. To
istration. Acceptable payment arrangements (powered by Google) is the official method make a credit card payment by phone, call
are as follows: of communication with students. Students 203-576-4568. For additional information you
• Payment in full are responsible for reading the e-mails sent may email SFS@bridgeport.edu.
by the University of Bridgeport.
• Approved financial aid covering all MYUBPORTAL ONLINE PAYMENT
charges, including loans. Billing statements are emailed to students
The University of Bridgeport has an online
at least 4 weeks before the beginning of
• Participation in an approved company payment option for WebAdvisor or the UB
the term if the student has preregistered.
or organization reimbursement payment Portal. Students may pay their tuition bill
Students who register late shall request a bill
agreement using VISA, MasterCard, American Express
at the time of registration.
or Discover Card.
• Enrollment in an approved payment plan Reminder statements are emailed every 2
To make payments follow these steps:
A student who complies with the above shall weeks. Notices informing students of holds
be considered in good financial standing, or late fees will be emailed to students. • Log in to MyUBPortal on www.bridgeport.
as long as all terms and conditions are met edu
Students shall access their UB Portal on a
throughout each semester. All payment regular basis to determine if they have a • Select View Account and Make Payment
arrangements must be satisfied in full to balance, a hold or have had late fees added under Financial Information
receive grades, transcripts, diplomas and to their accounts.
receive future services. • Sign in again
Students are responsible for all charges and
• Review account activity
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS/ failure to review or receive a billing state-
COLLECTION ment does not excuse a student’s responsi- • Select Make Payment
In order to continue in the classes for which bility to pay.
a student has registered, a student with a de-
PAYMENT ALTERNATIVES
For the current year’s tuition and fees please The University of Bridgeport understands
linquent balance must make immediate pay- see UB website: http://www.bridgeport.edu/

19
Tuition, Fees and Other Expenses
that families look for as many options as fees. A financial obligation continues to ex- Withdrawal Form to the Registrar’s Office
possible to make financing an education ist when using a direct billing option. There- at 126 Park Avenue, Wahlstrom Library
more convenient and affordable. Students fore, a transcript hold will be applied to the Garden Level, Bridgeport, CT 06604
may sign up for the University Payment plan student record if any part of the balance is
• Note that withdrawal from individual
through their UB Portal. not covered by the direct billing agreement.
classes or the University may affect
Official transcripts will not be released until
MONTHLY PAYMENT PLANS financial aid and other eligibility.
all University of Bridgeport financial obliga-
Students may sign up for the payment plan tions have been satisfied. • Refunds are based on the schedule below
via the UB Portal. Under the Financial In- and determined by the date of notification
formation heading, select Enroll in payment FINANCIAL AID DEFERMENT to the Office of the Registrar, not the date
plan. WITHOUT FEE (DOMESTIC of last class attended.
STUDENTS)
Fall Plans available: Domestic students who receive Financial Aid WITHDRAWAL POLICY SCHEDULE
5 pay plan – enroll by July 1st should review their billing statements to en- Refund of tuition and fees is based on the
sure that correct aid is being deducted from length of each course. Students who are en-
4 pay plan – enroll by August 1st
the costs. , If aid is missing students must rolled in courses of different lengths within a
Spring Plans: contact the Office of Student Financial Ser- term, will have each course evaluated for tu-
vices at 203-576-4568 or email SFS@Bridge- ition and fee liability if they choose to with-
5 pay plan- enroll by Dec 1st
port.edu for assistance in determining which draw. Where noted, fees are incurred as of
4 pay plan- enroll by Jan 1st action is necessary for the financial aid to be first day of classes. The liability percentages
credited to their account. Please note work- are for tuition charges plus the full fees.
Summer Plans: study awards are not deducted from the
3 pay plan- enroll by May 1st amount due since the student will be eligible 5 Week/Summer Classes
to earn up to this amount through student Week Percentage Due
DIRECT PAYMENT OPTION employment. Federal Regulations require the First Day All Fees
Students eligible for an external scholarship University to issue a paycheck directly to the Day 2 and first week 20%
or for whom an employer pays their tuition student for hours worked. Week 2 40%
may qualify for the deferment/direct pay- Week 3 60%
ment option. Consult your sponsor to deter- FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS: Week 4 100%
mine if a direct billing agreement has been Loan origination fees will reduce the amount
established with the University of Bridge- 7 or 8 Week Classes
of loan funds received. These fees (normally
Week Percentage Due
port. If one has been established, you need between 1% and 3%) should be deducted
a letter, on company letterhead, from your Week 1 All Fees
from the amount shown in the award letter
sponsor that includes your name, eligible Week 2 15%
before deducting the amount of these funds
program, maximum tuition amount where Week 3 30%
from the final bill.
the bill should be sent. The letter should be Week 4 45%
forwarded to the Office of Student Financial ALTERNATIVE LOANS Week 5 60%
Services, at 126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, Alternative loans are private loans offered Week 6 100%
CT 06604 or faxed a (203) 576-4570. through a lending institution and are not a 12 Week Classes
Students are responsible for obtaining a di- part of federal student aid programs. Inter- Week Percentage Due
rect billing option letter from their sponsor est rate and repayment provisions vary from Week 1 All Fees
for the initial registration and ensure that it lender to lender. It is the responsibility of the Week 2 10%
is received at the Office of Student Financial student to research and understand the im- Week 3 20%
Services by the tuition due date. Students plications of borrowing an alternative loan. Week 4 30%
who are unable to obtain a deferment pay- Loans must be approved by lender prior to Week 5 40%
ment/direct billing letter by the payment the tuition payment due date. Week 6 50%
deadline must pay their tuition prior to the Week 7 60%
start of the semester. Students must pay any Institutional Undergraduate/ Week 8 100%
fees not covered by the employer’s direct Graduate Refund Policy 15 Week Classes
payment plan at time of registration. Week Percentage Due
TUITION REFUNDS Week 1 $200 Processing Fee
Should employment cease with sponsor or
• Proper withdrawal is granted upon Week 2 All Fees
conditions of sponsorship are not met, the
presentation of the approved and signed Week 3 5%
student is responsible for all tuitions and

20
Tuition, Fees and Other Expenses
Week 4 10% • Room and board charges are for a full 4. Federal Pell Grant
Week 5 20% semester and are non-refundable. 5. Federal Supplemental Educational
Week 6 30% Opportunity Grant
• If the course is cancelled, all fees are
Week 7 40%
refunded. 6. Other Title IV aid programs
Week 8 50%
Week 9 60% • Admissions/Tuition Deposits and Room 7. Other federal sources of aid
Week 10 100% Deposits are non-refundable. 8. Other state, private, or institutional aid
18 Week Classes • PAL deposits are refunded upon return 9. The Student
Week Percentage Due of PAL to Security upon graduation or
Week 1 $200 Processing Fee withdrawal from UB. VETERAN’S READJUSTMENT ACT
Week 2 All Fees As mandated by Title 38, USC 3679 of the
Any outstanding balance on a student’s Veteran’s Re-adjustment Act, the University
Week 3 10%
account is deducted from the tuition credit. of Bridgeport will not impose any penalty
Week 4 17%
Any credits resulting in a refund to the or deny access to educational resources and
Week 5 24% students account as authorized by the Office
Week 6 31% facilities for VA beneficiaries, under Chapters
of Student Financial Services, will require 31 and 33 of the GI Bill®, while awaiting
Week 7 38% approximately three weeks for processing.
Week 8 45% VA benefit payment. This applies only to
Please see Federal Financial Aid Return of the percentage of the veteran’s eligibility
Week 9 52% Title IM below to understand how your
Week 10 60% identified on the VA student’s Certificate
financial aid will affect your refund. of Eligibility. The University may impose
Week 11 100%
The Office of Student Financial Services fines for the portion of tuition and fees not
20 Week Classes does not provide check cashing services for covered by the GI Bill®.
Week Percentage Due
students. All banking services required by
Week 1 $200 Processing Fee students must be personally arranged with HEALTH AND ACCIDENT
Week 2 All Fees local banking facilities. The University does
INSURANCE
Week 3 6% have an ATM banking machine located on (Mandatory for all full-time undergraduate,
Week 4 12% the Ground Floor in Wahlstrom and in the international and residential students)
Week 5 18% Security Office (Norseman Hall). UB insurance coverage is mandated for all
Week 6 24%
full-time undergraduate, international, Physi-
Week 7 30% FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID RETURN cian’s Assistant and any residential students.
Week 8 36% OF TITLE IV Domestic students who presently have medi-
Week 9 42% A statutory pro-rate refund applies to any cal insurance coverage may complete an on-
Week 10 48% student who is a recipient of federal financial line waiver. The policy must meet minimum
Week 11 54% aid funding (Title IV) and leaves the school standards for basic medical/surgical expens-
Week 12 60% on or before the 60% point in the enroll- es. Waivers must be completed by Septem-
Week 13 100% ment period for which he or she has been ber 15th each year and by February 15th for
English Language Institute (ELI ) charged. After the 60% point in the enroll- spring admits. Policy commences August 1
ment period, a student has earned 100% of for 12 months.
7 Week Classes the SFA program funds. Students may contact
Week Percentage Due the Office of Student Financial Services (203- For additional information on the insurance
Week 1 All Fees 576-4568, sfs@bridgeport.edu) for additional plan, please refer to Student Health Infor-
Week 2 30% information on the Federal Title IV regula- mation in the Student Affairs section of the
Week 3 45% tions regarding student refunds. catalog.
Week 4 60%
Week 5 100% All students who receive federal financial aid PROPERTY INSURANCE
and withdraw from the University are subject The University does not assume respon-
ADDITIONAL REFUND to a Federal Title IV return of funds policy. sibility for the loss of personal property of
INFORMATION Federal Title IV refund will be made in this students either on or off the campus. It is
• If a student withdraws prior to the start of order: recommended that students protect them-
the semester, all fees will be refunded. selves against such losses by consulting with
1. Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan
• All student fees are for a full semester and their own (or with their parent’s) insurance
2. Federal Direct Subsidized Loan agent in regard to coverage provided by ex-
are non-refundable in accordance with
3. Federal Direct PLUS Loan isting policies, if any; or by purchasing pri-
the refund schedule.

21
Tuition, Fees and Other Expenses
vate property insurance. Information may be residential halls to the resident students. A
obtained at the Residential Life Office, (203) fee will be charged for replacement of lost,
576-4228, or email reslife@bridgeport.edu. stolen, misplaced or damaged ID cards.

ADMINISTRATIVE FEE FOR STU-

DENTS WHO RECEIVE A UNIVER-
SITY OF BRIDGEPORT I-20 AND
USE IT TO OBTAIN AN F-1 VISA
Upon receipt of the I-20, all new incoming
students will be assessed a $2,500USD Ad-
ministrative Fee. This administrative fee will
be applied to the student’s first semester tu-
ition and fee bill and is non-refundable. Pay-
ments can be made at: Bridgeport.flywire.
com, in person at our Bursar’s office or by
phone at: 203-576-4568 with a credit card.
Students’ failure to pay the Administration
Fee upon receipt of F1 visa will be subject
to termination.

BOOKSTORE
Acquiring your textbooks and school sup-
plies is now even easier. Books may be ac-
quired at the On-Campus Bookstore located
at John J. Cox Student Center or via the In-
ternet at www.bridgeport.edu/bookstore. In
addition to the required course texts, the On-
Campus Bookstore carries supplies, materi-
als, UB memorabilia and much more. For ad-
ditional information contact the Bookstore at
(203) 576-4804, fax (203) 576-4802, or email
bookstore@bridgeport.edu.
Bookstore’s normal hours of operation are*:
Monday-Friday: 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Saturday-Sunday: 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
* Rush and summer hours change

CHANGE OF ADDRESS
A student must complete a Change-of-
Address form in the Office of the Registrar or
through the UB Portal whenever a change is
made in his or her local or mailing address.
This will avoid misdirection of grades,
registration materials, and appropriate
financial documents.

STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARDS

A photo identification card must be obtained
at the security department between the hours
of 8 a.m. – 4 p.m. Monday through Friday.
Registration confirmation is required. Upon
activation, the ID card serves as a library
and meal card and provides access into the

22
Student Financial Services
Wahlstrom Library, Garden Level time they are seeking admission. Applicants assessed according to qualitative and pace
126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, CT 06604 for financial aid need to: measures as they apply. The qualitative
Telephone: (203) 576-4568 measure (grades) is similar to the academic
Fax: (203) 576-4570 1. Complete the Free Application for Federal
standards applied to all UB students. The
Student Aid (FAFSA) by going to www.
pace measure (number of credit hours com-
Financial Aid studentaid.gov. Be sure to include the
pleted successfully/maximum timeframe)
University’s school code, 001416, on the
The Office of Student Financial Services helps is used to monitor progress toward degree
FAFSA.
provide access to the educational opportuni- completion. For a student to be making satis-
ties available at the University of Bridgeport. 2. Submit copies of the student’s and factory academic progress, the student must
Since students are admitted solely on the ba- parents’ federal tax transcript or signed meet the following qualitative GPA standards
sis of their academic and personal qualities, federal tax returns and other verification and have completed, with a passing grade, at
without regard to their financial circumstanc- documents upon request from the Office least 67% of the cumulative attempted cred-
es, the University offers a variety of financial of Student Financial Services. its.
aid and scholarship programs to provide fi- 3. Upon request from the Office of Student
nancial assistance to qualified students. UNDERGRADUATE
Financial Services, submit immigration CREDITS ATTEMPTED MINIMUM C.G.P.A.
The University of Bridgeport subscribes to documentation certifying permanent (including transfer credit)
the policy that eligibility for scholarship aid resident status, if you are a non-U.S. 1 – 24 1.5
should depend on the student’s achievement citizen applying for need-based financial 25 – 48 1.7
and promise, but that the amount of aid aid. 49 – 59 1.9
should depend on the relative financial need Continuing students must reapply for finan- 60 or more 2.0
of the student and his or her family. cial aid each year no later than March 1 to
The financial need of most students at the be given full consideration for aid for the fol- GRADUATE
University can be met in the form of scholar- lowing academic year. Students must:
Graduate students must maintain a C.G.P.A.
ships, grants, loans and student employment. 1. Complete the Free Application for Federal of 3.0 and complete 68% of the cumulative
Funds are available to the student through Student Aid (FAFSA) by going to www. attempted credits.
the University of Bridgeport from federal and studentaid.gov. Be sure to include the
state governments, private foundations and University’s school code, 001416, on the FINANCIAL AID PROVISIONAL
University resources. FAFSA. STATUS
The University of Bridgeport awards merit Students not meeting satisfactory academic
2. Submit copies of student’s and parents’ standards for a given academic term, as out-
scholarships recognizing outstanding aca- federal tax transcript or signed tax returns
demic achievement and student leadership. lined above, are notified in writing and will
and other verification documents upon be placed on financial aid probation/warn-
In addition, there are a number of other pay- request from The Office of Student
ment assistance programs that include non- ing for one semester for which they may re-
Financial Services ceive their aid. At the end of the probation-
University tuition plans.
Students and parents are encouraged to call ary/warning semester, satisfactory academic
Students enrolled in tuition discounted pro- progress will be reviewed. If the student
or visit the Office of Student Financial Ser-
grams and Distance Learning programs are meets the minimum standards as outlined,
vices if they have any questions or would
not eligible to receive institutional scholar- the probationary status will be lifted. If mini-
like assistance with the application process.
ships or grants. mum standards are not met, the student will
For further information call or write:
The Office of Student Financial Services de- be ineligible for future financial aid and will
The Office of Student Financial Services be notified in writing.
termines the amount and combinations of
aid for which the student is eligible. Finan- 126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, CT 06604, Students who are reinstated after academic
cial aid decisions are made after a student SFS@Bridgeport.edu, (203) 576-4568 or toll dismissal but have not met the federal sat-
has been admitted and requests for financial free 1-800-243-9496, FAX (203) 576-4570. isfactory academic progress requirements
assistance will not influence a candidate’s remain ineligible for financial aid. Reinstate-
consideration for admission. Financial aid is Satisfactory Academic Progress ment to attend the University does not auto-
awarded on an annual basis and continuing matically include reinstatement of aid.
In order to maintain eligibility for financial
students must apply each year for aid.
aid a student must maintain satisfactory aca- Students who have not maintained eligibil-
demic progress. Financial aid recipients are ity to receive financial aid due to unsatisfac-
Application Procedures expected to make reasonable progress as tory academic progress may appeal for one
New domestic students are encouraged to a condition of receiving and continuing to additional semester of probationary eligibil-
begin to apply for financial aid at the same receive aid. Students’ academic progress is

23
Student Financial Services
ity. The student must also sign an Academic Financial Assistance Programs be repaid. Priority is given to the neediest
Plan agreement with Student Financial Ser- students with the lowest EFC’s who are Pell
The University of Bridgeport believes that
vices outlining what is needed to meet SAP. eligible. Students who have submitted their
a student’s achievements should be recog-
Appeals must be submitted to the Office of financial aid applications by the University’s
nized and rewarded. Our scholarships and
Student Financial Services within 10 calendar deadline will be given first priority. All oth-
grants enable students who have potential
days of receipt of notice of action taken for er students will be given consideration for
and want to benefit from a high quality aca-
committee review. The decision on the ap- FSEOG funds on a first come first serve ba-
demic program. Students who qualify must
peal is final. Late or incomplete appeals will sis pending the availability of funds. FSEOG
enroll as and maintain full time traditional
not be accepted or reviewed. awards vary based on need and U.S. Depart-
status. Undergraduate awards are renew-
ment of Education allocation to the Univer-
REINSTATEMENT OF AID able for up to four years based on satisfac-
sity.
tory academic progress and good standing at
If a student is re-admitted, the University will
the University. Students who are enrolled in FEDERAL WORK STUDY (FWS)
consider the student’s application for finan-
accelerated/professional courses are not eli-
cial aid. Reinstatement of aid is not automatic The Federal Work Study Program provides
gible for these awards.
and the student must submit a letter to the jobs for undergraduate students who demon-
Office of Student Financial Services request- strate financial need. The amount of the FWS
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
ing a reinstatement. In order to remain eligi- award is based on both the student’s need
Graduate Assistantships are available. Please
ble for aid, students must meet the minimum and the availability of funds at the University.
contact the Office of Graduate Assistantships
academic progress standards as outlined or While there are several FWS jobs available
(203) 576-4111.
lose eligibility for the following semester. on campus, students are also encouraged to
UNIVERSITY OF BRIDGEPORT work in community service related jobs. Fed-
FINANCIAL AID RETURN POLICY eral work Study does not get deducted from
MERIT AWARD
Students withdrawing from all courses student’s direct costs.
Financial need is not required for merit based
should see financial aid as it is important to
scholarships which are awarded at time of
discuss withdrawal and refund as it pertains FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS
admission based on criteria set forth by the (SUBSIDIZED and UNSUBSIDIZED)
to the individual student, and its implications
Office of Admissions.
for balances owed to the University, federal All student loans will now be originated in
student loan repayment and future eligibility UNIVERSITY OF BRIDGEPORT the Direct Loan Program, in which the Fed-
for financial assistance. GRANT eral government makes loans directly to stu-
dents. Both Direct Loan programs require the
Awarded to undergraduates with financial
RETURN OF INSTITUTIONAL AID borrowers to complete an Entrance Counsel-
need. University of Bridgeport’s Merit and
Students withdrawing within the Univer- ing and the Master Promissory Note. To ob-
Need based awards, combined with federal
sity’s Tuition Refund Schedule (see Tuition, tain more information about the Federal Di-
and state grants, are limited to tuition and
Fees and Other Expenses) will have the rect Loan programs; you can visit the website
fee charges. Resident Assistants and Athletes
same schedule applied to their University of at: www.studentaid.gov.
may receive designated funds to go toward
Bridgeport aid.
housing charges. The Direct Subsidized Loan is awarded to
RETURN OF FEDERAL AID undergraduate students who demonstrate fi-
If you have been awarded federal (Title IV) Federal Title IV Programs nancial need. The federal government pays
all interest costs for Direct Subsidized bor-
aid and you withdraw before completing 60 FEDERAL PELL GRANT rowers while the borrowers are attending
% of the semester your financial aid award
Pell Grants are awarded to undergraduate school at least half-time and during defer-
will be recalculated, according to the per-
students who have not earned a bachelor’s ment periods.
centage of the semester you have completed.
or professional degree. Pell Grant awards are
The formula for calculating this percentage The Direct Unsubsidized Loan is awarded
based upon the student’s Estimated Family
is: to students who do not meet financial need,
Contribution (EFC), enrollment status, cost of
need to supplement their Direct Subsidized
(Days Enrolled - Official Breaks of Five Days attendance, and the number of credit hours
Loans or are Graduate students. Borrowers
or Longer) divided by (Total Number of Days in which the student is enrolled. The maxi-
may defer payment of interest during school,
in the Semester). mum grant a student can receive for the year
grace, and deferment periods, but remain
is determined by the government.
Students who plan to withdraw from classes responsible for all interest that accrues (ac-
are advised to speak with a Financial Aid Ad- FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL cumulates). Any interest accrued and not
visor prior to doing so to ensure they are EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY paid by time repayment period begins will
aware of the ramifications to their financial GRANT (FSEOG) be capitalized. A small origination fee will
aid. The FSEOG is a grant that does not have to be charged by Direct Lending for each loan.

24
Student Financial Services
The amount is determined each year by the for a parent PLUS LOAN to help their child’s Aptitude Test (SAT) of 1200 or higher or an
government. educational expenses. The parent must be ACT score of 25 or higher. Financial need is
the student’s biological or adoptive parent. also a criterion. Applications are available at
Undergraduate Dependent students may bor-
The parent must not have an adverse credit high schools or at www.ctdhe.org and must
row as freshman up to $5,500 (including up
history (must be credit worthy). The parent be submitted by February 15. Students who
to $3,500 Subsidized) per year; sophomores
must complete the plus loan application and are recipients of CSP awards must follow the
up to $6,500 (including $4,500 Subsidized)
sign the Master Promissory Note (MPN). state renewal process each academic year.
per year; and $7,500 as juniors and seniors
(including up to $5,500 Subsidized) per year. FEDERAL DIRECT GRADUATE
PLUS LOAN
Awards And Prizes
Undergraduate Independent students may
The Graduate/Professional seeking degree Harvey Herer Memorial Fund. Awarded to a
borrow as freshman up to $9,500 (including
students can borrow a Direct PLUS Loan to Women’s Basketball Team junior with the
up to $3,500 Subsidized); sophomores up to
help them cover their educational expenses. highest GPA at the Spring Sports Banquet.
$10,500 (including up to $4,500 Subsidized);
and as juniors and seniors may borrow up to The amount of loan they can borrow is up Dr. George B. Blake, Jr. Memorial Fund. George
$12,500 (including up to $5,500 Subsidized). to their cost of attendance minus the Federal Blake was an extraordinary individual who
Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans served his students at the University of
Students start repayment of the loan(s) (plus
for the award year. The student must com- Bridgeport as an Associate Professor of Eng-
interest) six months after completion of the
plete the Direct PLUS Loan application and lish as well as the Director of the School of
degree program, withdrawal or change to
sign the Master Promissory Note every aca- General Studies until his untimely death in
less than half-time enrollment status. The
demic year. 2001. The subsequent outpouring of grief
government offers different repayment plans
by students, faculty, and administration led
and the most frequent is the standard repay-
ment which spreads out over the course of State Programs to the establishment of the Memorial Fund,
used to date to establish a gathering place
10 years (principal and interest amounts). Financial assistance programs are available to
in his name outside of the west entrance to
Important to Know: Dependent students qualified students from the state of Connecti-
Charles Dana Hall. The remaining proceeds
whose parents get DENIED a Federal Direct cut, including the Connecticut Independent
will fund the stipend associated with the Dr.
PLUS Loan can receive an additional $4,000 College Student Grant. Many other states
George B. Blake, Jr. Humanities Award.
for the freshman and sophomore years and also have scholarship programs for residents
$5,000 for juniors and seniors years. of their state. For more information, contact William E. Laur Achievement Award. The will of
your state’s agency for higher education. William E. Laur specifies that the award to be
GRADUATE/PROFESSIONAL students can
known as the William E. Laur Achievement
borrow up to $20,500 per award year. Chi- ROBERTA B WILLIS NEED-BASED Award for a student in the graduating class
ropractic and Naturopathic students have GRANT PROGRAM of the Elementary Education Section of the
increased eligibility in Direct Unsubsidized. As an independent University, the University Graduate School of Education, who ranks at
Interest rates on Federal Direct Loan pro- of Bridgeport participates in the Governor’s or near the bottom of his graduating class
grams get established every year; starts on/ Scholarship Grant Program. Connecticut un- and receives his/her M.S. in Elementary Edu-
after July 1st of the current year and carries dergraduate students who enroll on a full- cation and who is a deserving student.
out to the following calendar year ending time basis at the University and who meet
the Expected Family Contribution (EFC) Charles E. Reed Science Award. Established by
June 30th.
requirements are considered for this grant. the Board of Trustees of the University of
FEDERAL DIRECT PLUS LOANS Funding is limited. Students who file their fi- Bridgeport to honor Dr. Charles E. Reed for
nancial aid applications by the priority dead- his distinguished leadership as Chairman of
The Federal Direct PLUS Loan programs are
line will be considered first. the Board from 1978 through 1983, and in
available to parents of dependent students
recognition of his outstanding contributions
and graduate and professional degree stu-
ROBERTA B WILLIS NEED-MERIT to the field of science. The award will be
dents. The amount that could be borrowed
is up to the cost of attendance, minus finan- SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM presented annually to an undergraduate stu-
Connecticut residents who are undergradu- dent who has achieved the highest level of
cial aid from other sources. Interest Rates are
ate students can apply to the Connecticut excellence in scientific and/or engineering
determined each year. An origination fee will
Board of Higher Education for consider- studies at the University of Bridgeport.
be charged by Direct Lending. The amount
is determined each year by the government. ation. High school seniors who ranked in
the top 20th percentile of their high school Graduate Scholarships
FEDERAL DIRECT PARENT PLUS junior year class or college undergradu- Applications are available in January of each
LOAN ates who ranked in the top 20th percentile year for the following year’s graduate schol-
Parents of dependent students may apply of their high school senior year class and/ arships.
or have a combined score on the Scholastic

25
Student Financial Services

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & SCHOOL the School of Education or the Division of

OF ENGINEERING Counseling and Human Resources. First pref-
Kiran Kumar R. Gopu Memorial Scholarship. Es- erence is to be given to students who have
tablished by the family & friends of Kiran come through or plan to work within the
Kumar R. Gopu, who was lost in the terrorist Bridgeport school system.
attack on the New York World Trade Center
on 09/11/01, while he was on a Co-operative
Education assignment at Marsh & McLennan,
Inc, and working for an M.S. degree in Com-
puter Science. This scholarship is for full-
time international students in the School of
Engineering majoring in Computer Science
with at least a 3.50 GPA.

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Lydia A. Duggins Memorial Fund. Created in
honor of Dr. Lydia A. Duggins, a cherished
and renowned Professor of Reading at the
University of Bridgeport, this fund will be
used to provide scholarships for students in
Education.
Peter Gehrig Linabury Memorial Fund. Estab-
lished in 2012 by his family, this scholarship
is to be awarded to students changing ca-
reers to become teachers in elementary edu-
cation.
Richard Conant Harper Scholarship. Established
by Dr. Richard C. Harper upon his retire-
ment from the School of Education after 20
years of service to assist single mothers in
their quest to become certified public school
teachers.
Lauren Rousseau Elementary Education Memorial
Scholarship. The Lauren Rousseau Elemen-
tary Education Memorial Scholarship, estab-
lished to honor the memory of Lauren Ga-
brielle Rousseau, a 30-year old teacher, who
was one of the 26 individuals who lost their
lives in the tragedy at Sandy Hook Elemen-
tary School on December 14, 2012, will be
awarded to an applicant seeking certifica-
tion in elementary education who is a highly
motivated, passionate, strong individual with
a desire to make a meaningful contribution
to the lives of young children through their
teaching.
Augusta Silverstone Memorial Scholarship. Given
by her sister, Minnie Silverstone, in recogni-
tion of Augusta’s contributions as an educa-
tor and counselor with the Bridgeport Board
of Education. Income will be awarded as fi-
nancial aid to a graduate student in either

26
Student Affairs

Dean of Students: Craig Lennon fairs, National Association of Student Person- budgeting, student supervision, and the de-
John J. Cox Student Center, Room 116 nel Administrators, 1987. velopment of leadership skills. The Office is
244 University Ave., Bridgeport, CT 06604 located in the John J. Cox Student Center,
Telephone: (203) 576-4392 or 4393 Students are encouraged to take an active
Rm 231.
E-mail: deanofstudents@bridgeport.edu role in the life of the campus community,
where there are many opportunities to con- CENTER FOR RELIGIOUS AND
The contribution of the Division of Student
tribute to group decisions, practice leader- SPIRITUAL LIFE
Affairs to the University of Bridgeport and
ship, sort out priorities and make personal
its students arises out of the special perspec- Overseen by the Office of Campus Activities
choices. Students at the University of Bridge-
tive which members of the student affairs and Civic Engagement, The Center for Reli-
port are responsible for making their own
staff have about students and their growth gious and Spiritual Life serves the religious
decisions and forming their own judgments
and development, their experiences, and and spiritual needs of the UB community.
concerning personal, social and academic
their campus environments. This perspec- Clergy and ministers from several major re-
activities. They share the responsibility for
tive draws on research about teaching and ligious denominations have dedicated office
maintaining the educational climate needed
learning, which emphasize the importance hours at the Center and provide opportu-
for learning and for personal growth. The
of community, diversity, and individual dif- nities for worship, spiritual guidance and
University retains high expectations of ap-
ferences to the educational experience. counseling, as well as a variety of social and
propriate behavior and expects that when
educational programs which enable students,
The Student Life program is administered students decide to enroll they will abide by
faculty and staff to enhance and nurture their
through the Division of Student Affairs by all the rules of the University.
religious and spiritual lives. The staff is avail-
the Vice President of Student Affairs and able to all students, regardless of religious or
When the University deems it necessary it
Dean of Students. It includes campus activi- spiritual identity, and will make appropriate
reserves the right to notify the parent or
ties and civic engagement, community stan- referrals to resources in the greater commu-
guardian to whom a student is financially
dards, counseling services, health services, nity as requested. The Center is located on
dependent regarding the health, academic
housing and residential life, interfaith center, the 1st floor of Carstensen Hall. An interfaith
or disciplinary status of the student. (Depen-
international center for students and schol- chapel is located in Carstensen Hall. For
dency is defined by Section 152 of the 1954
ars, student accessibility services, as well as more information, please contact the Office
Internal Revenue Code).
Title IX. of Campus Activities and Civic Engagement
The Division of Student Affairs enhances and Services at 203-576-4487.
supports the mission, goals, and objectives
of the University of Bridgeport as an interna- STUDENT INVOLVEMENT CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
tional, culturally diverse supportive learning The Office of Student Involvement is dedi- UB students are actively involved in making
environment, preparing graduates for life and cated to community success through chal- significant contributions to those in need in
leadership in an increasingly interconnected lenging students to become engaged in the greater Bridgeport community. Some of
world. In this role, the staff of the student af- student organization membership and partic- the programs UB students are involved in
fairs division has a diverse and complicated ipation, leadership development, and com- include tutoring local elementary and high
set of responsibilities: to advocate for the munity service. Through active participation, school students, visiting the elderly, assisting
common good while championing the rights students contribute to making a difference at soup kitchens and food banks, sponsoring
of the individual; to encourage intelligent for the community by creating and executing clothing and food drives and organizing fun-
risk-taking while setting limits on behavior; diverse programs. The Office provides guid- draisers for local charities. Listings of com-
and to promote independent thought while ance and mentorship for all student clubs munity service opportunities can be found
teaching interdependent behavior. and organizations as well as offers friendly in the Heckman Center as well as on-line
services and inviting facilities for the total through Knightlife at http://knightlife.bridge-
The extent to which the University is suc- port.edu.
learning experience.
cessful in creating a climate in which these
contradictory ends can coexist is reflected in Events and activities approved by the Office CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS
how well students are able to recognize and are designed to motivate, challenge, intro- The University supports a wide range of
deal with such contradictions both during duce and create opportunities for education student clubs, organizations and special in-
and after their college experience. The Divi- — both inside and outside the classroom. terest groups that expand and cultivate the
sion of Student Affairs is committed to assist- academic, professional and cultural interests
The Office of Student Involement employs
ing students and the University of Bridgeport of students. Each group develops, within
workers that support the transformation of
community as they seek to meet the chal- broad University guidelines, its own policies
campus culture through hands-on experi-
lenges inherent in balancing these complex and programs with the assistance of a faculty
ences in project management, workshop de-
and often competing goals. or staff advisor. In the 2018-2019 Academic
velopment, club training, project implemen-
—Adopted from A Perspective on Student Af- tation, student advisement, event planning, Year, the University had 81 active clubs and

27
Student Affairs
organizations. A comprehensive list of active sity’s website and portal. before the second week of classes to facili-
student clubs and organizations can be found tate the timely implementation of reasonable
on the UB website, under Campus Activities. COUNSELING SERVICES accommodations.
Counseling Services offers psychological
COMMUNITY STANDARDS For further information call (203) 576-4454,
treatment opportunities to all undergradu-
email: accessibilityservices@bridgeport.edu or
Students at the University of Bridgeport are ate and graduate students. Services include
visit us on the web at: https://www.bridge-
expected to respect the rights of others, ex- short-term individual counseling, group
port.edu/life/student-accessibility.
ercise responsible judgment and follow high counseling, psychiatric service, outreach
standards of personal conduct. Students are programs, crisis intervention, mental health FACILITIES
expected to involve themselves in activities screenings, and referral services. Counseling
Although opportunities for social activities
that promote the welfare of the University Services also offers consultations to faculty
occur everywhere on campus, the following
and to behave with courtesy and restraint and staff that need assistance with students
facilities are used for student-related social,
toward fellow students and University staff. in distress. All services are designed to pro-
recreational, and organizational activities.
The University fosters a multicultural, inter- mote personal growth and emotional well-
national environment and does not condone being, while enhancing students’ ability to John J. Cox Student Center provides many
or tolerate discrimination on the basis of benefit from the University environment and facilities for student life activity. The So-
gender, sexual orientation, race, color, reli- academic experience. Outreach workshops cial Room, wellness room, meeting rooms,
gion, age, national or ethnic origin, creed, are available to students with topics includ- Knights lounge, Knight’s End café, game
political affiliation, or handicap. The Univer- ing (but not limited to) healthy relationships, room and billiards room are all part of the
sity strives to create an atmosphere of mutual stress management, and drug/alcohol issues. Student Center. Offices for campus organiza-
trust between individuals, promoting self- tions such as the Student Government Asso-
The Counseling Services staff is committed to
discipline, and community standards. ciation, “The Scribe” student newspaper, Vet-
being responsive and sensitive to the needs
erans Oasis, as well as several other student
At the same time, the University maintains of a highly diverse student population. We
organizations, are also housed in this facility.
concern about the behavior of its students are particularly aware of the cultural issues
The Student Center is also home to several
both on and off campus. In the mainte- facing international students and offer sup-
offices of the Division of Student Affairs.
nance of its academic, social and health portive counseling to address their needs.
Programming in the Student Center ranges
standards, the University reserves the right
For more information call (203) 576-4454, from dance parties, concerts, semi-formals
to be the sole determiner as to whether a
email: counselingservices@bridgeport.edu or and special dinners to movies, lectures and
student should be removed from residence
visit us on the web at: https://www.bridge- fashion shows.
life, receive fines or sanctions, be suspended
port.edu/life/services/counseling/. The of-
or expelled, granted a leave of absence or Carstensen Hall houses the offices of Coun-
fice is located in Carstensen Hall on the sec-
dismissed. A student suspended or expelled seling Services, Student Accessibilities Ser-
ond floor.
from the University is responsible for the full vices and our Title IX Coordinator. It also
payment of his/her financial charges for the STUDENT ACCESSIBILITY houses the Center for Religious and Spiritual
semester. SERVICES Life which provides special opportunities for
students who are seeking to maintain and
Students are expected to conform to all gov- The University of Bridgeport is committed
enrich their spiritual life on campus. Adja-
erning regulations of the University as out- to providing services to qualified students
cent to the Student Center, it provides a qui-
lined in the Key to UB (Student Handbook), with disabilities so that they receive an equal
et, warm atmosphere in which individuals
the Catalog and all official notifications of educational opportunity. In compliance
can reflect every day.
policy. A student will be subject to Univer- with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act,
sity disciplinary procedures if his/her on or the American with Disabilities Act and Con-
FAMILY OUTREACH
off-campus behavior results in violations of necticut State Laws, we provide reasonable
We believe the more informed you are about
these regulations, civil and/or criminal law. accommodations to reduce the Impact of
the University of Bridgeport, the better re-
disabilities on academic functioning or upon
Disciplinary action, notification of charges, source you can be for your student. Thank
other life activities in a University setting.
disciplinary procedures, appeals and a re- you for all that you do to support your stu-
view of actions that may lead to disciplin- All accommodations are determined on an dent and assist us as we focus on our mis-
ary procedures are identified and described individual basis. If a student with a disability sion of student success at UB.
in the Key to UB (Student Handbook). It is would like to register for accommodations,
the responsibility of the student to familiar- he/she is encouraged to initiate the request FRATERNAL ORGANIZATIONS
ize him/herself with all University and Resi- upon enrollment and at the beginning of Greek Letter Organizations contribute to
dence Hall codes, regulations and policies, each semester for which they are request- University social life and offer opportuni-
which are all available on-line on the Univer- ing services. It is strongly recommended that ties for the development of leadership skills
students complete the registration process and provide volunteer service to the cam-

28
Student Affairs

pus and to the greater Bridgeport commu- mational newsletters and the Purple Knight homeowner’s policy.
nity. Current active organizations are Alpha Weekly student activity e-newsletter as well
Kappa Alpha Sorority, Inc., Alpha Phi Alpha as maintain a presence on various social me- RESIDENCE AND MEAL PLAN
Fraternity, Inc., Chi Upsilon Sigma National dia platforms. REQUIREMENTS
Latin Sorority., Inc., Delta Sigma Theta Soror- All students who are full-time undergradu-
ity, Ltd., Lambda Pi Upsilon Sorority, Latinas ORIENTATION ates are required to live in University resi-
Poderosas Unidas, Inc., and Sigma Gamma New student orientation programs are de- dence halls unless they meet one or more of
Rho Sorority, Inc. signed to introduce students to the Universi- the following criteria:
ty of Bridgeport community. The orientation
1. Those who have attained the age of 21 by
INTERNATIONAL CENTER FOR program begins with summer orientation
the first day of classes.
STUDENTS AND SCHOLARS and continues a few days prior to the start of
Center for Students and Scholars strives to classes. This gives incoming students the op- 2. Those who have accumulated 90 academic
ensure institutional compliance with fed- portunity to get settled in their new environ- credits (including transfer credits) by the
eral regulations and to assist international ment and to become familiar with their aca- first day of classes.
students and scholars, their dependents, demic program. Formal and informal social
3. Those who are living at home with
and prospective students with immigration and informational sessions provide students
parents, a spouse or other immediate
matters and adjustment to life in the United with the opportunity not only to learn about
relatives within a 30 mile driving distance
States. We strive to facilitate an environment the University’s policies, but to meet and so-
of the University.
where students can develop a clear under- cialize with other students. All new students
standing of their immigration status require- are expected to attend. Exceptions to this policy must be requested
ments that will support the pursuance of from the Office of Housing and Residential
their degree programs. RESIDENTIAL LIFE Life in writing and approved by the Director
The University recognizes the important con- of Residential Housing and Residential Life or
We provide information on a wide range of
tribution that life in the residence halls can his/her designee by the first day of classes.
topics including maintaining status, travel,
makes in a student’s total educational expe-
employment eligibility, financial questions, Meals are served three times daily, with the
rience. Each hall is staffed by a live-in pro-
social and cultural differences, and personal exception of Saturday and Sunday when two
fessional staff member and trained student
concerns. We endeavor to minimize the dif- meals are served. The Dining Hall is closed
staff Resident Assistants on each floor. Their
ficulties our international students and ex- during vacation periods as scheduled in the
efforts are coordinated through the Office of
change visitors may experience upon arrival University calendar. Meals to suit a variety of
Housing and Residential Life. Residence Hall
by offering a monthly Coffee Hour and by dietary needs are available at the Dining Hall
staff have the responsibility of enforcing Uni-
giving necessary information throughout the upon request.
versity policies, procedures and regulations
year. We also provide professional expertise
as they relate to residential living as well as Winter and summer housing is available on a
on immigration, employment and taxation
promoting, with the active cooperation of limited basis and under separate contract. Ad-
issues by holding seminars and workshops.
residents, an environment that supports aca- ditional requirements may apply.
Upon arrival on Campus, all new internation- demic achievement. The office is located in
The Residence Hall and Meal contracts, once
al students and scholars report to this office the back of Seeley Hall.
signed by the student, are binding for the aca-
for passport check-in. A mandatory immigra-
demic year (not the semester).
tion and personal safety information session LIVING ON CAMPUS
is also required for all international students. The University offers a variety of housing op- STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
tions. Students have the choice of a single,
Please visit the Center for Students and Schol- Student Employment assists with processes
double, double-as-single, triple or triple-as-
ars website at https://ic.bridgeport.edu/ for such as Student Worker Authorization, Fed-
a-double room, each with a different price
more detailed information, applications and eral Work Study Opportunities, Non-Federal
structure. Room preference assignment are
general assistance. Individual appointments Work Study, processing of Graduate Assis-
subject to availability with some restrictions.
with an International Student Advisor are tantships, Teaching Assistants, Research As-
Efforts are made to match new roommates by
available by calling the office at (203) 576- sistants, Employment Verifications and is an
preferences stated in their housing contract.
4395. We may also be reached by fax at (203) opportunity for students at the University of
Students may seek a change in roommates
576-4461 and e-mail at internationaloffice@ Bridgeport to learn about the work environ-
after the second week of classes but before
bridgeport.edu. The office is located in the ment while obtaining a degree. Student Em-
October 1 (fall semester) or March 1 (spring
Wahlstrom Library, Garden Level, Room 133. ployment is located on the ground floor of
semester). The University is not responsible
Wahlstrom Library. For information please
for theft or damage to personal property,
MEDIA contact us at: Studentemployment@bridge-
students are advised to obtain renter’s insur-
The residence halls, as well as the staff of port.edu or 203-576-4471.
ance, or ensure coverage under their parents’
the Division of Student Affairs, publish infor-

29
Student Affairs

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES 3. Laboratory evidence (blood test) of STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE
The mission of University of Bridgeport Stu- immunity is acceptable in lieu of All on campus students are automatically en-
dent Health Services is to promote the well- administration of vaccines but you rolled in the Injury plan at registration. All
being of students. We provide high quality, must provide proof of immunity with a full-time undergraduate students, all students
culturally competent, Student Health Care for Laboratory report. in campus housing, and Physician Assistant
the treatment of acute illness and injuries. In Students are required to participate and are
addition, health education programs are of- VARICELLA (CHICKENPOX) automatically enrolled in the Sickness plan
fered to the campus community. IMMUNIZATIONS at registration and charges are added to their
1. Two vaccines (12 weeks apart if vaccinated account, unless proof of comparable cover-
Student Health Services does not seek to between 1 and 12 years and at least 4 age is furnished by the deadline date indicat-
replace family physician care but rather to weeks apart if vaccinated at age 13 years). ed on the Waiver website. All international
supplement that care during years when the
2. Laboratory evidence (Blood Test) of students are required to participate and are
student is attending the University, often at
immunity is acceptable in lieu of automatically enrolled in both the Injury and
some distance from home. Student Health
administered vaccine, but you must Sickness Plans at registration and charges are
Services’ emphasis is geared towards well-
provide proof of immunity with the added their account. Coverage for interna-
ness. We offer health education, preventive
laboratory report. tional students cannot be waived.
health screenings, health promotion pro-
grams and immunizations. Students’ individ- 3. A documented history of having had Part-time Domestic Graduate Students taking
ual needs are attended to in a confidential the disease by a medical doctor or at least 6 credit hours and Part-Time Under-
and caring manner. All information and re- public health department is accepted graduate students taking at least 7 credits
cords pertaining to any aspect of a student’s documentation. who are not living on campus may partici-
health are strictly, confidential. Student pate in the Sickness plans on a voluntary ba-
Health Services is staffed by a Medical Direc- 4. Students born in the United States before sis. Dependents of those enrolled for both
tor, two part-time APRNs, two full-time reg- 1980 are exempt. Injury and Sickness may also participate in
istered nurses, and an Office Manager and is the plan on a voluntary basis.
located at 60 Lafayette Street, Room 119.
MENINGITIS VACCINE (A, C, Y,
W-135) TITLE IX COORDINATOR
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES Students who will be residing in on-campus The University of Bridgeport is committed
REQUIREMENTS housing will also be required to provide to preventing and eliminating all forms of
Students registering at the University of proof of meningitis vaccine administered (A, gender-based discrimination in its educa-
Bridgeport are required to provide proof C, Y, and W-135) within the past 5 years. tion programs and activities, in accordance
of immunization listed below prior to reg- with its commitment to Title IX of the Edu-
istration. Health Requirements and Health
TUBERCULOSIS TESTING
cation Amendments of 1972. Gender-based
Forms can be found on www.bridgeport. A tuberculosis risk assessment and if neces- discrimination includes sexual assault, sexual
edu/healthform. Students going into Clinical sary a Tuberculosis test IGRA or chest X-ray harassment, intimate partner violence, and
Health Sciences or the Nursing Program have is required within six months prior to admis- any act in violation of the University’s sexual
special health requirements which can also sion to the University. History of prophylac- misconduct policies. The Title IX Coordina-
be found on www.bridgeport.edu/health- tic treatment if indicated is also required. Tu- tor ensures prompt and effective response to
forms. berculosis testing is not required for online complaint; provides education and aware-
students, through it is highly recommended ness programming; and serves as a resource
MMR (MEASLES, MUMPS, by Student Health Services. The Tuberculo- for individuals seeking on-and-off campus
RUBELLA) IMMUNIZATIONS sis Risk Assessment and associated informa- advocacy and support services. The Title IX
Connecticut Public Act No. 89-90 requires tion can be found on www.bridgeport.edu/ Coordinator may be contacted at TitleIX@
all students born after December 31, 1956 to healthforms. bridgeport.edu.
provide proof of immunization against mea-
sles, mumps, and rubella. You are required HEPATITIS B VACCINE
to provide proof of two doses of measles, College students are at an increased risk of
mumps, and rubella immunizations. developing a Hepatitis B infection. All stu-
dents are strongly encouraged to be vac-
1. First dose on or after 12 months of age and cinated for Hepatitis B. Hepatitis B vaccine
given in or after 1969. information from the Center for Disease Con-
2. Second dose given on or after January 1, trol can be found on http://www.cdc.gov/
1980. vaccines/vpd/hepb/indext.html.

30
Academic Regulations and Procedures

UNDERGRADUATE REGULATIONS, Senior 90 and above Science and Society)

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES THE MAJOR • Chemistry- (Chemistry Department,

All matriculated students are expected to College of Science and Society)
Classification of Students declare their major before the end of their • Chinese- (Modern Languages program,
sophomore; however, some majors require College of Science and Society)
REGULAR earlier declaration if the student plans to
A student who has completed all the admis- complete within four years. • Computer Engineering- (Computer
sion requirements and who has presented a Engineering Program, College of
background of scholarship and performance The student must earn a grade of “C-” or Engineering, Business, and Education)
that indicates his/her capacity to profit from better in every major course. However, the
student’s overall quality point ratio in major • Computer Science- (Computer Science
and complete a degree program is admitted
courses must be at least 2.0. In some cas- Program, College of Engineering,
as a regular degree student.
es, departmental requirements may exceed Business, and Education)
PROVISIONAL these minimums. If a student earns a grade • Criminal Justice and Human Security-
A student who has met the general require- of “D” or “F” in a course in the major field, (Criminal Justice and Human Security
ments for admission, but not those for full he or she retake that course and earn a “C-“ Program, College of Science and Society)
standing because the promise of achieve- or better.
• Education (Education Program, College
ment in the area of intended study cannot
be accurately appraised at the time of admis-
THE MINOR of Engineering, Business, and Education)
sion, is admitted provisionally subject to con- The University offers the option of selecting • Electrical Engineering- (Electrical
ditions stated on the Certificate of Admission. a second area of specialization. Like the ma- Engineering Program, College of
jor, the minor was conceived to provide a Engineering, Business, and Education)
STUDENT STATUS unified, coherent program in a discipline or
area of knowledge. While requiring a second • English and Professional Writing -
Only matriculated students carrying at least
focus for the student’s intellectual interests, (English Program, College of Science and
twelve semester hours are eligible for elec-
it enables him or her to investigate the im- Society)
tion to class and other offices (with the ex-
ception of the Part-time Student Council, and portant concepts of a specific area and to • Film, Television, and Digital Media
University Senate) acquire a firm basis for further study. (English Department, College of Science
In terms of career preparation, the minor op- and Society)
A full-time student is defined as someone
accepted to the University pursuing an aca- tion can complement a regular major pro- • Finance (Finance Program, College of
demic program, registered for at least 12 gram or it may add an entirely new dimen- Engineering, Business, and Education)
semester hours of credit each semester (ex- sion to the traditional curriculum. A minor is
a minimum of 18 credits to be defined by the • French- (Modern Languages program,
cluding co-op terms).
School and Department. College of Science and Society)
A part-time matriculated student has been
Students who wish to pursue a minor should • History- (Contact the Chair of the
accepted into a degree program and regis-
obtain the Minor Request Form in the Dean’s General Studies: Humanities Program,
ters for 1-11 semester hours of credit each
or Director’s office of the College or School College of Science and Society)
semester.
in which the minor is offered. Any student • Human Services- (Human Services
An applicant admitted with permission to seeking more than one minor requires the Program), College of Science and
take courses for which he or she is qualified Dean’s written permission. Society)
(met the prerequisites), but not as a degree
candidate, is a special student. Special Stu- The following minors are currently available • Industrial Organizational Psychology -
dents may later apply for matriculation and at the University of Bridgeport: (Psychology Program, College of Science
are subject to any changes in graduation re- • Accounting (Accounting Program, and Society)
quirements instituted prior to actual matricu- College of Engineering, Business, and • Japanese- (Modern Languages program,
lation. Education) College of Science and Society)
CLASS STANDING • Applied Music- (Music Program, College • Korean- (Modern Languages program,
Students are classified according to the num- of Science and Society) College of Science and Society)
ber of college hours satisfactorily completed: • Arabic- (Modern Languages program, • Management (Management Program,
Freshman 0-29 semester hours College of Science and Society) College of Engineering, Business, and
Sophomore 30-59 semester hours • Biology- (Biology Program, College of Education)
Junior 60-89 semester hours

31
Academic Regulations and Procedures

• Mathematics- (Mathematics Program, By the end of sophomore year, all matriculat- program changes. The student must submit
College of Science and Society) ed students are expected to have a declared all approved changes of registration, includ-
major. ing course withdrawals, to the Office of the
• Mechanical Engineering- (Mechanical
Registrar by the published deadlines.
Engineering Program, College of
Engineering, Business, and Education) The Advising System ADD / DROP
The University provides academic and per-
• Multicultural Studies- (General Studies: Undergraduate students may withdraw from
sonal services to support each student’s ef-
Social Science Program, College of any course with advisor approval. Course
fort to gain the best possible undergradu-
Science and Society) withdrawals may be requested up to the last
ate education. Selecting a course of study,
date to withdraw from courses as published
• Music- (Music Program, College of choosing a major, and deciding upon a ca-
in the course schedule book or academic cal-
Science and Society) reer are crucial decisions for every student.
endar. To withdraw from a course, obtain a
The Advising System functions to assist stu-
• Philosophy- (General Studies: Schedule Adjustment Form from the Office
dents in designing their programs according
Humanities Program, College of Science of the Registrar and take it to your advisor.
to their individual interests and needs.
and Society) Advisor’s signature is required to withdraw
Students are assigned a professional advisor from any course. Return the signed with-
• Physics- (Physics Department, College of
upon acceptance to the University. Profes- drawal form to the Office of the Registrar for
Science and Society)
sional advisors are available for consultation processing.
• Pre-medicine- (Biology Program, College throughout the student’s tenure for purposes
If a student officially withdraws from a course
of Science and Society) of academic advisement and assistance with
by the add/drop deadline, no grade will be
course selection. As a student transitions
• Psychology- (Psychology Program, reported and the course will not appear on
from first to second year, s/he will be as-
College of Science and Society) the student’s transcript. On occasions a with-
signed a faculty advisor in the selected ma-
drawal is granted after the first 20 days for
• Russian- (Modern Languages program, jor; however, undeclared students will con-
reasons beyond the student’s control as deter-
College of Science and Society) tinue to work with their professional advisor
mined by the student’s advisor. In these cases,
until a major is declared. Advisors approve
• Spanish- (Modern Languages program, a “W” will be posted on the student’s tran-
registrations for traditional undergraduates
College of Science and Society) script for the course. When a student registers
and program or major changes for all stu-
for a course, but ceases to attend class without
• Theater- (Music Program, College of dents. For assistance with non-academic
filing an application for withdrawal a grade
Science and Society) concerns, professional counselors are avail-
of “F” shall be posted to the student’s tran-
SECOND BACHELOR’S DEGREE able through the University’s Student Affairs
script. Tuition refunds for course withdrawals
Division.
Students who wish to earn a second Bach- will be calculated according to the Univer-
sity’s official refund policy. Federal Financial
elor’s degree must fulfill all College/School
and major requirements for the second de-
Registration for Courses Aid awards are subject to adjustment when a
gree and must earn a minimum of 30 ad- The student must formally register for cours- student withdraws from the University. Ces-
ditional credits beyond the number required es during the regular or early registration pe- sation of attendance, notice to instructors, or
for the first Bachelor’s. riod. All charges for the semester are payable telephone calls to the University, do not con-
in full before or during registration unless stitute official withdrawal from the University.
DOUBLE MAJORS the student has applied for the deferred pay-
ment plan. A program of fifteen or sixteen CLASS ATTENDANCE
Students who wish to earn a double major
must complete all major requirements for semester hours constitutes a normal load. Undergraduate students are expected to at-
both majors which might involve completing No student will be permitted to register for tend their classes regularly. The instructor
additional credits above those required for more than eighteen semester hours in any shall specify in the course syllabus at the be-
a single major. If the degrees are from dif- one semester without the prior written ap- ginning of the semester the extent to which
ferent colleges, additional requirements may proval of the appropriate College Dean or the attendance factor will be taken into ac-
apply as well. School Director. count when grades are calculated. Due al-
lowance, however, will be made for such
UNDECLARED MAJORS CHANGE OF REGISTRATION factors as illness, inclement weather, and se-
All students who have not declared a ma- All changes of registration are coordinated vere personal or family problems.
jor program of student will continue to work through the professional center. Students
shall refer to the published course schedule UNIVERSITY POLICIES
with their professional advisor to identify ap-
and Key to UB to determine additional ap- APPLICABLE TO BOTH
propriate curriculum plans through general
proval procedures and requirements for all UNERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE
education requirements and elective options. PROGRAMS

32
Academic Regulations and Procedures

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT D+ (67­-69) 1.3 Poor Yes Yes grade that meets program or major grade
ATTENDANCE POLICY D (63-­66) 1.0 Poor Yes Yes requirements. Students may also choose to
International students must pursue a full- repeat a course to qualify for graduation
D-­(60­-62) 0.7 Poor Yes Yes
time course of study to maintain status and status (2.0) or generally to improve their
F (below 60) 0.0 Fail No Yes CGPA. The most recent attempt, whether the
are required by the conditions of their visa
to attend scheduled classes. Failure to at- Grades followed by an “R” on transcripts in- grade is higher or lower, is used to compute
tend classes may lead to termination of SE- dicate that the course has been repeated. cumulative GPA and used for academic
VIS records. Before making changes to their requirements; however, both the higher and
Grades not used in the calculation of Grade lower grades in the course remain on the
schedules, International students must speak
Point Average: student’s transcript.
with an academic advisor and consult with
International Student Services. ISS is located GRADE QUALITY PTS EXPLANATION INCLUDED INCLUDED
Students may repeat a course only once
on the Garden Level of Wahlstrom Library. IN CREDITS IN CREDITS
without permission from the Provost Office.
EARNED ATTEMPTED
A request to take a course for the third
UNIVERSAL ENGLISH P N/A Pass Yes Yes
time requires students to formally request
All student papers submitted to any instruc- TR N/A Transfer Credit Yes Yes permission by completing a form available
tor at the University must be of University DP N/A Dropped Course No No online. Permission to take a course for a third
standard in form, spelling, punctuation and time is not guaranteed and may require a
literary organization. Instructors may refuse NS N/A No Start No No
meeting with the Dean or Program Director.
to read or to correct papers that are not in UG N/A Ungraded No Yes
keeping with the standards of good English CBE N/A Credit by Yes Yes Students receiving Financial Aid should check
usage. with Student Financial Services regarding re-
Examination takes of courses in which they have already
Grades and Quality Points AU N/A Audit No No earned a satisfactory grade. A student is not
eligible to receive financial aid for repeating
Grades are an indication of the standard of W N/A Withdrawn No Yes
a course for the third time in order to achieve
academic work performed. Throughout their INC N/A Incomplete No Yes a better grade. The credits associated with
program of study, students will be continu- the third repeat are not used in determining
EC N/A Credit Awarded Yes Yes
ally apprised of their academic progress. the student’s enrollment status for purposes
Students’ grades are provided at the end of Experiential Learning
of financial aid. In all cases, a student can
each course. Requests for official transcripts EXT N/A Continuing No No only receive Title IV funds for one repeat of
must be made in writing, accompanied by a Education Credit a previously passed course.
$10.00 administrative fee which is submitted
AP N/A Advance Placement Yes Yes
to the Accounting Office. Official transcripts PASS/FAIL OPTION (FREE
are released by the Registrar’s Office only af- Grade points are calculated by multiplying ELECTIVES ONLY)
ter all other offices have issued clearances the number of quality points of each grade Undergraduate students may elect to take up
for the student. total by the total number of assigned credits to 6 courses in an academic degree program
for that course. The GPA is obtained by divid- on the pass/fail basis. Only free electives
The University of Bridgeport uses the follow-
ing the total number of grade points earned may be chosen for the pass/fail option, and
ing academic grading system. The chart also
by the total number of credits attempted. no more than two courses may be on that
describes the impact of each grade on a stu-
dent’s academic progress. A student’s transcript identifies two different basis in a given semester. Request to take a
Grade Point Averages (GPA). The first is the course on the pass/fail basis must be made
GRADE QUALITY PTS EXPLANATION INCLUDED INCLUDED
Semester GPA, which is based on the courses in writing on the appropriate form after reg-
IN CREDITS IN CREDITS
taken only for that semester and the second istration in the course, but absolutely no later
EARNED ATTEMPTED
is a Cumulative GPA (CGPA) that consists than the tenth day of scheduled classes in
A (93-­100) 4.0 Excellent Yes Yes
of all the courses a student has taken at the a regular semester, the fifth day for a ten-
A­- (90­-92) 3.7 Excellent Yes Yes
University and the grades received for those week course, or the third day for a five-week
B+ (87­-89) 3.3 Good Yes Yes course. Students should review the com-
courses.
B (83­-86) 3.0 Good Yes Yes plete regulations with their advisors before
B­- (80­-82) 2.7 Good Yes Yes REPEATED COURSES requesting the pass/fail option through the
Students are required to repeat any course Registrar’s Office.
C+ (77­-79) 2.3 Satisfactory Yes Yes
in which they have received an “F”, or a
C (73-­76) 2.0 Satisfactory Yes Yes “W” if that course is required in the student’s INCOMPLETE WORK
C- ­(70­-72) 1.7 Below Yes Yes program, or if they have not earned a Incomplete grades (“I” or “R”) must be re-

33
Academic Regulations and Procedures

corded by the date stipulated by the Regis- attempted.” ACADEMIC PROBATION

trar at the end of the semester. No incom- When a student’s Cumulative GPA is below
2. The names of students who have officially
plete will be so recorded by the Registrar 2.0 but above the threshold for Academic
withdrawn from a course and received
unless it is accompanied by a clear indica- Separation.
the grade of “W” are so listed on the class
tion from the course instructor of the nature
roster for the balance of the semester.
of the work to be made up. The Registrar Academic Separation
will provide appropriate forms with grade 3. Withdrawals are not permitted beyond
the course withdrawal deadline. After the The following policies and procedures apply
sheets. This information will be placed in the
deadline, students will receive an earned to all students, both matriculated and special.
student files.
grade as determined by the instructor.
a. An “I” (incomplete) grade designates in- ACADEMIC PROGRESS STANDARD
If a student submits a withdrawal after FOR ACADEMIC SEPARATION*
complete work in a course at the time of
the withdrawal deadline but prior to the
grading for reasons beyond the student’s Total Credit Hours Cumulative Grade
semester ending, the student will have an
control and determined to be bona fide Attempted Point Average
automatic grade of “F” entered for their
by the instructor. These would include (Includes transfer credits)
grade.
absence from a final examination or in- <19 .75
ability to complete terminal assignments (fulltime students only)
due to illness, employment conflicts, Academic Status of Students 1-24 1.50
etc. In such cases where the “I” grade
is awarded the incomplete will revert to Undergraduate 25-48 1.70
a failing grade if the unfinished work is The following policies and standards define 49-90 1.85
not satisfactorily completed by the end the minimum requirements for maintaining 91+ 2.00
of the semester immediately following good academic standing in the undergradu- * Retaking a course does not count toward
the one in which the incomplete was ate degree programs of the University. High- this total.
granted, exclusive of the summer ses- er requirements may be established by the
sions. faculty for specific programs, subject to ap- Maintaining satisfactory academic progress is
proval by appropriate College committees, essential in order to remain eligible for finan-
b. A grade of “R” indicates incomplete cial aid. Please refer to the financial aid sec-
the appropriate senior administrator of the
work in thesis, research, or undergradu- tion for further information on maintaining
College or School and the Provost. Such re-
ate or graduate student project courses. eligibility for financial aid.
quirements are described in the appropriate
The “R” grade must be removed within
section of this catalog.
a period of time specified by the instruc- NOTIFICATION
tor/mentor/project advisor or director. GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING A student will be notified of his/her separa-
It must be within the maximum time tion before the beginning of the following
Good Academic Standing: A student whose
allowable for degree completion in the semester. It is, however, the student’s re-
Term GPA and Cumulative GPA are 2.0 or
academic program where the degree is sponsibility to be aware of his or her aca-
above.
being sought. demic status at all times.
The student who is not maintaining good ac-
“W” GRADE ademic standing will be permitted to remain APPEALS
No student may withdraw from a course in a degree program while attempting to re- Actions taken under the regulations pertain-
without the knowledge of his/her academic establish normal academic progress, unless ing to Academic Separation may have an
advisor, as indicated by that advisor’s and until the student is subject to academic immediate impact on a student’s eligibility
signature on the change of schedule form separation as described below. for financial aid. Students may appeal ac-
or approval via the Drop/Add Web Form. tions taken pursuant to these regulations.
Withdrawal “W” grades are assigned based A student may be awarded a degree only
when all degree requirements have been Appeals must be submitted via online form
on the following policy statements: one week after appeal notifications are sent.
satisfied. In particular, a student who has
1. If a student officially withdraws from failed to maintain normal academic prog- An appeal of separation from the University
a course after the official change of ress at some point, must have reestablished that is granted places the student in a condi-
registration period, but before the end of normal academic progress before a degree tional probationary status. The conditions of
the official withdrawal period in a given is awarded. this status, including its maximum duration,
semester or summer session, a grade of will be specified in the Committee decision
“W” is assigned and that course remains ACADEMIC WARNING granting the appeal. Students are able to ap-
on the student’s transcript. Courses with Academic Warning: A student whose term peal Academic Separation decision up to 2
the grade of “W” do not count toward GPA is below 2.0 but the cumulative GPA is times. Students must wait a minimum of two
the QPR but do count toward “hours 2.0 or above. semesters prior to resubmitting appeal.

34
Academic Regulations and Procedures

An appeal of separation from the University A student who is granted readmission to the thesis based on independent research,
that is granted places the student in a condi- university may not be guaranteed readmis- or completion of an appropriate special
tional probationary status. The conditions of sion to the major in which they were en- project.
this status, including its maximum duration, rolled at the time of leaving University of 6. Graduate programs require that all grades
will be specified in the Committee decision Bridgeport. All students who are readmitted applied toward the degree be “C” or
granting the appeal. after leaving University of Bridgeport must better. The grade of “C- “cannot be used
comply with degree program requirements
CONDITIONAL PROBATION to satisfy degree requirements.
in effect at the time of readmission.
Conditional Probation: When a student’s ap- Probation and Separation Policy
peal is granted, he or she is placed on Condi-
tional Probation status until their cumulative GRADUATE PROGRAM 1. The minimum cumulative grade point
GPA reaches 2.0 or better, or until they are REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES average necessary to continue graduate
studies is 3.0 and the minimum semester
dismissed. *Refer to programmatic handbooks for the grade point average to continue graduate
regulations and procedures pertaining to studies is 2.0.
ACADEMIC DISMISSAL graduate professional programs in the health
Students will be academically dismissed from sciences, counseling and education. 2. A student who does not meet either
the University if: the semester or cumulative grade point
1. they do not maintain academic good General Regulations average will automatically be placed on
standing after readmission from academic 1. The mere completion of courses and probation for the next semester of study.
separation; requirements does not guarantee 3. A student placed on probation must meet
continuation in the graduate program or the standard for continuation at the end
2. they do not meet a course requirement(s)
advancement to degree candidacy. of the probationary semester. Failure to
for selected degree(s);
2. Every student must consult with his/her meet the standard will result in automatic
3. they do not change major as appropriate assigned advisor to ensure a carefully separation.
based on denial of third attempt request; planned program of studies. 4. Separation from the Program of Study may
4. they do not appeal academic separation 3. A graduate student is expected to be appealed to the Academic Appeals
status; complete his/her degree program within Committee of the Graduate Council. The
seven years of admission. A student may, appeal must be in writing and must be
5. academic separation appeal has been
for sound and valid reasons, request submitted within 15 days of notification
denied;
his/her Dean for an extension of this of separation.
6. they have committed a third academic time limit. Such a request must have the 5. A student separated from a Program of
dishonesty offense. approval of the student’s advisor, and Study may apply for re-admission to the
A student who has been separated from the Department. Program after 1 semester from the date of
University under the above provisions may 4. The amount of graduate work transferable separation from the Program.
apply for readmission to the University no to a graduate degree is limited to two 6. A student may not be placed on probation
sooner than two semesters after separation. graduate courses. Courses applied to more than twice. Failure to maintain a
one degree or diploma normally are cumulative 3.0 grade point average or
READMISSION not transferable to a second degree or a semester grade point average of 2.0 a
Students who are not on an official leave of diploma. Courses presented for transfer third time will result in automatic, non-
absence and who wish to return to Univer- credit must be graduate level study appealable separation. Application for
sity of Bridgeport must complete a readmis- completed with a grade of “B” or above at re-admission cannot be made sooner than
sion form through the Registrar’s Office via an accredited institution. The transferred 1 year after the date of separation.
online forms. Students who wish to return courses should have been completed
to University of Bridgeport after 2 or more
years may reapply through the Admissions
within the past seven years. ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE
Office. The approval of additional transfer credit PROCEDURES
and waivers of the course time limit may
Official transcripts of any colleges attended
while the student has been away from Uni-
be granted based on the approval of the Consent To Plagiarism
versity of Bridgeport must be provided. The
Department Chair, School Director, and
College Dean.
Screening
Office of Admissions, the Office of Student Students are expected to be familiar with
Academic Success, the Dean of Students Of- 5. The requirements for a master’s degree and to comply with the University’s policies
fice, and the Provost Office will determine shall include at least one of the following: prohibiting plagiarism as set forth in the Key
the student’s eligibility for readmission. a comprehensive examination, a written

35
Academic Regulations and Procedures

to UB-Student Handbook. Some courses should refer to the relevant student hand- book for more information.
utilize electronic screening to detect plagia- book for more information.
rism, e.g., Turnitin. These plagiarism screen- FIVE YEAR RULE FOR
ing programs analyze the extent to which REGULAR READMISSION UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
students’ submitted assignments constitute A student who officially or unofficially with- Students who interrupt their studies for a pe-
original content and compare students’ sub- draws from the University must apply for riod exceeding five years must obtain written
missions to an extensive network of web readmission. Readmission is necessary with permission from the Dean of their College or
pages, articles, and other student work in any break in attendance for full-time stu- Director of the School to apply previously
their databases. Using these resources, these dents and after a break of more than one se- earned credits toward their degree.
programs produce originality reports which mester for part-time students. A student who
categorize submission content, determining withdraws officially, or unofficially, and sub- CARNEGIE UNIT OF CREDIT
what percentage of each assignment matches sequently applies for readmission is required Note: The application of the Carnegie unit
text found in their databases. to meet the degree requirements and condi- of credit has implications for graduation
tions current at the time of readmission. Stu- requirements, transfer credit policy, faculty
By enrolling in course(s), students consent load and for measuring program hours/in-
dents who have attended another accredited
to the above-described plagiarism screening come. The Carnegie Unit of Credit provides
institution in the interim must present com-
programs and may also be required to ap- a guideline on the amount of time that a
plete official transcripts with their application
prove specific terms and conditions of use student is expected to dedicate to a one se-
for readmission.
when submitting an assignment. Students mester hour course in order to receive one
also consent to retention of their submission Applications for readmission are available semester hour of academic credit. The Uni-
in Turnitin or other plagiarism screening from the Registrar’s Office. versity of Bridgeport calibration of the Carn-
platforms, but retain full copyright of their egie Unit of Credit is as follows:
submission. READMISSION IN CASES OF
DISCIPLINARY EXPULSION AND Onsite Lecture Classes: To receive one
Change of Status SUSPENSION semester hour of academic credit, the stu-
Disciplinary expulsion and suspension may dent is expected to attend a 50 minute
FROM FULL-TIME TO PART-TIME be incurred as a result of unacceptable con- lecture class per week and spend approxi-
Students wishing to transfer from full-time duct. See the Key to UB for rules, regulations mately two hours on assignments and study
to part-time status must secure the necessary and procedures for readmission. outside of the classroom throughout a fifteen
forms from the Registrar’s Office. week semester.
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
FROM PART-TIME TO FULL-TIME Online or Blended Learning Classes:
Students who must discontinue enrollment
Students wishing to transfer from part-time Through Canvas or other online tools and
for less than one academic year and who
to full-time status must secure the necessary blended learning, students would be ex-
have a commitment to return to the Univer-
forms from the Registrar’s Office. pected to complete 2.5 hours of activities per
sity must submit a written request for a Leave
week over fifteen weeks to receive one se-
of Absence to the Office of the Registrar. A
Interruption Of Studies copy of this request must also be sent to the
mester hour of academic credit. This would
include activities such as reading and re-
WITHDRAWING FROM THE Dean or Director of the student’s program.
sponding to posted course materials, discus-
UNIVERSITY Students who are in good academic stand-
sion board postings, and Canvas discussions.
Students who withdraw from all courses and ing and who have met all University require-
thus from the University, must file an Appli- ments may return to the University at the be- Onsite Activity-based Classes: One
cation to Withdraw at the Office of the Reg- ginning of any semester within the one-year hour and forty minutes of engagement in
istrar. Students must meet with the Dean of Leave of Absence period. discipline-based activity and fifty minutes of
Students prior to submitting the withdrawal study per week throughout fifteen weeks.
A leave of absence may be extended for an
form to the Registrar. additional year upon approval of the pro- Clinics, Studios and Laboratory-Based
If a student fails to register for a semester gram Dean or Director. A written request is Class: 2.5 hours of laboratory, clinical or
without being granted a leave of absence, or required for consideration of an extended studio activity per week for 15 weeks.
the leave of absence has expired, the student leave of absence and the leave will be noted Independent Study: 2.5 Semester hours of
will be administratively withdrawn from the on the student’s permanent record. Study per week over a 15 week Semester.
University. Several University of Bridgeport’s Schools, Other Forms of Learning: Academic
Several University of Bridgeport’s Schools, Institutes and Programs have policies gov- credit based on a demonstration of compe-
Institutes and Programs have policies gov- erning leaves of absence from the particular tency in defined academic outcomes will be
erning leaves of absence from the particular school, institute or program, and students the exception and will be based on accept-
school, institute or program, and students should refer to the relevant student hand- ed instruments approved by the Deans and

36
Academic Regulations and Procedures

Program Chairs. These can include CLWEP, PROFICIENCY EXAM (CLEP) DEAN’S LIST
CLEP tests, or examination of a portfolio by The University of Bridgeport participates in A full-time student who, in a given semester,
trained academics in the discipline in which the Educational Testing Service’s College completes 12 or more semester hours with a
the student seeks credit. Level Equivalent Proficiency Exam program. quality point ratio of 3.2 or higher and with
In all of these learning formats, contact hours The basic purpose of this program is to give no incomplete grades is named to the Dean’s
and/or study/assignment hours would be in- the student and non-traditional learner a List at the end of that semester. A part-time
creased each week in a summer or concen- means for assessing their levels of achieve- student who is matriculated and who, dur-
trated session to assure compliance with unit ment and for requesting college credit for ing a regular academic year, completes 12
of credit guidelines. such achievement. or more semester hours with a quality point
ratio of 3.2 or higher and with no incomplete
Approved by University of Bridgeport Sen- Undergraduate students may earn up to 30
grades is named to the Dean’s List at the end
ate, November 30, 2010. semester hours of credit (one year’s studies)
of that academic year.
by demonstrating subject area competence
Off-Campus Study through testing. CLEP credit may not be used
to satisfy the minimum University 30-hour
NATIONAL HONOR SOCIETIES
Matriculated students are expected to take Honor societies include Phi Kappa Phi, all
residency requirement. CLEP credit is not in-
the courses for their degrees at the Univer- University; Beta Alpha, accounting; Delta
cluded in the student’s credit hours earned at
sity of Bridgeport. Permission to take courses Mu Delta, business administration; Sigma
the University of Bridgeport and is not com-
at other institutions for transfer credit will be Phi Alpha, dental hygiene; Alpha Sigma
puted in the student’s quality point ratio at
given only for good and valid reasons and Lambda, part-time students; Pi Gamma Mu,
the University. CLEP credit is not considered
must be approved in advance and in writing international and national social science;
in the total number of UB hours used to de-
by the student’s advisor. Permission will not Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering; Upsi-
termine eligibility for graduation honors.
be granted for courses currently offered by lon Pi Epsilon, computer science; and Sigma
the University or courses within the last thir- Information on subject matter and testing Xi, research and scholarship; Lambda Pi Eta
ty semester hours before graduation, or for procedure is available in the office of the (The National Communication Studies Honor
courses previously failed at the University. Provost. Society); Theta Alpha Kappa (The National
Religious Studies Honor Society); Pi Sigma
Matriculated students may not take courses ADVANCED PLACEMENT Alpha (The National Political Science Honor
at junior or community colleges for transfer A student may enter the University of Bridge- Society); Sigma Iota Rho, The Honor Soci-
credit at the junior or senior level toward port as a freshman, but with advanced stand- ety for International Studies; Phi Sigma Lota
their degrees. ing toward a degree. Advanced standing may (Honor Society of Languages), Alpha Phi
be achieved by taking the Advanced Place- Sigma (Criminal Justice Honor Society).
CREDIT FOR LIFE WORK ment examinations administered by the Col-
EXPERIENCE (CLWEP)
lege Entrance Examination Board. A score Requirements for
Some students acquire mastery over course
subject matter through prior work or train-
of three or above allows the student to earn
up to eight credits in one subject area. Well
Undergraduate Degrees
ing experience. Many departments have de- qualified students may also earn advanced The stipulations in the list immediately be-
veloped examination and other assessment placement by taking courses for college low are only those which are common to the
procedures to provide the possibility of credit while in secondary school. Informa- awarding of the Bachelor’s degree. Howev-
credit for those experiences which correlate tion regarding Advanced Placement is avail- er, requirements specific to each College or
to specific course offerings in the University able in the Office of Admissions. School and to individual curricula and disci-
Catalog. plines within each College or School also ex-
CLWEP credit may not be used to satisfy the Academic Honors ist. The student must be especially careful to
note all of these, since fulfillment of gradua-
minimum University 30-hour residency re- PRESIDENT’S LIST tion requirements is the individual student’s
quirement. CLWEP credit is included in the A full-time student who, in a given semester, responsibility. No permission for deviation
student’s semester hours earned at the Uni- completes 12 or more semester hours with a from published requirements is official un-
versity and also in the total number of UB quality point ratio of 3.7 or higher and with less it is made in writing and signed by the
hours used to determine eligibility for gradu- no incomplete grades is named to the Presi- senior administrator of the College or School
ation honors. However, such credit is not dent’s List at the end of that semester. A part- from which the degree is sought. It is recog-
computed in the student’s quality point ratio time student who is matriculated and who, nized that the requirements for graduation
at the University. Information on subject mat- during a regular academic year, completes 12 in individual Schools may change. A student
ter and evaluation procedures is available in or more semester hours with a quality point must meet the requirements for graduation
the office of the Provost. ratio of 3.7 or higher and with no incomplete which are current at the time of graduation,
grades is named to the President’s List at the and consistent to the greatest extent possible
COLLEGE LEVEL EQUIVALENT
end of the academic year.

37
Academic Regulations and Procedures

with the degree requirements in existence 2. The Bachelor’s degree magna cum laude Transcripts
at the time of the student’s entry into the may be awarded to a student whose
The University of Bridgeport has authorized
major. However, whenever a program is al- cumulative quality point ratio is at least
Parchment, Inc. to provide transcript order-
tered it is the University’s responsibility to 3.60.
ing online. You can order transcripts using
translate the student’s previously completed 3. The Bachelor’s degree summa cum laude any major credit card. Your card will only
work into the new program requirements may be awarded to a student whose be charged after your order has been com-
so that the continuously enrolled student cumulative quality point ratio is at least pleted.
is not penalized for the adaptation. The 3.80.
only exception would be when the state or To order an official transcript(s), login to
other licensing agency imposes a new re- The Associate’s degree may be awarded cum the Parchment Exchange secure site via the
quirement. The common requirements for laude to a candidate with a minimum quality student portal for active UB accounts or via
awarding the Bachelor’s degree follow. point ratio of 3.2 and magna cum laude to www.parchment.com for inactive UB ac-
those with 3.5. A minimum of 45 semester counts. The site will walk you through plac-
A student must: hours must have been earned at the Univer- ing your order, including delivery options
1. Have been admitted as, or have achieved sity of Bridgeport. and fees.
the status of, a matriculated student in
the College, and must have attained Commencement Participation You can order as many transcripts as you
like in a single session. A processing fee per
upperclass or major status. Form for Graduation (both recipient. Order updates will be emailed to
2. Have completed the last thirty semester Undergraduate and Graduate) you. You can also track your order online.
hours of work toward his or her
The University of Bridgeport holds one Com-
degree under the direct auspices of
mencement Ceremony in May. Students who
the University. Under exceptional
have completed all degree requirements
circumstances, the senior academic
are eligible to participate in the May Com-
administrator may slightly modify this
mencement Ceremony. Students do not have
requirement.
to apply to graduate but must confirm their
3. The student must earn a grade of “C-” or interest in participating in the ceremony af-
better in every major course. However, ter being pre-certified by faculty. Designated
the student’s overall quality point ratio faculty within each academic program will
in major courses must be at least 2.0. In pre-certify a student’s eligibility to graduate
some cases, departmental requirements prior to the mid-point of the semester from
may exceed these minimums. which a student is graduating.
A graduation fee of $150 per degree is as-
If a student earns a grade of “D” or “F” in a
sessed upon per-certification, whether or not
course in the major field, he or she retake
a student participates in the ceremony.
that course and earn a “C-“ or better. The
student must have earned the number of Diplomas are mailed to the confirmed ad-
semester hours of credit required by the dress by the student within 30 days after
College or School and must not deviate the certification of degree has been com-
from the curriculum as displayed in this pleted at the end of the term for which a
catalog without the written approval of the student is graduating. Release of diplomas
appropriate senior academic administrator is dependent on all graduation requirements
or his/her designate. and financial obligations to the University of
Bridgeport (including Perkins Loans) being
UNDERGRADUATE GRADUATION satisfied. If you have a change of address
HONORS during the course of the graduation process,
Candidates for graduation who have com- please completed the Change of Address
pleted at least sixty semester hours of ac- webform via the student UB portal, so that
ademic course work at the University of your records can be updated. However, an
Bridgeport in their junior and senior years email will be sent out to your UB email ad-
are eligible for honors upon recommenda- dress asking the confirmation of the mailing
tion of the appropriate College faculty. The address on file before the diploma and com-
following standards are used: plimentary transcript are mailed.
1. The Bachelor’s degree cum laude may be
awarded to a student whose cumulative
quality point ratio is at least 3.40.

38
The Core Curriculum

The University holds that professional and THE UNIVERSITY’S CORE 235X, 280
applied studies, and later success in careers, CURRICULUM HAS THREE • THA 103, 133
require a sophisticated and learned grasp of DIMENSIONS:
the artistic, communicative, cultural, social, 1. Skills • Select Honors courses, as approved. See
historical and scientific achievements of the Registrar or Honors Program Director for
world; and that all learners and professionals 2. Heritage details
should be able to interpret these domains 3. Seminars
and to communicate about them clearly and Six Hours of Humanities: two of the follow-
ing courses. Courses from different disci-
persuasively. All colleges and universities I. THE SKILLS SECTION
in the State of Connecticut are required by plines are recommended.
Skills classes help students learn how to think
the Office of Higher Education to mandate clearly, write effectively, and communicate • ENGL 102, 105A, 105B, 110, 180, 197, 207,
that General Education courses compose “33 accurately and persuasively. These courses, 208, 209, 210, 212, 213, 215, 216, 220, 223,
percent of the minimum requirements for normally taken in the first semester, lay the 228, 233, 252, 305, 322, 325, 330, 332, 357,
the baccalaureate degree.” The University foundation for all further study. The Univer- 395
of Bridgeport fully supports the educational sity of Bridgeport requires competency for
philosophy behind this mandate. • HIST 100 (three 1-credit sections must
such skills through successful completion be taken during the same semester), 222,
The University of Bridgeport also believes or placement out of two such courses: one 223, 228, 232, 233, 305, 335, 336
that General Education should reflect the in composition, the other in mathematics.
University’s educational mission. The Gener- (Note: Placement out of any course requires • HUM C201, 300
al Education’s Core Curriculum draws upon an equal number of credits to be completed • MUSC 230X
the best traditions of American education in other approved liberal arts coursework
and seeks to stimulate creativity, intellec- toward the minimum forty required credit • PHIL 101, 103, 104, 110, 203, 205, 210,
tual growth, and development of analytical hours of General Education.) 211, 213, 235, 323, 340
thinking; but it also advances UB’s distinc- • PSCI 323, 324
English: English 101
tive educational outlook, which is interna-
Math: Math 102, 103, 106, or 109 • WREL 101, 102, 103, 204, 205, 207, 208,
tional in character and commitment. Thus
the University requires that a large majority 209, 216, 221, 229, 230, 299, 301, 305
II. THE HERITAGE SECTION
of the forty required credit hours of Gen- • Select Honors courses, as approved. See
Heritage classes introduce students to the ar-
eral Education be distributed within its Core
tistic, communicative, cultural, social, histori- Registrar or Honors Program Director for
Curriculum and allows the remaining to
cal and scientific achievements of the world. details
be taken as Liberal Arts electives. “Liberal
The courses below have been selected for Six Hours of Natural Science: six hours met
Arts” encompass any course that is not de-
signed primarily for skill or knowledge ac- inclusion in the Core Curriculum because by any combination of the following courses
quisition in a specific profession or field of they contribute to forming an interdisciplin- and/or upper-level lab science courses for
work and generally includes the humanities, ary perspective about these achievements. which students meet the prerequisites.
social sciences, natural sciences, and math- These courses aim to help students see the
world in a distinctive way: as a plural but • BIOL 106, 111, 113, 114
ematics. The total number of General
Education credit hours on a student’s increasingly interdependent reality. Upper- • CHEM 103, 104, 113, 114
record must be forty or higher and level courses are suggested to students who
are completing Core General Education re- • GEOL 105, 205
must satisfy the Core requirements.
quirements as juniors or seniors, or who • PHYS 103, 111, 112, 201, 202
The required distribution of Core courses have focused academic interests in a particu-
through a range of disciplines reflects the lar area of enquiry. Enrolling in these upper- • SCI C101, C102, C106, 107, C201, C202,
mission of the University of Bridgeport. In level courses requires the instructor’s permis- 204, C206
particular, courses from disciplines are cho- sion. Full course descriptions and any course
sen because they encourage reflection upon • Select Honors courses, as approved. See
prerequisites can be found in Undergraduate Registrar or Honors Program Director for
the interdependent nature of the world, con- Courses of Instruction section of the Catalog.
tribute to global awareness, and encourage details
interdisciplinary modes of integrative learn- Three Hours of Fine Arts: one of the follow- Six Hours of Social Science: two of the fol-
ing. All classes in this curriculum contrib- ing approved courses. lowing courses. Courses from different disci-
ute to academic development and lay the • ADSN 117, 118 plines are recommended.
groundwork for success in graduate schools
or students’ chosen professions. The Core • CIHT 181, 202, 262, 361 • CJHS 118
Curriculum represents what is best and dis- • ECON 201, 202
• MUSC 121, 122, 123, 203, 204, 205, 207,
tinctive about the University of Bridgeport.

39
The Core Curriculum

• HIST 101, 102, 207, 208, 230, 240, 241, FYS industrial, or social frames.
242, 303, 304, 316, 317, 341, 361 1. Students will demonstrate ability to 4. Students will gather quality information
• HSCI 210 communicate at a first-year college level, sources that establish their authority over
in both oral and written language. the content of their presented projects.
• PSYC 103, 201, 202, 240, 303, 375
2. Students will demonstrate ability to use
• PSCI 101, 103, 203, 204, 206, 207, 208, reasoning in assessing ideas, values, and HUMANITIES
209, 215, 233, 299, 373 beliefs of oneself and others. Upon completing a 6-credit requirement in
the Humanities (two HU-designated cours-
• SOC 101, 102, 118, 204, 231, 270, 310, 3. Students will demonstrate understanding es), students will be able to understand and
311, 315, 348 of core information literacy knowledge appreciate the role of literature, philosophy,
• SOSC 207 practices, including standards of academic religion, and/or history in shaping human
integrity, by conducting effective research culture and helping us make sense of our
• WREL 348, 373 to locate quality sources that fit their world. Students will demonstrate this by be-
• Select Honors courses, as approved. See specific research needs. ing able to:
Registrar or Honors Program Director for 4. Students will demonstrate understanding 1. Apply historical, interpretive and/or
details of the tools necessary for succeeding in analytical methods to explore the human
college-level academic courses. condition.
III. SEMINARS: FIRST YEAR
SEMINAR AND CAPSTONE 390 5. Students will demonstrate ability to locate 2. Demonstrate in speaking and writing
The thematically focused First Year Semi- and use academic and student support the ability to present well-grounded
nar (FYS 101), taught with common student services of the University such as advising, interpretations of complex literary,
learning outcomes to all freshmen, is taken tutoring, counseling, career development, historical, cultural and philosophical
during the first semester of study. This semi- and other related services. bodies of knowledge.
nar introduces students to the academic val- 6. Students will demonstrate understanding 3. Reflect upon human life, experience,
ues of a university education while inculcat- of the processes and requirements for existence, value, purpose and meaning in
ing habits of learning that will serve them successful completion of a degree. a globalized world.
throughout their undergraduate education
and beyond. Through this seminar experi- 7. Students will demonstrate engagement 4. Conduct scholarly research to identify
ence, students establish a foundation upon in activities that promote a sense of and evaluate authoritative sources that
which the rest of their university education community as well as of individual identify significant literary, historical,
stands. purpose in developing personal, civic, cultural, and/or philosophical aspects of
and/or professional identity. the human experience.
The Capstone Seminars, CAPS 390, provide
an academic context in which the skills and CAPSTONE FINE ARTS
content of the other courses in the General Students will identify and complete individ- Upon completing a 3-credit requirement in
Education Curriculum can be synthesized ual or group projects focused on something the Fine Arts (FA-designated courses), stu-
and integrated. The Capstone is the “crown- relevant to their major programs or career dents will develop a basic appreciation for
ing achievement” of the General Education goals (such as case studies, business plans, creative and performing arts, including visual
Curriculum. As such, the seminars are lim- research papers, artwork, design concepts, art, music, theater, or film and be able to:
ited to juniors and seniors who have com- engineered products, policy proposals, com-
pleted at least 75 semester credit hours and munity organizing, poems/stories, or the 1. Analyze critically and interpret objects
all required hours within in the Skills and like). of art for their imaginative, aesthetic, or
Heritage sections of the Core Curriculum. No intellectual content.
exceptions will be granted to this policy. 1. Students will demonstrate qualitative and
quantitative research methods, as the 2. Analyze creative art forms to explore
CORE CURRICULUM OUTCOMES topics allow, in their projects. human experience and critique, challenge
and consider the effect on the nature of
The following lists of student learning out- 2. Students will present their substantive society.
comes contains the common elements for projects to an identified audience,
any course that fulfills the University of using appropriate media (audio, visual, SOCIAL SCIENCES
Bridgeport’s First Year Seminar, Capstone, demonstrative, written, oral, etc.) Upon completing a 6-credit requirement in
Humanities, Fine Arts, Social Science, or
3.
Students will use multidisciplinary Social Science (two SS-designated courses)
Natural Science requirement in the General
sources to provide contextual significance students will understand and be able to
Education Curriculum.
of their projects within broader political, evaluate the theoretical foundations that un-
derpin the disciplines of economics, history,

40
The Core Curriculum

political science, psychology, or sociology tive course must be taken at the University
and demonstrate that understanding by be- of Bridgeport. The University of Bridgeport
ing able to: First Year Seminar is not required of transfer
students who enter with 30 or more credits.
1. Apply empirical methods, including
quantitative and qualitative designs, to
investigate and explain social phenomena
in the pursuit of producing new
knowledge.
2.
Evaluate larger social problems
challenging contemporary society as well
as the policies and action designed to
address these challenges.
3.
Research, identify and evaluate
authoritative sources that utilize social
scientific methods and/or theoretical
perspectives.

NATURAL SCIENCES
Upon completing a 6-credit requirement in
Natural Sciences (two NS-designated cours-
es) students will demonstrate competence in
the following two areas:
1. Knowledge of factual content and
major concepts in at least one scientific
discipline – Students will be able to:
a. Make connections between scientific
concepts and everyday phenomena,
real life applications and contempo-
rary global issues.
b. Identify and interpret scientific infor-
mation presented in a credible media
source or an article of scientific jour-
nalism.
2. Implementation of key attributes of the
scientific method of inquiry – Students
will be able to:
a. Design, conduct and interpret labora-
tory experiments to test a hypothesis
and reach conclusions.
b. Interpret and manipulate quantitative
information to arrive at appropriate
conclusions.

NOTE ON COURSE TRANSFER

POLICY
The University allows twenty-seven hours
of the General Education Curriculum distri-
bution hours to be transferred from other
universities. The Capstone Seminar and at
least one additional General Education elec-

41
Experiential Learning and Internships
The University of Bridgeport offers an ex- student-life/campus-activities) or implied, suggests the intern is an
tensive experiential education program, al- employee—and vice versa.
Office of Student Employment (https://www.
lowing students to combine classroom study
bridgeport.edu/life/student-employment) • The internship provides training similar to
with practical experience within their cho-
what would be given in an educational
sen field. Internships and other experiential INTERNSHIP QUALIFYING environment.
learning experiences provide a practical ap- CRITERIA
plication of academic studies in combination • The extent the internship is tied to
In order for an internship to be approved by
with opportunities to learn material that go coursework or academic credit.
the University, the following criteria must be
beyond the classroom. Performing intern-
met. This criteria is set to protect University • The extent the internship accommodates
ships, performing a job shadow or partici-
of Bridgeport students, and ensure valuable academic commitments according to the
pating in a mentorship opportunity offer the
and educational experiences through intern- academic calendar.
additional experience and development of
ships and experiential opportunities.
skills, which aid in the overall career readi- • The internship’s length provides the
ness of the student. • A designated supervisor is identified to intern with beneficial learning.
provide the intern with guidance.
TYPES OF EXPERIENTIAL • The intern’s work complements, not
OPPORTUNITIES • Projects and tasks have been developed displaces, the work of paid employees
to give the intern legitimate work which while still educating the intern.
Paid, Unpaid, Volunteer Internship
will allow them to gain professional
Credit Based Internship (usually 1-3 credits) experience applicable to the industry. • The intern and employer understand the
intern is not entitled to an offer for a paid
Cooperative Education Experience • Intern responsibilities relate to their job at the end of the internship.
Volunteer/Community Service particular course of study or desired
interest area. The DOL states these factors are flexible, so
Special Programs (Job Shadow, Mentorship, the final decision on whether the intern is an
Student Leadership Institute) • The intern does not displace regular employee depends on the specific case. If
employees, and works in close proximity the intern is deemed an employee, he/she is
Student Employment/Graduate Assistant- to a full-time employee. eligible for minimum wage and overtime pay
ships/PHD Awards under the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).
• The internship experience is for the
QUALIFYING FOR AN INTERNSHIP benefit of the intern and does not solely
CURRICULAR PRACTICAL
Students are able to perform internships advance business operations.
TRAINING (CPT): INTERNSHIPS
throughout their academic career. Most • Feedback is provided by the intern FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
posted opportunities will provide a list of supervisor throughout the internship term, Any international student, who performs
qualifications which should be reviewed for including completion of an Internship work OFF CAMPUS, must complete Curricu-
specific GPA, major and class level require- Evaluation provided by the University of lar Practical Training documentation PRIOR
ments. Students are encouraged to partici- Bridgeport. to beginning work. Any concerns or ques-
pate in more than one opportunity to gain tions should be addressed to the Internation-
a variety of diverse professional experience. • Clearly defined goals and learning al Center for Students and Scholars. Guide-
objectives are identified which closely lines Include:
For credit-based roles – a student should con-
align with the intern’s course of study or
sult with their assigned academic advisor, to • You may not take part in CPT while
desired interest area are developed.
learn specific departmental criteria for per- holding student employment in any
forming an internship. In most majors, a UNPAID INTERNSHIP, department at the university. You may
student must be a Junior or Senior Standing DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (DOL) either choose CPT or student employment.
with a 2.5 GPA (undergraduate) and hold a GUIDELINES You CANNOT have both.
3.0 GPA for graduate studies. In 2018, the Department of Labor (DOL)
• Your CPT must be within 100 miles from
released new guidelines for determining
CAMPUS RESOURCES The University of Bridgeport if done
whether an individual or opportunity classi-
Center for Career Development (https:// during the spring or fall semester. If CPT
fies as an unpaid intern. The new model is
www.bridgeport.edu/student-life/career- is done during the summer, there is no
called the “primary beneficiary test,” which
development) takes a more straightforward approach by mile restriction. However, you will not be
asking, “who benefits from the relationship able to extend the employment during the
Academic Departments (https://www.
most, the employer or the intern?” fall or spring semester if your internship is
bridgeport.edu/academics/programs)
more than 100 miles away from campus.
Office of Campus Activities and Civic En- The test is based on seven criteria:
• You may not have any holds on your
gagement (https://www.bridgeport.edu/
• Any promise of compensation, express

42
Experiential Learning and Internships
account (Bursar, Health, etc.) agement are allowed to start their CPT only
after they write their dissertation proposal
•
GPA minimum Requirements:
and pass its oral defense (excluding CPT
Undergraduate 2.5, Graduate 3.0.
summer session). Ph.D. students in Com-
• You must complete two semesters as a puter Science and Engineering or Technol-
full time UB student to qualify for CPT. ogy Management are allowed to start their
(Summer semesters do not count.) OPT only after the successful completion of
the dissertation defense.
• You may not have any pending grades.
• Your financial balance must be a
maximum of $500.
• Your internship/co-op duties must be
directly related to your major.
• If this CPT is done during the winter or
summer break, you must pre-register for
the Spring or Fall semester.
• Do NOT work until you get the CPT I-20
and until the start date is in effect.

CPT APPLICATION PROCESS

• Visit ISS website at https://ic.bridgeport.
edu/employment/cpt/ for eligibility and
all necessary documents.
• If you are eligible, please scan/email
to cpt@bridgeport.edu the following
documents to be reviewed by ISS:
1. Job offer letter printed on a letterhead
and signed/dated by your employer
(Electronic signatures are not accept-
able); It must include all required in-
formation as listed below.
2. Cooperative Education/Internship
Agreement signed by your prospec-
tive employer.
• Once your documents are approved,
an ISS advisor will schedule you an
appointment for CPT processing and
instruct you to visit your Academic
Department and Career Development
for signatures.
• At the time of appointment, please bring
all required and completed documents
outlined on the ISS website.
Please note: If you have questions about your
eligibility for CPT, please email cpt@bridge-
port.edu with your full name and UB ID in-
cluded using your UB email account.
In addition to the general requirements stat-
ed before, Ph.D. students in Computer Sci-
ence and Engineering or Technology Man-

43
University Library

Wahlstrom Library INFORMATION LITERACY

126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, CT 06604 INSTRUCTION
Telephone: 203-576-4745 The Wahlstrom Library supports the Uni-
Fax: 203-576-4791 versity and General Education Committee
Website: https://library.bridgeport.edu/ commitment to producing an information
literate student body. An experienced staff
PHYSICAL SPACE of Librarians works closely with faculty to
The Wahlstrom Library is centrally located develop curriculum and assessment tools so
on campus near the end of the beautiful that when students graduate and join their
Park Avenue where Seaside Park begins. chosen professions, they are prepared to
The Library is open seven days a week often join the scholarly conversations and debates
until Midnight or later. Students and faculty taking place in the published research and
are offered a full range of services in a large, literature of those fields. The Wahlstrom
4 floor space that facilitates both individual Library approach reflects a strong commit-
and collaborative study. 80 Computer work- ment to the Threshold Concepts from the
stations are available, as well as wireless for Association of College & Research Libraries
students with mobile devices, docking sta- as well as Evidence Based Medicine Best
tions, 20 loaner laptops, an adaptive tech- Practices for graduate level Health Sciences
nology room, copy machines and printers, programs. Instruction Librarians deliver in-
collaboration rooms, and fully equipped struction in the classroom, online and in the
“Smartrooms” with electronic whiteboards Library and are available during the Spring
and the potential for multiple devices to and Fall Semesters from 8 AM – 10 PM Mon-
project. day – Thursday, 8 AM – 7 PM Friday, 9 AM –
5 PM Saturday, and 2 PM – 10 PM Sunday. To
PRINT COLLECTIONS contact a librarian or to ask a question, email
The Wahlstrom Library print collections reference@bridgeport.edu, call 203-576-4747
are located on the 3rd floor of the Library or chat with us from the Ask a Librarian
building. Two Self Check Machines are avail- page on the library website at https://library.
able so students can check items out, and bridgeport.edu/ask/.
Librarians are located on the floor to assist
in locating and checking out items. Special
collections of archival and historical material
are available for use as well by appointment.

DIGITAL LIBRARY
The Wahlstrom Library extends its tradition-
al services through its Digital Library, One-
Search which is available at https://library.
bridgeport.edu. The Digital Library includes
an integrated search platform, linking be-
tween products, and millions of electronic
journal articles, ebook chapters, reports,
conference proceedings, data, protocols,
lists of experts, and wire and newsfeed an-
nouncements. Subscribing to more than 80
major research databases, electronic tutorials
are provided to assist in the use of individ-
ual products and features, and digital Inter-
library loan services exist for when students
or faculty need an item not found within the
Digital Library in full-text.

44
Support Services

Wahlstrom Library 2nd floor Resume Review; Level I: Introduction Workshops and Seminars on topics such as
Heckman Center for the Bridgeport Plan Resume Review; Level II: Graduate students note taking, time management, developing
and alumni with 2+ years of professional good study habits, overcoming test anxiety,
experience and stress management, are just a few.
Office of Civic Engagement LinkedIn Support Financial Aid Guidance to educate students
The Office of Civic Engagement is dedicated Cover Letter Assistance about their financial aid options, the process
to engaging students in civic action, provid-
Practice Interview of applying for financial aid, and their re-
ing voter education material and program-
sponsibilities.
ming, centralizing resources and communi-
cating community partnership opportunities. Office Of Student Leadership
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
This office serves as a catalyst for students, The Office of Student Leadership offers sev-
The student must be committed to do the
staff, faculty, and administrators to connect eral opportunities for students to explore and
following:
with, build, and sustain meaningful service develop their leadership potential. All lead-
initiatives in the greater Bridgeport area. ership opportunities on campus are rooted Meet with the academic counselor and learn-
in our core leadership competencies in order ing specialist at least three times each semes-
SERVICES to allow students to build necessary skills to ter. The first meeting must take place within
The Office of Civic Engagement connects be in successful student-leader, as well as a the first four weeks of the semester.
and supports individual students with di- successful professional upon graduation.
Attend the orientation/welcome back event
rect service opportunities, coordinates small at the beginning of each semester.
groups, and campus wide service projects. SERVICES
The Student Leadership Institute, the Annual Attend a minimum of two SSS sponsored
Community Work Study Program: Students Student Leadership Conference, and a vari- events/workshops each semester.
with federal work study are eligible to be ety of Student-Leadership positions across
placed with an off-campus community part-
ner where they will gain work experience in
campus are just a few ways University of Office of Student Academic
Bridgeport students of all levels develop
an office setting, provide program and op- self-awareness, learn strategies to improve Success
eration support, or directly work with youth leadership skills, and directly apply compe- The Office of Student Academic Success is e
programs. tencies to their daily life. dedicated to assisting students at the Univer-
Voter Registration and Education: Assist stu- sity of Bridgeport as they navigate the uni-
dents with the registration process and pro- Student Support Services versity. The Office provides support through
vides nonpartisan educational programming. advising services, tutoring, supplemental
The Student Support Services Program (SSS)
learning, and academic recovery.
is funded by the Federal TRIO Programs and
Career Development is designed to identify and provide services
Career Development has a crucial role in to a selective group of college students who
preparing students for life after college and meet eligibility criteria. All of our services are
in helping alumni through career transitions. available at no cost with the intent of as- sist-
We engage freshman through alumni in ca- ing students in accomplishing their goal of
reer preparation and continuing develop- graduating from UB.
ment while providing opportunities for suc-
cess in a global workplace. We partner with SERVICES
employers to promote and facilitate UB in- Academic Assistance to help students de- ve-
ternships and hiring. The mission of Career lop a plan to achieve their academic goals
Development is to prepare students for their and to meet their individual needs. Career
career journey, connect students to career Planning to work with students to recognize
opportunities, influence UB’s reputation via career options and to design a strategy for
outreach and outcomes, and Advantage UB realizing their career goals.
via strategic partnerships. One-on-One and Small Group Tutoring for
reading, writing, study skills, mathematics,
SERVICES science, and other subjects.
Career Closet
Career Exploration & FOCUS 2 Group Study Sessions (Supplemental In-
struction) for courses that are challenging for
Internship Search & Handshake Review
many students.
Employment Search & Handshake Review

45
 COLLEGE OF
SCIENCE AND SOCIETY

46
College of Science and Society

Dean: Kathleen Engelmann Candor — i.e. honest standards, consistency Mathematics (B.A. and B.S.)
Charles Dana Hall, Room 148 in implementing them, and fair evaluation of
Music (B.Mus)
E-mail: kengelma@bridgeport.edu achievement.
Political Science (B.A.)
Concern — i.e. regular support and individ-
ual attention to all students, with additional Psychology (B.S.)
Mission Statement opportunities for those who excel and reme-
Social Sciences (B.A.)
The mission of the College of Science and dial strategies for those who need them.
Society is to provide students with education
of high quality in the knowledge, skills and Facilities Divisions within the College of
values that will enable them to achieve suc- Programs within the College of Science Science and Society
cess in their professions and become mean- and Society are located in several buildings The following divisions are housed within
ingful contributors to society. The School is across the University of Bridgeport Campus. CSS: the Division of Natural Sciences, the Di-
committed to an interdisciplinary approach These include Bates Hall, Bryant Hall, Carl- vision of Behavioral and Social Sciences, and
in its curricula while offering students oppor- son Hall, and Charles Dana Hall. the Division of Arts and Humanities. All three
tunities for experiential learning, internships, divisions support both degree programs and
and community service. the general education courses that make our
Accreditation university possible.
Our programs are designed with attention All degree programs in the College of Sci-
to the institutions we serve. The education The Division of Natural Sciences prepares
ence and Society are licensed and accredited students for careers in the mathematical and
we offer features acquisition of fundamental by the State of Connecticut Office of Higher
knowledge in a wide range of fields and an life sciences. The Division of Behavioral and
Education. Social Sciences prepares students for careers
application-oriented approach to issues that
as helping professionals or other careers that
are progressively more interdisciplinary.
Degree Programs require strong interpersonal skills. The Divi-
sion of Arts and Humanities prepares stu-
Vision Statement Biology (B.A., B.S. M.A., M.S.)
dents for careers that requires analytical and
The vision statement serves as a guide in the Criminal Justice and Human Security (B.A.) creative thinking, strong writing, communi-
development of the school’s programs and cation, performance, and presentation skills,
Counseling (M.S.) the ability to collaborate effectively, to com-
overall educational initiatives. The School of
Arts and Sciences will provide students in its Criminal Justice and Human Security plete self-directed projects, and flexibility to
programs with: (M.A.) adapt to new challenges.
English and Professional Writing (B.S)
Competence — i.e. knowledge and skills The Accelerated Degree
necessary to enable them to enter the work
force, or to undertake graduate study, with
Fashion Merchandising (A.A. and B.S.)
Completion Program
success. General Studies (A.A. and A.S.)
General Studies (B.S.) Wahlstrom Library, Garden Level
Critical Thinking — i.e. techniques of ap- Telephone: (203) 576-4800
plied logic, categorization, and criticism Global Development and Peace (M.A.)
which result in clear thinking, sound analy-
Global Media and Communication Studies The Accelerated Degree Completion pro-
sis, and balanced judgment.
(M.A.) gram was an early pioneer in degree-com-
Creativity — i.e. qualities of imagination, pletion programs for adult learners, begin-
originality, curiosity, and daring. Graphic Design (B.F.A.) ning in 1988. This program gives adults age
Humanities (B.A. and B.S.) 23 or over the opportunity to complete a
Context — i.e. awareness of the historical,
bachelor’s degree at a convenient time and
social, intellectual, environmental, and cul- Human Services (B.S.) place. Courses are mostly offered in five- and
tural setting appropriate to the field of study.
Industrial Design (B.S.) eight-week terms – one meeting per week
Communication — i.e. ability to express – nine sessions per year in various formats;
themselves lucidly and to present ideas ef- Interior Design (B.S.) evening, weekend and online.
fectively and distinctively, both formally and International Political Economy and Diplo-
informally, orally, visually, literately, and macy (B.A.)
musically.
Mass Communications (B.A.)

47
College of Science and Society

Programs of Study Bridgeport, such as the Wahlstrom Library

and the Wheeler Recreation Center, to name
classroom.
The degree completion program offers CSS New students complete a placement test
a few. upon arrival and are placed in an appropri-
degrees in:
ate level of English. Successful completion of
ADMISSION
• A.A. in General Studies the session allows the student to move up to
ELI students must have a strong personal the next level.
• B.S. in General Studies Social Science commitment to learning the English lan-
concentration Students who are placed in the lower levels
guage. Courses in English as a Second Lan-
concentrate on basic grammar, speaking, lis-
guage are offered year-round at all levels
• B.S. in General Studies Online Social tening, and reading skills, and practice para-
from beginner through advanced. ELI appli-
Science concentration graph writing. As students progress through
cation forms and additional program infor-
the levels, they continue to improve their
• B.S. in Human Services mation may be obtained at the above address
speaking and listening skills while taking on
or printed out directly from the ELI Internet
• B.S. in Human Services & Psychology more challenging tasks in reading and writ-
address shown above.
(Double Major) ing.
Applicants must be at least 17 years old.
In the advanced levels, students strive to
• B.S. in Psychology Applications are accepted at any time of
achieve competence in language-dependent
the year and new students may begin class
•
Certificate in Human Resource tasks similar to those that are required of na-
throughout the year. International Admis-
Management tive speakers of English in both academic
sions issues an official letter of admission to
and career-related activities. These include
the program and an I-20 form promptly upon
reading for content; note-taking from spoken
Minors receiving a completed ELI application. After
and written materials; speaking skills needed
The College of Science and Society supports receiving the I-20 issued by ELI, the prospec-
to relate information, to persuade, to negoti-
a number of minors (18 credits each), which tive student may apply for an F-1 student visa
ate, and to inquire; and skills needed in es-
students from the University of Bridgeport at an American embassy or consulate prior to
say and report writing, as well as in effective
coming to the United States.
may pursue in addition to their major. correspondence.
WHY STUDENTS ENROLL AT ELI Graduates of ELI receive a “Certificate of
English Language Institute Many students wish to enrich their knowl- Completion” which certifies that they have
Carlson Hall edge of the English language while on leave met the English language requirement for
303 University Avenue from a school or a job in their home country. admission to the University of Bridgeport.
Telephone: (203) 576-4860 Most of these students return to their home Grades reports are issued upon request.
Website: http://www.bridgeport.edu/eli country after a stay at ELI of from 14 weeks
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES
to a full year or more.
GENERAL INFORMATION Please see insert for current academic year
Many ELI students plan to apply for admis-
The English Language Institute of the Uni- for tuition, fees, and other expenses.
sion to a degree program at the University of
versity of Bridgeport offers an intensive Bridgeport. They improve their knowledge ELI students should plan on spending about
program of English as a Second Language. of English to meet the English language re- $300-$400 per 14-week session to cover mis-
ELI also organizes off-campus trips and on- quirement for university admission. These cellaneous personal expenses such as rec-
campus activities designed to introduce in- students usually obtain “conditional accep- reational travel, local transportation, books,
ternational students to the United States, its tance” to a degree program and will receive laundry, clothing, etc.
language and its people. full acceptance when they satisfy the Univer-
ELI classes are offered year round, Monday
APPLICATION FORMS AND
sity’s English language requirement for ad-
through Thursday. Full-time students attend mission. It should be noted that successful ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
class in the mornings and afternoons. Part- completion of ELI’s advanced level satisfies Prospective students may obtain application
time students can choose to attend mornings the English language requirement for ad- forms, student housing applications, credit
or afternoons. For full-time students, a typical mission to the University of Bridgeport. ELI card charge forms, insurance information,
day consists of 5 hours of instruction, includ- graduates are not required to take the TOEFL etc. at ELI’s Internet site, by email, or by call-
ing classroom instruction in grammar, com- or IELTS. ing or faxing ELI.
position, reading, listening, and speaking,
and assigned work in the university’s state- THE CURRICULUM
of-the-art language laboratory. ELI provides The ELI curriculum focuses on improving
highly individualized instruction. Classes are skills in speaking, listening comprehension,
limited to 15 students per teacher. writing, and reading. At all levels of the cur-
ELI students receive a University of Bridge- riculum, ELI instructors seek to help students
port student I.D. card and are entitled to use improve their language skills through active
facilities on the campus of the University of use of the language both in and out of the

48
Biology Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

Education program for students interested in BIOL 223 Ecology 4

Dana Hall, Room 213 pursuing a teaching career. BIOL 307 Genetics 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4253 BIOL 321 Cell Physiology 3
Summary of Requirements BIOL 345

Molecular Biology
Biology Electives 1 22
4

Program Description PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ CHEM 205

CHEM 206
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
4
4
The Biology Department offers a 120-credit BIOL 101 General Biology I 4 PHYS 202 General Physics II 4
Bachelor of Arts and a 120-credit Bachelor BIOL 102 General Biology II 4 Math 112 or Math 203 3 or 4
of Science degree in Biology. Students are BIOL 211 General Physiology 4
BIOL 223 Ecology 4 63 or 64
introduced to laboratory training in General
Biology, Ecology, Physiology, Molecular Biol- BIOL 307 Genetics 3
BIOL 321 Cell Physiology 3 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
ogy, and most elective courses. Both degrees
prepare students to pursue graduate degree BIOL 345 Molecular Biology 4 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
programs in education, the biological disci- Biology Electives 1 16 MATH 110 Calculus & Anal. Geo. I 4
CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry I 4 HUM Humanities Core 3
plines, medicine, or allied health professions.
CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry II 4 Humanities Elective 3
Biology students can pursue several concen-
PHYS 201 General Physics I 4 FA Fine Arts Core 3
trations (listed below). PHYS 202 General Physics II 4 SOSC Social Science Core 3
Social Science Elective 3
Learning Outcomes 58
CHEM 103 General Chemistry I 4
By completing the Biology program, students GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ CHEM 104 General Chemistry II 4
will: PHYS 201 General Physics I 4
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
1. be able to read and interpret current bi- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
ological literature, formulate scientific CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
HUM Humanities Core 3 40
hypotheses, design and execute experi- Humanities Elective 3
ments, and analyze and interpret data. ELECTIVES _______________________16 or 17
FA Fine Arts Core 3
2. have mastered the fundamental princi- SOSC Social Science Core 3 Total Semester Hours__________________120
ples of cell/molecular /organism biology. Social Science Elective 3 1. Biology and approved cognate courses at
Foreign Language 1 6 the 200 level or higher.
3. have training necessary to apply biological,
CHEM 103 General Chemistry I 4
biomedical and biotechnological prin-
CHEM 104 General Chemistry II 4 CONCENTRATIONS WITHIN
ciples and techniques to human health MATH 109 Precalculus 4
and well-being from a holistic/wellness THE BACHELOR OF ARTS
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
perspective. OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
42 DEGREES
4. have awareness and appreciation of in-
terdisciplinary interactions among other ELECTIVES____________________________ 20 Biology students can pursue the following
disciplines in the natural sciences, math- Total Semester Hours__________________120 concentrations:
ematics and cognate fields.
1. Biology and approved cognate courses at BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE /
5. have awareness to appreciate the beauty, the 200 level or higher.
complexity and fragility of our biosphere, BIOTECHNOLOGY
and the intricate dynamics of balancing 2. As approved by the Department. Students are advised to take the following
systems within the biosphere. elective courses: General Anatomy and Phys-
6. have critical tools to exercise responsibil- BIOLOGY, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE iology (BIOL 213, 214), Virology (BIOL 381),
ity and stewardship of the biosphere by The Bachelor of Science in Biology is for Microbiology (BIOL 320), Medical Genomics
assuming positions of leadership in our students who wish to pursue a career that (BIOL 343), Endocrinology (BIOL 324), Bio-
global society. requires further study at the graduate or pro- chemistry (CHEM 365), Immunology (BIOL
fessional level. Students interested in scien- 341), Toxicology (BIOL 344), Histology (BIOL
303), Medical Microbiology (BIOL 332), and
BIOLOGY, BACHELOR OF ARTS tific research or one of the health professions
should follow the B.S. degree program. Biostatistics (MATH 203B). Students should
The Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology pro- participate in a summer research program for
vides a broad liberal arts program. It is de- practical experience in their field of study.
signed to allow students to obtain a minor Summary of Requirements A research project is strongly recommended.
that may be appropriate for their career as- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
pirations. In cooperation with the School of ECOLOGY/ENVIRONMENTAL
Education there is a 5-year combined Bach- BIOL 101 General Biology I 4 SCIENCE
elor of Arts in Biology/Master of Science in BIOL 102 General Biology II 4
Students are advised to take the following
BIOL 211 General Physiology 4

49
Biology Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

elective courses: Biosurvival (BIOL 201), veterinary programs. However, admission program fulfills the prerequisites for all
Human Evolution (BIOL 202), Compara- requirements do vary, so to fulfill the admis- Chiropractic colleges in the United States
tive Anatomy (BIOL 210), Biostatistics (Math sion requirements for the broadest possible and Canada, including the University of
203B), Microbiology (BIOL 320), Marine range of programs, you may wish to take Bridgeport School of Chiropractic.
Ecology (BIOL 330), Endocrinology (BIOL the following elective courses: MATH 203B,
324), Parasitology, Mycology, and Virology Biostatistics, NUTR 205, Intro to Nutrition, Three undergraduate options of pre-
(BIOL 317), Medical Genomics (BIOL 343), CHEM 365, Biochemistry, BIOL 320, Microbi- chiropractic are offered in the Biology and
Biochemistry (CHEM. 365), and Environ- ology, PSYCH 103, Intro to Psychology. Biol- General Studies majors: 90-Credit Basic
mental Health (BIOL 418). Students are en- ogy electives recommended for pre-vet stu- Option, Combined Baccalaureate/Doctor
couraged to pursue internships, participate dents include Comparative Anatomy (BIOL of Chiropractic Option, and Complete
in fieldwork, enroll in special seminars of- 210), Human Evolution (BIOL 202), Parasitol- Baccalaureate Followed by Doctor of
fered in this area, and pursue independent ogy, Mycology, and Virology (BIOL 317), Vi- Chiropractic Option. In both majors the
re-search with the faculty. rology (BIOL 318), Medical Genomics (BIOL student earns a bachelor’s degree which
343), Endocrinology (BIOL 324), Immunolo- provides requirements for entrance into
PRE-MEDICINE gy (BIOL 441), Toxicology (BIOL 344), Medi- Chiropractic school.
The Biology Major is designed to meet the cal Microbiology (BIOL 332), and the special
admission requirements for the majority of seminars offered in this area. In addition to The University of Bridgeport’s Biology major
medical schools. However, admission re- their course work, pre-vet applicants should offers both the B.S. and B.A. degrees. The
quirements do vary, so to fulfill the admis- be have a well-rounded academic resume major provides a rigorous scientific and
sion requirements for the broadest possible that includes involvement in research, com- technical program for the pre-Chiropractic
range of programs, you may wish to take the munity activities, and student organizations. student. The program is described in the
following elective courses: ENGL 202, Pro- Pre-vet applicants should have 900+ hours of section on Biology degrees.
fessional Writing, MATH 203B, Biostatistics, animal care and handling experience in their
The University of Bridgeport’s Bachelor
CHEM 365, Biochemistry, PSYCH 103, Intro area of interest.
to Psychology. Biology electives recommend- of Science in General Studies (B.S.)
ed for pre-med students include General PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT degree program provides the student with
Anatomy and Physiology (BIOL 213, 214), The Biology Major provides excellent prep- the opportunity to create a program in
Virology (BIOL 318), Microbiology (BIOL aration for Physician Assistant programs. consultation with their advisor, that may fit
320), Medical Genomics (BIOL 343), Endo- Pre-PA students should take the following the individual student’s particular needs.
crinology (BIOL 324), Immunology (BIOL electives: Intro to Psychology (PSYCH 103), This program is described elsewhere in the
341), Toxicology (BIOL 344), Histology (BIOL General Anatomy and Physiology (BIOL 213, catalog under the General Studies major.
303), and Medical Microbiology (BIOL 332). 214), Biostatistics (MATH 203B), Microbiol- Both of these majors fulfill the University
In addition to their course work, pre-med ogy (BIOL 320), and Biochemistry (CHEM
of Bridgeport’s School of Chiropractic’s
applicants should be have a well-rounded 365). Other electives of interest to pre-PA stu-
minimum entrance requirements, which are:
academic resume that includes involvement dents include Virology (BIOL 318), Medical
in research, community activities, student or- Genomics (BIOL 343), Endocrinology (BIOL 1. Completion of 90 semester hours of
ganizations, and experience working or vol- 324), Immunology (BIOL 341), Toxicology undergraduate course work with a
unteering in health care that involve patient (BIOL 344), Histology (BIOL 303), and Medi- minimum grade point average of 3.00
contact. cal Microbiology (BIOL 332). Pre-PA appli- on a 4.00 scale. In addition to this the
cants should have 500+ hours of direct pa- cumulative grade point average must be
PRE-MEDICINE MINOR tient contact. competitive with other applicants vying
Students wishing to obtain a minor in Pre- for seats in the School of Chiropractic.
Medicine must take BIOL 213, BIOL 214, OTHER PRE-HEALTH
CHEM 205, CHEM 206, MATH 110, PHYS PROFESSIONAL OPTIONS 2. Completion of the following specific
201, PHYS 202, PSYCH 103, MATH 203 and The Biology Major offers pre-health profes- courses as part of their professional
CHEM 360 recommended. sional options in Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Naturo- preparation:
pathic, Pre-Osteopathic, Pre-Occupational
PRE-DENTAL Therapy. Please meet with a Biology advisor
• Communication/Language Skills
The admission requirements for dental 6 semester hours
to tailor your electives to meet your graduate
schools are comparable to those of medical program requirements. • Psychology
programs, including the requirements for a 3 semester hours
well-rounded academic resume. Please see Pre-Chiropractic Programs • Social Science
the description above. 3 semester hours
The University of Bridgeport also offers a pre-
• Humanities
PRE-VETERINARY professional program for students preparing
3 semester hours
The Biology Major is designed to meet the for Chiropractic School, the Pre-Chiropractic
Program for undergraduate students. This • Electives (Social Science/Humanities)
admission requirements for the majority of

50
Biology Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

9 semester hours B.S. or B.A. degree in Biology. A student advisement will be coordinated with the
• Biology must have a 2.50 grade point average in the student’s undergraduate advisor;
8 semester hours School of Chiropractic and earned a grade of
• submit an application for admission to the
• General Chemistry “C” or better in any course to be transferred.
Director of Admissions of the University
8 semester hours Courses which may be transferred for
of Bridgeport School of Chiropractic prior
• Organic Chemistry undergraduate credit are:
to registering for the fifth semester of
8 semester hours SEMESTER HOURS pre-chiropractic study at the University of
• General Physics AN 511 Cell Tissue Microscopic 3 Bridgeport;
8 semester hours Anatomy & Physiology 3
AN 512 Functional Anatomy & Biomechanics I: •
successfully complete a personal
3. All biology, chemistry, and physics Spine 4.5 interview with members of the Admissions
courses must: BC 511 Biochemistry, Metabolism & Nutrition 2 Committee of the University of Bridgeport
• be suitable for students majoring in the AN 513 General Anatomy I: Viscera 4.5 School of Chiropractic during the final
sciences, AN 514 Embryology I 1
semester of pre-chiropractic study.
MB 521 Microbiology I 2
• consist of a first semester and second
PH 521 Physiology I 2
semester course in each subject NS 521 Neuroscience I 3
COMPLETE BACCALAUREATE
• be passed with a grade of “C” ( 2 . 0 0 AN 525 General Anatomy II: Head & Neck 4.5 FOLLOWED BY DOCTOR OF
on a 4.00 scale) or better with a cumu- AN 526 Functional Anatomy & CHIROPRACTIC OPTION
lative science quality point ratio of 2.25 Biomechanics II: Extremities 4.5 Under this option, the student completes
or better, NS 612 Neuroscience II 3 the baccalaureate degree, making sure all
• have a related laboratory. PH 612 Physiology II 5 entrance requirements for Chiropractic
MB 623 Microbiology II 2 School are satisfied. The student then, if
90-CREDIT BASIC OPTION
Upon satisfactory completion of all accepted, enters Chiropractic School.
Students electing this option complete 90
credits of course work, which includes requirements for the baccalaureate degree, Prospective students with questions about
fulfilling the Chiropractic admission including the required basic science any of the above programs and options may
requirements listed above. The student appropriate Chiropractic courses, the contact:
applies to and, if accepted, pursues the D.C. School of Arts and Sciences will award the
degree. Requirements for the B.A. or B.S. Kathleen Engelmann, Ph.D.
degree in Chiropractic school, but does not
degree in Biology are listed under Biology. Dean of College of Science and Society
earn a bachelor’s degree.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Charles Dana Hall
Telephone: (203) 576-4253
COMBINED BACCALAUREATE in General Studies degree are listed under
/ DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC General Studies. E-mail: engelmann@bridgeport.edu
OPTION
The student must work closely with the
The University of Bridgeport School of Arts undergraduate advisor to insure all required Biology Minor
and Sciences and School of Chiropractic offer courses for the baccalaureate degree as well Students wishing to obtain a minor in Biol-
a seven year coordinated program leading as prerequisites for the School of Chiropractic ogy must take Biology 101, 102, 211, 223, and
to a combined Baccalaureate and Doctor are fulfilled. This is especially important one additional Biology course of at least 3
of Chiropractic degree. Students enrolled in earning the first 90 credits towards the credits at the 200 level or higher.
in this option complete three years (at least degree before entering Chiropractic School.
90 credits) of undergraduate coursework,
including all required core courses in the To be accepted for the Doctor of Chiropractic
University of Bridgeport curriculum. Students degree program, the student must:
who successfully complete their first three • maintain a minimum grade point average
years at the University of Bridgeport, and of 3.00 with a minimum grade of “C” in
who comply with the requirements for all undergraduate courses required by
admission to the University of Bridgeport the University of Bridgeport School of
School of Chiropractic described above Chiropractic;
may be granted admission to the School of
Chiropractic. • schedule a meeting with the Director of
Admissions of the University of Bridgeport
Upon acceptance and entrance into the School of Chiropractic immediately
School of Chiropractic, the student may upon matriculation at the University of
transfer up to 30 semester hours of basic Bridgeport, indicating intent to continue
science coursework in the School of into the Doctor of Chiropractic program
Chiropractic to their undergraduate record upon completion of prerequisite
to be applied towards completion of the undergraduate study. Pre-chiropractic

51
Criminal Justice and Human Security Bachelor of Arts Degree

cy changes and in preventing crime. (other courses with Chair approval)

Carlson Hall The Criminal Justice and Human Security * Subject to approval of the Department
Telephone: (203) 576-4202/4966 program requires 39 semester credit hours Chair, a student may choose an additional
Fax: (203) 576-4967 including 18 credit hours in the program CJHS elective in lieu of the thesis
core, 15 credit hours in one of the concentra- Internships can be arranged through the
tions, and an additional 6 credit hours in a Chair of Criminal Justice and Human Secu-
Curriculum and Program diversity requirement (one course from each rity or through the Office of the Director of
Requirements of the other two concentrations). Students
are required to complete 120 credit hours to
School of Public and International Affairs.
The College of Science and Society B.A. in graduate. MINOR IN CRIMININAL JUSTICE
Criminal Justice and Human Security degree
allows students interested in pursuing a ca- CJHS/SOC 118 Intro to Criminal Justice 3
reer in criminal justice to develop expertise
Summary of Requirements CJHS 218 Human Security 3
in the international dimensions of public Four additional CJHS courses 12
PROGRAM CORE COURSES (REQUIRED)
safety. Students in the degree may choose 18
from one of three areas of concentration: REQUIREMENTS______________________________
Human Security CJHS/SOC 118 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CONCENTRATION ON PRE-LAW
Comparative Justice CJHS 218 Human Security 3
CJHS/SOC 118 Intro to Criminal Justice 3
SOC 315 Criminology 3
Criminology PSCI 101 American Government 3
SOSC 300 Research Methods 3
PSCO 233 Intro to US Legal System 3
Interested students also have the option of CJHS 395 Senior Thesis* 3
PSCI 343 Constitutional Law 3
earning a master’s degree in Criminal Justice CJHS 398 Internship* 3
CJHS 398 Law Internship 3
and Human Security by completing a fifth 18
year of study beyond the normal years. 15
One of the three concentrations is required,
Internships with law enforcement agencies
plus an additional course from each of the
are also available. Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
other two concentrations.
able for this major, and follows the same re-
Learning Outcomes HUMAN SECURITY CONCENTRATION quirements.
The B.A. in Criminal Justice & Human Se- PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3
curity have the following learning outcomes: PSCI 209 UN Studies 3
Students will demonstrate the progressive PSCI 207 World Politics 3
acquisition of the oral, written critical think- CJHS/PSCI 215 International Human Rights 3
ing skills needed to succeed in graduate level PSCI 371 Terrorism 3
study as well as the required skills for careers SOC 355 Globalization 3
in domestic and international security. WREL 375 Religion and Genocide 3
(other courses with Chair approval)
Students will be able to identify the essential
elements of criminal justice. COMPARATIVE JUSTICE CONCENTRATION
Students will be able to articulate the impor-
PSCI 101 American Government 3
tance of Human Security and explore its im-
CJHS 205 Law and Economics 3
pact on domestic and international security.
PSCI 233 Intro to US Legal System 3
Students will be able to describe the role CJHS 343 Constitutional Law 3
played by religious, ideological, and cultural CJHSH 350 Legal Advocacy 3
views; ethnic and tribal identities; and eco- CJHS 372 Transnational Crime 3
nomic status in rationalizing criminal behav- (other courses with Chair approval)
ior.
CRIMINOLOGY CONCENTRATION
Students will demonstrate an understanding
of the role played in criminal behavior by so- SOC 270 Sociology of Deviance 3
cioeconomic inequities and societal injustice, SOC 310 Race, Class and Gender 3
resulting from domestic and non-domestic SOC 311 Juvenile Delinquency 3
events. SOC 355 Globalization 3
Students will be able to comment on the role CJHS 271 Law Enforcement and Society 3
CJHS 312 Victimology 3
played by non-state actors in areas such as
the identification of norms, the acceptability
of violence and terrorism in promoting poli-

52
English and Professional Writing Bachelor of Science Degree

pression as sources of practical wisdom, ENGL 357 Studies in the Novel 3

Bryant Hall aesthetic pleasure, and knowledge of the ENGL 330 Studies in 19th Century American
Telephone: (203) 576-4297 diversity of human experience. Literature 3
ENGL 332 Studies in 20th Century American
Curriculum and Program Literature 3
Program Description Requirements
ENGL 395 Topics in Literature 3
ENGL 397 Thesis 3
A bachelor’s degree in English and Profes-
Students must complete 48 credits of English ENGL 399 Independent Study 3
sional Writing prepares students to enter the
and Professional Writing coursework, at least
job force as writers, editors, content genera- English and Prof. Writing Electives (6
12 credits at the 300 level or above. Course
tors, communications specialists, and educa- credits)
work must cover the following areas:
tors. Students learn the skills to communicate Choose any two additional courses from Group I or II, as
effectively in public and professional settings. GROUP I (24 CREDITS) well as any COMM classes, and/or:
The program fosters in-demand career skills ENG 398 Internship 3
12 credits of Literature courses from the follow-
including oral and written communication, ing: 24
critical thinking, reading comprehension, Literary Diversity (6 credits)
cultural awareness and sensitivity, and re- ENGL 212 Masterpieces of World Literature 3
search skills. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
ENGL 223 Modern African American Lit. 3
Graduates from the English and Professional ENGL 228 Immigrant and Indigenous CORE CURRICULUM (33 CREDITS)
Writing program are prepared for careers in Stories 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
variety of fields including business, commu- ENGL 252 Women in Literature 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
nications, public and media relations, tech- Content Genres (6 credits) MATH Math Core 3
nical and grant writing, journalism, copy- ENGL 102 Introduction to Literature 3 Fine Arts Fine Arts Core Elective 3
writing, editing, publishing, and advertising. ENGL 105B Introduction to Fiction 3 Humanities Humanities Core Electives 6
Graduates are qualified to pursue graduate ENGL 105A Introduction to Drama 3 Natural Sciences Natural Science Core Electives 6
ENGL 213 Contemporary Drama 3 Social Sciences Social Science Core Electives 6
training leading to careers in library science,
ENGL 216 Introduction to Poetry 3 CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
law, and elementary and secondary English
ENGL 180 Science Fiction 3 Liberal Arts Electives (9 credits) 9
education. This degree meets all require-
ENGL 215 Thematic Studies in Literature 3 42
ments Master of Science in Secondary Eng-
ENGL 220 Literature of Travel and Adventure 3
lish (30 credits).
FREE ELECTIVES
12 credits of Professional Writing courses from Students may take up to 30 credits of free electives, which
may include a minor. 120 total credit hours are required to
Degree Learning Outcomes the following:
complete the degree program.
ENGL 201 Fiction Writing 3
Graduates of the University of Bridgeport’s
ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
English program will be able to: 120
ENGL 205 Poetry Writing 3
• Write clearly and effectively in a variety ENGL 217 Creative Nonfiction 3
of forms, adapting writing and analytical
skills to all rhetorical situations.
ENGL 218
ENGL 219
Autobiographical Writing
Dramatic Writing
3
3
Minors
ENGL 227 Writing for Social Media 3 Students may declare a minor with at least 18
• Demonstrate the ability to read critically,
ENGL 204 Technical Writing 1 credits. Suggested minors include:
research effectively, and document sourc-
es ethically. ENGL 322 Understanding Grammar 3 • Education
• Adapt creativity, critical thinking, and 24 • Psychology and Human Services
speaking skills to communicate effective- • Business
ly in professional environments. GROUP II (24 CREDITS) • Health Sciences
• Read and analyze writing from a variety 12 credits from the following topics in literature:
of genres produced in many diverse cul- ENGL 207 American Literature I 3
tures and historical periods and apply ENGL 208 American Literature II 3
ENGL 209 British Literature I 3
this analysis to education and the devel-
opment of content.
ENGL 210 British Literature II 3 Suggested Program
ENGL 305 Shakespeare at the Movies 3
• Appreciate and effectively communicate SEMESTER 1________________________________
the value of storytelling and creative ex- 12 credits from the following advanced seminars ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
and electives: FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Advanced Seminars (6 credits) FA Fine Arts Core Elective 3
ENGL 308 Advanced Creative Writing 3 HUM Humanities Core Elective 3
ENGL 325 Contemporary Poetry 3

53
English and Professional Writing Bachelor of Science Degree

ENGL Group 1 Content Genre Course 3 Film Television and Digital Media
SEMESTER 2________________________________ Minor
The Film, Television, and Digital Media mi-
ENGL Group 1 Content Genre Course 3
nor, located in the English department, will
SOC SCI Social Science Core Elective 3
ENGL Group 1 Professional Writing Course 3 equip students with the marketable abilities
NAT SCI Natural Science Core Elective 3 both to engage thoughtfully with multimedia
MATH 102 The Nature of Mathematics 3 texts and to produce original content across
a range of styles and platforms. Electronic
SEMESTER 3________________________________ media play a key role in how information
ENGL Group 1 Literary Diversity 3 is disseminated in fields as diverse as busi-
ENGL Group 1 Professional Writing Course 3 ness, education, healthcare, and the scienc-
ENGL English or PW Elective 3 es. The minor in Film, Television, and Digi-
HUM Humanities Core Elective 3 tal Media is designed to enhance students’
SOC SCI Social Science Core Elective 3 professional skillset by equipping them with
SEMESTER 4________________________________ the tools to analyze and critique multimedia
content while also empowering them to cre-
ENGL Group 1 Literary Diversity 3 ate original content. The minor’s emphasis
ENGL Group 1 Professional Writing Course 3 on diverse forms of visual communication,
ENGL Group 2 Topics in Lit Course 3 from Hollywood movies to cutting-edge doc-
HUM Humanities Core Elective 3
umentaries, from streaming television series
NAT SCI Natural Science Core Elective 3
to YouTube videos, and from screenwriting
SEMESTER 5________________________________ to social media posting, allows students to
ENGL Group 2 Topics in Lit Course 3 focus on the media that are the most relevant
ENGL Group 1 Professional Writing Course 3 to their personal and professional goals. The
ENGL Group 2 English and PW Elective 3 minor blends learning with doing, encourag-
Liberal Arts Elective 3 ing students to engage these media as both
Free Electives 3 consumers and creators.
SEMESTER 6________________________________ Requirements
ENGL Group 2 Topics in Lit Course 3 All students enrolled in the minor must take:
ENGL Group 2 English and PW Elective 3 • FTDM 181: Introduction to Film, Television, and
ENGL Group 2 Advanced Seminars 3 Digital Media (FA)
Liberal Arts Elective 3 In addition, students must take at least five of
Free Electives 3
the following classes:
SEMESTER 7________________________________ • FTDM 183: Special Topics in Film, Television, and
ENGL Group 2 Topics in Lit Course 3 Digital Media
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 • FTDM 262: Film History
Liberal Arts Elective 3 • FTDM 285: Screenwriting I (cross-listed as ENG 219:
Free Electives 6 Dramatic Writing)
• FTDM 286: Screenwriting II
SEMESTER 8________________________________ • FTDM 202: African American Cinema
ENGL Group 2 Topics in Lit Course 3 • FTDM 261: Silent Film
ENGL Group 2 Advanced Seminars 3 • FTDM 361: American Film
Free Electives 12 • FTDM 305: Shakespeare at the Movies (cross-listed
with ENGL 305)
120 • ENGL 227: Writing for Social Media
• ENGL 451: Film Adaptation (by permission for
undergraduate students)
• THA 103: Introduction to Theater Arts (FA)
• THA 115: Stagecraft I (or THA 120 Stagecraft II)
• THA 133: Fundamentals of Acting

Note: FTDM courses are currently listed as

CIHT in this catalog, but will be changing for
Spring 2023.

54
Fashion Merchandising Associate in Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER ASSESSMENT RETL 206 Textiles II 3

ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR Students will be evaluated with a standard- RETL 207 Strategies of Selling 3
INTERNAL TRANSFERS ized exam at the end of their two-year pro- RETL 280 Industry Internship 3
Bryant Hall 105 RETL 180 Seminar in Professional Development 3
gram and with projects in their courses.
Telephone: (203) 576-4098 RETL 203 Buying I 3

Summary of Requirements FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________

FM 270 Fashion Show 3
Program Description PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ RETL 201 Retail Advertising and
Fashion Merchandising offers a two-year Fashion Promotion 3
FM 101 Fashion Fundamentals 3
Associate’s degree program in Fashion Mer- FM 108 Product Knowledge – General Education Elective 3
chandising and Retailing for individuals in- Fashion Accessories 3 MCOM 111 Intro to Mass Communication 3
terested in pursuing careers within the diver- FM 270 Fashion Show 3 or ENGL 120 Public Speaking
sified fashion field. The programs of study RETL 180 Seminar in Professional Development 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
are arranged so that the student, after earn- RETL 201 Retail Adver. & Fashion Promotion 3 SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ing an Associate in Arts degree, may go on RETL 202 Retailing Math 3 Total Semester Hours___________________63
to complete the Bachelor of Science degree RETL 203 Fashion & Retail Buying I 3
requirements with full credit for all earned RETL 205 Textiles I 3
semester hours. Refer to the Fashion Mer-
chandising and Retailing four-year program RETL 206 Textiles II 3
in this Catalog. RETL 207 Strategy of Selling 3
In addition to formal class work, the student RETL 280 Industry Internship 3
is required to participate in a supervised in- ADSN 103 Visual Organization 3
ADSN 119A Intro Computer Apps (Photoshop) 3
dustry internship program with approved
retail organizations that include many presti- 39
gious New York City stores. Other important
aspects of the program are: fashion show GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
productions; resident buying office work-
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
shops; field trips to the New York market, HUM Humanities Core 3
trade shows, museums, manufacturers, and SOSC Social Science Core 3
textile plants at a nominal cost to student. CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
On-campus seminars are led by outstanding MCOM 110 Public Speaking 3
industry personnel. or 111 Intro to Communication
All students must fulfill a supervised industry General Education Electives 3
internship between Thanksgiving and Christ- MATH Math Core 3
mas of their sophomore fall semester. The re- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
tail organization within which they will work 24
is selected by the faculty of the Fashion Mer-
chandising and Retailing Program. A student Total Semester Hours __________________63
must have earned a 2.5 QPR to obtain junior
status in the Program. Suggested Program
The degree will not be granted to students FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
who receive less than “C” in Retailing 280.
The degree will not be granted to students ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
receiving more than one “D” in any Fashion ADSN 103 Visual Organization I 3
ADSN 119A Intro Computer Apps (Photoshop) 3
Merchandising and Retailing course.
FM 101 Fashion Fundamentals 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Learning Outcomes
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
Students 1) acquire the basic technical skills
necessary for work in the fashion merchan- MATH Math Core 3
dising field; 2) understand basic principles of FM 108 Product Knowledge –
fashion merchandising; 3) learn how to ef- Fashion Accessories 3
fectively communicate with others in their RETL 202 Retailing Mathematics 3
organization; and 4) understand the trends in CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
RETL 205 Textiles I 3
the current fashion merchandising business.
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________

55
Fashion Merchandising Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER ized exam related to fashion merchandising County College of Morris (NJ), and Lincoln
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR at the end of their undergraduate studies. College (CT).
INTERNAL TRANSFERS Students will also be evaluated with projects
Bryant Hall 105
Telephone: (203) 576-4098
in their final courses.
FASHION MERCHANDISING,
Study Abroad Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The Fashion Merchandising and Retailing
Program Description Department is affiliated with several Study
Summary of Requirements
The Bachelor of Science degree is required Abroad Programs. Students may attend the CREDITS_______________________________
by an increasing number of organizations London College of Fashion, the University of
for eligibility to participate in their executive Florence, Italy or programs offered through General Education Requirements 48
training programs. This curriculum is de- Global Learning Semesters. This off-campus Fashion Merchandising Program Requirements 57
signed so that the student may declare a mi- semester enables B.S. degree students to Fashion Merchandising Cognate Courses 18
nor (usually 18 semester hours) in suggested participate in a couture study week in Paris 123
related studies such as mass communication plus retail experiences in other countries.
or art & design. Students who wish to participate in this af- GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
All students must fulfill a supervised industry filiated Study Abroad Program are advised
to make application in their sophomore year ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
internship between Thanksgiving and Christ- MATH Math Core 3
mas of their sophomore fall semester. The for the Fall or Spring semester of their junior
or senior year. Electives for the B.S. degree HUM Humanities Core 6
retail organization in which they will intern SOSC Social Science Core 6
is selected by the faculty of the Fashion Mer- are satisfied by all study abroad program se-
SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
chandising and Retailing Program. A student mester hours with approval of the Depart-
FA Fine Arts Core 3
must have earned a 2.5 QPR to obtain junior ment. Students with prior internship experi- Core Elective 3
status in the Program. ence who participate in the Spring semester FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
abroad may opt for a Summer co-op experi- CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
In addition to formal class work, the student
ence in Europe. MCOM 111 Introduction to Mass Communication 3
is required to participate in a supervised in-
dustry internship program with approved or ENGL 120 Public Speaking
retail organizations that include many presti- Minor Option Liberal Arts Elective 3
gious New York City stores. Other important Students enrolled in other majors at the Uni- Liberal Arts Elective 3
aspects of the program are: fashion show versity of Bridgeport may declare a minor CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
48
productions; resident buying office work- status if they complete a minimum of 18 se-
shops; field trips to the New York market, mester hours in the following areas: 3 to 9 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
trade shows, museums, and manufacturers, semester hours may be elected from the fol-
at a nominal cost to student. On-campus lowing: Fashion Merchandising or Retailing FM 101 Fashion Fundamentals 3
seminars are led by accomplished individu- 101, 107, 108, 201, 6 to 9 semester hours from FM 107 Home Furnishings or Elective 3
als drawn from the industry. the following: Retailing 102, 207; 3 semester FM 108 Product Knowledge-Fashion Accessories 3
hours from the following: Retailing 300, 303, FM 270 Fashion Show 3
The degree will not be granted to students FM 303 History of Costume 3
who receive less than “C” in Retailing 280. or 313.
RETL 202 Merchandising Mathematics 3
The degree will not be granted to students RETL 180 Seminar in Professional Development 3
receiving more than one “D” in any Fashion Transfer Students RETL 201 Retail Advert. & Fashion Promotion 3
Merchandising or Retailing course. The Fashion Merchandising and Retailing RETL 203 Fashion & Retail Buying I 3
B.S. degree program easily accommodates RETL 205 Textiles I 3
Learning Outcomes transfer students. No courses below a “C” RETL 206 Textiles II 3
grade are transferable. Transfer Articulation RETL 207 Strategies of Selling 3
Students 1) acquire the technical skills neces-
Agreements are in effect with Dean College RETL 213 Retail Human Resource Management 3
sary for work in the fashion merchandising
(MA), Bay Path College (MA), Nassau Com- RETL 280 Industry Internship 3
field; 2) acquire knowledge of fashion mer-
munity College (NY), Dutchess (NY) and RETL 300 Mass Merchandising/Marketing 3
chandising principles; 3) learn how to effec- RETL 304 Fashion & Retail Buying II 3
tively communicate with others within and Westchester Community College, Middlesex
Community College (CT), Fisher College RETL 307 Surface Design 3
outside of their organization; and 4) develop RETL 313 Organizational Management 3
real world knowledge and understanding of (MA), Holyoke Community College (MA),
the current fashion world. Orange County Community College (NY),

ASSESSMENT
Student will be evaluated with a standard-

56
Fashion Merchandising Bachelor of Science Degree

RETL 330 Intern. Fashions and Furnishings 3 ADSN 119B Intro Cptr Apps (Illustrator) 3
57 CAIS 191 (or Excel) Computer Concepts 3

REQUIRED COGNATE COURSES_____________ SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________

SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ACCT 101 Accounting I 3
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
ADSN 103 Visual Organization I 3
RETL 330 International Fashion/Marketing 3
MKTG 305 Principles of Marketing 3
HUM Humanities Elective (Core) 3
Free or Minor Electives 3
RETL 304 Fashion & Retail Buying II 3
Free or Minor Electives 3
Free or Minor Electives 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
18
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
Total Semester Hours 123
FM 303 History of Costume 3
Core Elective 3
Suggested Program Electives 6
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Program Options
ADSN 103 2D Design 3 MINOR IN MASS COMMUNICATION_______________
ADSN 119A Photoshop 3
MCOM 110 Public Communication 3
FM 101 Fashion Fundamentals 3
MCOM 111 Intro Mass Comm 3
MCOM 111 Intro Mass Comm 3
MCOM 247 Fashion Journalism 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________ MCOM 270 Public Relations 3
MCOM 339 Advertising and P.R. 3
FM 107 Home Furnishings or Elective 3
MCOM 341 Magazine and Feature Writing 3
FM 108 Product Knowledge-Fashion Accessories 3
RETL 205 Textiles I 3 18
Social Science Core Elect 3
MATH Math Core 3 MINOR IN ART & DESIGN_______________________

THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ ADSN 103 2D Design 3

ADSN 119A Intro Cptr Apps (Photoshop) 3
RETL 180 Seminar in Professional Development 3 ADSN 119B Intro Cptr Apps (Illustrator) 3
RETL 206 Textiles II 3 ADSN 117 Art History I 3
RETL 207 Strategies of Selling 3 ADSN 118 Art History II 3
RETL 203 Fashion & Retail Buying I 3 RETL 307 Surface Design I 3
RETL 280 Industry Internship 3
18
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
MINOR IN MARKETING_________________________
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
FM 270 Fashion Show 3 MKTG 305 Principles of Marketing 3
RETL 201 Retail Advertising and Fashion Promotion 3 RETL 330 International Fashion 3
RETL 202 Buyers Math 3 300-level Marketing courses 3
HUM Humanities Core Elect 3 300-level Marketing courses 3
300-level Marketing courses 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
300-level Marketing courses 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3
18
ACCT 101 Financial Accounting 3
RETL 300 Mass Merchandising/Marketing 3
RETL 307 Surface Design I 3
MKTG 305 Principles of Marketing 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
General Education Elective 3
RETL 313 Organizational Management 3

57
General Studies Associate in Arts/Associate in Science Degree

Bryant Hall
GENERAL STUDIES, ASSOCIATE GENERAL STUDIES, ASSOCIATE
Telephone: (203) 576-4235 IN ARTS DEGREE IN SCIENCE DEGREE
Summary of Requirements Summary of Requirements
Program Description
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
The student enrolled in the Associate in Arts
or the Associate in Science degree in the Electives 39 Math and Science Electives 24
General Studies program may plan a com- Elective Semester Hours 15
pletely individual program leading to the GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
39
Associate in Arts or Associate in Science de- ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
gree. There are no specific requirements for MATH Math Core 3 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
these Associate degrees in General Studies FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
except a total of 60 semester hours, a 2.0 Liberal Arts Electives 6 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
minimum QPR, and the following course Core Electives 6 MATH 106 Math Core 3
and elective requirements: English 101, Math FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
core, First Year Seminar, 2 additional Univer- 21 Core Electives 6
sity core courses, and 2 electives from the Liberal Arts Electives 6
Total Semester Hours___________________60
Humanities, Sciences, or Social Sciences. 21
In addition, the Associate in Science Degree Suggested Program Total Semester Hours___________________60
requires Math 106 and a minimum of 24 se-
mester hours in Mathematics and Science. FIRST SEMESTER ____________________________
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Suggested Program
Learning Outcomes MATH Math Core 3 FIRST SEMESTER ____________________________
By completing the program in General Stud- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Electives 6 MATH 106 Math Core 3
ies, students will: 1) be able to communi-
cate effectively in writing so that one may SECOND SEMESTER __________________________ Math/Science Elective 3
advance professionally and apply to gradu- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Core Elective 3
ate programs; 2) be able to comprehend, Elective 3
Liberal Arts Elective 3
analyze, and interpret texts in a variety of Electives 9 SECOND SEMESTER __________________________
disciplines; 3) be able to present orally one’s
own thoughts and plans; 4) be able to rec- THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ Core Elective 3
Math/Science Elective 3
ognize a problem and devise a plan of ac- Core Elective 3
Math/Science Elective 3
tion to solve it; 5) be able to show mastery of Electives 12
Math/Science Elective 3
several disciplines within an academic area FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________ Elective 3
of concentration; and 6) demonstrate an
ethical mind-set and exercise professional Liberal Arts Elective 3 THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
responsibility in a global context. Electives 12
Core Elective 3
Total Semester Hours __________________60 Math/Science Elective 3
Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail- Math/Science Elective 3
able for this major, and follows the same re- Liberal Arts Elective 3
quirements. Elective 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
Math/Science Elective 3
Math/Science Elective 3
Liberal Arts Elective 3
Electives 6
Total Semester Hours __________________60

58
General Studies Bachelor of Science Degree

Carlson Hall counted in the area of concentration must GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
Telephone: (203) 576-4235 be completed at the University of Bridge-
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
port.
Program Description 4. Students may not take core courses or
MATH Core or
FYS 101
Demonstrated Math Competency
First Year Seminar
3
3
The Bachelor of Science degree in General courses counting in an area of concentra- FA Fine Arts Core 3
Studies is for the student who wishes great tion or a minor on a pass/fail basis. The HUM Humanities Core 6
flexibility in pursuing college work as well as University policy on pass/fail courses SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
for the student with well defined goals. The limits this option to a maximum of six SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
candidate for the B.S. Program will “custom- courses (two courses per semester) dur- CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
make” his or her course of study, which may ing a student’s academic career, for free Liberal Arts Requirements 9
include interdisciplinary work that does not electives only. 42
fit well into conventional degree programs. 5. General Studies majors may include one
Planning and revision of the programs will Total Semester Hours__________________120
or more minors in their programs. Cours-
be done with a faculty advisor. Many gradu- es used to fulfill requirements for a minor Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
ates holding this degree have been accept- may not be counted in an area of concen- able for this major, and follows the same re-
ed for advanced work by other institutions. tration. quirements.
However, since graduate school admissions
policies vary greatly depending upon the
GENERAL STUDIES, BACHELOR Minor or Certificate in
program and institution, students contem-
plating graduate study should inform them- OF SCIENCE DEGREE Multicultural Affairs
selves of such requirements. The Minor or Certificate in Multicultural Af-
Summary of Requirements fairs brings cohesion to a variety of academic
Learning Outcomes courses selected to increase students’ critical
PROGRAM REQUIREMENT_________________ thinking about issues of Multicultural Affairs/
By completing the program in General Stud-
Approved Area of Concentration for the B.S. within Divisions. Diversity and Inclusion in America. Course-
ies, students will: 1) be able to communicate
A minimum of 30 semester hours is required in one of the work in multicultural affairs at UB will pro-
effectively in writing so that one may ad-
following categories (see item 2 under degree require- vide students with the background and tools
vance professionally and apply to graduate
ments): necessary for effective and responsible citi-
programs; 2) be able to comprehend, ana-
HUMANITIES zenship in our multicultural society. Students
lyze, and interpret texts in a variety of disci-
Art History may elect either a minor in Multicultural Af-
plines; 3) be able to present orally one’s own
Art of the Cinema and History of the Cinema fairs or a Certificate in the U.S.
thoughts and plans; 4) be able to recognize a
problem and devise a plan of action to solve History Take 18 credits total from at least six of the
it; 5) be able to show mastery of several disci- Literature and Linguistics* following categories
plines within an academic area of concentra- Music Appreciation (Music 121 OR 122) and all History of History
tion; and 6) demonstrate an ethical mind- Music HIST 317- African American History Since 1877
Philosophy HIST 240- Latin American History
set and exercise professional responsibility in
Religion English
a global context.
Theatre History (includes Theatre Arts 103) ENGL 252- Women in Literature
*Writing and composition courses in English and conversa- ENGL 212- Masterpieces in World Literature
Degree Requirements tion, composition, and introductory courses in languages Music
1. A minimum of 120 hours with minimum (101-104) MAY NOT be used to meet requirements in this
category MUSC 207-History of Jazz
cumulative quality point ratio of 2.00. MUSC 230X- Music of the Global South
2. The student must have an area of con- NATURAL SCIENCES/MATHEMATICS Political Science and Sociology
centration with a minimum of 30 semester Biology PSCI 299-Race and Politics in America
hours (no maximum), in one of the fol- Chemistry SOC 310-Race and Ethnicity
lowing areas: Business Studies; Humani- Geology Psychology
Mathematics (exception: Math 200) PSYC 348-Psychology of Gender
ties; Natural Science/Mathematics; Sci-
Physics (including Astronomy) PSYC 375 – Psychology of Stigma
ence, Engineering, or Computer Related
Science Human services
Fields; and Social Sciences. Students may HUSV 302 Multicultural perspectives in Human Services
also elect a second area of concentration. SOCIAL SCIENCES HUSV 225-Sign Language 1
A grade of “C” or above is required in all All Economics Modern Language
courses used to fulfill this requirement. All History One semester of language of your choice.
No more than four 100 level courses can All Political Science
be counted in an area of concentration. All Psychology
3. At least half of the semester hours to be All Religion
All Sociology

59
Graphic Design/Graphic Design New Media Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the aes- ADSN 377 History of Modern Design 3
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR thetics of form development, and of the his- ADSN 379 History of Graphic Design 3
INTERNAL TRANSFERS tory and current state of design. Assessment: One semester of practicum (GDSN 398, GDSN
Arnold Bernhard Center Projects, papers, and presentations for art 425, MCOM 339, or MCOM 370 required 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4316 and design history courses; in studio courses, One semester of motion (ADSN 230,
ADSN 233, or Animation) required 3
projects that appropriately reference histori-
cal precedents. Total Semester Hours Required 42
Curriculum and Program 4. Demonstrate proficiency in selection and DESIGN ELECTIVES
Requirements use of relevant technologies in design. Abili-
ties to use available technical and industrial
ADSN 209/210 Painting I/II
ADSN 230 Intro 4D: Time Based Media (Video)
3
3
The SASD Graphic Design Program offers processes to produce a design product, and ADSN 233 Motion Graphics 3
two four-year B.F.A. programs: Graphic De- to design and implement such a process. ADSN 255C Intermediate Web Apps II 3
sign, and Graphic Design New Media. Each Assessment: Project and portfolio materials ADSN 317 Photo II 3
curriculum is a B.F.A. (Bachelor of Fine Arts) planned to be feasibly reproducible by in- ADSN 319 Printmaking 3
of 125 credits minimum. dustrial means rather than by one-off or by ADSN 357A Maya 3
Graphic Design students are versatile visual hand. ADSN 377 Contemporary Moving Image 3
communicators, designing for a wide range ADSN 399 Special Projects 3
5. Demonstrate an understanding of the cul-
of print and digital media, including identity ADSN 425A-C Advanced Topics 3-9
tural and societal connections linking design GDSN 203B Type Design 3
systems, websites, posters, typefaces, motion trends and processes as well as a knowledge
graphics, and books. GDSN 203C Identity & Logo 3
of business practices and of the market place. GDSN 204 Calligraphy & Letterforms 3
Graphic Design New Media students special- Assessment: Projects and portfolio solutions GDSN 232 The Soundtrack 3
ize in digital design, focusing on video, ani- that are culturally- and audience-appropriate GDSN 398 Internship 2-6
mation, sound, electronic publishing, inter- for the problem as posed by the business and GDSN 399A-C Advanced Topics 3-9
active processes, user interfaces, augmented market briefs for the project. GDSN 425A-C Design Service 3-9
and virtual reality, and web-based design ILLUS 305/306 Illustration Studio I/II 3
and development. Summary of Requirements Total Semester Hours Required 15-21
Both curricula consist of integrated, inter-
disciplinary sequences which strengthen PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
concept development, communication skills,
ART & DESIGN FOUNDATION COURSES ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
critical thinking, problem solving abilities,
creativity, research methods, and profession- ADSN 103 2-D Design Principles 3 MATH Math Core 3
ADSN 105 Drawing Fundamentals I 3 HUM Humanities Core 6
al practice.
ADSN 106 Drawing Fundamentals II 3 SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
Graphic Design and Graphic Design New ADSN 108 3-D Design Principles 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
Media majors share the same foundation in ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3
the fundamentals of design. Beginning the ADSN 118 Survey Art History II 3 CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
second year, students choose electives in ac- ADSN 119 Intro to Computer Applications I 3
cordance with their major and their interests, Total Semester Hours Required 30
ADSN 120 Intro to Computer Applications II 3
and proceed together through the Graphic ADSN 225 Web Applications 3
Design Studio sequence. ADSN 231 Photography I 3 GENERAL EDUCATION ELECTIVES ___________
Both programs offer opportunities for inter- Total Semester Hours Required 30 the following courses are suggested, not required:
disciplinary collaboration, internships, real- MCOM 220 Introduction to Advertising 3
world client projects, social impact design, MAJOR REQUIREMENTS___________________ MCOM 339 PR and Advertising Campaigns 3
entrepreneurship, and a self-directed thesis MCOM 370 Publicity Methods 3
project in the senior year. COURSES FROM THIS LIST ARE APPLIED TO THE Liberal Arts Electives 3
MAJOR: 9
GDSN 203A Typography 3
Learning Outcomes GDSN 304 Business Practices 3 Total Semester Hours Required_________ 126
1. Demonstrate ability to identify, analyze, GDSN 212 Intro to Visual Semiotics 3
and solve design problems. Assessment: GDSN 255 Studio I 3 Suggested Program
Portfolio projects and project research. GDSN 256 Studio II 3
2. Demonstrate mastery of design tools, GDSN 305 Studio III 3 FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
techniques, and concepts in design. Assess- GDSN 306 Studio IV 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3
ment: Projects and portfolios that evidence GDSN 355 Studio V 3 ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3
craftsmanship and adherence to project pa- GDSN 356 Studio VI: Thesis 3 ADSN 103 2-D Design Principles 3
rameters. GDSN 304 Business Practices 3 ADSN 105 Drawing I 3
ADSN 119 Intro to Computer Applications I 3

60
Graphic Design/Graphic Design New Media Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree

SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
Graphic Design New Media GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
MATH
ADSN 118
Math Core
Survey of Art History II
3
3
Summary of Requirements MATH Math Core 3
HUM Humanities Core 6
ADSN 120 Intro to Computer Applications II 3 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
ADSN 106 Drawing II 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
ADSN 108 3-D Design Principles 3 ART & DESIGN FOUNDATION COURSES FYS 101 First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ ADSN 103 2-D Design Principles 3 CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
ADSN 105 Drawing Fundamentals I 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3 Total Semester Hours Required 30
ADSN 106 Drawing Fundamentals II 3
HUM Humanities Core 3 ADSN 108 3-D Design Principles 3 GENERAL EDUCATION ELECTIVES
ADSN 233 Motion Graphics 3 ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3 Liberal Arts / Open Electives 3-6
ADSN 203 Typography 3 ADSN 118 Survey Art History II 3
GDSN 255 Studio I 3 Total Semester Hours Required 6
ADSN 119 Intro to Computer Applications I 3
MCOM 111 Introduction to Mass Communications 3 ADSN 120 Intro to Computer Applications II 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________ ADSN 225 Web Applications 3 Suggested Program
ADSN 231 Photography I 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3 FIRST SEMESTER
ADSN 379 History of Graphic Design 3 Total Semester Hours Required 30
ADSN 103 2-D Design Principles 3
GDSN 204 Calligraphy & Letterforms 3 ADSN 105 Drawing I 3
ADSN 231 Photography 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS___________________
ADSN 119A Intro to Computer Applications I 3
GDSN 256 Studio II 3 Courses from this list are applied to the major: ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________ GDSN 203A Typography 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3
GDSN 304 Business Practices 3 15
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
GDSN 212 Intro to Visual Semiotics 3
ADSN 377 History of Modern Design 3 SECOND SEMESTER
GDSN 255 Studio I 3
ADSN 225 Intro to Web Applications 3 ADSN 108 3-D Design Principles 3
GDSN 256 Studio II 3
ADSN 230 Intro to 4D: Video 3 ADSN 106 Drawing II 3
GDSN 305 Studio III 3
GDSN 305 Studio III 3 ADSN 219 Intro to Computer Applications II 3
GDSN 306 Studio IV 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________ GDSN 355 Studio V 3 ADSN 118 Survey of Art History II 3
GDSN 356 Studio VI: Thesis 3 ADSN 231 Photography I 3
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3 MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3
MCOM 220 Introduction to Advertising 3 GDSN 304 Business Practices 3
HUM Humanities Core 3 ADSN 230 Intro to 4D Time Based Media (Video) 3 18
GDSN 306 Studio IV 3 MCOM 242 Intro to New Media 3 THIRD SEMESTER
GDSN 212 Intro to Visual Semiotics 3 ADSN 381 Contemporary Moving Image 3 GDSN 255 Graphic Design Studio I 3
ILLUS 305 Illustration Studio I 3 or ADSN 377 History of Modern Design 3 GDSN 232 The Soundtrack 3
ADSN 379 History of Graphic Design 3 ADSN 103A Typography 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________ One semester of practicum (GDSN 398, GDSN ADSN 230 4-D Time-Based Media I 3
425, MCOM 339, or MCOM 370 required 3
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar (Core) 3 ADSN 357A Intro Alias/Maya 3
GDSN 355 Studio V 3 Total Semester Hours Required 45 ENG 101 Academic Writing Core 3
MCOM 339 PR and Advertising Campaigns 3 DESIGN / MCOM ELECTIVES 18
ADSN 399 Advanced Topics 3
ADSN 233 Motion Graphics 3 FOURTH SEMESTER
GDSN 425 Design Service 3
ADSN 255C Intermediate Web Apps II 3 GDSN 256 Graphic Design Studio II 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________ ADSN 317 Photo II 3 ADSN 233 Motion Graphics 3
GDSN 304 Business Practices 3 ADSN 357A Maya 3 ADSN 377 Contemporary Moving Image 3
GDSN 356 Studio VI: Thesis 3 ADSN 425A-C Advanced Topics 3-9 ADSN 379 History of Graphic Design 3
ADSN 398 Internship/Practicum 3 GDSN 203B Type Design 3 MCOM 242 Intro New Media 3
ADSN 255C Intermediate Web Apps II 3 GDSN 203C Identity & Logo 3
GDSN 232 The Soundtrack 3 15
GDSN 203B Type Design 3
GDSN 398 Internship 2-6 FIFTH SEMESTER
Total Semester Hours _________________126 GDSN 399A-C Advanced Topics 3-9 GDSN 305 Graphic Design Studio III 3
GDSN 425 Design Service 3-9 ADSN 225A Intro to Web Applications 3
ILLUS 305/306 Illustration Studio I/II 3 MCOM 220 Intro to Advertising 3
MCOM 262 Writing for Interactive Media 3 Nat Sci Natural Science Core 3
MCOM 287X Video Editing + Post Production 3 Hum Humanities Core 3
MCOM 299 Special Topics / Podcast Studio 3
15
Total Semester Hours Required 15-18

61
Graphic Design/Graphic Design New Media Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree

SIXTH SEMESTER
GDSN 306 Graphic Design Studio IV 3
GDSN 225B Web Applications II 3
GDSN 212 Visual Semiotics 3
Hum Humanities Core 3
Nat Sci Natural Science Core 3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
GDSN 355 Graphic Design Studio V 3
MCom 290 Intercultural Communication (SS Core) 3
GDSN 425A Design Service 3
MCOM 370 Publicity Methods 3
Caps C390 Capstone Seminar Core 3
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
GDSN 356 Graphic Design Studio VI (Thesis) 3
GDSN 304 Business Practices 3
ADSN 425 Advanced Special Topics in New Media 3
MCOM 262 Writing for Interactive Media 3
Soc Sci Social Science Core 3
15

62
Humanities Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER present results of research and reasoning. One 3-credit American Government classes: PSCI 101 or
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR CJHS 343
INTERNAL TRANSFERS
Bryant Hall
Humanities, Bachelor of Arts EDUCATION TRACK (12 CREDITS)
Telephone: (203) 576 4235 One 3-credit in Political Science class: PSCI 101, 203, 207,
Summary of Program or 233
One 3-credit Economics class: ECON 201 or 202
Requirements SOSC 207
Program Description One of the three following concentrations:
One 3-credit Psychology or Sociology class: PSYC 103, 201,
In the Humanities program, students will un- or 202; SOC 101, 102, or 231
dertake interdisciplinary study based in His- GENERAL CONCENTRATION
tory and Philosophy. The program develops 15 credits of History courses (2 American History courses, 2
European or global History courses, and 1 History or cognate MODERN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS (12 CREDITS)
understanding of human thought through discipline elective)
time and place, providing students with the Demonstrated proficiency in a modern language other than
15 credits of Philosophy courses (2 courses in ethics, 2 English at the 104 level.
ability to locate and analyze evidence, to courses in critical thinking, and 1 Philosophy or cognate
apply logical and critical thinking to it, and discipline elective) GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
to organize and present it in coherent and Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern-
persuasive ways. This program is designed ship) UNIVERSITY CORE (33 CREDITS)
for students interested in careers that involve
HISTORY CONCENTRATION ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
teaching, research, legal work, writing, pub-
MATH core Demonstrated Math Competency 3
lishing, or editing. The program is ideal for 21 credits of History courses (2 American History courses, 2
European or global History courses, and 3 History or cognate FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
those interested in graduate study in History FA Fine Arts Core elective 3
and Philosophy. It also prepares students for discipline electives)
9 credits of Philosophy courses (1 course in ethics, 1 course HUM Humanities Core electives 6
professional graduate programs in communi- SCI Natural Science Core electives 6
cation, library science, education, journalism, in critical thinking, and 1 Philosophy or cognate discipline
elective) SOSC Social Science Core electives 6
or law school. CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern-
There are three concentrations available in ship) LIBERAL ARTS ELECTIVES (7 CREDITS)
Humanities: General, History, and Philoso-
phy. Each requires 30 credit hours in History PHILOSOPHY CONCENTRATION
and Philosophy along with a 3-credit senior 9 credits of History courses (1 American History course, 1 Suggested Programs
project which may be satisfied by a thesis European or global History course, and 1 History or cognate GENERAL CONCENTRATION WITH A STANDARD
or internship option in a student’s final year discipline elective) TRACK
of study. The program also provides students 21 credits of Philosophy courses (2 courses in ethics, 2
courses in critical thinking, and 3 Philosophy or cognate FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
with the option of choosing one or two of
discipline electives)
the following tracks: Standard (9 credits), ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Law and Ethics (9 credits), and Education (12 Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
ship) PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3
credits).
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
OPTIONAL TRACKS Free elective 3
Learning Outcomes
By completing the Humanities program, stu- STANDARD TRACK (9 CREDITS) SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
dents will demonstrate (1) an ability to en- One 3-credit research class: HIST 292, HIST 399, or PHIL HIST 102 World Civilization II 3
gage in disciplined study of human inquiry, 399 MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3
past and present; (2) an understanding of the One 3-credit advanced writing class: ENGL 202 or ENGL 217 FA elective Fine Arts core elective 3
breakdowns, shifts, and continuities in hu- One 3-credit computer skills class: CPSC 101 or ADSN 119A SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3
man relations; (3) an understanding of the HUM elective Humanities core elective 3
interconnectedness of historical and philo- LAW & ETHICS TRACK (9 CREDITS) THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
sophical developments that influence that in- One 3-credit speaking or communication class: ENGL 120,
fluence cultures; (4) an ability to gather and CJHS 350, ENGL 202, or ENGL 217 HIST 207 US History to 1877 3
think logically and critically about evidence; One 3-credit legal systems class: PSCI 233, PSCI 208, SOC PHIL 203 Ethics 3
118, BLAW 251, or HLAD 331 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
and (5) an ability to formulate questions and
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3
ML 101 Modern Language 101 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
HIST 208 US History since 1877 3
PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3

63
Humanities Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________ PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3 HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3 HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3
ML 102 Modern Language 102 3 PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3 PSCI 233 Intro. to the US Legal System 3
PSYC 201 Child Psychology 3 ML 103 Modern Language 103 3
FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________ Free electives 3
ML 103 Modern Language 103 3
HIST 336 Portrait of an Age 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
Free elective 3
PHIL 211 Philosophy of Human Rights 3
ADSN 119A Introduction to Computer Apps 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________ PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
ML 103 Modern Language 103 3 CJHS 343 Constitutional Law 3
HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3
Free elective 3 ML 104 Modern Language 104 3
ECON 201/202 Macro or Micro Economics 3 Free electives 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________ SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3
ML 104 Modern Language 104 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3 Free electives 3
PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3 PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
ENGL 217 Creative Nonfiction 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________ LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6
ML 104 Modern Language 104 3 Free electives 6
HIST 292 Research and Writing 3
Free elective 3 LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________ Free electives 6 HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3
HIST 292 Research and Writing 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________ CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6 LARTS elective Liberal Arts elective 3
HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3
Free electives 6 Free electives 6
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
LARTS elective Liberal Arts elective 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
Free electives 6 Humanities, Bachelor of Science
HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3
PHILOSOPHY CONCENTRATION WITH A LAW &
CAPS 390
LARTS elective
Capstone Seminar
Liberal Arts elective
3
3 ETHICS TRACK
Summary of Program
Free electives 6 Requirements
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ One of the three following concentrations:
HISTORY CONCENTRATION WITH AN
EDUCATION TRACK ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 GENERAL CONCENTRATION
PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3 15 credits of History courses (2 American History courses, 2
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ European or global History courses, and 1 History or cognate
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 discipline elective)
FA elective Fine Arts core elective 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 15 credits of Philosophy courses (2 courses in ethics, 2
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________ courses in critical thinking, and 1 Philosophy or cognate
HIST 101 World History I 3
discipline elective)
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3 PHIL 203 Ethics 3
FA Fine Arts core elective 3 MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3 Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern-
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 ship)
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3 HISTORY CONCENTRATION
HIST 102 World History II 3 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3 21 credits of History courses (2 American History courses, 2
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ European or global History courses, and 3 History or cognate
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 discipline electives)
HUM elect Humanities core elective 3 PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3 HIST 101 World Civilization I 3 9 credits of Philosophy courses (1 course in ethics, 1 course
in critical thinking, and 1 Philosophy or cognate discipline
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 elective)
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3
HIST 207 US History to 1877 3 ML 101 Modern Language 101 3 Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern-
ship)
PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3 FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 PHILOSOPHY CONCENTRATION
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3 PHIL 211 Philosophy of Human Rights 3
9 credits of History courses (1 American History course, 1
ML 101 Modern Language 101 3 HIST 208 US History since 1877 3 European or global History course, and 1 History or cognate
ENGL 217 Creative Nonfiction 3 discipline elective)
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________ ML 102 Modern Language 102 3
Free Elective 3 21 credits of Philosophy courses (2 courses in ethics, 2
HIST 208 US History since 1877 3 courses in critical thinking, and 3 Philosophy or cognate
PHIL 203 Ethics 3 FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________ discipline electives)
PSCI 101 American Government 3 Humanities 397 (senior thesis) or Humanities 398 (intern-
ML 102 Modern Language 102 3 ship)
Free Elective 3

64
Humanities Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

OPTIONAL TRACKS THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ THIRD SEMESTER____________________________

STANDARD TRACK (9 CREDITS) HIST 207 US History to 1877 3 HIST 207 US History to 1877 3
PHIL 203 Ethics 3 PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3
One 3-credit research class: HIST 292, HIST 399, or PHIL
399 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3 SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 HUM elective Humanities core elective 3
One 3-credit advanced writing class: ENGL 202 or ENGL 217
Free elective 3 Free elective 3
One 3-credit computer skills class: CPSC 101 or ADSN 119A
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________ FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
LAW & ETHICS TRACK (9 CREDITS) HIST 208 US History since 1877 3 HIST 208 US History since 1877 3
One 3-credit speaking or communication class: ENGL 120, PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3 PHIL 203 Ethics 3
CJHS 350, ENGL 202, or ENGL 217 PSCI 101 American Government 3
One 3-credit legal systems class: PSCI 233, PSCI 208, SOC SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 Free electives 6
118, BLAW 251, or HLAD 331 HUM elective Humanities core elective 3
One 3-credit American Government classes: PSCI 101 or FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
Free elective 3
CJHS 343 HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3
FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________
PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3
EDUCATION TRACK (12 CREDITS) HIST 336 Portrait of an Age 3 PSYC 201 Child Psychology 3
One 3-credit in Political Science class: PSCI 101, 203, 207, PHIL 211 Philosophy of Human Rights 3 Free electives 6
or 233 ADSN 119A Introduction to Computer Apps 3
One 3-credit Economics class: ECON 201 or 202 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
Free electives 6
SOSC 207 HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
One 3-credit Psychology or Sociology class: PSYC 103, 201, ECON 201/202 Macro or Micro Economics 3
or 202; SOC 101, 102, or 231 HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3 SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3
PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3 Free electives 6
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS ENGL 217 Creative Nonfiction 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
Free electives 6
UNIVERSITY CORE (33 CREDITS) HIST 292 Research and Writing 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
HIST 292 Research and Writing 3 Free electives 6
MATH core Demonstrated Math Competency 3
LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
Free electives 6
FA Fine Arts Core elective 3
HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3
HUM Humanities Core electives 6 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
SCI Natural Science Core electives 6
HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3 LARTS elective Liberal Arts elective 3
SOSC Social Science Core electives 6
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 Free electives 6
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
LARTS elective Liberal Arts elective 3
LIBERAL ARTS ELECTIVES (7 CREDITS) Free electives 6 PHILOSOPHY CONCENTRATION WITH A LAW &
ETHICS TRACK
HISTORY CONCENTRATION WITH AN
Suggested Programs EDUCATION TRACK FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
GENERAL CONCENTRATION WITH A STANDARD ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
TRACK FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
HIST 101 World History I 3 FA elective Fine Arts core elective 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
FA Fine Arts core elective 3
PHIL 101 General Philosophy 3 PHIL 203 Ethics 3
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3
Free elective 3 HIST 102 World History II 3 SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________ MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3 HUM elective Humanities core elective 3
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
HIST 102 World Civilization II 3 HUM elect Humanities core elective 3
MATH 102 Nature of Mathematics 3 THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
SOSC elective Social Science core elective 3
FA elective Fine Arts core elective 3 PHIL 205 History of Western Philosophy 3
SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3 HIST 101 World Civilization I 3
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3 SCI elective Natural Science core elective 3
HUM elective Humanities core elective 3

65
Humanities Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of Science Degree

Free elective 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
PHIL 211 Philosophy of Human Rights 3
HIST 208 US History since 1877 3
ENGL 217 Creative Nonfiction 3
Free electives 6
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
HIST elective History or Cognate elective 3
PSCI 233 Intro. to the US Legal System 3
Free electives 6
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
CJHS 343 Constitutional Law 3
Free electives 9
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
PHIL elective Philosophy or Cognate elective 3
LARTS electives Liberal Arts electives 6
Free electives 6
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
HUM 397/398 Thesis or Internship 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
LARTS elective Liberal Arts elective 3
Free electives 6

66
Human Services Bachelor of Science Degree

PHIL 203 Ethics 3 HUSV 110 Alcohol and Drugs in Society 3

Bates Hall or HUSV 320 Applied Ethics for HUSV Professionals HUSV 333 Social Welfare Policy 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4158 HUSV 277 Practicum 3 HUSV Elective 3
Fax: (203) 576-4171 HUSV 312 Internship 6
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
NUTR 205 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
MCOM 110 Public Communication 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
Curriculum and Program 51
HUSV 277 Practicum 3
Requirements PLUS ANY EIGHTEEN SEMESTER HOURS OF HUMAN NUTR 205 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
SERVICES, PSYCHOLOGY OR RELATED FIELD HUSV Elective 3
The Human Services Program is designed to
provide the academic and practical experi- SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
ence necessary to enter the field of human 18
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
services upon completion of the degree. The Free Electives_________________________11 HUSV 305 Group Interaction 3
combination of academic theoretical course- HUSV 312 Internship 3
work and its application through supervised GENERAL EDUCATION HUSV 301 Crisis Management 3
field work experience provides students with HUSV Electives 3
the breadth of preparation necessary for em- REQUIREMENTS_________________________
ENGL 101 Composition and Rhetoric 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
ployment in a wide range of human service
agencies and community organizations. Stu- HUM Humanities Core 6 HUSV 350 Human Service Seminar 3
dents have the opportunity to enhance their FA Fine Arts Core 3 HUSV 312 Internship 3
programs with minors in such fields as Edu- MATH Math Core 3 HUSV Electives 6
cation, Business and Social Sciences. Stimu- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
lating courses are taught by experienced fac- SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
ulty who are current practitioners as well as CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
active researchers. FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 HUSV Electives 6
Liberal Arts Electives 7 Free Electives 6
Total Semester Hours__________________120
Learning Outcomes 40
By completing the B.S. in Human Services, Total Semester Hours__________________120
students will: 1) be knowledgeable of the
history and systems of the Human Services Suggested Program Minor In Human Services
field; 2) be skillful at program assessment, Students seeking to complete a minor in Hu-
planning, and development; 3) be able to FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ man Services are required to receive a grade
find, use, manage, and protect information ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 of C or higher in the following courses.
effectively; 4) be effective at oral and written HUSV 110 Alcohol and Other Drugs in Society 3
communication; 5) be adept at program ad- HUSV 201 Introduction to Counseling 3 HUSV 101- Intro to Gerontology 3
ministration and leadership; 6) be committed FA Fine Arts Core 3 HUSV 110- Alcohol and Drugs 3
to ethical practices; and 7) be respectful of MATH Math Core 3 HUSV 203 Intro to Human Services -or HUSV 201- Intro to
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 Counseling 3
client values and attitudes.
HUSV 333- Social Policy or HUSV -350- Human Services
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________ Seminar 3
Summary of Requirements HUSV 203 Introduction to Human Services 3
HUSV- 277 Practicum in Human Services 3
HUSV Free Elective – 3 -credits 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS _______________ ENGL 120 Communications 3
HUSV 101 Introduction to Gerontology 3 Total of 18 credits
HUSV 110 Alcohol and other Drugs In PHIL 203 Ethics 3
Society 3 HUSV 205 Counseling Special Populations 3
HUSV 201 Introduction to Counseling 3 Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________ able for this major, and follows the same re-
HUSV 203 Introduction to Human Services 3
HUSV 205 Couns Mthds for Spec Populations 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3 quirements.
HUSV 305 Group Interaction 3 PSYC 201 Human Growth and Development 3
HUSV 301 Crisis Management 3 HUSV 277 Practicum 3
HUSV 350 Human Services Seminar 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
HUSV 333 Social Welfare Policy 3 HUSV Elective 3
HUSV 101 Introduction to Gerontology 3 FOURTH SEMESTER __________________________
HUSV 302 Multicultural Perspectives in
Human Services 3 HUSV 302 Multicultural Perspectives 3
PSYC 201 Human Growth & Development 3 SOSC Social Sciences Core 3

67
Industrial Design Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER Introduction to Computer Apps II 3

ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR Assessment: Projects, papers, and presen- 24
INTERNAL TRANSFERS tations for art and design history courses;
Arnold Bernhard Center INDUSTRIAL DESIGN FOUNDATIONS
in studio courses, projects that appropri-
Telephone: (203) 576-4034 Materials & Manufacturing I 3
ately reference historical precedents and
Materials & Manufacturing II 3
stylistic movements in industrial design.
Industrial Design Electives 5
4.
Demonstrate proficiency in selec- SolidWorks I 2
Curriculum and Program tion and use of relevant technologies SolidWorks II 2
Requirements in design. Abilities to use available SolidWorks III 2
technical and industrial processes to SolidWorks IV 2
The four-year Industrial Design program
produce a design product, and to de- Product Lab Orientation 3
emphasizes conceptualization, design,
sign and implement such a process. 4-D Time-based Media 3
and production of products for personal, NX C Siemens PLM 3
home, industrial, and commercial use, rang- NX D Siemens PLM 3
ing from domestic and consumer products Assessment: Project and portfolio solu-
tions are made with the appropriate tech- Exhibition Design 3
to medical, entertainment, and more. Stu- Internship 3
dents learn to design and develop product nology or software for the final applica-
Special Projects 3
concepts, visualize them using the latest tion. Projects are planned to be feasibly
Furniture Design 3
computer technology, and build models in a reproducible by industrial/commercial
means rather than by one-off or by hand. 43
well-equipped model shop or computer lab.
Students learn presentation skills to demon- 5. Demonstrate an understanding of the INDUSTRIAL DESIGN STUDIOS
strate their creative and unique solutions. Ad- cultural and societal connections link- Industrial Design Studio I 3
vanced industrial design topics include UI/ ing industrial design trends and pro- Industrial Design Studio II 3
UX, VR, ergonomics, materials and manufac- cesses as well as a knowledge of busi- Industrial Design Studio III 3
turing, and marketing. ness practices and of the market place. Industrial Design Studio IV 3
Industrial Design Studio V 3
Students take courses in sketching, model
Industrial Design Studio VI 3
making, materials and manufacture technol- Assessment: Projects and portfolio solu-
ogies, CAD (such as computer-aided design tions that are culturally- and audience- 18
and rapid prototyping), the design process, appropriate for the problem as posed by ART HISTORY
design thinking and design history. Pack- the brief for the project Survey of Art History I 3
age design, smartphones, lighting, furniture, 6. Demonstrate proficiency in presenting Survey of Art History II 3
home appliances, exhibit design, computer their own work as well as discussing and History of Modern Design 3
rendering, 3D printing, model making and constructively critiquing the work of oth- History of Industrial Design 3
more: all part of the SASD Industrial Design ers. 12
Curriculum.
Assessment: Active participation in class UB CORE
critiques; clear, thoughtful presentation of
Learning Outcomes students’ own projects, ability to give, ac-
Academic Writing 3
Math 3
1. Demonstrate ability to identify, analyze, cept, and incorporate feedback. Humanities Core 3
and solve industrial design problems. SASD’s Bachelor of Science in Industrial De- Humanities Core Elective 3
sign degree is accredited by National Associ- Social Sciences Core 3
Assessment: Portfolio projects appropri- ation of Schools of Art and Design (NASAD), Social Sciences Core Elective 3
ately respond to project briefs, and are the governing body of undergraduate and Natural Sciences Core 3
clear, focused, expressive, and commu- graduate art and design schools. Natural Sciences Core Elective 3
nicative solutions to the stated problems. First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3
2. Demonstrate mastery of design tools, Industrial Design Curriculum Capstone Seminar: Design & Business 3
techniques, and concepts in industrial de- 30
sign. SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS
Total Semester Hours__________________127
Assessment: Projects and portfolios that DESIGN FOUNDATIONS
evidence craftsmanship, adherence to
project parameters, and appropriate se-
2-D Design Principles 3 Suggested Program
3-D Design Principles 3
lection of materials, manufacturing tech- Design Drawing I 3 FIRST SEMESTER
niques, and implementation. Drawing/Drafting II 3 ADSN 103 2-D Design Principles 3
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the Design Drawing III 3 ADSN 105 Design Drawing I 3
aesthetics of form development and of Design Drawing IV 3 ADSN 119A Introduction to Computer Apps I 3
the history and current state of design. Introduction to Computer Apps I 3 ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3

68
Industrial Design Bachelor of Science Degree

FYS 101 First Year Seminar: Design Thinking 3 Capstone Seminar: Design & Business 3
15 18
SECOND SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
ADSN 108 3-D Design Principles 3 IDDSN 356 Industrial Design Studio VI 3
ADSN 106 Drawing II 3 ADSN 233 4D Intro Time Based Media 3
ADSN 119B Introduction to Computer Apps II 3 ADSN 380 History of Modern Design 3
ADSN 118 Survey of Art History II 3 IDDSN 398 Internship 3
ENG 101 Academic Writing 3 12
Natural Sciences Core 3
Total Semester Hours _________________127
18
THIRD SEMESTER
IDDSN 255 Industrial Design Studio I 3
ADSN 205 Design Drawing III 3
IDDSN 215 Materials & Manufacturing I 3
ITDSN 312 Furniture Design I 3
IDDSN 218S SolidWorks I 2
Natural Science Core 3
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
IDDSN 256 Industrial Design Studio II 3
ADSN 206 Design Drawing IV 3
IDDSN 216 Materials & Manufacturing II 3
IDDSN 218W SolidWorks II 2
Social Science Core 3
ADSN 408 Selected Topics: Modern Art 1
15
FIFTH SEMESTER
IDDSN 305 Industrial Design Studio III 3
ITDSN 312B Furniture Design II 3
ADSN 357C NX Siemens PLM 3
IDDSN 218C SolidWorks III 2
ADSN 425 History of Industrial Design 3
Humanities Core 3
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
IDDSN 306 Industrial Design Studio IV 3
IDDSN 218D SolidWorks IV 2
ADSN 357D NX Siemens PLM 3
ITDSN 311 Exhibition Design 3
IDDSN 399 Special Projects: Portfolio 1
Math Core 3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
IDDSN 355 Industrial Design Studio V 3
ADSN 107 Product Lab Orientation 3
IDDSN 450 New Product Commercialization 3
Humanities Core 3
Social Sciences Core 3

69
Interior Design Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER • Furniture and Furnishings Design 30

ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR
INTERNAL TRANSFERS Learning Outcomes MAJOR REQUIREMENTS___________________
Arnold Bernhard Center
1. Demonstrate ability to identify, analyze, ADSN 206 Interiors Drawing IV 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4221
and solve design problems. Assessment: ITDSN 215 Interior Construction Systems 3
Portfolio projects and project research. ITDSN 217 Color Studies for Interiors 3
ITDSN 218 CADD (A, B) 6
Program description 2. Demonstrate mastery of design tools,
ITDSN 218 Revit (A,B) 4
techniques, and concepts in design. As- ITDSN 255 Studio I 3
The Interior Design program prepares stu-
sessment: Projects and portfolios that ITDSN 256 Studio II 3
dents with functional, technical and aesthetic
evidence craftsmanship and adherence ITDSN 303 Materials, Products & Applications 3
aspects of the interior environment.
to project parameters. ITDSN 304 Business Practices & Ethics 3
The Professional Interior Designer is quali- ITDSN 305 Studio III 3
fied to identify, research and solve problems 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the
aesthetics of form development, and ITDSN 306 Studio IV 3
pertaining to the function and aesthetic qual- ITDSN 307 Lighting/Acoustics Design 3
ity of the interior environment. The designer of the history and current state of de-
ITDSN 309 Human Factors Design 3
must have knowledge of construction mate- sign. Assessment: Projects, papers, and ITDSN 308 Building Codes 3
rials, their applications and methods of in- presentations for art and design history ITDSN 312 Furniture Design 3
stallation. Interior designers must design the courses; in studio courses, projects that ITDSN 355 Studio V 3
space in accordance with federal, state and appropriately reference historical prec- ITDSN 356 Studio VI 3
local building codes to meet safety, health, edents. ITDSN 362 Construction Documents 3
and accessibility requirements. Interior de- 4. Demonstrate proficiency in selection and ITDSN 399 Special Projects 1
signers both plan the space and furnish the 59
use of relevant technologies in design.
interiors of private homes, public buildings
Abilities to use available technical and
and commercial establishments such as of- GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
industrial processes to produce a design
fices, retail, restaurants, hospitals, hotels and
theaters. They may plan additions, renova- product, and to design and implement ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
tions and be involved in historic preserva- such a process. Assessment: Project and MATH Math Core 3
tions. With a client’s needs and budget in portfolio materials planned to be feasi- HUM Humanities Core 6
mind, they develop space-planning solu- bly reproducible by industrial means SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
tions; prepare working drawings, millwork, rather than by one-off or by hand. SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
architectural details and specifications for in- ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3
5. Demonstrate an understanding of the
terior construction, furnishing and finishes. ADSN 118 Survey of Art History II 3
cultural and societal connections linking FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Designers use computers to generate plans design trends and processes as well as a CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
and construction documents, in addition to knowledge of business practices and of Liberal Arts Electives 4
3D modeling views. the market place. Assessment: Projects
At UB several interior projects assignments 40
and portfolio solutions that are cultur-
are done in collaboration with noted interior/ ally- and audience-appropriate for the Total Semester Hours__________________127
architectural firms, to give students a grasp problem as posed by the business and
of real projects and receive additional inputs market briefs for the project. Suggested Program
from professionals in the field. In addition,
this relationship helps establish connections FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
for internships. Summary of Requirements
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
*ITDSN 398 (Internship) can be taken as an PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ ADSN 117 Survey of Art History I 3
elective in addition to the required course- ADSN 103 2D Design 3
work. DESIGN FOUNDATION COURSES ADSN 105 Drawing I 3
ADSN 103 2D Design 3 ADSN 119A Intro Computer Applications I 3
As an Interior Design major, you can special- ADSN 105 Drawing I 3
ize in several areas: SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
ADSN 108 3D Design 3
• Residential Design (new and existing) ADSN 106 Drawing II 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
• Contract Design such as: Retail, Hospital- ADSN 205 Drawing III 3 MATH Math Core 3
ity, Corporate Offices, Health care, Institu- ADSN 119A Intro to Computer Applications I 3 ADSN 118 Survey of Art History II 3
ADSN 119B Intro to Computer Applications II 3 ADSN 108 3D Design 3
tional
ADSN 231 Digital Photography 3
• Historic Preservation ADSN 377 History of Modern Design 3
ADSN 380 History of Mod. Arch. & Urbanism 3

70
Interior Design Bachelor of Science Degree

ADSN 106 Drawing II 3

ADSN 119B Intro Computer Applications II 3
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
ADSN 231 Digital Photography 3
ADSN 377 History of Modern Design 3
ADSN 205 Drawing III 3
ITDSN 218A CAD I 2
ITDSN 255 Studio I 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ADSN 380 History of Modern Arch. & Urbanism 3
ITDSN 217 Color Studies for Interiors 3
ADSN 206 Interiors Drawing IV 3
ITDSN 218B CADD II 2
ITDSN 266 Studio II 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
HUM Humanities Core 3
ITDSN 309 Human Factors 3
ITDSN 305 Studio III 3
ITDSN 215 Interior Construction Systems 3
ITDSN 218D Revit 1 2
ITDSN 308 Building Codes 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ITDSN 303 Materials, Products & Applications 3
ITDSN 304 Business Practices 3
ITDSN 306 Studio IV 3
ITDSN 218D Revit 2 2
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
ITDSN 355 Studio V 3
ITDSN 307 Lighting & Acoustic Design 3
ITDSN 312 Furniture Design 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
Electives-Liberal Arts 4
ITDSN 362 Construction Documents 3
ITDSN 356 Studio VI 3
ITDSN 399 Special Projects 1
Total Semester Hours__________________129

71
International Political Economy and Diplomacy Bachelor of Arts
NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER tongue; 5) students will demonstrate the PSCI 323 Classics in Political Theory 3
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR ability to use critical thinking in their evalu- or PSCI 324 Recent Political Theory 3
INTERNAL TRANSFERS ation of issues and problems in international
Carlson Hall political economy; and 6) students will dem- ASIA-PACIFIC STUDIES___________________
Telephone: (203) 576-4153 onstrate practical skills in helping resolve IPED/PSCI 321 Political Economy of East Asia 3
Fax: (203) 576-4967 global disputes through diplomacy and con-
PLUS ANY FOUR OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
flict resolution.
IPED 329 Political Economy of China 3
* Note that for all College of Public and In- PSCI 203 U.S. Foreign Policy 3
Curriculum and Program ternational Affairs majors, a portfolio is col- WREL 229 Confucianism and Daoism 3
Requirements lected to track progress in programmatic out-
comes.
WREL 102 Introduction to East Asian Religions 3
WREL 205 Buddhism 3
The major in International Political Economy
and Diplomacy provides students with a
comprehensive understanding of the global
Summary of Requirements PEACE AND DEVELOPMENT STUDIES_________

political economy as well as the analytical IPED 391 Sustainable Development 3

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
skills to evaluate change and direction. Po- PLUS ANY FOUR OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
litical economy describes the nexus between SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3 IPED 392 Geopolitics of Oil 3
politics and economics, and international po- WREL 101 Intro to World Religions 3 IPED/PSCI 321 Political Economy of East Asia 3
litical economy studies the arena where inter- SOC 231 Cultural Anthropology 3 WREL 275 Religion, Conflict and Mediation 3
national politics and international economics PSCI 103 Intro to Political Science and WREL 278 Religion, Peace, and War 3
meet. The subject matter of International Po- Political Science Research Methods 3 WREL 305 Comparative Religious Ethics 3
litical Economy is the study of the interna- ECON 201 Macro Economics 3 WREL 374 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 3
tional economic system and how it produces, or IPED 201 Economics and Development
distributes, and uses wealth. The study of the ECON 202 Micro Economics 3 AMERICAS STUDIES _____________________
or IPED 202 Intro to Political Economy
international political system focuses a set PSCI 101 American Government 3
IPED 206 Pol. Eco. of North/South Relations 3
of institutions and rules by which social and
PSCI 312 Diplomacy & Foreign Policy 3 PLUS ANY FOUR OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
economic interactions are governed. It rep-
resents an investigation of the political basis TWO OF THE FOLLOWING GLDP 411 Issues in Economic Development 3
of economic action and the economic basis PSCI 101 American Government 3 PSCI 203 U.S. Foreign Policy 3
of political action. An important additional or IPED 345 Political Economy of EU MCOM 290 Intercultural Communication 3
or IPED 329 Political Economy of China IPED 340 Political Economy of Latin America 3
consideration is the role of international law
IPED/PSCI 321 Political Economy of East Asia 3 IPED 392 Geopolitics of Oil 3
in developing universal principles and norms
IPED 340 Political Economy of Latin America 3 IPED 390 Multinational Corporations in IPE 3
in the conduct of international relations, and
governing of relations between states and WREL 374 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 3 MIDDLE EAST STUDIES
their citizens. Because diplomatic negotia- TWO OF THE FOLLOWING WREL 374 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 3
tions form the basis of new international law, PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3 PLUS ANY FOUR OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
and because diplomacy operates within the PSCI 203 U.S. Foreign Policy 3 PSCI 203 U.S. Foreign Policy 3
framework of extant international law, the PSCI 305 International Relations 3 IPED 392 Geopolitics of Oil 3
study of diplomacy is an important compo- or PSCI 207 World Politics 3 WREL 103 Introduction to Religions of Middle
nent in the study of international political PSCI 208 Intro to International Law 3 Eastern Origin 3
economy. or PSCI 209 Intro to United Nations Studies 3 WREL 209 Islam 3
Program Tracks WREL 275 Religion, Conflict and Mediation 3
Learning Outcomes Students may, in consultation with their advisor, choose a
minor or a concentration by taking 15 to 18 credit hours of
MCOM 290 Intercultural Communication 3
The B.A. in International Political Econo- course work in one of the following areas; however this is
not a requirement: FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT
my & Diplomacy has the following learn-
ing outcomes: 1) students will demonstrate All IPED majors must demonstrate a working knowledge
POLITICAL SCIENCE______________________ of at least one world language besides English or complete
an ability to explain and compare different
political and economic systems; 2) students through the 104 level of one of the following languages cur-
PSCI 101 American Government 3 rently offered at the University: Chinese, Korean, Japanese,
will be able to reflect on the role of culture, or PSCI 103 Intro to Political Science and French, or Spanish.
history and religion in international political Political Science Research Methods 3
economy; 3) students will be able to explain PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3 THESIS AND INTERNSHIP GUIDELINES
the role of diplomacy and conflict resolution PSCI 207 World Politics 3
PSCI 208 Intro to International Law 3 A senior thesis is voluntary but strongly encouraged.
in international relations; 4) Students will Depending on the scope of the project, a thesis may account
demonstrate a basic working knowledge of IPED 206 Pol. Eco. of North/South Relations 3
for 3 to 6 credit hours. While not required, students are
a world language other than one’s mother or PSCI 209 Intro to United Nations Studies 3 encouraged to write on a subject related to their field of
SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3 concentration, should they have elected one. In addition,

72
International Political Economy and Diplomacy Bachelor of Arts

one semester of internship is also strongly encouraged. Intl. Pol Econ Elective 3
Internship may account for 3 to 6 credit hours. Free Elective 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________

ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 INTST C101B Integrated Studies 3

MATH Math 102/103 or above 3 Intl. Pol Econ Elective 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 Free Electives 9
HUM Humanities Core 6 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3 Intl. Pol Econ Elective 3
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3 Free Electives 9
Liberal Arts Electives 7 *Students who do not meet the modern language require-
ment for the B.A. degree must use 3-12 semester hours free
TOTAL_____________________________120 electives, depending on their level of competency, to satisfy
this requirement.
Suggested Program
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
MATH Math Core 3
WREL 101 Intro to World Religions 3
Political Science Core 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
FA Fine Arts Core 3
SOC 231 Cultural Anthropology 3
S0SC 207 World Geography 3
Free Elective 3
Free Elective 3
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
HUM Humanities Core 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ECON 201 Macro-Economics 3
Political Science Elective 3
Free Elective 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
HUM Humanities Core 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
ECON 202 Micro-Economics 3
Political Science Elective 3
Free Elective 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
PSCI 354 Intl. Political Economy 3
Economics Elective 3
Intl Pol Econ Elective 3
Free Elective 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
PSCI 206 North/South Relations 3
Econ Elective 3

73
Mass Communication Bachelor of Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER 3) demonstrate the ability to observe events, in consultation with an advisor.
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR gather information, write news reports and
INTERNAL TRANSFERS news releases, report on events, and edit Summary of Requirements
Carlson Hall other people’s writings; 4) demonstrate the
Telephone: (203) 576-2451 ability to understand the media critically and PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
recognize how media shape and are shaped (36 SEMESTER HOURS)
by politics, society, culture, economics, and MASS COMMUNICATION CORE
Program Description daily lives; 5) demonstrate the ability to rec- MCOM 110 Public Communication 3
ognize the power of persuasion and ethical MCOM 111 Introduction to Mass Communication 3
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded in
responsibilities of communicators in com- MCOM 211 Communication Theory 3
Mass Communication, with concentrations
munication at all levels; 6) demonstrate an MCOM 395 Senior Seminar in Mass
in Advertising, International Communication,
understanding of the roles of communication Communication 3
Fashion Business communication, Journal-
in fostering interaction and interdependence
ism, Public Relations, and Sports Communi- 12
across gender, race, and culture; 7) demon-
cations. The Mass Communication Program
strate the ability to apply communication CONCENTRATIONS
offers students an interdisciplinary founda-
theories to analyze contemporary problems;
tion in the basic theory and skills necessary CHOICE OF 15 SEMESTER HOURS IN ONE OF THE
8) demonstrate an understanding of the his- CONCENTRATIONS LISTED BELOW
to become media practitioners and more in-
tory, development, and practice of the print
formed media consumers. Students have the
opportunity for internships and independent
media, electronic media, and the new media. ADVERTISING
projects that allow them to have real world * Note that for all School of Public and In- MCOM 220 Introduction to Advertising 3
experience in the mass media professions. ternational Affairs majors, a portfolio is col-
TAKE FOUR COURSE FROM THE FOLLOWING:
Graduates of this program have gone on to lected to track progress in programmatic out-
MCOM 323 Advertising Copywriting 3
a variety of careers in the media field, in- comes.
MCOM 330 Advertising Media Planning 3
cluding those in advertising, corporate com- MCOM 339 Advertising and PR Campaigns 3
munication, public relations, journalism, and Internships, Cooperative MCOM 201 Persuasive Communication 3
broadcasting. Recent graduates have also
gone onto top graduate program in Journal-
Education MCOM 270
MCOM 357
Public Relations
Portfolio Project
3
3
ism and Mass Communication. Students are strongly encouraged to obtain
working experience in the Mass Communi- 15
Students attaining the degree in Mass Com-
munication must complete 36 hours of
cation field through either the cooperative INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION
education program or the internship pro- MCOM 290 Intercultural Communication 3
coursework in the Mass Communication
gram. To participate in either co-op or in-
area. All students must complete the 12-hour (PLUS ANY FOUR OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES)
ternship, students must meet the following
core requirements. In addition, students must MCOM 284 Business and Professional
requirements:
complete 12 hours in one of the concentra- Communication 3
tions. a be of junior standing SOC 231 Cultural Anthropology 3
In addition to the 12-hour core and 12-hour b. have completed at least 18 hours of PSCI 206 Pol. Eco. of North/South Relations 3
concentration, students are also required coursework in mass communication PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3
to complete an additional 12-hour elective c. have at least a 2.5 QPA in mass communi- PSCI 305 International Relations
coursework in Mass Communication for a cation with no grade below a C-minus or PSCI 207 World Politics
total of 36 hours. Students are required to or PSCI 312 Diplomacy & Foreign Policy
d. be a student in good academic standing at or PSCI 209 Intro to United Nations Studies 3
successfully pass courses in Mass Communi- the university WREL 275 Religion, Conflict and Mediation 3
cation with a grade of C or better. Semester
Students may apply three (3) semester hours WREL 305 Comparative Religious Ethics 3
hours earned for a grade below C in an elec- WREL 374 Religion and Politics in the Middle East 3
of co-op internship or independent study to
tive Mass Communication course (including WREL 348 Religion and Society 3
the thirty-six (36) hours required in the mass
those no longer offered), not raised to a C or WREL 288 Internet Religion 3
communication major. Additional hours of
better, will be added beyond the 120 other- WREL 305 Comparative Religious Ethics 3
co-op, internship or independent study cred-
wise needed for graduation. WREL 348 Religion and Society 3
it may be applied to general elective credits
required for graduation. 15
Learning Outcomes
FASHION JOURNALISM
Students of the B.A. in Mass Communication Depth Study MCOM 247 Fashion Journalism 3
Program will: 1) demonstrate effective speak-
Students are encouraged to obtain a minor of FM 101 Fashion Fundamentals 3
ing and listening skills for communication in
18-24 semester hours in another department, MCOM 392 Fashion Journalism Internship 3
personal, public, and media areas; 2) dem-
or a concentration of 15 semester hours of TAKE TWO COURSES FROM THE FOLLOWING:
onstrate effective writing skills for communi-
related courses outside Mass Communication
cation in personal, public, and media areas;
minor and concentrations should be chosen

74
Mass Communication Bachelor of Arts Degree

MCOM 240 News Reporting & Writing 3 TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS______________120 Total Semester Hours _________________120
MCOM 284 Business and Prof Communication 3 *Students who do not meet the modern language require-
MCOM 341 Magazine and Feature Writing 3 Suggested Program ment for the B.A. degree must use 3-12 semester hours free
electives, depending on their level of competency, to satisfy
MCOM 345 Newspaper Editing & Production 3
MCOM 390 Media Law and Ethics 3 (Advertising) this requirement.
15 FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
JOURNALISM FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
MCOM 240 News Reporting 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
MCOM 341 Magazine and Feature Writing 3 HUM Humanities 3
MCOM 345 Newspaper Editing and Production 3 MCOM 110 Public Communication 3
MCOM 360 Broadcast Journalism 3 Foreign Language 101 3
MCOM 390 Media Law and Ethics 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
15 MATH Math Core 3
PUBLIC RELATIONS HUM Humanities Core 3
MCOM 270 Public Relations 3 MCOM 111 Introduction to Mass Communication 3
Foreign Language 102 3
TAKE FOUR COURSE FROM THE FOLLOWING: Elective 3
MCOM 201 Persuasive Communication 3
MCOM 346 Media Management 3 THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
MCOM 384 Organizational Communication 3 SOSC Social Science 3
MCOM 339 Advertising and PR Campaigns 3 FA Fine Arts Core 3
MCOM 370 Publicity Methods 3 MCOM 211 Communication Theory 3
15 MCOM 220 Introduction to Advertising
or MCOM 270 Public Relations 3
SPORTS JOURNALISM Elective 3
MCOM 251 Sports Journalism 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
MCOM 398 Sports Journalism Internship 3
SOSC Social Science Core 3
TAKE THREE COURSE FROM THE FOLLOWING:
MCOM 323 Advertising Copywriting
MCOM 240 News Reporting & Writing 3 or MCOM 370 Publicity Methods 3
MCOM 255 Sports Business and Marketing 3 Mass Communication Elective 3
MCOM 360 Broadcast Journalism 3 Elective 6
MCOM 341 Magazine and Feature Writing 3
MCOM 354 Media, Sports, & Society 3 FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
PSYC 355 Sports Psychology 3 SCI Natural Science Core 3
MCOM 390 Media Law and Ethics 3 MCOM 330 Advertising Media Planning 3
15 Mass Communication Elective 3
Elective 3
MASS COMMUNICATION ELECTIVES _______12 Liberal Arts Elective 3
FREE ELECTIVES*_____________________33
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
FOREIGN LANGUAGE ____________________6
SCI Natural Science Core 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS MCOM Advertising and PR Campaigns 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Mass Communication Elective 3
MATH Math Core 3 Liberal Arts Elective 3
HUM Humanities Core 6 Elective 3
SOSC Social Science Core 6 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
FA Fine Arts Core 3
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar
SCI Natural Science Core 6
or MCOM 395 Senior Seminar in Mass Communication 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Mass Communication Elective 3
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
Liberal Arts Elective 3
Liberal Arts Electives 7
Electives 6
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
Electives 12

75
Mathematics Bachelor of Arts Degree

Charles Dana Hall

Summary of Requirements FA

Fine Arts Core
Foreign Language II
3
3
Telephone: (203) 576-4174 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ MATH 281 Diff. Equations 3
Fax: (203) 576-4051 MATH 227 Discrete Math 3
ENGL 120 Public Communication 3 SS Social Sciences Core 3
FYS 101 First Year Studies 3 PHYS 209 Principles of Physics III 4
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Curriculum and Program PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4 THIRD YEAR_________________________________

Requirements PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4 MATH 314 Numerical Methods 3

HU Humanities Core 6 MATH 323 Probability & Statistics I 3
The Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics is a pro-
FA Fine Arts Core 3 Free Electives 6
gram in mathematics and its applications. It
SS Social Sciences Core 6 MATH 324 Probability & Statistics II 3
provides the student with the fundamentals Liberal Arts Electives 6 SS Social Sciences Core 3
of major areas of mathematics, as well as CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 MATH 319 Number Theory 3
exposure to one or more cognate areas in HU Humanities Core 6
which mathematics is applied. The program 41
Liberal Arts Elective 3
provides the background for further study
of mathematics and cognate areas in which PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ FOURTH YEAR__________________________
mathematics plays a key role. Employment MATH 110 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I 4 MATH 391 Modern Algebra 3
opportunities have traditionally existed in MATH 112 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II 4 Liberal Arts Elective 3
industry, technology, and in financial, actu- MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3 Free Electives 21
arial, and educational institutions. MATH 215 Calculus and Analytic Geometry III 4 CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is re- MATH 227 Discrete Structures 3
Total Semester Hours _________________120
quired and a “C” or better is required in all MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
math courses. The program requires 36 se- MATH 314 Numerical Methods 3
mester hours in mathematics and 12 semes- MATH 319 Introduction to the Theory of Numbers* 3
ter hours in physics and 6 semester hours in MATH 323 Probability and Statistics I 3
computer science, some of which can serve MATH 324 Probability and Statistics II 3
MATH 391 Modern Algebra* 3
to satisfy general education requirements.
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
The program also requires 6 credit hours of a
CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
single foreign language. Suggested electives PHYS 209 Principles of Physics III 4
include PHIL 104 (Logic and Scientific Meth-
od), HIST 232 (History of Science) and PHIL 46
213 (Philosophy of Science), all of which can * Offered in alternate years.
serve to satisfy general education require- Foreign Language_______________________6
ments. ** Six credit hours of a single language, requirement
The following year-by-year course displays waived if student’s first language is other than English.
are to be regarded as illustrative of a typical Free Electives_________________________27
program leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
in mathematics with a total of 120 semester Total Semester Hours__________________120
hours required for graduation.
Suggested Program
Learning Outcomes FIRST YEAR_________________________________
Students with a B.A. in Mathematics will
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
1) have learned fundamental knowledge MATH 110 Calculus I 4
of Mathematics and be prepared to pursue CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
graduate study in mathematics; 2) have well- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
developed quantitative and analytical skills; MATH 112 Calculus II 4
3) be able to use skills in mathematical rea- PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4
soning and critical thinking to understand CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
and analyze phenomena of nature, modern Foreign Language I 3
science and society; 4) be able to make infer- ENGL 120 Public Communication 3
ences from data and to communicate, prove
SECOND YEAR_______________________________
and justify their findings; 5) be prepared for
various qualifying examinations such as the MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and MATH 215 Calculus III 4
PRAXIS. PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4

76
Mathematics Bachelor of Science Degree

graduate study in mathematics; 2) have well- Suggested Program

Charles Dana Hall developed quantitative and analytical skills;
Telephone: (203) 576-4174 3) be able to use skills in mathematical rea- FIRST YEAR_________________________________
Fax: (203) 576-4051 soning and critical thinking to understand ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
and analyze phenomena of nature, modern MATH 110 Calculus I 4
science and society; 4) be able to make infer- CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
Curriculum and Program ences from data and to communicate, prove FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
and justify their findings; 5) be prepared for MATH 112 Calculus II 4
Requirements various qualifying examinations such as the PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4
The Bachelor of Science in Mathematics is a Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
program in mathematics and its applications. PRAXIS. Free Elective 3
It provides the student with the fundamen- MCOM 110 Public Communication 3
tals of major areas of mathematics, as well Summary of Requirements SECOND YEAR_______________________________
as exposure to one or more cognate areas in
which mathematics is applied. The program MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
provides the background for further study MATH 215 Calculus III 4
of mathematics and cognate areas in which MCOM 110 Public Communication 3 PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4
mathematics plays a key role. Employment FYS 101 First Year Studies 3 FA Fine Arts Core 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Elective in Concentration 3
opportunities have traditionally existed in
PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4 MATH 281 Diff. Equations 3
industry, technology, and in financial, actu-
PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4 MATH 227 Discrete Math 3
arial, and educational institutions. SS Social Sciences Core 3
HU Humanities Core 6
A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required FA Fine Arts Core 3 PHYS 209 Principles of Physics III 4
and a “C” or better is required in all math SS Social Sciences Core 6 THIRD YEAR_________________________________
courses. The program requires 36 semester Liberal Arts Electives 6
hours in mathematics and 12 semester hours CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 MATH 314 Numerical Methods 3
in physics and 6 semester hours in computer MATH 323 Probability & Statistics I 3
41 Free Elective 3
science, some of which can serve to satisfy
general education requirements. The pro- Elective in Concentration 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ MATH 324 Probability & Statistics II 3
gram also requires 12 credit hours in a quan-
titative area of concentration. Choices for a MATH 110 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I 4 SS Social Sciences Core 3
concentration include courses from science, MATH 112 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II 4 MATH 319 Number Theory 3
MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3 HU Humanities Core 6
engineering, economics and finance, and the
MATH 215 Calculus and Analytic Geometry III 4 Liberal Arts Elective 3
social sciences. Suggested electives include
PHIL 104 (Logic and Scientific Method), HIST MATH 227 Discrete Structures 3 FOURTH YEAR_______________________________
232 (History of Science) and PHIL 213 (Phi- MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
MATH 314 Numerical Methods 3 MATH 391 Modern Algebra 3
losophy of Science), all of which can serve to Liberal Arts Elective 3
satisfy general education requirements. MATH 319 Introduction to the Theory of Numbers* 3
MATH 323 Probability and Statistics I 3 Electives in Concentration 6
MATH 324 Probability and Statistics II 3 Free Electives 15
MATHEMATICS MINOR CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
MATH 391 Modern Algebra* 3
The minor in mathematics requires MATH Total Semester Hours _________________120
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
110, MATH 112, MATH 215 and at least two CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
courses at the 200 level or higher, with the PHYS 209 Principles of Physics III 4
exception of MATH 203. Students must main-
tain a “C” or better in all math courses. 46
The following year-by-year course displays
are to be regarded as illustrative of a typical
ELECTIVES (IN CONCENTRATION)__________12
program leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree in mathematics with a total of 120 se-
mester hours required for graduation. FREE ELECTIVES______________________21

Total Semester Hours__________________120

Learning Outcomes
Students with a B.S. in Mathematics will * Offered in alternate years.
1) have learned fundamental knowledge
of Mathematics and be prepared to pursue

77
Music Bachelor of Music Degree

MUSC 215 Music Theory III 3 Appropriate coursework in music, music

Arnold Bernhard Center MUSC 216 Music Theory IV 3 education, or theater as advised. Enrollment
Telephone: (203) 576-4407 MUSC 109A Aural Theory I 1 in at least one ensemble is normally required
MUSC 110A Aural Theory II 1 each semester of residence. Enrollment in ap-
MUSC 215A Aural Theory III 1 plied music study is normally required each
MUSC 216A Aural Theory IV 1
Program Description At least two credits of piano study.
semester of residence. Chair may determine
that proficiency is established and may waive
The Music & Performing Arts Program of- At least twelve credits in the history and literature of music.
requirements.
fers a 120-credit Bachelor of Music degree At least three credits in music technology.
with concentrations in Music Education, Per- At least six credits of private instruction on the major
formance, and Business. Bachelor of Music instrument. Music Education
candidates must complete the core curricu- At least three credits of ensembles. (An audition is recommended, but not re-
lum, music core courses, and the appropriate quired, for this major).
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
coursework in the concentration to graduate. The Music Education concentration within
Learning Outcomes ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 the Bachelor of Music degree is designed
MATH Mathematics Core 3 to provide foundational training and expe-
By completing the Bachelor of Music degree, HUM Humanities Core 6
students will: riences for prospective music teachers, and
SOSC Social Sciences 6 prepare them to begin graduate studies lead-
• Develop a strong foundation in the theory SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
ing to certification as a public school music
and history of music. FA Fine Arts Core 3
educator. The Music Program and the Uni-
• Select one or more musical concentra- FYS 101 First Year Studies 3
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3 versity’s School of Education offer a master’s
tions—performance, education, or busi- degree (M.S.) which leads to initial teaching
Liberal Arts Electives 7
ness—and develop foundational skills in certification in music. The B.M. in Music Ed-
that area. 40 ucation is designed to work in conjunction
• Further develop their skills as a singer or with this graduate program.
instrumentalist. CONCENTRATIONS WITHIN THE BACHELOR OF
MUSIC DEGREE 38 credits, drawn by advisement from the fol-
• Possess sufficient musical acumen to
make creative contributions to musical Music students may pursue the following lowing:
performances and ensembles. concentrations: MSED 240 Field Experience in Music Ed. 1
• Further their ability to work in, learn from, MSED 320-326 Secondary Instrument Skills 3
MSED 311 Conducting 3
and teach groups composed of learners Music Performance MUSC 208A-B Jazz Improvisation 3
from diverse backgrounds and with mul- (An audition is required for entrance into this MUSC 256 Fundamentals of Piano II 3
tiple skill levels. major.) THA 115 Stagecraft I 3
• Be able to connect musical knowledge The Music Performance concentration within
with the learning occurring in the general Appropriate coursework in music, music
the Bachelor of Music degree is designed to
education component of the undergradu- education, theater, or psychology as advised.
refine and develop skills essential to pro-
ate curriculum. Enrollment in at least one ensemble is nor-
fessional musicians. It allows students to
mally required each semester of residence, in-
JURIES deepen their skills as a solo and ensemble
cluding experience in choral and instrumen-
performer working in one or more genres.
At the discretion of the applied music fac- tal ensembles. Enrollment in applied music
Extensive experience performing collab-
ulty, in consultation with the program direc- study is normally required each semester of
oratively in ensembles and as a soloist are
tor, music majors will take an examination in residence. Chair may determine that profi-
central to this concentration. Students study
their major applied area before a music fac- ciency is established and waive requirements.
a major instrument, including bass, bassoon,
ulty jury during the final examination period
clarinet, drumset, flute, guitar, harpsichord,
of each semester.
horn, oboe, percussion, piano, saxophone, Music Business
sitar, tabla, trumpet, trombone, tuba, violin, (An audition is not required for this major).
MUSIC, BACHELOR OF MUSIC viola, violoncello, or voice. The Music Business concentration is a com-
bination of professional music study and
Summary of Requirements 38 credits, drawn by advisement from the fol- courses tailored by advisement to the stu-
lowing: dent’s strengths, interests, and career plans.
MUSIC CORE COURSES THA 115 Stagecraft I 3 Due to the great diversity found within the
MUSC 256 Fundamentals of Piano 3 music industry, exact coursework will differ.
42 credits, as follows: MUSC 209 The Business of Music 3 Some coursework may be taken in UB’s Er-
MUSC 109 Music Theory I 3 MUSC 395 Senior Recital 1
MUSC 110 Music Theory II 3 nest C. Trefz School of Business or School of
Engineering, as well as in Mass Communica-

78
Music Bachelor of Music Degree

tions. This concentration is designed to help

musicians become entrepreneurial.

38 credits, drawn by advisement from the fol-

lowing:
THA 115 Stagecraft I 3
MUSC 256 Fundamentals of Piano 3
MUSC 209 The Business of Music 3
MUSC 398 Internship 1
Appropriate coursework in music, music
education, theater, mass communication,
business, or other, as advised. The program
maintains an updated list of recommended
courses in other programs and schools. Many
Music Business students complete the certifi-
cate in entrepreneurship in the Trefz School of
Business. Enrollment in at least one ensemble
is normally required each semester of resi-
dence. Enrollment in applied music study is
normally required each semester of residence.
Director may determine that proficiency is es-
tablished and may waive requirements.

Theatre Arts (Minor)

Telephone: (203) 576-4407

Curriculum and Program

Requirements
The Music & Performing Arts Program offers
a minor in theatre. Students wishing to minor
in theatre must complete at least 18 credits
drawn from THA, MUSC, MSED and ENGL
courses, as approved by a departmental ad-
visor. The program encourages students to
take at least one course in each of the follow-
ing four areas:
• Acting, scene study, movement, and voice
(THA 107, 108, 133, 135, 233; APM 100)
• Dramatic literature (THA 299, various
ENGL courses)
• Stagecraft and theater technology (THA
115, 120)
• Participation in a mainstage production
(THA 215)

79
Performing Arts Bachelor of Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER the field. nent of the undergraduate curriculum.
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR
INTERNAL TRANSFERS Learning Outcomes Summary of Requirements
Bernhard Center
By completing the Bachelor of Arts degree
Telephone: (203) 576-4407 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS:
in Performing Arts, Music concentration, stu-
dents will: FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
• Develop a foundation in the theory and ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Curriculum and Program history of music. MATH 102/3 Mathematics 3
Requirements • Further develop their skills as a singer or
HUM Humanities 6
SOSC Social Sciences 6
The Music & Performing Arts Department of- instrumentalist. SCI Natural Sciences 6
fers the Bachelor of Arts degree in Perform- • Possess sufficient musical acumen to FA Fine Arts 3
ing Arts with concentrations in Music and make meaningful contributions to musi- CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Theater. Bachelor of Arts candidates must cal performances and ensembles. Liberal Arts Electives 7
complete the core curriculum and the appro-
• Gain an understanding of theater as an
priate coursework in the major to graduate. MAJOR AND INDIVIDUAL CONCENTRATION
important part of human culture.
The department chair may determine that
• Cultivate flexibility, versatility, and entre- REQUIREMENTS _____________________________
proficiency is established and may waive
requirements; however, 120 credits are re- preneurship, as appropriate to personal MUSIC CONCENTRATION:
quired to earn a Bachelor’s degree. Students and career goals. MUSC 109 Music Theory I 3
• Further their ability to work in, learn from, MUSC 109A Aural Theory I 1
study a combination of theater and music,
and teach groups composed of learners MUSC 110 Music Theory II 3
and may wish to take relevant coursework
MUSC 110A Aural Theory II 1
drawn from our English and Mass Communi- from diverse backgrounds and with mul-
MUSC 215 Music Theory III 3
cation programs, as well as the Trefz School tiple skill levels.
MUSC 215A Aural Theory III 1
of Business and other areas as appropriate. • Be able to connect musical knowledge MUSC 216 Music Theory IV 3
This liberal arts degree includes course- with the learning occurring in other areas, MUSC 216A Aural Theory IV 1
work in acting, technical theater, dramatic including the general education compo- THA 103 Introduction to Western Theater 3
literature, movement, applied music (vocal nent of the undergraduate curriculum. THA 115 or 133 Stagecraft I or Fund. Of Acting 3
or instrumental study, as appropriate), music APM 100 Private Instruction 6
theory and history, and relevant technologi- Nine credits in music history and literature.
cal and entrepreneurial skills. Students must By completing the Bachelor of Arts degree Two credits in piano and two in music technology.
elect a concentration in theater or music. The in Performing Arts, Theater concentration, Three credits in ensembles.
program seeks to produce broadly educated students will:
Total: 44 credits.
graduates with substantial knowledge of, and • Develop their theatrical skills, focusing on
skills in, one or more aspects of the perform- acting and/or technical theater.
THEATER CONCENTRATION
ing arts. • Acquire or deepen their understanding
of theater as an important part of human THA 133 Fundamentals of Acting 3
Music Concentration culture. THA 135
THA 107
Intermediate Acting
Movement
3
3
The Music concentration within the Bachelor • Participate meaningfully in at least one THA 115 Stagecraft I 3
of Arts degree in Performing Arts is designed University mainstage theatrical produc- THA 120 Stagecraft II 3
to allow interested students to engage in col- tion. THA 215 Applied Theater Production 3
legiate music study in a liberal arts context, • Cultivate flexibility, versatility, and entre- THA 221 History of Theater 3
laying the foundation for graduate study or preneurship, as appropriate to personal THA 233 or 234 Scene Study or Basic Scenic and
internships and entry-level jobs in the field. and career goals. Lighting Design 3
Two more 200-level courses in Theater. 6
• Further their ability to work in, learn from,
Theater Concentration and teach groups composed of learners
One course in music history
At least two credits in piano.
3
2
The Theater concentration within the Bach- from diverse backgrounds and with mul- MUSC 109 Music Theory I 3
elor of Arts degree in Performing Arts is de- tiple skill levels. MUSC 109A Aural Theory I 1
signed to allow interested students to study • Be able to connect theatrical knowledge MUSC 110A Aural Theory II 1
theater at the collegiate level in a liberal arts with the learning occurring in other areas, Electives 4
context, laying the foundation for graduate including the general education compo- Total: 44 credits.
study or internships and entry-level jobs in

80
Political Science Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER opment of key skills required not only for REQUIREMENTS_________________________
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR success in the major and throughout a stu-
TOTAL REQUIRED COURSES: 7
INTERNAL TRANSFERS dent’s academic career, but in their profes-
Carlson Hall sional development and career: TOTAL PROGRAM ELECTIVES: 6
Telephone: (203) 576-4209 • clear and effective oral and written com- CORE REQUIREMENTS (21 CREDITS)
Fax: (203) 576-4967 munication, including effective presenta- PSCI 103 Introduction to Political Science 3
tion skills and the ability to write in mul- PSCI 101 American Politics 3
tiple formats; PSCI 204 Comparative Politics 3
Curriculum and Program • critical thinking and analysis, including PSCI 207 International Politics 3
PSCI 323 Political Theory 3
Requirements information literacy and the ability to criti-
SOSC 300 Social Science Research Methods 3
cally evaluate evidence, data, news cover-
The Political Science B.A./B.S. prepares stu- PSCI 398 Internship 3
age, and sources; *PSCI/IPED 395 Senior Thesis: Satisfies CAPS 390 require-
dents for careers and advanced studies in
government, law, international affairs, public • the ability to initiate, develop, and con- ment for the Core Curriculum
policy and administration, higher education, duct independent research; Political Science Electives (18 credits)
the media, and other professions that require • active, creative, and innovative problem Any six of the following:
an understanding of how governments work solving through group work and applica- PSCI 203 U.S. Foreign Policy 3
PSCI 208 International Law 3
and interact with one another. Our majors tions of technology;
PSCI 209 Introduction to United Nations
explore questions about power, leadership, • practical work experience and opportuni- Studies 3
citizenship, and justice; and how all this im- ties to build professional networks; and PSCI 215 International Human Rights 3
pacts communities at the local, national, and PSCI 216 Gender Politics 3
• cultural competency through language
global levels. PSCI 218 Human Security 3
training, study abroad, and courses that
After taking Political Science 103, which in- promote greater intercultural understand- PSCI 233 Intro to the US Legal System 3
troduces students to the field and methods of ing for an increasingly diverse, interna- PSCI 303 Political Economy of Latin America 3
the discipline, students take a course in each tional, and multicultural workplace PSCI 312 Diplomacy & Foreign Policy 3
of the following subfields of political science: PSCI 343 Constitutional Law 3
Our majors have the opportunity to take PSCI 373 Islam & Democracy 3
American Politics, Comparative Politics, In-
classes across multiple disciplines in an invig- IPED 321 Political Economy of East Asia 3
ternational Relations, and Political Theory.
orating, diverse, and multicultural learning IPED 329 Political Economy of China 3
Upon completion of these core courses,
community. We also offer a unique course IPED 341 Political Economy of the Middle East 3
students can individually tailor and special-
in which students can learn about American IPED 345 Political Economy of the European
ize their training by focusing on a particu- Union 3
and local state and city politics with classes
lar subfield and developing an independent
co-taught with elected officials and com- FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT (12 CREDITS)
research project, placement in an internship
munity leaders. Our program also hopes to B.A. Political Science majors are required
or volunteer experience relevant to their spe-
foster responsible citizenship and leadership to demonstrate proficiency in a foreign lan-
cialization (law firm or government agency,
locally, nationally, and internationally. guage through an examination or the com-
for example), and develop greater intercul-
tural understanding and cultural competency The Political Science B.A./B.S. requires 39 pletion of a fourth-semester foreign language
through study abroad. semester credit hours including 21 credit class. For students in the B.S. Political Sci-
hours in the program core, 18 credit hours ence program, a demonstrated proficiency
The skills and training our majors acquire
of Political Science electives, and 18 credit in a foreign language through an examina-
prepare them for a wide range of careers.
hours in one of the following minors: Inter- tion or the completion of a fourth-semester
Our graduates accept positions with govern-
national Political Economy and Diplomacy, foreign language class is recommended. B.S.
ments, international and non-governmental
Mass Communications, or Criminal Jus- students who do not meet the foreign lan-
organizations, think tanks, international fi-
tice. Students who do not want to take one guage requirement through examination or
nance groups, multinational corporations,
of three minors may take an additional 18 coursework will complete an additional 12
and law firms. Many pursue further study in
credit hours of Political Science electives. The credits of liberal arts electives with the ap-
fields such as law and public and internation-
B.A. requires students to show modern lan- proval of the program chair.
al affairs at highly competitive universities.
guage competency in either Arabic, Chinese, Minor in International Political Economy and
Others take on leadership and service roles
French, Japanese, Korean, Russian, or Span- Diplomacy, Mass Communication, or Crimi-
in government and the non-profit sector to
ish through the intermediate level (four se- nal Justice. Students who do not wish to mi-
better their local communities.
mesters). Students are required to complete nor in any of these three programs may take
Learning Outcomes 120 credit hours to graduate. 6 additional courses in Political Science (18
Credits with a Grade of C or better).
The B.A. and B. S. in Political Science have
the following learning outcomes: Summary of Requirements
The Political Science major targets the devel- PROGRAM CORE COURSES (REQUIRED)

81
Psychology Bachelor of Science Degree

nization, presentation and analysis including SECOND SEMESTER___________________________

Bates Hall both inferential and descriptive statistics; 6) PSYC 205 Lifespan Development Psychology 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4158 understand characteristics of psychological PSYC Psychology Elective 3
research including the limitations of correla- MATH Math Core + Math 103p 4
tion research, experimental biases, placebo HU/SS/FA Gen. Ed. Requirement 3
Program Description effects and ethical issues regarding human Free Elective 2 or 3
subjects; 7) be able to critically evaluate the
The Bachelor of Science degree in Psychol- THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
psychological research presented in the pop-
ogy prepares students for work that requires
ular press; 8) be able to relate key psycho- PSYC 230 Abnormal Psychology 3
liberal arts training as well as psychological PSYC 385 Statistical Methods in Psychology 3
logical concepts and theories to their own
knowledge and skills. The major provides HU/SS/FA Gen. Ed. Requirement 3
personal lives; 9) understand how key psy-
students with a detailed awareness of the Free Elective 6
chological concepts and theories are applied
field of psychology, including its historical
in clinical, medical, educational, human ser- FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
background, paradigms, methods, research
vices and corporate settings; and 10) under-
findings, and applications. The major ad- PSYC 240 Social Psychology 3
stand connections between Psychology and
dresses the general areas of developmental, PSYC 321 Research Methods 3
such other disciplines as Philosophy, Biology,
personality, social, cognitive, and abnormal HU/SS/FA Gen. Ed. Requirement 3
Sociology, Religion, and Human Services. SCI Natural Science Core 3
psychology. It fosters the development of
verbal, quantitative, analytical, and techno- Free Elective 3
logical skills that are useful for work in psy- Summary of Requirements FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
chology and related fields.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS___________________ PSYC 303 Personality Psychology 3
The major requires thirteen psychology
PSYC Psychology Elective 6
courses (39 semester hours), including In- PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3
SCI Natural Science Core 3
troduction to Psychology (103), Lifespan PSYC 205 Lifespan Development Psyschology 3
Free Elective 3
Development Psychology (205), Abnormal PSYC 230 Abnormal Psychology 3
Psychology (230), Social Psychology (240), PSYC 240 Social Psychology 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
Personality Psychology (303), Cognitive Psy- PSYC 303 Personality Psychology 3 PSYC 307 Cognitive Psychology 3
chology (307), Research Methods (321), Sta- PSYC 307 Cognitive Psychology 3 HU/SS/FA Gen. Ed. Requirement 3
tistical Methods in Psychology (385) and five PSYC 321 Research Methods 3 Free Elective 9
other elective psychology courses (fifteen se- PSYC 385 Statistical Methods in Psychology 3
Psychology Electives 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
mester hours total of psychology electives).
A total of 120 credits are required for gradu- Total Credits of Psychology Coursework 39 CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
ation. Students wishing to obtain a minor in PSYC Psychology Elective 6
FREE ELECTIVES___________________________38
Psychology must take Introduction to Psy- Free Elective 6
chology plus any five additional psychology GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
courses (18 semester hours total including
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 Free Elective 15
PSYC 103).
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Total Semester Hours Required for Graduation 120
MATH Math Core + Math 103p 4
Learning Outcomes HUM Humanities Core 6 MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY
By completing the B.S. in Psychology pro- SS Social Science Core 6
NS Natural Science Core 6 Students seeking to complete a minor in Psy-
gram, students will: 1) have learned the pre-
FA Fine Arts Core 3 chology are required to receive a grade of C
history and the history of Psychology includ-
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 or higher in PSYC 103 (Introduction to Psy-
ing the evolution of its main issues, topic
Liberal Arts Electives 9 chology) as well as five additional 3- credit
areas, methods and applications; 2) know the
Psychology courses of their choosing offered
major perspectives in Psychology including 43 by the Psychology Department (18 credits to-
perspectives such as: Psychoanalytic/Psycho-
dynamic, Behaviorist, Humanistic, Biological, Total Semester Hours__________________120 tal). We allow the majority of the courses to
be of your choosing within Psychology to al-
and Socio-Cultural,; 3) understand the lifes-
pan approach to human biological, cognitive Suggested Program low a student to customize the minor to best
fit their desired career path.
and psychosocial development; 4) be able to
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3
provide examples of the major forms of psy-
chological research including methodologies ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Five additional PSYC courses 15
such as naturalistic observation, surveys, case HU/SS/FA Gen. Ed. Requirement 3 Total Credits of Psychology Coursework 18
studies and archival research, and the main FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
features and techniques of psychological ex-
Free Elective 2 or 3 able for this major, and follows the same re-
perimentation; 5) understand basic data orga-
quirements.

82
Social Sciences Bachelor of Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER 6) demonstrate that they have the competen- or PSCI 209 Introduction to United Nations Studies 3
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR cies needed to function competently in an SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3
INTERNAL TRANSFERS entry-level social science-related career; and PSCI 323 Classics in Political Theory 3
Carlson Hall 7) demonstrate competency in written and or PSCI 324 Recent Political Theory 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4453 oral communication. 18
MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY
Summary of Requirements Psyc 103 Introduction to Psychology
Program Description Plus 5 additional Psychology course
The Social Sciences major is designed to pro- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS ________________
GROUP I
18
vide students with a liberal arts experience
CONCENTRATION IN PRE-LAW
from the perspective of the social sciences. Economics 6
It is innovative both in its interdisciplinary History 6 PSCI 101 American Government 3
Political Science 6 PSCI 223 Introduction to the American 3
approach to subject matter and the options it
Psychology 6 Legal System
offers students to pursue their goals, wheth-
Sociology 6 SOC 315 Criminology 3
er in graduate school or government or the PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3
foreign service, in international agencies or 30 or SOC 231 Cultural Anthropology
business, in the law, teaching or community PSCI 398 Law Internship 3
GROUP II
service. In addition to completing the major
(i.e. meeting the requirements indicated in SOSC 395 Thesis or Senior Project 3 15
SOSC 300 Methods Seminar 3 CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY
Groups I & II), students may choose to add
(i) concentrations or minors in Criminal Jus- 6 Any 5 History Courses. HIST 207 American History 1and
HIST 208 American History 2 are strongly recommended.
tice, History, International Studies, Pre-Law, Total Major Semester Hours:_____________36
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, or 15
(ii) minors in career-related areas such as In- Any changes to these requirements require advisor approval. CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
ternational Business, Finance, Human Servic- MINOR/CONCENTRATION PSCI 209 UN Studies 3
es, and Education. Career opportunities tra- PSCI 207 World Politics 3
ditionally available to liberal arts students are IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: SOSC 207 World Regional Geography 3
much enhanced by the flexibility the Social MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY PHIL 216 World Religions 3
Science major permits. In its interdisciplinary SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 12
approach, its emphasis on breadth as well as or SOC 102 Social Problems 3 FREE ELECTIVES*_______________________ 20
depth of learning, and its focus on practical SOC 204 Marriage and Family 3
skills, the Social Science major prepares stu- SOSC 300 Research Methods 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGE*_____________________ 12
dents, for leadership roles in their communi- Plus 3 electives with chair approval 9 Competency in a foreign language is required of all Social
ties and the world, and for self-fulfillment, Science majors. Students may either demonstrate compe-
18 tency or complete coursework through the 104 level any
and for success in their careers. language offered at the University.
MINOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Learning Outcomes SOC 118 Intro to Criminal Justice
SOC 315 Criminology
3
3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
Students in the B.A. in Social Sciences pro- PSCI 233 Introduction to the American 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
gram will 1) possess a broad, liberal arts Legal System MATH Math Core 3
foundation and an understanding of how or PSCI101 American Government 3 or MATH C108 Ideas of Mathematics 3
developments in social and intellectual his- or SOC 311 Juvenile Delinquency 3 HUM Humanities Core 6
tory shape and affect human values and in- or SOC 270 Sociology of Deviance 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
stitutions; 2) demonstrate an understanding HUSV 315 Substance Abuse and Chemical SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
of basic social science methods; 3) demon- Dependency 3 FA Fine Arts Core 3
strate that they are conversant (i.e., possess PSCI 333 The Terror Network 3 FYS First year Studies 3
a basic grasp) in the disciplines subsumed SOC 398 Internship in Criminal Justice 3 CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
under the “social science” rubric at the Uni- Liberal Arts Electives 7
18
versity of Bridgeport, i.e., political science, Total Semester Hours__________________120
economics, international studies, and sociol- MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSCI 101 American Government 3
ogy; 4) demonstrate a more advanced “work-
or PSCI103 Intro to Political Science and Suggested Program
ing knowledge” of at least one social science
Political Research Methods 3 FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
discipline; 5) demonstrate they possess the
PSCI 204 Government and Politics Abroad 3
cognitive competencies and study skills to PSCI 207 World Politics 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
succeed in advanced/graduate studies in any IPED 206 Political Economy of North South HUM Humanities Core 3
of the social sciences or in law or business; Relations 3 Foreign Language 101 3

83
Social Sciences Bachelor of Arts Degree

MATH Math Core 3

History (Group I) 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
HUM Humanities Core 3
Foreign Language 102 3
Psychology (Group I) 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3
Political Science (Group I) 3
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
Foreign Language 103 3
Sociology (Group I) 3
Economics (Group I) 3
Political Science (Group I)
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
Foreign Language 104 3
Economics (Group I) 3
History (Group I) 3
Elective 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
Sociology (Group I) 3
Psychology (Group I) 3
Concentration 1, or Elective 3
Liberal Arts Elective 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
SOSC 300 Seminar in Methods 3
Concentration 2 & 3, or Electives 6
Liberal Arts Elective 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
SOSC 395 Thesis 3
Concentration 4, or Elective 3
Free Elective 6
Liberal Arts Elective 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
Free Electives 12
Total Semester Hours__________________120
*Students who do not meet the modern language require-
ment for the B.A. degree must use 3-12 semester hours free
electives, depending on their level of competency, to satisfy
this requirement.

84
Biology Master of Arts/Master of Science

programs. Graduates with master’s degrees must submit the following documents:
Charles Dana Hall in biology are expected to have additional • Official transcripts of all undergraduate
Telephone (203) 576-4253 opportunities in nonscientist positions re- (and any graduate) work
Fax: (203) 576-4262 lated to biology, in fields like sales, market-
• Evidence of successful completion of the
ing, publishing, and research management.
baccalaureate degree, with an overall cu-
The Biology Master’s degree programs of- Some examples of nonscientist job titles that
mulative index of B as well as a B or bet-
fer a contemporary biology curriculum that require or prefer a Master’s degree include
ter average in program prerequisites: Biol-
emphasizes the principles and experimen- Proposal Development Specialist, Global
ogy and cognate science courses, such as
tal approaches of modern biology. The M.S. Product Manager, Technical Sales Represen-
Biochemistry, Chemistry, or applied clini-
program emphasizes design and execution of tative, and Land Management Specialist.
cal lab-based science courses.
experimental research, while the M.A. pro-
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM • Two letters of recommendation
gram emphasizes career building.
The M.S. program requires a minimum of 30 • For M.A. students: If students decide to
The program offers a variety of customized
credit hours of coursework designed to meet complete the internship, they will be re-
options so students may select an academic
stated objectives of student learning for the quired to submit a letter of sponsorship
plan that best suits their goals. We offer de-
program. All credit hours must therefore be from a suitable internship site after enroll-
gree course paths in Molecular Biology, Bio-
graduate level (400-level or higher) courses ing in the graduate Biology program.
medical Science, or Ecology and Evolution.
in Biology, or cognate courses tailored to In addition, the candidate must have the fol-
We also offer two degree options, the Master
individual student interests, in Chemistry, lowing pre-requisites.
of Science (MS) or Master of Arts (MA) in
Mathematics, Computer Science, Engineer-
Biology. At least one course with a grade of C or bet-
ing, Health Science, or Medical Technology.
ter in each of the following areas: calculus,
All cognate courses are subject to depart-
Degree Options mental approval of their contributions to ei-
organic chemistry, physics, ecology, physi-
ology, cell biology, genetics, and molecular
ther the research or career skill acquisitions
MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.S.) IN biology. The courses must be designated as
listed in the programs objectives (see item
BIOLOGY III.1 below). Every student in the program
appropriate for biology majors. Students will
not be admitted to the program with more
This option emphasizes design and execu- must take the core courses Biology 445, 470,
than 9 credits of deficiency. Credits from
tion of experimental work. In this program, 490, 498 or 499 and Math 423/423B. Those
courses addressing deficiency do not count
the student will be required to complete a electing the thesis option (M.S.) must com-
toward the M.S./M.A. degree. Deficiencies
thesis featuring an original research. Students plete twenty four credits of course work and
must be remediated in the first 15 credits of
in this program will most likely be pursuing six credits of Master’s Research, culminating
the program either at UB or, with prior per-
terminal degrees following the completion of in a written thesis and oral defense, demon-
mission from the program chair, from else-
their degree. strating the program’s objective of successful
where.
acquisition by the student of independent re-
MASTER OF ARTS (M.A.) IN search skills. Students choosing the non-the-
BIOLOGY sis option (M.A.) must either complete thirty Learning Outcomes
This option emphasizes career building. As a three credits of course work in Biology or The program will prepare graduates to:
student in the M.A. degree program, students cognate courses aimed at further acquisition • Search, read and interpret current biologi-
will have the option of pursuing an internship and refinement of program student learning cal literature
or completing their degree with coursework objectives or thirty credits of course work • Develop an in-depth understanding of the
only. Students in the M.A. degree program and, with the approval of the graduate Chair scientific issues of a particular area of bi-
will most likely be working professionals in- of biology, three credits of intern experience ology
terested in advancing their careers by gaining in a professional setting aimed at student ac-
expertise in the field of biology. quisition of career skills targeted by the pro- • Develop expertise in research methods
gram. Both MS and MA students should take associated with an area of biology
CAREERS AND PROFESSIONS examinations, oral or written as appropriate. • Develop professional skills related to
AVAILABLE TO GRADUATES OF Upon completion of the internship, the stu- work in a specific area of biology or bio-
THE PROGRAM. dent should have a written report by the in- medical science
The program advances the skills and training tern advisor and should present a seminar at • Integrate techniques, skills, and under-
of students with degrees in Biology or related UB, demonstrating successful completion of standing of scientific principles across
fields, making them competitive for jobs in the area of their internship. various area sub-disciplines of biology.
private, academic, and government research The M.S. program will also develop indepen-
institutions, clinical laboratories, government Program Admissions and dent scientific research skills, including the
agencies, teaching opportunities and those
seeking to strengthen their applications to
Special Requirements ability to:
Applicants to the M.S. and M.A. programs • Formulate scientific hypotheses, design
doctoral programs and other professional

85
Biology Master of Arts/Master of Science

and execute experiments MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

• Collect, analyze and interpret experimen- Bio 404 Tissue Culture 3
tal data Bio 407 Microbial Genetics 3
• Deliver scientific ideas and experimen- Bio 421 Advanced Cell Biology 3
tal results both at scientific meetings and Bio 479 Bioinformatics 3
through preparation and publication of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE
manuscripts
Bio 418 Environmental Health 3
The M.A. program will also develop profes- Bio 441 Immunology 3
sional work skills, including the ability to: Bio 446 Environmental Toxicology 3
• Integrate knowledge of biology and bio- Bio 415 Animal Nutrition 3
logical research to occupations in clinical ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION
settings
Bio 402 Evolution 3
• Apply knowledge of biology and biologi- Bio 423 Advanced Ecology 3
cal research to occupations in commercial Bio 424 Physiological Ecology 3
or policy settings Bio 479 Bioinformatics 3
These objectives serve the university’s mis-
ELECTIVE COURSES
sion to offer “career-oriented undergraduate,
graduate and professional degrees and pro- Bio 401 Histology 4
grams for people seeking personal and pro- Bio 441 Immunology 4
fessional growth.” Bio 444 General Toxicology 4
Bio 480 Special Topics 3
Bio 404 Tissue Culture 3
Graduation Requirements Bio 415 Animal Nutrition 3
Comprehensive Examination: All students Bio 500 Maintaining Matriculation 0
must pass an oral or written comprehensive a for M.A., b for M.S.
examination as determined by their advisors, Total Semester hours __________________33
covering current theory, application and re-
search in areas appropriate to their training
and interests. In addition
• M.S. candidates must also submit and
defend a research thesis, which demon-
strates the student’s ability to conduct in-
dependent research.
• M.A. candidates may complete a literature
review, or those who choose the intern-
ship option must also submit a recom-
mendation letter from their internship
mentor and an internship report describ-
ing the work done in their internship and
the professional advancement outcomes
achieved. Furthermore the student should
present their work in a seminar at UB.

Curriculum
PROGRAM COMMON CORE COURSES
Bio 445 Advanced Methods in Molec Biology 3
Bio 470 Research Rotation 1
Bio 490 Departmental Seminar 1
Bio 498 Internship 3
Bio 499 Master’s Researchb 6
Math 423 Probability and Statistics 3
Math 423B Biostatistical Analysis 1

86
Counseling Master of Science Degree

demic evaluating service beyond the masters and/or complete licen-

Bates Hall Two recommendation letters sure requirements. Students who apply to
Telephone: (203) 576-4173 one program and wish to transfer to another
• Letters must be signed and come from
Telephone: (203) 576- 4585 must apply to change programs.
employers, professors or professional as-
sociates Upon entry into a program, students plan
an individualized plan of studies with their
• Clinical mental health counseling appli-
Admissions Requirements cants must obtain at least one recommen-
advisor in which graduate transfer credit of
The University has a rolling admissions no more than six credits may be included.
dation letter from someone who can attest
policy. To be fully admitted applicants must While students can take courses at their own
to field experience
have a bachelor’s degree from an accred- pace, all of the counseling degree programs
ited college or university with a minimum PERSONAL STATEMENT require a minimum of two years to complete.
GPA of 3.0 but will consider students with There is a set sequence of courses for each
In 250-500 words, detail your interest in
lower GPA’s for highly qualified applicants. concentration and some courses have pre-
the counseling program, your relevant
Applicants are expected to have earned a requisites. Courses are offered once a year,
academic and personal experience, and
B or better in at least 9 credits of psychol- typically in the evening or on weekends. In
describe your professional plans
ogy coursework (graduate or undergraduate) addition, there is a seven year time limit for
• Resume completion of all degree requirements.
such as Personality Theories, Abnormal Psy-
chology, or Clinical Psychology. They must • Interview Typically students take two-four courses
also successfully complete the supplemental Applicants who meet the minimum re- each term. Many students have full or part-
application portfolio which includes personal quirements will be invited for a personal time employment. Although it is possible to
references, a writing assignment, and an of- interview. take all course work in the late afternoon,
ficial transcript. evening, or on weekends, some additional
DEADLINES time during the day may be required to meet
PROGRAM PREREQUISITES Completed application and all supporting course expectations. This is especially true
Bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, from an documents must be received by: for internship placement.
accredited university or recognized interna- May 1 for priority consideration, July 1 (fi-
tional institution nal deadline) for the fall semester Professional Licensure
• Undergraduate cumulative grade point October 1 for priority consideration, De- Students interested in licensure should con-
average of 3.0 but they will consider stu- cember 1 (final deadline) for the spring sult the state in which they wish to practice
dents with lower GPA’s for highly quali- semester for specific requirements. The State of Con-
fied applicants. It is highly recommended that you meet our necticut requires a 60 credit master’s degree.
• Nine credits in undergraduate psychology priority deadline as program space is limited. Specific areas of coursework are also re-
coursework with a grade of B or higher. In addition to the general admissions re- quired. In addition, candidates for licensure
• Applicants need a minimum of three un- quirements listed above, candidates in the must complete supervised clinical experienc-
dergraduate credits in psychology, prefer- Clinical Mental Health Counseling Concen- es and obtain a qualifying score on a stan-
ably Abnormal Psychology, Human De- tration must demonstrate sustained experi- dardized examination. Students who wish to
velopment and Research Methods. ence in the field of Counseling. A personal pursue licensure should select the Clinical
interview is also required. Mental Health Counseling concentration.
• Minimum of 6-9 months of field experi-
ence working in social service agencies, Applicants who hold a bachelor’s degree
mental health professions or substance from an accredited college or university but Certificate of Advanced Study
use intervention sites. do not meet one or more of the above cri- For individuals who hold a master’s degree in
teria may be admitted provisionally. Those Counseling or a closely related field but lack
REQUIRED MATERIALS without the recommended background in one or more of the requirements for licen-
University of Bridgeport graduate applica- Psychology may be required to take addi- sure as a professional counselor, the Coun-
tion tional psychology-related coursework as part seling Program offers a specialized program
$50 application fee (non-refundable) of their degree program. of study leading to a Certificate of Advanced
• Checks or money orders should be made Study (CAS) in Clinical Mental Health Coun-
payable to the University of Bridgeport Programs seling. The requirements of this program are
individualized to the needs and goals of each
• Official transcripts from every school at- The Counseling Program offers a Master of student and consist of 30 credits.
tended Science degree in Counseling with a concen-
tration in Clinical Mental Health Counseling.
• International transcripts must include an
In addition to the master’s degree, a Certifi- Practicum
official course-by-course evaluation of all
academic work from an accredited aca- cate of Advanced Study (CAS) is offered for The practicum is designed to allow students
those who wish to take specialized courses to develop their counseling skills in a closely
supervised setting. The course instructor,

87
Counseling Master of Science Degree

student’s advisor, and site supervisor deter- Demonstrate knowledge, awareness and Coun 595 Addiction & Treatment 3
mine appropriate practicum activities. Ac- skills requisite for counseling persons from Coun 600 Clinical Mental Health Counseling
tivities could include observing/shadowing, different cultural contexts and of different Internship 1 (300 hours required) 6
attending staff meetings, tutoring, advising, levels of ability Coun 605 Clinical Mental Health Counseling
interviewing professional staff members, Internship 2 (300 hours required) 6
As measured by: C512,C545, Internship, Coun 610 Career & Lifestyle Development 3
studying materials and procedure manuals, CPCE Practicum (100 hours required) 4
and other support functions.
Apply counseling theories, techniques and 60
intervention to practice; in individual and
Internship group settings
Following the practicum and pre-requisite As measured by: C505, C570, Internship,
courses, students will pursue an internship. C512, C540
The goal of the internship is to further de-
velop and refine the skills established during Demonstrate knowledge of the ethical use of
practicum. You are eligible for the internship appraisal instruments
component of your program after completing As measured by: C582, CPCE
the required coursework and approval from Demonstrate an ability to diagnose mental
faculty. The internship is the heart of the health status
master’s degree training program in Coun- As measured by: C515, Internship
seling at the University of Bridgeport (UB).
It provides a venue within which students Demonstrate an ability to review counseling
receive the guidance necessary for develop- research and integrate its contribution to spe-
ment as an entry-level counselor. Program cific areas of knowledge
faculties provide didactic and experiential As measured by: C535, CPCE
training, which serves as the foundation for Demonstrate knowledge of, and skills in
the development of skills necessary for inde- Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
pendent work in clinical settings. The intern- As measured by: Cumulative Exam
ship operationalizes this training and, in the
person of the clinical supervisor, personifies
the profession with which the intern ideally Summary of Requirements
identifies. Therefore, careful consideration Masters students in the Division of Counsel-
should be given to the type of internship site ing are required to complete the following
that you choose and you should discuss this courses:
closely with your advisor. Successful intern-
ship training can only occur when program CONCENTRATION IN CLINICAL
faculty and site supervisors form a close col- MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING
laborative relationship with the mission of (CMHC)
providing quality training and the develop- The concentration in Clinical Mental Health
ment of the intern as a whole person. In- Counseling is designed to prepare students
ternships are not guaranteed and approval for work as mental health counselors and re-
to attend internship is dependent upon stu- quires advanced coursework in clinical skills,
dents’ performance both interpersonally and psychopathology, appraisal procedures, ad-
academically. Internships must be completed diction, and psychotherapeutic techniques.
over two semesters, typically over the course
Course Number Course Name Credits
of a full academic year, starting in the fall and
ending in the spring. Coun 505 Helping Relationships 4
Coun 512 Theories of Counseling 3
Coun 515 Clinical Skills for Counselors 3
Learning Outcomes Coun 535 Research Methods 3
Graduates in Clinical Mental Health Counsel- Coun 540 Group Process Application & Theory 4
ing will: Coun 545 Social & Cultural Foundations 3
Evidence understanding of the role of a Coun 552 Human Growth & Development 3
Coun 568 Counselor as Professional 3
counselor; including ethical practice, coun-
Coun 570 Strategies & Techniques of Counseling 4
selor behaviors and professional associations
Coun 582 Appraisal Processes for Counselors 3
As measured by: Internship, Participation Coun 585 Trauma & Crisis Intervention 3
in professional associations, C570, C568 Coun 587 Topics in Behavioral Medicine 3

88
Criminal Justice and Human Security Master of Arts Degree

globalized population where norms and terial, and 15 semester-hours (or five courses)
Carlson Hall, Room 209 values may differ of electives. This includes completion of the
Telephone: (203) 576-4869 • Demonstrate an understanding of the role following three Capstone projects: CJHS
of non-state actors in international crime 591 Internship (or, in rare cases, alternate
and justice, in such fields as norm cre- coursework that requires permission of the
Program Description ation, deviance, terrorism, and crime pre- academic advisor); CJHS 598 CJHS Capstone;
vention and CJHS 599 (a Thesis or a Project Dem-
UB’s Master of Arts in Criminal Justice and
onstrating Competency (PDC)). The program
Human Security degree program is designed • Demonstrate an understanding of the
will require two years for completion.
to help you attain expertise in the worldwide interpretations of religion, ideology, and
political, cultural, and socioeconomic condi- culture that contribute to the proliferation
tions that contribute to crime and its attenua- and/or the deterrence of violence and
tion. Our program will help you gain insight crime
into the cultural, ethnic, religious and ideo-
logical differences often discovered at the root Curriculum
of criminal acts, violence, and terror. Among
While pursuing your Master of Arts in Crimi-
some of the in-depth topics covered in this
nal Justice and Human Security degree, you
program: domestic, international, and com-
will be required to take 21 semester hours of
parative criminal law; transnational crime;
core courses and 15 semester hours of elec-
cybercrime, and cyberterrorism—all taught
tives.
by experienced faculty from UB’s School of
Public and International Affairs. Human se-
PROGRAM CORE REQUIREMENTS (WITH
curity, as it relates to modern threats such
as terrorism, human trafficking, and ethno- CONCENTRATIONS)
centric violence, will also be explored. This These courses are specific to the Master of
broader understanding of human rights and Arts in Criminal Justice and Human Security
its connection to history, global policy, inter- degree program.
national peace and security, and humanitar- CJHS 501 Criminal Justice Research Methods
ian affairs provides a strong foundation on
CJHS 511 Human Security and Approaches to Justice
which you will be able to draw correlations
and build solutions towards a safer world. CJHS 530 US Law and Criminal Justice
CJHS 532 Law Enforcement Management
Learning Objectives CJHS 591 Internship
• Demonstrate the skills necessary to excel CJHS 598 CJHS Capstone
in professional careers in federal, state, CJHS 599A Thesis
and international law enforcement agen- or CJHS 599B Project Demonstrating Competence
cies where intercultural communication
skills, foreign language skills, and insights ELECTIVE COURSES
into other cultures are increasingly impor-
tant both to address criminal activity and Select five electives that appeal to your area
to take needed steps to prevent it of interest.
CJHS 522 International Conflict and Negotiation
• Demonstrate an understanding of and ap-
CJHS 535 Theories on Crimes, Norms, and Deviance
preciation of the rule of law, law enforce- (comparative across major cultural spheres
ment’s role in the securing and protection & historically)
of civil and human rights, and an un- CJHS 540 International Criminal Law
derstanding of the social conditions and
CJHS 550 Comparative Criminal Procedures
circumstances that foster or discourage
criminal behavior CJHS 559 Cybercrime and Cyberterrorism
CJHS 560 Transnational Crime—Drugs, Human Traf-
• Demonstrate an understanding of Human ficking, Arms Shipment
Security and its role in the realization of a
CJHS 578 Topics in Criminal Justice Policy
just and lawful society and the impact that
this understanding of security has upon The Master of Arts in Criminal Justice and
the existing notions of national, regional Human Security degree program requires
and international security successful completion of 36 semester-hours
• Demonstrate the intercultural literacy of required coursework broken into 21 se-
skills needed to relate to an increasingly mester-hours (or seven courses) of core ma-

89
Global Development and Peace Master of Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER planning, analysis and implementation of • Diplomacy and Negotiation
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR projects related to socioeconomic develop- The degree offers four potential tracks and
INTERNAL TRANSFERS ment or conflict resolution. students should choose from one of the fol-
Carlson Hall Students will demonstrate an understand- lowing:
Telephone: (203) 576-4966 ing of the institutional prerequisites for good
governance in developing countries. A: CONFLICT ANALYSIS AND RESOLUTION
Students will demonstrate an appreciation of TRACK
Program Description the impact that religion and culture can have
For those interested in conflict management
The Master of Arts in Global Development on socioeconomic development
and Peace is designed for individuals who in- Students will demonstrate the basic skills B: INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY
tend to pursue careers in international public needed for effective communication and ne-
service through intergovernmental organiza- AND DEVELOPMENT TRACK
gotiation.
tions, government agencies, and non-gov- For those interested in development and its
Students will demonstrate skills needed in
ernmental organizations. Graduates of the challenges
problem solving and in project management
Master of Arts in Global Development and
through an overseas internship.
Peace will also be prepared for the careers C: GLOBAL MANAGEMENT TRACK
in the private sector, especially to work in Students will demonstrate a working knowl-
banks, insurance companies, corporations, edge of a second language in addition to For those interested in working in the com-
and management firms that have branch of- English. mercial domain, especially in emerging and
fices, holdings, partnerships, and/or clients developing economies.
in developing countries. Masters of Arts Core
D: GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION
This graduate degree is designed to allow fu- Requirements
ture civil servants and business professionals For those interested in public diplomacy or
The program is developed as a 36 credit grad-
interested in global development and human in serving as a spokesperson.
uate course of study that requires four semes-
security to develop an understanding of
ters of study including a overseas internship.
• Extant models of socioeconomic develop-
ment
It requires the student to have completed Curriculum
some foundational coursework in political GLDP 511 Issues in Economic Development
• Prerequisites for good governance in de- economy and have a working knowledge of GLDP 522 International Conflict and Negotiation
veloping countries at least one world language. Students may GLDP 528 Sociopolitical Implications of the World’s
• The impact of religion and culture on in- apply without the prerequisites, but they will Religions
tra- and interstate relations. need to demonstrate competency in these Or GLDP 525 Globalization
areas prior to completion of their degree. Un- GLDP 501 Research Methods
Students in the program will also develop GLDP 591 Internship (or, in rare cases, alternate
dergraduate students in the College of Public
competence in: coursework that requires permission of the
and International Affairs who complete 12
• Quantitative and qualitative research and academic advisor);
semester hours of the program in addition to
analysis. GLDP 598 Tutorial
all the requirements for their undergraduate GLDP 599 Thesis
• Negotiation and conflict resolution. degree may receive a Graduate Certificate in
• Project management and related problem- Global Development & Peace provided they SPECIALIZATION TRACK A CONFLICT ANALYSIS
solving skills receive no grade lower than a B in the 12 AND RESOLUTION
graduate credits that they complete. These
They are also expected to develop or dem-
12 semester hours must be in excess of the CHOOSE TWO:
onstrate a Foreign Service Level 2 (limited
required 120 semester hours for graduation GLDP 535x Peace Psychology
working proficiency) of at least one world
with the Bachelor’s degree. GLDP 581 Advanced Diplomacy
language beside English.
The curriculum of the Master’s degree is de- GLDP 524 Political and Economic Integration
All courses are 3 credits.
signed so that students will develop compe- CHOOSE 2 PLUS ONE COURSE IN ANOTHER TRACK B, C,
tency in the following areas: OR D
Learning Outcomes • Qualitative and Quantitative Research GLDP 560 Sustainable Development
The Master of Arts in Global Development & Methods and Their Applications to Devel- GMCS 543 Communication and National Development
Peace has the following learning outcomes: opment. GLDP 563 International Human Rights
Students will be able to explain and compare • International Political Economy and the GMCS 529 Advanced Intercultural Communication
the major extant models for socioeconomic Major Theories of Development.
development. SPECIALIZATION TRACK B INTERNATIONAL
• An Appreciation of the Role played by Re- POLITICAL ECONOMY & DEVELOPMENT
Students will demonstrate that they have ligion and Culture in Development
acquired the quantitative and qualitative re- CHOOSE TWO:
• Conflict Analysis and Resolution
search skills needed to undertake effective

90
Global Development and Peace Master of Arts Degree

GLDP 523 Corruption strated difficulty communicating in English

GLDP 540 Culture and Development or may be required to take an advanced ELI
GLDP 563 International Human Rights course even if they have earned between
Choose 2 plus one course in Track A, C, or D 213/550 and 250/600 TOEFL scores.
GLDP 540 Culture and Development
GLDP 560 Sustainable Development MINIMUM GRADE POINT AVERAGE
MGMT 532 Global Program and Project REQUIREMENT
GSB 539 International Issues Candidates for the Masters of Arts in Global
SPECIALIZATION TRACK C GLOBAL MEDIA AND Development & Peace are required to main-
COMMUNICATION tain a minimum semester grade point average
of 3.0 to remain in good academic standing.
CHOOSE TWO: The Master of Arts in Global Development
GMCS 511 Communication Theory may only be conferred upon a student who
GMCS 529 Advanced Intercultural Communication has the minimum required average of a 3.0
GMCS 543 Communication and National Development at the conclusion of the student’s studies. To
GMCS 555 News Media & International journalism receive credit for the completion of one of
GMSC 562 Media Communication Law and Legal Issues the tracks, a minimum of a “B” must be re-
ceived in each course within the concentra-
CHOOSE TWO PLUS ONE COURSE IN TRACK A, B OR D
tion. Students failing to maintain minimum
GMCS 555 News Media & International journalism academic standards will be placed on aca-
GMSC 562 Media Communication Law and Legal Issues demic probation at the end of the first semes-
GLDP 529 Advanced Intercultural Communication
ter in which they do not maintain a semester
SPECIALIZATION TRACK D GLOBAL or overall GPA of at least 3.0 or earn a C- or
MANAGEMENT lower grade in any class. If the student fails
to raise his overall GPA above a 3.0 by the
CHOOSE TWO: end of the semester following being placed
GLDP 523 Corruption on academic probation, fails again to earn at
GSB 537/MGMT 532 Global Program and Project least a 3.0 semester GPA or again earns a C-
Management or lower grade in any class, she or he will be
GSB 580/MGMT 523 Leadership, Teams & Managing separated from the GLDP program. A student
Change separated from the program may apply for
GLDP 528 Political and Economic Integration readmission to the program following a mini-
CHOOSE TWO PLUS ONE COURSE IN TRACK B, C, OR D mum of one semester of not participating in
FIN 500 International Trade and Finance the program. If, following this, the student
FIN 630 International Financial Management does not achieve the needed 3.0, he or she
FIN 743 Technical Analysis & Trading is definitively separated from the program.
GLDP 561 Sustainable Development * Note for all academic programs in the School
MGMT 779 International Issues of Public and International Affairs, a portfo-
MGMT 632 Global Program and Project Management lio is collected to track progress in program-
matic outcomes.
Total Semester hours __________________36

ENGLISH LANGUAGE
REQUIREMENT
For applicants whose native language is not
English, a minimum score of 213 (computer)
or 550 (paper) on the TOEFL (Test of English
as a Foreign Language) is required.
Exception to these requirements will be
considered on a case-by-case basis in con-
sultation with the Director of the University’s
English Language Institute and following
completion of an oral and written English
exam that is administered by the English
Language Institute. Students with demon-

91
Global Media and Communication Studies Master of Arts Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER an effective communicator, writer, and the corporate world.
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR spokesperson
INTERNAL TRANSFERS • Demonstrate an understanding of the dif- Curriculum
Carlson Hall ferent media systems in the world and
Telephone: (203) 576-4966 patterns of communication ALL COURSES ARE 3 CREDITS
• Demonstrate abilities and skills to com- CORE CURRICULUM (REQUIRED FOR BOTH PROGRAM
municate across cultures and nations TRACKS):
Program Description • Demonstrate an ability to use media and GLDP/GMCS 501 Research Methods
The Master of Arts in Global Media and communication skills to address conflicts GMCS 529 Advanced Intercultural
Communication Studies is designed to pre- and misunderstandings Communication
pare students to become communication GMCS 511 Communication Theories
• Demonstrate an understanding of the le-
specialists who can respond to the informa- GMCS 537 Global Communication and Mass
gal and ethical issues in media communi- Media
tion revolution and the globalization of me-
cation GMCS 590 Media Communication Law and Legal
dia. The program conveys the importance
• Demonstrate abilities and skills in gather- Issues
of media experts that possess intercultural
ing, writing, and reporting news in for- GMCS 591 Internship (or, in rare cases,
sensitivity and an ability to transcend bor- alternate coursework that requires
ders and interpret the communications of eign countries
permission of the academic advisor).
other cultures. The program’s Global Com- • Develop abilities to create effective media GMCS 598 Tutorial
munications Track introduces and supports content GMCS 599 Thesis or Project Demonstrating
its students to develop the skills needed for • Demonstrate abilities to assess, use, and Excellence
careers in as spokespersons, cross-cultural interpret information 24
communications specialists for governmen- • Develop basic knowledge of at least one
tal, nongovernmental public diplomacy and REQUIRED COURSES FOR TRACK OPTIONS
world language other than English.
for work with transnational corporations. Its (TAKE GMCS 543 AND TWO ADDITIONAL
New Media Track prepares students as web- COURSES)
masters and content managers for industry Masters of Arts Core REQUIREMENTS FOR TRACK A: GLOBAL
and for the work in the public sector. Requirements COMMUNICATION TRACK:
The Master of Arts in Global Media and Com- The Master of Arts in Global Media and GMCS 555 News Media and International
munication Studies is a two-year program. It Journalism 3
Communication Studies is a 36 semester hour
requires the completion of 36 semester hours GMCS/GLDP 543 Communication and National
graduate course of study that requires four to Development 3
of class work, including an internship, tuto- five semesters, including an overseas intern- GMCS 557 Political Communication and
rial and thesis. Students who enter the pro- ship. Public Diplomacy 3
gram are expected to have completed at least The Master of Arts in Global Media and GMCS 535 International Advertising and
one year of college foreign language study or Communication Studies offers two potential Public Relations 3
pass a language proficiency exam. Students tracks and students choose one based on in- GLDP 522 International Conflict and
who have not studied a foreign language terests and skills: Negotiation 3
must do such study in order to graduate. Do- 9
mestic students must do the internship in a GLOBAL COMMUNICATION TRACK
country where the foreign language that they REQUIREMENTS FOR TRACK B: NEW MEDIA
have studied is spoken and it may be done COMMUNICATION TRACK:
Students who elect this concentration will
over two summers if necessary. Non-US stu- normally pursue a career in public diploma- (Take GMCS 546 and two additional courses)
dents who speak another global language cy either (strike either) as a communications GMCS 518 Traditional Media and New Media 3
besides English may do their internship ei- specialist either with a government, a gov- GMCS 552 Advanced Web Publishing and
Design II 3
ther locally or overseas. ernment agency, an intergovernmental agen- GMCS 572 Advanced Digital Video Creation II 3
cy or a non-governmental agency or with a GMCS 546 Social Media, Business and Society 3
Learning Outcomes transnational corporation. GMCS/GLDP 543 Communication and National
The curriculum of the Master of Arts in Development 3
Global Media and Communication Studies is
NEW MEDIA TRACK
9
designed so that students develop and dem- Students choosing this track will normally Free elective 3
onstrate competency in the following areas: work as webmasters, web designers or spe- Total Semester Hours __________________36
• Demonstrate an understanding of the cialists for government-related agencies or in
roles and functions of traditional and new
media
• Demonstrate an ability to function as

92
Global Media and Communication Studies Master of Arts Degree

ENGLISH LANGUAGE
REQUIREMENT
For applicants whose native language is not
English, a minimum score of213 (computer)
or 550 (paper) on the TOEFL (Test of English
as a Foreign Language) is required. Excep-
tion to these requirements will be consid-
ered on a case-by-case basis in consultation
with the Director of the University’s English
Language Institute and following completion
of an oral and written English exam that is
administered by the English Language Insti-
tute. Students with demonstrated difficulty
communicating in English may be required
to take an advanced ELI course even if they
have earned between 213/550 and 250/600
TOEFL scores.

MINIMUM GRADE POINT AVERAGE

REQUIREMENT
Candidates for the Masters of Arts in Global
Media and Communication Studies are re-
quired to maintain a minimum semester
grade point average of 3.0 to remain in good
academic standing. The Master’s degree may
only be conferred upon a student who has
the minimum required average of a 3.0 at
the conclusion of the student’s studies. To re-
ceive credit for the completion of one of the
tracks, a minimum of a “B” must be received
in each course within the concentration.
Students failing to maintain minimum aca-
demic standards will be placed on academic
probation at the end of the first semester in
which they do not maintain a semester or
overall GPA of at least 3.0 or earn a C- or
lower grade in any class. If the student fails
to raise his overall GPA above a 3.0 by the
end of the semester following being placed
on academic probation, fails again to earn
at least a 3.0 semester GPA or again earns a
C-or lower grade in any class, she or he will
be separated from the GLDP program.
A student separated from the program may
apply for readmission to the program follow-
ing a minimum of one semester of not par-
ticipating in the program.

93
 COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING, BUSINESS,
AND EDUCATION

94
 COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING, BUSINESS,
AND EDUCATION
School of Engineering Programs

95
Computer Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree
jor coursework, Engineering and Techni- Learning Outcomes
Engineering Technology Building cal Electives, and STEM coursework at the
Telephone: (203) 576-4145 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as per Our Computer Engineering Students will:
Fax: (203) 576-4765 the program requirements) at the University 1. Demonstrate comprehension of math,
of Bridgeport. science, and basic computer engineering
Students are able to transfer classes, if ap- topics.
Curriculum and Program proved by the chair and dean, outside the
2. Comprehend the design of computer ar-
University at lower (100-200) levels or Fresh-
Requirements man/Sophomore level (as per the program
chitectures; and integrated systems hav-
ing major hardware and software com-
The ever increasing use of the computer requirements) only at the time of transferring
ponents.
in today’s world offers expanding into the program; and based on UB’s transer
opportunities in this field of specialization. policy as it pertains to evaluation of course 3. Exhibit problem solving skills.
This program provides a bridge between descriptions, syllabi and examples of work 4. Have the ability to use techniques, skills,
the disciplines of electrical engineering done in transferred-in classes. and modern engineering tools necessary
and computer science. Graduates for engineering practice.
COURSE SUBSTITUTION POLICY
can enter such fields as chip design, 5. Work effectively on teams.
software engineering, robotics, computer All undergraduate ABET accredited pro- 6. Demonstrate the ability to identify and
networks, internet of things, network grams students must complete all Engineer apply concepts of engineering econom-
security and a variety of computer- ing major coursework, Engineering and ics and project planning.
controlled applications. This requires Technical Electives, and STEM coursework
the development of the engineering 7. Demonstrate knowledge of contempo-
at the 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level
approach through the understanding of rary global and societal issues and their
(as per the program requirements) at
engineering mathematics, digital and relationship to professional ethics and
the University of Bridgeport; and as per
analog electronics and control, as well as engineering solutions.
defined in the program requirements.
computer languages, computing theory There will be NO course substitutions 8. Demonstrate the ability to plan and con-
and computer architecture. Design and allowed for these classes as defined in the duct laboratory experiments and inter-
problem solving form the heart of the program requirements. pret and report the results.
discipline and a variety of computer aided 9. Exercise strong oral and written commu-
design (CAD) tools are utilized to facilitate Substitution courses may be allowed nication skills including those needed
learning and implementation. at lower (100-200) levels or Freshman/ for technical writing.
Sophomore level (as per the program 10. Have an awareness of the need for and
The graduate from this program will requirements) with the approval of the
obtain the basic education in the first three demonstrate the ability to keep learning
Department Chair and School Dean. throughout life along with an apprecia-
years. The final year is utilized to explore
specific areas of interest. One can choose tion of diversity in the world and in in-
a software oriented program including
Program Objectives tellectual areas.
such areas as artificial intelligence, deep Our Computer Engineering Graduates will:
learning, computer vision, cyber security,
1. Develop effective and innovative solu-
Summary of Requirements
cloud computing and web application
tions to challenging engineering prob- ENGINEERING CORE REQUIREMENTS_________
design, or a hardware oriented program
lems.
pointing toward computer or integrated CHEM 103/103L General Chemistry I with Lab 4
circuit design, robotics, internet of things 2. Become leaders in emerging technolo- CPEG 210 Digital System Design I 3
and networking. gies, developing future state-of-the-art CPEG 286 Microprocessor System Design 3
designs and products based on new fun- CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
The engineering approach and knowledge damental theories. ELEG 233/235 Electrical Engineering I
of hardware and software design are 3. Lead teams of engineers and collaborate with Lab 4
the attributes that make it unique. This with other professionals in multidisci- FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3*
program is accredited by the Engineering plinary environments. ENGR 290 Economics.and Mangement of
Accreditation Commission of the Engineering Project 3
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 4. Maintain an awareness of the global and MATH 215 Calculus III 4
Technology. A total of 121 semester hours societal environment, and engineer solu- MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
are required for graduation. tions to problems as they arise. MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
5. Engage in life-long learning by pursu- MEEG 223 Materials Science for Engineers 3
TRANSFER POLICY ing advanced degrees and professional
All undergraduate ABET accredited programs development leading to career advance-
students must complete all Engineering ma- ment.

96
Computer Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree

33+3* CHEM 103/103L General Chemistry I with Lab 4 EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________

PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4 CPEG 349B CPEG Senior Design Project 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ MATH 112 Calculus II 4 Technical Elective I 3
CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3 Technical Elective II 3
CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3 (Data Structures & Algorithms)
CPEG 315 Digital Design II with Lab 4 HUM Humanities Core 3
CPEG 387 Embedded System Design 3 THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________
*Technical Elective - This elective must
CPEG 447/ELEG/CPEG 448 Logic Synthesis/VLSI Design 3 MATH 215 Calculus III 4 be chosen from any senior level/graduate
CPEG 349 A, B CPEG Senior Design Project 4* PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4 level course in CPEG, CPSC or ELEG like
CPEG 371, CPEG 415, CPEG 472, CPEG
CPEG 489 Software Engineering 3 ELEG 233/235 Electrical Engineering I with Lab 4 510, CPEG 561, CPEG 577, CPEG 585,
CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II CPEG 210 Digital System Design I 3 CPEG 586, CPSC 440, CPSC 501, ELEG 364,
(Data Structures and Algorithms) 3 ENGL 204 Technical Writing for CPEG 1 ELEG 446, ELEG 451, ELEG 458
CPSC 227 Discrete Structures 3
ELEG 234/236 Network Analysis II with Lab 3
ELEG 348 Electronics I 3 FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
ELEG 317 Introduction to Control Systems 3 MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
ELEG 333/CPEG 460 Signals and Systems/Introduction MEEG 223 Material Science for Engineers 3
to Robotics 3 ELEG 234/236 Network Analysis II with Lab 3
ENGL 204 Technical Writing for CPEG 1 CPEG 286 Microprocessor System Design 3
MATH 214/314 Linear Algebra/Numerical Analysis 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
Technical Elective 6
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
Free Elective 3
47+4* MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
ELEG 317 Introduction to Controls Systems 3
* Credits counted under General Education Requirements ELEG 348 Electronics I 3
CPEG 315 Digital Design II with Lab 4
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ FA Fine Arts Core 3

ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________

MATH 110 Calculus I 4 MATH 214/314 Linear Algebra/Numerical Analysis 3
MATH 112 Calculus II 4 CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3
PHYS 207/208 Principles of Physics I, II 8 CPEG 387 Embedded System Design 3
HUM Humanities Core 6 ENGR 290 Economics and Management of
SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 Engineering Projects 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
FYS** First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
CAPS 390** CPEG 349 Senior Design Project 4
41 CPEG 349A CPEG Senior Design Project 1
ELEG 333/CPEG 460 Signals and Systems/Introduction
Total Semester Hours 121 to Robotics 3
CPEG 489 Software Engineering 3
** FYS & CAPS General Education Requirements are met CPEG 447/ELEG/CPEG 448 Logic Synthesis/VLSI Design 3
by Engineering Core and Program Requirements. SOSC Social Science Core 3
Free Elective 3
Suggested Program

FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
MATH 110 Calculus I 4
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3
CPSC 227 Discret Structures 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________

97
Computer Engineering Technology Bachelor of Science Degree
fer policy as pertains to evaluation of course perimental results to improve processes.
Engineering Technology Building descriptions, syllabi and examples of work 4. An ability to design systems, compo-
Telephone: (203) 576-4578 done in transferred-in classes. nents, or processes for broadly-defined
Fax: (203) 576-4765 engineering technology problems ap-
COURSE SUBSTITUTION POLICY
propriate to program educational objec-
All undergraduate ABET accredited pro- tives.
Curriculum and Program grams students must complete all Engineer-
5. An ability to function effectively as a
ing major coursework, Engineering and
Requirements Technical Electives, and STEM coursework
member or leader on a technical team.
The UB Bachelor of Science in Computer En- at the 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as 6. An ability to identify, analyze, and solve
gineering Technology, BS degree program is per the program requirements) at the Uni- broadly-defined engineering technol-
designed to address the need for graduates versity of Bridgeport; and as per defined in ogy problems.
with skills in computer programming, com- the program requirements. There will be NO 7. An ability to apply written, oral, and
puter hardware and computer networks. The course substitutions allowed for these classes graphical communication in both tech-
Computer Engineering Technology program as defined in the program requirements. nical and non-technical environments;
provides students with the opportunity to Substitution courses may be allowed at lower and an ability to identify and use ap-
focus on applications and implementations (100-200) levels or Freshman/Sophomore propriate technical literature.
more than theory and conceptual design. level (as per the program requirements) with 8. An understanding of the need for and
This program is open for new enrollment the approval of the Department Chair and an ability to engage in self-directed con-
and for transfer students from community School Dean. tinuing professional development.
colleges.
9. An understanding of and a commitment
The Computer Engineering Technology pro- Program Objectives to address professional and ethical re-
gram at the University of Bridgeport will sponsibilities including a respect for di-
Our Computer Engineering Technology
prepare graduates with the skills necessary versity.
Graduates will:
to enter careers in the design, application,
installation, programming, networking, and 1. Be proficient in defining and solving en-
operation of computer systems. Graduate gineering problems.
students are well prepared for development 2. Achieve expertise at developing engi- Summary of Requirements
and implementation of computer systems neering systems.
ENGINEERING CORE REQUIREMENTS_________
and networks. 3. Be effective communicators and team
Engineering programs often focus on theory players. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
and conceptual design, while engineering 4. Appreciate diversity of opinion, under- CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
technology programs usually focus on ap- stand ethical issues and demonstrate a CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
plication and implementation. Engineer- commitment towards profession. CPEG 286 Intoduction to Microprocessor 3
ing programs typically require additional, CPEG 210 Digital Design I 3
5. Be prepared for lifelong careers and CPEG 315 Digital Systems Design II with Lab 4
higher-level mathematics, including multiple professional growth.
semesters of calculus and calculus-based CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3
theoretical science courses, while engineer- CPEG 387 Embedded System Design 3
ing technology programs typically focus on Learning Outcomes ELEG 233 Network Analysis I 3
algebra, trigonometry, applied calculus, and Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Com- ELEG 235 Network Analysis I with Lab 1
puter Engineering Technology degree pro- ELEG 234 Network Analysis II for Engineering
other courses that are more practical than
gram are expected to be able to demonstrate: Technology (No Laplace & Fourier)
theoretical in nature.
Transformers (NEW) 2
1. An ability to select and apply the knowl- ELEG 236 Network Analysis II with Lab-with
TRANSFER POLICY edge, techniques, skills, and modern Applications (NEW) 1
All undergraduate ABET accredited programs tools of the discipline to broadly-de- Free Electives 15
students must complete all Engineering ma- fined engineering technology activities. CPET 349A Senior Design Project I 1*
jor coursework, Engineering and Techni- 2. An ability to select and apply a knowl- CPET 349B Senior Design Project II 3*
cal Electives, and STEM coursework at the edge of mathematics, science, engineer-
300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as per ing, and technology to engineering PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (MISC.)
the program requirements) at the University technology problems that require the FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3*
of Bridgeport. application of principles and applied ENGR 290 Economics & Management of
Students are able to transfer classes, if ap- procedures or methodologies. Engineering Projects 3
proved by the chair and dean, outside the CPSC 329 Fundamental of Algorithms 3
3. An ability to conduct standard tests and
University at lower (100-200) levels or Fresh- measurements; to conduct, analyze, and
man/Sophomore level (as per the program
interpret experiments; and to apply ex-
requirements) only at the time of transferring
into the program; and based on UB’s trans-

98
Computer Engineering Technology Bachelor of Science Degree

DIRECTED ELECTIVES (SELECT 21 CREDITS) THIRD SEMESTER

CPEG 371 Data and Computer Communication 3 MATH 109 Precalculus Math 4
CPEG 472 Computer Communication II: Networks 3 PHYS 202 General Physics II, with Lab 4
CPEG 482 Network Administration 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
CPEG 461 Network Security 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
CPEG 481 Mobile Communications 3 Free Elective 3
CPSC 400 Object Oriented Programming w/C++ 3
CPSC 329 Fundamental of Algorithms 3 FOURTH SEMESTER
CPSC 350 Database Design 3 MATH 110 Calculus & Analytical Geometry I 4
CPSC 442 Python Programming 3 HUM Humanities HUM 3
TCMG 568 Introduction to SQL and R 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
CPSC 389 Software Engineering 3 FA Fine Arts Core 3
CPEG 308 Operating Systems 3 Free Elective 3
CPEG 377 Internet of Things 3 FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
_____
68+7* ELEC 233 Network Analysis I 3
* Credits counted under General Education Requiements. ELEG 235 Network Analysis I with Lab 1
ENGR 290 Economics & Management of
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ Engineer Projects 3
CPEG 210 Digital Design I 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 CPEG 286 Introduction to Microprocessor 3
ENGL 204 Technical Writing 1 CHEM 113 Introduction to Chemistry, with Lab 4
SOSC Social Science Core 6
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
HUM Humanities Core 6
FA Fine Arts Core 3 ELEG 234 Network Analysis II for Engineering
CHEM 113 Introduction to Chemistry, with Lab 4 Technology (No Laplace & Fourier 2
PHYS 201 General Physics I, with Lab 4 ELEG 236 Network Analysis II, with Lab,
PHYS 202 General Physics II, with Lab 4 with Applications 1
MATH 106 College Algebra 3 CPEG 315 Digital Design II with Lab 3
MATH 109 Precalculus Math 4 CPEG 387 Embedded System Design 3
MATH 110 Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 MATH 203 Elementary Statistics 3
MATH 203 Elementary Statistics 3
FYS** First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER
CAPS 390** CPET 349 Senior Design Project 4 CPET 349A Senior Design Project I 1
CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3
52
Technical Elective 3
** FYS & CAPS General Education Requiements are met by Technical Elective 3
Engineering Program Requirements. Technical Elective 3
Technical Elective 3
Total Semester Hours__________________120
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________

Suggested Program CPET 349B Senior Design Project II 3

Technical Elective 3
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ Technical Elective 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Technical Elective 3
MATH 106 College Algebra 3
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing 3 *Technical Elective – This elective must be chosen from
FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3 any senior level/graduate level course in CPEG /CPSC/ELEG
like CPEG 371, CPEG 410, CPEG 415, CPEG 460, CPEG
Free Elective 3 472, CPEG 473, CPEG 540, CPSC 400, CPSC 440, ELEG 451,
SECOND SEMESTER ELEG 458
PHYS 201 General Physics I, with Lab 4
CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II 3
ENGL 204 Technical Writing 1
Free Elective 3
Free Elective 3

99
Computer Science Bachelor of Science Degree

topics.
Engineering Technology Building 2. Have the ability to apply mathematical 31+7**
Telephone: (203) 576-4145 foundations, algorithmic principles, and
Fax: (203) 576-4765 computer science theory in the model- ** FYS & CAPS General Education Requirements are met
ing and design of computer-based sys- by Engineering Core and Program Requirements.
tems.
Curriculum and Program 3. Exhibit problem solving skills.
Requirements 4. Have the ability to use techniques, CORE REQUIREMENTS___________________
Today, computing is an enormously vibrant skills, and modern software tools neces- FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3*
field. From its inception just half a century sary for professional practice. CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
ago, computing has become the defining 5. Work effectively in teams. CPSC 102/102a Introduction to Computer II
technology of our age. Computers are inte- (Data Structures) 3
6. Demonstrate the ability to identify and CPSC 201 Advanced Data & File
gral to modern culture and are the primary apply concepts of engineering econom- Structures 3
engine behind much of the world’s economic ics and project planning. CPSC 203 2nd Programming Language 3
growth. The field, moreover, continues to CPSC 227 Discrete Structures 3
7. Demonstrate knowledge of contempo-
evolve at an astonishing pace. New technolo- CPEG 210 Digital System Design I 3
rary global and societal issues and their
gies are introduced continually, and existing CPEG 286 Microprocessor System
relationship to professional ethics and
ones become obsolete in the space of a few Design 3
engineering solutions.
years. The rapid evolution of the discipline ENGR 290 Economics & Management
has a profound effect on computing educa- 8. Demonstrate the ability to plan and con-
of Computing Projects 3
tion, affecting both content and pedagogy. duct laboratory experiments and inter- CPSC 301 Programming Languages 3
pret and report the results. CPSC 329 Fundamentals of Algorithms 3
Computer science core courses provide ba-
sic coverage of algorithms, data structures, 9. Exercise strong oral and written com- CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3
software design, concepts of programming munication skills including those need- CPEG 308 Operating Systems 3
languages, and computer organization and ed for technical writing. CPSC 349A,B Senior Design Project 4*
architecture. Theoretical foundations, prob- 10. Have an awareness of the need for and CPSC 350 Database Design 3
lem analysis, and solution design are stressed demonstrate the ability to keep learning CPEG 371 Data and Computer
throughout life along with an apprecia- Communications 3
within the program’s core materials. Students
CPSC 389 Software Engineering 3
are exposed to a variety of programming lan- tion of diversity in the world and in in-
CPSC Elective (3) 9
guages and systems and become proficient tellectual areas.
Technical Elective (3) 9
in more than one higher-level language. A Free Elective 3
total of 122 semester hours is required for Summary of Requirements 66+7*
graduation.
MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS____________ * Credits counted under General Education Requirements.
Program Objectives MATH 110/112 Calculus I & II 8 Total Semester Hours__________________122
Our Computer Science Students will: MATH 215 Calculus III 4
MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
1. Be proficient in defining and solving
problems appropriate to computer sci- MATH 214/314 Math Elective 3 Suggested Program
ence. 18
2. Achieve expertise at developing soft- FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
ware systems. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
3. Be effective communicators and team PHYS/CHEM/BIOL Elective 4 MATH 110 Calculus I 4
players. ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4
4. Appreciate diversity of opinion, under- FA Fine Arts Core 3 CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
stand ethical issues and demonstrate PHYS 207/208 Principles of Physics I, II 8
a commitment towards profession. Be ENGL 204 Technical Writing for
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
prepared for lifelong careers and profes- Computer Science 1
sional growth. HUM Humanities Core 6 PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4
SOSC Social Science Core 6 MATH 112 Calculus II 4
FYS** First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar for Engineers 3
Learning Outcomes CAPS 390** CPSC 349 Senior Design Project 4 CPSC 102 Introduction to Computing II
Our Computer Science Students will: (Data Structures) 3
1. Demonstrate comprehension of math, THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
science, and basic computer science
CPSC 227 Discrete Structures 3

100
Computer Science Bachelor of Science Degree

PHYS/CHEM/BIOL Electives 4
MATH 215 Calculus III 4
HUM Humanities Core 3
CPSC 201 Advanced Data & File Structures 3

FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
CPEG 210 Digital System Design I 3
CPSC 329 2nd Language 3
ENGL 204 Technical Writing For Computer Science 1
HUM Humanities Elective 3
MATH 214/314 Math Elective 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3

FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
ENGR 290 Economics & Management
of Computing Projects 3
SOSC Social Science Core 3
CPSC 301 Programming Languages 3
CPEG 286 Microprocessor System Design 3
MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
CPEG 308 Operating Systems 3
SOSC Social Science Core 3
CPSC Elective I 3
CPEG 312 Computer Organization 3
Technical Elective I 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
CPSC 389 Software Engineering 3
CPSC 349 A Senior Design Project 1
CPSC 350 Database Design 3
CPEG 371 Data and Computer Communications 3
CPSC Elective II 3
Technical Elective II 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
CPSC Elective III 3
CPSC 349B Senior Design Project 3
Technical Elective III 3
Free Elective 3
CPSC 203 2nd Programming Language 3
*CPSC Elective - This elective must be chosen from any
senior level / graduate level course in CPEG/CPSC.
*Technical Elective - This elective must be chosen from any
senior level/graduate level course in CPEG/CPSC/ELEG/
Math.

Total Semester Hours 122

101
Electrical Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree

tate the achievement of others while col- 1. Demonstrate knowledge and the ability
Engineering Technology Building laborating with professionals in a multidis- to identify, formulate, and solve com-
Telephone: (203) 576-4117 ciplinary environment. [Communication] plex engineering problems by applying
Fax: (203) 576-4117 4. Demonstrate their creative and critical principles of engineering, science, and
reasoning skills while solving technical mathematics. [Fundamentals/ Problem
problems, ethically and responsibly, in Solving]
Curriculum and Program service to society. [Contemporary issues] 2. Demonstrate knowledge of core electri-
cal engineering topics and an ability to
Requirements 5. Demonstrate life-long learning and ad-
apply engineering principles to produce
aptation to a continuously changing field
Electrical Engineering is the basis of Com- solutions that meet specified needs
through graduate work, professional de-
puter Engineering, Computer Science, and within realistic constraints such as pub-
velopment, and self-study. [LLL/Work/
Biomedical Engineering. We tend to be ex- lic health, safety, and welfare, as well as
Grad School]
cited by the breakthroughs in smart phones, global, cultural, social, environmental,
i-pads/minicomputer, improved medical ma- and economic factors. [Design/Techni-
chinery, GPS, and a host of other gadgets Transfer Policy cal Skills]
that make our modern life more exciting and All undergraduate ABET accredited programs 3. Exhibit an ability to convey techni-
more comfortable. Electrical Engineering is students must complete all Engineering ma­ cal material through oral presentation
the field that gives us the applied science to jor coursework, Engineering and Techni­ and formal written reports/papers to a
build all of these gadgets. It is also the field cal Electives, and STEM coursework at the range of audience. [Communication]
from which the knowledge will come for the 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as per 4. Demonstrate knowledge of contempo-
creation of new gadgets and for the improve- the program requirements) at the University rary global and societal issues and their
ment of present-day machine. of Bridgeport. relationship to professional ethics, and
Since it is a universal degree, the BSEE Students are able to transfer classes, if ap­ ability to make informed judgments,
graduate is flexible – the graduate can bend proved by the chair and dean, outside the which must consider the impact of en-
their talents to satisfy the needs of an ever- University at lower (100-200) levels or Fresh­ gineering solutions in global, economic,
changing needs technology. This promotes man/Sophomore level (as per the program environmental, and societal contexts.
job security for the graduate, and it feeds the requirements) only at the time of transferring [Ethics/Profession/Engr Economics]
appetite of an advancing society. into the program; and based on UB’s transfer 5. Exhibit an ability to function in a
policy as it pertains to evaluation of course multidisciplinary team whose members
The graduate of this program will obtain the
descriptions, syllabi and examples of work together provide leadership, create a
basic education in the first three years. The
done in transferred-in classes. collaborative and inclusive environ-
last year is utilized to explore specific areas
ment, establish goals, plan tasks, and
of interest. Our graduates will have expertise
in at least one sub-field of Electrical Engi- Course Substitution Policy meet objectives. Communication.
[Teamwork]
neering such as electricity, machines/control- All undergraduate ABET accredited pro- 6. Have an ability to use techniques, skills
lers, energy/power, signals/communications, grams students must complete all Engineer- and modern tools to design, develop,
materials, and electronic device analysis. ing major coursework, Engineering and and conduct scientific and engineering
Technical Electives, and STEM coursework experiments and to analyze and inter-
Program Objectives at the 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as pret data, and demonstrated ability to
Graduates of the University of Bridgeport’s per the program requirements) at the Uni- draw conclusions. [Experiment/Results]
Electrical Engineering program will be able versity of Bridgeport; and as per defined in 7. An ability to acquire and apply new
to: the program requirements. There will be NO knowledge as needed, using appropri-
course substitutions allowed for these classes ate learning strategies. [Diversity/LLL]
1. Demonstrate peer-recognized expertise
as defined in the program requirements.
and problem solving skills providing so-
lutions to the problems in industry, aca- Substitution courses may be allowed at lower ENGINEERING CORE REQUIREMENTS
demia as well as other disciplines in the (100-200) levels or Freshman/ Sophomore CHEM 103/103L General Chemistry I with Lab 4
field they choose to pursue. [Problem level (as per the program requirements) with ELEG 210 Digital System Design I 3
Solving] the approval of the Department Chair and CPEG 286 Microprocessor System Design 3
School Dean. CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
2. Demonstrate the capacity to embrace
FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3*
new opportunities and adapt to changes
in emerging technologies, developing fu- Learning Outcomes ENGR 290 Economics and Management of
Engineering Project 3
ture state-of-the art designs and products. Graduates of the University of Bridgeport’s MATH 215 Calculus III 4
[Engineering System Design] Electrical Engineering program will be able MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
3. Demonstrate leadership skills and facili- to:
Total 23+3*

102
Electrical Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________

ELEG 209 Engineering Mathematics 3 PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II 4 SEVENTH SEMESTER_________________________
ELEG 337/344 Analog Electronics Lab 3 ELEG 233 Network Analysis I 3
ELEG 317 Controls 3
CPEG 315 Digital Systems Design II with Lab 4 ELEG 235 Network Analysis I Lab 1
ELEG 349A Senior Design Project 2
ELEG 233/235 Network Analysis I with Lab 4 MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3
TECH (300+level) Electives 6
ELEG 234/236 Network Analysis II with Lab 3 MATH 215 Calculus III 4
HUM Humanities Elective 3
ELEG 342 Modern Communications 3 ELEG 209 Engineering Analysis 3
ELEG 348 Electronics I 3 TOTAL 14
TOTAL 18
ELEG 315/316/350 Communications 3
EIGTH SEMESTER ____________________________
ELEG 317 Controls 3 FOURTH SEMESTER__________________________
ELEG 333 Signals and Systems 3 ELEG 234 Network Analysis II 2 ELEG 349B Senior Design Project 2
ELEG 364 Programmable Logic Control 3 ELEG 236 Network Analysis II Lab 1 ELEG (300+level) Electives 12
MATH 214 Linear Algebra 3 MATH 281 Differential Equations 3 TOTAL 14
MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3 FA Fine Arts Core 3
ELEG 349 A, B Senior Design Project 4* SOSC Social Science Core 3
Technical Elective 6 ELEG 210 Digital Design I 3
ELEG (300+level) Electives 12
TOTAL 15 Total Credit Hours_______________________123
Total 59+4*
FIFTH SEMESTER ___________________________
* Credits counted under General Education Requirements.
ENGR 290 Economics and Management of
Engineering Projects 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ ELEG 333 Signals and Systems 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
MATH 110 Calculus I 4 ELEG 348 Electronics 3
MATH 112 Calculus II 4 ELEG 286 Microprocessors 3

PHYS 207/208 Principles of Physics I, II 8 TOTAL 15
HUM Humanities Core 6
SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________
FA Fine Arts Core 3
ELEG 337 Analog Electronics Lab 3
FYS** First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3
ELEG 364 Programmable Logic control 3
CAPS 390** ELEG 349 Senior Design Project 4
ELEG Communications course
Total 34+7** (EE 315, EE 316/416, EE 350/450) 3
Total Semester Hours _________________123 ELEG 342 Modern Communications 3
CPEG 315 Digital Design II with Lab 4
** FYS & CAPS General Education Requirements TOTAL 16
are met by Engineering Core and Program
Requirements.

Suggested Program
FIRST SEMESTER ____________________________
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
MATH 110 Calculus 4
HUM Humanities Core 3
TOTAL 16

SECOND SEMESTER __________________________

PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I 4
MATH 112 Calculus II 4
CHEM 103 General Chemistry with Lab 4
SOSC Social Science Core 3
TOTAL 15

103
General Studies Bachelor of Science Degree

be counted in an area of concentration. Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-

Tech Building 3. At least half of the semester hours to be able for this major, and follows the same re-
Telephone: (203) 576-4703 counted in the area of concentration must quirements.
be completed at the University of Bridge-
port.
Program Description 4. Students may not take core courses or
The Bachelor of Science degree in General courses counting in an area of concentra-
Studies is for the student who wishes great tion or a minor on a pass/fail basis. The
flexibility in pursuing college work as well as University policy on pass/fail courses
for the student with well defined goals. The limits this option to a maximum of six
candidate for the B.S. Program will “custom- courses (two courses per semester) dur-
make” his or her course of study, which may ing a student’s academic career, for free
include interdisciplinary work that does not electives only.
fit well into conventional degree programs. 5. General Studies majors may include one
Planning and revision of the programs will or more minors in their programs. Cours-
be done with a faculty advisor. Many gradu- es used to fulfill requirements for a minor
ates holding this degree have been accept- may not be counted in an area of concen-
ed for advanced work by other institutions. tration.
However, since graduate school admissions
policies vary greatly depending upon the
program and institution, students contem- GENERAL STUDIES, BACHELOR
plating graduate study should inform them- OF SCIENCE DEGREE
selves of such requirements.
Summary of Requirements
Learning Outcomes
By completing the program in General Stud- PROGRAM REQUIREMENT_________________
ies, students will: 1) be able to communicate Approved Area of Concentration for the B.S. within Divisions.
effectively in writing so that one may ad- A minimum of 30 semester hours is required in one of the
vance professionally and apply to graduate following categories (see item 2 under degree require-
programs; 2) be able to comprehend, ana- ments):
lyze, and interpret texts in a variety of disci-
plines; 3) be able to present orally one’s own SCIENCE, ENGINEERING, OR COMPUTER
thoughts and plans; 4) be able to recognize a RELATED FIELDS
problem and devise a plan of action to solve All Computer Engineering
it; 5) be able to show mastery of several disci- All Computer Sciences
plines within an academic area of concentra- All Chemistry
tion; and 6) demonstrate an ethical mind- All Electrical Engineering
set and exercise professional responsibility in All Management Engineering
a global context. All Mathematics (except Math 200)
All Mechanical Engineering
All Physics
Degree Requirements
1. A minimum of 120 hours with minimum GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
cumulative quality point ratio of 2.00. ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
2. The student must have an area of con- MATH Core or Demonstrated Math Competency 3
centration with a minimum of 30 semester FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
hours (no maximum), in one of the fol- FA Fine Arts Core 3
lowing areas: Business Studies; Humani- HUM Humanities Core 6
ties; Natural Science/Mathematics; Sci- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
ence, Engineering, or Computer Related SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
Fields; and Social Sciences. Students may CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
also elect a second area of concentration. Liberal Arts Requirements 9
A grade of “C” or above is required in all 42
courses used to fulfill this requirement.
No more than four 100 level courses can Total Semester Hours 120

104
Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree

2. Engage in life-long learning for adaptation factors;

Engineering Technology Building to a continuously changing field through 3. an ability to communicate effectively with a
Telephone: (203) 576-4575 graduate work, professional development, range of audiences;
Fax: (203) 576-4765 and self-study.
4. an ability to recognize ethical and pro-
fessional responsibilities in engineering
Transfer Policy situations and make informed judgments,
Curriculum and Program All undergraduate ABET accredited programs which must consider the impact of engi-
Requirements students must complete all Engineering ma­ neering solutions in global, economic, en-
jor coursework, Engineering and Techni­ vironmental, and societal contexts;
Mechanical engineers apply the principles of
cal Electives, and STEM coursework at the 5. an ability to function effectively on a team
motion, force, energy, and materials for the
300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as per whose members together provide leader-
design, development, analysis, manufactur-
the program requirements) at the University ship, create a collaborative and inclusive
ing, testing and maintenance of mechanical
of Bridgeport. environment, establish goals, plan tasks,
systems. Mechanical engineers are suited for
employment in a wide range of industries, Students are able to transfer classes, if ap­ and meet objectives;
including aerospace, automotive, biomedical, proved by the chair and dean, outside the 6. an ability to develop and conduct appropri-
chemical, electronics, robotics, power-gener- University at lower (100-200) levels or Fresh­ ate experimentation, analyze and interpret
ation, sports, and telecommunication. man/Sophomore level (as per the program data, and use engineering judgment to
requirements) only at the time of transferring draw conclusions;
The mechanical engineering program com-
into the program; and based on UB’s transfer
bines in depth studies with lab and project 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowl-
policy as it pertains to evaluation of course
experience to help students acquire knowl- edge as needed, using appropriate learn-
descriptions, syllabi and examples of work
edge and skills needed for successful careers ing strategies.
done in transferred-in classes.
or graduate studies. Students develop compe-
tence or acquire knowledge in a many areas, ENGINEERING CORE REQUIREMENTS_________
including engineering fundamentals, com- Course Substitution Policy
CHEM 103/103L General Chemistry I with Lab 4
puter aided engineering tools, communica- All undergraduate ABET accredited pro- CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
tion skills, design of individual components grams students must complete all Engineer- ELEG 233/235 Network Analysis I with Lab 4
and multicomponent systems, manufacturing ing major coursework, Engineering and FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3*
processes, mechanical systems, professional Technical Electives, and STEM coursework ENGR 290 Economics. and Management of
ethics, laboratory exploration, and more. at the 300+ level; and Junior/Senior level (as Engineering Project 3
The graduate of this program will obtain a per the program requirements) at the Uni- MATH 215 Calculus III 4
foundation in mathematics and science for versity of Bridgeport; and as per defined in MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
the mechanical engineering courses offered the program requirements. There will be NO MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3
in the third and fourth years. In their senior course substitutions allowed for these classes Total 24+3*
year, students have the opportunity to broad- as defined in the program requirements.
en and deepen their technical background Substitution courses may be allowed at lower PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
through three advanced elective courses (100-200) levels or Freshman/ Sophomore
and design projects in applied areas such as level (as per the program requirements) with MEEG 112 Engineering Graphics and CAD 3
aerospace engineering, mechanical design, the approval of the Department Chair and MEEG 203 Thermodynamics 3
manufacturing and materials processing, School Dean. MEEG 223 Materials Science for Engineers 3
MEEG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3
thermal and fluid engineering, mechatronics
MEEG 252 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3
and automation, and biomedical engineering. Learning Outcomes MEEG 303 Applied Thermodynamics 3
Engineering design experience using CAD/ MEEG 305 System Dynamics and Control 3
Our Mechanical Engineering Graduates will
CAM systems are integrated throughout the MEEG 310 Mechanics of Materials 3
have:
curriculum. MEEG 307 Fluid Mechanics 3
1. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve
A total of 122 semester hours are required for MEEG 350 Machine Design 3
complex engineering problems by apply-
graduation. MEEG 363 Heat Transfer 3
ing principles of engineering, science, and
MEEG 380 Mechanical Measurement and
mathematics;
Program Objectives 2. an ability to apply engineering design to

MEEG 381
Data Analysis
Mechanical Engineering Systems Lab
3
3
Our Mechanical Engineering Graduates will: produce solutions that meet specified MEEG 361/362 Senior Design Project I/II 6*
1. Advance professionally with increasing needs with consideration of public health, ENGL 204 Technical Writing 1
leadership and responsibility in mechani- safety, and welfare, as well as global, cul- Mechanical Design Elective 3
cal engineering or other fields. tural, social, environmental, and economic

105
Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Science Degree

Thermo Design Elective 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________

Technical Elective 9 MEEG 363 Heat Transfer 3
Total 55+6* MEEG 380 Mechanical Measurement and
Data Analysis 3
* Credits counted under General Education Requirements. ENGR 290 Economics and Management of
Engineering Projects 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS MEEG 350 Machine Design 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 ENGL 204 Technical Writing 1
MATH 110 Calculus I 4 SOSC Social Science Core 3
MATH 112 Calculus II 4 SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
PHYS 207/208 Principles of Physics I, II 8
HUM Humanities Core 6 MEEG 361 Senior Design Project I 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 MEEG 381 Mechanical Engineering Systems Lab 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3 Mechanical Design Elective 3
FYS** First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3 Technical Elective 3
CAPS390** MEEG 361/362 Senior Design Project 6 SOSC Social Science Core 3
** FYS & CAPS General Education Requirements are met by EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
Engineering Core and Program Requirements.
MEEG 362 Senior Design Project II 3
Thermal Design Elective 3
Total 34+9**
Technical Electives 6
Total Semester Hours 122 FA Fine Arts Core 3
Total Semester Hours 122

Suggested Program
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
ENG 101 Academic Writing 3
CPSC 101 Introduction to Computing I 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar (Engr LC) 3
MATH 110 Calculus I 4
HUM Humanities Core 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
MEEG 112 Engineering Graphics and CAD 3
MATH 112 Calculus II 4
PHYS 207 Principles of Physics I, with Lab 4
CHEM 103/103L General Chemistry I, with Lab 4
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
MEEG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3
ELEG 233/235 Network Analysis I with Lab 4
MEEG 215 Calculus III 4
PHYS 208 Principles of Physics II, with Lab 4
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
MEEG 252 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3
MEEG 203 Thermodynamics 3
MEEG 223 Material Science for Engineers 3
MATH 281 Differential Equations 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
MEEG 310 Mechanics of Materials 3
MEEG 303 Applied Thermodynamics 3
MEEG 307 Fluid Mechanics 3
MEEG 305 Systems Dynamics and Control 3
MATH 323 Probability and Statistics 3

106
Artificial Intelligence Master of Science Degree

Advanced Robotics – CPSC 461 (also cross listed as CPEG M.S. Thesis = 6 credits (to be split over two semesters
Engineering Technology Building 461) with 3 credits in each semester)
Telephone: (203) 576-4145 Computer Vision – CPEG 585 Engineering seminar = 1 credit (ENGR 400)
Fax: (203) 576-4765 Introduction to Autonomous Vehicles – CPEG 588

The M.S. program in Artificial Intelligence Deep Learning and Computer Vision
(AI) addresses the increasing role of AI in Computer Vision - CPEG 585
nearly all aspects of human life including Deep Learning – CPEG 586
health care, medical diagnosis, new drug dis- Autonomous Vehicles – CPEG 588
Advanced AI and Deep Learning – CPEG 686 (to be
covery, business intelligence, data analytics, proposed in Fall 2020)
customer behavior prediction, use of robot-
ics in manufacturing and human assistance,
Data Sciences and Data Analytics
autonomous vehicles including drones, self
Data Mining - CPSC 552
driving cars, computer vision etc.. In fact, it is
Bid Data Analytics – CPSC 651
difficult to come up with an area of human
Hadoop and NoSql – CPSC 652
life that will not be affected by AI in the near Blockchain and Crypto Currency Technologies - CPSC
future. The M.S. in AI program is designed to 570
prepare the students for in the AI field with
in depth applied AI courses. Cyber Security
For admission to the M.S. in AI, a B.S. degree Network Security – CPEG 561
in any Engineering field, Computer Science Software and Application Security – CPSC 563
or Mathematics is required. Students with Cryptography – CPSC 568
business degree or a STEM degree can also Cloud Computing – CPSC 571
be considered if they have sufficient pro-
gramming and Mathematics background. Total number of credits required to com-
A student who already has an M.S. degree in plete the M.S. in AI = 34. There are two core
any Engineering, Mathematics or Computer courses
Science can also apply to do a second M.S. in
Computer Vision - CPEG 585
AI.
Python for Data Sciences – CPSC 442
The existing graduate students at university
of Bridgeport can also opt for a double major
in the degree they are pursuing by adding M.S. PROJECT OPTION
the M.S. in AI as a double major. In this case,
the student will need to complete additional Total number of Courses Required = 10
18 credit hours of course work in the AI pro-
gram.
Out of the ten courses, the student may se-
Since AI is rapidly becoming a vast field, fur- lect one or more areas of specialization in
ther specializations/concentrations in the AI which case, the student will need to take at
area are available as: least three courses in the concentration area
1. Robotics and Automation selected.
2. Deep Learning and Computer Vision
3. Data Sciences and Data Analytics M.S. Project = 3 credits
Engineering seminar = 1 credit (ENGR 400)
4. Cyber Security
Each of the above concentrations will
require the student to take at least three M.S. THESIS OPTION
courses in the respective area. Here is the
set of courses available for each concentra- Total number of Courses Required = 9
tion:
Out of the nine courses, the student may se-
Robotics and Automation
lect one or more areas of specialization in
Introduction to Robotics – CPSC 460 (also cross listed as
CPEG 460, ELEG 465 and MEEG 460) which case, the student will need to take at
least three courses in the area selected.

107
Biomedical Engineering Master of Science Degree

2. Bioelectronics Course Requirements

Engineering Technology Building 3. Biotechnology
Telephone (203) 576-4165 REQUIRED COURSES_____________________
4. Biomedical signal and Image Processing
Fax: (203) 576-4750
5. Embedded Systems A. A total of 34 semester hours is required.
Master of Science degree in Biomedical En- 6. Bioinformatics The core curriculum consists of 16 credits
gineering (BME) is intended to prepare in- 7. Nanotechnology in Bioengineering and includes:
dividuals with a strong scientific and tech- BMEG 565 Biomedical Materials and Engineering
8. Tissue Engineering
nical background for entry into Biomedical (3 credits)
9. Bioinstrumentation BMEG 412 Bioelectronics (3 credits)
Engineering field at an advanced level and
10. Biorobotics and automation BMEG 580 Tissue Engineering (3 credits)
for further study leading to doctorate. Admis-
In addition the department also offers the BMEG 620 Team based research (6 credits)
sion to the interdisciplinary BME program
ENGR 400 Seminar (1 credit)
requires an undergraduate background that opportunity to acquire dual graduate degree
with electrical engineering (dual MS degree B. The remaining 18 credits are elective
includes elementary coursework in bio-
in BME/ELEG) as well as mechanical engi- courses.
medical engineering, biotechnology, biology,
clinical science, pharmaceutical science and neering (Dual MS in BMEG/MEEG). Candi- The elective courses may be chosen from
also includes any branch of science and en- dates for the dual Masters Degree programs the list of BME concentration areas or
gineering that permeates through the Fun- are typically required to complete a mini- chosen in consultation with the graduate
damentals and advanced courses in engi- mum total of 49 credit hours to satisfy the advisor. The course descriptions are in
neering and the life sciences. The program requirement of two Masters Degrees. This the Graduate Studies Division section of
offers innovative educational strategy that implies 15 credit hours in addition to the 34 the Catalog.
integrates biological sciences and engineer- credits required for the MS degree in Bio- C. A team based research project of 6 cred-
ing, and applies engineering tools, methods medical Engineering. its is compulsory and the course number
and practices to solve problems in biology for that is BMEG 620 as mentioned under
and medicine. Graduates of our programs Learning Outcomes core courses
are expected to be highly-skilled biomedi- Consistent with the university’s vision, and
cal engineers, and scientists who understand CORE COURSES_________________________
with the missions of the School of Engi-
the ethical, social and economic implications neering and the Biomedical Engineering BMEG 410 Biosensors
of their work. The following fundamental Program, the educational objectives for the BMEG 412 Bioelectronics
course work has been identified to benefit Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering BMEG 440 Ergonomic Factors in Design
the students most if they have them in their program were established as follows: BMEG 451 Introduction to BioMEMS
undergraduate degrees. BMEG 413 Bioinformatics
Graduates of the BME program will have a
• Biomedical Materials and Engineering sound integrated knowledge of science and BMEG 508 Biomechanics
• Tissue Engineering BMEG 561 Instrumental Analysis of Nanomaterials
engineering fundamentals with respect to
BMEG 537 Biophysical Fluid Mechanics
• Bioelectronics the biomedical issues.
BMEG 510 Medical Machines
• Tissue culture Graduates will be proficient in the use of BMEG 515 Advanced Digital Systems
• Physiology modern techniques, tools, procedures, and BMEG 535 Foundations of Biotechnology and Bio-
information sources which are useful in the enterpreneurship
Applicants with superior academic creden- definition and solution of problems in bio- BMEG 543 Digital Signal Processing
tials but lacking the required background can medical engineering. BMEG 545 Genetics and Genomics
be admitted subject to their taking the neces- BMEG 546 Bio Signal Processing
sary preparatory courses. Applicants are ex- Graduates will have the ability to apply their
BMEG 547 BioMEMS
pected to have an average B or better in their scientific knowledge and engineering tools
BMEG 560 Advanced Materials and Engineering
undergraduate course work. Department of- and techniques to design useful and eco- BMEG 562 Nanofabrication with Softmaterials
fers the unique opportunity to its graduate nomically feasible novel materials, devices, BMEG 563 Polymer Nanocomposite
students the education and research on how systems and processes which address prob- BMEG 565 Biomedical Materials and Engineering
to integrate several engineering discipline lems relevant to the fields of biomedical en- BMEG 574 Pathology in Bioengineering
principles in biomedical engineering. gineering. BMEG 580 Tissue Engineering
The Department also offers, as an integral Graduates will have the breadth and depth of BMEG 573 Magnetobioengineering
knowledge, and a commitment to continued BMEG 577 Cancer and Engineering
part of the Biomedical Engineering Masters
learning, necessary to understand the eco- BMEG 578 Biomedical Imaging
Degree, the opportunity to specialize in sev-
nomic, social, ethical, and aesthetic aspects BMEG 587 Embedded Systems Design
eral concentration areas.
of their profession and their work, and to
1. Biomedical Materials and Engineering effectively communicate the results of their
work.

108
Computer Engineering Master of Science Degree

10. Software Engineering Have an enhanced ability to apply the knowl-

Engineering Technology Building 11. Parallel and Distributed Computing edge learned to solve technical problems that
Telephone: (203) 576-4737 arise in research they conduct or supervise.
Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division
Fax: (203)576-4765 Have an enhanced ability to study an issue,
Catalog pages for course details of the con-
centration areas. identify and evaluate alternative actions, pro-
The Master’s Degree in Computer Engineer- pose an optimal course of action.
In addition, the department also offers the
ing is a course of study intended to prepare Have an enhanced ability to prepare techni-
opportunity to acquire dual graduate degrees
individuals whose undergraduate back- cal point papers, brief their seniors, and de-
along with the M.S. degree in Computer En-
ground is in computer or electrical engineer- fend their conclusions.
gineering. Candidates for these dual Masters
ing for advanced professional work in the
degree programs are typically required to
field and for further study leading to the doc-
torate. Emphasis is placed on current state-
complete a total of 52 credit hours to satisfy Course Requirements
the requirements of two Masters degrees.
of-the-art applications including computer REQUIRED COURSES_____________________
This implies 18 credit hours in addition to
architecture, FPGA and VLSI design, parallel
the 34 hours required for the M.S. degree in
computing, quantum computing, computer A. A total of 34 semester hours is required.
Computer Engineering.
vision, artificial intelligence, sensing, robot- The core curriculum consists of 15 credits
ics, automation, networking and network se- Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division and includes:
curity, internet of things (IOT), and the like. catalogue pages for detailed information on CPSC 501 Object Oriented Programming using
Admission to the program requires an under- Dual Graduate Degree programs. Software Design Patterns Using C++
graduate degree in engineering, and includes Furthermore, customized study plans to al- CPEG 510 Introduction to Computer Architecture
the following fundamental coursework: low receiving the Computer Engineering M.S. CPEG 572 Data and Computer Communication
• Programming Languages degree while pursuing either the Ph.D. de- CPEG 448D Introduction to VLSI Design
gree in Computer Science and Engineering or or CPEG 447 Logic Synthesis Using FPGAs
• Data Structures ELEG 443 Applied Digital Signal Processing
the Ed.D. degree in Education are available.
• Digital Design Doctoral students in these two programs B. THE REMAINING 18 CREDITS ARE
• Digital Design Lab should consult their respective doctoral advi- ELECTIVE COURSES.
• Computer Organization sors to work on their individualized plans.
Further details on the dual M.S. in Computer The elective courses may be chosen from
• Microprocessors the list of Computer Engineering concen-
Engineering degree programs are available
• Probability and Statistics in the catalog section on the Graduate Stud- tration areas or chosen in consultation
Applicants with superior academic creden- ies Division. with the graduate advisor. Also, students
tials but lacking the required background can are required to take ENGR 400 (Engineer-
ing Colloquium).
be admitted subject to their taking the neces- Program Objectives The course requirements of the concen-
sary preparatory courses. Applicants are ex-
Our Computer Engineering Students will: tration areas are described in the Gradu-
pected to have an average of B or better in
their undergraduate coursework. Apply foundational scientific concepts and ate Studies Division section of the catalog.
sound engineering principles efficiently and
The Department also offers, as an integral C. STUDENTS MUST DO A MASTERS PROJ-
effectively.
part of the Computer Engineering Masters ECT (3 CREDIT HOURS) OR THESIS (6
Degree, the opportunity to specialize in sev- Be well-educated, highly valued, and suc- CREDIT HOURS) AS PART OF THE 18
eral concentration areas. cessful engineers and scientists. ELECTIVE CREDIT HOURS.
Computer Engineering Concentration areas: Significantly contribute to technical interdis- The concentration areas can be applied to
ciplinary team projects. satisfy the requirements of second Mas-
1. Advanced Applications and Systems
Programming Professionally communicate technical solu- ters degree programs of study.
tions and results.
2. VLSI and FPGA Design
Continue to pursue lifelong multidisciplinary
3. Computer and Information Security
learning as professional engineers and scien-
4. Computer Communications and Net- tists.
working
5. Artificial Intelligence Learning Outcomes
6. Microelectronics and Computer Archi- Our Computer Engineering Students will:
tecture
Demonstrate an in depth and comprehensive
7. IOT and Embedded Systems understanding of Computer Engineering.
8. Robotics and Automation Have an enhanced ability to learn, on their
9. Signal and Image Processing own, technical details for which they are re-
sponsible.

109
Computer Science Master of Science Degree

Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division Have an enhanced ability to study an issue,
Engineering Technology Building Catalog pages for course details of the con- identify and evaluate alternative actions, pro-
Telephone: (203) 576-4737 centration areas. pose an optimal course of action.
Fax: (203) 576-4765 In addition, the department also offers the Have an enhanced ability to prepare techni-
opportunity to acquire dual graduate degrees cal point papers, brief their seniors, and de-
The Master’s Degree in Computer Science is along with the M.S. degree in Computer Sci- fend their conclusions.
intended to prepare individuals with a strong ence. Candidates for these dual Masters de-
mathematical, scientific, or technical back- gree programs are typically required to com- Course Requirements
ground for entry into the computer science plete a total of 52 credit hours to satisfy the
field at an advanced level and for further requirements of two Masters degrees. This REQUIRED COURSES_____________________
study leading to the doctorate. Admission implies 18 credit hours in addition to the 34
to the program requires an undergraduate hours required for the M.S. degree in Com- A. A TOTAL OF 34 SEMESTER HOURS IS
background that includes elementary phys- puter Science. REQUIRED. THE CORE CURRICULUM
ics, calculus sequence, linear algebra, and CONSISTS OF 6 CREDITS AND IN-
Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division
the following fundamental coursework in CLUDES:
catalogue pages for detailed information on
computer science: Dual Graduate Degree programs. CPSC 501 Object Oriented Programming with
Design Patterns
• Programming Languages and Technique Furthermore, customized study plans to al- CPSC 502 Analysis of Algorithms
• Data Structures and Algorithms low receiving the Computer Science M.S. de-
gree while pursuing either the Ph.D. degree B. THE REMAINING 28 CREDITS ARE ELEC-
• Digital Design TIVE COURSES.
in Computer Science and Engineering are
• Discrete Structures The elective courses may be chosen from
available. Doctoral students in the program
• Computer Organization should consult their respective doctoral advi- the list of Computer Science concentra-
• Probability and Statistics sors to work on their individualized plans. tion areas or chosen in consultation with
Applicants with superior academic creden- Further details on the dual M.S. in Computer the graduate advisor.
tials but lacking the required background can Science degree programs are available in the The course requirements of the concen-
be admitted subject to their taking the neces- catalog section on the Graduate Studies Divi- tration areas are described in the Gradu-
sary preparatory courses. Applicants are ex- sion. ate Studies Division section of the catalog.
pected to have an average of B or better in C. STUDENTS MUST DO A MASTERS PROJ-
their undergraduate coursework. Program Objectives ECT (3 CREDIT HOURS) OR THESIS (6
The Department also offers, as an integral Our Computer Science Students will: CREDIT HOURS) AS PART OF THE 28
part of the Computer Science Masters De- Apply foundational scientific concepts and ELECTIVE CREDITS HOURS.
gree, the opportunity to specialize in several sound engineering principles efficiently and Since July 2004, the Department of Com-
concentration areas. effectively. puter Science and Engineering has been
Computer Science Concentration Areas: Be well-educated, highly valued, and suc- offering the full M.S. degree program in
1. Advanced Applications and Systems cessful engineers and scientists. Computer Science through distance learn-
Programming ing. For more information please con-
Significantly contribute to technical interdis-
2. Artificial Intelligence and Deep Learn- tact the department or visit: http://www.
ciplinary team projects.
ing bridgeport.edu/ub/dlearning/
Professionally communicate technical solu-
3. Computer Vision and Autonomous Ve- The concentration areas can be applied to
tions and results.
hicles satisfy the requirements of dual Masters
Continue to pursue lifelong multidisciplinary degree programs of study.
4. Computer and Information Security learning as professional engineers and scien-
5. Computer Communications and Net- tists.
working
6. Cloud, Web, Services Oriented Architec- Learning Outcomes
ture and Blockchain technologies Our Computer Engineering Students will:
7. Big Data, Data Mining and Hadoop Demonstrate an in depth and comprehensive
NoSql understanding of Computer Science.
8. Robotics and Automation Have an enhanced ability to learn, on their
9. Internet Of Things (IOT) and Embedded own, technical details for which they are re-
Systems sponsible.
10. Software Engineering Have an enhanced ability to apply the knowl-
edge learned to solve technical problems that
11. Parallel and Distributed Processing
arise in research they conduct or supervise.

110
Electrical Engineering Master of Science Degree

Further details on the dual M.S. in Electrical Program will be able to 1) demonstrate the
Engineering Technology Building Engineering degree programs are available ability to use techniques, skills and modern
Telephone: (203) 576-4571 in the catalog section on Graduate Studies engineering tools necessary for engineering
Fax: (203) 576-4117 Division. practice; 2) demonstrate the ability to plan
and conduct laboratory experiments and in-
This Program is designed to increase the stu- Admission Requirements terpret and report results; 3) demonstrate the
dent’s knowledge and competence in basic ability to identify and apply concepts of en-
Students must have a Bachelor of Science
areas necessary for Modern Electrical Engi- gineering economics and project planning;
in Electrical Engineering or a related field.
neering, while affording sufficient freedom 4) demonstrate knowledge of contemporary
In both cases, the department may require
to allow an in-depth study of such areas as global and societal issues and their relation-
make–up of background deficiencies.
Communications, Control Systems, Electron- ship; and 5) exercise strong oral and written
ics and Digital Processing. Electrical Engi- COURSE REQUIREMENTS__________________ communication skills including those needed
neering department offers five areas of con- for technical writing.
centration. The concentration areas allow EE A. A total of 30 semester hours is required
students to acquire in-depth knowledge of in an approved program of study. Some COURSE REQUIREMENTS
a specific area of their interest. Each con- students in this program enter with an REQUIRED COURSES
centration consists of 400 - 600 level spe- undergraduate record lower than desired. ENGR 400 Seminar (1 credit)
cialization courses. EE students, perusing a These students are told in their admit let- THE REMAINING 30 CREDITS ARE ELECTIVE COURSES.
concertation, will be required to take at least ter that they must take 33 or 36 or 39 cred- The elective courses may be chosen from the
4 courses from the area of concentration. its for their MS in E.E program. list of EE concentration areas or chosen in
Student may request to record concentrations B. The Master’s thesis is optional. If under- consultation with the graduate advisor. The
on the degree or certificate after complet- taken, it counts as 6 semester hours and course descriptions are in the Graduate Stud-
ing graduation requirements. Some elective must be conducted under the supervision ies Division section of the Catalog.
courses, as noted below, may require special of an EE Department faculty member. If
permission or additional prerequisites. the Master’s thesis is not taken, then EE- OPTIONAL CONCENTRATION IN POWER AND
1. Power and Renewable Energy 597 must be taken for 3 credits. RENEWABLE ENERGY
2. Signal Processing and Communications C. 400 or 500 level courses in Electrical Engi- 1. ELEG 418 Renewable Energy
3. Robotic, automation and PLC neering, Computer Engineering and Com- 2. ELEG 419 Fuel Cells
puter Science are acceptable, with advisor 3. ELEG 420 Hybrid Vehicle
4. VLSI and Integrated Circuits approval, to count for the course require- 4. ELEG 435 Electric Machines
5. Biomechatronics ments of the MS in E.E program. 5. ELEG 438 Power System Analysis
Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division D. It is recognized that not all students will 6. ELEG 436 Advanced Power System Analysis
Catalog pages for course details of the con- have the necessary depth of study in their 7. ELEG 440 Electric Power Distribution Systems
centration areas. preparatory program for the MSEE. Con- 8. ELEG 492 Sustainable Energy Lab
sequently, the Department may permit a 9. ELEG 479 Solar Energy and Solar Cell
In addition, the department also offers the
opportunity to acquire dual graduate degrees maximum of two undergraduate electives OPTIONAL CONCENTRATION IN ROBOTIC,
along with the M.S. degree in Electrical En- to be taken for graduate credit. AUTOMATION AND PLC
gineering. Candidates for these dual Masters E. A total of one course in Mechanical En-
degree programs are typically required to gineering or Technology Management is 1. ELEG 464 PLC (programmable logic controls)
complete a total of 48 credit hours to satisfy allowed to be taken toward the Master of 2. ELEG 411 Advanced PLC
the requirements of two Masters degrees. Science in electrical Engineering. 3. ELEG 463 Industrial Control Lab
This implies 18 credit hours in addition to 4. ELEG 461Controls Lab
The elective courses may be chosen from 5. ELEG 417 Controls
the 30 hours required for the M.S. degree in the list of Electrical Engineering concentra- 6. ELEG 467 Introduction to Mechatronics
Electrical Engineering. tion areas or chosen in consultation with the 7. ELEG 465 Intro to Robotics
Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division graduate advisor.
catalogue pages for detailed information on The course requirements of the concentra- OPTIONAL CONCENTRATION IN
Dual Graduate Degree programs. tion areas are described in the Graduate BIOMECHATRONICS
Furthermore, customized study plans to al- Studies Division section of the catalog. 1. ELEG 467 Introduction to Mechatronics
low receiving the Electrical Engineering M.S. The concentration areas can be applied to 2. ELEG 412: Bioelectronics
degree while pursuing either the Ph.D. de- satisfy the requirements of dual Masters de- 3. ELEG 413: Bioinformatics
gree in Computer Science and Engineering or gree programs of study. 4. ELEG 510: Medical Machine
the Ed.D. degree in Education are available. 5. ELEG 547: Bio MEMS
Doctoral students in these two programs 6. ELEG 513: Biomedical Image Processing
should consult their respective doctoral advi- Learning Outcomes 7. ELEG 459: Audio Signal Processing Lab
sors to work on their individualized plans. Students in the M.S. Electrical Engineering 8. ELEG546 Biosignal Processing

111
Electrical Engineering Master of Science Degree

OPTIONAL CONCENTRATION IN SIGNAL

PROCESSING AND COMMUNICATIONS
1. ELEG 416 Fiber Optics Lab
2. ELEG 443 Digital Signal Processing
3. ELEG 543 DSP Lab
4. ELEG 453 Pattern Recognition
5. ELEG 546 Bio-signal Processing
6. ELEG 450 Communications lab
7. ELEG 430 Satellite Communications
8. ELEG 441: RF Communication
9. ELEG 459: Audio Signal Processing Lab
10. ELEG 442: Digital Communications
11. ELEG 513: Biomedical Image processing
12. ELEG 543: Digital Signal Processing Lab

OPTIONAL CONCENTRATION IN VLSI AND

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
1. ELEG 548: Low Power VLSI Design
2. ELEG 458: Analog VLSI Circuit Design
3. ELEG 480: Digital Electronics
4. ELEG 482: Analog Integrated Circuits
5. ELEG 403: RF VLSI
6. ELEG 404: Digital VLSI / CPEG 348 VLSI Design
7. ELEG 446: Introduction to MEMS
8. ELEG-451: Intro. to Nanotechnology
9. ELEG 549: VLSI Testing
10. ELEG 448: Microelectronic Fabrication
11. ELEG 447: Semiconductors

112
Mechanical Engineering Master of Science Degree

3. demonstrate the ability to create, adapt, the catalog section on the Graduate Studies
Engineering Technology Building transfer and integrate existing and emerg- Division.
Telephone: (203) 576-4575 ing technologies into new products, pro-
cesses and services; COURSE REQUIREMENTS
This degree program prepares the student for 4. develop decision making, risk assessment A minimum of 31 semester hours is required
a successful career through advanced study and problem solving skills considering for the MSME degree. The program com-
in design, development, analysis, manufac- both economic and other constraints; and bines core mechanical engineering courses
turing, and maintenance of mechanical sys- 5. develop both technical and management with technical electives. The student is rec-
tems for a wide range of industries, including oral presentation and written communica- ommended to choose at least 3 electives for
transportation, automation, medical, energy tion skills. in-depth study in one technical area and use
generation, electronics, and sports. The pro- the rest electives for exploration in a broader
gram combines core mechanical engineering Admission Requirements technical area.
courses with technical electives that enables • 3 courses (9 credit hours) from the Me-
The Master of Science degree in Mechanical
the student to increase his/her knowledge chanical Engineering core courses
Engineering is intended to prepare individu-
and competence in essential skills for Me-
als with a strong mathematical, scientific, or MEEG 410 Advanced Fluid Dynamics
chanical Engineering while affording suffi-
technical background for entry into the Me- MEEG 451 Advanced Strength Analysis
cient freedom to provide in-depth study in
chanical Engineering field at an advanced
both traditional and contemporary curricu- MEEG 452 Advanced Vibrations
level and for further study leading to the doc-
lum areas and explore emerging interdisci- MEEG 453 Finite Element Methods
torate. Admission to the program requires a
plinary areas. The department provides the
Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering MEEG 454 Advanced Dynamics
flexibility to allow the student to select his/
or other related engineering degree. Stu- MEEG 462 Applied Thermodynamics
her own specialty from the technical areas
dents with superior credentials in other engi-
below: MEEG 463 Advanced Heat Transfer
neering or science programs can be accepted
1. General Mechanical Engineering into the program if they have taken sufficient • 3 courses (9 credit hours) from one tech-
2. Biomechanical Engineering mathematics and physics courses, including nical area
3. Design Engineering calculus, differential equations, and two se- • MEEG 597 Masters project (3 credit hours)
mesters of course work of general physics. or MEEG 598 Masters thesis (6 credit
3. Manufacturing Engineering and Manage-
Additional courses may be required to make hours)
ment
up deficiencies in core Mechanical Engineer- • 2-3 elective courses (6-9 credit hours)
5. Mechanics and Materials ing areas. Applicants are expected to have • ENGR 400 Engineering Colloquium (1
6. Mechatronics and Automation an average of B or better in their undergradu- credit hour)
7. Micro and Nano Engineering ate coursework.
As a general guideline, only one course out-
8. Aerospace Engineering In addition, the department also offers the side of Mechanical Engineering is allowed
opportunity to acquire double graduate de- toward the MSME degree. However, another
9. Thermal Fluid System and Sustainable En-
grees along with the M.S. degree in Mechani- out-of-department course can be taken if
ergy
cal Engineering. Candidates for these double it is required for the chosen technical area
The student can design an individualized Masters degree programs are typically re-
program of study with the help and approval and has the approval of both the advisor and
quired to complete a total of 48 credit hours chairman.
of his/her faculty advisor if the academic and to satisfy the requirements of two Masters
career goals extend beyond the available degrees. This implies 18 credit hours in ad- The following is a brief introduction of the
technical areas. dition to the 30 hours required for the M.S. technical areas supported by the department.
degree in Mechanical Engineering. GENERAL MECHANICAL
Learning Outcomes Please refer to the Graduate Studies Division ENGINEERING
Students will: catalogue pages for detailed information on
The General Mechanical Engineering area
1. demonstrate the ability to design or ana- Double Graduate Degree programs. Further-
prepares students for a broad range of career
lyze a system, component or process to more, customized study plans to allow re-
choices in the field of mechanical engineer-
meet desired objectives within realistic, ceiving the Mechanical Engineering M.S. de-
ing and for their further Ph.D. study.
contemporary constraints such as health gree while pursuing either the Ph.D. degree
and safety, ethics, performance, sustain- in Computer Science and Engineering or the AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
ability and economics; Ed.D. degree in Education are available. Doc-
The Aerospace Engineering area focuses on
2. demonstrate the ability to use the tech- toral students in these two programs should
the design, manufacturing, innovation, per-
niques, skills, and modern engineering consult their respective doctoral advisors to
formance and safety of aircraft and space-
and scientific tools necessary for engi- work on their individualized plans. Further
craft.
neering practice; details on the dual M.S. in Mechanical En-
gineering degree programs are available in

113
Mechanical Engineering Master of Science Degree

BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING mechanical systems, including the design,

The Biomechanical Engineering area studies fabrication, packaging and modeling of mi-
the application of mechanical engineering croelectromechanical systems (MEMS), nano
principles to the conception, design, devel- materials analysis and fabrication, fluidics,
opment, analysis and operation of biome- heat transfer and energy conversion at mi-
chanical systems. Coursework includes bio- cro- and nanoscales.
materials, biotransport, biomechanics and THERMAL FLUID SYSTEMS AND
biomedical instrument design.
SUSTAINABLE ENERGY
DESIGN ENGINEERING The Thermal Fluid System and Sustainable
The Design Engineering area focuses on Energy area provides advanced study in
product/machinery design and application thermal fluid systems and sustainable ener-
in a variety of industries, such as the design gy. Courses include heating, ventilation and
and development of green (solar) energy sys- air conditioning (HVAC); aerodynamics and
tem, biomedical instrumentation, automobile hydrodynamics of sports and vehicles; trans-
components and systems, automation, and port phenomena (heat and mass transfer and
different products. fluid flow) in manufacturing processes and
medical devices; thermal management of
MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING electronics; thermal fluids system design; so-
AND MANAGEMENT lar energy applications and fuel cells.
The Manufacturing Engineering and Manage-
ment area provides advanced study in manu-
facturing. The program of study includes
advanced materials and manufacturing pro-
cesses, assembly and product engineering,
automation in manufacturing, and manufac-
turing competiveness. This prepares students
with state-of-the-art knowledge, hands on
experience and competency in world-class
manufacturing environments. Course work
emphasizes global corporate and business
practices, and Manufacturing Shop Floor en-
vironments.

MECHANICS AND MATERIALS

The Mechanics and Materials area provides
understanding of engineering materials and
structures and their mechanical response
and failure behavior with advanced theories,
analysis methods, and modeling and simula-
tion tools. It helps the student develop mod-
eling and simulation skills needed to under-
stand and enhance the thermo-mechanical
behavior of engineering devices and systems.

MECHATRONICS AND
AUTOMATION
The Mechatronics and Automation area
studies the applications of mechatronics in
manufacturing and other industrial automa-
tion, including sensors, microprocessors,
programmable logic controllers and robotics.

MICRO AND NANO ENGINEERING

The Micro and Nano engineering area stud-
ies the micro- and nanotechnology in the

114
Technology Management Master of Science Degree

tives and the integration of their results Students may alternately complete a thesis
Schools of Business and Engineering into the mainstream of an enterprises’ or master’s project.
Mandeville Hall strategy, processes and operations. D. Completion of ENGR 400 (1 credit)
230 Park Avenue 4. The application of technology to create E. Elective Courses (12 credit hours)
Telephone: (203) 576-4870 wealth.
Students must take four elective courses
5. Leadership, the creation and sustenance (12 credit hours). These electives may be
The Master’s Program in Technology Man- of high-performance global teams and selected from any of the concentration ar-
agement (TM) is designed to prepare you enabling innovation. eas listed above, in consultation with the
for the fast-moving global economy where
The Department offers, as an integral part of program academic advisor. A list and de-
the ability to manage advances in manage-
the Technology Management Masters Degree, scription of the courses available in each
ment, engineering, science and technology
the opportunity to specialize in a number of concentration is available in the catalog
is critical to innovation, competition and
concentrations, which are inter-disciplinary section on course descriptions.
success. We develop leaders adept at man-
and available through various departments to The concentration areas can be applied to
aging technology-dependent organizations,
provide more educational and career choices satisfy the requirements of dual Masters de-
emerging technology-based entrepreneurial
and flexibility for the students: gree programs of study.
businesses, technology change and innova-
tion, and skills in establishing and maintain- • Global Program and Project Management Other Technology Management project
ing superior competitive advantages for their • Manufacturing Management courses:
organizations. • Supply Chain, Logistics and Service Man- TCMG 500 Graduate Co-Op/Internship
The Master’s program is an innovation inter- agement in Technology Management
disciplinary graduate program that enables (1-3 credit hours)
• Quality Management & Continuous Im-
you to seamlessly and easily integrate cours- TCMG 597 Master’s Project (3 credit hours)
provement TCMG 597C Masters Project Extension (1 credit
es and concentrations offered by various
• Bio-Technology Management hour)
departments and schools at UB. Our gradu- TCMG 598 Thesis in Technology Management
ates have obtained positions in engineering, • Information Technology & Analytics Man-
agement (3-6 credit hours)
technology, management and other profes- TCMG 599 Independent Study in Technology
sional careers in a wide spectrum of indus- • New Product Development, Management Management (3 credit hours)
tries and organizations. As an integral part of & Commercialization
As a pre-requisite for the program, all stu-
the M.S. in TM, we give you the opportunity dents are expected to have a demonstrated
to specialize in a number of exciting con- Course Requirements familiarity with statistical analysis. Any reme-
centrations after you complete specific core A. A total of 34 semester hours is required dial course taken to meet this requirement
courses. Thus preparing you for select highly in an approved program of study for the will not be considered as an elective. Stu-
sought after industry certifications. M.S. in Technology Management. dents are also expected to demonstrate basic
The MS in Technology Management program B. Completion of the following core courses computing skills.
is accredited by the International Association (18 credit hours): Since July 2004, the Department of Technol-
for Management of Technology (IAMOT). ogy Management has been offering these
TCMG 400 Marketing, Entrepreneurship and
Our school has a strong internship program Innovation Issues & Practices in courses for the M.S. degree program in Tech-
which allows students to work for outside Management nology Management through distance learn-
companies while completing their degree. TCMG 495 Technical Writing in Communications ing. For more information please contact the
We also have on-campus jobs both within and Research in Engr & Tech Mgmt
department or visit: http://www.bridgeport.
and outside the TM department. TCMG 524 Statistical Quality Control Techniques
edu/ub/dlearning/
MGMT 555
or MGMT 632
Learning Outcomes or MGMT 723 Global Program & Project Management
The UB Technology Management Program MGMT 523
is specifically designed to develop skills and or MGMT 723 Leadership, Teams and Managing
competencies such as: Change
1. Identifying and evaluating the impact of TCMG 525 Finance and Accounting for Managers
relevant changing technology and manag- C. Completion of TCMG 595 Capstone or
ing those changes. TCMG 597 Master’s Project or TCMG 598
Master’s Thesis (3 credit hours):
2. Designing programs to identify, develop
and implement innovative technological TCMG 595 is a Capstone/Project course
based solutions. designed to integrate concepts taught
throughout the program and requires the
3. Managing the effective planning and ex-
development of a Business Plan as one of
ecution of those technology based initia-
the course requirements.

115
Computer Science and Engineering Ph.D. Program

onstrate a robust and in-depth background B. Time and Load Guidelines:

Engineering Technology Building in hardware and software issues in computer Both full and part-time students are en-
Telephone: (203) 576-4703 science and computer engineering; 3) pos- couraged to apply for the Ph.D. degree,
Fax: (203) 576-4765 sess a strong background in implementing which should be completed within a
software systems and/or hardware systems; maximum of seven calendar years. A
The Ph.D. degree is a certification of critical 4) possess a strong background in designing Ph.D. student (part-time or full-time) is
aptitude in scholarship, imagination, knowl- diverse and integrated software/hardware expected to devote the necessary time to
edge in the discipline, enterprise in research, systems solutions; and 5) critically analyze courses and research to make satisfactory
and proficiency and style in communication. problems and thoroughly evaluate potential progress toward the degree. Satisfactory
A candidate obtaining a Ph.D. degree must benefits of alternative solution in designing progress includes active participation in
display a thorough understanding in the ma- software and/or hardware systems. the research and teaching environment
jor areas of computer science and engineer- of the School of Engineering. The stu-
ing and must master the necessary tools and Program Requirements dent advisor and dissertation committee
techniques so as to be able to make original A. Academic Requirements: should advise the student as to her/his
contributions to the field of computer science progress in the program. Full-time stu-
1. Eight (3-credit hours) courses at the
and engineering. An equally important as- dents are required to register for at least
500 or 600 level, in the discipline, ex-
pect is that of proficiency in oral and written 9 credit hours each semester while part-
cluding independent studies. In addi-
communication skills. time students are required to register for
tion, two (3-credit hours) courses at
The requirements of the Ph.D. program are: at least 6 credit hours per academic year
the five-hundred or six-hundred level
successful completion of preliminary ex- (spring and fall semesters).
from the Technology Management De-
aminations and courses, satisfactory perfor- partment are required to satisfy the C. Course Work:
mance in written comprehensive and oral Information Technology Globaliza- A Ph.D. candidate must complete at least
examinations, admission to Ph.D. candidacy, tion Track requirement. Only courses 30 credit hours of course work, not in-
successful completion and defense of origi- with at least B grade can be counted cluding the dissertation, beyond the MSc.
nal work documented as a dissertation, and towards satisfying the course require- degree. Upper level undergraduate reme-
the satisfaction of additional requirements ments. dial courses cannot be used to fulfill the
such as teaching and seminars. course work requirement.
2. A two-semester teaching practice re-
The formal degree to be offered is the Doctor quirement (3 credit hours each), for D. Course Grade Point Average:
of Philosophy in Computer Science and Engi- which students are to register with no A Ph.D. student is expected to maintain
neering. This will be awarded to candidates fees. The students will be expected to a G.P.A. of 3.0 or more. If the G.P.A. falls
who complete all the requirements of the teach lower undergraduate level class- below 3.0, the student is automatically
Ph.D. degree described later in this section. es, and/or assist professors as teaching placed on probation. Continued proba-
assistants (i.e., perform a significant tionary status for two semesters may lead
Admission Requirements teaching role), thus giving Ph.D. gradu- to dismissal of the candidate from the pro-
Students admitted to the Ph.D. program ates experience for an academic teach- gram. No grade less than B is acceptable
should have a master degree in computer sci- ing career. towards the course work requirement.
ence or computer engineering or a closely 3. At least 15 semester hours of disserta- E. Seminar Requirement:
related discipline with at least a 3.5 GPA. A tion research, culminating in a disser-
A Ph.D. student is expected to present
score of at least 150 is required in the verbal tation proposal defense and disserta-
her/his research findings in public semi-
section, and 165 is required in the quantita- tion defense.
nars. S/he is also expected to interact and
tive section of the GRE scores. Conditional 4. Comprehensive examination: written participate in professional discussions
admission to the Ph.D. program is not avail- and oral (proposal defense). and meetings such as conferences and
able.
5. Publication of at least two journal pa- workshops. To fulfill these requirements,
International students with a master’s degree pers, or one journal paper and two a Ph.D. student is expected to present one
in computer science or computer engineer- refereed conference papers, within seminar before the dissertation defense.
ing are also required to have a TOEFL IBT the course of the Ph.D. topic research. The seminar of his/her research topic for
score of at least 80 or a minimum IELTS score These publications are not required to the dissertation serves as the oral (pro-
of 6.5. be single-authored by the student and posal defense) part of the comprehen-
they might be co-authored with mem- sive exam. The Ph.D. Director awards a
Learning Outcomes bers of the dissertation committee. The Pass/Fail grade after consultation with the
A graduate scholar from the Ph.D. program journals and conferences are expected Ph.D. director student’s dissertation advi-
in the School of Engineering will: 1) use ad- to meet quality metrics established by sor. The student is required to register for
vanced mathematical proof methodologies in the Department of Computer Science one seminar course.
computer science and engineering; 2) dem- and Engineering.

116
Computer Science and Engineering Ph.D. Program

F. Core Courses: whom has been distinguished in the field lic defense. It is the responsibility of the
Ph.D. candidates are required to finish of computer science and engineering. S/ student to find a time that is suitable to all
a set of 4 courses out of a list of 7 core he might not hold a professorial rank. the members of the dissertation commit-
courses. The Department of Computer Ph.D. Program Director and the Dean of tee, at least two weeks before the defense.
Science and Engineering publishes a list the School of Engineering must then ap- At the end of the defense, the decision of
of core courses every two years. The list is prove the dissertation committee. the dissertation committee will be pass or
available through the Ph.D. Program Di- I. Admission to Candidacy: fail. It is the responsibility of the disser-
rector. For the academic year, 2017 – 2018, tation advisor to see that the comments
When a student passes the written com-
the list of core courses include CPSC 606 and the criticism of the audience are ad-
prehensive examination, s/he will be ad-
Quantum Computing, CPEG 585 Comput- dressed adequately in the final version
mitted to Ph.D. candidacy. This serves as
er Vision, CPEG 560 Advanced Robotics, of the dissertation. Based on the recom-
another significant milestone in progress
CPSC 590 Parallel Processing, CPEG 562 mendation of the dissertation committee,
towards the Ph.D. degree.
Cryptography and Cryptanalysis, CPEG the Ph.D. Director, and the Departmental
I. Residency Requirement: Chairman, the Dean of the School of En-
547 Field Programmable Gate Arrays and
CPSC 552 Data Mining. The Ph.D. program is an on-campus gineering will recommend the Ph.D. de-
program that has a two years residency gree subject to the satisfaction of all other
G. Comprehensive Examination:
requirement. Residency can be dem- formal requirements.
One of the major checkpoints in the Ph.D. onstrated by taking on-campus classes,
program that assesses the breadth and satisfying the teaching requirement, and CONCENTRATION AREAS______________
depth of the student is the written and attending seminars and meetings in the
oral (proposal defense) comprehensive School of Engineering. The following is a list of Research / Concen-
examination. Passing the Written Com- tration Areas under the Ph.D. Program.
J. Dissertation:
prehensive Examination is granted when 1. Computer architecture and VLSI and
the student achieves at least a 3.5 GPA in The student is expected to work on the
FPGA
the 4 core courses with at least B grade in accepted topic and come up with original
results. S/he has to report the results in 2. Design, modeling, and simulation of em-
each course. bedded and integrated systems and de-
the form of a Ph.D. dissertation. The stu-
The seminar requirement represents the vice applications
dent is encouraged to document the in-
oral (proposal defense) section of the 3. Electromechanical systems prototyping
termediate results in the form of technical
exam. The outcome of this examination and optimization
reports. S/he is also encouraged to pub-
will be of fail or pass. A student can re-
lish these results as they are discovered, 4. Robotics, automation, machine percep-
take this examination no more than once.
in the international professional literature, tion and sensing
A student who does not pass the compre-
i.e., refereed conference proceedings and 5. Software engineering, Web development,
hensive examination in two attempts will
journals. Proof of good work is the accep- and computational sciences
be dismissed from the program.
tance of the results by reputed journals.
H. Dissertation Committee: Intermediate results can also be discussed 6. Systems and computer security and bio-
After selecting a dissertation advisor, the in departmental seminars. The completed metrics
student is required to define a problem dissertation must be distributed to the dis- 7. Mobile communications, clould comput-
of merit, carry out a literature search and sertation committee members at least two ing, Internet of Things and networking.
prepare a course of action to solve the weeks before the dissertation defense.
selected problem. The candidate is ex- The committee will read it and certify that SUMMARY OF MILESTONES____________
pected to produce a dissertation proposal. the dissertation is a work of substantial
A summary of steps, not necessarily ordered,
The dissertation advisor in consultation merit and that it can be defended. It is
through which a student will proceed is as
with the Ph.D. program Director, recom- the responsibility of the student that the
follows:
mends a dissertation committee for the final draft of the dissertation addresses
student. The dissertation committee in- all legitimate concerns of the committee 1. Admission to the Ph.D. program in com-
cludes at least three members in addition members. puter science and engineering.
to the dissertation advisor. At least four K. Dissertation Defense Examination: 2. Completing prerequisites.
members of the dissertation committee 4. Completing the course work require-
After having secured approval from the
must be from a professorial rank within ment for the Ph.D.
dissertation committee members regard-
the school. Additionally, an external ex-
ing the worthiness of the dissertation, a 5. Passing the requirements written com-
aminer is appointed as well. It is expected
student will proceed with a request for prehensive examination.
that the dissertation Supervisor and at
the dissertation defense examination. The 6. Admission to ‘Candidacy.’
least 50% of the committee membership
chairman of the dissertation committee
has to be from professorial ranks of the 7. Selection of a dissertation advisor.
will chair the examination. The student
Computer Science and Engineering De- 8. Writing a dissertation proposal.
will schedule a convenient time for a pub-
partment. The external examiner is one

117
Computer Science and Engineering Ph.D. Program

9. Completion of the seminar requirement

and working on the proposed research
topic.
10. Formation of the dissertation committee.
11. Approval of the dissertation by the dis-
sertation committee.
12. Successful completion of the dissertation
defense.
13. Submission of the dissertation to the
School of Engineering.
14. Graduation with a Ph.D. degree in Com-
puter Science and Engineering.

118
Technology Management Ph.D. Program

This will be awarded to candidates who strategy, processes and operations.

221 University Avenue complete all the requirements of the Ph.D. • To prepare Ph.D. level scholars, industry
Technology Building degree described later in this section. professionals and researchers who are
Telephone: (203) 576-4379 able to manage the application of tech-
Fax: (203) 576-4750 Ph.D. in Technology nology to create wealth and economic de-
velopment as in successful entrepreneur-
Management Program-Level ship and/or intrapreneurship or corporate
Program Overview Learning Objectives venturing initiatives.
The Ph.D. in Technology Management (TM) The Ph.D. in Technology Management Pro- • To develop future leader and managers in
is designed to meet an emerging industry gram goals are in line with the mission technology or technology dependent or-
and academic need by offering a quality statement of the School of Engineering of ganizations that are able to lead and mo-
doctoral program to both part-time and full- the University of Bridgeport. In this regard, tivate high-performance and diversified
time students in two inter-related areas: 1) the Ph.D. program is designed to provide global teams.
new technology venture creation (e.g. entre- comprehensive education and research op-
preneurship and corporate venturing), and portunities to a diverse student population OUTCOMES ASSESSMENT:
2) select current and emerging technologies. consisting of highly qualified and competent There are two types of outcomes that need
The program will encompass an integrated students, scholars, industry professionals and to be monitored: Institutional Outcomes and
multi-disciplinary technology and manage- researchers in engineering, sciences, and the Student Outcomes.
ment approach. application and management of technology.
The program aims at preparing these highly STUDENT OUTCOMES:
The Ph.D.-TM program is specifically de-
signed to develop interdisciplinary skills credentialed individuals for leadership and Familiarity with principles of new venture
and competencies in research and manage- technology positions in industry, govern- creation, entrepreneurship, corporate ven-
ment of technology-dependent enterprises, ment, and academia with significant contri- turing, innovation, and related issues includ-
technology-based entrepreneurship and new bution to the profession and community lo- ing management, finance, legal issues, new
product, service and venture creation. While cally, nationally, and globally. The program product development, and product commer-
the Ph.D.-TM is housed in the School of En- offers an application oriented interdisciplin- cialization.
gineering, the Ph.D. degree facilitates and ary curricula to provide a distinctive educa- Familiarity with advanced concepts of meth-
encourages interdisciplinary studies across tion in fundamental and emerging disciplines odologies in technology management.
the School of Engineering and the School of through its faculty and institutional partners Possessing a strong background in one or
Business and utilizes their complementary while ensuring that the graduates possess more engineering and technology area of-
research facilities, faculty and lab resources. creative, innovative, and analytical skills with fered in the Ph.D. program.
a strong commitment to research and techni-
The Ph.D. degree is a certification of critical Possessing a strong background in imple-
cal excellence, ethical conduct, and cultural,
aptitude in scholarship, creativity, knowledge menting new technology based businesses
societal, and global well-being.
in the discipline, enterprise in research, and and ventures.
proficiency and style in communication. A PROGRAM GOALS: Being able to critically analyze problems and
candidate obtaining a Ph.D. degree must dis- evaluate the benefits of alternative solutions
• To prepare highly qualified and compe-
play a thorough understanding in the major in new technology-based international op-
tent Ph.D. level scholars, industry profes-
areas of Technology Management and must portunities and corporate ventures.
sionals and researchers in the advance
master the necessary tools and techniques so
and interdisciplinary field of Technology Being able to work in a development team to
as to be able to make original contributions
Management. address specific issues and problems.
to the field of Technology Management. An
equally important aspect is that of proficien- • To prepare Ph.D. level scholars, industry Being able to interact and communicate both
cy in oral and written communication skills. professionals and researchers who are verbally and in writing with people whose
able to conduct research and develop expertise is in different domains and who are
The requirements of the Ph.D. program are:
strategies and plans to identify, develop located across the globe.
successful completion of preliminary ex-
and implement innovative technological Being able to effectively teach in a higher
aminations and courses, satisfactory perfor-
based solutions while championing and education institution.
mance in the written comprehensive and oral
sustaining innovation initiatives and envi-
(proposal defense) examinations, admission Being able to write quality research papers
ronments.
to Ph.D. candidacy, successful completion for inclusion in prominent journals, and re-
and defense of original work documented as • To prepare Ph.D. level scholars, industry search proposals for submission to funding
a dissertation, and the satisfaction of addi- professionals and researchers who are agencies.
tional requirements such as teaching courses, able to manage the effective planning and
execution of those technology based ini- Being prepared to become a future leader,
seminars and publications. professional, academic and researcher with
tiatives and the integration of their impact
The formal degree to be offered is the Doctor interdisciplinary skills, to join the faculty of
into the mainstream of an enterprises’
of Philosophy in Technology Management. leading academic institutions or take high

119
Technology Management Ph.D. Program

level research, consulting and management assumes an appropriate Bachelor’s degree TIME AND LOAD GUIDELINES
positions in industry, non-profit organiza- (see above). The program will admit both full and part-
tions, government or start their own ven- *STEM = Science, Technology, Engineering time students. For all students, the program
tures. or Math; MOT= Management of Technology. must be completed within a maximum of
Please refer to both the General Admissions seven calendar years. If a student requires
Admission Requirements Information and the Ph.D. TM for detailed more than seven years, he/she must file
The Ph.D. in Technology Management pro- requirements. (http://www.bridgeport.edu/ a letter of appeal requesting a time exten-
gram is an advanced level program. Students admissions and http://www.bridgeport.edu/ sion to the Dean of the SOE and the Ph.D.
are expected to demonstrate an understand- PhD-TM) program coordinator. A Ph.D. student (part-
ing of fundamental concepts in management time or full-time) is expected to devote the
and technology gained through appropriate Academic Requirements necessary time to courses and research in
order to make satisfactory progress toward
undergraduate and graduate (master) edu-
The requirements for Ph.D. in TM students the degree. Satisfactory progress includes
cation. Students who are accepted into the
include the following: active personal participation in the research
Ph.D. program but lack some of those funda-
mental concepts will be required to remedy The Ph.D. in TM is an interdisciplinary de- and teaching environment of the School of
their deficiencies through completing satis- gree for which all Ph.D. students must take Engineering. The student advisor and disser-
factory undergraduate or graduate courses a common core of five (5) required courses tation committee should advise the student
(without graduate credit). and choose from elective courses from Area as to his/her progress in the program. Full
1 (New Technology Venture Creation) and time students are required to register for at
Students admitted to the Ph.D. program
Area 2 (Current and Emerging Technologies least nine credit hours each semester while
should have a business or management de-
– Technology Specializations). Each student part-time students are required to register for
gree as well as an engineering, computer
can choose elective courses from three study at least six credit hours per academic year
science or technology degree. To be more
options (see below and Appendix 1). A list (spring and fall semesters).
specific, a student should have either an
and short description of core and elective
(1) undergraduate Engineering or Technol- TIME LIMITS
courses by specialization is provided in Ap-
ogy (STEM* category) and an MBA or MS
pendix 2. All requirements for the doctoral degree
in Technology Management or Engineering
Management or Management of Technology • Focus on Area 1 – New Technology Ven- must be completed within the seven-year
or equivalent degree; or (2) an undergradu- ture Creation (e.g. Entrepreneurship and period (accumulating to 21 Fall, Spring, and
ate Business or Management or TM or MOT Corporate Venturing): Number of courses Summer semesters) following admission to
or equivalent and a Master’s degree in Engi- to be taken in Area 1 is three courses each the doctoral program.
neering, Technology or STEM category, with from Area 1 and two courses each from
Area 2 (in one of the Technology Special- TIME LIMIT EXTENSION REQUEST
at least a 3.3 GPA. Three+ years of industry
izations). Under compelling circumstances beyond the
experience or equivalent is desired. Students
• Focus on Area 2 – Current and Emerging student’s control, a student may petition for
admitted from non-English speaking coun-
Technologies – (Technology Specializa- a one-semester extension of the seven-year
tries, having a Masters degree in engineering
tions) Number of courses to be taken in time limit. If the one-semester extension
and an undergraduate in business or vice-
Area 2 is four from Area 2 from one of is recommended by the Ph.D. in Technol-
versa will also be required to have a TOEFL
the following Technology Specialization ogy Management Program Director and ap-
score of at least 550 or equivalent (IBT = 80,
areas and one from Area 1. The Technol- proved by the Dean, the student has one ad-
IELTS = 6.5). The GRE exam is required for
ogy Specialization areas focus on one of ditional semester to complete work on the
admission. Students with an undergradu-
the following: dissertation. If the student fails to complete
ate and graduate degree in engineering or a
all degree requirements within the time for
STEM category, with three or more years of Bio-Tech and Bio-Medical Technology, the student’s doctoral program or within a
business experience, may also be accepted Systems and Processes one-semester extension approved as noted
into the Ph.D. program. The applicant must
Information Analytics, Technology and above, the student will be dismissed from the
submit two letters of reference and a person-
Decision Support Systems doctoral program. To complete the doctoral
al statement (containing such information as
Manufacturing, Supply Chain and Logis- degree, the student must reapply for admis-
background; experience, motivation for pur-
tics Technology, Systems and Pro- sion. Policies do not provide the option to
suing the Ph.D. in TM areas and suggested
cesses revalidate courses completed more than six
topics for potential dissertation research, etc.)
• Combination of Areas 1 and 2 – Number years prior to the date of admission. A read-
Interested students in the Ph.D. program mitted student therefore would be able to ap-
without a master’s degree must apply and of courses to be taken is two each from
Area 1 and three each from Area 2. In ply to the new admission only those courses
may be admitted into a master’s program approved by the department and Graduate
first, and then upon satisfactorily completing Area 2, the students must pick courses
from one Technology Specialization area School and complete within the prior six
the master’s degree, they would be eligible years (accumulating to 18 Fall, Spring, and
to apply for the Ph.D. program. This route for depth coverage.
Summer semesters).

120
Technology Management Ph.D. Program

COURSE WORK marketing, appointment of advisors, and for- DISSERTATION COMMITTEE AND
A Ph.D. candidate must complete at least 30 mation of dissertation committees, for each ORAL DEFENSE OF PROPOSED
credit hours of course work, not including doctoral student. In addition, the director is DISSERTATION TOPIC IN A PUBLIC
charged with preparing and administering
the dissertation, beyond the Masters degree. SEMINAR
Upper level undergraduate remedial courses the preliminary and the comprehensive ex-
aminations. The director is also responsible After passing the required examinations and
cannot be used to fulfill the coursework
for recommending courses for students who selecting a dissertation advisor (or having an
requirement. The Ph.D. dissertation will re-
may not have the proper prerequisites for advisor appointed), a student is required to
quire a minimum of 15 credit hours to com-
certain courses. define a problem of merit, carry out a litera-
plete. ture search and prepare a course of action to
Courses must be selected as follows: ADVISOR solve the selected problem. The candidate is
Five Core Courses of three credit hours each. Each Ph.D. candidate, in her/his first semes- expected to produce a dissertation proposal,
Additional five (three credit hours each) ter, will be assigned a program advisor by which must be orally defended in a public
courses in specific areas** the Ph.D. program director. The advisor will seminar. The Ph.D. director awards a Pass/
develop a program of study for the student Fail grade after consultation with the stu-
A one-semester teaching practicum require-
and monitor his/her progress until a disser- dent’s dissertation advisor and committee.
ment (no credit hours).
tation committee is formed for the student. The Ph.D. Program Director, in consultation
COURSE GRADE POINT AVERAGE A dissertation advisor will be appointed for with the dissertation advisor, recommends a
A Ph.D. student is expected to maintain a each student after he/she passes the compre- dissertation committee for the student. The
G.P.A. of 3.0. If the cumulative G.P.A. falls hensive exams and perform all subsequent dissertation committee contains at least three
below 3.0, the student is automatically placed advising. The program advisor and disser- members in addition to the dissertation advi-
on probation. (Note:grades for transferred tation advisor may be the same person or sor. At least four members of the disserta-
courses are not included in the calculation two different people. A student is required tion committee must be from a professorial
of the University of Bridgeport GPA). Con- to form a dissertation committee in conjunc- rank within the School of Engineering and/
tinued probationary status for two semesters tion with the Ph.D. program director after or other schools. Additionally, an external
will lead to dismissal of the student from the finishing the core Ph.D. courses (and passing examiner is appointed as well. The external
program. the candidacy examinations), so that a bet- examiner is one who is distinguished in the
ter understanding of the various topics and field of Technology Management. The Ph.D.
*Students admitted to the Ph.D. program
research interests in the department will, by Program Director and the Dean of the School
should have a business or management de-
then, have been achieved. of Engineering must approve the dissertation
gree as well as an engineering, computer
committee.
science or technology degree. To be more COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
specific, a student should have either: (1) An ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY
One of the major checkpoints in the Ph.D.
undergraduate Engineering or Technology
program that assesses the breadth and depth Every student enrolled in the Ph.D. in Tech-
(STEM = Science, Technology, Engineering
of the student’s academic accomplishment nology Management degree program must
and Mathematics category) degree and an
and progress is the candidacy examinations take a candidacy examination administered
MBA or MS in Technology Management or
and oral dissertation proposal defense exam- by the program director and the graduate
Engineering Management or Management
ination. The candidacy examinations will test faculty. The candidacy exam aims at assess-
of Technology (MOT) or equivalent gradu-
the breadth and depth of knowledge in all ing the capability of the student conduct-
ate degree; or (2) an undergraduate Business
aspects of Technology Management related ing doctoral research based on evidence of
or Management or TM or MOT or equivalent
to the body of knowledge required for the critical thinking, problem solving, conduct-
degree and a Master’s degree in Engineering,
Ph.D. in Technology Management, includ- ing original research and other measures
Technology or STEM.
ing but not limited to, the core curriculum viewed as essential functions of a successful
** Area 1 – New Technology Venture Cre- courses, and the courses in Areas 1 and 2. doctoral student. When a student passes the
ation and Area 2 – Select Current & Emerg- The candidacy examinations should be taken candidacy examination and fulfills all other
ing Technologies (see Ph.D. Program Struc- at the completion of all course work. requirements, s/he will be admitted to Ph.D.
ture for additional requirements and areas) candidacy.
The Ph.D. Program Director will organize
No grade less than C is acceptable towards
these candidacy examinations, which will be
course work requirements. PH.D. DISSERTATION
developed and graded by faculty. The out-
come of this examination will be a fail or The student is expected to work on the ac-
PH.D. PROGRAM DIRECTOR cepted topic and original results. S/he must
pass. A student can sit for this examination
The Dean of the School of Engineering will report the results in the form of a Ph.D. dis-
twice. A student who does not pass the can-
appoint a director for the doctoral program. sertation. The student is encouraged to docu-
didacy examinations in two attempts will be
The director supervises the implementation ment the intermediate results in the form of
dismissed from the program. A student may
of the Ph.D. program. S/he is responsible for technical reports. S/he is also encouraged to
submit an appeal regarding the potential dis-
coordinating administrative functions related publish these results as they are discovered,
missal from the program.
to the Ph.D. program including admission,

121
Technology Management Ph.D. Program

in international professional literature, i.e. • Writing a dissertation proposal and its • Engineering Economics and Financial En-
refereed conference proceedings and jour- oral defense; gineering
nals. Intermediate results can also be dis- • Formation of the dissertation committee; • Information Analytics, Technology & De-
cussed in departmental seminars. The com- cision Support Systems **
• Approval of the dissertation by the dis-
pleted dissertation must be distributed to the
sertation committee; • Manufacturing, Supply Chain and Logis-
dissertation committee members at least two
• Successful completion of the dissertation tics Technology, Systems and Processes**
weeks before the dissertation defense. The
committee will read it and certify that the defense; (** Initial Technology Specializations to
dissertation is a work of substantial merit and • Submission of completed and approved be offered at program start)
that it can be defended. dissertation to the School of Engineering;
It is the responsibility of the student that the • Graduation with a Ph.D. degree in Tech- Summary & Short Course
final draft of the dissertation addresses all nology Management. Descriptions
legitimate concerns of the committee mem-
bers. Course Requirements CORE COURSES FOR PH.D. TM STUDENTS
DISSERTATION DEFENSE CORE COURSES_________________________
Number Name Credit Hours
EXAMINATION TMPD 702 Exploration in Research Methodologies 3
• Exploration in Research Methodologies TMPD 704 Research, Design, Data Analysis and
After securing approval from the disserta- Measurement 3
tion committee members regarding the wor- (TMPD 702)
TMPD 706 Quantitative Methodologies 3
thiness of the dissertation, a student will • Research Design, Analysis and Measure- TCMG 620x Strategic Management of Technology and
proceed with a request for the dissertation ment (TMPD 704) Innovation (Proposed new course) 3
defense examination. The chair of the disser- • Quantitative Methodologies (TMPD 706) TCMG 645 Technology New Venture Creation 3
tation committee will chair the examination. TMPD 694 Written Comprehensive Examinations 0
• Technology New Venture Creation (TCMG
The student will schedule a convenient time TMPD 698 Teaching Practicum 0
645) TMPD 699 Seminar (Oral Defense of Dissertation
for a public defense. It is the responsibility of
the student to find a time that is suitable to all • Strategic Management of Technology & Proposal) 0
Innovation (TCMG 620) TMPD 710 Ph.D. Dissertation Min. 15
the members of the dissertation committee,
at least two weeks prior to the defense. At the • Comprehensive Written Exams – Both Ar-
ELECTIVE COURSES THAT CAN BE TAKEN BY
end of the defense, the decision of the dis- eas 1 & 2 (TMPD 694)
PH.D. OR MS STUDENTS:
sertation committee will be pass or fail. It is • Oral Defense of Dissertation Proposal
the responsibility of the dissertation advisor (TMPD 699)
to see that the comments and the criticism of AREA 1: NEW TECHNOLOGY VENTURE
• One semester teaching practice require- CREATION
the audience are addressed adequately in the ment (TMPD 698)
final version of the dissertation. Based on Number Name Credit Hours
• Completion of one published refereed
the recommendation of the dissertation com- TCMG 505 Global Program and Project Management
Journal Paper or 2 refereed Conference
mittee, the Ph.D. in Technology Management or MGMT 555 3
Papers (No Credit)
Director and the Dean of the School of En- TCMG 506 Advanced Program and Project Management 3
gineering will recommend the Ph.D. degree, • Ph.D. Dissertation (TMPD 710) (Minimum TCMG 508 Foundations of Product Management
subject to the satisfaction of all other formal of 15 Credits) or MGMT 565 3
requirements. TCMG 512 Intellectual Property Management 3
NEW TECHNOLOGY VENTURE CREATION
or MGMT 590
SUMMARY OF MILESTONES____________ Select Elective Course Example TCMG 523 Leadership, Teams & Managing Change
• Leadership, Teams & Managing Change / MGMT 523 3
A summary of steps, not necessarily ordered, TCMG 525 Finance and Accounting for Managers 3
• New Product Development & Commer-
through which a student will proceed, is as TCMG 580x New Product Commercialization
cialization
follows: / MGMT 585x 3
• Small Business and Entrepreneurship TCMG 595 Global Business/ Technology Capstone 3
• Admission to the Ph.D. program of Tech-
nology Management; • Intellectual Property Management TCMG 532 Global Market Management
• Project Management / MKTG 560 3
• Completing prerequisites, if needed; TCMG Small Business and Entrepreneurship
• Completing the course work requirement SELECT CURRENT & EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES or MGMT 582 3
for the Ph.D.; (TECHNOLOGY SPECIALIZATION) TCMG 559 Foundation of Business Process and
Operations
• Passing the written comprehensive exam- • Biotech & Biomedical Technology, Sys-
or MGMT 560 Management 3
ination; tems & Processes**
Other courses to be approved by Advisor & Program Di-
• Admission to ‘Candidacy’; • Environmental and Energy Technology, rector
• Selection of a dissertation advisor; Systems and Processes

122
Technology Management Ph.D. Program

AREA 2 : BIO-TECHNOLOGY AND BIO-MEDICAL MEEG/TCMG 573 Supply Chain Management

TECHNOLOGY, SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES or MKTG 565 3
MEEG/ TCMG 574 Principles of Logistics 3
Number Name Credit Hours MEEG 575 Manufacturing Strategy 3
BMEG/MEEG 508 Biomechanics 3 MEEG/TCMG 577X Lean Manufacturing 3
BMEG/ELEG 510 Medical Machines 3 TCMG 578X Six Sigma 3
BMEG/ELEG 513 Biomedical Image Processing 3 TCMG 559 Foundation of Business Process and
BMEG/TCMG 535 Foundations of Bio Tech Sciences or MGMT 560 Operations Management 3
and Management 3
BMEG/ELEG 547 Bio MEMS 3 Other courses to be approved by Advisor & Program Di-
BMEG/TCMG 555X Biotechnology and Entrepreneurship 3 rector
BMEG/ELEG 562 Nanofabrication with Soft Materials 3
BMEG/MEEG 563 Polymer Nanocomposites 3
BMEG 565 Biomedical Materials and Engineering 3
BMEG/MEEG 567X Physiological Fluid Dynamics 3
BMEG 580 Tissue Engineering 3
CPSC 551 Advanced Database Design 3
Other courses to be approved by Advisor & Program Di-
rector

AREA 2 : INFORMATION ANALYTICS,

TECHNOLOGY AND DECISION SUPPORT
SYSTEMS
Number Name Credit Hours
CPSC 546 Services Oriented Architecture 3
CPSC 551 Advanced Database Design 3
CPSC 556 Data Mining 3
CPSC 555 Web-based Application Development 3
CPSC 562 Information Assurance (Security) 3
CPSC/CPEG 571 Internet Computing 3
TCMG 520 Information Systems Development
and Design 3
TCMG 533 Information Technology Strategy
and Governance 3
TCMG/MEEG 540 Simulation and Modeling 3
TCMG 521 Information Systems and Knowledge
or ITKM 505 Management 3
TCMG/CPSC 568X Foundation of Information Analytics 3
TCMG 571 Foundations of Service Management
or MGMT 571 Engineering 3
TCMG 549 Business Intelligence and Decision
or MGMT 548 Support Systems 3
Other courses to be approved by Advisor & Program Di-
rector

AREA 2 : MANUFACTURING, SUPPLY CHAIN

AND LOGISTICS TECHNOLOGY, SYSTEMS AND
PROCESSES
Number Name Credit Hours
TCMG 524 Statistical Quality Control Techniques 3
TCMG/MEEG 530 Foundations of Manufacturing
Management 3
TCMG 534 Strategic Sourcing and Vendor
or MGMT 534 Management 3
MEEG 512x Computational Fluid Dynamics 3
MEEG/ BMEG 567X Physiological Fluid Dynamics 3
TCMG/ MEEG 572 Production Technology and
Techniques 3

123
 COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING, BUSINESS,
AND EDUCATION
Ernest C. Trefz School of Business Programs

124
Accounting Bachelor of Science Degree

Students will be evaluated and benchmarked Acct 327 Multinational Accounting 3

Mandeville Hall: 105C with a standardized accounting test. This will Acct 335 Auditing 3
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 ensure their preparation for graduate study 18
Fax: (203) 576-4388 towards the CPA exam. Students’ accounting
knowledge and skills also will be tested with FREE ELECTIVES
a program specific exam when they begin May be selected from any University courses
Curriculum and Program and finish their accounting program. with the permission of the advisor.
Free Electives 9
Requirements Students must earn a grade of “C” or higher
in each Accounting major course. 9
The accounting curriculum provides an op-
portunity for students with varied interests to
obtain a broad-based understanding of the
Summary of Requirements GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
role of accounting in the measurement and CREDITS_______________________________ ENG 101 Academic Writing 3
communication of financial and economic FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
data. A number of interdisciplinary courses General Education Requirements 33 MATH Math Core 3
have been designed for those students wish- Business Program Requirements 60 SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
ing a maximum overview of multinational is- Accounting Electives 18 HUM Humanities Core 6
sues in accounting and taxation as well as for Free Electives 9 FA Fine Arts Core 3
those students who intend to pursue more 120 CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
advanced studies in accounting. Accounting SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
Eng 101 Academic Writing 3
students who expect to take the Certified Math Math Cored 3 33
Public Accountant professional examinations Sci Natural Sciences Core 6 Total Semester Hours__________________120
should select elective courses with the ap- Humanities Core 6
proval of and in consultation with the Chair Fine Arts Core 3
of the Accounting Department. Caps 390 Capstone Seminar 3 Suggested Program
Sosc Social Sciences Core 6 FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
Learning Outcomes 30 BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ MATH Math Core 3
• Students acquire the knowledge neces- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
sary for the understanding of business Acct 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
Acct 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3 Fine Arts 3
data and will master accounting concepts,
principles, and theories. Acct 300 Intermediate Accounting I 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
Acct 301 Intermediate Accounting Ii 3
• Students will develop technical skills nec- ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
Blaw 251 Business Law I 3
essary to measure, analyze, and interpret ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
Buad 101 Introduction to Business 3
economic data. CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
Buad 102 Business Communications 3
SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
• Students will understand internal account- Buad 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 3
BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
ing systems, controls, reports for decision Cais 101 Statistics 3
making and will learn how to effectively Cais 191 Computer Concepts 3 THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________
communicate economic data. Cais 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3 MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
Econ 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3 ECON 201 Principles of Econ - Macro 3
• Students will study professional and regu-
Econ 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
latory requirements. Additionally, students Engl 202 Professional Writing 3
will acquire the accounting foundation SCI Natural Science Core 3
Fin 209 Managerial Finance 3 ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
that enables them to pursue advanced Mgmt 200 Workforce Dynamics 3
study required for the successful comple- Mgmt 301 Operations Management 3 FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
tion of the CPA exam. Mgmt 320 Business Planning 3 ECON 202 Principles of Econ - Micro 3
• Students will pursue internships. Mgmt 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3 CAIS 101 Statistics 3
• Students will have the opportunity to Mktg 205 Principles of Marketing 3 MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
apply to the Volunteer Income Tax As- 60 FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
sistance (VITA) program where they will SOSC Social Science Core 3
gain hands-on, real world experience. ACCOUNTING ELECTIVES__________________ FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________
ASSESSMENT Acct 210 Financial Accounting Systems 3
Acct 302 Advanced Accounting 3
Students are evaluated with exams, home-
Acct 311 Taxation of Individuals 3
work assignments, and oral presentations.
Acct 312 Taxation of Entities 3

125
Accounting Bachelor of Science Degree
Major Elective 3
MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
Free Elective 6
SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________
BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3
MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
Free Elective 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER ________________________
BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
Major Elective 9
Free Elective 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER ___________________________
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Major Electives 6
Free Elective 3
Total Semester Hours__________________120

INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue additional
co-op experience as described on page 35
using the BUAD-200 course up to three times
(one credit each). These credits will be used
as part of the student’s degree program.

The Accelerated Degree

Completion Program
Wahlstrom Library, Garden Level
Telephone: (203) 576-4800
The Accelerated Degree Completion program
was an early pioneer in degree-completion
programs for adult learners, beginning in
1988. This program gives adults age 23 or
over the opportunity to complete a bache-
lor’s degree at a convenient time and place.
Courses are mostly offered in five- and eight-
week terms – one meeting per week – nine
sessions per year in various formats; evening,
weekend and online.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The degree completion program offers Busi-
ness degrees in:
• A.A. in Business Administration
• A.A. in General Studies
• B.S. in Business Administration
• B.S. in General Studies Business concen-
tration

126
Business Administration Associate in Arts Degree

CREDITS_______________________________ ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3

Mandeville Hall MGMT 302 Multicultural Management 3
General Education Requirements 33 SCI Natural Science Core 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4687
Program Requirements 27 SOSC Social Science Core 3
Fax: (203) 576-4388
60 Free Elective 3
Total Semester Hours___________________60
Curriculum and Program PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Requirements ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
Students are encouraged to pursue additional
ACCT 102 Principles of Accounting II 3
The Associate in Arts in Business Admin- CAIS 101 Statistics 3 co-op experience as described on page 35
istration provides options for students who CAIS 102 Applied Statistics 3 using the BUAD-200 course up to three times
want only two years of college study and stu- CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3 (one credit each). These credits will be used
dents who are not certain about their degree LAW 251 Business Law I 3 as part of the student’s degree program.
objectives. MGMT 302 Multicultural Management 3
This degree program requires that all fresh- Free Electives 6
Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
man and sophomore core business courses 27 able for this major, and follows the same re-
and business prerequisites, as well as Univer- quirements.
sity core requirements, be completed with an GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
average grade of “C” or better.
ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3
Two-year business study at the University of
ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3
Bridgeport provides many advantages not
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
usually available to community college or ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
two-year college students. FA Fine Arts Core 3
All the resources of the university are avail- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
able to two-year students. This includes plan- MATH Math Core 3
ning/placement services and all of the social, SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
sports and extracurricular activities of the SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
campus. 33
Students receive all the guidance and advis-
Total Semester Hours___________________60
ing of a small, private two-year college, while
completing their studies in the environment
of a major university. Suggested Program
FIRST SEMESTER ____________________________
Learning Outcomes ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Students 1) acquire basic general business FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
knowledge; 2) develop practical technical MATH Math Core 3
skills necessary for initially pursuing a junior
level entry position; 3) learn how to com- SECOND SEMESTER __________________________
municate with others in their organization; ACCT 102 Principles of Accounting II 3
and 4) understand the role of business in the CAIS 101 Statistics 3
larger society. ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
SCI Natural Science Core 3
ASSESSMENT Free Elective 3
Students will be evaluated with a program THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
specific exam related to the basic business
courses at the beginning and end of their CAIS 102 Applied Statistics 3
two-years of undergraduate study. Students ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3
are evaluated by course level exams, assign- FA Fine Arts Core 3
ments, projects and oral presentations. LAW 251 Business Law I 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
Summary of Requirements FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________

127
Business Administration Bachelor of Science Degree

written communication skills in a busi- MGMT 301 Operations Management 3

Mandeville Hall: 105C ness context in both formal and informal MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 settings. MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
Fax: (203) 576-4388 • Students will develop professional skills MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
Business Electives* 18
and an awareness of diversity across the
spectrum of differences and consider 72
Curriculum and Program these differences in the analysis of global
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
Requirements realities and challenges.
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
• Students will demonstrate proficiency
The Business Administration major provides FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
with technology, analytical techniques for
the maximum flexibility in course selection MATH Math Core 3
decision-making and will understand the
for a student to fulfill both personal and pro- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
impact and opportunities offered by in-
fessional goals. Upon completion of Universi- HUM Humanities Core 6
formation technology in business. FA Fine Arts Core 3
ty and College core requirements the student
may pursue a myriad of unique combinations • Students exhibit knowledge of current is- CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
of study to satisfy either a general or specific sues using creativity and innovation. SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
purpose. This includes combining study from • Students identify, evaluate, and recom- 33
two or three of the major disciplines of study mend possible courses of action related
within the college including those disciplines to the application of ethical business prin- FREE ELECTIVES
not listed in this catalog such as Economics ciples and will develop a personal ethical May be selected from any University courses with the
and Management Information Systems, and decision-making framework. permission of the advisor.
combinations with other colleges at the Uni- Students will be critical thinkers and prob- Free Electives 15
versity. In all cases the student’s study pro- lem-solvers thereby enabling them to suc- 15
gram must be approved by the student’s fac- cessfully lead in a dynamic global environ-
ulty advisor. Total Semester Hours__________________120
ment
Students interested in adding a Teacher Cer- *The 18 credits (6 courses) of business elec-
tification to a program in Business Adminis- ASSESSMENT tives may be selected from Accounting, Eco-
tration can do so. A brief description of the Students will be evaluated with a program nomics, Finance, International Business,
teacher certification requirements appears specific exam related to the basic business Management and Industrial Relations, and
elsewhere in this catalog under the School of courses at the beginning and end of their Marketing.
Education section. undergraduate study. Students are evaluated Students must earn a grade of “C” or higher
The Bachelor of Science degree in Busi- by course level exams, assignments, projects in each of the four business electives.
ness Administration permits a student, upon and oral presentations. Free electives (15 credits) may be selected
completion of the core business requirements from any University courses with the permis-
and prerequisites applicable to all business Summary of Requirements sion of the advisor.
degrees, to create a unique combination of *Specific course requirements are described
courses in business or other academic disci- CREDITS_______________________________
under each major description or course de-
plines. General Education Requirements 33
Business Administration Program Requirements 72 scription section of this catalog.
All business courses listed under other majors
Free Electives 15
as well as courses in other academic disci-
120
Suggested Program
plines such as political economy, psychology
or sociology, may be chosen as elements of FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
this major. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3
Learning Outcomes BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
MATH Math Core 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3 Fine Arts 3
BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
• Students demonstrate well-developed BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
knowledge in all - and mastery in at least CAIS 101 Statistics 3
one - of the basic business disciplines ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3 ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
(accounting, business analytics & intelli- CAIS 201 Introduction to CAIS 3 CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
gence, economics, finance, International ECON 201 Principles of Economics- Macro 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
Business, management, marketing, and ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
sport management). ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
• Students demonstrate effective oral and FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________
MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3

128
Business Administration Bachelor of Science Degree

MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3 and managed that include regulatory, BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
ECON 202 Principles of Economics – Micro 3 technological, financial and administrative ECON 201 Principles of ECON-Macro 3
SOSC Social Science Core 3 factors in the context of a rapid-changing ECON 202 Principles of ECON-Micro 3
SCI Natural Science Core 3 healthcare industry. ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3 CAIS 101 Statistics 3
The Healthcare Administration track will CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
prepare graduates to: CAIS 201 Intro to Business Analytics 3
ECON 201 Principles of Economics – Macro 3 FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
CAIS 101 Statistics 3 • Demonstrate the knowledge of the
MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3 fundamental and technical concepts of
MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 health care management and apply it MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
SOSC Social Science Core 3 to decision-making in managing within MGMT 350 Business Policy & Strategy 3
FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________ healthcare organizations. MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
BUAD 382 Internship (or 300 Level Busi-ness Courses) 3
Major Elective 3 • Demonstrate knowledge of the core
Health Care Courses 18
MGMT 301 Operations Management 3 disciplines of healthcare administration:
HUM Humanities Core 3 healthcare organization and structure, 72
Free Elective 6 healthcare finance, healthcare policy,
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________ and/or public health to enhance decision-
making in managing the healthcare ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
organizations.
CAIS 201 Introduction to CAIS 3 MATH Math Core 3
MGMT 320 Business Planning 3 • Use contemporary federal and state SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
HUM Humanities Core 3 health-policies to analyze various HUM Humanities Core 6
Free Elective 3 healthcare issues. FA Fine Arts Core 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER ________________________
• Demonstrate knowledge of the primary SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 ethical values underlying the healthcare 33
Major Elective 9 institutions and delivery (i.e., respect
Free Elective 3 for persons, beneficence, and justice, in FREE ELECTIVES
EIGHTH SEMESTER ___________________________ managerial decision-making). May be selected from any University courses with the
permission of the advisor.
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3 • Apply basic statistical, quantitative, and Free Electives 15
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 economic concepts and tools to support
Major Electives 6 analysis and decision-making. 15
Free Elective 3 Total Semester Hours__________________120
Total Semester Hours__________________120 HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM
REQUIREMENTS (18 CREDITS)
INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue additional HSCI 250 Introduction to Community and Public Health
HLAD 333 Management of Health Care Information Systems
co-op experience as described on page 35 HLAD 331 Law and Ethics in Health Care
using the BUAD-200 course up to three times HLAD 334 Health Care Financial Management
(one credit each). These credits will be used HLAD 332 Health Care Organization & Administration
as part of the student’s degree program. HLAD 335 Health Care Strategic Management

Summary of Requirements
Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
able for this major, and follows the same re- CREDITS_______________________________
quirements. General Education Requirements 33
Business Administration Healthcare Administration
Healthcare Administration Program Requirements 72
Free Electives 15
Concentration 120
The Healthcare Administration concentration
of the Bachelor of Science in Business PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
Administration online degree will help ACCT 101 Financial Accounting 3
students manage the business side of ACCT 103 Managerial /Cost Accounting 3
healthcare. The program explores the BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
different ways healthcare is delivered BUAD 101 Intro to Business 3

129
Finance Bachelor of Science Degree

of concepts in finance and be comfortable MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3

Mandeville Hall using these concepts in practical applica- 54
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 tions.
Fax: (203) 576-4388 • Students will be aware of the ethical di- FINANCE ELECTIVES (SIX COURSES REQUIRED)_
mensions in the discipline of finance and ECON 311 Managerial Economics 3
will develop a personal ethical decision- ECON 375 International Business Economics 3
Curriculum and Program making framework. ECON 376 Business Forecasting 3
FIN 321 Investment Principles 3
Requirements ASSESSMENT FIN 345 Management of Financial Institutions 3
The Bachelor of Science in Finance provides Financial concepts and technical and analyti- FIN 365 Advanced Financial Management 3
an integrated view of the theoretical and cal skills are evaluated with exams, assign- FIN 368 Financial Derivatives & Risk Management 3
practical aspects of finance for those who are ments, papers, cases, and projects. Students FIN 380 Multinational Finance 3
preparing for careers in financial manage- will be evaluated with a standardized finance 18
ment, financial institutions, financial markets, test. Students’ financial knowledge and skills
law, government service, and related fields. also will be tested when they begin and fin- FREE ELECTIVES______________________15
Essential skills in problem-solving are devel- ish the Finance program with a program spe- Total Semester Hours__________________120
oped with an emphasis on wealth maximi- cific exam.
zation. Financial problems are viewed from
both their micro-financial and macro-finan- Summary of Requirements Suggested Program
cial aspects. FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
CREDITS_______________________________
The Finance major includes the subject areas BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
of corporate financial management, banking, General Education Requirements 33
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
and investments. The program provides an Finance Program Requirements 72
MATH Math Core 3
integrated view of the theoretical and practi- Free Electives 15
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
cal aspects of Finance for those who are pre- 120 Fine Arts 3
paring for careers in financial management,
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
financial institutions, financial markets, law, FINANCE (B.S.)
government service, and related fields. ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
Learning Outcomes ENG 101 Academic Writing 3
CAIS 191
SCI
Computer Concepts
Natural Sciences Core
3
3
MATH Math Core 3 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
• Students will have a solid theoretical HUM Humanities Core 6 THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________
framework and knowledge of all core FA Fine Arts Core 3 MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
business disciplines including financial CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 ECON 201 Principles of Econ - Macro 3
management. SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 SOSC Social Science Core 3
• Students will have effective oral and writ- 30 SCI Natural Science Core 3
ten communication skills. ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
• Students will have the analytical ability FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
to develop and utilize accounting data, ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3 ECON 202 Principles of Econ - Micro 3
financial data, and other information to CAIS 101 Statistics 3
solve complex and unstructured business BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3 MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
problems. FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
• Students will be critical thinkers and BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
problem solvers, with the ability to find CAIS 101 Statistics 3 FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________
evidence and viewpoints for finance-relat- CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
ed issues and make rational assumptions, CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3 Major Elective 3
identify implications, and formulate con- ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3 MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
clusions. ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3 Free Elective 6
• Students will understand the impact and
the opportunities offered by information FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________
technology in finance-related disciplines MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
and develop effective technology-use MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
skills.
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
• Students will have a deep understanding

130
Finance Bachelor of Science Degree

BLAW 251 Business Law I 3

CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3
MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
Free Elective 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER ________________________
BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
Major Elective 9
Free Elective 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER ___________________________
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Major Electives 6
Free Elective 3
Total Semester Hours__________________120

INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue additional
co-op experience as described on page 35
using the BUAD-200 course up to three times
(one credit each). These credits will be used
as part of the student’s degree program.

131
General Studies Bachelor of Science Degree

be counted in an area of concentration. Total Semester Hours__________________120

Mandeville Hall 3. At least half of the semester hours to be
Telephone: (203) 576-4168 counted in the area of concentration must Note: An online (or hybrid) program is avail-
be completed at the University of Bridge- able for this major, and follows the same re-
port. quirements.
Program Description 4. Students may not take core courses or
The Bachelor of Science degree in General courses counting in an area of concentra-
Studies is for the student who wishes great tion or a minor on a pass/fail basis. The
flexibility in pursuing college work as well as University policy on pass/fail courses
for the student with well defined goals. The limits this option to a maximum of six
candidate for the B.S. Program will “custom- courses (two courses per semester) dur-
make” his or her course of study, which may ing a student’s academic career, for free
include interdisciplinary work that does not electives only.
fit well into conventional degree programs. 5. General Studies majors may include one
Planning and revision of the programs will or more minors in their programs. Cours-
be done with a faculty advisor. Many gradu- es used to fulfill requirements for a minor
ates holding this degree have been accept- may not be counted in an area of concen-
ed for advanced work by other institutions. tration.
However, since graduate school admissions
policies vary greatly depending upon the
program and institution, students contem-
plating graduate study should inform them- GENERAL STUDIES, BACHELOR
selves of such requirements. OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Learning Outcomes Summary of Requirements
By completing the program in General Stud-
ies, students will: 1) be able to communicate PROGRAM REQUIREMENT_________________
effectively in writing so that one may ad- Approved Area of Concentration for the B.S. within Divisions.
vance professionally and apply to graduate A minimum of 30 semester hours is required in one of the
programs; 2) be able to comprehend, ana- following categories (see item 2 under degree require-
lyze, and interpret texts in a variety of disci- ments):
plines; 3) be able to present orally one’s own BUSINESS STUDIES
thoughts and plans; 4) be able to recognize a All Accounting
problem and devise a plan of action to solve All Business Law
it; 5) be able to show mastery of several disci- All Computer Applications and Information Systems
plines within an academic area of concentra- All Economics
tion; and 6) demonstrate an ethical mind- All Finance
set and exercise professional responsibility in All International Business
a global context. All Management
All Marketing
Degree Requirements
1. A minimum of 120 hours with minimum GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
cumulative quality point ratio of 2.00.
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
2. The student must have an area of con- MATH Core or Demonstrated Math Competency 3
centration with a minimum of 30 semester FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
hours (no maximum), in one of the fol- FA Fine Arts Core 3
lowing areas: Business Studies; Humani- HUM Humanities Core 6
ties; Natural Science/Mathematics; Sci- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
ence, Engineering, or Computer Related SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
Fields; and Social Sciences. Students may CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
also elect a second area of concentration. Liberal Arts Requirements 9
A grade of “C” or above is required in all 42
courses used to fulfill this requirement.
No more than four 100 level courses can

132
International Business Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER finish the International Business program with Unions 3
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR a program specific exam. Alumni will be asked or
INTERNAL TRANSFERS to complete follow-up questionnaires regard- Other approved courses in a foreign language,
Mandeville Hall ing their careers in international business. study abroad, history, or political science.
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 Students must earn a grade of “C” or higher 18
Fax: (203) 576-4388 in each of the four International Business
major electives. FREE ELECTIVES______________________15
Total Semester Hours__________________120
Curriculum and Program Summary of Requirements
Requirements CREDITS_______________________________
Suggested Program
The Bachelor of Science in International General Education Requirements 33 FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
Business prepares students for assuming Business Program Requirements 72 BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
a managerial position in any American or Free Electives 15 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
foreign multinational firm, developing one’s MATH Math Core 3
120
own business abroad, or working for interna- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
tional governments and agencies. Since this GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ Fine Arts 3
major attracts many students from abroad,
ENG 101 Academic Writing 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
it provides students with an opportunity to MATH Math Core 3
develop multicultural awareness and inter- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6 ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
national contacts. This major is recommend- HUM Humanities Core 6 ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
ed for those students who expect to travel FA Fine Arts Core 3 CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
abroad or live in foreign environments. Stu- CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
dents in this major are required to achieve SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
proficiency in at least one foreign language THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
30
before completion of the degree.
MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3
Learning Outcomes ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3 SCI Natural Science Core 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
• Students will acquire knowledge on BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
the legal and regulatory environments FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
for firms operating in the global market BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 3 ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3
place. CAIS 101 Statistics 3 CAIS 101 Statistics 3
• Students will communicate clearly and CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3 MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
persuasively in oral and written structures CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3 FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
in both formal and informal settings. ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3
• Students will contribute within diverse FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
sets of teams and build internal and ex- FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 Major Elective 3
ternal relationships that facilitate success MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3 MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
in contemporary organizations via inter- MGMT 301 Operations Management 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
personal and professional skills. MGMT 320 Business Planning 3 Free Elective 6
• Students will apply information literacy, MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
proficiency with technology, and analyti- MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
cal techniques for decision-making. BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
54
CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3
• Students will address current issues and MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
case studies using creativity and innova- INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ELECTIVES (SIX
HUM Humanities Core 3
tion. COURSES REQUIRED)_____________________
Free Elective 3
• Students will act with integrity as an indi- IBU 325 Import/Export 3
vidual, and apply ethical theories to case IBU 360 Business and International Law 3
IBU 362 International Sales (Commercial)
solutions. Transactions 3
ASSESSMENT IBU 363 Settlement of International Business
Disputes 3
Students’ international business knowledge IBU 366 International Business and Customs
and skills will be tested when they begin and

133
International Business Bachelor of Science Degree

SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
Major Elective 9
Free Elective 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Major Electives 6
Free Elective 3
Total Semester Hours__________________120

INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue additional
co-op experience as described on page 35
using the BUAD-200 course up to three times
(one credit each). These credits will be used
as part of the student’s degree program.

134
Management and Industrial Relations Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER understanding of organizational processes. MGMT 311 Hum. Res. Mgmt Programs and Skills 3
ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR MGMT 330 Leadership Lessons from the Movies 3
INTERNAL TRANSFERS ASSESSMENT MGMT 340 Conflict and Negotiation 3
Mandeville Hall Students will be evaluated and benchmarked MGMT 342 Labor Law and Arbitration 3
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 with a standardized management specific Or other approved 300 level MGMT course
Fax: (203) 576-4388 test. Students’ management knowledge and Select six courses 18
skills will be tested when they begin and fin- FREE ELECTIVES______________________15
ish their Management program with a pro-
Total Semester Hours__________________120
Curriculum and Program gram specific exam.
Student must earn a grade of “C” or higher in
Requirements each of the four Management major electives. Suggested Program
The Management and Industrial Relations
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
major prepares graduates to enter the work-
place as supervisors, operations managers,
Summary of Requirements BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
human resources technicians and start-up CREDITS_______________________________ ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
entrepreneurs. The program prepares stu- MATH Math Core 3
General Education Requirements 33
dents to take advantage of opportunities FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Management Program Requirements 72
in the global job market. Research, special Fine Arts 3
Free Electives 15
projects and independent study permit each SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
120
student to fit the major to their personal in-
ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
terests, values and aspirations. Operational GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS _______ ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
issues as well as broad management policy CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
concerns are emphasized, assuring relevance FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
of studies to a student’s starting position and MATH Math Core 3 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
readiness for growth in any organization, do- SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
mestic or global. THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
HUM Humanities Core 6
The program offers flexibility in the selection FA Fine Arts Core 3 MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
of electives to fulfill the major requirements. CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3
After completion of required courses, the SOSC Social Sciences Core 6 SOSC Social Science Core 3
student may elect courses in small business SCI Natural Science Core 3
33
and entrepreneurship, advanced operations ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
management, human resource skills and pro- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS ________________ FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
grams, labor law and conflict management, ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3 ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3
to complete the major. ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3 CAIS 101 Statistics 3
Students following an entrepreneurial stud- BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
ies track, for instance, would take courses in BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3 FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
small business, advanced operations man- BUAD 102 Business Communications 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
agement, and labor law; and complete an in- BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
CAIS 101 Statistics 3 FIFTH SEMESTER_____________________________
dependent study focused on preparation of a
comprehensive business plan for a prospec- CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3 Major Elective 3
CAIS 201 Introduction to CAIS 3 MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
tive business start-up.
ECON 201 Principles of Econ - Macro 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
Students should consult with the designated ECON 202 Principles of Econ - Micro 3 Free Elective 6
undergraduate advisor to plan the selection ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
and sequencing of courses to satisfy the ma- FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 SIXTH SEMESTER_____________________________
jor requirements. MGMT 200 Workforce Dynamics 3 BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
MGMT 301 Operations Management 3 CAIS 201 Introduction to CAIS 3
Learning Outcomes MGMT 320 Business Planning 3 MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3 Free Elective 3
Students will: 1) learn how to work effective- Management Electives* 18
SEVENTH SEMESTER__________________________
ly with people in an organization; 2) learn 72
the management principles necessary to BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
pursue entry level positions; 3) learn how to MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES_________________ Major Elective 9
Free Elective 3
effectively communicate; and 4) develop an MGMT 302 Multicultural Management 3
MGMT 305 HR Issues in Management 3

135
Management and Industrial Relations Bachelor of Science Degree

EIGHTH SEMESTER___________________________
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
Major Electives 6
Free Elective 3
Total Semester Hours__________________120

INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue additional
co-op experience as described on page 35
using the BUAD-200 course up to three times
(one credit each). These credits will be used
as part of the student’s degree program.

Note: A Project Management Certficate is

also available to students in Business majors.

136
Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree

NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER Summary of Requirements Suggested Program

ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR
INTERNAL TRANSFERS CREDITS ______________________________ FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________
Mandeville Hall General Education Requirements 33 BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 Marketing Program Requirements 72 ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Free Electives 15 MATH Math Core 3
120 FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Curriculum and Program GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______
Fine Arts 3
Requirements ENG 101 Academic Writing 3 SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
In order to prepare for the varied demands MATH Math Core 3 ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
of a career in marketing, the Marketing major SCI Natural Sciences Core 6 ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
courses follow an interdisciplinary approach, HUM Humanities Core 6 CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
stressing fundamentals of behavioral analy- FA Fine Arts Core 3 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
sis, decision-making, research, and the appli- CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
cation of managerial techniques to marketing SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
THIRD SEMESTER ____________________________
problems. Graduates of this program find op- 30
portunities in general management, product MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
management, advertising, sales, marketing PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________ ECON 201 Principles of Econ - Macro 3
ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
research, public relations, retailing, wholesal-
ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3 SCI Natural Science Core 3
ing, and marketing services organizations.
BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
Learning Outcomes BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3 FOURTH SEMESTER___________________________
BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
ECON 202 Principles of Econ - Micro 3
LEARNING OBJECTIVES BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3 3
CAIS 101 Statistics 3
• Students will develop a solid understand- CAIS 101 Statistics 3
CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3 MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
ing and mastery of marketing knowledge FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
CAIS 201 Introduction to CAIS 3
and skills to successfully market products,
ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
services, and ideas to customers. ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3 FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________
• Students will communicate ideas clearly ENGL 202 Professional Writing 3
and persuasively in oral and written struc- Major Elective 3
FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
tures in both formal and informal settings. MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
HUM Humanities Core 3
• Students will contribute within diverse MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
Free Elective 6
sets of teams and build internal and ex- MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
ternal relationships that facilitate success MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3 SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________
in contemporary organizations via inter- MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3 BLAW 251 Business Law I 3
personal and professional skills. 54 CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3
• Students will apply information literacy, MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
proficiency with technology, and analyti- MARKETING ELECTIVES HUM Humanities Core 3
cal techniques for decision-making. (SIX COURSES REQUIRED)_________________ Free Elective 3
• Students will address current issues and MKTG 306 Consumer Behavior 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER ________________________
case studies using creativity and innova- MKTG 307 Integrated Marketing Communications 3
MKTG 308 Marketing Research 3 BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
tion. Major Elective 9
MKTG 309 Digital Marketing 3
• Students will think critically and logically MKTG 310 Service Marketing 3 Free Elective 3
via integrating concepts across disciplines MKTG 319 Advertising Management 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER ___________________________
thereby enabling them to successfully MKTG 325 Sales Management 3
lead in a dynamic global environment. MKTG 339 Retailing Management 3 MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
MKTG 342 Multinational Marketing 3 CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
ASSESSMENT MKTG 348 Internet and Social Media 3 Major Electives 6
Students will be evaluated and benchmarked Free Elective 3
18
with a standardized marketing test. Students’ Total Semester Hours__________________120
marketing knowledge and skills will be test- FREE ELECTIVES____________________ 15
ed when they begin and finish the Marketing
program with a program specific exam. Total Semester Hours _________________120
Students must earn a grade of “C” or higher
in each of the four marketing major courses.

137
Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree

INTERNSHIP/CO-OP
Students are encouraged to pursue addition-
al co-op experience as described on page
35. using the BUAD-200 course up to three
times (one credit each). These credits will
be used as part of the student’s degree pro-
gram.

138
Sport Management Bachelor of Science Degree

7. Explain the importance of budget and BUAD 102 Business Communications 3

Mandeville Hall finance to sport-related industries and BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
Telephone: (203) 576-6533 evaluate micro-and macro-economic CAIS 101 Statistics 3
Fax: (203) 576-4388 principles as they related to the Sports CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
industry. CAIS 201 Intro to Business Analytics 3
ECON 201 Principles. of Econ - Macro 3
8. Explain legal concepts within the ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3
sport workplace, understand basic ENGL 202 Adv. Comp. (for Business) 3
Curriculum and Program risk management issues applied to the FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3
Requirements conduct of sport, and evaluate the role MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
The BS in Sport Management prepares grad- of sport governing bodies including MGMT 301 Operations Management 3
uates for careers in athletics from athlete their authorities, organizational MGMT 320 Business Planning 3
structure, and functions. MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
management, team branding, sports market-
MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
ing, and more. A comprehensive curriculum These students learning objectives are in
includes legal, ethics, finance, event man- line with our institutional mission as well as 54
agement, and psychology for the sports in- the Commission on Sport Management Ac- SPORT MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
dustry, as well as a business core with cours- creditation (COSMA) Common Professional (SIX COURSES REQUIRED) ______________
es in accounting, marketing, and economics, Component (CPC). COSMA recommends SPMT 140 Intro. To Sport Management 3
that will prepare students for a rewarding that these CPC content areas are adequately SPMT 200 Ethics in Sport Management 3
career in the field of sports management. addressed within an undergraduate sport SPMT 303 Legal Aspects of Sport Management 3
Students may also have the opportunity to management degree program. SPMT 301 Sport Event Management 3
intern within the university athletics depart- SPMT 302 Sport Marketing and Promotion 3
* The BS degree in Sport Management does
ment, providing an invaluable experience in PSCY 355 Sports Psychology 3
not have ACBSP accreditation.
a collegiate setting Other approved courses in the business, Sport Science, and
ASSESSMENT or Psychology Program.
LEARNING OUTCOMES 18
Students’ Sport Management knowledge and
Students will learn to:
skills will be tested when they begin and fin- FREE ELECTIVES _________________________15
1. Explain the application of cultural ish the Sport Management program.
Total Semester Hours ______________________120
traditions, social values, and Students must earn a grade of “C” or higher
psychological engagement that shape in each of the six Sport Management major
the field of sport management. electives. Suggested Program
2. Prepare research and interpret data to
be used for Sports Marketing, Finances, Summary of Requirements FIRST SEMESTER __________________________
BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3
and Operations. CREDITS ______________________
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
3. Demonstrate knowledge of the General Education Requirements 33 MATH 103 Math Core 3
concepts of management and Business Program Requirements 54 FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
leadership and describe the various Free Electives 15 Fine Arts Fine Arts Core 3
skills, roles, and functions of sport Major Business Electives 18
SECOND SEMESTER __________________________
managers. 120
ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3
4. Explain the concepts of ethics and GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS ______ ENGL 202 Advanced Composition
moral behavior as they apply to sport ENG 101 Academic Writing 3 (For Business) 3
management. MATH 102/3 Math Core 3 CAIS 191 Computer Concepts 3
5. Apply essential marketing concepts SCI Natural Sciences Core 6 SCI Natural Sciences Core 3
HUM Humanities Core 6 BUAD 102 Business Communications 3
to the Sports industry, understand the
FA Fine Arts Core 3
uniqueness of the sport product and CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 THIRD SEMESTER ___________________________
unique aspects of sport consumer and SOSC Social Science Core 6 MGMT 200 Work Force Dynamics 3
sport product markets.
30 ECON 201 Principles of Economics - Macro 3
6. Apply and evaluate principles of SOSC Social Science Core 3
interpersonal communication, mass PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS ______________ SCI Natural Science Core 3
communications, and public relations, ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 103 Managerial Accounting 3
particularly as they are related to sport ACCT 103 Managerial/Cost Accounting 3
BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 FOURTH SEMESTER __________________________
organizations.
BUAD 101 Introduction to Business 3 ECON 202 Principles of Economics - Micro 3

139
Sport Management Business Bachelor of Science Degree

CAIS 101 Statistics 3 eSports concentration

MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3 BS Sport Management with an eSports con-
FIN 209 Managerial Finance 3 centration is designed to prepare students
SOSC Social Science Core 3 for careers in esports administration and
FIFTH SEMESTER ____________________________ management with interscholastic, intercolle-
Major Elective 3 giate and professional esports organizations’
MGMT 301 Operations Management 3 esports event organizers, entrepreneurial
HUM Humanities Core 3 esports ventures and more. Students will
Free Electives 6 explore the financial, legal and ethical prac-
tices within eSports and the structure and
SIXTH SEMESTER ____________________________ business involved in eSports. This concentra-
BLAW 251 Business Law I 3 tion also covers the technology behind video
CAIS 201 Introduction to Business Analytics 3 games and provides you with an overview
MGMT 320 Business Planning 3 of different hardware components used as
HUM Humanities Core 3 well as software packages. You will deep
Free Elective 3 dive into effective broadcasting strategies
SEVENTH SEMESTER _________________________ and the components of media used in eS-
ports including streaming, writing strategies,
BUAD 382 Senior Project/Internship 3
play-by-play and production. Additionally,
Major Elective 9
Free Elective 3 the concentration will critically examine the
contemporary issues facing the industry of
EIGHTH SEMESTER __________________________ eSports and professional gaming.
MGMT 350 Business Policy and Strategy 3
CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 ESPORT ELECTIVES
Major Electives 6
ESPT 220 Introduction to eSports 3
Free Elective 3
ESPT 305 Gaming Hardware and Software 3
Total Semester Hours _________________120 ESPT 315 eSports Business 3
ESPT 320 eSports Broadcasting 3
ESPT 325 Contemporary Issues in eSports 3
15

140
Analytics and Systems Master of Science Degree

enables students to proceed at their desired process

Mandeville Hall, Room 304 pace. Most students complete the MS A&S • Demonstrating initiative, discipline, and
Telephone: (203) 576-2390 program in 18 to 24 months. follow-through on assignments and proj-
Fax: (203) 576-4388 ects
Learning Outcomes • Facilitating meaningful dialogue related
Students will demonstrate to class topics
The UB MS in Analytics & 1. knowledge in - conducting data analysis to Conceptual
Systems Value Proposition discern appropriate actions to solve busi-
• Evaluating the advantages and disadvan-
The MS in Analytics & Systems (MS A&S) is a ness problems, - defining and applying
tages of analytics and systems solution
30-credit graduate program designed to meet all aspects of the information technology
designs, tools and visualization options
the needs of students whose career goals in- (IT) lifecycle from the lens of BI and ana-
lytics, and - defining and applying project • Analyzing trends within data, facilitating
clude integrating data, technology, and meth-
management knowledge areas and pro- their application, and sharing throughout
ods to provide insights for constructive deci-
cess groups to real-world projects. the organization
sion-making. The program accomplishes its
mission by developing student expertise in 2. the ability to communicate ideas clearly • Applying the theories and techniques
technical skill, solution architecture and de- and persuasively in oral and written struc- learned throughout this program with
livery, analysis and management. Graduates tures in both formal and informal settings. focus on analytics, information systems,
of the MS A&S will be well-positioned to en- sourcing, and vendor management.
3. interpersonal and professional skills that
ter contemporary data-driven organizations. enable them to contribute within diverse Learning Outcomes will be
Students will learn both a breadth of knowl- sets of teams and build internal and exter- assessed using the following
edge of information systems and a depth of nal relationships that facilitate success in measures:
skills in modern analytical methods. Class- contemporary organizations. • Research papers integrating market trends
work involves both rigorous instruction and 4. information literacy, proficiency with tech- with class topics
required projects to prepare graduates for the nology, and analytical techniques for de- • Exams measuring the effective acquisition
unique stresses of this fast-paced industry. A cision-making. of technical, systems design and delivery
similar MBA program with a concentration in
5. creativity and innovation when addressing acumen
Analytics Intelligence is offered by our Ernest
current issues and case studies. • “Hands on” tools and calculation assign-
C. Trefz School of Business; this MS A&S is
for students looking to focus more on analyt- 6. integrity in their actions, as well as an un- ments and projects covering key manage-
ics and systems specifically, rather than busi- derstanding of ethical theories, such as rial aspects of analytics and systems de-
ness management generally. triple bottom line and corporate social sign and delivery
responsibility. • Student attendance and class participation
Positive program outcomes will be achieved
through the knowledge and skills the stu- 7. critical and logical thinking that integrates • A thesis or internship that demonstrates
dents will acquire from a comprehensive concepts across disciplines enabling them the ability to conduct investigations in the
curriculum design, instruction in an effec- to successfully lead in a dynamic global analytics and systems discipline.
tive learning environment, opportunities for environment.
inquiry, and professional development. This Technical Language Requirement
program largely leverages our existing offer- Conditionally accepted international stu-
• Demonstrating an understanding of con-
ings. While more specific and analytical in dents with an undergraduate degree that was
cepts learned throughout this graduate
nature, these learning outcomes are in line taught in a language other than English are
program
with our institutional mission, and our MBA required to successfully complete additional
program. • Describing the business drivers and criti-
cal success factors for effective analytics language-related coursework and third-party
and systems project and program delivery assessment testing before joining the pro-
Program Characteristics gram.
• Using research, tools and techniques for
Although students with work experience will
complex analytical solutions that capture,
find maximum benefit from the MS A&S; no
consolidate and present information for
Academic Preparation
previous work experience is required. The Students with undergraduate preparation
meaningful insights
curriculum is designed to recognize and ac- in a non-business field may be required
commodate substantial diversity in prepara- Human to complete up to 6 credits of preparatory
tion and experience as well as the different • Communicating complicated information course- work. Students with a strong aca-
goals and career expectations of students. at a professional level clearly and concise- demic record (B or better in each case) from
For this reason, some students may be re- ly an accredited university, or significant rele-
quired to complete preparatory coursework vant work experience, may be able to waive
• Understanding how to manage all aspects
to successfully graduate from the 30-credit preparatory foundation courses. Accounting
of the data capture, delivery and analysis
MS A&S program. Flexible course delivery

141
Analytics and Systems Master of Science Degree

& Business Law (ACCT500) requires both Program Courses Grading Policy
managerial and financial accounting, as well
as any course labelled business law that in- For students with graduate coursework from A grade of C or better is required for credit
cluded contracts and tort law. Management a regionally accredited university: No more toward graduation in all preparatory and
& Marketing (MGMT500) requires organiza- than two (graduate) courses may be trans- program coursework. Students are expected
tional behavior, operations management, and ferred into the MS A&S program. For stu- to maintain a semester GPA of 3.0 or bet-
marketing or any similarly named course that dents who have earned graduate credit from ter throughout their studies. Those students
includes consumer behavior. the Trefz School that is not included in a who earn a semester GPA below 3.0 will be
conferred degree: all applicable (graduate) placed on probation and must comply with
three-credit courses may be transferred into the associated formal process to successfully
Preparatory Courses: Acquiring the MS A&S program. maintain proper status.
the Foundation for Success (up
to 6 Credits) MS/MBA Dual-Degree Program Requirements for Graduation
This course provides the basic fundamentals The Trefz School offers students the opportu- To qualify for the award of the degree of
that serve as a necessary foundation for the nity to acquire concurrent (students must not Master of Science in Analytics and Systems,
MS A&S program. be eligible to graduate from either program a student must fulfill the following minimum
until the final semester) graduate degrees requirements:
• ACCT500 Accounting & Business Law
within the Trefz School in which students 1. Admitted to candidacy for the degree in
• MGMT500 Management & Marketing may apply up to 15 credit hours to both pro- the School of Business.
grams. A minimum of 51 credit hours must
MS A&S Program Curriculum be completed to satisfy the requirements of
2. Satisfactorily complete all academic re-
quirements with a cumulative grade point
(30 credits) this dual-degree program.
average grade of “B” (CGPA = 3.0) or bet-
The BUCP599 Capstone course is available ter.
CORE COURSES (6 CREDITS): for dual-degree students with the following
3. File an application for the award of the
ITKM505 Information Systems & modification; students may complete a three-
degree at the Registrar’s Office on or be-
Knowledge Management credit internship and one one-credit in each
fore the date published in the University
program.”
MGMT555 Global Project Management Calendar.
ANALYTICS INTELLIGENCES STEM Designation 4. Complete all academic requirements
within five (5) years from the date of first
COURSES (9 CREDITS) The MS A&S is classified by ICE (U.S. Im- registration, unless a petition for exten-
ITKM548 Enterprise Intelligence and migration and Customs Enforcement) as a sion is granted. Extensions are granted
Decision Support Systems STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and only for compelling reasons.
ITKM549 Technical Concepts for Analytics Math) degree.
Professionals
ITKM560 Foundations in Advanced Progression/Sequence of
Analytics Coursework
ANALYTICS APPLICATIONS Preparatory coursework must be taken in the
first semester. Students begin the formal MS
COURSES (9 CREDITS)
A&S program by completing the eight Core
courses (in any order). The Capstone courses
MKTG525 Data-Driven Marketing should be taken in the final semester, or final
FIN534 Behavioral Economics and two semesters.
Finance
MGMT534 Strategic Sourcing & Vendor Fulltime Status
Management Fulltime status requires at least three classes
per semester (spring and fall) for interna-
CAPSTONE COURSES (6 CREDITS) tional students and at least two classes per
BUCP588 Research Methods semester for domestic students. International
BUCP598 Thesis or BUCP599 Internship students on an F1 or J1 visa may take fewer
than 9 credits only once during their gradu-
Eligibility for Transfer Credits ate tenure (spring and fall semesters), which
is only permitted in their final semester.
in the 30-credit upper-level

142
Business Administration Master of Business Administration Degree

. • information literacy, proficiency with mentals across the business disciplines that
Mandeville Hall technology, and analytical techniques for serve as a necessary foundation for the MBA
Telephone: (203) 576-4647 decision-making. program.
• critical and logical thinking that integrates • ACCT500 Accounting & Business Law
concepts across disciplines with creativity • MGMT500 Management & Marketing
The UB MBA Value Proposition and integrity enabling them to successful-
The Master of Business Administration ly lead in a dynamic global environment.
MBA Program Curriculum: (total
(MBA) is a valuable education for aspiring
and practicing managers in any industry or Assessment of 36 credits)
field of endeavor. The graduate program • Papers, presentations, responses to cases, • Three Components: Core, Concentration,
provides early to mid-career professionals and projects are evaluated using formal and Capstone
with the breadth and depth of theoretical rubrics as measures.
and practical knowledge and skills that are CORE COURSES (18 CREDITS)
• Students, and the program as a whole,
necessary for effective leadership in an in- In the six Core courses you will apply the
are evaluated and benchmarked across
creasingly international and dynamic envi- theory from the Foundation coursework
the basic business disciplines (formative
ronment. Our innovative, interdisciplinary, through cases and real-world exercises.
- with the use of standardized academic
and interactive MBA experience emphasizes • ACCT505 Managerial & Cost Accounting
tests) and (summative - with the use of
leadership, teamwork, analytical thinking, • FIN505 Advanced Financial Management
independent third-party tests).
business and management competencies,
and communication to give you a competi- • Students, working in teams, are evaluated • ITKM505 Information Systems & Knowl-
tive edge for success. based on team performance and individ- edge Management
ual contribution. • MGMT505 Organizational Behavior
Program Characteristics • MGMT555 Global Project Management
Although students with work experience will
Language Requirement • MKTG505 Marketing & Branding
find maximum benefit from the MBA; no Conditionally accepted international stu-
previous work experience is required. The dents with an undergraduate degree that was CONCENTRATION COURSES (9
curriculum is designed to recognize and ac- taught in a language other than English are CREDITS)
commodate substantial diversity in prepara- required to successfully complete additional Because many careers require specialized
tion and experience as well as the different language-related coursework and third-party and in-depth knowledge and skills in spe-
goals and career expectations of students. assessment testing before joining the pro- cific business areas, the program provides
For this reason, some students may be re- gram. students with the opportunity to complete
quired to complete preparatory coursework three courses of in-depth study in an area of
to successfully graduate from the 36-credit Academic Preparation their choice. Students can choose from seven
MBA program. Flexible course delivery en- Students with undergraduate preparation concentrations.
ables students to proceed at their desired in a non-business field may be required • Accounting
pace. Most students complete the MBA pro- to complete up to 6 credits of preparatory • Analytics Intelligence
gram in 18 to 24 months. course- work. Students with a strong aca-
• Finance
demic record (B or better in each case) from
Learning Outcomes an accredited university, or significant rele- • Health Care Management
Students will demonstrate vant work experience, may be able to waive • Human Resources Management
preparatory foundation courses. Accounting • Management
• knowledge in all - and proficiency in
& Business Law (ACCT500) requires both
at least one of - the basic business dis- • Marketing
managerial and financial accounting, as well
ciplines (accounting, economics, entre-
as any course labelled business law that in- CAPSTONE COURSES (9 CREDITS)
preneurship, finance, human resources,
cluded contracts and tort law. Management
information systems, leadership, manage- The Capstone experience provides the final
& Marketing (MGMT500) requires organiza-
ment, and marketing). integration of student learning across the
tional behavior, operations management, and
• the ability to communicate ideas clearly marketing or any similarly named course that
and concisely in oral and written struc- includes consumer behavior.
tures, and in formal and informal settings.
• interpersonal and professional skills that Preparatory Courses: Acquiring
enable them to contribute within diverse
sets of teams and build internal and exter- the Foundation for Success (6
nal relationships that facilitate success in Credits)
contemporary organizations. This coursework provides the basic funda-

143
Business Administration Master of Business Administration Degree

disciplines and the application of concepts centration in their original concentration by Requirements for Graduation
learned to practical and competitive situa- taking three additional advanced courses in
tions. the discipline. To qualify for the award of the degree of
Master of Business Administration, a student
Capstone (9 credits) must fulfill the following minimum require-
• Integration (required) MBA/Engineering Partnership ments:
o BUCP597 Strategy & Policy In an arrangement, with the School of En- 1. Admitted to candidacy for the degree in
gineering, approved Engineering courses of- the School of Business.
• Practicum (select one)
fered by the College of Engineering are avail-
o MGMT582 Business Planning able for students in the MBA degree. Specific 2. Satisfactorily complete all academic re-
o BUCP589 Cases in Ethics, Innova- courses for this study are selected with - and quirements with a cumulative grade point
tion, & Leadership approved by - the student’s advisor. average grade of “B” (CGPA = 3.0) or bet-
ter.
o BUCP588 Research Methods
• Experiential (select one) Progression/Sequence of 3. File an application for the award of the
degree at the Registrar’s Office on or be-
o MGMT582 Business Planning Coursework fore the date published in the University
o BUCP589 Cases in Ethics, Innova- Preparatory coursework is the first step: Stu- Calendar.
tion, & Leadership dents start their studies by completing all 4. Complete all academic requirements
o BUCP598 Thesis (requires necessary Preparatory courses. Once all the within five (5) years from the date of first
GLDP501: advisor assigned by dis- Preparatory courses have been completed, registration, unless a petition for exten-
cipline) students may enter the formal MBA program. sion is granted. Extensions are granted
In some cases, students may take a combina- only for compelling reasons.
o BUCP599 Internship
tion of Preparatory and Core courses during
ELIGIBILITY FOR TRANSFER their transition into the Program, but students
CREDITS IN THE 36-CREDIT should not take a Preparatory and advanced
class in the same discipline at the same time
UPPER-LEVEL PROGRAM
(e.g. ITKM500 and ITKM505).
COURSES
Students begin the formal MBA program
For students who have earned graduate credit by completing the six Core courses (in any
from a regionally accredited university that is order). The three Capstone courses should
not included in a conferred degree: No more be taken in the final semester, or final two
than two (graduate) three-credit courses may semesters, and must only be taken once all
be transferred into the MBA program. For Core courses have been successfully com-
students who have earned graduate credit pleted (not concurrently).
from the Trefz School that is not included in
a conferred degree: all applicable (graduate)
three-credit courses may be transferred into Fulltime Status
the MBA program. Fulltime status requires at least three classes
per semester (spring and fall) for interna-
MBA/MS Dual-Degree Program tional students and at least two classes per
semester for domestic students. International
The Trefz School offers students the opportu- students on an F1 or J1 visa may take fewer
nity to acquire concurrent (students must not than 9 credits only once during their gradu-
be eligible to graduate from either program ate tenure (spring and fall semesters), which
until the final semester) graduate degrees is only permitted in their final semester.
within the Trefz School in which students
may apply up to 15 credit hours to both pro-
grams. A minimum of 51 credit hours must Grading Policy
be completed to satisfy the requirements of A grade of C or better is required for credit
this dual-degree program. toward graduation in all preparatory and
program coursework. Students are expected
Multiple MBA Concentrations to maintain a semester GPA of 3.0 or bet-
ter throughout their studies. Those students
Students may gain additional concentrations who earn a semester GPA below 3.0 will be
by successfully completing three courses placed on probation and must comply with
in any of the eight concentrations (courses the associated formal process to successfully
may not be counted twice toward concentra- maintain proper status.
tions). Students may receive a double con-

144
Finance Master of Science Degree

Mandeville Hall
Program Characteristics LEARNING OUTCOMES WILL
Although students with work experience will BE ASSESSED USING THE
Telephone: (203) 576-4805 FOLLOWING MEASURES:
find maximum benefit from the MSF, no pre-
vious work experience is required. The cur- • participation in classroom activities ad-
riculum is designed to recognize and accom- dressing current financial events,
The UB MS in Finance Value modate substantial diversity in preparation • preparing case studies,
Proposition and experience as well as the different goals
• creating one-off back tests of financial hy-
The Master of Science in (MSF) is a 30-cred- and career expectations of students. For this
potheses,
it graduate program designed to meet the reason, some students may be required to
complete preparatory coursework to success- • performing simulations,
needs of a distinct type of professional in
the finance industry. The MSF develops the fully graduate from the 30-credit MSF pro- • developing reusable financial and risk
ability of students whose career goals include gram. Flexible course delivery enables stu- management tools,
specialist, technical, and management roles dents to proceed at their desired pace. Most • performing due diligence research proj-
in financial enterprises. The program ac- students complete the MSF program in 18 to ects,
complishes its mission by developing student 24 months.
• writing 5-to-10-page papers on critical fi-
expertise in financial instruments, financial nancial topics,
technology, financial analysis and financial Learning Outcomes • presenting findings in a five-minute pro-
management. Positive program outcomes Students will demonstrate fessional presentation,
will be achieved through the knowledge and 1. knowledge in – evaluating and pricing
skills the students will acquire from a com- • and one capstone exercise reflecting their
financial opportunities, gauging the ap- accumulated knowledge and skills.
prehensive curriculum design, instruction in propriate level of risk to discount future
an effective learning environment, opportu-
nities for inquiry, and professional develop-
projections, comparing investment op-
portunities and allocating among them
Language Requirement
ment. This program largely leverages our ex- in an optimal way, creating useful tools Conditionally accepted international stu-
isting offerings. for answering financial questions so that dents with an undergraduate degree that was
Students learn concepts in risk, finance, in- reports are generated automatically and taught in a language other than English are
vestments, and analytics that provide the progress is tracked, assessing and man- required to successfully complete additional
basis for careers in finance. Students also aging risk, analyzing and solving finan- language-related coursework and third-party
develop the technical and quantitative skills cial problems with finely honed decision assessment testing before joining the pro-
needed to pursue a variety of careers in the making and problem solving skills. gram.
finance industry. While more specific and 2. the ability to communicate ideas clearly
analytical in nature, these learning outcomes and persuasively in oral and written struc- Academic Preparation
are in line with our institutional mission, and tures in both formal and informal settings. Students with undergraduate preparation
our MBA program. in a non-business field may be required
3. interpersonal and professional skills that
Students will learn how to evaluate and price enable them to contribute within diverse to complete up to 6 credits of preparatory
a financial opportunity. They will learn how sets of teams and build internal and exter- course- work. Students with a strong aca-
to gauge the appropriate level of risk to dis- nal relationships that facilitate success in demic record (B or better in each case) from
count future projections. They will learn how contemporary organizations. an accredited university, or significant rele-
to compare across investment opportunities vant work experience, may be able to waive
at a given time and how to allocate among 4. information literacy, proficiency with tech-
preparatory foundation courses. Accounting
them in an optimal way. They will learn how nology, and analytical techniques for de-
& Business Law (ACCT500) requires both
to create useful tools for answering financial cision-making.
managerial and financial accounting, as well
questions so that reports could be generated 5. creativity and innovation when addressing as any course labelled business law that in-
automatically and progress can be tracked. current issues and case studies. cluded contracts and tort law. Management
They will learn how to both assess and man- 6. integrity in their actions, as well as an un- & Marketing (MGMT500) requires organiza-
age risk. Most importantly and most gener- derstanding of ethical theories, such as tional behavior, operations management, and
ally, they will learn how to solve financial triple bottom line and corporate social marketing or any similarly named course that
problems with finely honed problem-solving responsibility. includes consumer behavior.
skills via analytical capabilities and data-driv- 7. critical and logical thinking that integrates
en decision-making. concepts across disciplines enabling them
to successfully lead in a dynamic global
environment.

145
Finance Master of Science Degree

Preparatory Courses: Acquiring nity to acquire concurrent (students must not

be eligible to graduate from either program
2. Satisfactorily complete all academic re-
quirements with a cumulative grade point
the Foundation for Success (up until the final semester) graduate degrees average grade of “B” (CGPA = 3.0) or bet-
to 6 Credits) within the Trefz School in which students ter.
may apply up to 15 credit hours to both pro- 3. File an application for the award of the
This coursework provides the basic funda- grams. A minimum of 51 credit hours must
mentals across the business disciplines that degree at the Registrar’s Office on or be-
be completed to satisfy the requirements of fore the date published in the University
serve as a necessary foundation for the MSF this dual-degree program.
program. Calendar.
4. Complete all academic requirements
• ACCT500 Accounting & Business Law STEM Designation within five (5) years from the date of first
• MGMT500 Management & Marketing The MSF is classified by ICE (U.S. Immigra- registration, unless a petition for exten-
tion and Customs Enforcement) as a STEM sion is granted. Extensions are granted
MSF Program Curriculum: (30 (Science, Technology, Engineering and Math) only for compelling reasons.
credits total - all courses are degree.

three credits) Progression/Sequence of

CORE COURSES (24 CREDITS) Coursework
FIN 505: Advanced Financial Preparatory coursework is the first step. In
Management & Policy some cases, students may take a combination
FIN 520: Investment Analysis of Preparatory and Core courses during their
FIN 525: International Financial transition into the Program. Students begin
Management the formal MSF program by completing the
eight Core courses (in any order). The Cap-
FIN 534: Behavioral Economics and
stone courses should be taken in the final
Algorithmic Finance
semester, or final two semesters.
FIN 540: Financial Analysis & Modeling
FIN 545: Financial Derivatives & Risk Fulltime Status
Management
Fulltime status requires at least three classes
ITKM505: Information Systems & per semester (spring and fall) for interna-
Knowledge Management tional students and at least two classes per
ITKM560: Foundations in Advanced semester for domestic students. International
Analytics students on an F1 or J1 visa may take fewer
than 9 credits only once during their gradu-
CAPSTONE COURSES (6 CREDITS) ate tenure (spring and fall semesters), which
BUCP588 Research Methods is only permitted in their final semester.
BUCP598 Thesis or BUCP599 Internship
Grading Policy
Eligibility for Transfer Credits A grade of C or better is required for credit
in the 30-credit upper-level toward graduation in all preparatory and
program coursework. Students are expected
Program Courses to maintain a semester GPA of 3.0 or bet-
For students with graduate coursework from ter throughout their studies. Those students
a regionally accredited university: No more who earn a semester GPA below 3.0 will be
than two (graduate) courses may be trans- placed on probation and must comply with
ferred into the MSF program. For students the associated formal process to successfully
who have earned graduate credit from the maintain proper status.
Trefz School that is not included in a con-
ferred degree: all applicable (graduate) Requirements for Graduation
three-credit courses may be transferred into To qualify for the award of the degree of
the MSF program. Master of Science in Finance, a student must
fulfill the following minimum requirements:
MS/MBA Dual-Degree Program 1. Admitted to candidacy for the degree in
The Trefz School offers students the opportu- the School of Business.

146
 COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING, BUSINESS,
AND EDUCATION
School of Education Programs

147
Education Master of Science in Elementary or Secondary Degrees, Sixth Year
Certificates of Advanced Studies, and Certification Areas
able: Elementary content area courses; Sec- fication must meet the following additional
Carlson Hall ondary and Middle Level Academic Subjects: requirements prior to recommendation for
Telephone: (203) 576-4764 Biology, Physics, General Science, Chemistry, certification:
Earth Science, English, Mathematics, History 1. Completion of all required Planned Pro-
and Social Studies, Business Education, and gram course work
This degree program provides advanced
Music (K-12).
study in content and content pedagogy for 2. Completion of all General Education (un-
persons interested in careers in education, dergraduate requirements)
and/or certification in the State of Connecti- Teacher Preparation Programs 3. PRAXIS II examinations, as well as any
cut to teach on the elementary, or secondary Candidates who seek certification to teach in additional - state mandated assessments
levels. Connecticut must follow a Planned Program for specific certification areas
of Study that results in a Master’s Degree and
4. Demonstration of all state-required pro-
Intern Program a recommendation by the State Certification
gram competencies
Officer at the University for an Initial Educa-
tor Certificate in the State of Connecticut. 5. Demonstration of the knowledge, skills,
Carlson Hall and dispositions for teaching in the pro-
Telephone: (203) 576-4219 gram area, including successful comple-
Admissions into the Master’s tion of all performance assessments spe-
The Graduate School of Education provides Degree (Certification Track cific to the certification program.
an internship option for the following stu- Programs)
dents: (1) those seeking a Master’s degree
Students seeking certification must apply to
Program Goals
or 6th Year Certificate of Advanced Studies The Teacher Preparation Program Goals co-
the program of their choice and must meet
and teacher certification; (2) those already incide with the six domain goals of the Con-
the following requirements PRIOR to admis-
certified and seeking a Master’s degree or necticut Common Core of Teaching and the
sion into a Certification Track Program in El-
Sixth Year Certificate of Advanced Studies, national States’ Common Core of Teaching.
ementary, Secondary Academic Subjects, or
or (3) those seeking a Master’s degree only The Teacher Preparation program at the Uni-
Music:
for work in nonpublic American schools, versity of Bridgeport seeks to develop teach-
schools in another country, or in other edu- 1. A Bachelor’s Degree in a subject area
ers who can accomplish all of the following:
cational settings. This internship is designed major (not professional education) from
a regionally accredited institution with Understand and apply essential skills, central
to integrate field experience with graduate
thirty-nine credits in general education, concepts, and tools of inquiry in their subject
course work. During the internship students
including course work in English, Math- matter or field.
earn thirty-three tuition remission credits.
ematics, Natural Science, Social Studies, Promote student engagement, independence,
Master’s Degree Program and World Language or Fine Arts (Grades
below a C are NOT accepted for this cat-
and interdependence in learning by facilitat-
ing a positive learning community.
Master of Science in Elementary and Second- egory). Plan and Implement instruction in order to
ary Education
2. Undergraduate GPA of at least a B. engage students in rigorous and relevant
(Connecticut Teacher Certification) learning and to promote their curiosity.
3. A well-written essay, at least 350 words,
This program provides educators with the describing the candidate’s reasons for en- Use multiple measures to analyze student
opportunities for in-depth study of subject rolling in the program and experience rel- performance and to inform subsequent plan-
content, techniques and materials appropri- evant to teaching and demonstrating the ning and instruction.
ate to contemporary classrooms within a appropriate dispositions for becoming a Maximize support for student learning by de-
structured framework of field concentration teacher. veloping and demonstrating professionalism,
and professional development. Emphasis is
4. Two letters of recommendation from per- collaboration with others, and leadership.
placed on selected areas of concentration in
sons able to testify to the candidate’s suit-
content and content pedagogy and profes-
ability as a prospective teacher and poten-
sional course work for the development of
tial for graduate-level work.
individual clinical competencies.
Candidates seeking admission to the certifi-
Individuals seeking Connecticut certification
cation-track programs are expected to pos-
must take courses required for their license
sess basic technology proficiencies, such as
in a Master’s Planned Program of Study. This
word processing, sending and receiving e-
program consists of foundation courses, sub-
mail messages, using the Internet, and the
ject content courses, professional courses,
University’s web based platforms.
field experiences, and residency teaching.
All candidates for Connecticut State Certi-
The following certification tracks are avail-

148
Education Master of Science in Elementary or Secondary Degrees, Sixth Year
Certificates of Advanced Studies, and Certification Areas
Elementary Education, 1-6, HIST 400 U.S. History for Teachers 3 EDUC 575J Reading and Writing in the Content
Areas 3
Certification Track Program EDUC 565 Effective Planning and Instruction 1 (Secondary English Education Program Students)– 3
EDUC 592 Technology Literacy for Educators 2 credits (required)
FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT______________ EDUC 536J Adolescent Literature 3
Planned Program of Study STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS – 1 credit (required)
(Choose one; certification-track students must take
PRE-PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRAXIS II and Connecticut Foundations of Reading EDUC 511 Statutory Requirements in Education 0
COURSEWORK__________________________ Test.)
Supervised Residency Teaching
EXAMINATIONS (required for certification)
FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION – 9 credits (required) EDUC 450 Field Experience 6*
PRAXIS II, Foundations of Reading Exam,
EDUC 503 Diverse Students: Differentiated or EDUC 515J Internship 3
Connecticut Foundations of Reading Test
Instruction 3 and EDUC 516J Internship 3
EDUC 566 Contemporary Educational
EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations Problems II 3 and EDUC 548J Directed/Supervised Residence
in Education 3 Teaching 6
EDUC 595 Thesis Research 3
EDUC 564 Education of Students with PRAXIS II
Total Number of Credits
Exceptionalities 3 ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS/
Master of Science degree is a minimum of 33 credits.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS (not including 6 credits for student teaching) ELECTIVES
CURRICULUM AND METHODS OF TEACHING METHODS Additional Coursework Required if Noted
AND MATERIALS – 6 credits (required) OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE OF EDUC 500 Research and Report Writing 3
(TWO OF THE FOLLOWING) CONNECTICUT CERTIFICATION_____________ EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language
EDUC 441C Pedagogical & Content Knowledge in Additional Coursework for Certification Learner 1
Mathematics 2 (required if noted) HIST 300 U.S. History for Teachers 3
and EDUC 442C Pedagogical & Content Knowledge in *EDUC 450 may be taken in 2 semesters (3 credits each) or EDUC 565 Effective Planning & Instruction 1
Social Studies 2 one semester at 6 credits.
and EDUC 443C Pedagogical & Content Knowledge in FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT______________
Science 2
Masters of Science in EXAMINATIONS (required for certification)
LITERACY – 9 credits (required)
EDUC 440C Pedagogical & Content Knowledge in Secondary Education, PRAXIS II
EDUC 566 Contemporary Educational Problems II 3
Language Arts 3 Certification Track Programs or
EDUC 573 Early Literacy Instruction 2 EDUC 595 Thesis Research 3
and EDUC 574 Developmental Reading in the
Elementary School 3 Planned Program of Study EDUC 695 Advanced Thesis Research —
Sixth Year 2-6
EDMM 621 Foundations of Reading Content
Review 1 PRE-PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS Total Number of Credits
EDMM 605 Content Review in Mathematics 1 COURSEWORK__________________________ Master of Science degree is a minimum of 33 credits.
EDMM 673 Content Review in Social Studies 1 FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION – 3 credits (required)
(not including 6 credits of student teaching)
EDMM 676 Content Review in Science 1
EDUC 503 Differentiated Instruction: Building on OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE OF
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS – 1 credit (required) Student Diversity 3 CONNECTICUT CERTIFICATION_____________
EDUC 511 Statutory Requirements in Education 0 EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations in Education
3 Additional Coursework for Certification or Endorsement
FIELD EXPERIENCE/RESIDENCE TEACHING – 6 credits (required if noted)
plus Supervised Residency Teaching SPECIAL EDUCATION – 3 credits (required) *EDUC 450 may be taken in 2 semesters (3 credits each) or
EDUC 564 Education of the Exceptional Student 3 one semester at 6 credits.
EDUC 450 Field Experience 6*
or EDUC 515 Internship 4*
and EDUC 548C Directed/Student Teaching in the
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS_________
Specific Subject Area
Elementary School
PRAXIS II Examinations (required)
6 CURRICULUM AND METHODS OF TEACHING
Methods and Materials–Middle (M) or Secondary (J)
Requirements for Secondary
Connecticut Foundations of Reading Test (required) Level – 3 credits (required) Certification
(Students must take the Methods and Materials course
ADDITIONAL GRADUATE COURSES AND specific to the certification area). Each student must have the appropriate un-
ELECTIVES_____________________________ EDUC 440M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching dergraduate coursework for the certification
Language Arts 3 area. Students are advised to check with their
Additional Graduate Coursework (Required if noted)
MATHEMATICS (Adviser approval is needed for this course.) or EDUC 441M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching academic advisor for all undergraduate and
EDUC 499 College Math for Teachers 2 Mathematics 3 graduate certification requirements.
LITERACY AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNING or EDUC 442M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching
EDUC 536C Children’s Literature 3
Social Studies 3 BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY, EARTH
or EDUC 443M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching SCIENCE, GENERAL SCIENCE, OR
EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language Science 3
Learner 1
UNITED STATES HISTORY CONTENT LITERACY & LITERATURE – 3 credits (required)

149
Education Master of Science in Elementary or Secondary Degrees, Sixth Year
Certificates of Advanced Studies, and Certification Areas
PHYSICS MUSIC EDUCATION, K-12, EDUC 595 Thesis Research
3
CERTIFICATION TRACK
REQUIREMENTS Total Number of Credits
Master of Science degree is a minimum of 33 credits
Undergraduate major in certification area Planned Program of Study (not including 6 credits of student teaching)
or 30 credits plus nine credits in related
subject(s) in certification area FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE OF
EDUC 443J Methods/Materials, Teaching Science 3 COURSEWORK__________________________ CONNECTICUT CERTIFICATION_____________
Students need to complete all requirements EDUC 503 Differentiated Instruction: Building on
Student Diversity 3 Survey Course of United States History – 3 credits
on their Planned Programs of Study and pass (required)
all performance assessments. HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT – 3 credits Additional Coursework for Certification or Endorsement
(required) (required if noted)
ENGLISH EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations in *EDUC 450 may be taken in 2 semesters (3 credits each) or
Education 3 one semester at 6 credits.
REQUIREMENTS *These course requirements may be met by
English major or 30 credits plus nine credits
taking an appropriate undergraduate course MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY
in related subject(s)
with a grade of at least a “B,” taken within OR SECONDARY EDUCATION,
EDUC 440J Methods/Materials, Teaching
the past five years. CERTIFICATION TRACK PROGRAM IN
Language Arts 3 EDUC 564 Education of Students with REMEDIAL READING AND REMEDIAL
Exceptionalities 3
EDUC 536J Adolescent Literature 3
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS LANGUAGE ARTS
EDMM 625 Teaching Writing in Classrooms 1
Students need to complete all requirements Content Area Core:– 9 credits (required)
on their Planned Programs of Study and pass MSED 435 Designing Curriculum and This 33 credit Master of Science degree
all performance assessments. Instruction in Music 3 course of study program at either the Ele-
MSED 543 Music in Elementary Schools 3 mentary or Secondary level provides exten-
MATHEMATICS MSED 544 Music in Secondary Schools 3 sive course work and experiences in work-
Content Area Specialization: (8) ing with students in the field of literacy and
REQUIREMENTS APM 400: Private Instruction (vocal/instr.) (1-2) language arts, leading to the initial educator
MSED 511: Conducting (3) certification in Remedial Reading and Reme-
Mathematics major or 30 credits plus nine MSED 520: Group Instruction in Voice (3)
credits in related subject(s) dial Language Arts. An individual with an
MSED 521: Group Instruction in Strings (3)
EDUC 441J Methods/Materials, Teaching appropriate regionally accredited Bachelor’s
MSED 523: Group Instruction in Woodwinds(3)
Mathematics 3 MSED 526: Group Instruction in Percussion (3) degree may apply for this program. Although
Students need to complete all requirements MSED 531: Lit. & Tech. for Choral Music (3) the program focuses on literacy for grades
on their Planned Programs of Study and pass MSED 532: Lit. & Tech. for Instr. Music (3) 1-12, the candidates elect either an Elementa-
all performance assessments. MSED 541: Choral Practicum (1) ry degree focus or a Secondary degree focus
MATH CONTENT – 12 credits (required) MSED 542: Instrumental Practicum (1) through their field experiences and research.
EDMM 600 Topics in Advanced Math 3 MSED 545: Technology in Music Education (3) This concentration focuses on working with
(MATH 414) MSED 546: Music in Early Childhood (3) students in a variety of instructional set-
EDMM 603 Analysis I 3 tings for the purpose of teaching literacy
FIELD EXPERIENCE/STUDENT TEACHING – 4 credits plus
EDMM 606 Analysis II 3 Student Teaching processes, for evaluating students in reading
EDMM 604 Analysis III 3 EDUC 450 Field Experience 6* and language arts, and for developing and
or EDUC 515 Internship 2 evaluating literacy programs. Students learn
and EDUC 515 Internship 2 to create appropriate literacy instruction for
HISTORY AND SOCIAL STUDIES and MSED 590 Directed/Supervised Resident Teaching, learners experiencing difficulty in reading
Music 6 and language arts. Upon completion of the
REQUIREMENTS coursework, field experiences, and appropri-
ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS STATUTORY
History major plus 18 credits in other social REQUIREMENTS – 1 credit (required) ate performance assessments, students may
sciences; or major in Anthropology, Sociol- EDUC 511 Statutory Requirements 0 apply for the Connecticut initial educator cer-
ogy, Political Science, Geology, Economics, tificate in Remedial Reading/Remedial Lan-
Content Literacy – 3 credits (required) guage Arts, 1-12.
plus 18 credits in history
EDUC 575M Reading and Writing in the Content Areas 3
EDUC 442J Methods/Materials, Teaching Social
Studies 3 FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT EXAMINATIONS (required
for certification) Program Goals
Students need to complete all requirements PRAXIS II The program goals in literacy are adapted
on their Planned Programs of Study and pass EDUC 566 Contemporary Educational Problems II from the international Reading Association
all performance assessments. 3 Standards for reading Professionals - Revised
2010. The goals in Literacy for the Remedial

150
Education Master of Science in Elementary or Secondary Degrees, Sixth Year
Certificates of Advanced Studies, and Certification Areas
Reading and Remedial Language Arts Pro- Planned Program of Study M.S. Total Minimum: 33 credits
gram are as follows: Students need to complete all requirements
Reading professionals understand the theo- PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS_____________ on their Planned Programs of Study and pass
retical and evidence-based foundations of all performance assessments.
Foundations of Education 3
reading and writing processes and instruc-
Educational Psychology 3
tion. Children’s or Adolescent Literature 3 Professional Educator
Reading professionals use instructional ap-
proaches, materials, and an integrated, com-
Special Education 3
Development
prehensive, balanced curriculum to support PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS___
learning in reading and writing.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY
READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS – 8 credits (required)
OR SECONDARY EDUCATION/
Reading professionals us a variety of assess- EDUC 440C Methods and Materials in Teaching
ment tools and practices to plan and evaluate Language Arts 3 CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCE STUDIES
effective reading and writing instruction. or EDUC 440M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching (CAS) IN ELEMENTARY OR SECONDARY
Reading professionals create and engage
Language Arts 3 EDUCATION
and EDUC 574 Developmental Reading in
their students in literacy practices that devel- the Elementary School 3 NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER
op awareness, understanding, respect, and a and EDUC 575 Reading and Writing in the Content ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR
valuing of differences in our society. Area 3 INTERNAL TRANSFERS
Reading professionals create a literate envi- DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF READING AND Carlson Hall
ronment that fosters reading and writing by LANGUAGE ARTS DIFFICULTIES – 3 credits (required) Telephone: (203) 576-4028
integrating foundational knowledge, instruc- EDUC 571 Diagnosis and Intervention of Reading Fax: (203-576-4200
tional practices, approaches and methods, and Language Arts Difficulties 3
curriculum materials, and the appropriate TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS – 3 credits (required)
use of assessments. This degree program provides advanced
EDUC 558 Evaluation of Instructional Outcomes 3
Reading professionals recognize the impor- study for certified teachers and for persons
tance of, demonstrate, and facilitate profes- CLINICAL PRACTICES IN READING___________ interested in careers related to school-age
sional learning and leadership as a career- students.
AND LANGUAGE ARTS – 7 credits (required)
long effort and responsibility.
Admissions Criteria
EDUC 596 Field Experience in Reading and
Language Arts 1 Professional Educator
A valid Connecticut teaching certificate (or EDUC 597 Practicum in Reading and Language Development
Arts 6
proof of eligibility); This program is designed for students who
An appropriate regionally accredited Bach- ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS______ are certified teachers or who wish to pursue
elor’s degree; a Master’s degree in Elementary or Second-
SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNING AND ACQUISITION – 1
At least two letters of recommendation from credits (required) ary Education (33 credits); or 6th year (30
persons able to testify to your suitability as EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language credits) Certificate of Advanced Studies in El-
a prospective teacher and your potential for Learner 1 ementary or Secondary Education.
graduate-level work; ADDITIONAL GRADUATE COURSEWORK (required if PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
An essay demonstrating a command of the noted)
The Professional Educator Development Pro-
English language and setting out the reasons EDUC 500 Research and Report Writing 3
gram combines a basic core with selected
for wanting to enroll in the program and em- EDUC 596 Field Experience in Reading and
Language Arts 1 courses.
phasizing experience relevant to teaching;
EDUC 597 Practicum in Reading and Language CORE COURSES_________________________
A successful team interview with faculty; Arts 6
Completion of at least 30 school months of EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language In the Research and Report Writing course (3
successful classroom teaching experience. Learner 3 credits), students analyze their own school
EDUC 573 Early Literacy Instruction 2 experiences and determine competencies
Connecticut’s essential skills testing require-
FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT______________ they wish to achieve. In the Differentiated
ments: passing scores in the PRAXIS I exams
Instruction course (3 credits), methods for
in Reading, Writing, and Mathematics or an (Choose one of the following:)
addressing the needs of students’ diverse
official essential skills test waiver currently EDUC 566 Contemporary Educational strengths, background, experiences, gen-
meeting this requirement. Problems II 3
EDUC 568 Studies in Literacy Research 1 der, linguistic, and learning styles will be
or EDUC 595 Thesis Research 2-6 presented. In the Teacher Leadership course
(3 credits), methods to maximize students’
ADDITIONAL COURSEWORK FOR CERTIFICATION learning potential, and provide students with
(required if Noted)
quality learning experiences, alignment of
Total Number of Credits standards, lessons and assessments. In the

151
Education Master of Science in Elementary or Secondary Degrees, Sixth Year
Certificates of Advanced Studies, and Certification Areas
final core requirement, Contemporary Prob- Education M.S. Degree –
lems in Education (3 credits) students dem-
onstrate those competencies in a clinical and Early Childhood Education
a research setting. Concentration
ELECTIVE COURSE TOPICS________________ NOTE: THIS PROGRAM IS NO LONGER
Courses are offered in the following topics ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS OR
for a total of 30 or 33 credits, with several INTERNAL TRANSFERS
courses available under each topic. For cours-
es offered each semester, consult the course Designed for Flexibility –
schedule. On ground, online and hybrid Online, On-Campus, or Hybrid/
formats available. Depending on availabil-
ity and course scheduling, candidates may Blended
choose from among the following (courses The M.S. degree with a concentration in Ear-
vary between one and three credits): ly Childhood Education is designed to pro-
EDUC: Course Description mote quality early childhood education for
450 Field Experience all young children, birth through age twelve,
515 Clinical Experience – Internship Program and to improve professional practice in the
EDMM: Course Description early childhood community. This non-certi-
606 No room for Bullying fication concentration offers coursework in
609 Small Group Instruction various formats: online, on campus or hy-
610 Technology Integration brid/ blended courses.
617 Development and Design of Blended Learning Our planned program supports a compre-
Instructional Modules hensive understanding of the diverse cogni-
618 Technology Literacy tive, cultural, developmental, and linguistic
619 Web Quest in Interactive Classroom needs of the early childhood learner. Gradu-
620 Applications of English Grammar ates will be able to work effectively with mul-
623 Interactive Reading/Balanced Literacy
ticultural populations of young children in a
624 Literacy Lessons - CMT
variety of settings and provide instructional
626 Principles of Early Childhood Education
627 Developmentally Appropriate Classrooms opportunities that are adapted to diverse
628 Family and Community Partnerships learning styles. In addition, our graduates are
632 Dynamics of Classroom Environment trained to use developmentally appropriate
633 Critically Reflecting on Practice practices in early childhood education to cre-
634 Conflict Resolution ate healthy, respectful, nurturing, and chal-
641 Identifying & Teaching Academically Gifted lenging learning environments for all young
642 Differentiated Instruction children in their cultural contexts.
643 The Art of Teaching Boys & Girls Differently
644 Character Education PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
645 Student Centered Instruction Education M.S. Degree (33 Credits)
646 Reaching Difficult Students Early Childhood Concentration
654 Mastering the Interview Process EDMM 626 Principles of Early Childhood
655 Positive Student/Teacher Relationships Education (ECE) 3 online
669 Mysteries of the U.S - Historical EDMM 657 Developmentally Appropriate
670 Instructing with Modern Media ECE Classroom Environments 3 online
671 Using Historical Fiction EDMM 628 Family and Community
672 Urban Education Partnerships within ECE 3 online
679 Using STEM in the Classroom EDUC 560 Human Growth and
687 Inquiry Learning Across Disciplines Development 3 online
688 Curriculum Writing and Revision Total Core Courses 12
692 Teacher Leadership
693 School Law The remaining 21 credits will be individually
694 A Practical Guide to CCT selected with the assistance of the student’s
699 Testing & Assessment Strategies in Education advisor.

152
Education Sixth Year Certificate of Advanced Study (CAS) in Elementary or Secondary Education
Remedial Reading and Language Arts
op awareness, understanding, respect, and a SPECIAL EDUCATION – 3 credits (required)
Carlson Hall valuing of differences in our society. EDUC 564 Education of the Exceptional Student 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4201 Reading professionals create a literate envi- PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS**_
Fax: (203) 576-4200 ronment that fosters reading and writing by
integrating foundational knowledge, instruc- READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS - 9 CREDITS (REQUIRED)
This 30 credit Sixth Year Certificate of Ad- tional practices, approaches and methods, EDUC 440C Methods and Materials in Teaching
curriculum materials, and the appropriate Language Arts 3
vanced Study (CAS) degree program at either
use of assessments. or EDUC 440M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching
the Elementary or Secondary level provides Language Arts 3
extensive course work and experiences in Reading professionals recognize the impor- and EDUC 574 Developmental Reading in the
working with students in the field of literacy tance of, demonstrate, and facilitate profes- Elementary School 3
and language arts. An individual with an ap- sional learning and leadership as a career- and EDUC 575M/J Reading and Writing in the Content
propriate regionally accredited Master’s de- long effort and responsibility. Areas 3
gree may use the 6th Year CAS degree pro- DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF READING AND
gram to achieve teacher certification. Admissions Criteria LANGUAGE ARTS DIFFICULTIES – 3 credits (required)
Although the program focuses on literacy A valid Connecticut teaching certificate (or EDUC 571 Diagnosis and Intervention of Reading
for grades 1-12, the candidates elect either and Language Arts Difficulties 3
proof of eligibility);
an Elementary degree focus or a Secondary TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS – 3 credits (required)
An appropriate regionally accredited Master’s
degree focus through their field experiences EDUC 558 Evaluation of Instructional Outcomes 3
degree;
and research. This concentration focuses on
working with students in a variety of instruc- At least two letters of recommendation from CLINICAL FIELD EXPERIENCES – 7 credits (required)
tional settings for the purpose of teaching persons able to testify to your suitability as EDUC 596 Field Experience in Reading and
literacy processes, for evaluating students in a prospective teacher and your potential for Language Arts 1
graduate-level work; EDUC 597 Practicum in Reading and Language
reading and language arts, and for develop- Arts 6
ing and evaluating literacy programs. Stu- An essay demonstrating a command of the
dents learn to create appropriate literacy in- English language and setting out the reasons ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS______
struction for learners experiencing difficulty for wanting to enroll in the program and em- (4-12 CREDITS)
in reading and language arts. Upon comple- phasizing experience relevant to teaching;
SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNING AND ACQUISITION
tion of the coursework, field experiences, A successful team interview with faculty; (required as noted)
and appropriate performance assessments, EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language
Completion of at least 30 school months of
students may apply for the Connecticut ini- Learner 1
successful classroom teaching experience.
tial educator certificate in Remedial Reading/
Remedial Language Arts, 1-12. Connecticut’s essential skills testing require- STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS (required as noted)
ments: passing scores in the PRAXIS I exams EDUC 511 Statutory Requirements in Education 0
in Reading, Writing, and Mathematics or an
Program Goals official essential skills test waiver currently
ADDITIONAL GRADUATE COURSEWORK (required as
noted)
The program goals in literacy are adapted meeting this requirement. EDUC 573 Early Literacy 2
from the international Reading Association
In this program students gain extensive
Standards for reading Professionals - Revised
preparation in learning to teach students FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT______________
2010. The goals in Literacy for the Remedial
in reading and language arts; to work with (CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:)
Reading and Remedial Language Arts Pro-
learners experiencing difficulty in reading,
gram are as follows: INDEPENDENT STUDY
writing, and literacy-related processes; to as-
Reading professionals understand the theoret- sess literacy development; and to develop EDUC 668 Literacy Research Project 1
ical and evidence-based foundations of read- and evaluate programs that improve literacy EDUC 669 Sixth Year Project 1-3
ing and writing processes and instruction. processes. THESIS RESEARCH
Reading professionals use instructional ap- EDUC 695 Advanced Thesis Research —
proaches, materials, and an integrated, com- PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS*____________
Sixth Year 2-6
(9 CREDITS)
prehensive, balanced curriculum to support
learning in reading and writing. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY – 3 credits (required) Credits for Certification 21
Reading professionals us a variety of assess- EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations in Students need to complete all requirements on their
ment tools and practices to plan and evaluate Education 3 Planned Programs of study. Students seeking to complete
effective reading and writing instruction. CHILDREN’S OR ADOLESCENT LITERATURE – 3 credits the Sixth Year Degree must complete an additional 9 credits,
Reading professionals create and engage (required) inclusive of the Final Degree Requirement.
their students in literacy practices that devel- EDUC 536C Children’s Literature 3
or EDUC 536J Adolescent Literature 3 Total Number of Credits:
Sixth Year degree Total Minimum: 30 Credits

153
Education Sixth Year Certificate of Advanced Study (CAS) in Elementary or Secondary Education
Remedial Reading and Language Arts
*With prior written adviser approval these courses may be
met by taking undergraduate courses with a grade of a “B”
or higher.
**These courses are required for the Sixth Year Certificate
Program in Remedial Reading and Remedial Language
Arts.

WATERBURY CENTER
84 Progress Lane
Waterbury, CT 06705
Tel: (203) 573-8501
Fax: (203) 573-8576
E-mail: ubwaterbury@bridgeport.edu
Website: www.bridgeport.edu/about/
locations/waterbury-center
The University of Bridgeport’s Waterbury
Campus is conveniently located off Interstate
84 from exit 25A on the Waterbury/Cheshire
border and offers undergraduate, graduate,
and post-graduate programs. The facility in-
cludes wireless technology-enhanced class-
rooms, SmartBoard Technology, networked
computer lab, faculty and administrative of-
fices, student resource room and free, conve-
nient parking.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY AT THE

WATERBURY CENTER
UNDERGRADUATE
(SPS DEGREE COMPLETION
PROGRAM):
• B.S. in General Studies (concentrations in
Business or Social Sciences)
• B.S. in Human Services
• B.S. in Psychology

GRADUATE:
• M.S. in Education (part-time: Evening and
Weekends)
• M.S. in Education Intern Program
• Sixth Year Education Program (General,
Reading, and Administration)

154
Education Sixth Year Certificate of Advance Studies (CAS) in Reading and Language Arts
Consultant Certification
3. Reading professionals us a variety of as- PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS*____________
Carlson Hall, Room 118 sessment tools and practices to plan and *THESE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MET BY TAKING AN
Telephone: (203) 576-4201 evaluate effective reading and writing UNDERGRADUATE OR GRADUATE COURSE WITH A GRADE
Fax: (203) 576-4200 instruction. OF AT LEAST A “B.”
4. Reading professionals create and en- EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY – 3 credits (required)
The Reading and Language Arts Consultant gage their students in literacy practices EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations in
is a Teacher Certification Program designed that develop awareness, understanding, Education 3
to prepare educators for leadership posi- respect, and a valuing of differences in
CHILDREN’S OR ADOLESCENT LITERATURE – 3 credits
tions in elementary, middle, and secondary our society. (required)
schools. The program prepares the student 5. Reading professionals create a liter- EDUC 536C Children’s Literacy 3
for the roles of a curriculum and instruc- ate environment that fosters reading or EDUC 536J Adolescent Literacy 3
tional leader, including the following: orga- and writing by integrating foundational
SPECIAL EDUCATION – 3 credits (required)
nizing, supervising, and enhancing literacy knowledge, instructional practices, ap-
programs; coordinating the instruction and proaches and methods, curriculum ma- EDUC 564 Education of the Exceptional Student 3
assessment of students in reading and lan- terials, and the appropriate use of as- TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS – 3 credits (required)
guage arts; guiding, improving, and enrich- sessments. EDUC 558 Evaluation of Instructional Outcomes 3
ing reading and language arts instruction 6. Reading professionals recognize the im- CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS IN TEACHING
in all content areas; and collaborating with portance of, demonstrate, and facilitate LANGUAGE ARTS – 3 credits (required)
teachers, administrators, parents, and other professional learning and leadership as EDUC 440C Methods and Materials in Teaching
literacy leaders. a career-long effort and responsibility. Language Arts 3
Applicants must have completed an appro- or EDUC 440M/J Methods and Materials in Teaching
priate Master’s degree, must have a valid Admissions Criteria Language Arts 3
teaching certificate (or be eligible for Con- SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNING AND ACQUISITION
1. A valid Connecticut teaching certificate
necticut certification) in elementary, middle, – 1 credit (required)
(or proof of eligibility);
or secondary education; must have com- EDUC 570 Instruction for the English Language
pleted a minimum of thirty months of suc- 2. An appropriate regionally accredited Learner 1
cessful classroom teaching experience; and Master’s degree;
Total Credits 16
must have completed all state required tests, 3. At least two letters of recommendation
including the Connecticut Foundations of from persons able to testify to your suit- INITIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS__________
Reading Test. Upon the completion of the ability as a prospective teacher and your
potential for graduate-level work; (The initial program requirements may be met through
Planned Program with appropriate course- completion of the following courses at the Master’s or Sixth
work, field experiences, performance assess- 4. An essay demonstrating a command of Year level:)
ments, and the demonstration of required the English language and setting out the
certification competencies, a student may ap- reasons for wanting to enroll in the pro- DEVELOPMENTAL READING – 6 credits (required)
ply for the Reading and Language Arts Con- gram and emphasizing experience rel- EDUC 574 Developmental Reading in the
sultant certification. evant to teaching; Elementary School 3
and EDUC 575M/J Reading and Writing in the Content
5. A successful team interview with faculty; Areas 3
Program Goals 6. Completion of at least 30 school months
The program goals in literacy are adapted DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF READING AND
of successful classroom teaching experi- LANGUAGE ARTS DIFFICULTIES – 3 credits (required)
from the international Reading Association ence. EDUC 571 Diagnosis and Intervention of Reading
Standards for reading Professionals - Revised 7. Connecticut’s essential skills testing and Language Arts Difficulties 3
2010. The goals in Literacy for the Reading requirements: passing scores in the
and Language Arts Consultant Program are CLINICAL FIELD EXPERIENCE – 7 credits (required)
PRAXIS I exams in Reading, Writing,
as follows: EDUC 596 Field Experience in Reading and
and Mathematics or an official essential Language Arts 1
1. Reading professionals understand the skills test waiver currently meeting this EDUC 597 Practicum in Reading and
theoretical and evidence-based founda- requirement. Language Arts 6
tions of reading and writing processes 8. Passing scores on the Connecticut Foun-
and instruction. Total Credits 16
dations of Reading Test.
2. Reading professionals use instructional ADVANCED PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS_______
approaches, materials, and an integrat-
ed, comprehensive, balanced curricu- ADVANCED READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS DIAGNOSIS
– 2 credits (required)
lum to support learning in reading and
writing. EDUC 572 Advanced Diagnosis of Reading and
Language Arts Difficulties 2

155
Education Sixth Year Certificate of Advance Studies (CAS) in Reading and Language Arts
Consultant Certification
ORGANIZATION, ADMINISTRATION, AND SUPERVISION OF
READING – 4 credits (required)
EDLD 611 Administration: Organizing and
Staffing Educational Institutions 3
or EDLD 613 Leadership 3
EDLD 611A Organization, Administration, and
Supervision of Reading and Language
Arts Programs 1
READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS CONSULTANT
PRACTICUM AND APPLIED RESEARCH – 6 credits
(required)
EDLD 683 Internship for the Reading & Language
Arts Consultant 6
Total Credits 12

ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS______

FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENT

(Choose one of the following:)
EDUC 668 Literacy Research Project 1
EDUC 669 Sixth Year Project 3
or
EDUC 695 Advanced Thesis Research– Sixth Year 3

ADDITIONAL COURSEWORK FOR CERTIFICATION

(required if Noted)

Total Number of Credits

Sixth Year Total Minimum: 30 credits

156
Educational Administration and Supervision Sixth Year Certificate of
Advanced Study (DAS), Intermediate Administrator (092 Certification) Certification Track
Intermediate Administrator
Waterbury Center
Telephone: (203) 573-1014 (092 Certification)
Fax: (203) 573-8567 Certification Track Summary of
Requirements
Program Goals (30 SEMESTER HOURS)
The Educational Leadership with Adminis-
tration and Supervision Program Goals are CERTIFICATION REQUIRES COURSES IN EACH
adapted from Connecticut State Depart- OF THE FIVE AREAS, AND A TOTAL OF 24
ment of Education’s common Core of Lead- CREDITS BEYOND THE MASTER’S___________
ing (2013). The Educational Leadership with
Administration and Supervision program at REQUIRED CORE
the University of Bridgeport seeks to develop I. PSYCHOLOGICAL/PEDAGOGICAL
leaders who can accomplish all of the fol- *EDLD 621 Evaluation of School Effectiveness
lowing:
II. CURRICULUM/PROGRAM MONITORING
Develop a shared vision for student learning *EDLD 651 Curriculum Development
that creates meaning for the people in the
organization and infuses purpose into the III. SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
strategies and standards for actions linked to EDLD 618 School Finance (required)
that vision. EDLD 619 School Law (required)
Promote an instructional program, built on IV. PERSONNEL EVALUATION/SUPERVISION
high expectations for all learners and con- EDLD 652 Supervision: Evaluation/Development
ducive to student learning and professional V. CONTEMPORARY EDUCATIONAL PROBLEMS/POLICY
growth, thereby developing a school culture MAKING
of success for all learners.
EDLD 601 Introduction to Education Leadership
Establish positive learning environments EDLD 664 Supvervision of Programs for Students
by developing trust and credibility through with Exceptionalities
meaningful relationships. Notes:
Establish a culture that is open and inclusive, 1. Administrative Internship ED. 681A (3 credits) required
through modeling and expecting ethical and 2. CAT Examination – required for 092 certification
moral behaviors from all. 3. EDUC 664 Supervision of Programs & Services for
students with Exceptionalities (This requirement
A student who holds a Master’s degree from will be substituted for an elective if the candidate
an accredited college or university may ap- holds appropriate certification Social Work, Speech,
ply to in the Sixth Year program. The Pro- Psychology, Special Ed.).
fessional Diploma program consists of thirty Must be completed for certification.
semester hours. 4. Certification (092) = 24 credits
5. 6th Year professional Diploma = 30 credits
The Sixth Year Program, leading to the pro-
fessional Diploma in Educational Leadership SUGGESTED ELECTIVES (3 CREDITS EACH)____
with Administration and Supervision, is de- EDLD 613 Contemporary Issues in Education
signed to meet requirements leading to ad- Leadership
ministrator and supervisor certification (092). EDLD 614 Leadership & Management of School
This Connecticut State Certification enables Facilities
a candidate to apply for leadership positions EDLD 680A Urban Leadership
other than Superintendent of Schools (093 EDLD 615 Research & Data Informed Supervision
EDLD 661x Map It Forward
certification). With the exception of Reading
and Language arts, this certification would Electives offered by other departments or colleges, may be
also include subject area consultant and cur- substituted with approval by the student’s advisor.
riculum coordinator. Total Semester Hours__________________ 30

157
Master of Education (M.Ed.)

• Design evidence-based professional COURSES

Carlson Hall, Room 118 learning that supports excellence in EDUC 601 Social Foundations of Education 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4201 teaching. EDUC 605 Contemporary Issues in Urban Education 3
Fax: (203) 576-4200 • Apply reflective practice as a EDUC 610 Teacher Leadership: Theory and Practice 3
practitioner-researcher. EDUC 615 Curriculum Theory 3
In our M.Ed. program, you will learn how EDUC 620 Effective Learning Environments 3
to apply the Universal Design for Learning EDUC 625 Classroom-Based Assessment 3
(UDL) framework to proactively design ca- Admission Requirements EDUC 630 Instructional Coaching 3
pacity-building learning experiences. Within In addition to meeting the University re- EDUC 635 Leading Professional Learning 3
UDL, learner variability, whether visible or quirements of all graduate program appli- EDUC 640* Appreciative Inquiry Capstone 6
invisible, is seen as an asset. Based in cogni- cations, students interested in the Master of
tive neuroscience, UDL focuses on design- Education (M.Ed.) must also:
ing with variability in mind and removing TOTAL CREDITS IN THE PROGRAM 30
barriers to learning by frontloading flexible 1. Interview with the program director or
options for engaging learners, teaching im- faculty for admittance.
portant concepts, and building goal-directed 2. Provide three strong recommendations *All students must complete EDUC 640 (6
learners. In your coursework, you will ex- highlighting excellence in the credits) with a grade of B- or higher. Stu-
perience the UDL framework firsthand as applicant’s professional experience. dents may not portfolio out of this course.
program faculty model the principles and
actively engage you in applying UDL in your
own practice. Graduation Requirements
This is a joint program offered by Goodwin Students must maintain a 3.0 GPA and com-
University and University of Bridgeport. You plete all course requirements as stated in the
will learn alongside fellow students from catalog with a minimum grade of “C.”
both universities and share experiences in
a richly diverse learning environment. Upon
completion, your master’s degree will list Curriculum
both universities.
Master of Education (M.Ed.) Re-
quirements
Mission Statement Credit for Prior Learning
The mission of the Master of Education pro-
gram is to prepare reflective practitioner- ARC 6-Credits
leaders who will create engaging cultures Students who provide documentation that
in schools and communities. Our graduates they have successfully completed Connecti-
will create, apply, and share evidence-based cut’s Alternative Route to Certification (ARC)
practice knowledge to advance educational will automatically receive 6 credits toward
excellence and equity for all learners. their 30-credit degree program. All students
who fall into this category are not required
to take EDUC 630 (3 credits) and EDUC 635
Program Outcomes (3 credits). ARC completers are required to
At the end of the program, students will be take all other courses unless they have suc-
able to: cessfully completed a portfolio in lieu of a
specific course.
• Design capacity-building learning
environments that are responsive to Portfolio 6-Credits
learner variability. In consultation with the M.Ed. Program Di-
• Apply evidence-based instructional rector, students may select to seek 6 cred-
practices to build expert learners. its toward their 30-credit degree program
through a digital portfolio process. Students
• Evaluate instructional programs to
are not allowed to portfolio out of EDUC
improve learner outcomes. 640.
• Analyze school policies and practices
through social, cultural, political, and
historical lenses.

158
Student Affairs Administration and Leadership (M.Ed.)

theory to improve and inform best (3 credits-required)

Carlson Hall, Room 118 practices and services within colleges EDUC 595 Thesis Research 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4201 and universities, business and
Fax: (203) 576-4200 industry, nonprofit organizations, and
Total Credits for Degree: 34
foundations.
• Expertise in how to write, submit, and
Student Affairs Administration and Leader- publish graduate-level research that will
ship (SAAL) is a hybrid degree program that increase one’s marketability in future
prepares candidates for student affairs po- career paths.
sitions in college and university settings as
well as in business and industry, nonprofit
organizations, and foundations. Coursework Curriculum
is designed to ensure that graduates under- Coursework is designed to ensure that grad-
stand how student affairs administrators and uates understand how student affairs admin-
leaders directly contribute to the social de- istrators and leaders directly contribute to
velopment, academic success, and overall the social development, academic success,
well-being of the whole person. Advanced and overall well-being of the whole person.
coursework in this concentration includes This program is 34 credit hours and may be
classes in career and lifestyle development, completed on a full-time or part-time basis.
organization and administration of higher
education, and college student development.
This program is 34 credit hours and may be A. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION
completed on a full-time or part-time basis. (6 credits - required)
No special licensing post-degree is required EDUC 509 Psychological Foundations in Education 3
for a career in student affairs administration (offered Fall, Spring, Summer)
and leadership. EDUC 500 Research Writing 3
(offered Fall)

Program Objectives B. STUDENT AFFAIRS CORE REQUIREMENTS

Upon completion of the program, students (10 credits - required)
demonstrate: EDLD 555 Student Development Theory 3
• Application of a lifespan approach to (offered Spring)
career and lifestyle development EDUC 632 Career Services in Colleges/Corporations 3
• The ability to perform career (offered Summer)
assessment and career guidance EDUC 506 Ethical/Legal Issues in Education 4
(offered Fall)
• An understanding of assessment tools
used in advisement centers
• The knowledge, skills, and dispositions C. EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP REQUIREMENTS
required of a leader: collaborative (9 credits-required)
EDLD 562 Today’s Diverse Learner 3
engagement to envision, plan, and
affect change within organizations. (offered Fall, Spring)
EDMM 656 Best Practices in Urban Education 3
• The ability to contribute to the
(offered Fall, Spring)
advancement of holistic wellness
EDMM 693 Strategies in Professional Development 3
of others through advisement and
(offered Summer)
supportive services.
• An appreciation of how social justice
and inclusion competencies contribute D. FIELD EXPERIENCE
(6 credits - required)
to their practice by meeting the
Student Affairs Internship I 3
needs of all groups, raising social
(offered Fall)
consciousness, and providing equitable
services and opportunities for all. Student Affairs Internship II 3
(offered Spring)
• The ability to apply developmental
E. FINAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

159
Educational Leadership Doctor of Education Degree

time) continuously Fall and Spring semes- EDLD 618 Public School Finance
Carlson Hall ters and under advisement of the Director or EDLD 619 School Law
Telephone: (203) 576-4097 Chair for the summer term until they have EDLD 621 Evaluation of School Effectiveness
Fax: (203) 576-4200 graduated. Students must take a one-week EDLD 651A Workshop in Curriculum Development
Doctoral Residency (EDLD 825-DL) during EDLD 652 Supervision/Evaluation of Personnel
the first two summers as part of the require- EDLD 664 Supervision/Services Exceptionalities
The on-campus Educational Leadership Doc- EDLD 681A Administrative Leadership
ment of the program.
toral Program at the University of Bridgeport Note: This program requires a minimum
was the first of its kind in Connecticut, ap- Note: On-campus courses (without the –DL
designation) may be substituted for the (Dis- of 62 post-master’s credits, or 42 credits for
proved by the New England Association of students with an accredited Sixth-Year or
Schools and Colleges (NEASC), and has been tance Learning) courses with the approval of
both Program Directors. Education Specialist post-master’s degree, to
operating since 1979. The program was de- meet the credit requirement of the doctoral
signed to enhance and improve the effective- degree.
ness of public and private organization lead- Learning Outcomes
ers, school administrators, and researchers. The candidates will be able to: 2. Residency
Graduates and current students have held
1. Integrate principles of administration, A period of residence must be included in
and hold significant positions in state-wide
management, organization and program a doctoral program to provide significant
school systems, for-profit, non-profit insti-
evaluation n a research agenda; faculty-student interaction, opportunities for
tutions, colleges, and universities. The ad-
2. Produce a dissertation proposal that re- exposure to and engagement with cognate
vanced graduate curriculum integrates the
flects a student’s research interests; disciplines and research scholars working in
sound principles of administration, manage-
3. Exhibit the mastery of principles of lead- those disciplines, and significant face-to-face
ment, organizational psychology, informa-
ership and be able to pass the compre- peer interaction among graduate students.
tion technology, program evaluation, grant
hensive examination questions; Residency is established through continuous
writing, quantitative, and qualitative research
enrollment, fall, spring, and summer (which
methodologies. 4. Research, write, and defend a Doctoral is highly recommended) with a minimum of
The Hybrid (predominately online) Educa- dissertation. 3 credits per semester in the first two years.
tional Leadership Doctoral Program was in- It is established through two on-campus sum-
stituted in the Fall of 2015. It is closely aligned 1. Summary of Requirements mer Doctoral Residency week (EDLD 825).
to the on-campus program, but requites four Residency provides the opportunity for a
Required Courses
International Education courses. These four mentor-apprentice relationship between fac-
courses, described later in this handbook, re- EDLD 601 Introduction to Education Leadership
EDLD 621 Evaluation of School Effectiveness ulty and students and time for in-depth and
place four courses that are a component of direct faculty support of students. Thus, the
EDLD 651 Workshop in Curriculum Development
the traditional “on the ground” Educational intent of the residency requirement is to en-
EDLD 801 Curricula Theory
Leadership Doctoral Program. EDLD 804 Constitutional Law sure that doctoral students contribute to, and
The program is specifically tailored for work- EDLD 805 Grant Writing benefit from, the complete spectrum of edu-
ing professionals anywhere in the world, as EDLD 807 Organization Management cational, professional, and enrichment oppor-
all classes (except for two one-week summer EDLD 808 Program Evaluation tunities provided on and off the University of
doctoral residencies) are offered online. The EDLD 811 Intro to Research Bridgeport campus. ELD 845 Comprehensive
successful completion of the program leads EDLD 812 Quantitative Research Examination and EDLD 846 Dissertation Pro-
to the Doctor of Education degree (Ed.D.). EDLD 813 Literature Review posal Defense should be taken in sequence
The 62-credit program takes approximately EDLD 813A Literature Theory and are considered making adequate prog-
EDLD 814 Qualitative Research ress in the program. Students enrolled in
three years for completion including two
EDLD 817 Postsecondary Teaching or Leadership EDLD 850 Continuous Dissertation, which is
years (six semesters) of formal study, and Experience
one year to complete the dissertation. Dur- a 0-credit course, are considered full time.
EDLD 820 Ethical Issues in International Education
ing the first two years, students typically take EDLD 825 Doctoral Residency (2x)
nine credits pf doctoral seminars per semes- EDLD 830 International Education Concept &
3. Dissertation Preparation
ter (Fall, Spring, and Summer). For students Theories The dissertation proposal draft is a 30-50
to be considered full time, they must take a EDLD 840 Comparative Education page overview od he student’s ideas or his/
minimum of 6 credits Fall and Spring semes- EDLD 842 Culture, Society & Education in her dissertation and a well-developed draft
ter until they have completed all courses with International Contexts of her/his literature review. The draft is cre-
the exception of EDLD 845-DL (Comprehen- EDLD 845 Comprehensive Exam ated in the first year of the program as part of
sive Examination) and EDLD 846-DLcDisser- EDLD 846 Dissertation Proposals EDLD 811 Introduction to Research, EDLD
tatin Proposal Defense). These two courses EDLD 850 Continuous Dissertation 812 Quantitative Research and EDLD 813 Lit-
ae repeatable as necessary. Once EDLD 845 Required Courses to add 092 Certification erature Review. The proposal provides op-
and EDLD 846-DL are successfully passed (on-campus) portunities for guidance from dissertation
students take EDLD 850-DL (zero credit=full EDLD 601 introduction to Education Leadership committee members and is a basis for further

160
Educational Leadership Doctor of Education Degree

expansion of methodology in EDLD 813A Lit- it may be experimental quasi-experimental, within six years from the time of admission
erature Review and EDLD 814 Qualitative Re- or non-experimental in its design; it may in- to the doctoral program, the student should
search taken in the second year. The purpose clude quantitative, qualitative, action, mixed be dismissed from the program. Each student
for the dissertation proposal draft is to state or critical methodology. has a three-member dissertation committee,
the problem, purpose, research questions, The dissertation proposal is an overview of the director of the Ed.D. Program, and the
methodology and procedures to conduct the the student’s ideas for their dissertation. The Dean of School of Education.
research project. The proposal draft will in- purpose for the dissertation proposal is to
clude a graphic depiction of the methodology state the problem, purpose, research ques- Note: Completion of Doctoral Degree
and methods and a time line for completion tions, outline the method and procedures to The degree must be completed within sev-
of the dissertation including literature review conduct the research project. The proposal en years of the date from which the student
and Human Subject approval. Discussing the draft will include a graphic depiction of the started coursework in the doctoral program.
research proposal in draft format with a po- methods proposed and a time line for com- In exceptional cases, the department may
tential committee chair, other potential com- pletion of the dissertation proposal includ- recommend that the Dean grant an exten-
mittee members, and peers enable the stu- ing literature review and Institutional Review sion of this limit.
dent to obtain advice early in the dissertation Board approval. Discussing the research in
process as to the suitability of the topic and draft format with a potential with a potential
as to whether or not the research questions, committee chair, other potential committee
methodologies, and procedures are logical, members, and peers will enable the student
appropriate and sound. to obtain advice early in the dissertation pro-
cess as to the suitability of the topic and as to
4. Comprehensive Examination whether or not the research questions, meth-
and Dissertation Proposal od, and procedures are logical, appropriate,
All matriculated doctoral students wishing and sound.
to become doctoral candidates must pass
the EDLD 845 course inclusive of the writ- 5. Dissertation-Doctoral
ten comprehensive examination. The com- Candidacy
prehensive exam consists of (a) one research Once the student has successfully passed the
methodology question; (b) one program fo- Comprehensive Examination and completed
cus question and (c) one area of specializa- the Dissertation Proposal, he or she is eligi-
tion question related to the students’ disserta- ble to apply to be a Doctoral Candidate. The
tion topic. Questions for the comprehensive student should submit the form “Admission
examination are created by doctoral faculty to Doctoral Candidacy” to the Director. This
with input from the student to rigorously as- designation will be conveyed to the student
sess mastery and knowledge garnered dur- by an official letter from the School of Educa-
ing coursework. The comprehensive exami- tion and/or the Department of Educational
nation also gauges the student’s potential for Leadership. Doctoral Candidacy allows the
independent dissertation research. Students student to register for dissertation advising
should take the exam after all coursework EDLD 850 which is a 0 credit course but is
has been completed. deemed to be full time. A student must be
Doctoral students who passed their compre- a candidate for at least two semesters prior
hensive examination can consequently enroll to the granting of the degree. Student may
in the EDLD 846 course inclusive of the de- not, unless granted a waiver, defend the dis-
fense of the dissertation proposal. sertation during the semester immediately
The UB Doctoral Guidelines are derived following the semester during which he or
from standard practices among universities, she completed the proposal. The purpose of
libraries, and publishers. The student, their this requirement is to assure a minimal lapse
committee, and the School of education ex- of time for effective work on the dissertation
pects careful attention to APA 6th style and after acquisition of the basic competence and
format in the proposal document. The pro- after delineation and approval of the research
posal includes the student’s statement of a problem and methodology. Once students
research problem and the chosen method of are advanced to candidacy they must be en-
investigating it. The proposal is the first step rolled in EDLD 850 continuously for disser-
toward completion of the dissertation, which tation advising and supervision (fall, spring
is an original contribution to one’s field of and summer semesters) until graduation. If
study. The study may be applied research; the student is not advanced to candidacy

161
 COLLEGE OF
HEALTH SCIENCES

162
Acupuncture Institute
Asia and the growing modern health care gram is the only clinically-oriented system-
Health Sciences Center system in the United States. atic masters-level program for health pro-
60 Lafayette Street fessionals in these therapies. The focus of
Having an opportunity to work alone and
Telephone: (203) 576-4122 this program is on not only clinical usage of
Fax: (203) 576-4107 in conjunction with other health care prac-
Chinese herbal therapies but also on safety
Email: acup@bridgeport.edu titioners in the Health Sciences Center, the
in the clinical setting while framing the clini-
students will be able to integrate the care
cal use of these herbs in the TCM tradition.
of patients with other health care providers.
Acupuncture and Traditional Chinese Medi- The potential for issues associated with inte-
Thus, the student gains a “real world” advan-
cine (TCM) are one of the most respected grated care and drug-herb and nutrient-herb
tage before entering private practice.
healing professions around the globe. It interactions are covered in detail within the
serves a quarter of the world’s population MS.Ac.CH. MS-CH courses.
and has increased in public acceptance in
The MS-TCM is a 4-year program during The nearly 900-hours of training in Chinese
the United States and Europe as the fastest
which the students are instructed in Chinese herbal studies will produce graduates with
growing complementary health care field.
Herbology during three (3) of the four (4) exemplary clinical skills. The clinical focus
TCM has gained this respect by being the
years of training, after a first year of basic of this program is evident from the very first
most ancient written form of medical therapy
sciences, theory and diagnosis classes lay the classes and permeates all the training in the
known. For more information, call Dr. Jenni-
foundation for understanding the art and sci- MS-CH program.
fer Brett: (203) 576-4122 or 1-800-EXCEL-UB
ence of a full range of TCM modalities. All
(1-800-392-3582), ext. 4122 D.TCM.
foundational courses and clinical rotations
Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM), which from the MS-AC program are included in the The D.TCM is a 166-credit, 4-year program
encompasses acupuncture, manual therapy, MS-TCM. during which the students are instructed in
diet counseling, herbal therapies, exercise both biomedicine and Traditional Chinese
The nearly 3400-hours of training in Tradi-
and breathing techniques, has been in use Medicine (TCM). The first year of studies
tional Chinese Medicine modalities, includ-
for thousands of years. Over the millennia, focuses on biomedicine and TCM theory and
ing excellent training in acupuncture, moxi-
the Asian community has continuously re- diagnosis classes which form the foundation
bustion, tui na as well as Chinese herbal
fined this ancient healing art. During the last for understanding the art and science of TCM
studies is designed to produce graduates
century, this refinement has included inte- modalities. The second and third years in-
with exemplary clinical skills. The clinical
gration of Western medical sciences within troduce students to the full panoply of TCM
focus of this program is evident from the
the paradigm of TCM. treatment modalities including acupuncture,
very first classes and permeates all the train-
Chinese herbology, dietetics, tui na, taiji-
ing in the MS-TCM program.
Degrees chuan and qigong. The last two years of
The MS-TCM program is a residential pro- training focus on clinical rotations both on
• Master of Science in Acupuncture (M.S.Ac.) gram with students completing 80% of their campus and off campus including training in
• Master of Science in Acupuncture with course work and clinical rotations in resi- integrated medical settings.
Chinese Herbology (MS.Ac.CH) dence. The Chinese herbology (ACH) cours-
es will be offered in a blended format with The D-TCM program is designed to pro-
• Master of Science in Chinese Herbology 50% of the didactic program offered online vide significant training in biomedicine and
(M.S.CH.) and 50% in person each semester, and addi- integrative medicine for those interested in
tional weekends each summer for advanced providing traditional Chinese medicine in
• Doctorate in Acupuncture with Traditional primary care. Chinese medicine practitio-
study. Students will participate in an online
Chinese Herbal Medicine (DAc.TCM) ners (L.Ac.s) play an important part in U.S.
environment to complete their herbal stud-
ies. healthcare. The Affordable Care Act prohibits
M.S.Ac. discrimination against complementary and
The development of the Master of Science in M.S.CH. alternative medicine (CAM) practitioners,
Acupuncture degree program integrates the including acupuncturists. UBAI is dedicated
The MS-CH program is a stand-alone pro-
medical concepts of both the East and West. to ensuring that its graduate practitioners are
gram that will allow licensed health care
The student will learn classical acupuncture included in all aspects of healthcare, from
professionals to better understand Chinese
and Traditional Chinese medical theory as the private office to hospitals and public
Herbology and be able to safely utilize these
well as up-to-date western bio-medical sci- health forums.
herbal products.
ences.
Currently, many healthcare professionals UBAI’s D-TCM program will help graduates
The Master of Science in Acupuncture de- participate in a healthcare system that is
are able to prescribe herbal therapies (MDs,
gree program’s goal is to provide acupunc- multidisciplinary and enhances competence,
DOs, NDs, DCs, L.Acs) or work with herbal
ture and Traditional Chinese medical training mutual respect, and collaboration across all
therapies (PharmDs). The UB MS-CH pro-
consistent with the developing traditions in healthcare disciplines. The clinical program

163
Acupuncture Institute

stresses a team-based approach to care. of the patient; • Serves the local community; and
a. For MS- Acup: to formulate and • Instructs student interns in the diag-
Accreditation nosis and treatment of health condi-
skillfully implement safe and effec-
The MS-Acupuncture, MS-Acupuncture with tions in a diverse population
tive TCM acupuncture, moxibustion,
Chinese herbology, and Doctorate of Acu-
qi cultivation, tui na and adjunctive 3. Conduct outreach clinics to:
puncture with Traditional Chinese Herbal
techniques.
Medicine degree programs of the Univer- • Support the profession of acupunc-
sity of Bridgeport Acupuncture Institute b. For MS-Acu w/Chinese Herbs & DAc. ture through community service; and
are programmatically accredited by the Ac- TCM.: to formulate and skillfully im-
• Train students in integrative care set-
creditation Commission for Acupuncture plement safe and effective acupunc-
tings;
and Herbal Medicine (ACAHM), which is the ture, moxibustion, Chinese herbal
recognized accrediting agency for programs medicine, qi cultivation, tui na and 4. Preserve and further the understanding
preparing acupuncture and TCM medicine other adjunctive techniques. of human health and the art of Asian
practitioners. medicine.
c. For MS-CH: to formulate and skill-
Accreditation contact: fully implement safe and effective 5. Produce graduates who can meet state
Chinese herbal medicine, and dietary and national licensure requirements.
ACAHM therapies.
8941 Aztec Drive 3. Adapt diagnosis and treatment strategies Curriculum for Each Degree
Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55347 as needed for diverse patient populations.
Phone 952/212-2434; fax 952/657-7068.
CURRICULUM MS-AC
4. Evaluate patient care from biomedical, The Master of Science in Acupuncture degree
email: info@acaom.org pharmacological and Asian perspective program is three years in length (34 months)
Educational Mission, in order to understand the medical
context in which patients present, make
and is scheduled on a semester basis. The
curriculum of this major consists of seven (7)
Objectives & Goals appropriate treatment, and consultation distinct areas:
Acupuncture Institute Mission & decisions in various healthcare settings
Educational Objectives including as part of a collaborative health 1. Acupuncture Practice and
The mission of the University of Bridgeport
care team; and make timely referrals Techniques:
when appropriate. The nine (9) acupuncture courses in-
Acupuncture Institute is to offer a compre-
hensive education and training that prepares 5. Value patients’ dignity and confidentiality. troduce students to the theoretical and
qualified candidates to become successful practical information of acupuncture ther-
6. DAc.TCM: will have the knowledge apy. The student becomes proficient in
licensed practitioners of Traditional Chinese
and skills necessary to provide patient- the clinical applications of acupuncture,
Medicine. The programs seek to advance the
centered care in a variety of settings moxibustion, cupping, electrical stimula-
practice and discipline of Traditional Chinese
in order to optimize patient health and tion, and bleeding techniques. The stu-
Medicine through educational, clinical and
coordinate care with other healthcare dent learns to identify acupuncture points
scholarly activities. The programs educate
practitioner. by anatomical location, palpation, and
and train students to be productive, skilled
caring and responsible healthcare profes- University of Bridgeport Acupuncture Insti- proportional measurement. The classifi-
sionals. tute institutional goals are to: cation, function and indications for each
acupuncture point are discussed and
The Educational Objectives of the Acupunc- Offer a comprehensive graduate-level educa- demonstrated. In addition to the twelve
ture Institute are to train and educate acu- tion that trains future graduates in a broad bilateral channels, two midline vessels
puncture students who prior to graduation: range of TCM knowledge, competencies and and six other extra meridians, forbidden
skills so that we achieve our Mission and and contraindication of points are dis-
The Educational Objectives of the Acupunc-
educational objectives cussed. In addition, extra points, auricular
ture Institute are to train and educate acu-
puncture students who prior to graduation: 1. Offer a comprehensive graduate-level points and other categories of acupunc-
education that trains future graduates ture points are demonstrated and treat-
1. Demonstrate competency in utilizing the ment techniques based on these extra
in a broad range of TCM knowledge,
four examinations to identify Traditional meridians and points are discussed and
competencies and skills so that we
Chinese Medicine (TCM) diagnoses. practiced.
achieve our Mission and educational
2. Have the ability to formulate and objectives
skillfully implement the safe and effective 2. Asian Medicine Theory,
clinical application of Chinese medicine
2. Administer a professional and affordable Diagnosis and Application:
treatment clinic that: The twelve (12) TCM medicine theory
modalities based upon a total assessment

164
Acupuncture Institute
and diagnosis courses are designed to and practice management: AMR 522 Tai Ji Quan 2 0 1.5 27 1
provide the student with an understand- The four (4) specific courses in this area ANT 521 Western Nutrition 2 0 36 2
ing of the scope, philosophy, theory and AWB 521 TCM Safe Practices 1 1 45 1.5
enhance the students’ clinical skills, both AWB 523 Pharmacology 1 0 18 1
conceptual frame work of TCM medicine in terms of diagnosing addressing pa- TOTAL 14.5 3.5 333 16.5
and how acupuncture specifically affects tients’ psychological health and in the
the body within the TCM treatment para- area of best business practices. These Semester 3
digms. Emphasis is placed on Traditional COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
courses help students learn the funda-
Chinese Medicine (TCM) diagnoses and ACS 611 Pathology 1 2 0 36 2
mental skills needed for private practice, ACS 612 Clinical Diagnosis 1 3 2 90 4
effective treatment strategies. ethical and legal considerations in health ACS 613 Lab Diagnosis 2 0 36 2
care and special considerations for prac- APT 614 Acupuncture Tech 1 2 2 72 3
3. Western Biomedicine: tice in integrated care settings. AHM 521 Botanical Medicine 2 0 36 2
The twelve (12) western biomedical AHM 612 Intro Chin Herbal Remedies 1 0 18 1
AHM 613 TCM Dietetics 2 0 36 2
courses are designed to train the student 7. Clinical Services: AMR 613 Qi Gong 1 0 1.5 27 1
fully about western medical terms, his- The five (5) clinical services courses are ATD 529 Seminar 2 1 0 18 1
tory taking, physical exam and diagnostic designed to allow the student to develop ACS 711 Preceptorship 1 0 3 75 2
skills. The student learns how to make clinical, interpersonal communication TOTAL 15.5 8.5 444 20
the appropriate referral and consultation, and decision-making skills. In addition, Semester 4
as well as the clinical relevance of labora- students learn professional conduct, ef- COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
tory and diagnostic tests and procedures. ficiency and confidence in dealing with ACS 623 Clinical Diagnosis 2 3 2 90 4
patients on a regular basis. From incep- ACS 624 Pathology 2 3 0 54 3
4. Herbal Medicine Survey: tion through the end of clinical train-
AWB 621 Medical Ethics 1 0 18 1
The four (4) courses in herbal medicine APS 621 Psych Assessment 2 0 36 2
ing, the student has the opportunity to APT 625 Acupuncture Tech 2 2 2 72 3
and dietetics give the student a basic in- observe and work with advanced TCM ATD 727 Case Studies 1 1 0 18 1
troduction to western and Chinese bo- practitioners as well as other health care APT 626 Auricular Acupuncture 1 0 18 1
tanical medicine and TCM treatment phi- AMR 624 Qi Gong 2 0 1.5 27 1
professionals. This allows the student to
losophies relevant to herbal medicine and ACS 722 Preceptorship 2 0 3 75 2
understand how and when to make ap-
clinical diet therapies. Training in botani- TOTAL 13 8.5 408 18
propriate referrals. Clinical service rota-
cal medicine is limited in the Acupunc- tions are available in the UBAI on-cam- Summer Session
ture Institute to three survey courses: Bo- pus clinic as well as in community and COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
tanical Medicine, Introduction to Chinese hospital outreach clinical sites. By the ACS 631 Clinical Education 1 0 10 245 8
Herbal Remedies and Patent Remedies. APT 637 Japanese Acup Techniques 1 0 18 1
end of clinical training, each student will AMR 627 Tuina 1 1 2 54 2
Information is provided on indications, have seen a minimum of 380 patient vis- ATD 711 Differential Diagnosis &
contraindications and drug-herb interac- its and will have completed 830 hours of Pathomechanisms 2 0 36 2
tions. In addition, the two courses in di- clinical training. TOTAL 4 12 353 13
etetics and nutrition help the student un- Semester 5
derstand the role of nutrition in patients’ Acupuncture Requirements COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
health. (Note that the course in western ATD 618 Seminar 3 1 0 18 1
Semester 1 ATD 715 TCM Internal Medicine 2 0 36 2
nutrition is listed under Western Biomedi-
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. ATD 728 Case Study 2 1 0 18 1
cine: ANT 521 Nutrition.) ABS 511 Anatomy 1 4 0 72 4 ATD 729 Acupuncture Gynecology 1 0 18 1
ABS 515 Physiology 1 2 0 36 2 AMR 715 Tuina 2 1 2 54 2
5. Movement and Respiration ATD 511 TCM History/Philosophy 1 0 18 1 ACS 712 Clinical Education 2 0 10 215 8
Studies: ATD 512 TCM Theory 2 0 36 2
TOTAL 6 12 359 15
ATD 513 TCM Diagnosis 1 2 0 36 2
The seven (7) movement and respiration APT 511 Point Location 1 1.5 1 45 2 Semester 6
courses are designed to enhance the stu- APT 512 Meridian Theory 2 0 36 2 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
dent’s personal and energetic develop- AMR 511 Tai Ji Quan 1 0 1.5 27 1 ATD 717 Advanced Pulse/Tongue Dx 1 0 18 1
ment. The student will be exposed to a ACS 511 Evidence Informed Practices 1 0 18 1 AMR 726 Tuina 3 1 2 54 2
AWB 501 UBAI Clinical Safety Procedures 0.5 0 9 0.5 APT 718 Pediatric Acupuncture 1 0 18 1
wide variety of Asian movement practices
that can be used to maintain their own TOTAL 16 2.5 333 17.5 AHM 713 Patent Remedies 2 0 36 2
APP 721 Practice Management 2 0 36 2
and their patients’ health care needs. In Semester 2 ACS 724 Public Health 2 0 36 2
addition to the movement studies, two COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. ACS 723 Clinical Education 3 0 10 220 8
courses in soft tissue treatment tech- ABS 522 Anatomy 2 4 0 72 4
ABS 525 Physiology 2 2 0 36 2 TOTAL 9 12 418 18
niques are offered. ATD 524 TCM Diagnosis 2 2 0 36 2 Total All Semesters: 76.5 59 2,648 118
ATD 526 Seminar 1 1 0 18 1
6. Counseling, communications APT 523 Point Location 2 1.5 1 45 2 Total: 118 credits.

165
Acupuncture Institute
830 Clinical hours/26 credits; tory taking, physical exam and diagnostic courses in soft tissue treatment tech-
1815 didactic hours/92 credits. skills. The student learns how to make niques are offered.
the appropriate referral and consultation,
CURRICULUM – MS. Acupuncture as well as the clinical relevance of labora- 7. Counseling, communications
with Chinese Herbology tory and diagnostic tests and procedures. and practice management
The Master of Science in Traditional Chinese The four (4) specific courses in this area
Medicine degree program is four years in 4. Herbal Medicine Survey (AHM) enhance the students’ clinical skills, both
length (45 months) and is scheduled on a The five (5) courses in herbal medicine in terms of diagnosing addressing pa-
semester basis. The curriculum of this major and dietetics give the student a basic in- tients’ psychological health and in the
consists of eight (8) distinct areas: troduction to Chinese pharmacy and dis- area of best business practices. These
pensary practices, common OTC North courses help students learn the funda-
1. Acupuncture Practice and American botanicals, the ethical consid- mental skills needed for private practice,
Techniques (APT) eration of utilizing sparse resources, and ethical and legal considerations in health
The nine (9) acupuncture courses in- TCM clinical diet therapies. Information care and special considerations for prac-
troduce students to the theoretical and in the western botanical and pharmacy tice in integrated care settings.
practical information of acupuncture ther- classes provides clear information regard-
apy. The student becomes proficient in ing indications, contraindications and 8. Clinical Services
the clinical applications of acupuncture, drug-herb interactions. The ethical and The five (5) acupuncture clinical services
moxibustion, cupping, electrical stimula- ecological impacts of TCM materia medi- courses and four (4) Chinese Herbology
tion, and bleeding techniques. The stu- ca on the health of the individual and the clinical services (for a total of nine – 9 –
dent learns to identify acupuncture points world are explored. In addition, the two clinical experience courses) are designed
by anatomical location, palpation, and courses in dietetics and nutrition help the to allow the student to develop clinical,
proportional measurement. The classifi- student understand the role of nutrition in interpersonal communication and deci-
cation, function and indications for each patients’ health. (Note that the course in sion-making skills. In addition, students
acupuncture point are discussed and western nutrition is listed under Western learn professional conduct, efficiency and
demonstrated. In addition to the twelve Biomedicine: ANT 521 Nutrition.) confidence in dealing with patients on
bilateral channels, two midline vessels a regular basis. From inception through
and six other extra meridians, forbidden 5. Asian/Chinese Herbology (ACH) the end of clinical training, the student
and contraindication of points are dis- The ten (10) courses in Chinese Herbol- has the opportunity to observe and work
cussed. In addition, extra points, auricular ogy offer the student a thorough un- with advanced TCM practitioners as well
points and other categories of acupunc- derstanding of Chinese Materia Medica, as other health care professionals. This
ture points are demonstrated and treat- Classical and Patent formulas and modi- allows the student to understand how
ment techniques based on these extra fications, and the clinical application of and when to make appropriate referrals.
meridians and points are discussed and Chinese herbs and formulae. The stu- Clinical service rotations are available in
practiced. dent becomes proficient in the theories the UBAI on-campus clinic as well as in
pertinent to Chinese Herbal Medicine and community and hospital outreach clinical
2. Asian Medicine Theory, the clinical applications of Chinese ma- sites. By the end of clinical training, each
Diagnosis and Application (ATD) teria medica for a wide variety of clini- student will have seen a minimum of 575
The twelve (12) TCM medicine theory cal situations and patient populations. At patient visits and will have completed
and diagnosis courses are designed to the completion of the 10 course survey, 1190 hours of clinical training (830 hours
provide the student with an understand- students will have learned over 300 indi- in the acupuncture/general clinical care;
ing of the scope, philosophy, theory and vidual herbs and over 150 different classi- 360 in the herbology clinic).
conceptual frame work of TCM medicine cal and patent formulae.
and how acupuncture specifically affects MS. Acupuncture with Chinese
the body within the Traditional Chinese 6. Movement and Respiration Herbology Requirements
Medicine treatment paradigms. Emphasis Studies Semester 1
is placed on Traditional Chinese Medicine The seven (7) movement and respiration COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
(TCM) diagnoses and effective treatment courses are designed to enhance the stu- ABS 511 Anatomy 1 4 0 72 4
strategies. dent’s personal and energetic develop- ABS 515 Physiology 1 2 0 36 2
ATD 512 Traditional Chinese Medicine
ment. The student will be exposed to a Theory 2 0 36 2
3. Western Biomedicine (AWB) wide variety of Asian movement practices ATD 513 Traditional Chinese Diagnosis 1 2 0 36 2
The twelve (12) western biomedical that can be used to maintain their own ATD 511 Traditional Chinese History
courses are designed to train the student and their patients’ health care needs. In and Philosophy 1 0 18 1
fully about western medical terms, his- AMR 511 Taijiquan 1 0 1.5 27 1
addition to the movement studies, three

166
Acupuncture Institute
APT 512 Meridian Theory 2 0 36 2 ATD 729 Acupuncture Gynecology 1 0 18 1 pensary practices, common OTC North
ACS 511 Evidence Informed Practice 1 0 18 1 ATD 618 Seminar 3 1 0 18 1 American botanicals, the ethical consid-
APT 511 Point Location 1 1.5 1 45 2 ACH 523 Chinese Formulae &
AWB 501 UBAI Clinical Safety Procedures 0.5 0 9 0.5 Constituents 3 2 0 36 2 eration of utilizing sparse resources, and
ACS 712 Clinical Education 2 0 12 215 8 TCM clinical diet therapies. Information
Total: 16 2.5 333 17.5
Total: 8 14 395 15 in the western botanical and pharmacy
Semester 2 classes provides clear information regard-
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. Semester 6:
ing indications, contraindications and
ABS 522 Anatomy 2 4 0 72 4 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
AMR 726 Tuina 3 1 2 54 2 drug-herb interactions. The ethical and
ABS 525 Physiology 2 2 0 36 2
ATD 524 Traditional Chinese Diagnosis 2 2 0 36 2 ATD 717 Advanced Pulse & Tongue ecological impacts of TCM materia med-
APT 523 Point Location 2 1.5 1 45 2 Diagnosis 1 0 18 1 ica on the health of the individual and
AMR 522 Taijiquan 2 0 1.5 27 1 ACS 724 Public Health 2 0 36 2 the world are explored. In addition, the
ANT 521 Western Nutrition 2 0 36 2 APP 721 Practice Management 2 0 36 2
APT 718 Pediatric Acupuncture 1 0 18 1 course in dietetics and nutrition help the
AWB 521 TCM Safe Practices 1 1 45 1.5
AWB 523 Pharmacology 1 0 18 1 ACH 524 Chinese Formulae and student understand the role of nutrition in
ATD 526 Seminar 1 1 0 18 1 Constituents 4 2 0 36 2 patients’ health.
ACS 723 Clinical Education 3 0 12 220 8
Total: 14.5 3.5 333 16.5
Total: 9.5 14 418 18 2. ASIAN/CHINESE HERBOLOGY:
Semester 3
Summer Session: The ten (10) courses in Chinese Herbol-
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ACS 612 Clinical Diagnosis 1 3 2 90 4 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. ogy offer the student a thorough un-
ACS 611 Pathology 1 2 0 36 2 ACH 636 Chinese Formulae 2 2 0 36 2 derstanding of Chinese Materia Medica,
APT 614 Acupuncture Tech 1 2 2 72 3 AHM 634 Dispensary Management 1 0 18 1 Classical and Patent formulas and modi-
AMR 613 Qigong 1 0 1.5 27 1 AHM 635 Pharmacognosy & Pharmacology fications, and the clinical application of
AHM 613 Traditional Chinese Dietetics 2 0 36 2 of Chinese Herbs 1 0 18 1
ACS 613 Lab Diagnosis 2 0 36 2 ACC 611 Chinese Herb Clinic 1 0 4 130 2.5 Chinese herbs and formulae. The stu-
AHM 521 Botanical Medicine 2 0 36 2 Total: 4 4 202 6.5 dent becomes proficient in the theories
ATD 529 Seminar 2 1 0 18 1 pertinent to Chinese Herbal Medicine and
ACH 511 Chinese Formula and Semester 7:
the clinical applications of Chinese ma-
Constituents 1 2 0 36 2 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ACS 711 Preceptorship 1 0 4 75 2 teria medica for a wide variety of clini-
ACH 617 Chinese Formulae 3 2 0 36 2
ACH 619 CH Internal Medicine & cal situations and patient populations. At
Total: 16 9.5 462 21
Modifications 1 2 0 36 2 the completion of the 10 course survey,
Semester 4 AHM 616 Ethical and ecological students will have learned over 300 indi-
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. considerations of Chinese
materia medica 1 0 18 1 vidual herbs and over 150 different classi-
ACS 623 Clinical Diagnosis 2 3 2 90 4
ACS 624 Pathology 2 3 0 54 3 ACC 632 Chinese Herb Clinic 2A 0 2 65 1.5 cal and patent formulae.
APT 625 Acupuncture Techniques 2 2 2 72 3 ACC 723 Chinese Herb Clinic 2B 0 2 65 1.5
AMR 624 Qigong 2 0 1.5 27 1 Total: 5 4 220 8 3. RELATED AREAS:
APS 621 Psych Assessment 2 0 36 2 The three (3) required courses in ethics,
APT 626 Auricular & Scalp Acupuncture 1 0 18 1 Semester 8:
TCM diagnosis and evidence-informed
ACS 722 Preceptorship 2 0 4 75 2 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ATD 727 Case Studies 1 1 0 18 1 ACH 628 CH Internal Medicine & clinical practices help practitioners better
AWB 621 Medical Ethics 1 0 18 1 Modifications 2 2 0 36 2 understand their patients, the evidence
ACH 512 Chinese Formulae and ACH 641 CH Special Topics 2 0 36 2 for TCM therapies, possible interactions
Constituents 2 2 0 36 2 ACC 724 Chinese Herb Clinic 3 0 4 100 2
and the ethics related to TCM clinical
Total: 15 9.5 444 20 Total: 4 4 172 6 practice.
Summer Session:
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. Total All Semesters: 3368 hours 149 credits 4. CLINICAL EDUCATION:
ACS 631 Clinical Education 1 0 12 245 8 The four (4) Chinese Herbology clinical
APT 637 Japanese Acupuncture Techniques 1 0 18 1 MS-CH Curriculum services are designed to allow the student
AMR 627 Tuina 1 1 2 54 2
ACH 635 CH Formulae 1 2 0 36 2 The Master of Science in Chinese Herbology to develop clinical, interpersonal commu-
ATD 711 Differential Diagnosis and degree program is two years in length (22 nication and decision-making skills. From
Pathomechanisms 2 0 36 2 months) and is scheduled on a semester inception through the end of clinical
Total: 6 14 389 15 basis. The curriculum of this major consists training, the student has the opportunity
Semester 5: of four (4) distinct areas: to observe and work with advanced TCM
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. practitioners. Clinical service rotations are
AMR 715 Tuina 2 1 2 54 2 1. HERBAL MEDICINE SURVEY: available in the UBAI on-campus clinic
ATD 715 Traditional Chinese Internal The four (4) courses in herbal medicine as well as in community outreach clinical
Medicine 2 0 36 2 and dietetics give the student a basic in- sites. By the end of clinical training, each
ATD 728 Case Study 2 1 0 18 1
troduction to Chinese pharmacy and dis- student will have seen a minimum of 200

167
Acupuncture Institute
patient visits and will have completed 360 Doctor of Traditional Chinese diagnostic tests and procedures.
hours in the herbology clinic). Medicine (DAc.TCM ) Curriculum
The Doctor of Science in Traditional Chinese 4. Herbal Medicine Survey (AHM):
MS-CH Requirements Medicine degree program is four years in The five (5) courses in herbal medicine
Semester 1: length (46 months) and is scheduled on a and dietetics give the student a basic in-
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. semester basis. The curriculum of this major troduction to Chinese pharmacy and dis-
AHM 613 TCM Dietetics 2 0 36 2 consists of nine (9) distinct areas: pensary practices, common OTC North
ACS 511 Evidence Informed Practices 1 0 18 1 American botanicals, the ethical consid-
ACH 511 Formulas and Individual 1. Acupuncture Practice and eration of utilizing sparse resources, and
Constituents 1 2 0 36 2
ACH 512 Formulas and Individual Techniques (APT): TCM clinical diet therapies. Information
Constituents 3 2 0 36 2 The nine (9) acupuncture courses in- in the western botanical and pharmacy
ACC 611 Herb Clinic 1 0 4 130 2.5 troduce students to the theoretical and classes provides clear information regard-
Total: 7 4 256 9.5 practical information of acupuncture ther- ing indications, contraindications and
Semester 2 apy. The student becomes proficient in drug-herb interactions. The ethical and
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. the clinical applications of acupuncture, ecological impacts of TCM materia medi-
ATD 524 TCM Diagnosis 2 2 0 36 2 moxibustion, cupping, electrical stimula- ca on the health of the individual and the
ACH 523 Formulas and Individual tion, and bleeding techniques. The stu- world are explored. In addition, the two
Constituents 2 2 0 36 2
dent learns to identify acupuncture points courses in dietetics and nutrition help the
ACH 524 Formulas and Individual
Constituents 4 2 0 36 2 by anatomical location, palpation, and student understand the role of nutrition in
AWB 621 Medical Ethics 1 0 18 1 proportional measurement. The classifi- patients’ health. (Note that the course in
ACC 632 Herb Clinic 2A 0 2 65 1.5 cation, function and indications for each western nutrition is listed under Western
Total: 7 2 191 8.5 acupuncture point are discussed and Biomedicine: ANT 521 Nutrition.)
Summer Session demonstrated. In addition to the twelve
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. bilateral channels, two midline vessels 5. Asian/Chinese Herbology (ACH):
ACH 635 Chinese Formulae 1 2 0 36 2 and six other extra meridians, forbidden The ten (10) courses in Chinese Herbol-
ACH 636 Chinese Formulae 2 2 0 36 2 and contraindication of points are dis- ogy offer the student a thorough un-
AHM 634 Dispensary Management 1 0 18 1 derstanding of Chinese Materia Medica,
AHM 635 Pharmcognosy & Pharmacy of cussed. In addition, extra points, auricular
Chinese Herbs 1 0 18 1 points and other categories of acupunc- Classical and Patent formulas and modi-
Total: 6 0 108 6 ture points are demonstrated and treat- fications, and the clinical application of
ment techniques based on these extra Chinese herbs and formulae. The stu-
Semester 3 dent becomes proficient in the theories
meridians and points are discussed and
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
practiced. pertinent to Chinese Herbal Medicine and
ACH 617 Chinese Formulae 3 2 0 36 2
ACH 619 Internal Medicine & Modifications 1 2 0 36 2 the clinical applications of Chinese ma-
AHM 616 Ethical and ecological considerations 2. Asian Medicine Theory, teria medica for a wide variety of clini-
of materia medica 1 0 18 1 Diagnosis and Application (ATD): cal situations and patient populations. At
ACC 723 Chinese Herb Clinic 2B 0 2 65 1.5 the completion of the 10 course survey,
ACC 724 Chinese Herb Clinic 3 0 3 100 2
The thirteen (13) Asian medicine theory
and diagnosis courses are designed to students will have learned over 300 indi-
Total: 5 5 255 8.5
provide the student with an understand- vidual herbs and over 150 different classi-
Semester 4 ing of the scope, philosophy, theory and cal and patent formulae.
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. conceptual frame work of oriental medi-
ACH 628 Internal Medicine & cine and how acupuncture specifically 6. Movement and Respiration
Modifications 2 2 0 36 2 Studies:
ACH 641 Special Topics 2 0 36 2 affects the body within the oriental treat-
ment paradigms. Emphasis is placed on The seven (7) movement and respiration
Total: 4 0 72 4
Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) diag- courses are designed to enhance the stu-
Total All Semesters: 882 hours/36.5 credits noses and effective treatment strategies. dent’s personal and energetic develop-
ment. The student will be exposed to a
Electives:
3. Western Biomedicine (AWB): wide variety of Asian movement practices
COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ATD 511 TCM History/Phil. 1 0 18 1 The sixteen (16) biomedical courses are that can be used to maintain their own
AHM 521 Botanical Medicine 2 0 36 2 designed to train the student fully about and their patients’ health care needs. In
ATD 711 Differential Dx and biomedical terms, history taking, physical addition to the movement studies, three
Pathomechanisms 2 0 36 2 exam and laboratory diagnostic skills. The courses in soft tissue treatment tech-
student learns how to make the appropri- niques are offered.
ate referral and consultation, as well as
the clinical relevance of laboratory and 7. Counseling, communications

168
Acupuncture Institute

and practice management: DAC.TCM REQUIREMENTS COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ACS 631 Clinical Education 1 0 12 245 8
The five (5) specific courses in this area Semester 1 APT 637 Japanese Acupuncture Techniques 1 0 18 1
enhance the students’ clinical skills, both COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. AMR 627 Tuina 1 1 2 54 2
in terms of diagnosing addressing pa- ABS 511 Anatomy 1 4 0 72 4 ACH 635 CH Formulae 1 2 0 36 2
tients’ psychological health and in the ABS 515 Physiology 1 2 0 36 2 ACS 731 Clinical Procedures 2 0.5 0 36 9 2 0.5
ATD 512 Traditional Chinese Medicine ATD 711 Differential Diagnosis and
area of best business practices as well as Pathomechanisms 2 0 36 2
Theory 2 0 36 2
ethical and legal considerations in health ATD 513 Traditional Chinese Diagnosis 1 2 0 36 2 Total: 8 14 425 17
care. Additional courses in Clinical Pro- ATD 511 Traditional Chinese History and
cedures and Grand Rounds offer training Philosophy 1 0 18 1 Semester 5
for working in team-based care and prac- AMR 511 Taijiquan 1 0 1.5 27 1 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
APT 512 Meridian Theory 2 0 36 2 AMR 715 Tuina 2 1 2 54 2
tice in integrated care settings. ACS 511 Evidence Informed Practice 1 0 18 1 ATD 715 Traditional Chinese Internal
APT 511 Point Location 1 1.5 1 45 2 Medicine 2 0 36 2
8. Integrated Clinical Practices AWB 501 UBAI Clinical Safety Procedures 0.5 0 9 0.5 ATD 728 Case Study 2 1 0 18 1
During the six (6) courses integrated Total: 16 2.5 333 17.5 ATD 729 Acupuncture Gynecology 1 0 18 1
ATD 618 Seminar 3 1 0 18 1
clinical practice, students learn profes- Semester 2 ACH 512 Chinese Formulae and
sional conduct, efficiency and confidence COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. Constituents 2 2 0 36 2
in dealing with patients, patient-centered ABS 522 Anatomy 2 4 0 72 4 ACS 712 Clinical Education 2 0 12 215 8
care and integrated clinical decision mak- ABS 525 Physiology 2 2 0 36 2 ACS 715 Physical and Functional Assessments
ATD 524 Traditional Chinese Diagnosis 2 2 0 36 2 of the UB Health Sciences 2 0 36 2
ing skills.
APT 523 Point Location 2 1.5 1 45 2 Total: 10 14 431 19
AMR 522 Taijiquan 2 0 1.5 27 1
9. Clinical Services: ANT 521 Western Nutrition 2 0 36 2 Semester 6
The five (5) acupuncture clinical services AWB 521 TCM Safe Practices 1 1 45 1.5 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
courses, four (4) Chinese Herbology clini- AWB 523 Pharmacology 1 0 18 1 AMR 726 Tuina 3 1 2 54 2
ATD 526 Seminar 1 1 0 18 1 ATD 717 Advanced Pulse & Tongue
cal services, and two (2) Integrated clini- Diagnosis 1 0 18 1
cal services courses (for a total of eleven Total: 14.5 3.5 333 16.5 ACS 724 Public Health 2 0 36 2
– 11 – clinical experience courses) are Semester 3 APP 721 Practice Management 2 0 36 2
designed to allow the student to develop COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
APT 718 Pediatric Acupuncture 1 0 18 1
ACS 612 Clinical Diagnosis 1 3 2 90 4 ACH 524 Chinese Formulae and
clinical, interpersonal communication and Constituents 4 2 0 36 2
decision-making skills, along with the ACS 611 Pathology 1 2 0 36 2
APT 614 Acupuncture Tech 1 2 2 72 3 AWB 725 Pharmacology 2 2 0 36 2
ability to work in multidisciplinary and AMR 613 Qigong 1 0 1.5 27 1 Total: 11 2 234 12
integrated clinical locations. In addition, AHM 613 Traditional Chinese Dietetics 2 0 36 2
Summer Session
students learn professional conduct, ef- ACS 613 Lab Diagnosis 1 2 0 36 2
AHM 521 Botanical Medicine 2 0 36 2 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ficiency and confidence in dealing with ACH 636 Chinese Formulae 2 2 0 36 2
ATD 529 Seminar 2 1 0 18 1
patients, patient-centered care and in- ACH 511 Chinese Formulae and AHM 634 Dispensary Management 1 0 18 1
tegrated clinical decision making skills. Constituents 1 2 0 36 2 AHM 635 Pharmacognosy & Pharmacology
From inception through the end of clini- ACS 711 Preceptorship 1 0 4 75 2 of Chinese Herbs 1 0 18 1
ACS 641 Diagnostic Imaging 2 0 36 2 ACC 611 Chinese Herb Clinic 1 0 4 130 2.5
cal training, the student has the opportu-
nity to observe and work with advanced Total: 18 9.5 498 23 Total: 4 4 202 6.5
TCM practitioners as well as a number of Semester 4 Semester 7
other health care professionals. This al- COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR. COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
lows the student to understand how and ACS 623 Clinical Diagnosis 2 3 2 90 4 ACH 617 Chinese Formulae 3 2 0 36 2
ACS 624 Pathology 2 3 0 54 3 ACH 619 CH Internal Medicine &
when to make appropriate referrals. Clini- Modifications 1 2 0 36 2
APT 625 Acupuncture Techniques 2 2 2 72 3
cal rotations are available in the UBAI on- AMR 624 Qigong 2 0 1.5 27 1 AHM 616 Ethical and ecological
campus clinic as well as in community APS 621 Psych Assessment 2 0 36 2 considerations of Chinese
and hospital outreach clinical sites. By APT 626 Auricular & Scalp Acupuncture 1 0 18 1 materia medica 1 0 18 1
ACS 722 Preceptorship 2 0 4 75 2 ACC 632 Chinese Herb Clinic 2A 0 2 65 1.5
the end of clinical training, each student ACC 723 Chinese Herb Clinic 2B 0 2 65 1.5
ATD 727 Case Studies 1 1 0 18 1
will have seen a minimum of 875 patient AWB 621 Medical Ethics 1 0 18 1 ACS 811 Grand Rounds 1 2 0 36 2
visits and will have completed 1400 hours ACH 523 Chinese Herb Formulae and ACS 812 Integrated Clinical Education 1 0 10 215 6
of clinical training (610 hours in the acu- Constituents 3 2 0 36 2 Total: 7 14 471 16
puncture/general clinical care; 360 in the ACS 625 Physical Exam 2 0.5 45 2
ACS 626 Laboratory Diagnosis 2: Nutritional Semester 8
herbology clinic, 430 integrative care clin- and functional analyses 2 0 36 2 COURSE LECT. LAB HRS. CR.
ical hours). ACH 628 CH Internal Medicine &
Total: 19 10 525 24
Modifications 2 2 0 36 2
Summer Session

169
Acupuncture Institute
ACH 641 CH Special Topics 2 0 36 2
ACC 724 Chinese Herb Clinic 3 0 4 100 2
ATD 742 TCM Geriatrics 1 0 18 1
ACS 823 Grand Rounds 2 2 0 36 2
APP 722 Professional Development 1.5 0 27 1.5
ACS 814 Integrated Clinical Education 2 0 10 215 6
Total: 8.5 14 468 16.5

TOTAL: 116 didactic credits; 77 lab credits; 3956 hours; 166
total credits
Clinical Training: 150 observation hours; 460 acupuncture
clinic hours; 360 TCM herbal clinical hours; 430 Integra-
tive clinic hours; 1400 total clinical training hours
OPTIONAL CLINIC HOURS: 220 acupuncture clinic hours
DAc.TCM Program: 1400 total clinical training
hours/2556 didactic training hours
Note: For additional information about
admissions requirements and procedures,
transfer credit policies, rules and regulations
for student conduct, attendance policies,
grading policies, satisfactory performance
and degree completion requirements, please
see the Acupuncture Institute website and
Acupuncture Institute Student Handbook
which are official publications for these
degree programs.

170
School of Chiropractic

Curriculum education is to provide the student with a

Health Sciences Center core of knowledge in the basic and clinical
A Doctor of Chiropractic is a physician
60 Lafayette St., Room 319 sciences and related health subjects sufficient
Telephone: (203) 576-4278 whose purpose is to meet the health needs
to perform the professional obligations of a
Fax: (203) 576-4483 of the public as a member of the healing
doctor of chiropractic.
arts. He/she gives particular attention to the
relationship of structural and neurological A doctor of chiropractic is a primary portal-
Chiropractic is the philosophy, art, and of-entry physician and practitioner of the
aspects of the body and is educated in the
science which concerns itself with the healing arts, to help meet the health needs of
basic and clinical sciences as well as related
relationship between structure and function individual patients and of the public, giving
health subjects. Chiropractic science concerns
of the human body, as that relationship may particular attention to the structural and
itself with the relationship between structure
affect the restoration and preservation of neurological aspects of the body.
(primarily the spine), and function (primarily
health. The School of Chiropractic prepares
coordinated by the nervous system) of the The application of science in chiropractic
students to be primary portal of entry health
human body and how that relationship affects concerns itself with the relationship between
care providers. Each student is educated to
the restoration and preservation of health. structure, primarily the spine, and function,
arrive at a diagnosis, care for the human
body, understand and relate fundamental “The DCP of the University of Bridgeport primarily coordinated by the nervous system
scientific information, and to consult with, or incorporates the understanding of of the human body, and how that relationship
refer to other health care providers. chiropractic as a profession, practicing affects the restoration and preservation of
primary health care, providing curricular and health.
The University of Bridgeport School clinical evidence of that through outcome Further, this application of science focuses
of Chiropractic (UBSC) is a non-profit, measures, and consists of education and on the inherent ability of the body to heal
coeducational professional institution training to prepare graduates to: without the use of drugs or surgery.
which grants the Doctor of Chiropractic
(D.C.) degree to graduates who successfully A. Practice direct contact health care as a As a gatekeeper for direct access to the
complete four academic years of study primary portal-of-entry provider for pa- health care delivery system, the doctor of
including a clinical clerkship. The program is tients of all ages and genders; chiropractic’s responsibilities as a primary
offered on a full-time basis. B. Assess the patient’s general health status, care physician include wellness promotion,
complaints and problems leading to a di- health promotion, health assessment,
All requirements for the D.C. degree must be diagnosis and the chiropractic management
agnosis. Specific elements of patient as-
completed within seven years from the date of the patient’s health care needs. When
sessment minimally include a complete
of matriculation. indicated, the doctor of chiropractic consults
health history; review of systems; physi-
cal exam, biomechanical and neurologi- with, co-manages, or refers to other health
Degree cal examination; analysis of vertebral care providers. “An accredited Doctor of
Doctor of Chiropractic (D.C.) and extra-vertebral joint function; and, Chiropractic Program (DCP) prepares its
when clinically indicated, diagnostic im- graduates to practice as primary portal-of-
entry chiropractic physicians, and provides
Accreditation & Membership aging, clinical laboratory, and/or special-
curricular and clinical evidence of such
ized diagnostic procedures;
The doctor of chiropractic degree program through outcome measures.” (From the
of the University of Bridgeport School of C. Develop a goal-oriented case man-
Council on Chiropractic Education Standards
Chiropractic is accredited by the Commission agement plan that addresses any joint
for DCPs, July 2013).
on Accreditation of the Council on misalignment/function or other neuro-
biomechanical problems which may in- It is the purpose of the University of Bridgeport
Chiropractic Education (CCE), 8049 N. 85th
clude rehabilitation and/or other thera- School of Chiropractic program to offer, as a
Way, Scottsdale, AZ 85258, 480-443-8877. The
peutic modalities; minimum, those courses and objectives as
School of Chiropractic is also a member of the
suggested in the CCE standards. It is also
Association of Chiropractic Colleges (ACC). D. Develop appropriate doctor/patient re-
the purpose of the UBSC program to offer a
lationships with continuity in the chiro-
broad-based educational experience. In many
Mission Statement practic management of health problems,
cases, the educational program presented will
To educate chiropractic students to be and coordination of care with other
go beyond the course offerings suggested by
successful providers of highly-competent, health-care providers; and
CCE and will also go beyond individual state
patient-centered care by utilizing best E. Promote wellness by assessing health laws and scope of practice.
practice educational methodologies, risks and providing problem-related,
The University of Bridgeport School of
engaging in relevant scholarly activities, and general and public health information,
Chiropractic curriculum is divided into three
providing effective service to our University, and lifestyle counseling.
phases: Basic Sciences, Clinical Sciences, and
College, and local communities. The purpose of chiropractic professional Clinical Services.

171
School of Chiropractic

Semester Based Curriculum TE 613L Technique Procedures I: Introduction to

Full Spine Technique Lab 0 3 54 1.5
PH 713 Toxicology & Pharmacology
TE 717L Technique Procedures V: Soft
2 0 36 2

(18 WEEK PROGRAM PER SEMESTER) DX 612 Diagnostic Skills II: Orthopedic and Tissue II 0 2 36 1
Neurology 2 0 36 2 ER 711 Emergency Procedures 1 2 54 2
DX 612L Diagnostic Skills II: Orthopedic and RS 711 Evidence Based Practice I 0 0 0 1
YEAR ONE_____________________________ Neurology Lab 0 4 72 2 PS 711 Clinical Psychology 2 0 36 2
DX 611 Diagnostic Skills I: Physical PP 715 Principles and Practice V: Ethics 1 0 18 1
SEMESTER ONE Examination 2 0 36 2
DX 611L Diagnostic Skills I: Physical 18 14 576 26
NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR.
AN 511 Cell and Tissue Microscopic Examination Lab 0 3 54 1.5 SEMESTER SIX
Anatomy and Physiology 3 0 54 3 DI 612 Diagnostic Imaging II: Normal NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR.
AN 512 Functional Anatomy and Anatomy 1 2 54 2 DI 725 Diagnostic Imaging V: Chest and
Biomechanics I: Spinal Anatomy 3 3 108 4.5 BC 612 Biochemistry, Metabolism and Abdomen 1 2 54 2
PP 511 Principles and Practice I: Nutrition II 2 0 36 2 TE 728 Technique Procedures VI: Advanced
Chiropractic History and 19 15 612 26.5 Chiropractic Technique I 2 0 36 2
Philosophy 2 0 36 2 TE 728L Technique Procedures VI: Advanced
BC 511 Biochemistry, Metabolism, and SEMESTER FOUR Chiropractic Technique I Lab 0 3 54 2
Nutrition 2 0 36 2 NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR. DI 726 Diagnostic Imaging VI: Positioning
PP 512 Principles and Practice II: PA 622 Systems Pathology 4 1 90 4.5 and Physics 2 2 72 3
Introduction to Evidence Based TE 624 Technique Procedures II: DD 722 Differential Diagnosis II:
Practice 2 0 36 2 Intermediate Full Spine and Upper Neuromusculosketal 4 0 72 4
AN 513 General Anatomy I: Viscera 3 3 108 4.5 Extremity Technique 2 0 36 2 PT 722 Physiological Therapeutics II:
TE 511 Chiropractic Examination Skills I: TE 624L Technique Procedures II: Rehabilitation 2 0 36 2
Palpation and Biomechanics of the Intermediate Full Spine and Upper PT 722L Physiological Therapeutics II:
Spine and Pelvis 2 0 36 2 Extremity Technique 0 4 72 2 Rehabilitation Lab 0 2 36 1
TE 511L Chiropractic Examination Skills I: DI 623 Diagnostic Imaging III: Bone DX 725 Special Populations 3 0 54 3
Palpation and Biomechanics of the Pathology 2 2 72 3 CS 721 Clinical Science I 2 4 108 4
Spine and Pelvis Lab 0 3 54 1.5 DX 624 Laboratory Diagnosis 3 0 54 3 MB 724 Public Health II: Community Health
AN 514 Clinical Embryology I 1 0 18 1 MB 623 Public Health I: Intro to Public and Wellness 2 0 36 2
18 9 486 22.5 Health and Epidemiology 2 0 36 2 BP 721 Documentation and Insurance
DX 623 Diagnostic Skills III: Orthopedic Protocols: Billing and Coding 1 0 18 1
SEMESTER TWO and Neurology 2 0 36 2 BP 722 Business Procedures 1 0 18 1
NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR. DX 623L Diagnostic Skills III: Orthopedic RS 722 Evidence Based Practice II 0 0 0 1
DI 521 Diagnostic Imaging I: Normal and Neurology Lab 0 4 72 2
TE 625 Technique Procedures III: Soft 20 14 594 28
Anatomy 2 2 72 3
PH 521 Organ System Microscopic Anatomy Tissue 2 0 36 2
TE 625L Technique Procedures III: Soft YEAR FOUR____________________________
and Physiology I 2 0 36 2
NS 521 Neuroscience I 3 0 54 3 Tissue Lab 0 2 36 1
PP 523 Principles and Practice III: Contemporary CN 621 Clinical Nutrition 1: Pathology SEMESTER SEVEN
Chiropractic Studies 2 0 36 2 and Assessment 1 0 18 1 NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR.
AN 525 General Anatomy II: Head PP 624 Principles and Practice IV: CS 812 Clinical Services II 0 25 450 12.5
and Neck 3 3 108 4.5 Evidence-Based Practice 2 0 36 2 DI 827 Diagnostic Imaging VII: X-Ray
AN 526 Functional Anatomy II: 20 13 594 26.5 Review 2 0 36 2
Extremities 3 3 108 4.5 TE 819 Technique Procedures VII: Advanced
MB 521 Clinical Microbiology 1: Introduction YEAR THREE___________________________ Chiropractic Technique II 1.5 3 81 3
to Infectious Diseases 2 0 36 2 BP 813 Starting a Chiropractic Practice and
TE 522 Chiropractic Examination Skills II: Office Management 1 0 18 1
Palpation and Biomechanics of the SEMESTER FIVE
RS 813 Evidence Based Practice III: Clinical
Extremities 2 0 36 2 NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR. Case Studies 0 0 0 1
TE 522L Chiropractic Examination Skills II: TE 716 Technique Procedures IV: Intermediate
Palpation and Biomechanics of the Full Spine and Lower Extremity 4.5 28 585 19.5
Extremities Lab 0 3 54 1.5 Technique 2 0 36 2 SEMESTER EIGHT
TE 716L Technique Procedures IV: Intermediate
19 11 540 24.5 Full Spine and Lower Extremity NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR.
Technique Lab 0 4 72 2 CS 823 Clinical Services III 0 25 450 12.5
YEAR TWO_____________________________ DI 714 Diagnostic Imaging IV: Arthritis RS 824 Evidence Based Practice IV:
and Trauma 2 2 72 3 Completion and Submission 0 0 0 1.5
SEMESTER THREE PT 711 Physiological Therapeutics I 0 25 450 14
NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR. Modalities 1 0 18 1 NUMBER COURSE LECT. LAB SEM CR.
NS 612 Neurosciences II 3 0 54 3 PT 711L Physiological Therapeutics I CS 824 Clinical Services IV (Six weeks)
PA 611 Fundamentals of Pathology 2 1 54 2.5 Modalities Lab 0 2 36 1 Summer Session 0 0 150 4
PH 612 Organ System Microscopic Anatomy DD 711 Differential Diagnosis I: Internal
and Physiology II 4 2 108 5 Disorders 5 0 90 5
MB 612 Clinical Microbiology II: Infectious DD711L Differential Diagnosis I: Internal
Diseases 2 0 36 2 Disorders Lab 0 2 36 1
TE 613 Technique Procedures I: Introduction CN 712 Clinical Nutrition: Treatment and
to Full Spine Technique 1 0 18 1 Management 2 0 36 2

172
School of Chiropractic

NMSM post-doctoral program

The Neuromusculoskeletal Medicine On-
line Clinical Training Program (NMSM) is
a post-doctoral online education pathway
for becoming a board-certified chiropractic
specialist. Completion of the NMSM with
required grade point average offers eligibil-
ity to sit the International Academy of Neu-
romusculoskeletal Medicine (IANM) Board
Examination, which leads to Diplomate
status (DIANM). The Neuromusculoskeletal
Medicine Online Clinical Training Program
(NMSM) is comprised of four distinct types
of online learning activity, with a total of 304
student learning hours:
1. eLearning Episodes (case-based video
masterclasses that integrate history, ex-
amination, diagnosis, management and
inter-professional communication)
2. Diagnostic Drills (case-based clinical
problem-solving activities – emphasizing
the diagnostic thinking process)
3. Communication Drills (case-based pro-
fessional communication activities – em-
phasizing inter-professional communica-
tion skills)
4. Online Clinical Masterclasses (recordings
of live seminars professionally edited
and formatted into case-based online
learning programs)

173
Fones School of Dental Hygiene

Health Sciences Center

60 Lafayette Street
Telephone: (203) 576-4138
Fax: (203) 576-4220

Degree Programs
Dental Hygiene (A.S., B.S., B.S. Degree
Completion, M.S.D.H.)

Description
The Fones School of Dental Hygiene,
established in 1949 at the University of
Bridgeport, was named for Dr. Alfred Civilion
Fones, the dentist who was instrumental in
creating the profession of dental hygiene in
1913. Accredited since the American Dental
Association publication of September, 1953,
the Fones program is in full accord with the
principles established by the Commission
on Dental Accreditation, a specialized
accrediting body recognized by the Council
on Post-Secondary Accreditation and the
United States Department of Education. The
graduate is eligible for National, Regional,
and State examinations in each of the fifty
United States, and students earning the
Associate’s degree may apply their credits
towards a Bachelor’s degree.

Accreditation
The A.S., B.S., and M.S.D.H. degree programs
in Dental Hygiene are both licensed and
accredited by the State of Connecticut Office
of Higher Education.

174
Dental Hygiene Associate in Science Degree

for graduation. The Dental Hygiene student to assess, plan, implement and evaluate
Health Sciences Center must earn a grade of “C” in all major courses. community-based oral health programs.
60 Lafayette Street A student that earns a grade of C- or below • Continually perform self-assessment to
Telephone: (203) 576-4138 in a course in the major field, must obtain a maintain professional standards and en-
Fax: (203) 576-4220 written statement from the School Director courage life-long learning.
specifying the procedure necessary to rem-
• Value the need for personal and profes-
edy the deficiency and remain in the major.
sional growth through participation in
Curriculum and Program Enrollment in the second year is contingent professional activities and associations.
Requirements on completing all first year requirements and
achieving a cumulative QPR of 2.0
• Understand and master the competencies
As licensed professional oral health clinicians of Dental Hygiene Professional Practice.
Qualifications and procedures required of
and educators, dental hygienists practice as Students will demonstrate professionalism,
applicants to the Fones School are the same
members of the dental team, using knowl- ethical behavior, evidenced-based decision
as those described in the chapter on Admis-
edge of biomedical, dental, clinical, and so- making, competent client care, health pro-
sions. Dental Hygiene clinical courses begin
cial sciences to assist individuals and groups motion, and disease prevention. A set of
in the fall term and the Associate’s degree
in achieving and maintaining optimum oral competencies has been developed to verify
curriculum is open only to full-time Dental
health. The hygienist provides preventive ability to perform total client care and de-
Hygiene students. Clinical students are re-
services, preliminary examinations, radio- velop professionally. Students must demon-
quired to submit a physical, dental, visual
graphs, sealants, non-surgical periodontal strate successful completion of these compe-
acuity report and current cardiopulmonary
therapy, fluoride treatments, Local anesthe- tencies in order to graduate. Completion of
resuscitation/recognition certification on
sia and patient education. As a specialist, the competencies confirm that the student has
an annual basis. Student must also submit
dental hygienist is an integral co-therapist in the ability to safely provide dental hygiene
evidence of Hepatitis B vaccine series sero-
helping consumers prevent oral disease, ar- care at an entry level, or what is minimally
conversion and PPD tuberculin test. All ad-
rest existing periodontal (gum) disease, and expected in performance as a new graduate.
mitted students are subject to a background
maintain oral health. As a licensed professional who continues in
check and drug screening. This procedure
The curriculum of the Fones School of Dental his/her career, experience and continued
will be conducted by the outside agency
Hygiene provides a broad educational prepa- learning leads one in becoming proficient, or
Verified Credentials, Inc. All information is
ration program with a combination of gen- eventually, even an expert in the delivery of
maintained confidentially.
eral education and dental hygiene courses. In care. The Fones School of Dental Hygiene
Competencies are posted on the University
addition to basic and dental science theory,
the program provides education in preven-
Learning Outcomes Website.
tion service and dental health education. Through completion of the entry-level dental Students learn the skills and knowledge nec-
Students enter the two-year clinical program hygiene curriculum students will achieve the essary to function effectively as an integral
following pre-requisites completed through following outcomes: member of the dental health team. The pro-
a pre-dental hygiene year or as transfer stu- • Characterize professionalism and respon- gram utilizes the facilities of the University
dents into the University. sibility in all health promotion and dis- of Bridgeport Health Clinics Fones School of
Dental Hygiene clinic instruments and sup- ease prevention activities. Dental Hygiene Health Center, area hospi-
plies are issued through the Fones School. • Apply a professional code of ethics while tals, and community health clinics. Special-
These items are distributed throughout the adhering to appropriate legal and regula- ized course work must be taken in the out-
clinical phase of the curriculum, the costs tory measures when providing oral health lined sequence. DHYG designated courses
of which are included within the Dental Hy- services. are open to admitted dental hygiene students
giene special fees. only. A minimum grade of C or better (74
• Utilize critical thinking, problem solving,
or above) is required in ALL dental hygiene
During the second clinical year, the students and evidence-based decision making in
courses.
receive skills-based education, not only at the dental hygiene process of care.
the Fones Dental Hygiene Health Center on
campus, but also through assignments at
• Provide the dental hygiene process of
care (assessment, dental hygiene diagno-
Summary of Requirements
clinical and educational facilities of school sis, planning, implementation, evaluation, PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS ________________
dental health programs, hospitals and com- documentation) for patients/clients in all
munity agencies. These assignments are di- settings. DHYG 123 Oral Anatomy and Embryology 4
rectly supervised by Fones faculty. Students DHYG 124 Dental Radiology 3
• Communicate effectively with and deliver DHYG 127 Pharmacology for the Dental
are responsible for providing their own trans-
culturally competent, inter-professional Hygienist 3
portation to community agencies.
health care to individuals and groups DHYG 129 Clinical Practice I 4
All courses listed in the dental hygiene cur- from diverse populations. DHYG 130 Clinical Practice II 4
riculum program for the Associate and/ DHYG 140 Introduction to Periodontology 2
• Demonstrate the knowledge necessary
or Bachelor of Science degree are required DHYG 201 Summer Clinic 1

175
Dental Hygiene Associate in Science Degree

DHYG 222 Dental Public Health I 3 FOURTH SEMESTER

DHYG 227 Clinical Practice III 4.5 DHYG 228 Clinical Practice IV 5
DHYG 228 Clinical Practice IV 5 DHYG 232 Dental Public Health II 1
DHYG 230 Local Anesthesia 1.5 PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3
DHYG 232 Dental Public Health II 1 SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3
DHYG 233 Oral and General Histo-Pathology 3 Total Semester Hours________________78
DHYG 241 Periodontology 2
DHYG 250 Dental Materials 3 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
HSC 230 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
Upon completion of the dental hygiene cur-
47 riculum, graduates are eligible to take the
Dental Hygiene National Board Examina-
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______ tion and licensure exams in every state, the
BIOL 106 Elementary Microbiology 4 District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada
BIOL 113-114 Anatomy and Physiology I/II 8 and abroad. Graduates are eligible for posi-
CHEM 113 Intro Chem w/lab or equivalent 4 tions in private dental offices, public health
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 programs, school health programs, dental
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 hygiene education and research. In addi-
MATH 103 Intro to College Algebra and Statistics 3 tion, the dental hygiene program provides
PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 instruction in advanced procedures to
SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3 broaden capabilities for clinical practice.
31
Total Semester Hours___________________78 FONES DENTAL HEALTH CLINIC
SERVICES
Program Prequisites Preventive and therapeutic oral health ser-
vices are provided by students in the dental
BIOL 106 Elementary Microbiology 4 health clinic. Services for the public include
BIOL 113-114 Anatomy and Physiology I/II 8 oral prophylaxis, x-ray, non-surgical treat-
CHEM 113 Intro Chem w/lab or equivalent 4 ment of periodontal (gum) disease, fluoride
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
treatments, sealants and patient education
MATH 103 Intro to College Algebra and Statistics 3
in the care of the mouth. Individuals de-
siring information should inquire about the
Suggested Program availability of services with the dental hy-
FIRST SEMESTER_____________________________ giene clinic receptionist at (203) 576-4137.
DHYG 123 Oral Anatomy and Embryology 4
DHYG 124 Radiology 3
DHYG 129 Clinical Practice I 4
HSC 230 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
SECOND SEMESTER___________________________
DHYG 127 Pharmacology for the Dental
Hygienist 3
DHYG 130 Clinical Practice II 4
DHYG 140 Introduction to Periodontology 2
DHYG 250 Dental Materials 3
Comm, Hum, SocSc, FAC 3
SUMMER I SESSION___________________________
DHYG 201 Summer Clinic 1
DHYG 230 Local Anesthesia 1.5
THIRD SEMESTER____________________________
DHYG 222 Dental Public Health I 3
DHYG 227 Clinical Practice III 4.5
DHYG 233 Oral and General Histo-Pathology 3
DHYG 241 Periodontology 2

176
Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree

Health Sciences Center thinking and reflective reasoning in all

60 Lafayette Street initiatives
Suggested Program
Telephone: (203) 576-4138 • Participate in domestic and global col- FIRST SEMESTER________________________________
Fax: (203) 576-4220 laborative efforts that allow for expanded MATH 103 Intro to College Algebra Stats 3
and/or alternative career opportunities BIOL 113 Anatomy & Physiology I 4
Curriculum and Program • Develop, lead, and manage programs and
ENGL 101
BIOL 106
Academic Writing
Microbiology
3
4
Requirements strategies responsive to the diverse cul- FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
Students in the Bachelor of Science Degree tural and ethnic values and traditions of
SECOND SEMESTER______________________________
(B.S.) may integrate bachelor’s courses with the communities served
BIOL 114 Anatomy & Physiology II 4
the clinical aspect of the Dental Hygiene cur- • Instill the desire to pursue graduate level CHEM 113 Introduction to Chemistry 4
riculum or pursue a baccalaureate degree education SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3
(B.S.) after completing clinical preparation at PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3
the Associate of Science/Certificate Level. This Summary of Requirements DHYG 100 Intro to Dental Hygiene 1
baccalaureate degree completion approach is PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS_____________________ THIRD SEMESTER_______________________________
available to Fones’ students as well as gradu- DHYG 123 Oral Anatomy and Embryology 4 DHYG 123 Oral Anatomy & Embryology 4
ates of other Dental Hygiene programs ac- DHYG 124 Dental Radiology 3 DHYG 124 Dental Radiology 3
credited by the American Dental Association DHYG 127 Pharmacology for the Dental Hygienist 2 DHYG 129 Clinical Practice I 4
Commission on Dental Accreditation. DHYG 129 Clinical Practice I 4 HSC 230 Funadamentals of Nutrition 3
Education at the baccalaureate level en- DHYG 130 Clinical Practice II 4 FOURTH SEMESTER______________________________
hances the dental hygienist’ opportunities, DHYG 140 Introduction to Periodontology 1 DHYG 127 Pharmacology for DH 3
abilities, background and values. The pro- DHYG 201 Summer Clinic 1 DHYG 130 Clinical Practice II 4
fessional dental hygiene curriculum is com- DHYG 222 Dental Public Health I 3 DHYG 140 Intro Periodontology 2
bined with a liberal arts education, and is DHYG 227 Clinical Practice III 4.5 DHYG 250 Dental Materials 3
designed to foster student growth, promote DHYG 228 Clinical Practice IV 5 DHYG 301 Dental Hygiene Practice Mgmt 3
DHYG 230 Local Anesthesia 1.5 SUMMER I SESSION______________________________
development of critical and ethical judgment,
DHYG 232 Dental Public Health II 1
and encourage life-long learning. Upon satis- DHYG 201 Summer Clinic 1
DHYG 233 Oral and General Histo-Pathology 3
factory completion of semester hours in the DHYG 230 Local Anesthesia 1.5
DHYG 241 Periodontology 2
areas of study specified, the student will be DHYG 250 Dental Materials 3 FIFTH SEMESTER________________________________
recommended for the degree of Bachelor of DHYG 301 Dental Hygiene Practice Management 3 DHYG 222 Dental Public Health I 3
Science in Dental Hygiene. DHYG 302 Instructional Strategies for the DHYG 227 Clinical Practice III 4.5
Health Professional 3 DHYG 233 Oral and General Histo-Pathology 3
General Education Track DHYG 303 Advanced Clinical Concepts 3 DHYG 241 Periodontology 2
This program option has been developed DHYG 304 Dental Hygiene Internship 3-6 FA Fine Arts 3
for those students who have semester hours DHYG 305 Dental Hygiene Research 4 SIXTH SEMESTER________________________________
beyond the Associate’s degree and are inter- DHYG 315 Statistical Reasoning 3 DHYG 228 Clinical Practice IV 5
ested in a broad general education. Students HSC 230 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 DHYG 232 Dental Public Heath II 1
have the opportunity to shape their own cur- 64 DHYG 303 Advanced Clinical Concepts 3
riculum to meet personal career goals. The HUM Humanities 3
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS____________
outcome of this planning process is an in- SOSC Social Science 3
dividualized program that enables the den- BIOL 106 Elementary Microbiology 4
SEVENTH SEMESTER_____________________________
tal hygienist to gain desired knowledge and BIOL 113-114 Anatomy and Physiology I/II 8
CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3 DHYG 302 Inst Strategies/Health Prof 3
skills and directly transfer this expertise to a DHYG 315 Statistical Reasoning 3
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3
professional work setting. Students may iden- HUM Humanities 3
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 HUSV 201 Intro to Counseling
tify a minor in such areas as human services, FA Fine Arts Core 3
marketing and biology to name a few. or MKTG 205 Principle of Marketing 3
HUM Humanities Core 6
MATH 103 Intro to College Algebra and Statistics 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER______________________________
Learning Outcomes SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3 DHYG 304 Dental Hygiene Internship 3
In addition to the learning outcomes of FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 DHYG 305 Dental Hygiene Research 4
the entry-level dental hygiene curriculum, MKTG 205 Principle of Marketing OR CAPS 390 Capstone 3
HUSV 201 Introduction to Counseling 3 Electives 4
through completion of the Bachelor of Sci-
ence Degree in dental hygiene, students will CHEM 113 Intro to Chemistry 4 Total Program Credits required__________120
achieve the following outcomes: PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 I-All incoming students must take English Placement tests
• Communicate effectively through written, 49 to determine level of courses to be taken: ENG 100 or 101
ELECTIVES 5 II-Students who transfer in more than 12 credits may substi-
oral, and electronic means tute FYS 101 with another acceptable UB core course.
• Apply scientific inquiry to foster critical Total Semester Hours _________________120 III-Prerequisite or concurrent course for DHYG 305

177
Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Online Program

• Develop, lead, and manage programs and ONLINE ORIENTATION

Health Sciences Center strategies responsive to the diverse cul- All students participate in an online orienta-
60 Lafayette Street tural and ethnic values and traditions of tion prior to beginning the program. During
Telephone: (203) 576-4138 the communities served the orientation, students are given instruc-
Fax: (203) 576-4220 • Instill the desire to pursue graduate level tions on how to navigate the CANVAS course
education. management system, strategies for being a
successful online student, and access to oth-
Description Program Requirement er University resources, including the Wahl-
The online B.S. in Dental Hygiene from DHYG 301 Dental Hygiene Practice strom Library’s electronic databases. Success-
The Fones School of Dental Hygiene at Management 3 ful completion of the orientation is required
the University of Bridgeport offers an DHYG 302 Instructional Strategies for the Health of all new students in the online program.
opportunity for dental hygienists to further Professional 3
their education beyond the A.S. degree. DHYG 303 Advanced Clinical Concepts 3
Students who hold an A.S. or certificate in DHYG 304 Dental Hygiene Internship 3-6
Dental Hygiene from an institution accredited DHYG 305 Dental Hygiene Research 4
by the American Dental Association DHYG 315 Statistical Reasoning 3
Commission on Dental Accreditation are BIOL 113 A&P I 4
eligible tor admission. A maximum of 90 BIOL 114 A&P II 4
credits from accredited institutions of higher
BIOL 106 Microbiology 4
education may be transferred. The program
PSYC 103 Intro to Psychology 3
consists of 120 credit hours which include
applicable transfer credits (60-90 credit SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3
hours), general education courses (40 credit MKTG 205 Principles of Marketing 3
hours), dental hygiene courses (19 credit HUM Humanities Core 6
hours), and elective courses (9 credit hours). FA Fine Arts Core 3
The last 30 credit hours must be completed SOSC Social Science Core 3
through the University of Bridgeport. The CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3
general education courses include University Electives 9-12
Core Requirements in English, Math, Fine
Arts, Integrated Studies, Humanities, Natural
Science. Social Science, and Capstone INSTRUCTIONAL FORMAT
Seminar.
The online B.S. in Dental Hygiene is
Students may take 2 online courses per offered in a format that makes classes
7-week session. which is equivalent to l2 available 24 hour a day, 7 days a week.
credits per semester. Financial aid is available Courses are designed for working
for qualified students taking at least 6 credits professionals and can be completed
per semester. entirely online.
To participate in UB’s distance education
Learning Outcomes pro­gram. you must own or have regular ac-
In addition to the learning outcomes of cess to a computer with an Internet connec-
the entry-level dental hygiene curriculum, tion and an e-mail account. You should be
through completion of the Bachelor of comfortable with using e-mail, sending, and
Science Degree in dental hygiene, students receiving attachments, and Web browsing.
will achieve the following outcomes:
MINIMUM COURSE REQUIREMENTS
• Communicate effectively through written, • A PC or Macintosh system
oral, and electronic means
• PC with Windows Vista or higher, Mac
• Apply scientific inquiry to foster critical OSx10, 5.2 or higher
thinking and reflective reasoning in all
• Word processor, printer, CD-ROM
initiatives
• Participate in domestic and global col- • Reliable Internet access
laborative efforts that allow for expanded • E-mail
and/or alternative career opportunities • web camera and microphone

178
Dental Hygiene Master of Science Degree Online Program
• Participate in graduate dental hygiene in- Fall:
Health Sciences Center ternship experiences in educational set- DHYG 502 Research
60 Lafayette Street tings, rural areas, industry and commu- DHYG 506 Global Health Care
Telephone: (203) 576-4138 nity outreach sites. Spring:
Fax: (203) 576-4220 • Build a foundation for future doctoral ed- DHYG 508 Curriculum Development and
ucation. Management
Through completion of the MSDH program, DHYG 515 Statistical Reasoning
Degree Purpose and Objectives graduates will achieve the following learning SECOND YEAR__________________________
The purpose of the Master’s Degree in Dental outcomes:
Hygiene (MSDH) is to prepare registered Summer:
• Utilize scientific inquiry, critical thinking,
dental hygienists for leadership roles in the DHYG 516 Concentrated Practicum
and research methodology in developing
areas of education, administration, public DHYG 503 Clinical and Didactic Educational
contemporary theory and best practice.
health and dental hygiene practice. This Concepts
commitment is met within a multidisciplinary • Cultivate the incorporation of existing and
emerging health informatics and technol- Fall:
framework that inter-relates theory, research,
ogy within ones profession. DHYG 504 Student Teaching in Dental Hygiene
and practical experience. The program DHYG 512 Public Health
seeks to educate its students to develop and • Contribute to and facilitate development of
conduct research that adds to the body of programs based on population need, di- Spring:
knowledge that advances the mission of versity, and social and cultural sensitivity. DHYG 520 Dental Hygiene Capstone
dental hygiene. By providing a high level • Promote inter-professional collaboration DHYG 513 Contemporary Issues in Dental Hygiene
of professional education, the program will within an integrated delivery system of After completing the two years of course
produce graduates with critical thinking health care. work the Master’s Degree Candidate will
and commitment to the service of others. • Forge the pathway toward expanding the continuously register for DHYG 521 Dental
Through academic courses, independent professional landscape of dental hygiene. Hygiene Capstone Extension (1 credit) until
study, research and practical experience, • Instill the desire to pursue doctoral level the thesis or professional project has been
graduate candidates are prepared to meet education. successfully completed. Upon successful
the present demand for dental hygiene completion of all course work, the master
leaders, practitioners, educators, oral health Curriculum student will be certified for graduation.
promoters, administrators/managers and Note: For additional information about
researchers. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
NUMBER COURSE CREDITS admissions requirements and procedures,
The objectives of the Master’s degree DHYG 500 Leadership in Dental Hygiene 3 transfer credit policies, rules and regula-
program are to: DHYG 501 Grant and Contract Writing 3 tions for student conduct, attendance
DHYG 502 Research 3 policies, grading policies, satisfactory per-
• Develop expertise in a specialized area of DHYG 503 Clinical and Didactic Educational formance and degree completion require-
dental hygiene. Concepts 3 ments, please see the Fones School of Den-
• Expand knowledge and skills to support DHYG 504 Dental Hygiene Student Teaching 3 tal Hygiene website and Fones School of
advanced dental hygiene practice and role DHYG 506 Global Health Care 3 Dental Hygiene Student Handbook, which
development in preventive and therapeu- DHYG 508 Curriculum Development and are official publications for these degree
tic oral health services. Management 3
DHYG 512 Public Health 3 programs.
• Expand knowledge in oral health promo- DHYG 513 Contemporary Issues in Dental Hygiene 3
tion and education related to a specific DHYG 515 Statistical Reasoning 3
functional role in dental hygiene. DHYG 516 Concentrated Practicum 3
• Develop managerial and administrative DHYG 520 Dental Hygiene Capstone 4
skills.
SUGGESTED CURRICULUM
• Contribute to the dental hygiene scientific SEQUENCE
body of knowledge
• Acquire initial competence in conducting FIRST YEAR____________________________
oral health research.
• Further develop and implement leader- Summer:
ship strategies for the betterment of oral DHYG 500 Leadership
healthcare. DHYG 501 Grant and Contract Writing

179
General Studies Bachelor of Science Degree

be counted in an area of concentration.

Dana Hall 3. At least half of the semester hours to be
Telephone: (203) 576-4268 counted in the area of concentration must
be completed at the University of Bridge-
port.
Program Description 4. Students may not take core courses or
The Bachelor of Science degree in General courses counting in an area of concentra-
Studies is for the student who wishes great tion or a minor on a pass/fail basis. The
flexibility in pursuing college work as well as University policy on pass/fail courses
for the student with well defined goals. The limits this option to a maximum of six
candidate for the B.S. Program will “custom- courses (two courses per semester) dur-
make” his or her course of study, which may ing a student’s academic career, for free
include interdisciplinary work that does not electives only.
fit well into conventional degree programs. 5. General Studies majors may include one
Planning and revision of the programs will or more minors in their programs. Cours-
be done with a faculty advisor. Many gradu- es used to fulfill requirements for a minor
ates holding this degree have been accept- may not be counted in an area of concen-
ed for advanced work by other institutions. tration.
However, since graduate school admissions
policies vary greatly depending upon the
program and institution, students contem-
plating graduate study should inform them- GENERAL STUDIES, BACHELOR
selves of such requirements. OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Learning Outcomes Summary of Requirements
By completing the program in General Stud-
ies, students will: 1) be able to communicate PROGRAM REQUIREMENT_________________
effectively in writing so that one may ad- Approved Area of Concentration for the B.S. within Divisions.
vance professionally and apply to graduate A minimum of 30 semester hours is required in one of the
programs; 2) be able to comprehend, ana- following categories (see item 2 under degree require-
lyze, and interpret texts in a variety of disci- ments):
plines; 3) be able to present orally one’s own HEALTH SCIENCES
thoughts and plans; 4) be able to recognize a Biology
problem and devise a plan of action to solve Chemistry
it; 5) be able to show mastery of several disci- Dental Hygiene
plines within an academic area of concentra- Health Sciences (Community Health, Exercise and Fitness,
tion; and 6) demonstrate an ethical mind- and Nutrition)
set and exercise professional responsibility in Medical Laboratory Science.
a global context.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS_______

Degree Requirements ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3

MATH Core or Demonstrated Math Competency 3
1. A minimum of 120 hours with minimum
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
cumulative quality point ratio of 2.00. FA Fine Arts Core 3
2. The student must have an area of con- HUM Humanities Core 6
centration with a minimum of 30 semester SCI Natural Sciences Core 6
hours (no maximum), in one of the fol- SOSC Social Sciences Core 6
lowing areas: Business Studies; Humani- CAPS C390 Capstone Seminar 3
ties; Natural Science/Mathematics; Sci- Liberal Arts Requirements 9
ence, Engineering, or Computer Related 42
Fields; and Social Sciences. Students may
also elect a second area of concentration. Total Semester Hours__________________120
A grade of “C” or above is required in all Note: An online (or hybrid) program is
courses used to fulfill this requirement. available for this major, and follows the
No more than four 100 level courses can same requirements.

180
Health Sciences Bachelor of Science Degree
vacy issues that are pertinent to careers in PRE-PROFESSIONAL CORE
Charles Dana Hall the health sciences ENGL 102 Intro to Literature 3
Telephone: (203) 576-4268 • Exercise and Fitness students will under- BIOL 100 Biology Study Skills 3
Fax: (203) 576-4262 stand the relationship between exercise BIOL 102 Cell-Molecular Biology 4
and wellness maintenance and be skilled BIOL 106 Microbiology 4
at developing appropriate fitness pro- BIOL 114 Anatomy and Physiology II 4
MATH 109 Pre-Calculus 3
Curriculum and Program grams for diverse populations.
CHEM 103 General Chemistry I 4
• Nutrition students will understand prin-
Requirements ciples of human nutrition and the rela-
CHEM 104 General Chemistry II 4
BIOL 307 Genetics 3
The B.S. in Health Sciences program prepares tionship to health and wellness using evi- CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry I 4
students for application to professional pro- dence based strategies. CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry II 4
grams in the health sciences. Such programs CHEM 360 Biochemistry 4
• Community health education students
range from medical school and physician as- PHYS 201 General Physics 3
will understand principles to help peo-
sistant programs, to programs in chiropractic HSCI Electives 10
ple assume more responsibility for their
and public health to medicine, as well as nu-
health and well being through education- Total Semester Hours Required 57
trition, acupuncture, and pharmacy. Many of
al development, implementation and eval-
these career options can be pursued in the All phases of pre-professional study are cus-
uation of community health programs.
University’s professional programs. tomized with courses that meet the student’s
• Pre-professional students will be broadly needs for professional programs in the health
The program offers tracks (concentrations)
prepared to enter professional schools sciences.
in community health education, exercise and
and to successfully meet school admis-
fitness, and nutrition for students who desire
to enter these fields at the entry level.
sions criteria. COMMUNITY HEALTH EDUCATION
TRACK
The program affords this range of options GENERAL EDUCATION
BIOL 106 Microbiology 4
primarily through a liberal arts orientation REQUIREMENTS BIOL 114 Anatomy and Physiology II 4
toward these professions. Thus, all students The following General Education courses are CHEM 113 Introduction to Chemistry 4
take a foundation of common courses in bi- required of all Health Science concentrations: CHEM 114 Introduction to Biochemistry 4
ology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics, ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
as well as special general education courses FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 HSCI 327 Grant Proposal Writing 3
such as biological psychology and healthcare PHIL 110 Healthcare Ethics 3 HSCI 240 Theory of Community Health
ethics. PSYC 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 Education 3
A primary conviction of the program is that MATH Math Core 3 HSCI 255 Community Health Planning
one of the most pressing challenges of the BIOL 113 Anatomy and Physiology I 4 & Evaluation 3
twenty-first century is to provide adequate HUM Humanities Core 3 HSCI 280 Community Health Promotion 3
healthcare to the growing and aging popu- SOSC Social Science Core 3 HSCI 330 Health Care Administration 3
lation. Whether students prepare for profes- FA Fine Arts Core 3 HSCI 326 Health Policy and Management 3
sional school application and admission, or MATH 203/203B Statistics/Biostatistics 4 HSCI 386 Health Sciences Research Methods 3
entry level opportunities, all are encouraged CAPS 390 Capstone Seminar 3 HSCI 455 Health Sciences Senior Project 3
to develop a philosophy of care consistent HSCI 385 Community Health Internship 3
Total Semester Hours Required 35
HSCI Electives 12
with the University’s mission.
Concentration Requirements & Suggested Electives 12
Programs
Learning Outcomes Each concentration requires specific addi-
Total Semester Hours Required 67
As a result of completing the B.S. in Health tional courses. Total_______________________________120
Sciences, graduates will be able to apply
SUGGESTED PROGRAM –
principles of health and wellness as a lifelong
process of learning grounded in the study of
PRE-PROFESSIONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH EDUCATION
basic sciences and the behavioral arts. The TRACK-SPECIFIC COURSE
FRESHMAN YEAR________________________
students will:
REQUIREMENTS
• Understand fundamental biological, FALL SEMESER
In addition to the requirements above, the
chemical, and physical properties under- ENG 101 Academic Writing 3
pre-professional advisement sequence and FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
lying life systems
specific tracks require additional General PSYC 103 Intro to Psychology (SS) 3
• Be able to gather and analyze research Education and Track-Specific courses: MATH 106 College Algebra 3
data and make inferences based on the
HSCI 101 Seminar in Health Care Prof 1
data
HSCI 201 Medical Terminology 1
• Be aware of professional, ethical, and pri-
Total Hours: 14

181
Health Sciences Bachelor of Science Degree
SPRING SEMESTER SPRING SEMESTER SOPHOMORE YEAR______________________
PHIL 110 Health Care Ethics (HUM) 3 HSCI 385 Community Health Intern 3 FALL SEMESTER
FA Fine Arts Core 3 CAPS C390 Capstone 3 CHEM 113 General Chemistry I 4
HSCI 260 Intro to Exercise Science 3 HSCI Elective 3 BIOL 113 Anatomy & Physiology I 4
NUTR 205 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 HSCI Elective 3 HSCI 250 Intro to Community Health 3
HSCI 250 Intro to Community Health 3 ELEC Elective 3 MATH 203 Statistics 3
HSCI 102 Current Topics in Hlth Sci 1 Total Hours: 15 (120) HSCI 201 Medical Technology 1
Total Hours: 16 (30) Total Semester Hours Required 15
EXERCISE AND FITNESS
SOPHOMORE YEAR______________________ CONCENTRATION SPRING SEMESTER
FALL SEMESER BIOL 100 Biology Study Skills 3 HSCI 321 Exercise Science A&P 4
BIO 113 Anat & Physiology I 4 BIOL 102 Cellular Molecular Biology 4 CHEM 114 General Chemistry II 4
SOSC Social Sciences Core 3 CHEM 113 General Chemistry I 4 PHYS 201 General Physics 4
HUM C201 Humanities Core 3 CHEM 114 General Chemistry II 4 HSCI 365 Epidemiology for HS Prof 3
HSCI 201 Global Public Health 3 PHYS 201 General Physics 4 MATH 203B Biostatistics Lab 1
HSCI 240 Theory of Comm Hlth Educ 3 PSYC 355 Sports Psychology 3
HSCI 301 Intro to Exercise Science 3 Total Semester Hours Required 16
Total Hours: 146(46) HSCI 321 Exercise Physiology 4
HSCI 331 Kinesiology 3 JUNIOR YEAR___________________________
SPRING SEMESTER HSCI 341 Strength and Conditioning 3 FALL SEMESTER
BIO 114 Anat & Physiology II 4 HSCI 351 Fitness & Wellness HSCI 325 Exercise Physiology 4
BIOL 106 Microbiology 4 Program Development 3 HSCI 361 Fitness Assessment 3
HSCI 255 Comm Hlth Plan & Eval 3 HSCI 471 Exercise Nutrition 3 PSYC 355 Sports Psychology 3
HSCI 280 Community Hlth Promotion 3 PSYC 355 Sports Psychology 3 HSCI 331 Kinesiology 3
HSCI 401 Health Sciences HSCI 401 HS Information Literature 3
Total Hours: 14 (60)
Information Literature 3
HSCI 361 Fitness Assessment 3 Total Semester Hours Required 16
JUNIOR YEAR___________________________ HSCI 381 Internship 3
SPRING SEMESTER
FALL SEMESTER HSCI Electives 9
CHEM 113 Intro to Chemistry 4 SCI Electives 6 HSCI 341 Strength and Conditioning 3
MATH 203/B Statistics/Biostatistics 4 Exercise and Fitness Concentration 67 HSCI 351 Fitness & Wellness
HSCI 365 Epidemiology for HS Prof 3 Total ______________________________120 Program Development 3
HSCI 301 Biomechanics 4
Elective 3 SUGGESTED PROGRAM – FA Core Fine Arts Core 3
Total Hours: 14 (74) EXERCISE AND FITNESS Total Semester Hours Required 13
CONCENTRATION
SPRING SEMESTER SENIOR YEAR___________________________
CHEM 114 Intro to Biochemistry 4 FRESHMAN YEAR________________________
FALL SEMESTER
HSCI 326 Health Policy & Mgmt 3 FALL SEMESTER HSCI 381 Internship 3
HSCI 330 Health Care Admin 3 BIOL 100 Biology Study Skills 3 CAPS 390 Capstone Senior Seminar 3
HSCI 386 Health Sciences Research Methods 3 MATH Math Core 3 Science or HS Elective 6
Elective 3 HSCII 201 Medical Terminology 1 HSCI 471 Exercise Nutrition 3
Total Hours: 16 (90) ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3
Total Semester Hours Required 15
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
SENIOR YEAR___________________________ HSCI 101 Seminar in Health Care Professions 1 SPRING SEMESTER
FALL SEMESTER
Total Semester Hours Required 14 PSYC 321 Research Methods 3
HSCI 401 Health Sciences Info Lit 3 SCI Elective 3
SPRING SEMESTER
HSCI 327 Grant Proposal Writing 3 HSCI Electives 6
PHIL 110 Healthcare Ethics 3 HUM Core Humanities Core Elective 3
HSCI Elective 3 NUTR 205 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
HSCI Elective 3 HSCI 260 Intro to Exercise Science 3 Total Semester Hours Required 15
Elective 3 BIOL 102 Cellular Molecular Biology 4
Total Hours: 15 (105) PSYC 103 Intro to Psychology 3
Total Semester Hours Required 16

182
Health Sciences Bachelor of Science Degree

NUTRITION SPRING SEMESTER

CONCENTRATION CHEM 114 Intro to Biochemistry 4
ACCT 101 Principles of Accounting 3 BIOL 114 Anat & Physiology II 4
BIOL 100 Biology Study Skills 3 HSCI 260 Intro to Exercise Science 3
BIOL 102 Cellular Molecular Biology 4 HSCI 345 Comparative Diet Strategies 3
BIOL 106 Microbiology 3 MATH 203B Biostatistics Lab 1
BIOL 114 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 Total Semester Hours Required 15
CHEM 113 Introduction to Chemistry 4
CHEM 114 Introduction to Biochemistry 4
JUNIOR YEAR___________________________
PSYC 321 Research Methods 3
HUM Core Humanities Elect 3 FALL SEMESTER
HSCI 320 Food Sanitation 3 HSCI 370 Clinical Herbology & Botany 3
HSCI 345 Comparative Diet Strategies 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
HSCI 350 Community Nutrition 3 BIOL 106 Intro to Microbiology 4
HSCI 351 Fitness & Wellness PSYC 321 Research Methods 3
Program Development 3 SOSC Social Science Core 3
HSCI 370 Clinical Herbology and Botany 3
HSCI 380 Nutrition Internship 3 Total Semester Hours Required 16
HSCI 420 Food Service Management 3 SPRING SEMESTER
HSCI 460 Vitamins and Minerals 3
HSCI Electives 6 HSCI 320 Food Safety & Sanitation 3
SCI Electives 6 HSCI 350 Community Nutrition 3
Nutrition Concentration 68 HSCI 351 Fitness & Wellness
Total ______________________________120 Program Development 3
HSCI 365 Epidemiology for HS Prof 3
SUGGESTED PROGRAM – HSCI Elective 3
NUTRITION CONCENTRATION Total Semester Hours Required 15

FRESHMAN YEAR________________________ SENIOR YEAR___________________________

FALL SEMESTER FALL SEMESTER
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 HSCI 420 Food Service Management 3
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 HSCI 460 Vitamins and Minerals 3
HSCI 101 Seminar in Health Care Professions 1 HSCI or SCI Elective 3
BIOL 100 Biology Study Skills 3 HSCI Elective 3
MATH Math Core 3 HUM Humanities Core 3
HSCI 201 Medical Terminology 1
Total Semester Hours Required 15
Total Semester Hours Required 15
SPRING SEMESTER
SPRING SEMESTER
CAPS 390 Capstone Senior Seminar 3
PHIL 110 Healthcare Ethics 3 HSCI 380 Nutrition Internship 3
NUTR 205 Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 HSCI 401 HS Information Literature 3
ACCT 101 Prin of Accounting 3 HSCI or SCI Elective 3
PSYC 103 Intro to Psychology 3
Total Semester Hours Required 12
BIOL 102 Cellular Molecular Biology 4
HSCI 102 Current Topics in HS 1
Total Semester Hours Required 17

SOPHOMORE YEAR______________________
FALL SEMESTER
BIOL 113 Anatomy & Physiology I 4
CHEM 113 Intro to Chemistry I 4
MATH 203 Statistics 3
HSCI 250 Intro to Public Health 3
FA Fine Arts Core 3
Total Semester Hours Required 15

183
Health Sciences Doctor of Health Sciences
• Possess the skills necessary to effectively possess a terminal degree and have some
C. Dana Hall Room 142 utilize evidence to support best practice expertise in the area. An individual who is
Telephone (203) 576-4260 clinical decisions not a member of the University of Bridgeport
Fax: (203)576-4051 • Have the knowledge to integrate evi- faculty, but possesses the required qualifica-
dence-informed complementary medi- tions, may serve as a third member on the
cine modalities into care delivery committee with the approval of the Program
Program Overview • Have the ability to use research to solve
Director.
The Doctor of Health Sciences (D.H.Sc.) is a problems and make ethical decisions in The student will work closely with their dis-
terminal academic degree program that can healthcare settings. sertation adviser/committee chairperson,
be described as a combination of the Doctor who will be responsible for supervising
• Effectively serve as consultants to pa-
of Science (D.Sc.) and the Doctor of Public the student’s work and guiding the student
tients, clients, community organizations,
Health (DPH) degrees. The goal is to pro- through the process.
and professional colleagues
vide a solid foundation in the health sciences The responsibility of the entire committee is
• Generate more professors with improved
while developing skills in research design to examine the dissertation to make a final
higher education pedagogy
and analysis, best-practices in clinical care determination concerning its acceptability.
and education. It is envisioned to contribute After the dissertation receives unanimous
significantly to the personal and professional Dissertation approval from the committee, it is then sent
growth of healthcare professionals and edu- to the Program Director for final review and
DISSERTATION PROCESS
cators. This program offers students with approval.
master’s degrees the opportunity for continu- Upon the successful completion of all online
ing academic training and advancement in coursework, a student enters the dissertation COURSE REQUIREMENTS (61 CREDITS)
their fields. There are currently three areas of phase of the Doctor of Health Sciences pro-
gram. The dissertation phase includes three CORE COURSES
concentration: clinician, nutrition and educa-
(3) required courses: HSCI 890: Dissertation HSCI 710 (3 Credits) Introduction to the U.S. Health
tion. The Doctor of Health Sciences is an aca- Care System
demic degree and not a clinical healthcare Seminar, HSCI 891: Dissertation I, and HSCI:
892: Dissertation II. Each course is graded HSCI 715 (3 Credits) Research Methods for the Health
degree, but one which prepares healthcare Sciences
professionals with tools of administration Pass/Fail. The dissertation topic can be an
HSCI 720 (3 Credits) Global Health Issues
and scholarship. The goals are to enable area of interest selected by the student, with HSCI 725 (3 Credits) Fundamentals of Clinical Trials
health professionals to become better clini- the approval of their adviser and the Program HSCI 730 (3 Credits) Healthcare Informatics
cians, teach in colleges and universities, or Director. To complete the degree, students HSCI 735 (3 Credits) Data Analysis and Interpretation
become health care administrators. For those must take the required dissertation sequence Clinical Concentration
interested in research, this program provides and submit their dissertation which must HSCI 840 (3 Credits) Advanced Disease Processes and
the foundation for both qualitative and quan- be accepted and approved by a dissertation Treatment
committee, and then by the Program Direc- HSCI 845 (3 Credits) Lifestyle and Health Issues
titative research as core values in the educa-
tor. The dissertation for the D.H.Sc. degree HSCI 850 (3 Credits) Health Promotion and Disease
tional process. Prevention
may involve original research, or it can be a
research paper, literature review, meta-anal- HSCI 855 (3 Credits) Integrative and Complementary
Concentration Areas ysis, or a systematic review. The dissertation
Medicine
This D.H.Sc. program is currently designed is a high-quality scholarly paper, presenting NUTRITION CONCENTRATION
with three tracks: the student’s research and findings, that is HSCI 851 (3 Credits) Advanced Clinical Nutrition I:
1) Clinician track submitted in support of candidature for the Metabolic Health Issues and Cardiovascular
Doctor of Health Sciences degree. Health
2) Nutrition track HSCI 852 (3 Credits) Advanced Clinical Nutrition 2:
3) Education track DISSERTATION COMMITTEE Digestive Health Issues
Students will have the option of taking cours- HSCI 853 (3 Credits) Advanced Clinical Nutrition 3:
At the beginning of HSCI-891: Dissertation Chronic Degenerative Diseases and Cancer
es from other tracks, as electives. I, each student will be assigned a faculty ad- HSCI 854 (3 Credits) Advanced Clinical Nutrition 4:
This program has the potential to grow and visor who will also act as their committee Neurological and Behavioral Issues
add new tracks as demands and needs arise chairperson. The dissertation committee will
EDUCATION CONCENTRATION
in the future. be formed, during HSCI-892 Dissertation II,
after the adviser determines that the disserta- HSCI 848 (3 Credits) Teaching in the Health Professions
HSCI 849 (3 Credits) Educational Assessment
Outcomes of the Program tion is ready to be submitted to a committee.
HSCI 858 (3 Credits) Curriculum and Syllabus
The dissertation committee will consist of Development in Higher Education
• Become leaders with the skills and knowl-
a minimum of three qualified faculty mem- HSCI 859 (3 Credits) Pedagogy and Teaching Strategies
edge to initiate changes in healthcare en-
bers. At least two members of the committee for College Instructors
vironments
should be from the faculty of the University
• Have the ability to analyze and influence of Bridgeport. All committee members must ELECTIVE COURSES
public policy related to healthcare services HSCI 860 (3 Credits) Evidence-Based Practice

184
Health Sciences Doctor of Health Sciences

HSCI 865 (3 Credits) Principles of Health Policy and

Management
HSCI 870 (3 Credits) Principles of Environmental
Toxicology
HSCI 875 (3 Credits) Infectious Diseases
HSCI 888 (3 Credits) Medical Toxicology
HSCI 889 (3 Credits) Comparative Health Systems
DISSERTATION COURSES
HSCI 890 (3 Credits) Dissertation Seminar
HSCI 891 (3 Credits) Dissertation I
HSCI 892 (3 Credits) Dissertation II
HSCI 895 (4 Credits) On Campus Seminar

Completion of Doctoral Degree

The doctoral degree must be completed
within seven years of the date from which
the student started coursework in the doctor-
al program. In exceptional cases, the depart-
ment may recommend that the Dean grant
an extension of this limit.

185
Master of Public Health Master’s of Health Sciences

The Master of Public Health (MPH) degree • Non-profit Executive Director curriculum requirements. UB Graduate pro-
program is offered 100% online and is de- • Epidemiologist grams require that all grades applied toward
signed to prepare Public Health practitioners the degree be “C” or better. The grade of “C-
for complex local, national and global issues • Congressional Staffer “cannot be used to satisfy degree require-
in contemporary Public Health. The objec- • Biostatistician ments. The minimum cumulative grade point
tive is to promote equity, inquiry, health, • Health Promotion Specialist average necessary to continue graduate stud-
and well-being, as well as develop thought- ies is 3.0 and the minimum semester grade
• Researcher
ful leaders by providing a relevant and inno- point average to continue graduate studies
vative competency-based curriculum. • Emergency management is 2.0.
There are three concentrations in the Uni- • Health insurance companies
MPH PROGRAM CORE (W/CONCENTRATIONS) CREDIT HR
versity of Bridgeport’s MPH program; • Occupational health and safety services
MPH CORE
• Global Health • Public Health education
MPH 501 Introduction to Public Health 3
• Community Health • Environmental Health Officer MPH 502 Principles of Epidemiology 3
• Health Policy and Management • Healthcare Administrative and MPH 503 Biostatistics 3
management positions in: MPH 505 Research Methods 3
The program consists of 42 semester credit
MPH 504 Public Health Policy 3
hours; 33 core credits and 9 concentration o Hospitals
MPH 506 Social and Behavioral Aspects of Health 3
credits and can be completed in 15 months o Clinics MPH 507 Introduction to Environmental Health 3
by taking courses in an accelerated 7 week MPH 508 Global Public Health 3
o State and local health departments
format. MPH 510 Emergency Management Health Issues 3
o Nursing homes MPH 512 Infectious Diseases 3
Mission Statement o Mental health facilities MPH 560 Applied Practical Experience 3
The mission of the public health program Core Total 33
is to develop the next generation of public Student Learning Outcome
health professionals to advance health equi- • Students will develop a practitioner’s Global Health Concentration______________________
ty and promote individual, family, and com- understanding of Global, National, MPH 520 Global Health Issues 3
munity health through innovative education, Regional and Local Public Health issues MPH 521 Program Planning for Global Health 3
community service, and research. The pro- MPH 522 Essentials of Economics and Finance for Global
• Students will be able to identify as Health 3
gram provides an atmosphere whereby its
well as apply appropriate quantitative
diverse student population can grow intel- Total 9
and qualitative data collection methods
lectually by promoting critical thinking skills,
to analyze and describe public health Community Health Concentration__________________
personal development, and community in-
volvement. The Public Health curriculum problems MPH 530 Community Health Issues 3
provides an educational foundation upon • Students will be able to apply MPH 531 Program Planning, Research and Evaluation for
which each student may continue to build epidemiologic methods to analyze Community Health 3
his/her professional public health career by patterns of disease and discuss MPH 532 Urban Health and Social Policy 3
integrating theory and research into public application to control problems
health practice. Total 9
• Students will be able to understand the
All of our Professors are Public Health prac- relationship between environmental Health Policy And Management Concentration________
titioners with a significant body of knowl- factors and community health; discuss MPH 540 Health Economics and U.S. Policy 3
edge and years of experience. The program remediation for environmental health MPH 541 Public Health Law 3
prepares its graduates for a variety of roles problems MPH 542 Public Health Policy as a Prevention Strategy 3
in public health administration, policy, and Total 9
• Students will be able to apply
advocacy through content that engages both
principles of leadership, policy
the science and practice of public health MPH Program Total 42
development, budgeting and
management.
program management in the planning
MPH career options: implementation and evaluation of
health programs for individuals and
• Policy analysis in health planning
populations.
organizations and governmental
agencies • Students will be able to identify
behavioral, social and cultural factors
• Health maintenance organizations
that influence individual and group
• Public Health Officer health and health disparities

Graduation requirements
Students must complete all MPH program

186
Medical Laboratory Science Bachelor of Science Degree

coagulation, molecular, and other emerging clinical laboratory science. However, issuing
Dana Hall diagnostics. of the degree is not contingent on passing
Telephone (203) 576-4268 Be able to participate in the development any type of external certification or licensure
Fax: (203) 576-4262 and evaluation of test systems and interpre- examination.
tive algorithms, hold diverse.
Clinical Director Responsibilities in areas of analysis and clini- Pre-Physician Assistant and
Dana Hall, Room 213 cal decision-making, regulatory compliance Health Professional Options
Telephone: (203) 576-4253 with applicable regulations, education, and
Fax: (203) 576-4262 The Medical Laboratory Science curriculum
quality assurance/performance improvement
contains courses which can meet prerequi-
wherever laboratory testing is researched,
sites for UB’s Physician Assistant program.
developed or performed.
Successful graduates of the Medical Labora-
Curriculum and Program Possess basic knowledge, skills, and relevant tory Science program are also highly com-
Requirements experiences in consultative interactions with petitive for other medical, health, and re-
members of the healthcare team, external search oriented graduate programs.
A B.S. degree in Medical Laboratory Science relations, customer service and patient edu-
provides exciting opportunities for individu- cation; financial, operations, marketing, and MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
als with an interest in science who wish to human resource management; information MINOR OPTION
pursue a career in a health/medical profes- management, and; research design/practice
sion or other laboratory-related field. Medical Biology majors wishing to obtain a minor in
sufficient to evaluate published studies as an Medical Laboratory Science must take BIOL
Technologists, also called Clinical Laboratory informed consumer.
Scientists, analyze human blood and other 102, BIOL 320, BIOL 332, BIOL 345, BIOL
body fluids using a variety of methods and Be proficient in maintaining necessary op- 443, CHEM 360, CHEM 380, and at least two
precision instruments. The results of these erations for the general functions of the clini- 300 level MLS courses. Students interested
analyses are used to determine the presence cal laboratory, including specimen collection. in this program should contact the Medical
or absence of disease, help determine appro- Laboratory Science Program Director. A mi-
priate treatment, monitor therapy, and assess Program Requirements and nor in Medical Laboratory Science will not
lead to eligibility for certification as a Medical
health. In addition to performance and in- Features Laboratory Scientist.
terpretation of laboratory procedures, clinical
laboratory scientists may be involved in the Completion of the Medical Laboratory Sci- Medical Laboratory Certificate: A categorical
selection of lab methods or analyzers, as well ence degree requires 28 weeks of supervised certificate option for people already possess-
as training, supervision, and consultation clinical work in a hospital laboratory, provid- ing a BS degree and meeting the necessary
with other health care professionals. ed by our clinical affiliates. pre-requisites is available and requires a cus-
The program is currently licensed by the Since the curriculum includes laboratory tomized plan of study, please see the pro-
state of CT to offer a program and pend- work done under professional supervision, gram director for further information and a
ing national program accreditation, comple- the degree candidate not only must satisfy consultation.
tion of the degree will lead to eligibility for the customary expectations of academic
certification by the Board of Registry of the work but also must meet the high-quality
standards demanded of a professional medi-
Summary of Requirements
American Society of Clinical Pathology as a
Medical Laboratory Scientist. cal technologist. Students must maintain a PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS________________
minimum GPA of 2.50. MT students are re-
Granting of the degree/certificate IS NOT quired to maintain a grade of C or better in
contingent on passing any type of external MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSES
all required courses. MT students must pass MLSC 341 Immunology 4
certification or licensure examination. a comprehensive pre-clinical examination MLSC 332 Medical Bacteriology 4
The UB Medical Laboratory Science program prior to pursuing their clinical rotations. CHEM 380 Physiological Chemistry 4
is pursuing accreditation through the Nation- Individual professional liability insurance is MLSC 314 Intro to Immunohematology 2
al Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory required of each student and can be pur- MLSC 310 Intro to Hematology/Hemostasis 2
Sciences, 5600 N. River Rd., Suite 720, Rose- chased through American Society for Clinical BIOL 345 Molecular Biology 3
mont, IL 60018-5119 Laboratory Science (ASCLS). MLSC 311 Intro to Clinical Chemistry 2
Criminal background checks are required MLSC 317 Mycology/Parasite/Virology 4
Learning Outcomes before clinical rotations. A background check
MLSC 301 Phlebotomy/Safety 2
Upon successful completion of this program, MLSC 350 Advanced Hematology 3
that is not “clear” may preclude rotations at
MLSC 355 Advanced Clinical Chemistry 2
students will: some hospitals and prevents employment at MLSC 354 Advanced Immunohematology 2
Be proficient in performing the full range of most healthcare facilities. MLSC 320 Preclinical Seminar 1
clinical laboratory tests in areas such as he- As a closure requirement for graduation, MLSC 321 Clinical Seminar I Education 1
matology, clinical chemistry, immunohema- students must pass a comprehensive depart- MLSC 322 Clinical Seminar II Mgmt 1
tology, microbiology, serology/immunology, ment examination covering all aspects of MLSC 380 Phlebotomy Rotation 2

187
Medical Laboratory Science Bachelor of Science Degree

MLSC 388 Clinical Correlations (Clinical) 2 CHEM 104 General Chemistry II 4 MLSC 388 Clinical Correlations 2
MLSC 384 Clinical Chem Lab Rotation 5 BIOL 211 General physiology 4 MLSC 380 Phlebotomy Rotation 1
MLSC 386 Clinical Immunohematology PHIL 110 HUHealthcare Ethics 3 MLSC 393 Clinical Research 1
Laboratory Rotation 3 17 MLSC 386 Clinical Immunohemo Rotation 3
MLSC 382 Clinical Hematology Lab Rotation 4 MLSC 385 Clinical Microbiology Rotation 4
MLSC 385 Clinical Micro Lab Rotation 4 SOPHOMORE YEAR___________________________ 14
57 Fall Semester Total Semester Hours__________________129
SCIENCE FOUNDATION COURSES PSYC 380SS Biological Psychology 3
BIOL 102 General Biology II 4 MLSC 315 Fundamentals MLS 2
BIOL 211 General Physiology 4 SS, Social Science, HU Humanities
CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry I 4 or Fine Arts Core 3
MATH 203/203B Biostatistics 4 CHEM 205 Organic Chemistry I 4
CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry II 4 MATH 203/203B Biostatistics 4
CHEM 302 Analytical Methods 4 16
CHEM 360 Biochemistry 3
CHEM 380 Physiologic Chemistry 3 Spring Semester
BIOL 320 Microbiology 4 CHEM 206 Organic Chemistry II 4
PHYS 201 General Physics I* 4 CHEM 302 Analytical Methods 4
BIOL 307 Genetics* 3 CHEM 360 Biochemistry 3
*Recommended courses. MLSC 301 Phlebotomy 2
31-38 BIOL 320 Microbiology 4
17
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 JUNIOR YEAR________________________________
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3
MATH 109 Precalculus 4 Fall Semester
CHEM 103 General Chemistry I 4 Bio 380 Molecular Diagnostics 3
CHEM 104 General Chemistry II 4 MLSC 341 Immunology 4
PHIL 110 Healthcare Ethics 3 MLSC 332 Medical Bacteriology 4
HUM Humanities Core 3 CHEM 380 Physiological Chemistry 4
PSYC 380 Biological Psychology 3 MLSC 310 Introd to Hematology/Hemostasis 2
SOSC Social Science Core 3
17
FA Fine Arts Core 3
CAPS 390 Capstone 3 Spring Semester
36 BIOL 345 Molecular Biology 3
MLSC 311 Intro to Clinical Chemistry 3
Total Semester Hours______________ 121-128
MLSC 317 Mycology/Parasite/Virology 4
MLSC 320 Pre-clinical Seminar 1
Suggested Program MLSC 314 Intro to Immunohematology 2
CAPS 390 Capstone 3
FRESHMAN YEAR_____________________________
16
Fall Semester
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 SENIOR YEAR (CLINICALS)______________________
FYS 101 First Year Seminar 3 Fall Semester
MATH 109 Precalculus 4
CHEM 103 General Chemistry I 4 MLSC 355 Advanced Clinical Chemistry 2
BIO 102 General Bio 102 4 MLSC 350 Advanced Hematology 3
MLSC 321 Clinical Seminar I Education 1
18 MLSC 382 Clinical Hematology Rotation 4
Spring Semester MLSC 384 Clinical Chemistry Rotation 5
SS, 1Social Science, 1HU Humanities 14
or Fine Arts Core 6 Spring Semester (Clinical continued)
MLSC 322 Clinical Seminar II Management 1
MLSC 354 Advanced Immunohematology 2

188
School of Nursing

•
Communicate using an ongoing of Bridgeport School of Nursing (UBSN) is
Health Sciences Center, Room 619 interactive process that builds therapeutic highly competitive. In addition to the general
Telephone (203) 576-4269 interpersonal and inter- professional requirements listed below, candidates are
relationships for an increasingly also expected to have completed a rigorous
interconnected healthcare environment. curriculum of general education, math, and
science foundation coursework, as listed
• Apply the nursing process to provide
Degree Programs patient-centered, evidence-based,
in the Program Prerequisites below, to
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) be eligible to apply. Relevant admissions
clinically competent, contemporary
information can be found below for each
Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) professional nursing care.
applicant student type.
• Apply critical thinking skills to support
Assessment Technologies Institute Test
Bachelor of Science in Nursing excellence in nursing practice and to
of Essential Academic Skills (ATI TEAS)
(BSN) Program provide comprehensive, compassionate,
evidence-based nursing care across the
Examination scores will be used in the
The BSN Program is designed to prepare a evaluation of candidates for the BSN
life span.
graduate nurse for entry-level practice in a Program.
variety of healthcare settings, to provide the • Promote healthy lifestyles through health
foundation for graduate education and/or education, health promotion strategies BSN Program Prerequisites
continued education as a life-long learner, and population-focused interventions.
and to contribute to quality patient outcomes.
(To be completed prior to
• Comprehend system-based practice and
its impact on safe, quality patient care matriculation)
University of Bridgeport School within the scope of professional nursing Anatomy & Physiology I 4 credits
of Nursing Vision and Mission practice. Anatomy & Physiology II 4 credits
The vision of the School of Nursing is to • Apply leadership and management skills Introductory Chemistry 4 credits
prepare diverse and inclusive nurse leaders in the provision of safe, quality and
who display a commitment to clinical cost-effective care in the continuum of English Composition 3 credits
excellence, global healthcare, and lifelong healthcare environments. Introduction to College
learning. • Exercise innovative inquiry in the use of Algebra and Statistics 3 credits
The mission of the School of Nursing is information and patient care technology Introduction to Psychology 3 credits
to provide innovative, evidence-based with knowledge based on research for
healthcare education that prepares a the improvement in patient outcomes. Lifespan Development 3 credits
professional nurse to provide person-centered • Practice within the values, ethics, and Principles of Sociology 3 credits
care that incorporates professional values legal standards of professional nursing.
of caring, excellence, integrity, diversity in Freshman Seminar /
the delivery of safe, quality healthcare and Liberal Arts Elective* 3 credits
advancement of the profession within a Pre-Nursing Curriculum
global society. Students begin their journey towards a BSN
in the Pre-Nursing program. During freshman *Transfer students who have completed more
than 12 credits may satisfy the Freshman
BSN Program Student Learning year, students enroll in general education
courses. By February 1st, Pre-Nursing Seminar requirement with a Liberal Arts
Outcomes (SLOs) students interested in pursuing a BSN must Elective (3 credits).
Student learning outcomes or SLOs are apply to the School of Nursing. Students
statements specifying what students will admitted to the BSN program will begin core Additional Recommended Co-
courses in the fall of their sophomore year.
know, be able to do or be able to demonstrate
when they have completed the nursing New transfer students may be eligible to
Requisite Coursework
program. The UBSN program has nine (9) enter directly into the sophomore year. Microbiology 4 credits
SLOs, all of which are equally important to Statistics 3 credits
achieve: Bachelor of Science in Nursing Fine Arts Elective 3 credits
• Synthesize knowledge from a liberal (BSN) Program Humanities Electives 6 credits
education in communication, human Admission to the Bachelor of Science in
experience, scientific literacy, analysis, Nursing Program through the University Nursing: 65 Credits
and global society.

189
School of Nursing
General Education: 55 Credits NURS 323 Essentials of Family Nursing 5 in Nursing (BSN) degree. The streamlined
Total Credits: 120 NURS 328 Health Policy & Health Systems 3 progression is designed for both the diploma
General Electives 6 and associate degree graduate who can earn
Total – 14 Credits advanced placement on transfer of credits
Bachelor of Science in Nursing previously earned at a nationally accredited
(BSN) Program Curriculum YEAR IV_______________________________ institution.

Pre-Nursing (Non-Degree) FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS No placement examination is required, and

Curriculum NURS 344 Health Promotion II: The Community 5 applicants may transfer up to 90 credits
NURS 345 Leadership & Management Roles in from previous nursing program coursework
YEAR I________________________________ Nursing 3 from an accredited program. The total
NURS 326 Health Maintenance & Restoration III 6
FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS curriculum credits are 120 with 27 from the
ENGL 101 Academic Writing 3 Total – 14 Credits upper level nursing BSN courses. The RN
BIOL 113 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 to BSN Completion Program offers the RN
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
PSYC 103 General Psychology 3 student the opportunity to earn the BSN
FYS 101 Freshman Seminar / Liberal Arts Elective 3 NURS 357 Current Issues & Trends in Nursing 3 degree in a reasonable timeframe without
MATH 103 Introduction to College Algebra NURS 358 Transition to Prof. Practice: Sr. Practicum 6 repetition of learning in an environment
and Statistics 3 NURS 393 Nursing Capstone II 3 that acknowledges the knowledge, skills
Total – 16 Credits Total – 12 Credits and abilities the RN brings to the learning
environment. The curriculum assists the RN
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
Graduation Requirements to enhance the role of the professional nurse
BIOL 114 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 In order to graduate from the BSN program, in today’s complex health care environments.
HUM Humanities Core 3 The curriculum is designed for professional
students must complete 55 credits in general
SOCI 101 Principles of Sociology 3 growth and further development of critical
CHEM 113 Introductory to Chemistry 4 education and 65 credits in nursing, totaling
120 credits. Along with a solid foundation thinking, analysis and decision-making,
PSYC 205 Lifespan Development 3
in nursing, graduates of the program will utilization of evidence-based practice, and
Total – 17 Credits communication within inter-disciplinary
be eligible to sit for the National Council
Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN® Exam). practices in a variety of health care settings.
YEAR II________________________________
FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
Additional Policies Program Pre-Requisites/
BIOL 106 Microbiology 4
NURS 201 Intro to Professional Nursing 2 Please consult the UBSN Student Handbook Requirements
NURS 202 Fundamentals of Professional Nursing 4 for additional policies related to the School • NURS301 Theory and Evidenced Based
NURS 204 Health Promotion I: Health Assessment 3 of Nursing. Practice has a pre-requisite course,
Fine Arts 3 MATH203/DH315 Statistics.
Total – 16 Credits RN to BSN Completion Program • NURS303 Community Health requires
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
The University of Bridgeport RN to BSN health clearance, background and drug
Completion Program in the School of testing.
NURS 206 Health Maintenance & Restoration I 6 Nursing prepares the graduate nurse for
NURS 208 Pharmacology for the Professional Nurse 3 • NURS303 requires students to select a
quality practice, career development and
MATH 203 Elementary Statistics 3 community site for NURS310 Population
the educational mobility to advance into
Humanities 3 and Global Health and complete a 35-
graduate nursing programs. The RN to BSN
Total – 15 Credits hour learning experience during the
completion program curriculum is a total of
course to expand their professional
120 credits of which 27 credits are in nine
YEAR III_______________________________ upper level nursing courses.
practice into the community.
FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
NURS 314 The Research Process in Nursing 3 Curriculum and Program RN to BSN Completion Program
NURS 316
HSCI 230
Health Maintenance & Restoration II
Nutrition
6
3 Requirements (BSN) Curriculum
NURS 318 Essentials of Psych/Mental Health Nursing 4 The nine BSN upper level nursing courses
The RN to BSN Completion Program at the
exist in three tier groups to establish a level
Total – 16 Credits University of Bridgeport provides career/
of progression from introductory courses to
educational mobility for the registered nurse
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS_________________ mid-level courses and finishing with the final
who desires to earn the Bachelor of Science

190
School of Nursing
three courses including the Nursing Capstone Please consult the UBSN Student Handbook NURS 357 Current Issues & Trends in Nursing 3
course.The RN student may complete for additional policies related to the School NURS 318 Psych/Mental Health Nursing 4
courses at the mid-level prior to completing of Nursing. Total – 16 Credits
all three introductory courses with approval
from their advisor. SUMMER II
Accelerated Bachelor of SUMMER TERM 1, 2 – 14 WEEKS
RN to BSN Completion Program
(BSN) Curriculum Science in Nursing (ABSN) NURS 344 Health Promotion II: The Community 5
UNIVERSITY CORE COURSES CREDITS Program NURS 358 Transition to Prof. Practice: Sr. Practicum 6
Total – 11 Credits
English 101 3 The University of Bridgeport School of Nurs- Admission to the Accelerated Bachelor of
MATH103 or higher 3 ing (UBSN), Accelerated Bachelor of Science Science in Nursing Program through the
BIOL 113 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 in Nursing (ABSN) program is designed for University of Bridgeport School of Nursing
BIOL 114 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 those students who hold a bachelor’s degree (UABSN) is highly competitive. In addition
Humanities 6 in another field other than nursing. This to the general requirements as listed below,
Sociology 101 3 accelerated track incorporates the previous candidates are also expected to have com-
non-nursing bachelor’s level course educa- pleted a rigorous curriculum of general edu-
Psychology Child/Lifespan 3
tion and experience and allows the student cation, math, and science foundation course-
Fine Arts 3 to earn a BSN degree in fifteen months. work, as listed in the Program Prerequisites
Total University Core Courses 29 below, to be eligible to apply.

Graduation Requirements and
Outcome General Admission Requirements
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS/TRANSFER In order to graduate from the ABSN pro- • A conferred BS/BA degree from a fully
BIOL 106 Microbiology 4 gram, students must complete 64 credits in accredited Academic Institution.
general education and 56 credits in nursing,
PSYC 103 General Psychology 3 • Applicants must achieve a “C+” or better
totaling 120 credits. Along with a solid foun-
MATH203/DH315 Elementary Statistics 3 dation in nursing, graduates of the program in all Math and Science courses (includ-
Basic Nursing Program Block Transfer 34 will be eligible to sit for the National Council ing but not limited to Anatomy & Physi-
Total Program Requirements 44 Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN® Exam). ology I & II, Chemistry, and Algebra).

SUMMER TERM 1 – 7 WEEKS • Minimum cumulative Quality Point Ra-

Upper Level BSN Courses Credits tio (QPR) of 3.00 from all institutions at-
NURS 201 Intro to Professional Nursing 2
tended in order to apply to the ABSN
TIER ONE - INTRODUCTORY COURSES NURS 204 Health Assessment 3
Program.
HSCI 230 Nutrition 3
NURS302 Nursing Health Assessment 3 • Math and science coursework must be
Total – 8 Credits
NURS304 Professional Seminar 3 completed within seven years prior to
NURS307 Informatics 3 SUMMER TERM 2 – 7 WEEKS applying to the ABSN Program.
TIER TWO - MID-LEVEL NURS 204 Fundamentals of Professional Nursing 4 • ABSN pre-requisites include ENG 101,
NURS 208 Pharmacology 3 MATH 103, MATH 203, PSYC 103, PSYC
NURS301 Theory & Evidenced Based Practice 3
Total – 7 Credits 205, SOC 101, BIOL 113, BIOL 114, BIOL
NURS303 Community Health 3
106, and CHEM 113.
NURS306 Quality, Safety and Policy 3 YEAR I
• HSCI 230 can be transferred in as a pre-
TIER THREE - FINAL COURSES FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS requisite course.
NURS305 Leadership and Management 3 NURS 314 The Research Process in Nursing 3
NURS 320 Health Maintenance & Restoration I 6 • All pre-requisites must be completed
NURS310 Population and Global Health 3
NURS 323 Essentials of Family Nursing 5 prior to the start of the first day of the
NURS308 Nursing Capstone 3 first semester. At the time of application,
NURS 345 Leadership and Management 3
Total Upper Level BSN Courses 27 only 3 pre-requisites may be outstanding
Total – 17 Credits or in progress.

• Missing General Education courses will
General Elective Courses 19-20
be waived (i.e. Fine Arts and a 2nd Hu-
Total RN to BSN Completion Program _____120 SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS manity).
NURS 322 Health Maintenance & Restoration II 6
Additional Policies NURS 328 Health Policy & Health Systems 3

191
School of Nursing

ABSN Program Prerequisites masters of science nursing program. The the direct care core graduate level courses.
• Anatomy & Physiology I (4) UBSN program has (8) SLOs, all of which are
• Anatomy & Physiology II (4) equally important to achieve: Pre-requisites/admission
•
•
Introductory Chemistry (4)
Microbiology (4)
• Apply leadership & decision making requirements
skills in the provision of quality & safe
• Introduction to College Algebra (3) Admission to the Masters of Science in
care delivery to individuals & populations
• Statistics (3) Nursing Program through the University
across healthcare delivery systems.
• English Composition (3) of Bridgeport School of Nursing (UBSN)
• Introduction to Psychology (3) • Integrate epidemiological, social, core is competitive. Each track below has
• Lifespan Development (3) scientific and environmental data specific requirements. Relevant admissions
• Principles of Sociology (3) in drawing inferences regarding the information is provided for each applicant
health status of patient populations and student type. The GRE is not required.
Master of Science in Nursing interventions to promote optimal health.
(MSN) Program • Engage in Scholarship to direct evidenced- Online MSN in Leadership &
The MSN Program is an online program, dual- base practice and decision-making. Education
focused in nursing leadership & education. • Employ principles of business man- All potential MSN candidates must complete
Based on the AACN Essentials for Master’s agement within healthcare systems/ a graduate program online application and
Nursing Education it prepares nurses as leaders organizations. submit the following requirements based on
and educators in order to expand career the entering track:
opportunities and forge partnerships between • Demonstrate competence in comm-
education and practice settings. Nurse leaders unication and collaboration required to 1. University of Bridgeport BSN to
will have the skills to collaborate with and advance inter-professional partnerships. MSN Program Requirements:
within healthcare systems, to enhance patient • Incorporate knowledge of curriculum • Cumulative GPA > 3.0
outcomes. The core three advance practice development and design, implementing, • One professional letter of recommen-
content courses are required. The broad and evaluating health education dation
based curriculum also includes integrating programs.
concepts from epidemiology, social, scientific • A 300-word essay on the reasons you
and environmental evidenced based data • Demonstrate competency as a leader and are interested in the UB Leadership &
and business management principles in an educator in nursing including upholding Educator MSN Degree
effort to synthesize core leadership in nursing the professional nursing standards and • Current unencumbered RN license
content from the perspective of a nurse policies.
educator and leader. Curriculum design,
2. BSN to MSN Program
• Incorporate ethical principles for pro-
learning theory and evaluating outcomes are • Cumulative GPA > 3.0 from an ac-
moting a just culture for leading and
core areas for a nurse educator and essential credited BSN nursing program
educating compassionate nursing prac-
to understanding and creating educators and tice. • Two professional letters of recom-
leaders who uphold professional educational mendation
standards in an academic or clinical
setting. This unique skill set is innovative
MSN Program Tracks • A 300-word essay on the reasons you
are interested in the UB Leadership &
in responding to the recommendations of Students may begin their journey towards
Educator MSN Degree
the IOM report, “The Future of Nursing: an MSN in the RN to BSN online program.
Current associate and diploma nurses may • Completion of MATH203 Elementary
Leading Change, Advancing Health” (2010).
obtain a BSN in the UB RN to BSN program Statistics with a C+ or better
Leadership & Education MSN graduates will
assimilate in a variety of healthcare settings then continue to the MSN program in an • Current unencumbered RN license
with the educational foundation for a terminal accelerated track. This provides a seamless
progression saving students time and money. 3. RN to MSN students
doctoral degree.
• a non-nursing bachelor’s degree from
Similarly, for those with a non-nursing
an accredited program
MSN Program Student Learning bachelor’s degree, an accelerated RN to MSN
• an associate’s degree or diploma from
degree track is available (no BSN conferred)
Outcomes (SLOs) as a path to completing the MSN. Current an accredited school of nursing
Student learning outcomes or SLOs are RN to BSN students interested in pursuing • Cumulative GPA > 3.0
statements specifying what students the MSN should apply in their next to final • Two professional letters of recom-
will know, be able to do or be able to semester in the RN to BSN program. Students mendation
demonstrate when they have completed the admitted to the MSN program will begin with

192
School of Nursing
• A 300-word essay on the reasons you physiology 3 Elective 3
are interested in the UB Leadership & 6 Credits 6 Credits
Educator MSN Degree
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS YEAR III
• Current unencumbered RN license NURS 602 Curriculum Development & Design 3 FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
Upon admission of UB RN to BSN students, NURS 604 Teaching, Assessment & Evaluation of NURS 610 Educator Practicum 3
students who are interested in the MSN Outcomes 3 NURS 612 Leadership Practicum 3
program should work with their adviser to 6 Credits 6 Credits
take the following 3 graduate level courses
instead of the 300 level courses in the RN- YEAR II Total Credits 39
BSN program. They may then accelerate into FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
the MSN Program upon completion of these NURS 606 Resource Management & Finance 3 Option 3. RN to MSN Nursing
courses and a 3.00 GPA. NURS 608 Organizational Leadership 3 Curriculum
o MATH203 is a required pre-requisite unless taken as 6 Credits YEAR I
part of the undergraduate nursing program. SPRING SEMESTER - 7 WEEKS
SUMMER SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
o MSN course/ waived RN-BSN course: NURS 303 term 1 3
Elective 3 NURS 310 term 2 3
• NURS 540 (3cr) Theory and Evidenced Based Prac- Elective 3 MATH 203 Intro To Statistics (15 weeks) 3
tice (NURS 301) 6 Credits 9 Credits
• NURS 575 (3cr) Quality, Safety & Policy (NURS 306) SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
SUMMER SEMESTER – 7 WEEKS_________________
• NURS 590 (3cr) Nursing Informatics (NURS 307) NURS 610 Educator Practicum 3 NURS 540 Theory and Evidenced Based Practice 3
NURS 612 Leadership Practicum 3 NURS 575 Quality, Safety, and Policy 3
THREE PROGRAM ENTRY POINTS
6 Credits NURS 590 Nursing Informatics 3
Entry Degree Process to Enter Credits Req for MSN
UB RN to BSN Direct Entry after BSN conferred 30 Credits 30 9 Credits
(Internal) FALL SEMESTER - 15 WEEKS
BSN (External) Admission Requirements 39 Option 2. BSN to MSN Nursing NURS 550 Advanced Pharmacology 3
AD/Diploma & Admission Requirements Curriculum
non-nursing (no BSN degree conferred) *45 NURS 560 Advanced Health Assessment & Advanced
Bachelor Degree *Requires co-requisites Pathophysiology 3
YEAR I
(Bridge) 6 Credits
SUMMER TERM I - 7 WEEKS

MSN Leadership & Education Courses Credits NURS 540 Eviidence Based Practice 3 SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
NURS 540 Theory & Evidenced Based Practice 3 NURS 575 Quality , Safety, and Policy 3 NURS 602 Curriculum Development & Design 3
NURS 550 Advanced Pharmacology 3
6 Credits NURS 604 Teaching, Assessment & Evaluation of
NURS 560 Advanced Health Assessment & Pathophysiology 3 Outcomes 3
NURS 575 Quality, Safety & Policy 3 SUMMER TERM II – 7 WEEKS
NURS 590 Nursing Informatics 3 NURS 590 Nursing IInformatics 3 6 Credits
NURS 602 Curriculum Development & Design 3 SUMMER SEMESTER – 7 WEEKS
NURS 604 Teaching Assessment & Evaluation of Outcomes 3 3 Credits
Elective 3
NURS 606 Resource management & Finance 3 FALL SEMESTER - 15 WEEKS
NURS 608 Organizational Leadership 3 Elective 3
NURS 550 Advanced Pharmacology 3
NURS 610 Education Practicum 3 6 Credits
NURS 612 Leadership Practicum 3 NURS 560 Advanced Health Assessment & Advanced
ELEC (3) 3 Pathophysiology 3 YEAR II
ELEC (3) 3 6 Credits FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS NURS 606 Resource Management & Finance 3
Master of Science in Nursing NURS 602 Curriculum Development & Design 3 NURS 608 Organizational Leadership 3
(MSN) Online Program NURS 604 Teaching, Assessment & Evaluation of 6 Credits
Outcomes 3
Curriculum SPRING SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
6 Credits NURS 610 Practicum 3
Option 1. UB RN to BSN to NURS 612 Practicum 3
MSN Nursing Curriculum (BSN YEAR II
FALL SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS 6 Credits
Conferred)
NURS 606 Resource Management & Finance 3
YEAR I________________________________ NURS 608 Organizational Leadership 3
FALL SEMESTER - 15 WEEKS 6 Credits
NURS 550 Advanced Pharmacology 3 SUMMER SEMESTER – 15 WEEKS
NURS 560 Advanced Health Assessment & Advanced Patho- Elective 3

193
School of Nursing

Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate from the MSN program,
students must complete all required credits
in their program track.
UB RN to BSN – 30 credits
BSN to MSN – 39 credits
RN to MSN – 48 + required prerequisites not
completed or transferred

Additional Policies
Please consult the UBSN Student Handbook
for additional policies related to the School
of Nursing.

194
Nutrition Institute

Eleanor Dana Hall

Joint Programs
Telephone (203) 576-2466 A joint program with the UB College of
Chiropractic has been established to allow
students to pursue the M.S. degree in Human
Degree Program Nutrition while working on the D.C degree.
Students who have completed the fifth
Human Nutrition (M.S.)
semester of chiropractic studies, with a 2.75
GPA or above, may be recommended by
Mission Statement their dean for entry into the Master’s program
The mission of the human nutrition program at an advanced level.
is to prepare graduates to positively influence
and support specific health challenges and Joint DC/MS Program
promote overall well-being by integrating
Students from the UB College of Chiropractic
biochemical and physiological science
will enter the second semester of the
knowledge with evidence-based strategies
Nutrition Program. They will be required
that link to integrative and preventative
to complete a total of 25 semester hours of
nutrition-based interventions.
required nutrition courses as specified in
their admission letter.
Learning Outcomes
The UB Human Nutrition Institute graduates Master of Science Curriculum
will: NUTR 560A Pathophysiologic Basis of Metabolic
Disease 4
1. Promote and support awareness of the
NUTR 560B Biochemistry of Nutrition 4
benefits of optimal nutrition to health and NUTR 560C Vitamins and Minerals 3
overall well-being. NUTR 560E Nutrition Assessment 3
2. Integrate biochemical and physiological NUTR 560D Clinical Biochemistry 3
science knowledge with nutritional NUTR 560F Nutritional Therapeutics 4
NUTR 560G Lifelong Healing with Food 4
evidence-based interventions and
NUTR 560H Developmental Nutrition 3
competent decision-making to prevent, NUTR 560K Virtual Clinic 4
positively influence and support various NUTR 560M Evidence Based Nutrition 3
health challenges NUTR 560N Anatomy and Physiology 4
NUTR 560U Introductory Biochemistry 3
3. Exhibit professional behavior that is
NUTR 560V Fundamentals of Nutrition 2
ethical, collaborative and culturally NUTR 600N Comprehensive Exam 0
sensitive
Total 44
4. Demonstrate the ability to successfully
complete the UB comprehensive exam

Degree Requirements
Degree candidates must complete the
courses listed in the 44 credit curriculum
with a minimum grade point average of
3.0 (B average). All students are required
to pass a comprehensive examination at
the completion of all coursework in order
to graduate. All degree requirements are to
be completed within a five year period from
start date of their first master’s course.

195
Physician Assistant Institute

clerkship in the Clinical Seminar course. • Provide care to diverse patient populations
Eleanor Dana Hall The clinical phase of the program, the last and demonstrate sensitivity to culture,
30 Hazel Street 13 months of the program, consists clinical age, gender identity, race/ethnicity and
Telephone: (203) 576-2400 clerkships in internal medicine, surgery, disability.
pediatrics, emergency medicine, family
• Counsel and educate for disease prevention
The University of Bridgeport Physician medicine, behavioral health, obstetrics/
and health promotion minimizing barriers
Assistant Institute is committed to the gynecology and one elective. During the
to care by consideration of health literacy,
development of highly qualified physician didactic phase, instruction is provided by
belief systems, and socioeconomic status.
assistants who deliver patient- centered experienced faculty from the basic science
health care. UB physician assistants gain departments and PAI. During the clinical • Understand the role of the PA profession
skills that enable them to be leaders in the phase, students are instructed by their and adhere to professional and ethical
profession and the community, and advocates clinical preceptors who are licensed, board- standards in providing patient care.
for their patients. The PAI underscores the certified clinicians.
• Acknowledge and understand patient
importance of integrated medicine and of
global health in clinical practice. Program Objectives preferences in utilization of integrative
and cultural practitioners.
Graduates of the University of Bridgeport
• Identify ways to improve health equity
Degree Physician Assistant Institute will be able to
and manage the health of populations.
demonstrate competence in the following
Master of Science: Physician Assistant
areas: • Accurately perform the necessary technical
skills for clinical practice and identify
Mission Statement • Accurately elicit and interpret an
associated indications, contraindications,
appropriate, comprehensive or problem-
The mission of the University of Bridgeport outcomes and complications.
focused history from patients of any
Physician Assistant Institute is to prepare
age and gender identity in a variety of • Identify the roles of various providers
future PAs with the knowledge and skills to
settings. in the healthcare team and work
provide culturally sensitive, patient-centered
collaboratively within inter-professional
care and foster life-long learning and • Accurately perform an appropriate,
teams.
professionalism, emphasizing commitments comprehensive or problem-focused
to diversity, global perspective, and physical examination and interpret
integrative approach benefiting all patients. examination findings of patients of any Admission Prerequisites
This mission is reflected in our motto: age and gender identity in a variety of Admission requirements must be completed
Adiuvare, Mederi, Communiter; TO HELP, settings. prior to matriculation. Applicants may apply
TO HEAL, TOGETHER. with one prerequisite course in progress, that
• Utilize pertinent patient data and
must be completed prior to matriculation.
diagnostic interpretation to formulate a
Curriculum differential diagnosis and patient-centered • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited
The physician assistant curriculum is management plans. institution
comprised of a rigorous 28 month Master
• Demonstrate effective written and oral • Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
of Science program. In the didactic
communication skills to all members
phase of the program students learn the • Science GPA of 3.0 or higher
of the health care team, patients and
tenets of basic medical sciences, clinical
families. • Required coursework: taken within the
medicine (pathophysiology of disease
last ten years, with a “C” or better, from
and pharmacology), clinical skills (history • Apply critical thinking skills, basic and
an accredited school. (English, Statistics,
taking and physical exam along with clinical clinical science knowledge, and analysis
and Psychology within the last fifteen
procedures), global and public health, and of research to facilitate medical decision-
years): *
patient education counseling. The research making and solve complex clinical
semester teaches the basics of evidence- problems. • 2 semesters of Anatomy and Physiology
based medicine and research methods. with labs
• Utilize clinical and financial resources
Research skills development enables
prudently to support patient care • 1 semester of Biology with lab
students to use evidence-based medicine to
decisions in a variety of local and global
care for patients and successfully complete • 2 semesters of General Chemistry with
health care systems.
a capstone research project. Prior to the labs
clinical phase, students are oriented to each
• 1 semester of English
• 1 semester of Psychology

196
Physician Assistant Institute

• 1 semester of Statistics TERM 4

• 1 semester of Microbiology NUMBER COURSE CREDITS

MSPA 602 Information Literacy and Medical Writing 2
• 1 semester of Biochemistry OR 1 semester MSPA 610 Clinical Seminar 4.5
of Organic Chemistry MSPA 622 Internal Medicine Clerkship* 4.5
• 750 hours of direct patient care experience MSPA 661 Capstone Project I 4
MSPA 671 Research Methods 2
Please note, the above are minimum Term Total 17
requirements for admission. The most
desirable applicants will exceed the TERM 5
minimum GPA requirements, will have NUMBER COURSE CREDITS
evidence of a rigorous undergraduate and MSPA 623 Pediatrics Clerkship 4.5
prerequisite academic career, and will MSPA 624 Surgery Clerkship 4.5
exceed the minimum patient care experience MSPA 625 Emergency Medicine Clerkship 4.5
requirement. For information please visit: Term Total 13.5
https://www.bridgeport.edu/academics/
schools-colleges/physician-assistant- TERM 6
institute/physician-assistant-ms/admission- NUMBER COURSE CREDITS
requirements. MSPA 628 Behavioral Health Clerkship 4.5
MSPA 626 OB/GYN Clerkship 4.5
MSPA 627 Family Medicine Clerkship 4.5
Semester Based Curriculum
Term Total 13.5
TERM 1
TERM 7
NUMBER COURSE CREDITS
MSPA 511 Anatomy I 3 NUMBER COURSE CREDITS
MSPA 521 Physiology I 3 MSPA 629 Elective Clerkship 4.5
MSPA 529 Clinical Medicine I 5 MSPA 630 Special Populations Selective Clerkship 4.5
MSPA 551 History & Physical Exam I 3 MSPA 662 Capstone Project II 2
MSPA 565 Integrative Medicine & Practice 2 MSPA 695 Graduate Practice Logistics 1
MSPA 575 Global Health & Preventive Medicine 2 Term Total 12
Term Total 18
Curriculum Total 113
TERM 2
*Order of clerkships vary by student schedule, this order is
NUMBER COURSE CREDITS an example.
MSPA 512 Anatomy II 3
MSPA 522
MSPA 530
Physiology II
Clinical Medicine II
3
6
Graduation Requirements
MSPA 534 Correlative Medicine 1 2 • Successful passing of all PAI courses,
MSPA 552 History and Physical Exam II 3 including all clinical clerkships, with
MSPA 581 Pharmacology I 3 a final grade of a 70% or better and a
Term Total 20 satisfactory pass for pass/fail courses,
• An overall cumulative grade point average
TERM 3
of 3.0 in all PAI courses,
NUMBER COURSE CREDITS
MSPA 533 Clinical Medicine III 8 • Satisfactory achievement noted in the
MSPA 542 Correlative Medicine II 2 professional/behavioral evaluations
MSPA 556 Patient Education, Nutrition, during the pre-clinical and clinical phases
and Counseling 2 of the program, and
MSPA 572 Pharmacology II 3
MSPA 574 Medical Ethics & Professional Practice 2 • Successful passing of the summative
MSPA 591 Technical Skills with lab 2 examination.
Term Total 19

197
 COURSE OF
INSTRUCTION

Undergraduate Programs

198
Course of Instruction Accounting

Courses numbered 100-199 are intended pri- developing overall business strategies. Topics it applies to individual and business entities.
marily for freshmen; courses numbered 200- include Process Cost Systems, Cost Behavior Concepts of gross income, allowable deduc-
299, for sophomores; and courses 300-399, and Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis, Profit Re- tions and credits, determination of tax liabili-
for juniors and seniors. Student experience porting for Management Analysis, Budgeting, ties. Prerequisite: Accounting 101, Accounting
may suggest exceptions are warranted. In Performance Evaluation Using Variances from 102.
those instances, students should consult with Standard Costs, and Cost Allocation and Activi- 3 semester hours
their advisors. Deans have authority to ap- ty-Based Costing. Prerequisite: Accounting 101 Offered: Fall Only
prove exceptions. and 102; Minimum grade C
ACCOUNTING 312
3 semester hours
Some advanced courses are not taught every Taxation of Entities
Offered: Spring/Fall Only
year but are scheduled in cycles. The Univer- This course concentrates on federal income
sity reserves the right to limit the number of ACCOUNTING 210 taxation of Corporations, Partnerships, Sub-
students registered in any course and to can- Financial Accounting Systems chapter S Corporations, and Givt and Estates.
cel any course for which there is insufficient Accounting systems for internal control, cash It introduces students to the income tax rules
enrollment. management, accounts receivables, inven- and regulations pertaining to these “taxable
tories, plant assets, payroll, taxes, and other entities”, while enhancing an awareness of the
liabilities. Study of manual and computerized complexities and sources of tax law. Prerequi-
Accounting systems. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. site: Accounting 101, Accounting 311.
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
ACCOUNTING 101 Offered: Fall only Offered: Spring only
Principles of Accounting I
ACCOUNTING 300 ACCOUNTING 327
An introduction to the basic principles of Ac-
counting, and how to account for business Intermediate Accounting I Multinational Accounting
transactions. Emphasis on the understanding Study of generally accepted accounting princi- A global perspective on accounting practices.
of how financial statements are prepared, ples underlying the preparation of basic finan- Development and role of accounting in select-
and how they are used as a basis for decision cial statements; balance sheet, income state- ed countries, comparative practices in financial
making by business owners, investors, credi- ment, and cash flow statement. Emphasis on reporting and disclosure, setting international
tors, government and others interested in the standards issued by the Financial Accounting accounting standards, and examinations of
financial condition of an economic entity and Standards Board and reporting requirements auditing and taxation issues. Prerequisite: Ac-
the results of its operations. Topics include of the Securities and Exchange Commission. counting 101.
Analyzing Transactions; the Matching Concept Prerequisite: Accounting 101, Accounting 102. 3 semester hours
and the Adjusting Process; Completing the 3 semester hours Offered: Fall only
Accounting Cycle; Accounting for Merchandis- Offered: Fall only ACCOUNTING 335
ing Businesses; Accounting Systems, Internal ACCOUNTING 301 Auditing
Controls, and Cash; and Receivables. Intermediate Accounting II Study of generally accepted auditing stan-
3 semester hours Study of generally accepted accounting dards, practice and procedures in the audit of
Offered: Spring/Fall Only principles relating to accounting for leases, financial statements. Includes study of ethical
ACCOUNTING 102
post-employment benefits, deferred taxes and issues and professional responsibilities of the
Principles of Accounting II other specialized topics. Emphasis on Finan- Certified Public Accountant to investors, credi-
A continuation of Accounting 101. Topics cial Accounting Standards Board Statements. tors and others who rely on the auditor’s opin-
include Inventories; Fixed Assets and Intan- Prerequisite: Accounting 300. ion when using audited financial statements to
gible Assets; Current Liabilities; Corporations: 3 semester hours make decisions. Prerequisite: Accounting 308.
Organization, Capital Stock Transactions, and Offered: Spring only 3 semester hours
Dividends; Income Taxes, Unusual Income Offered: Spring only
ACCOUNTING 302
Items, and Investments in Stocks; Bonds Pay- Advanced Accounting ACCOUNTING 335
able and Investments in Bonds; Statement of Coverage of selected advanced topics includ- Auditing
Cash Flows; and Financial Statement Analysis. ing accounting for investments, accounting for Study of generally accepted auditing stan-
Prerequisite: Accounting 101; Minimum grade mergers and acquisitions, consolidation and dards, practice and procedures in the audit of
C currency translation, segment reporting, and financial statements. Includes study of ethical
3 Semester hours accounting for government and not-for-profit issues and professional responsibilities of the
Offered: Spring Only organizations. Pre-requisite: Accounting 301. Certified Public Accountant to investors, credi-
ACCOUNTING 103
3 semester hours tors and others who rely on the auditor’s opin-
Managerial/Cost Accounting Offered: Spring/Fall only ion when using audited financial statements to
Introduction to Managerial and Cost Account- make decisions. Prerequisite: Accounting 101.
ACCOUNTING 311
ing used by management in conducting daily 3 semester hours
Taxation of Individuals
operations, planning future operations, and Offered: Spring only
Study of accounting and income tax law as

199
Arabic • Art & Design

grammar in a classroom conversation. By the niques including the portfolio. Emphasizes

Arabic end of this course the students are expected to topics not covered in ADSN 103.
ARABIC 101
reach an intermediate level of Arabic language 3 semester hours
Elementary Arabic I proficiency and should be able to understand/
ART & DESIGN 105
identify a range of vocabulary items and topics;
In this course students are introduced to the Drawing I
Arabic language and culture. Basic skills in engage in a conversation in a target language
Fundamentals of drawing. Visualizing in two
speaking, listening, reading, and writing are on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings
and three dimensions. An introduction to
developed. Cultural readings and videos are about a range of topics; read and comprehend
various media techniques and orthographic
included in each lesson giving the students ad- medium length texts; write medium complex-
delineation methods including perspective
ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu- ity sentences. Prerequisite: Arabic 103.
drawing systems. Use of objects and figures in
lary and grammar in a classroom conversation. 3 semester hours
developing rapid visualization skills. Empha-
This is a course for students with little or no sizes topics not covered in ADSN 106.
knowledge of Arabic language.
3 semester hours
Art & Design 3 semester hours
ART & DESIGN 106
The Art & Design Department reserves the right
ARABIC 102 Drawing II
Elementary Arabic II to retain selected samples of student work. A Fundamentals of drawing. Visualizing in two
This course builds on the foundations laid in minimum of four hours of outside assign- and three dimensions. An introduction to
Arabic 101 and continues to introduce students ments per week is required in Studio Courses. various media techniques and orthographic
to Arabic language and culture. Skills in speak- STUDIO FEES delineation methods including perspective
ing, listening, reading, and writing are further Most studio courses have a fixed standard drawing systems. Use of objects and figures in
developed. Cultural readings and videos are materials fee per course. Studio fees listed are developing rapid visualization skills. Empha-
included in each lesson giving students addi- subject to change. Consult course schedules for sizes topics not covered in ADSN 105.
tional opportunities to utilize target vocabulary current rates. 3 semester hours
and grammar in a classroom conversation. By ART & DESIGN C101
ART & DESIGN 108
the end of this course students are expected Art Appreciation
3-D Design
to reach a beginner level of Arabic language Introduction to theories of value in the arts.
Fundamentals of three-dimensional design.
proficiency and should be able to understand/ Principles of aesthetics as historically applied
The investigation of the interrelationships of
identify familiar vocabulary and conversation to plastic and performing arts. Theories of
spaces, planes, and volumes in three-dimen-
topics; engage in a conversation in a target Beauty and their critique in Western and non-
sional structures. Materials such as paper, clay,
language on a familiar topic; express opinions/ Western contexts. Pre-modern, modern and
plaster, plastic and wood will be introduced
feelings about a familiar topic; read and com- post-modern approaches to the analysis of the
and explored for use in the construction of
prehend short simple texts; write short simple arts and architecture. This course may include
three-dimensional models. Students will be
sentences. Prerequisite: Arabic 101. a studio or performing component. A Core
instructed in the use of model-making tools,
3 semester hours Heritage Course. Prerequisite: ENGL C101 or
equipment and processes appropriate to ma-
ARABIC 103
department permission.
terials introduced.
3 semester hours
Intermediate Arabic I 3 semester hours
This course builds on the foundations laid ART & DESIGN 103
ART & DESIGN 110
in Arabic 101 and Arabic 102 and provides 2D Design
Drafting
an opportunity to improve Arabic language Problems in two-dimensional design and the
Introduces basic orthographic drafting tech-
proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills interaction of color: the exploration of the
niques and technologies. Presentation and
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing elements of art and their interrelationships;
layout techniques used to enhance objects and
are further developed. Cultural readings and visual and psychological factors involved in
environments. Introduces the representation of
videos are included in each lesson giving stu- two-dimensional design and visualization.
spatial designs including plans, views, eleva-
dents additional opportunities to utilize target Introduces art and design presentation tech-
tions/sections, isometrics, axonometrics, per-
vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con- niques including the portfolio. Emphasizes
spectives, dimensioning and detail drawing.
versation. Prerequisite: Arabic 102. topics not covered in ADSN 104.
Provides basic introduction to computer-aided
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
drafting.
ARABIC 104 ART & DESIGN 104 3 semester hours
Intermediate Arabic II Visual Organization II
ART & DESIGN 117
This course builds on the foundations laid Problems in two-dimensional design and the
Survey of Art History I
in Arabic 103. Skills in speaking, listening, interaction of color: the exploration of the
The development of visual art from prehistoric
reading, and writing are further developed. elements of art and their interrelationships;
civilizations through the Medieval period. Mul-
Cultural readings and videos are included in visual and psychological factors involved in
ticultural developments and the changing role
each lesson giving students additional op- two-dimensional design and visualization.
of the artist in society will be emphasized.
portunities to utilize target vocabulary and Introduces art and design presentation tech-
3 semester hours

200
Art & Design

ART & DESIGN 118 structure, materials and scale by illustrating and appropriate presentation methods relative
Survey of Art History II and rendering figures, objects and environ- to analog and digital media is the emphasis of
The development of visual art from the Renais- ments. Emphasizes topics not covered in Art the course. Prerequisite ADSN 209, and ADSN
sance through the 20th Century, focusing on & Design 206 such as advanced orthographic 219.
the modern role of art and artists in a global drawing techniques. Prerequisite: ADSN 105 3 semester hours
context. and ADSN 106.
GRAPHIC DESIGN 212
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Introduction to Visual Semiotics
ART & DESIGN 119A, 119B ART & DESIGN 206 Semiology (from the Greek semeion ‘sign’). In
Introduction to Computer Applications Interiors Drawing IV semiotics, ‘signs’ and symbols may be words,
A survey of the primary image processing, Advanced drawing techniques utilizing a vari- images or anything from which meanings may
layout, vector graphic and digital presentation ety of media and subjects. Investigates struc- be generated and used to communicate. The
software. Color correction, scanning and docu- ture, materials and scale by illustrating and course is an introduction to the analysis, ap-
ment set up for desktop publishing output is rendering figures, objects and environments. preciation and reading of broad range of signs
also covered. Emphasizes topics not covered in Art & Design and symbols to empower the communication
ART & DESIGN 200 205 such as production and assembly draw- practitioner to expand their visual vocabu-
Co-op Work Experience ings Prerequisite: ADSN 105 and ADSN 106. lary. Myth, Metaphor, Religious Iconography,
Through the co-op program, the student will 3 semester hours Advertising and more, will be investigated to
be placed in full-time and part-time working establish a communication value. With this
ART & DESIGN 207
positions in art, illustration, graphic design, added knowledge the students can be a more
Illustration I
industrial design and interior design. Prerequi- sophisticated globally aware communicator in
A basic hands on course for developing a
site: 30 semester hours; by arrangement. their field of practice. The course consists pri-
strong technical rendering foundation. An
1-6 semester hours marily of video and slide screenings, followed
emphasis is placed on creative problem solv-
by written analysis, reading and discussion.
GRAPHIC DESIGN 200 ing and simultaneous technical development.
Prerequisite: ADSN 219, and ADSN 249.
Co-op Work Experience Editorial illustration for books, magazines, and
3 semester hours
Through the co-op program, the student will advertising, etc. is the purpose of the course.
be placed in full-time and part-time working Prerequisite: ADSN 103, ADSN 104, ADSN 105 ART & DESIGN 221
positions in art, illustration, graphic design, and ADSN 106. Ceramics I
industrial design and interior design. Prerequi- 3 semester hours A basic approach to functional and sculp-
site: 30 semester hours; by arrangement. tural clay modeling and firing techniques. The
ART & DESIGN 208
1 credit course exposes students to a variety of tech-
Illustration II
niques used by different cultures from around
GRAPHIC DESIGN 203 Continuation and second level of Art & Design
the globe, both past and present. The course is
Typography I 208 Illustration I. An emphasis is placed on
to develop an appreciation for 3-Dimensional
The history, design and execution of letter creative problem solving and simultaneous
form.
forms in both analog and digital form are technical development in an electronic envi-
3 semester hours
covered. Projects include the development of ronment. Editorial illustration for books, maga-
letter forms from pen and brush to digital font zines, and advertising, etc for an electronic ART & DESIGN 223
design. The emphasis is on the arrangement prepress environment is accompanied with Sculpture I
of type in design layout and the use of letter learning advanced paint, photo-manipulation Techniques of three dimensional design ap-
forms in an electronic presentation environ- and logo software. Prerequisite: ADSN 207 and plied to a variety of materials and used for
ment. Prerequisite: ADSN 219. ADSN 219. expressive purposes. Includes figure sculpting
3 semester hours 3 semester hours and armature construction.
3 semester hours
GRAPHIC DESIGN 204 ART & DESIGN 209
Calligraphy Painting I ART & DESIGN 230
This course addresses the origin of the roman The principles of painting, through a series of Video I
alphabet(s), the development of historical letter visual problems, working from nature. The un- History, theory, and practice of analog and
style categories, manual methods of produc- derstanding of pictorial space through control digital capturing and editing. Use of cameras
ing distinctive and beautiful letters and text, of drawing, value and color. Emphasizes topics and software for digitizing and editing. An em-
various parameters of legibility and readability, not covered in Art & Design 210. phasis on a narrative film style (story telling)
methods of utilizing calligraphic and lettering 3 semester hours is utilized to prepare students for later work
forms in both traditional and innovative ways. in Web and Multimedia design. Prerequisite:
ART & DESIGN 210
2 semester hours ADSN 219.
Painting II
3 semester hours
ART & DESIGN 205 The principles of physical and digital painting
Drawing III through a series of problems uniquely struc- ART & DESIGN 231
Advanced drawing techniques utilizing a tured for the combination of analog and digital Photography I
variety of media and subjects. Investigates media. The understanding of representation This is a non-darkroom course for using pro-

201
Art & Design

fessional studio equipment in and out of the GRAPHIC DESIGN 306 GRAPHIC DESIGN 356
studio to fulfill assignments in advertising, Studio IV Thesis/Portfolio II
industrial, commercial and portrait photog- Web Design: Producing and displaying design This is an individual statement. The applied
raphy by combining creativity and technical content for the Web branch of the Internet knowledge of five semesters of study will sup-
knowledge. The fundamentals of picture tak- and adapting that content to the requirements port future investigation. The body of work
ing, camera types, and history will be covered. and restrictions of that medium. Students will and research should reflect a concentration of
Emphasis is on studio lighting with a final develop skills in using mark-up languages to study in a chosen area of practice as stated
concern for documenting 2D and 3D work in make functional and accessible documents for in the thesis proposal, e.g., design, advertis-
a portfolio format. the World Wide Web, develop skills in struc- ing, publishing (www), etc. The student will
3 semester hours turing, linking, and maintaining multiple docu- work with an advisor in the chosen field and
ments within a web site, and develop skills thesis teacher for 2 semesters. The focus of
GRAPHIC DESIGN 255
in incorporating visual elements to enhance the class is to assist the student in developing
Studio I
information. Prerequisites: GDSN 305 (DS III). a critical appreciation of their work through
Print Design I – Fundamentals of page com-
3 semester hours concentrated input from faculty, students and
position. Students will demonstrate an un-
guest critics. The course requires a body of
derstanding of basic typographic and page ART & DESIGN 309
work accompanied by a written statement and
composition principles through a variety of Painting III
slide documentation, as well as a complete
traditional and digital mediums. Prerequisites: Investigation of a variety of media and tech-
portfolio.
ADSN 103 and ADSN 119. niques. Problems emphasizing composition
3 semester hours
3 semester hours formulation. Emphasizes topics not covered
in ADSN 310. Prerequisite: 30 units of Art & ART & DESIGN 357
GRAPHIC DESIGN 256
Design courses or equivalent and ADSN 209, Illustration III
Studio II
ADSN 210. Advanced illustration problems and techniques
Print Design II – Intermediate print design.
3 semester hours for magazines, advertising, fashion, children’s
This course explores the combination of type
books, newspapers and preparation of a pro-
and image on the printed page. The course ART & DESIGN 317
fessional portfolio. Media used by illustrators
focuses on using grids, along with the basic Photography II — Digital & Non Silver, Alternative
including specialized painting and drawing
principles of typography as methods for orga- Photography
techniques will be studied with emphasis
nizing content in print. Prerequisites: GDSN This is a studio course for the photographer
on the importance of style in contemporary
255 (DS I). that is more concerned with the esthetic, pro-
illustration. Various markets will be studied
3 semester hours cess, materials and digital technology to sup-
to identify appropriate potential markets for
port content. Various methods of photographic
GRAPHIC DESIGN 304 student illustrations. Work with editors and art
representation will be explored, both digital
Business Practices & Ethics directors. Deadline development and portfolio
and non-silver for the purpose of presenta-
Lecture course on business practices and preparation for each market type. Emphasizes
tion and exhibition. Methods will vary from
professional ethics as applied to the Interior topics not covered in ADSN 358. Prerequisite:
polaroid transfer, cyanotype, gumbicromate
Design profession. Survey of business types, ADSN 207, ADSN 208.
and digital prints. Prerequisite: ADSN 231 and
marketing and selling of services and products, 3 semester hours
ADSN 219.
and fee structures will be discussed. Current
3 semester hours ART & DESIGN 376
trends in safety, codes and licensing issues will
History of Modern Art
be explored. Examination and preparation of ART & DESIGN 319
Global art of the 20th Century with the inclu-
business forms including contractual agree- Printmaking I
sion of electronic and computer art. Prerequi-
ments, budget estimates, purchase orders and Introduction to printmaking studio practices
site: Art & Design 117 and 118.
invoices will be covered in depth and applied including intaglio, lithography, relief, paper
3 semester hours
to the thesis project. Prerequisite: ITDSN 356 making, etc. The course exposes students to a
GRAPHIC DESIGN 305 variety of techniques used by different cultures ART & DESIGN 377
Studio III from around the globe, both past and present. History of Modern Design
Print Design III – Advance printing design: 3 semester hours Survey of major design movements of the 19th
Students will create campaigns in a series of & 20th Centuries. Studies in the national and
GRAPHIC DESIGN 355
projects to cover all aspects of identity design, international relationship of art and design in
Portfolio Preparation
from business stationary to promotional bro- such groups as De Stijl and the Bauhaus.
Students will prepare their portfolios for both
chures, packaging design and environmental 3 semester hours
print and web formats. Reworking of previous
signage. Techniques for reinforcing a corpo- design to improve for portfolio presentation. ART & DESIGN 378
rate identity will be covered. Prerequisites: Developing new pieces to enhance and broad- History of Photography
GDSN 256 (DS II). en the current body of work. Prerequisite: A survey of photographic history from its
3 semester hours GDSN 306 (DS IV) earliest beginning to the present day. Major
3 semester hours photographers, styles, and trends in a social
context are covered. The course will also in-

202
Art & Design

clude political, social, and scientific influences INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 218A (IDDSN 218A/ITDSN 218A)
on photography, and the role of photography Industrial Design Beginning CADD
in everyday life. Through slide lectures and This course is an introduction to computer
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 107 (IDDSN 107/ITDSN 107)
class work, students will learn to look at, talk, aided 3D Modeling. Subjects covered will in-
Product Lab Orientations
and write about photographs. Prerequisite: clude Introduction and Interface, drawing 2D
This non credit course is required prior to
ADSN 117 and ADSN 118. shapes, mixing straight lines and arcs, numeri-
student use of the lab equipment. It is an intro-
3 semester hours cal input, generating, viewing and rendering
duction to the proper operation of equipment
objects, moving rotating, sizing and mirror-
ART & DESIGN 379 and an understanding of the lab rules. Students
ing objects, and drawing derivative objects.
History of the Graphic Arts will gain a respect for the equipment and an
Elementary projects may be assigned, and a
Survey of the history of illustration and graphic understanding and proper equipment practic-
semester report may be generated.
design, with emphasis on their global applica- es. Eye protection and other safety protection
2 semester hours
tion in communications media. will be worn at all times while in the lab.
3 semester hours 0 semester hours INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 218B
Intermediate CADD
ART & DESIGN 380 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 200
This is an intermediate class in computer aided
History of Modern Architecture & Urbanism Co-op Work Experience
3D modeling. Subjects covered will include
Survey of the major movements in architecture Through the Co-op program, the student will
terrain models, curved lines and meshes,
and urban planning from the 19th Century to be placed in full-time and part-time working
deformations, boolean, trim and stitch opera-
the present. Considers the problems of ver- positions in art, illustration, graphic design,
tions, and attaching extending and attaching
nacular architecture, urban design, historicism, industrial design and interior design. Prerequi-
objects. Intermediate projects will be assigned,
functionalism, post-modernism. site: 30 semester hours; by arrangement.
and a semester report will be generated.
3 semester hours 1-6 semester hours
2 semester hours
ART & DESIGN 398 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 215
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 218C
Internship Materials and Manufacturing I
Advanced CADD
Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an Introduction to ferrous and nonferrous metals
This is an advanced class in computer aided 3D
organization related to career goals. Prerequi- and their manufacturing methods, includ-
modeling. Subjects covered will include refer-
site: Permission of advisor and School Director. ing liquid state, plastic state, and solid state
ence planes and their palettes; drafting tools,
3 semester hours forming; chip and non chip cutting; welding,
advanced rendering, export features and ani-
chemical and mechanical joining; and the fin-
ART & DESIGN 399 mation models. Advanced projects will be as-
ishing process available. Students will develop
Independent Study/Special Projects signed and a semester report will be generated.
an individual or group project and complete
For the student who desired to specialize in 2 semester hours
semester research/project report.
advance projects not covered by the regular INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 255
3 semester hours
course offerings. Individual or group confer-
Industrial Design Studio I
ences with designated faculty advisor. Prereq- INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 216
A studio course where elementary product
uisite: Permission of School Director. Materials and Manufacturing II
design projects are assigned. Projects will be-
1-6 semester hours Introduction to thermoset and thermoplas-
gin with advanced foundation studies, along
tic polymers and elastomers, rubber and
ART & DESIGN 408 with simple hand held products, and advance
other natural engineering materials and their
Selected Topics in Modern Art & Design History through simple mechanically activated prod-
manufacturing methods, including liquid state,
Seminar examining specific topics in the ucts. Emphasis will be placed on aesthetic
plastic state, and solid state forming, chip and
global history of modern art and design such development, user requirements, and design
non-chip cutting, welding, chemical and me-
as Dada, Abstract Expressionism, furniture de- for manufacturability. A beginning profes-
chanical joining, and the finishing processes
sign, performance art, computer & media arts. sional portfolio will be initiated. Prerequisite:
available. Students will develop an individual
Prerequisite: 12 semester hours of art history or Foundation courses and Drafting.
or group project and complete a semester re-
permission of the instructor. 3 semester hours
search/project report.
3 semester hours INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 256
3 semester hours
ART & DESIGN 425 Industrial Design Studio II
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 217 (IDDSN 217/ITDSN 217)
Advanced Topics I Continuation of IDDSN 256
Computer Aided Drafting
Advanced undergraduate or graduate level 3 semester hours
In this course students will learn the basics
topics with directed or independent study
of computer aided drafting. Students will be INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 305
formats. Prerequisite: division approval; ad-
expected to complete a tutorial and several as- Industrial Design Studio III
vanced standing; 30 semester hours of Art &
signed projects. A semester report including all A studio course where complex product de-
Design courses or equivalent.
projects will be completed. sign projects are assigned. These projects will
By arrangement; 2-10 semester hours.
Three 1 semester hour modules begin with simple, electrically powered prod-
ucts, and advance through more sophisticated
electromechanical products. Emphasis will

203
Art & Design

be placed on aesthetic development, user re- design documentation. A professional portfolio and an understanding of the lab rules. Students
quirements, and design for manufacturability. will be completed. When possible, the student will gain a respect for the equipment and an
Students will be expected to produce a report is encouraged to work with other professions understanding and proper equipment practic-
for each project and for the semester. A pro- like engineering and with corporate sponsor- es. Eye protection and other safety protection
fessional portfolio will be further developed. ship. Prerequisite: IDDSN 306. will be worn at all times while in the lab.
Prerequisite: IDDSN 256, IDDSN 218A &B, and 3 semester hours 0 semester hour
IDDSN 309.
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 356 INTERIOR DESIGN 200
3 semester hours
Industrial Design Thesis Co-Op Work Experience
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 306 A studio course where individual and interdis- Through the co-op program, the student will
Industrial Design Studio IV ciplinary group projects of complex product be placed in full-time and part-time work
Continuation of IDDSN 305. systems are initiated and executed by the working positions. Prerequisite: Completion of
3 semester hours student(s). Projects will include sophisticated 30 semester hours; Permission of advisor and
computer controlled electromechanical prod- School Director; by arrangement.
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 309 (IDDSN 309/ITDSN 309)
ucts and systems. Emphasis will be placed on 3 semester hours
Human Factors
research, aesthetic development, user require-
Analysis of Human anatomy versus function. INTERIOR DESIGN 215
ments, material specifications, and design
Recognition, investigation, exploitation of stat- Interior Construction Systems
for manufacturability. A thesis report will be
ic/dynamic human movements. Relationships Students study architectural systems, details,
generated, which will include detailed analy-
of products, systems and environments to the and building codes. Construction methods
sis and synthesis, material specification and
human scale. Ergonomics and motions that and materials of foundations, walls, partitions,
complete design documentation, including
relate to the performance of tasks. Students floors, ceilings, and roofs are covered, as
a set of working drawings and a final model
will develop apparatus to provide significant well as doors, windows, stairs, and fireplaces.
and rendering. A professional portfolio will be
quantitative data. Variety of advanced studies Continued study of building components and
completed. Prerequisite: IDDSN 355.
on dynamic interaction of the body and the energy systems. Plumbing, heating, ventilating,
3 semester hours
environment, products, and systems. Study of air conditioning, acoustics and solar energy will
the relationship of age, sex, and disabilities to INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 398 be examined. Students will be able to represent
human movements. Creative research projects Internship I & II knowledge of systems and syb-structure details.
and the development of mechanical/electric Summer internship following the Sophomore 3 semester hours
test prototypes to collect quantitative data. and Junior years. The student is expected to lo-
INTERIOR DESIGN 217
3 semester hours cate a summer job with the assistance of the ID
Color Studies for Interiors
department. A mutually beneficial job descrip-
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 311 (IDDSN 311/ITDSN 311) This course is an extension of 2D principles/
tion and expected output will be developed
Exhibit Design Color Theory. Students are introduced to fur-
with the participating entity and conveyed to
A course exploring the fields of display and ther color studies and rendering techniques
the student. A portfolio of projects is required.
exhibit design including trade shows, fairs, using various media. Additional studies will fo-
Where confidentiality is required, care will be
theme exhibits, mobile exhibits, pavilion and cus on composition of materials/color boards
taken to protect the company, yet provide the
museum design, point of purchase, window as visual presentation tools.
student with adequate work examples, includ-
and showroom design. The student will be 3 semester hour modules
ing a strong emphasis on CAD/CAM. Students
exposed to a variety of project experiences
will develop a project(s) portfolio and com- INTERIOR DESIGN 218A (ITDSN 218A/IDDSN 218A)
including rendered presentations, model mak-
plete an intern project report. Beginning CADD
ing and construction details. Area included
1-6 semester hours each This course is an introduction to computer
will cover special effects, dioramas, crowd
aided 3D Modeling. Subjects covered will in-
flow management, lighting design, acoustics, INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 399
clude Introduction and Interface, drawing 2D
graphics, signage, subcontract specifications Special Projects
shapes, mixing straight lines and arcs, numeri-
and portfolio techniques unique to the field. This is an advanced studio course for competi-
cal input, generating, viewing and rendering
Field trips. Prerequisite: ADSN 205, ADSN 206. tions, sponsored projects, and other design
objects, moving rotating, sizing and mirror-
3 semester hours projects like furniture and lighting. Students
ing objects, and drawing derivative objects.
will develop a semester research/project report.
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 355 Elementary projects may be assigned, and a
1-9 semester hours
Industrial Design Studio V semester report may be generated.
A studio course where complex product sys- 2 semester hours
tem projects are assigned. Projects will include Interior Design INTERIOR DESIGN 218B (ITDSN 218B/IDDSN 218B)
sophisticated electromechanical products.
Intermediate CADD
Emphasis will be placed on research, aesthetic INTERIOR DESIGN 107 (ITDSN 107/IDDSN 107)
This is an intermediate class in computer aided
development, user requirements, and design Product Lab Orientations 3D modeling. Subjects covered will include
for manufacturability. Project reports will be This non credit course is required prior to terrain models, curved lines and meshes,
generated which will include detailed analysis, student use of the lab equipment. It is an intro- deformations, boolean, trim and stitch opera-
synthesis, material specification, and complete duction to the proper operation of equipment tions, and attaching extending and attaching

204
Art & Design

objects. Intermediate projects will be assigned, trends in safety, codes and licensing issues will INTERIOR DESIGN 307
and a semester report will be generated. be explored. Examination and preparation of Lighting
2 semester hours business forms including contractual agree- An introductory course in Lighting for Interior
ments, budget estimates, purchase orders, and Spaces. What light is, how it can be produced
INTERIOR DESIGN 218C (ITDSN 218C/IDDSN 218C)
invoices will be covered in depth and applied and how the eye perceives it will be exam-
Advanced CADD
to the thesis project. Prerequisite: ITDSN 356 ined. Students will learn basic lighting termi-
This is an advanced class in computer aided 3D
3 semester hours nology as well as what equipment is available
modeling. Subjects covered will include refer-
for commercial and residential use and their
ence planes and their palettes; drafting tools, INTERIOR DESIGN 305
appropriate applications. The effect of light to
advanced rendering, export features and ani- Studio III
create a mood or atmosphere will be explored.
mation models. Advanced projects will be as- Introduction to more difficult Interior problems
Lighting plans for interior spaces will be gener-
signed and a semester report will be generated. in both commercial and residential design. Stu-
ated with an emphasis on technical as well as
2 semester hours dents will work more advanced programming,
aesthetic concerns.
space planning, circulation problems and hu-
INTERIOR DESIGN 255 3 semester hours
man factors. Continued emphasis on creativity
Studio I
and innovative problem solving. Application INTERIOR DESIGN 309 (ITDSN 309/IDDSN 309)
Introductory level course in Interior Design.
of architectural and energy systems as well as Human Factors
Application of design theory to commercial
safety and building codes to design solution. Analysis of Human anatomy versus function.
and residential interiors. Introduction to hu-
Sensitivity to atypical users and their needs will Recognition, investigation, exploitation of stat-
man factors, programming, space planning,
be expanded. Architectural and design details, ic/dynamic human movements. Relationships
application of color, form, texture, pattern
materials and finishes will be incorporated in of products, systems and environments to the
and aesthetic sensitivity to various interior
the final design proposal. Prerequisite: ITDSN human scale. Ergonomics and motions that
problems with an emphasis on creativity and
265, ITDSN 266. relate to the performance of tasks. Students
innovation. Students will communicate design
3 semester hours will develop apparatus to provide significant
ideas with a variety of two and three dimen-
INTERIOR DESIGN 306
quantitative data. Variety of advanced studies
sional presentation techniques.
on dynamic interaction of the body and the
3 semester hours Studio IV
environment, products, and systems. Study of
Continued development of knowledge and
INTERIOR DESIGN 256 the relationship of age, sex, and disabilities to
skills learned in Interior Design 305 to ef-
Studio II fectively solve interior design problems in
human movements. Creative research projects
Exploration of more complicated problems and the development of mechanical/electric
residential and commercial design solutions.
in commercial and residential interiors with test prototypes to collect quantitative data.
Design proposals will be presented Prerequi-
continued emphasis on human factors, space 3 semester hours
site: ITDSN 355.
planning, creativity and innovation. Applica- 3 semester hours INTERIOR DESIGN 311 (ITDSN 311/IDDSN 311)
tion of knowledge of architectural systems to
INTERIOR DESIGN 355
Exhibit Design
design solutions. Introduction to multi level
Studio V (Thesis) A course exploring the fields of display and
spaces, atypical users and barrier free design.
Students will develop a thesis project in Interior exhibit design including trade shows, fairs,
Design solutions will be presented using a va-
Design which will highlight their ability to solve theme exhibits, mobile exhibits, pavilion and
riety of two and three dimensional skills with
complicated design problems creatively while museum design, point of purchase, window
continued development of media and presen-
being sensitive to human factors, structure and showroom design. The student will be
tation techniques.
and energy systems, programming, circulation, exposed to a variety of project experiences
3 semester hours
materials and finishes, design details, custom including rendered presentations, model mak-
INTERIOR DESIGN 303 cabinetry and furniture. The design solution ing and construction details. Area included
Materials, Products and Applications will be presented using a variety of advanced will cover special effects, dioramas, crowd
Examination of background finishes and ma- two level and three dimensional techniques. flow management, lighting design, acoustics,
terials from construction and manufacturing Rationale for solution will be validated by re- graphics, signage, subcontract specifications
processes through measurement and instal- search data. Prerequisite: ITDSN 356. and portfolio techniques unique to the field.
lation methods. Areas covered include floor, 3 semester hours Field trips. Prerequisite: ADSN 205, ADSN 206.
wall, and ceiling materials as well as woods, 3 semester
laminates, and glass. INTERIOR DESIGN 356
Studio VI INTERIOR DESIGN 312
3 semester hours
Course involving extensive work in large of- Furniture Design
INTERIOR DESIGN 304 fice space planning and residential design. Students will have an opportunity to do spe-
Business Practices and Ethics Knowledge of interior products and specifica- cialized design work in furniture. Exploration
Lecture course on business practices and tions will be incorporated into design solu- of materials, colors, textures, forms, human
professional ethics as applied to the Interior tions. Students will assemble a final portfolio factors and manufacturing techniques to cre-
Design profession. Survey of business types, representative of their design education expe- ate uniquely aesthetic and functional solutions
marketing and selling of services and products, riences. Prerequisite: ITDSN 365. to furniture design problems. Students will be
and fee structures will be discussed. Current 3 semester hours required to do free hand and orthographic

205
Art & Design • Biology

drawings as well as a variety of three dimen- BIOLOGY 106 By arrangement;

sional models from sketch to final prototype. Elementary Microbiology 1-3 semester hours; maximum 3 credits; Pass/
Prerequisite: ITDSN 309. This course is designed to provide students Fail only.
3 semester hours with an introduction to and overview of the
BIOLOGY 201
key areas of microbiology for the healthcare
INTERIOR DESIGN 362 Biosurvival
professional. The course will cover the struc-
Construction Documents Learn to recognize local plants and animals
ture, growth, metabolism and genetics of mi-
Preparation of Construction Documents for and learn how they can be used to survive in
croorganisms associated with human diseases.
Interiors will be covered in depth and applied the wilderness, pitch a weather resistant camp,
The course then covers host-microbe interac-
to the Thesis project. Drawings to be prepared make fires, purify water, and navigate on and
tions and microbial diseases, and methods of
include construction/demolition, electric/tele- off trail. A 3-day final survival hike is required.
control of infectious agents.
phone, reflected ceiling, floor finishes, applied Prerequisite: 1 Basic Biology Course and Biol-
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4
finishes, panel and post, and furniture plans ogy Deprtment chair approval.
semester hours
as well as detail drawing for special construc- 3 class periods; field trip required; 3 semester
Offered: Fall and Spring
tion, custom cabinetry, furniture and millwork. hours
Prerequisite: ITDSN 365. BIOLOGY 111
BIOLOGY 202
3 semester hours Elementary Human Anatomy
Human Evolution
A fully online one semester human anatomy
INTERIOR DESIGN 398 A three hour studio-type course, integrating
and physiololgy course for non-science ma-
Internship the lecture and lab experience. Students will
jors to fulfill the University’s natural science
Professional, supervised, paid or unpaid work cover the basic principles and mechanisms of
requirement for online Psychology majors and
in an organization related to career goals. micro- and macroevolution and its impacts on
other undergraduates.
Students will be required to develop a proj- the distribution of human populations, human
3 semester hours
ect portfolio and complete an intern project health and human behavior. The class will
report. Prerequisite: Permission of advisor and BIOLOGY 113 combine lecture, reading, discussion, inde-
School Director. Anatomy and Physiology I pendent projects, and hands-on exercises from
3 semester hours Anatomy and physiology combined to yield a the biological literature and other disciplines
fundamental knowledge of the human body. involved in the study of human migration and
Structure and function taught concurrently, the evolution of human sociality. Prerequisite:
Biology each in terms of the other, to engender ap- Biology 101 and Biology 102.
preciation of interlocking relationships. 3 class periods; 3 semester hours
BIOLOGY 101
2 75-minute class periods; 1 two-hour
General Organism Biology laboratory; 4 semester hours
BIOLOGY 203
The course examines the diversity of life in Human Sexual Biology
Lab Fee Assessed
terms of their taxonomy, anatomy, physiology Human sexual biology is examined within
Offered: Fall and Summer the context of male and female reproductive
and ecology. Emphasis is placed on variation,
adaptation, and evolutionary mechanisms. BIOLOGY 114 system structure, function and dysfunction.
Prerequisites: No prerequisite for majors; WPI Anatomy and Physiology II Modern biomedical and biotechnological is-
for non-majors. Anatomy and physiology combined to yield a sues and methodologies as they might relate
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4 fundamental knowledge of the human body. to the present and future course of human sex
semester hours Structure and function taught concurrently, and reproduction are explored.
Offered: Fall and Spring each in terms of the other, to engender ap- 3 semester hours
preciation of interlocking relationships. Offered: Fall only
BIOLOGY 102
2 75-minute class periods; 1 two-hour
Cell-Molecular Biology BIOLOGY 210
laboratory; 4 semester hours
Students are exposed to the general biologi- Comparative Anatomy
Lab Fee Assessed An integrated study of vertebrate structure
cal principles that govern all living organisms.
Concepts dealt with include origin of life, Offered: Spring and Summer from a phylogenetic approach. Laboratory
structure and function of cells at the cellular BIOLOGY 200 studies will include dissection of representa-
and molecular level, biochemistry, genetics Biology Volunteer Internship tive forms. Prerequisite: Biology 101. Minimum
and evolution. Required of all biology majors. Students may earn up to 3 credits doing trained Grade C.
Prerequisite: CHEM 113 or CHEM 114 with volunteer work in a field relevant to the dis- 2 class periods, 2 three hour-laboratory; 4
grade C or better OR Corequisite: CHEM 103 . cipline. A written report will be required de- semester hours
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; scribing significant work achievements result- Lab Fee Assessed
4semester hours ing from work experience. Approximately 100 BIOLOGY 211
Offered: Fall and Spring hours are required to be considered equivalent General Physiology
to one credit. Prerequisite: Permission of Chair. Topics include physiological and biochemical
control and functioning in systems. Labora-

206
Biology

tory work will acquaint the student with basic ciples. Required of all biology majors. Prereq- identification. Laboratory techniques used in
physiologic experimentation, and the interpre- uisite: Biology 101 and Biology 102. isolation, cultivation, and identification will
tation and presentation of data. Required of all 3 class periods, field trips by arrangement, 1 be used. Also included will be discussions of
biology majors. Prerequisite: Biology 102. three-hour laboratory; 4 semester hours epidemiology and host response regarding
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4 Lab fee assessed these microorganisms. Prerequisite: Biology
semester hours Offered: Fall only 101, Biology 102 with a minimum grade of C.
Offered: Spring and Summer 3 class periods; 2 two-hour laboratory periods;
BIOLOGY 236
4 semester hours
BIOLOGY 213 Vertebrate Biolgoy
Offered: Spring only
Anatomy and Physiology I The evolution, physiology, and ecology of the
Anatomy and physiology combined to yield vertebrates, with an emphasis on terrestrial BIOLOGY 318
a workable knowledge of the human body. taxa. Prerequisite: Bio 101. Environmental Health
Structure and function taught concurrently, 4 semester hours This course is designed to explore current
each in terms of the other to engender appre- environmental and public health concerns and
BIOLOGY 300
ciation of interlocking relationships. Available issues. Students will gain an understanding of
Internship
to biology majors on a restricted basis. the interaction of individual and communities
Practical application of previous coursework
3 class periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 4 with the environment, the potential impact on
during supervised training in commercial,
semester hours health of environmental agents. The sequence
government or private laboratories. A written
Lab Fee Assessed of major topics begins with environmental epi-
report will be required describing significant
demiology and toxicology, policy and regula-
BIOLOGY 214 work achievements resulting from work expe-
tion. The course then covers specific agents
General Anatomy and Physiology II rience. Approximately 100 hours are required
of environmental diseases. Domains of envi-
This is part two of a two semester course in- to be considered equivalent to one credit. Pre-
ronmental health are addressed. Prerequisites:
tended for biology majors. This course is an in requisite: Permission of Chair. By arrangement;
Biology 101 and Biology 102.
depth survey of human anatomy and physiol- 1-3 semester hours; Pass/Fail only
3 class periods; field trips by arrangement, 3
ogy that examines the relationships between
BIOLOGY 303 semester hours
structure and function. The lecture topics will
Histology Offered: Spring only
include basic chemistry, cell biology, histology,
Detailed analysis of the microscopic structure
organs and organ systems. The two-hour labo- BIOLOGY 320
of animal cells and tissues. Laboratory work
ratory includes experimental activities, micros- Microbiology
limited to study of prepared microscopic mate-
copy and gross anatomy. Dissections will be Presentation of fundamentals of Bacteria, fungi
rial. Prerequisite: Biology 102 and Biology 211.
used to study select organ systems. Although it and viruses; their relationships to man, indus-
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4
is not required, it is recommended that students try, and agriculture. Laboratory study of cultur-
semester hours
take this course in sequence (Biology 213 then al, morphological, physiological, and genetic
Offered: Spring only
Biology 214). Prerequisites: two courses from properties of representative types. Emphasis
Biology 101,Biology 102, Biology213. BIOLOGY 307 on development of technique. Prerequisite:
3 class periods; 1 two hour laboratory; 4 Genetics Biology 211 or the combination of BIOL 213
semester hours The laws of biological inheritance and their and BIOL 214. Minimum grade of C. BIOL 214
Offered: Spring only practical application to life; fundamental ob- may be taken concurrently.
servations and concepts of classical and mo- 2 class periods; 2 two-hour laboratory periods;
BIOLOGY 217
lecular genetics from Mendel to modern mo- and some nonscheduled laboratory work; 4
Field Biology
lecular biology. Topics include basic principles semester hours
Students will design and implement a small
of heredity, chemical nature of the genetic ma- Offered: Spring only
research project requiring field work in a New
terial, genomics, cytogenetics, mutation, gene
England ecosystem as specified by the instruc- BIOLOGY 321
expression and regulation. Brief consideration
tor. Emphasis on the relationship between Cell Physiology
of population genetics. Required of all biology
abiotic factors and plant communities. Prereq- A lecture course exploring the homeostatic
majors. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and Biology
uisite: Biology 101 mechanisms of the cell. Chemical composi-
102, or instructor’s permission.
1 class period, field trip required; 1 semester tion, metabolism, permeability, synthesis and
3 class periods; 3 semester hours
hour growth. Required of all biology majors. Prereq-
BIOLOGY 307L
uisite: Biology 211, Minimum grade B.
BIOLOGY 223 Genetics Laboratory 3 semester hours
Ecology 1 semester hour
The course explores the relationship of organ- Offered: Fall only
BIOLOGY 317
isms to their environment; distribution, climatic BIOLOGY 324
Mycology, Parasitology and Virology
factors, ecological succession; homeostasis Endocrine and Reproductive Biology
and adaptability of organisms are considered. Overview of medically significant fungi, para-
A review of endocrine tissues, the hormones
Field trips designed to emphasize and illustrate sites, and viruses. Emphasis will be placed on
they produce, and their mechanisms and in-
major habitats, life zones, and ecological prin- pathogenesis, modes of transmission, and
teractions with special emphasis on human

207
Biology

reproductive endocrinology and physiology. used to isolate, quantify, and characterize tory research under the direction of a faculty
Prerequisite: Biology 211, Minimum grade B. them. The class focuses heavily on the genom- specialist. Prerequisite: Permission of the in-
3 semester hours ics of disease processes and the techniques structor and Department Chair.
Offered: Fall only used to diagnose and manage them. The 1-6 semester hours*
course includes both laboratory exercises and *A student may not take more than 6 semester
BIOLOGY 330
review of case studies. Prerequisite: Bio 102. hours of total combined credit in 398 & 399.
Marine Biology and Ecology
2 class periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 3
Examination of the ecology of the oceans; rela- BIOLOGY 403
semester hours
tion of distribution to physical and chemical Histology
environments; productivity of marine commu- BIOLOGY 344 Detailed analysis of the microscopic structure
nities; and the interaction of man with marine Toxicology of animal cells and tissues. Laboratory work
communities. Prerequisite: Biology 101 & 102 Pharmacologic studies of the effects of drugs limited to study of prepared microscopic mate-
or permission of the instructor. on living organisms and the adverse effects in- rial. Prerequisite: Biology 102, 211.
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4 duces by physical and chemical agents, includ- 3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory
semester hours ing therapeutic agents. Prerequisite: CHEM 206 periods; 4 semester hours
and BIOL 211 or instructor’s permission.
BIOLOGY 331 BIOL 404
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory
Marine Science, Biology, and Ecology II Tissue Culture
periods; 4 semester hours
A continuation of the examination of the biol- Introduces graduate students and qualified
ogy, ecology and physical environment of the BIOLOGY 345 undergraduate students to the preparation and
oceans, with an emphasis on current experi- Molecular Biology process of culturing animal cells and cell lines
mental work in the field. Prerequisite: BIOL The study of genes and their activity at the in a laboratory. With a major focus on routine
330 molecular level, DNA replication and repair, maintenance and record-keeping, including
4 semester hours transcription, translation, recombination, media preparation, cryopreservation, applica-
translocation, and mutations. Techniques and tions of tissue engineering, and troubleshoot-
BIOLOGY 328
experiments leading to important discoveries ing common culture problems.
Environmental Chemistry
on DNA will be covered. Required of all biol- 3 semester hours
This course will explore the chemistry of natu-
ogy majors. Prerequisite: BIOL 211 or 214, and
ral environments, including sea water, aquatic BIOLOGY 414
CHEM 206 or CHEM 203. Minimum grade of C.
systems, and soils, Emphasis on natural pro- Spatial and Biological Modeling
3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory
cess and anthropogenic processes and the im- The course will discuss building and using
period; 4 semester hours
pact of both on local biomes. Laboratory work mathematical model of biological and spatial
will cover sampling and analytical techniques. BIOLOGY 380 processes, including inference for sampling
Prerequisite: Biol 223, Chem 203. Selected Topics methods. Prerequisite: Math 110.
4 semester hours Modern concepts in the rea of the instructor’s 3 semester hours
specialty. To be announced each semester.
BIOLOGY 332 BIOL 415
1-4 semester hours*
Medical Microbiology Animal Nutrition
The study of infectious disease processes; the BIOLOGY 381 An extensive study of the nutrient requirements
biology of pathogenic microorganisms; the Virology of animals during their life cycle under vari-
etiology, pathology, diagnosis, and epidemiol- This course is aimed to advance undergradu- ous physiological and pathological conditions.
ogy of viral, bacterial, fungal, and protozoal ate understanding of the fundamental aspects Furthermore, the physiological and biochemi-
diseases. Prerequisite: Biology 320 of prokaryotic and eukaryotic viruses. The cal bases of nutrition in farm and laboratory
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 4 course will cover viral morphology, taxonomy, animals with emphasis on metabolic pathways
semester hours molecular biology, disease, and control. Pre- leading to inherited diseases in humans and
requisite: BIOL 211 or instructors permission. animals will be covered. Animal nutrition has
BIOLOGY 341
3 class periods; 3 semester hours great scientific, social, and economic signifi-
Immunology
cance.
Consideration of the basic principles and BIOLOGY 398
3 semester hours
concepts of the mechanics of immunity and Readings
the relation of immunological phenomena to Individual library studies under faculty direc- BIOL 421
bio- logical problems. Prerequisite: BIOL 211 tion in an area of student interest. An accept- Advanced Cell Physiology
or instructors permission. able paper must be presented. Prerequisite: A graduate lecture course exploring the funda-
3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory Permission of the instructor and Department mentals of the cell. This course will emphasize
periods; 4 semester hours Chair. key topics related to our knowledge of mo-
1-6 semester hours* lecular and cellular biosciences. Students will
BIOLOGY 343
focus on critical thinking and problem solving
Medical Genomics BIOLOGY 399
to understand the science of the cell.
This course covers the basic biochemistry of Directed Research
3 semester hours
proteins and nucleic acids and the techniques Opportunity for the student to pursue labora-

208
Biology • Business Administration

BIOLOGY 418 emphasize key methodologies utilized in multiple formats. Background understanding
Environmental Health both biotechnology industries and molecular of politically correct, culturally sensitive, and
This course is designed to explore current biology research by focusing on a semester- ethically sound communication will also be
environmental and public health concerns and long molecular project involving PCR-based reinforced.
issues. Students will gain an understanding of mutagenesis, cloning, DNA sequencing, and 3 semester hours
the interaction of individual and communities protein analysis.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200
with the environment, the potential impact on 3 semester hours
Co-op Work Experience
health of environmental agents. The sequence
A paid work experience related to the student’s
of major topics begins with environmental epi-
demiology and toxicology, policy and regula- Business Administration major. Faculty approval required.
0-1 semester hours
tion. The course then covers specific agents
of environmental diseases. Domains of envi- BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 100 Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
ronmental health are addressed. Prerequisites: Student Success BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 300
Biology 101 and 102 This course is designed to help create greater Philanthropy
3 class periods; field trips by arrangement, 3 success in college and in life. The course will An introduction to Philanthropy, its origins,
semester hours provide many proven strategies for creating functions, and purposes in society. Topics in-
greater academic, professional, and personal clude Reasons to Give, Planned Giving, Chari-
BIOL 423 success. The students will use guided jour-
Advanced Ecology ties, Required Elements for a Charitable Gift,
nal writings, group collaboration as well as Federal Charitable Income Tax Deductions,
Advanced Ecology explores recent research in individual sessions to explore strategies of
the ecological literature from primary sources Federal Estate and Gift Tax Deductions, Valu-
achievement. ing and Substantiating Contributions, Chari-
such as Ecology, TREE, and comparable jour- 3 semester hours
nals. table Remainder Trusts (CRT) and Alternatives,
3 semester hours BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 101 Charitable Lead Trusts, Issues Common to All
Introduction to Business Charitable Trusts, Financial Planning, Chari-
BIOLOGY 424 This is an introductory course to business. table Estate Planning, Business Succession
Climate Change and Biodiversity Students will gain a better understanding of Planning, Retirement Planning, Planning for
A review of the recent literature on the impacts what business is, how business works as well Real Estate, Private Foundations, Supporting
of climate change on local and global ecology as which skills and functions are required to Organizations, Endowment Funds and Donor-
and other factors that impact on biodiversity. effectively operate. The course will focus on Advised Funds, and Investing Charitable Do-
The course will emphasize factors promoting environment of business, entrepreneurship, nations.
ecosystem resilience and conservation efforts. management, human resources, marketing, 3 Semester hours
Prerequisite: Bio 107 and Bio 223. social media, e-business, accounting, finance, Offered: Fall only
3 semester hours and the future dimensions of business oppor-
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 314
BIOLOGY 425 tunities in a global economy.
Real Estate Principles
Urban Ecology 3 semester hours
An introduction to real estate. Survey of vari-
A review of the recent literature on the biodi- BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 102 ous aspects of the real estate business includ-
versity and ecology of urban and near-urban Business Communications ing marketing, finance, development, law,
biomes. The course will emphasize species Business communications refers to both investment, and appraisal.
turnover and how urban biodiversity impacts external and internal communication that 3 semester hours
nearby habitats. Prerequisite: Bio 107 and Bio takes place within an organization. There are
223. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 382
several methods of business communication,
3 semester hours Internship
including: Web-based communication - e.g.
Field study of an organization in action. Stu-
BIOL 443 webpages, advertisements, emails. It is a well-
dents can fulfill the course requirements in
Advanced Molecular Biology known fact that in order to be effective in
one of three ways: a) to do an internship in
The study of genes and their activity at the today’s workplace, communication skills are
an outside organization or one of the learn-
molecular level, DNA replication and repair, a must. Individual business communication
ing institutes within the College, and submit
transcription, translation, recombination, skills range from clear and logical planning,
a paper with an analysis of their experiential
translocation, and mutations. Techniques and message analysis, organizing, writing, speak-
learning; b) to write a case study with critical
experiments leading to important discoveries ing, reading and listening skills. Understanding
evaluation of an organization in action; or c) to
on DNA will be covered. of the target audience’s cultural and behavioral
develop a new business venture and submit a
3 semester hours characteristics via reading nonverbal cues is
comprehensive business plan.
also included. This course aims to analyze
BIOL 445 3-6 semester hours
the communication process, develop effective
Advanced Methods in Molecular Biology Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
organizational and individual communication
A graduate laboratory course exploring the strategies, prepare visual aids, improve presen- BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 399
fundamental skills required by molecular tations skills and refme business writing using Independent Study
biology and biotechnology. This course will

209
Capstone Seminar • Chemistry

An opportunity to specialize in advanced proj- General Chemistry (Laboratory 1) disturbances and in-born errors of metabolism.
ects not covered by regular course offerings. A companion laboratory course to CHEM-103 Prerequisite: Chemistry 113 and CHEM 113L
Students have individual conferences with designed to provide the student with the op- both with minimum grade C. Co-requisite:
assigned faculty members and meet several portunity to apply principles learned in lecture. CHEM 114L unless passed in a previous se-
times as a group to discuss findings and com- Pre/Co-requisite: Chemistry 103 mester.
mon problems. 1 semester hour. Lab fee assessed. 3 lecture periods; 3 semester hours
1-3 semester hours CHEMISTRY 104 CHEMISTRY 114L
Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall General Chemistry II Introduction to Biochemistry (Laboratory)
This course completes the sequence in general A companion laboratory course to CHEM-114
chemistry for science and engineering majors.
Capstone Seminar Topics include equilibrium, acids and bases,
designed to provide the student with the op-
portunity to apply principles learned in lecture.
CAPSTONE 390
thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, and an Pre/Co-requisite: Chemistry 114
Capstone Seminar introduction to organic chemistry. 1 semester hour. Lab fee assessed.
The Capstone Seminar is the culmination of Prerequisites: Chemistry 103 and CHEM 103L CHEMISTRY 200
learning in the Core Curriculum. As such, it both with minimum grade C Chemistry Co-op
reflectively builds upon learning from the vari- Co-requisite: CHEM 104L unless passed in a Students who enter the Chemistry/Co-op
ous liberal arts. The course is conducted as a previous semester. Program register for this course each semes-
seminar and thus requires substantial reading 3 lecture hours; 1 discussion period; 3 ter they are on a paid work assignment with
and informed participation. All students write semester hours an employer. All work assignments must be
an original essay that integrates themes raised CHEMISTRY 104L approved by the Chemistry Co-op director. A
in course readings and discussions. Prerequi- General Chemistry (Laboratory II) report is required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 104
site: Completion of at least 75 semester credit A companion laboratory course to CHEM-104 with minimum grade C.
hours and fulfillment of all other Core require- designed to provide the student with the op- 1 semester hour per week-semester to a
ments. portunity to apply principles learned in lecture. maximum of 6 semester hours
3 semester hours Pre/Co-requisite: Chemistry 104
CHEMISTRY 202
1 semester hour. Lab fee assessed.
Principles of Chemical Analysis
CHEMISTRY 113
Chemistry Introductory Chemistry
An introduction to the physiochemical behav-
ior of electrolytic solutions, and its application
An introductory course in chemistry for liberal
CHEMISTRY 101 to chemical separations and analyses. Prereq-
arts and pre-professional students who wish
Chemistry, Society and You uisites: Chemistry 104 with minimum grade C.
to broaden their general education or feel that
The student is introduced to chemistry and 3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory
their previous preparation was inadequate.
its effect on society with examples related to period; 4 semester hours
Pre-med and science majors are strongly ad-
the environment, pollution, the energy crisis Lab fee assessed
vised to take CHEM 103, although credits may
and the drug culture. Students examine both be given for the CHEM 113, CHEM 103, and CHEMISTRY 203
the investigative methods of chemistry and its CHEM 104 sequence. Principles of Organic Chemistry
interaction with public policy. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 with minimum Students are provided with a one-semester
2 lecture hours; 1 discussion period or two- grade C. overview of organic chemistry with an em-
hour laboratory period; 3 semester hours Co-requisite: CHEM 113L unless passed in a phasis on organic compound structure and an
CHEMISTRY 103 previous semester. understanding of the fundamental mechanics
General Chemistry I 3 semester hours of organic chemical reactions. Students regis-
A study of basic chemical principles and their CHEMISTRY 113L tering in Chem 203 may not use it as a replace-
application. This course is designed for the Introductory Chemistry (Laboratory) ment for Chem 205 or Chem 206. Prerequisite:
science and engineering majors and includes A companion laboratory course to CHEM-113 Chemistry 104 with minimum grade C.
theoretical and experimental studies of such designed to provide the student with the op- 3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory
topics as composition and structure of matter, portunity to apply principles learned in lecture. period; 4 semester hours
stoichiometry, chemical reactions, chemical Pre/Co-requisite: Chemistry 113 Lab fee assessed
bonding, gases, atomic and molecular struc- 1 semester hour. Lab fee assessed. CHEMISTRY 205
ture, and periodic trends. CHEMISTRY 114 Organic Chemistry I
Prerequisites: Mathematics 106 with minimum Introduction to Biochemistry Students will study aliphatic and aromatic
grade C. Co-requisite: CHEM 103L unless After a brief review of general chemistry and compounds, synthesis of organic compounds,
passed in a previous semester. an introduction to organic chemistry, the properties, and reaction mechanisms. Labora-
3 lecture hours; 1 discussion period; 3 biochemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, tory work will involve techniques, synthesis,
semester hours. nucleic acids, vitamins, enzymes, and hor- properties and typical reactions.
CHEMISTRY 103L mones are studied. These studies are applied Prerequisites: Chemistry 104 and Chemistry
to understand diseases caused by metabolic 104L both with minimum grade C.

210
Chemistry • Chinese

3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory Principles of Biochemistry Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and
period; 4 semester hours A one semester survey course designed for life the Department Chair.
Lab fee assessed science majors requiring only one semester of Semester hours (1-6) arranged
biochemistry. Topics will cover basic concepts,
CHEMISTRY 206
including pH, biological buffers, bioenergetics,
Organic Chemistry II
nucleotides, amino acids, proteins, enzymes, Chinese
The student will further the studies of CHEM-
carbohydrates, lipids, intermediary metabo-
205 and extend the exploration of aliphatic CHINESE 101
lism, and molecular biology. Prerequisite:
and aromatic compounds, synthesis of organic Elementary Chinese I
Chemistry 206 or Chemistry 203 with minimum
compounds, properties and reaction mecha- In this course students are introduced to the
grade C.
nisms. Laboratory work in techniques, synthe- Chinese language and culture. Basic skills in
4 semester hours
sis, properties and typical reactions. Prerequi- speaking, listening, reading, and writing are
sites: Chemistry 205 with minimum grade C. CHEMISTRY 365 developed. Cultural readings and videos are
3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory Biochemistry I included in each lesson giving the students ad-
period; 4 semester hours; Lab fee assessed The unifying and quantifying central concepts ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu-
CHEMISTRY 302 of biochemistry are studied by applying funda- lary and grammar in a classroom conversation.
Analytical Methods mental physiochemical principles of biological This is a course for students with little or no
The student is introduced to anallytical chemis- systems. Mechanisms and regulation of major knowledge of Chinese language.
try for students not majoring in chemistry. This metabolic pathways and structure and function 3 semester hours
course will help in understanding how techni- of cellular elements on the molecular scale are
CHINESE 102
cal information is obtained and interpreted. It covered in detail. Prerequisite: Chemistry 206
Elementary Chinese II
will cover topics such as statistics, gravimetric with minimum grade C.
This course builds on the foundations laid in
and volumetric methods of analysis as well as 3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory
Chinese 101 and continues to introduce stu-
an introduction to modern methods of analy- period; 4 semester hours
dents to Chinese language and culture. Skills
sis, such as chromatography, spectroscopy and Lab Fee Assessed
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
electrochemistry. CHEMISTRY 366 are further developed. Cultural readings and
Prerequisites: Chemistry 104 and Chemistry Biochemistry II videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
104L both with a minimum grade C. An extension of CHEM 365 studies. The dents additional opportunities to utilize target
3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory pe- unifying and quantifying central concepts of vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
riod; 4 semester hours biochemistry are studies by applying funda- versation. By the end of this course students
Lab fee assessed mental physiochemical principles of biological are expected to reach a beginner level of Chi-
CHEMISTRY 319 systems. Mechanisms and regulation of major nese language proficiency and should be able
Physical Chemistry I metabolic pathways and structure and function to understand/identify familiar vocabulary and
Principles of Thermodynamics and structure of of cellular elements on the molecular scale are conversation topics; engage in a conversation
matter applied to homogeneous and hetero- covered in detail. Prerequisite: Chemistry 365 in a target language on a familiar topic; ex-
geneous equilibria, electrochemistry, reaction with minimum grade C. press opinions/feelings about a familiar topic;
kinetics are explored. Must be taken with 3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory read and comprehend short simple texts; write
Chemistry 321, Chemistry 322 unless prior period; 4 semester hours short simple sentences. Prerequisite: Chinese
credit has been earned. Prerequisite: Chemis- Lab Fee Assessed 101.
try 302, Mathematics 215, Physics 112. 3 semester hours
CHEMISTRY 380
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Physiological Chemistry CHINESE 103
Lab fee assessed Physiological Chemistry explores the biochem- Intermediate Chinese I
CHEMISTRY 320 ical mechanisms of disease and the detection This course builds on the foundations laid in
Physical Chemistry II of disease states using chemical analyses. This Chinese 101 and Chinese 102 and provides
The student will further the studies presented in class will prepare the student for the study of an opportunity to improve Chinese language
CHEM-319. Principles of Thermodynamics and clinical chemistry. Students must have success- proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills
structure of matter applied to homogeneous fully completed biochemistry prior to taking in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
and heterogeneous equilibria, electrochemis- this class. Prerequisite: Chemistry 360 with are further developed. Cultural readings and
try, reaction kinetics are explored further. Must minimum grade C. videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
be taken with Chemistry 321, 322 unless prior 3 semester hours dents additional opportunities to utilize target
credit has been earned. Prerequisite: Chemistry vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
CHEMISTRY 399
319 with minimum grade C. versation. Prerequisite: Chinese 102.
Independent Study
3 lecture hourse; 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
The course allows for the opportunity to
Lab fee assessed pursue advanced individual study in a field of CHINESE 104

CHEMISTRY 360 interest under the supervision of a specialist.

211
Cinema • Computer Applications and Information Systems • Computer Engineering

Intermediate Chinese II particular cinematic practices. management within the modern firm. This
This course builds on the foundations laid in 3 semester hours course is required of all Business students.
Chinese 103. Skills in speaking, listening, read- Prerequisite: CAIS 102.
CINEMA HISTORY AND THEORY 285
ing, and writing are further developed. Cul- 3 semester hours
Screenwriting I
tural readings and videos are included in each This course introduces students to the art of
lesson giving students additional opportunities
to utilize target vocabulary and grammar in
visual writing for the short screenplay and Computer Engineering
involves students in the practice of character
a classroom conversation. By the end of this development, story design, narrative structure, COMPUTER ENGINEERING 200
course the students are expected to reach an and dialogue. The course focuses on the Undergraduate Co-op/Internship in Computer
intermediate level of Chinese language profi- fundamentals of premise-driven drama and Engineering
ciency and should be able to understand/iden- comedy as well as experimental story-telling By arrangement.
tify a range of vocabulary items and topics; techniques. 1-3 semester hours
engage in a conversation in a target language 3 semester hours
on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings COMPUTER ENGINEERING 210
about a range of topics; read and comprehend CINEMA HISTORY AND THEORY 286 Digital Design I
medium length texts; write medium complex- Screenwriting Ii Basic digital design principles. Boolean alge-
ity sentences. Prerequisite: Chinese 103. This course builds on the concepts and tech- bra. Combinational logic design with gates,
3 semester hours niques introduced in Screenwriting I while MSI, LSI. Sequential logic design; register,
introducing students to the structure and form counters, memory and programmable logic.
of the feature length, three-act narrative fic- Prerequisite: Mathematical sophistication.
Cinema tion film. The course structure features single 3 semester hours
author and collaborative writing as well as
CINEMA 181 COMPUTER ENGINEERING 286
writing-workshop critiques.
Introduction To Film Appreciation Pre-requisite: Screenwriting I Introduction to Microprocessors
This course introduces students to film analy- 3 semester hours Theory and application of microprocessors,
sis and appreciation, providing them with the and associated peripheral devices such as
critical tools necessary to understanding how memory, ports, clocks, system design and de-
films combine sound and image to commu- Computer Applications and bugging techniques, including specific design
nicate meaning and engage audiences. The problems using existing devices. Programming
course focuses on the foundational concepts
Information Systems (CAIS) aids, including assemblers and simulators.
of cinematic language and formal film ele- COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 101
Programming problems including peripheral
ments, including genre, narrative structure, device service routines and arithmetic opera-
Statistics
performance, and style. Screenings will cover tions. Information structures for real-time data
This course covers basic statistics, including
a range of film eras and traditions. acquisition systems. Prerequisite: Computer
descriptive statistics, probability, discrete dis-
3 semester hours Engineering 210 and Computer Science 102.
tributions, continuous distributions, sampling,
3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory; 3
CINEMA 183 and hypothesis testing. This course is required
semester hours
Film Technique Ii of all Business students. Prerequisite: Math
This course builds on the concepts and ana- 103; Minimum grad C, or Math placement COMPUTER ENGINEERING 308
lytical approaches introduced in Cinema 181 exam at Math 109, or higher. Operating Systems
to provide a focused study of a particular film 3 semester hours Structure and design issues in modern operat-
category, including films organized by genre, Offered: Spring/Fall Only ing systems. Topics may include OS structure;
filmmaker, tradition, or industrial practice. Threads, CPU scheduling and synchronization
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 191
Pre-requisite: Cinema 181 of processes; deadlock management; main
Computer Concepts
3 semester hours and virtual memory management; file man-
This course provides elementary instruction in
agement; file system interface; I/O) structure
CINEMA HISTORY AND THEORY 262 basic productivity packages, like Microsoft’s
Prerequisite: Computer Science 102, Computer
Film History Office 97. It is for those students with no prior
Engineering 312.
This class provides an overview of film his- exposure to computer applications.
3 semester hours
tory, from its earliest forms in the 19th century 3 semester hours
to the multiple kinds of cinematic production Offered: Spring/Fall Only COMPUTER ENGINEERING 312
of today. The primary goal of the course is Computer Organization
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 201
to develop historical appreciation for the way Organization and Design of modern computer
Intro to CAIS systems. Arithmetic Logic Unit Design, Central
technological, industrial, and cultural develop-
This course covers computer and systems
ments have impacted cinematic production processing unit design; RISC vs CISC; Pipeline
hardware, operating systems, application
and experience in different places and eras. design for modern RISC architectures and
development, the value of information, da-
The course will explore basic tools of film handling pipeline hazards, memory hierarchy
tabases, networks, and their integration and
analysis, introducing students to critical, tech- design including cache and virtual memory de-
nical, and aesthetic concepts in response to

212
Computer Engineering • Computer Science

sign. Prerequisite: Computer Engineering 315. ware. Formulation of design specifications,

3 semester hours use of design tools, feasibility considerations. Computer Science
Prerequisites: Computer Engineering 312, 387, COMPUTER SCIENCE 101
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 315
Engineering 290, English 204, Integrated Stud- Introduction to Computing I
Digital Design II with Laboratory
ies C101 and senior status. Introduction to high level languages, data
Design of complex digital systems; top-down
1 semester hours types, subprograms; arrays and records.
design and modularization. Implementation
of datapaths and controllers. Use of hardware COMPUTER ENGINEERING 360 Object-Oriented Programming, classes, inheri-
design languages (Verilog) to implement Introduction to Robotics tance, Algorithmic development and sotware
systems. Rapid prototyping. Fault tolerant de- 3 semester hours design concepts.
sign. Prerequisite: Computer Engineering 210. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 371
Laboratory includes implementation of digital
Data and Computer Communications COMPUTER SCIENCE 102
systems using FPGAs. Introduction to Computing II
Introduction to data communication. Fre-
3 lecture hours; 4 semester hours; 1 three hour Introduction to data structures. Top-down de-
quency response, bandwidth, filtering and
laboratory sign and structured programming, debugging.
noise. Fourier series and Fourier transform. In-
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 347 formation theory concepts: Nyquist’s theorem, String processing, stacks, queues, lists, linked
FPGA Design Shannon’s and Sampling theorems. Analog lists, trees, hash tables. Searching and sorting.
Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) archi- and digital modulation techniques. Pulse Code Prerequisite: Computer Science 101.
tectures, HDL synthesis using Verilog, place Modulation (PCM). Communication systems 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
and route, FPGA configuration, Behavioral, circuits and devices. Data encoding. Physi- COMPUTER SCIENCE 200
structural and data flow descriptions. FPGA cal layer protocols. Data link control (point Undergraduate Co-op/Internship in Computer
Timing Analysis, Constraints, Clock Domain to point communication, design issues, link
Science
Crossing and Meta-stability analysis. A major management, error control, flow control). Mul-
By arrangement.
FPGA based design project is assigned in the tiplexing and switching. Prerequisites: Com-
1-3 semester hours
course. Prerequisite: Computer Engineering puter Science 102; Computer Engineering 210.
315. 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours COMPUTER SCIENCE 201
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours Advanced Data and File Structures
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 373
Advanced treatment of data structures and file
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 348 Local Area Networks
structures including manipulating data stored
Introduction to VLSI Design 3 semester hours
in the file systems. Topics include fundamen-
Design and implementation of a very large
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 387 tals of file processing operations, secondary
scale integrated circuits. CMOS and BiCMOS
Embedded System Design storage characteristics, and managing files of
technologies, clocking characteristics, resis-
Design of systems having major hardware and records. Additional topics will include per-
tance, capacitance and power estimation,
software components. Software implementa- formance file organization, sorting large files,
system-level design and simulation using
tions are used to control specific hardware multi-level indexing, 2-3 Trees, B-Trees, and
Verilog. Custom layout and verification using
such as micro controllers. Major laboratory Hashing and Extendable Hashing. Prerequi-
CAD tools. Synthesis of designs from Verilog
emphasis to realize embedded systems. Pre- sites: Computer Science 102.
descriptions. Term project will include the de-
requisite: Computer Engineering 286. 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
sign and testing of an integrated circuit.
3 semester hours COMPUTER SCIENCE 203
Prerequisites: Computer Engineering 315 and
Electrical Engineering 348. COMPUTER ENGINEERING 389 Second Programming Language
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours Software Engineering A class for computer science majors to broad-
Structural development and methodology for en the programming background. Students
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 349 A
large software systems. Planning requirements, will take a course in a language other than the
Senior Project
design, test and validation. Advanced topics current teaching language. This class is not an
Major open-ended design project to integrate
in software development. Prerequisites: Com- actual course, but a number of departmental
student’s knowledge of hardware and soft-
puter Science 102 and senior status. course offerings may satisfy this requirement.
ware. Formulation of design specifications,
3 semester hours Courses which may be taken will include
use of design tools, feasibility considerations.
computer science offerings which assume pro-
Prerequisites: Computer Engineering 312, 387, COMPUTER ENGINEERING 399
gramming competency (CPSC 101 and CPSC
Engineering 290, English 204, Integrated Stud- Independent Study in Computer Engineering
102 equivalent) in the instructional language.
ies C101 and senior status. Independent study of advanced topics in Com-
The department will announce courses which
1 semester hours puter Engineering and submission of project
qualify for satisfaction of CPSC 203 require-
report as required. Problem assignment to be
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 349 B ment. Pre-requisites: CPSC 102.
arranged with and approved by the Depart-
Senior Project 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
ment Chair. Open only to qualified seniors
Major open-ended design project to integrate COMPUTER SCIENCE 227
3 semester hour
student’s knowledge of hardware and soft-
Discrete Structures

213
Computer Science • Criminal Justice and Human Security

This course is an introduction to some of the 1 semester hour CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 118
discrete mathematical structures relevant to Intro Criminal Justice
COMPUTER SCIENCE 349 B
computer science, including set theory, propo- This course is intended to introduce you to the
Senior Design Project
sitional calculus, predicate calculus, algebraic field of criminal justice and criminology. More
Student will initiate and complete a project that
operations and relations, counting techniques, specifically, we will explore how the American
meets career interests and objectives. One or
and graph theory. Prerequisite: MATH 109 criminal justice system interacts with society
more faculty will be available to each student
with a “C” or better. and reacts to societal issues. In turn this will
in a consulting capacity. The department chair
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours help us understand how society functions in
must approve an outline of the project in the
response to the criminal justice system.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 300 semester prior to registration for this course.
3 credits
Economics and Management of Computing 3 semester hours
Projects CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 205
COMPUTER SCIENCE 350
The design process, engineering economics, Law and Economics
Data Base Design
project planning and ethics in engineering This course introduces basic principles of
Survey of data structures used in data bases;
practice. A required course for all Computer economics and how those principles impact
relations; hierarchical and network data mod-
Science majors, normally taken in the junior the formulation and operation of legal rules.
els; theoretical issues in data base processing;
year, offered both semesters. Prerequisites: Special emphasis is placed on the U.S. Consti-
practical issues in data base design, program-
CPSC 102, 102a, MATH 215, PHYS112 and tutional system and key cases involving legal
ming, and implementation.
junior standing. issues.
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours. 3 credits
COMPUTER SCIENCE 360
COMPUTER SCIENCE 301 CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 215
Introduction to Robotics
Programming Languages Intl Human Rights
Basic Robotics, including: position and veloc-
This is a second computer language course This course discusses the recognition and
ity sensing, actuators, control theory, robot
organized around the concepts of data objects, protection of human rights in the international
coordinate systems, robot kinematics, differen-
data types, abstraction mechanisms, sequence context, with a focus is on contemporary con-
tial motions, path control, dynamics, and force
and data control, storage management, syntax, troversies. A genuine interest in global affairs
control. Robot sensing, simulation of manipu-
and operating environments. Several widely and international issues, an open mind, and an
lators, automation, and robot programming
used programming languages are analyzed to inquisitive learning attitude are the best quali-
languages are also investigated. Prerequisites:
illustrate these concepts. Pre-requisite: Com- ties for getting the most out of this class.
Computer Science 102, Electrical Engineering
puter Science 201. 3 credits
360, Math 214 or 314 or permission of instruc-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 218
tor.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 329 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Human Security
Fundamentals of Algorithms Human Security involves looking at world se-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 389
This course aims to develop an understanding curity issues from the perspective of individual
Software Engineering
of the process by which an algorithm is devel- people. This course introduces students to the
Structural development methodology for large
oped to solve a problem and how it is translat- concept of Human Security, its importance in
software systems. Planning requirements, de-
ed into a working computer program. Empha- meeting the basic needs of people and pre-
sign, test, and validation. Advanced topics in
sis is placed on problem-solving approaches venting state collapse, and its usefulness, in
software development. Prerequisite: Computer
and efficient programming techniques. Topics forging greater transnational accountability.
Science 102 and senior status.
covered are: data structures, stacks, lists, trees, 3 credits
3 semester hours
search algorithms, introduction to parsing and CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 233
sorting techniques; structures programming; in- COMPUTER SCIENCE 399 Intro US Legal System
teractive and recursive programming, analysis
Independent Study in Computer Science This course will offer a comprehensive over-
of algorithms and special purpose algorithms. view of the U.S. legal system, including an
Independent study of advanced topics in
Prerequisite: Computer Science 201, 227. overview of legal practice sources and tech-
Computer Science and submission of project
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours niques with emphasis on the major substan-
report as required. Problem assignment to be
COMPUTER SCIENCE 349 A arranged with and approved by the Depart- tive areas of the law. Students will begin by
Senior Design Project ment Chair. examining issues in constitutional law, with an
Student will initiate and complete a project that Open only to qualified seniors overview of how government functions and
meets career interests and objectives. One or 3 semester hours how laws are made. A legal writing segment
more faculty will be available to each student of the course will allow students to use legal
in a consulting capacity. The department chair analysis while refining their writing skills. 3
must approve an outline of the project in the Criminal Justice and Human semester credits
semester prior to registration for this course. Security 3 credits

214
Criminal Justice and Human Security • Dental Hygiene

CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 265 3 credits site: Permission of advisor and Dean.
Intro to Corrections 1-6 credits
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 345
A multidisciplinary study of corrections from
Comparative Criminal Law CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 399
the 1800’s to the present. Focus on the func-
This course examines the criminal law of the Independent Study
tion of corrections from the perspective of
United States, with comparative reference to Subject to approval by the Department Chair,
society and the offender.
other legal systems of the world. Emphasis is students may pursue advanced studies in the
3 credits
placed on the application of law to facts, and field of Criminal Justice and Human Security.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 271 specific knowledge required by law enforce- 1-6 credits
Law Enforcement & Society ment personnel. Prerequisite: CJHS 118 or SOC
This course focuses on the role of the police 118
and law enforcement in American society. Key 3 credits Dental Hygiene
topics include the police profession, organiza-
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 350 DENTAL HYGIENE 100
tion of law enforcement systems, the police
Legal Advocacy Introduction to Dental Hygiene
role, police discretion, ethics, and police-com-
This course introduces legal reasoning and This course provides the opportunity to de-
munity interaction. Law enforcement is exam-
the legal method, and requires the student velop basic knowledge of the dental hygiene
ined in terms of political, social, cultural, legal,
to conduct legal research, to produce written profession and the responsibility of licensure.
psychological, and organizational relevance in
materials (such as a letter, a memorandum, a Students will learn the role of the dental hy-
society. Prerequisite: CJHS 118 or SOC 118
complaint, a motion, and an appeal), and to gienist in total patient care.
3 credits
make oral arguments. Prerequisite: PSCI 233, 1 semester hour
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 299 Junior status or Instructor approval.
Selected Topics DENTAL HYGIENE 123
3 credits
Prerequisite: Permission of Advisor and Dean Oral Anatomy and Embryology
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 371 This course is an introduction to the study of
3 credits
Terrorism the oral cavity and its associated structures.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 312 This course introduces terrorism as a subject of Included in the curriculum are lectures cov-
Victimology sociological, legal, military, political, and stra- ering anatomy, embryology and histology of
This course examines the role of the crime tegic study. The course considers the objec- oral structures and the head and neck, em-
victim. Topics include the identification of vic- tives of the terrorist and terrorist organizations, phasizing teeth and their supporting tissues.
tims, victim assistance programs, victim com- and recent counter-terrorism strategies. The Knowledge of content is emphasized during
pensation and repayment, and the treatment of course also encourages students to think about clinical practice.
the victim by law enforcement and the courts. long-term strategies to combat terrorism, both 4 lecture hours; 4 semester hours
The course also considers the victim-related within a nation-state and across international
role of major social institutions, including the DENTAL HYGIENE 124
borders.
family, schools, religious organizations, the 3 credits Dental Radiology
medical profession, and financial and political This course provides the fundamental scientific
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 372 principles upon which clinical dental radiol-
organizations. Prerequisite: CJHS 118 or SOC
Transnational Crime ogy is based. Content includes radiation his-
118
This course examines the scope, magnitude, tory, radiation physics, radiographic anatomy,
3 credits
and impact of transnational crime and dis- application to radiation safety for patient and
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 315 cusses possible solutions, including widening operator, quality assurance, infection control
Criminology surveillance and crime control measures, and practice, standard intra and extra oral radio-
Criminology is the social scientific study of the impact those solutions may have on civil graphic techniques, quality film production
crime and criminal behavior. This class first ex- liberties. and film evaluation.
amines the nature and extent of crime, includ- 3 credits 2 lecture hours; two-hour laboratory periods; 3
ing the categories of crime, the people who semester hours
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 395
engage in criminal activity, and how crime is
Senior Thesis DENTAL HYGIENE 127
measured. It examines theoretical explanations
of crime, and the role of the criminal justice
Each senior student majoring in Criminal Pharmacology for the Dental Hygienist
Justice and Human Security participates in a General principles of pharmacology and use
system in controlling crime.
seminar requiring preparation of a research of pharmaceuticals; derivation and effect of
3 credits
paper reflecting original thinking and research drugs, especially those used in dentistry. Val-
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 343 in s specific area of the field. ues and uses of chemical sterilizing agents,
Constitutional Law 1-6 credits pre-and post-operative medications, anesthet-
This course examines the operation of the U.S. ics, antibiotics, and other pharmaceutical ad-
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 398
Constitution, as well as its origins, philosophi- juncts to oral hygiene and dental care.
Internship
cal underpinnings, and current issues. Course
Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an
work includes reading, discussing, and writing
organization related to career goals. Prerequi-
about constitutional issues.

215
Dental Hygiene

3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Clinical Practice III tory and clinical settings. The comprehensive
This course provides students the opportunity content areas will include rational for pain
DENTAL HYGIENE 129
to expand on the basic dental hygiene skills management, client management, medical
Clinical Practice I
learned in Clinical Practice I and II (DHYG emergencies and review of essential anatomy,
Introduction to the role and function of the
129 and 130) providing students with a practi- physiology, and pharmacology of pain control
Dental Hygienist in preventive dentistry; his-
cal and treatment oriented study of the oral agents. In addition, the student will perform
tory and ethics of the Dental Hygiene profes-
manifestations of systemic diseases. Students efficient techniques of pain management
sion; relationship of general and oral health
will learn advanced instrumentation tech- through local anesthesia on clinical partners
to the disease process. Clinical hours are
niques and deliver comprehensive dental under the direct supervision of clinical faculty.
devoted to development of: infection control
hygiene services in the Fones Dental Hygiene 1.5 semester hours
procedures, oral self care, basic clinical skills
of patient assessment/data collection, basic Health Center as well as in the community DENTAL HYGIENE 232
instrumentation, patient education and dental setting. The community setting will provide Dental Public Health
emergencies. the students the opportunity to interact with Dental Public Health consists of didactic and
3 lecture hours; 7 clinical hours; 4 semester a variety of patient populations. Evidenced- field work components in community ser-
hours based decision making will be a common vices. It is designed to enable Dental Hygiene
theme throughout the semester. The student students to identify Dental Hygiene career
DENTAL HYGIENE 130 will utilize the dental hygiene process of care opportunities within the public health set-
Clinical Practice II by assessing clinical information and external ting; describe the structure and function of
This course is a continuation of Clinical Prac- research to implement and evaluate the den- public health; explain federal, state and local
tice I and focuses on the role of the Dental tal hygiene treatment care plan; applying the legislation, policies and procedures pertaining
Hygienist as a preventive oral health specialist. ADHA Standards of Clinical Dental Hygiene to public health; assess the dental needs and
Didactic and clinical experience is devoted to Practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion demands of the public including special popu-
patient assessment, treatment planning, patient of all first-year required courses. lations; and plan and evaluate dental health
management, fluoride therapy, emergency re- 2 lecture hours, 14-21 clinical hours per week; care programming. Prerequisite: Successful
sponse protocols, and continuing development 5.5 semester hours completion of all first year required courses.
of clinical skills to facilitate ethical and total
DENTAL HYGIENE 228 2 lecture hours; 72 hours of field experience
patient care. Prerequisite: Successful comple-
tion of DHYG123, DHYG124 and DHYG 129. Clinical Practice IV per rotation; 4 semester hours
2 lecture hours; 8 clinical hours; 4 semester Continuation of advanced didactic and clinical DENTAL HYGIENE 233
hours practices of Dental Hygiene 227. This course Oral and General Histo-Pathology
will assist the student in refining competence This course will provide the dental hygienist
DENTAL HYGIENE 140 in all clinical procedures, developing variety of with an in-depth discussion of various types of
Introduction to Periodontology experiences of oral health and disease, and as- oral diseases of the hard and soft tissues. Em-
This course provides the basic principles of similate knowledge in order to use responsible phasis will be placed on the etiology, clinical
periodontology, which covers the recognition decision-making and critical analysis that as- picture, radiographic picture, histologic/micro-
of clinical characteristics of the periodontium, sures the health of the patient. The student will scopic findings, pathogenesis, treatment and
classification of periodontal diseases, role of be introduced to professional ethics and dental prognosis for each condition discussed. Some
microorganisms and local factors in the etiol- jurisprudence, professional organizations, systemic conditions with specific oral findings
ogy of periodontal diseases. professional goals, state dental practice acts, will also be covered. Prerequisite: Successful
2 semester hours and issues facing the dental hygiene profes- completion of all first year required courses.
DENTAL HYGIENE NUTRITION 204
sion. The student will expand self-assessment 3 semester hours
Nutritional Biochemistry skills and evaluation of scientific literature as
the basis for lifetime learning. Prerequisite: DENTAL HYGIENE 241
This course will teach the basic principles of
Successful completion of DHYG 227, 230, 233, Periodontology
the science of human nutrition and nutritional
241, 250. This course expands on the basic principles
biochemistry with an emphasis on the effects
2 lecture hours, 14-21 clinical hours per week; of periodontology introduced during the first
of nutrition on dental health. The focus will
5 semester hours year Dental Hygiene curriculum. Students re-
be on the roles of micro- and macronutrients
ceive a sound foundation in the history and
and the importance of proper energy balance, DENTAL HYGIENE 230
management of periodontal diseases including
digestion, absorption and metabolism of these Local Anesthesia the etiology and pathogenesis of periodontal
nutrients. Correlations to dental hygiene are DHYG 230 Local Anesthesia for the Fones diseases, the systemic disease connection with
discussed at each class as it obtains to the Dental Hygiene Students. This course is de- periodontal disease, the role of the immune
weekly subject matter. Strategies of counseling signed to prepare the student dental hygienist system in the disease process and the various
patients to improve optimum oral health are to qualify to administer local anesthesia and periodontal treatment modalities available
taught throughout the course. receive a certificate in local anesthesia accept- with emphasis on the Dental Hygiene treat-
3 credits able in the State of Connecticut. The student ment plan. Prerequisite: Successful completion
DENTAL HYGIENE 227
will be introduced to safe, effective administra- of DHYG 140.
tion of local anesthesia through lecture, labora- 2 semester hours

216
Dental Hygiene • Economics

DENTAL HYGIENE 250 the dental hygiene process of care. Students 3 Semester hours
Dental Materials are introduced to advanced clinical concepts
This course provides didactic and clinical in- through evidence based practice methods.
formation relating to dental materials utilized Oral medicine, advanced periodontology, pain Economics
in the dental office. Content includes: termi- management, and current research and tech-
nology, basic principles, properties of materi- ECONOMICS 201
nologies are emphasized.
als, techniques and procedures, recognition 3 semester hours Principles of Economics I — Macro
of restorations and indications for their use. Analysis of basic concepts; national income,
DENTAL HYGIENE 304 employment, monetary and fiscal policy and
Students will also gain exposure to expanded
Dental Hygiene Internship economic growth.
auxiliary utilization, and the role of the Dental
This course will provide the Dental Hygiene 3 semester hours
Hygienist in specialty practice. Prerequisite:
student with the opportunity to apply the Offered: Spring/Fall Only
Successful completion of all required first year
knowledge and skills acquired throughout
Dental Hygiene courses. ECONOMICS 202
the dental hygiene curriculum in an intership
2 lecture hours; 1 two-hour laboratory period; Principles of Economics II — Micro
experience. Under the guidance of the course
3 semester hours An analysis of price, output, income distribu-
instructor the dental hygiene student intern
DENTAL HYGIENE 299 will select a field site in an alternative practice tion, market structures and international trade.
Dental Hygiene Independent Study setting (not private practice). With the help of 3 semester hours
Selected independent projects conducted the site’s primary mentor the intern will set Spring/Fall Only
under the supervision of a Dental Hygiene goals and objectives that will allow them to ECONOMICS 301
faculty member. become an integral member of the organiza- Money & Banking
1-6 semester hours tion. The intership will consist of direct obser- 3 semester hours
DENTAL HYGIENE 301
vation, participation and supervised teaching Spring/Fall Only
Dental Hygiene Practice Management or fieldwork. Prerequisite: DHYG 302.
By arrangement; 3-6 semester hours ECONOMICS 311
Through discussion of legal, regulatory, and Managerial Economics
ethical issues governing dental healthcare, DENTAL HYGIENE 305 The theoretical analysis of the behavior of the
the student will develop strateges to provide Dental Hygiene Research consumer and the firm. Problems of income
optimum client care and understand the Den- Dental Hygiene Research is designed to in- distribution, welfare economics, and gen-
tal Hygienist role within an interdisciplinary troduce the Bachelor degree candidate to the eral equilibrium analysis. Prerequisites: ECON
healthcare team. Appreciation for the role of basic concepts, strategies and fundamentals of 201,ECON 202 and FIN 309; junior or senior
administrator / manager is obtained through the research process, with a focus on pprofes- status.
lecture content and group activities focused sional, scientific writing. Developing a unique 3 semester hours
on the development of communication, team- body of research is critical to the advance-
work, personnel, business, and patient man- ment of the dental hygiene professional, and ECONOMICS 376
agement skills. These skills are necessary to to the profession as they serve their patients Business Forecasting
prepare for emerging practice models in dental and the public. The student will develop Macroeconomic forecasting to improve asset
healthcare. skills in information literacy by accessing and allocation and investment performance over
3 Semester hours critically evvaluating existing research related the business cycle. Examining and forecasting
to oral and systemic health. The student will the behavior of stock, bond, commodity and
DENTAL HYGIENE 302
understand the process of creating a research currency prices. Forecasting tools to analyze
Instructional Strategies for the Health the economy and forecast price movements in
Professional propposal and research project which will en-
able them to become a part of this scientific the financial markets. Prerequisites: ECON 201,
Assessment, planning, implementation and ECON 202 and FIN 309; junior or senior status.
evaluation of various instructional methodolo- process. The student will develop, write and
refine a comprehensive, evidence-based lit- 3 semester hours
gies/strategies to facilitate presentations. Fun-
erature review on an oral-health related topc Offered: Spring Only
damentals of instructional theory with practical
skill applications. suitable for presentation and publication.
4 semester hours
2 lecture hours; two-hour observation/ Electrical Engineering
presentation; 3 semester hours DENTAL HYGIENE 315
Statistical Reasoning Undergraduate seniors may take graduate
DENTAL HYGIENE 303
This course will provide a basic overview of courses (400 level) with permission of their
Advanced Clinical Concepts
statistical analysis and how certain tests can be advisor.
Advanced Clinical Concepts expands upon
the basic knowledge and skills utilized in performed to determine if there is a statistically ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 200
significant relationship between variables. The Undergraduate Co-op/Internship in Electrical
student will receive an introduction to the use Engineering
of statistical software for data analysis.

217
Electrical Engineering

By arrangement. 1-3 semester hours ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 236 controllers to achieve design specifications.
Network Analysis II Lab Perform basic simulation to verify system sta-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 209
Steady state and transient analysis of RLC bility and performance. Pre-requisite: EE 210,
Engineering Analysis
circuits. Typical series and parallel resonance MATH 112, ELEG 234.
This course provides a foundation in
circuits are examined and their parameters 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
mathematical principles with applications
experimentally determined; two pole network
in - engineering. It reviews functions, limit, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 333
analysis; transformers; frequency response
derivatives, and integration and covers a Signal and Systems
plots. Extensive use of the oscilloscope. Pre-
broad spectrum of mathematical techniques Students learn to analyze theoretically and by
requisite: EE 234, EE233. Co-requisite: EE 234.
important to the solution of engineering computer both continuous and discrete signals
1 three-hour laboratory, 1 semester hour
problems. Topics include ordinary and and the application of each to real-world prob-
partial differential equations, power series, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 286 lems. Applications involve the definition of a
parametric and polar curves, vectors Intro to Microprocessor system, defined either by a laplace or z-trans-
and matrices, linear algebra, the Laplace Theory and application of microprocessors, form and the output of same to the application
transform, the z transform, the Fourier series. and associated peripheral devices such as of any input signal. Pre-requisite: MATH 112.
Application of these topic to the solution of memory, ports, clocks, system design and de- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
engineering problems is stressed. Prerequisite: bugging techniques, including specific design
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 336
MATH 112 (Co-requisite) problems using existing devices. Programming
Digital Design II With Laboratory
3 semester hours aids, including assemblers and simulators.
Design of complex digital systems; top-down
Programming problems including peripheral
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 210 design and modularization. Implementation of
device service routines and arithmetic opera-
Digital Design I controllers. Use of hardware design languages
tions. Information structures for real-time data
Basic digital design principles. Boolean alge- (VHDL) to implement systems. Rapid pro-
acquisition systems. Prerequisite: EE 210.
bra. Combinational logic design with gates, totyping. Fault tolerant design. Prerequisite:
3 lecture hours; 1 three-hour laboratory; 3
MSI, LSI. Sequential logic design; register, Electrical Engineering 236. Laboratory includes
semester hours
counters, memory and programmable logic. implementation of digital systems using FP-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 315
Prerequisite: CPSC 101. GAs.
Fiber Optics
3 semester hours 3 lecture hours; 4 semester hours; 1 three hour
Communication via light waves over fiber op-
laboratory
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 233 tics cables. Analysis of light emission and light
Network Analysis I detection. Absorption loss. Optical devices, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 337
DC circuits, mesh, node voltages, superposi- connectors, splices and Local Area Network Analog Electronics Lab I
tion. Steady-state AC, real/imaginary power. (LANs). Pre-requisite: Physics 112. This is a hands-on analog circuit design lab.
Bode plots, Ideal op-amp circuit analysis. Pre- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours You will combine integrated circuits and dis-
requisite: MATH 110 (Co-requisite), PHYS 207 crete electronic components to design practi-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 316
(Co-requisite) and EE 235 (Co-requisite). cal analog circuits for day-to day industry use.
Fiber Optics Lab
3 semester hours Pre-requisite: EE 236, EE 348. Co-requisite: EE
Hands-on experience with fiber optic hard-
348.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 234 ware: Fiber properties, sources, detectors,
3 semester hours
Network Analysis II splices, connectors. Design and test fiber
Transient analysis of 1-pole and 2-pole circuits optic transmitter and receiver circuits for both ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 338
using differential equations and Laplace trans- analog and digital transmission. The experi- Analog Electronics Lab II
forms. Fourier series derivation and applica- ments are related to optical fiber properties, This course focuses on designing of BJT’s and
tion to electric circuits. Comparison of Fourier losses, sources, detectors, splices, connectors, FET’s amplifiers. Students focus on design
transform to Laplace transform. Pre-requisite: measuring the speed of the opto-electronic parameters such as gain, frequency response
EE 233, MATH 112. Co-requisite: Electrical devices, design and test of fiber optic transmit- and matching impedance. Students develop
Engineering 209 and 236. ter and receiver circuits for both analog and in-depth understanding of theory of electronic
2 semester hours digital transmission, and design of a complete devices and circuits through practical experi-
system. Pre-requisite: EE 210 and EE 234. ments. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 103. Co-requi-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 235
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours site: Electrical Engineering 337.
Network Analysis I Lab
3 semester hours
Use of resistor networks and DC voltage sourc- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 317
es in various configurations; measurements of Controls ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 341
current flow and voltage difference. Introduc- At the end of this course, students will be Field Theory
tion to RLC circuits in steady AC conditions. able to: Derive the models for basic physical The course covers fundamental concepts of
Familiarization with standard laboratory in- systems. Analyze the steady-state and transient RF circuit design. Students will learn circuit
struments. Pre-requisite: EE 233. Co-requisite: behavior of basic feedback systems. Determine level design of high speed analog/RF circuits.
EE233. stability and performance of feedback systems Specific topics include impact of scaling and
1 three-hour laboratory, 1 semester hour using time-domain and frequency domain noise in high-speed communication circuits,
analysis methods. Design PID and lead-lag low noise amplifiers, mixers, power amplifiers

218
Electrical Engineering • English

and frequency synthesizers. Senior Status (90+ credits towards BSEE) plus Independent Study in Electrical Engineering
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours EE 364, or EE333, or EE 348. Independent study of advanced topics in
2 semester hours Electrical Engineering. Problem assignment to
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 342
Modern Communications ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 349B
be arranged with and approved by the depart-
ELEG 342 is a 3-credit first course on com- Senior Design Project ment.
munications within the Electrical Engineer- Continuation of Design Project. Prerequisites: 3 semester hours
ing program. The objective of the course is EE 349A.
to familiarize undergraduate students to the
fundamentals of modern digital and analog
2 semester hours English
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 350
communications systems. Pre-requisite: EE Courses designated ENGLISH fall under three
Communications Lab
333 (Co-requisite), MATH 323 (Co-requisite), categories: Composition and Communications,
Hands-on experience with digital and analog
MATH 112, ELEG 209. Creative Writing, and Language and Literature.
communication equipment, AM, FM and digi-
3 semester hours Creative Writing courses are open to any
tal modulation techniques. Design and test of
undergraduate student and literature courses
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 344 optimal configuration. Measurement of perfor-
fulfill Humanities credit in General Education.
Power Electronics mance parameters in the presence of thermal
Application of power diodes and power noise. Pre-requisite: ELEG 236, EE 210, EE 234,
transistors in rectifier arrangements and volt- EE 342. Co-requisite: EE 342. Composition
age regulators. Properties and application in 3 Semester hours
power converters, inverters and motor drives. ENGLISH 100
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 361 Introduction to College Writing
Pre-requisite: EE 348, EE 337.
Controls Lab Techniques of composition, including sen-
3 semester hours
Laboratory study of feedback control systems tence structure, paragraph development, and
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 346 with experiments analyzing different types of organization of the full essay with regular
Fundamentals of MEMS (Microelectromechanical plants, transducers and control techniques; written assignments. Additional emphasis on
Systems) emphasis on real-time computer control. Pre- fundamentals to assist students with weak
MEMS (Microelectromechanical Systems) requisite: ELEG 236, EE 317 (Co-requisite), backgrounds. A grade of C- or better admits
refers to devices and system with extremely MATH 112 (Co-requisite). students to ENGL 101. Students who receive a
small size in the range of microns. It is one of 3 semester hours grade of D+ or below must repeat ENGL 100.
the most important high technologies devel- Students who have a grade of A or B at the
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 364
oped in 20th century. MEMS and nanotechnol- end of the semester may take the final exam
Programmable Logic Control
ogy are believed to trigger the next wave of for ENGL 101. If they score an A or B on that
This course will start with the basics of
technology revolution. This course covers the examination and have the recommendation
Boolean Algebra; it will cite the differences
fundamentals of MEMS technology. The top- of their ENGL 100 instructor, they may waive
between PLC control and relay control and
ics include MEMS materials, MEMS fabrication ENGL 101.
full automation of major machines and appli-
techniques, MEMS structure analysis, MEMS Offered: Every Semester
ances; the differences in these controls will
sensing and actuation techniques, MEMS ap- 3 semester hours
show how hard relay control is to implement
plications (inertial MEMS, MOEMS, BioMEMS,
and how flexible PLC control actually is; many ENGLISH 100A
RFMEMS), signal sensing techniques for
different math functions will be analyzed and Basic Composition Intensive
MEMS, MEMS packaging and reliability, etc.
implemented in the theoretical construction of This course includes a writing lab component
Pre-requisite: Senior status (90+ credits)
fully functioning PLC. Pre-requisite: EE 348, to assist students with weak backgrounds in
3 semester hours
CPE 315 (Co-requisite). writing. Techniques of composition, including
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 348 3 semester hours sentence structure, paragraph development,
Electronics organization of the full essay, with regular
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 383
Application of diodes, bipolar transistors (BJT) written assignments. A grade of C- or better
Analog Intg Ckt Desn
and field effect transistors (FET) to signal am- admits students to ENGL 101. Students who
Do a complete analysis of the 741 op-amp,
plification and switching. Computer Simula- receive a grade of D+ or below must repeat
including bandwidth, gain analysis, slew rate,
tion. Pre-requisite: EE 234, EE 235. ENGL 100. Students who have a grade of A
power efficiency and I/O impedances. Ana-
3 semester hours; 3 semester hours or B at the end of the semester may take the
lyze ROM, Ram, TTL, ECL, CMOS and more
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 349A modern logic structures including Fanout, final exam for ENGL 101. If they score an A or
Senior Design Project noise margin, latching, contention, logic and B on that examination and have the recom-
Student work for approximately 150 hours delay response. Pre-requisite: Electrical Engi- mendation of their ENGL 100 instructor, they
performing research work within the depart- neering 348. may waive ENGL 101.
ment of Electrical Engineering. Emphasis is on 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
good technical writing and imaginative design ENGLISH 100E
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 399
of solutions to a given problem. Prerequisites:

219
English

English Communication Skills oral communication skills. Students will study the course is mainly writing and discussing of
English Communication Skills is designed to the processes and nuances of everyday public student poems.
help students with emerging English proficiency address; learn strategies to speak effectively Offered: Every two years
develop and improve the listening and speak- and comfortably to different audiences, and 3 semester hours
ing skills in English necessary to communicate practice techniques to communicate effectively
ENGLISH 217
successfully in diverse situations, especially in public and professional settings and in both
Creative Nonfiction
academic ones. The successful students will in-person and digital environments.
This course will help students to write both
be able to demonstrate proficiency in spoken 3 semester hours personal and impersonal nonfiction as exciting
English, with emphasis on pronunciation and ENGLISH 202 and interesting as fiction, by taking research
fluency; express themselves orally in English Professional Writing and turning it into story. Students learn the
about topics in their academic discipline in Essay writing, with a stylistic approach and a art of telling stories to communicate ideas and
formal and informal presentations, participate concern for accuracy in presenting or explain- facts to other professionals and general audi-
in group discussions and other authentic ing ideas in an orderly, logical manner. Em- ences. Writing assignments include review,
academic environments. This course does not phasis on improved clarity and effectiveness, immersion pieces, profiles, research narratives,
emphasize writing skills and may be taken through careful revision in written reports and and interdisdiplinary blending of modes.
concurrently with English 100 or English 100I. assigned papers, especially those pertaining Prerequisite: ENGL 101
3 semester hours to the student’s major field. This course is 3 semester hours
ENGLISH 100I required for Business majors and emphasizes
ENGLISH 218
Developmental English professional writing. Prerequisite: English 101.
Offered: Every Semester Autobiographical Writing
For those students, especially non-native
This course focuses on the use of personal
speakers, who need academic preparation 3 semester hours
experience and history as the basis for literary
before studying in English. This course pro-
ENGLISH 204 pieces such as travel, memoir, and epistolary
vides focused, individualized work on special
Technical Writing for Computer Engineers writing. Students learn how to process their
problems in using English fundamentals, oral/
A workshop course that covers the following experiences through writing.
aural problems, reading and oral comprehen-
topics: lab reports, engineering memos, tech- Offered: Every two years
sion, English patterning and structures, leading
nical business plans, scientific/engineering 3 semester hours
to the production of short written works. Stu-
grant proposals, patent applications, technical
dents receiving a grade of D+ or below must ENGLISH 219
papers, user manuals of product/software, and
take ENGL 100 before moving into ENGL 101.
final engineering project reports. Prerequisite: Dramatic Writing
Offered: Every Semester An introduction to playwriting and screenwrit-
English 101.
3 semester hours Offered: Every Semester ing, where students explore the fundamentals
of character, action, conflict, and structure
ENGLISH 101 1 semester hour
through writing exercises. Students continu-
Academic Writing
ously revise their work, hear it read aloud, and
English 101 introduces students to the tech-
niques for clear and effective college-level writ- Creative Writing critique the work of their peers. Through the
work consists primarily of writing, students
ing. The goal will be to improve writing ability
ENGLISH 201 also analyze the dramatic structure of both
and to sharpen reading and critical thinking
Fiction Writing new and classic plays. The class culminates in
skills. This course focuses on the best ways to
Extensive writing in short fiction. Progression each student writing a one-act play.
approach different types of college writing as-
from simple narrative, basic character descrip- Prerequisite: ENGL 101
signments. Students will study and practice the
tion, dialogue and scene writing to vignette, 3 semester hours
fundamentals of academic discourse, including
short-short and short story. Marketing advice.
essay organization and development, analysis, ENGLISH 227
Specific emphasis varies with instructor. De-
research techniques, documentation, and criti- Writing for Social Media
signed for the undergraduate who writes well
cal evaluation of academic writing. Grammar Social media play an increasingly important
but needs practice, direction, motivation.
and word mechanics will also be reviewed to role in the way communities, businesses, and
Offered: Every two years
ensure that students communicate successfully individuals share information. This course in-
3 semester hours troduces students to the fundamentals of how
in various tasks. English 101 fulfills the General
Education credit for academic writing. ENGLISH 205 to compose content for a variety of media
Offered: Every Semester Poetry Writing platforms. Students will maintain and add con-
3 semester hours For students with a demonstrated basic ability tent to a website of their own design, updat-
in the writing of poetry. Introduction to the ing it with periodic blog entries, PowerPoint
ENGLISH 120
techniques of poetry, covering such elements presentations, white papers and e-books,
Public Communications podcasts, videos, and other media. Students
as meter, rhyme, image patterns, stanza forms,
Public Communications introduces students will study both the technical skills they will
lyric, dramatic, narrative modes, blank verse,
to the principles underlying effective com- need to produce this media as well as strate-
and free verse. Some history of poetic move-
munication and helps students develop strong gies for writing effectively and professionally
ments. Study of contemporary poetry. Work in

220
English

in electronic formats. fiction genre, covering such aspects as the his- from the Early Modern period. Selections are
Prerequisite: ENGL 101 tory of science fiction; treatment of character, drawn from the Bhagavad Gita, Gilgamesh,
3 semester hours plot, heroes, style, theme; impact on society; the Bible, Homer, Greek tragedy and comedy,
role of science and space flight; ecological and Plato, Virgil, Dante, Cervantes, and others.
ENGLISH 308
mystical concerns. Authors read and discussed Prerequisite: ENGL 101
Advanced Creative Writing
range from Hawthorne and Poe, Wells and 3 semester hours
Seminar workshop: Considerable attention
Verne to Asimov, Heinlein, Bradbury, Clark,
to the creative desires of individual students. ENGLISH 213
and Vonnegut. Co-requisite: ENGL 101
Student may choose to write poetry, short sto- Contemporary Drama
3 semester hours
ries, sections of novels, drama. Emphasis on Dramatic works by British and American au-
completed manuscripts, potential publication, ENGLISH 197 thors as well as works in translation primarily
individual explorations of form and content. Masterpieces of English Literature since World War II. Emphasis will be upon
Prerequisite: English 201, 205, 217, 218, 219, An attempt to get some feeling for and plea- how to read a play, the difference between
or the permission of the instruction which is sure from the development and continuity of technical appeal and meaning, and similar
given only upon presentation of an acceptable English literature. Readings and discussions of fundamentals for reading drama for maximum
piece of creative writing done by the student. selected major works by major authors such understanding. The work of playwrights such
Offered: Every two years as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Blake, as Williams, Albee, Pinter, Behan, Ionesco,
3 semester hours Wordsworth, Dickens, Tennyson, and Law- Handke, Beckett and Shepard will typically be
rence. Co-requisite: ENGL 101 included. Co-requisite: ENGL 101
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Literature
ENGLISH 207 ENGLISH 215
ENGLISH 102 American Literature I Thematic Studies in Literature
Introduction to Literature A survey of the major literary movements and Introductory studies of literature in relation to
A writing intensive course that uses representa- their cultural contexts from the writings of the major areas of concern in contemporary life.
tive examples of poetry, drama, and fiction to first settlers to the establishment of a uniquely Courses will vary from semester to semester.
develop one’s ability to analyze and appreciate American literature in the mid-nineteenth cen- Topics included are Health and Medicine, Law
literature. Co-requisite: ENGL 101 tury. Prerequisite: ENGL 101 and Justice, Murder, Madness, Espionage, and
3 semester hours 3 semester hours Fairytales. Co-requisite: ENGL 101
3 semester hours
ENGLISH 110 ENGLISH 208
Major Figures in Literature American Literature II ENGLISH 216
This course is offered in three one-credit sec- A survey of the literature of transition from an Introduction to Poetry
tions, each section dealing with representative era of traditional and idealized values to one By reading, discussing, and writing about a va-
works of a major writer, and lasting one-third of realist and relativist perceptions, covering riety of English and American poems, students
of a semester. Students may register for one or the period from the Civil War to World War II. will develop their ability to read, understand,
more sections. Usually the writers are related Prerequisite: ENGL 101 and enjoy poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 101
by either period or genre, as in the case of 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Henrik Ibsen, George Bernard Shaw, and An- ENGLISH 209 ENGLISH 220
ton Chekhov, or Jack Kerouac, Henry Miller, British Literature I Literature of Travel and Adventure
and Sylvia Plath. Co-requisite: ENGL 101 A survey of British literature from the begin- This course focuses on fiction and non-fiction
3 semester hours nings to the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: works of travel and adventure in literature
ENGLISH 105A ENGL 101 from the ancient Greeks to today. The course
Introduction to Drama 3 semester hours explores the various styles, themes, and pur-
Introductory study of drama. Readings are poses of travel and adventure writing; how
ENGLISH 210
drawn from a variety of genres and literary locations, encounters, and beliefs influence
British Literature II
periods. Co-requisite: ENGL 101 individual works; and how travel literature af-
A survey of British literature from the eigh-
3 semester hours fects and shapes its audience.
teenth century through the twentieth century.
Offered: Every two years
ENGLISH 105B Prerequisite: ENGL 101
3 semester hours
Introduction to Fiction 3 semester hours
Introductory study of fiction. Readings include ENGLISH 212
ENGLISH 223
short stories and several novels. Co-requisite: Masterpieces of World Literature Modern African-American Literature
ENGL 101 An introduction to some of the core texts from Study of the fiction, drama, poetry, and essays
3 semester hours the East and West, reflecting ancient, clas- of such significant black writers as Richard
sical, and medieval traditions of great world Wright, James Baldwin, Ralph Ellison, Lorraine
ENGLISH 180
Hansberry, Arna Bontemps, Malcolm X, and
Science Fiction cultures, ending with one or two masterpieces
Toni Morrison. Co-requisite: ENGL 101
Study of the science fiction and speculative

221
English • eSports

3 semester hours Understanding English Grammar Quest; Literature of Revolt. Prerequisite: ENGL
This course is intended for anyone who is 101
ENGLISH 228
interested in understanding English, but par- 3 semester hours
Immigrant and Indigenous Stories
ticularly for those intending to teach English ENGLISH 397
This course examines the literature of Ameri-
at the secondary level. It takes a structural ap- Thesis
ca’s minority groups, with particular focus on
proach to English grammar, focusing on ten The undergraduate English thesis course is an
writing from the twentieth and twenty-first
descriptive sentence patterns and classifying independent study designed for majors with
centuries. The course inquires into the origin
works based on English usage. Prerequisite: Literature concentrations. Under the guidance
of cultural self-identification and addresses is-
ENGL 101 of a faculty member, the student will develop
sues of race and ethnicity in America, drawing
3 semester hours a research plan leading to a thesis in his or her
upon significant literature written by represen-
tatives of such groups as Native Americans, ENGLISH 325 area of interest. Requires prior approval of the
Jewish Americans, Asian Americans, African Contemporary Poetry department head. Prerequisite: ENGL 101
Americans, Hispanic Americans, and other Lectures and discussion concerning such 3 semester hours
diaspora groups. movements as Modernism, Imagism, and ENGLISH 398
Offered: Every two years Feminism in 20th century poetry. Can involve Internship
3 semester hours examination of non-Western poetry. Topics Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an
vary from year to year as the English faculty organization related to career goals. Prerequi-
ENGLISH 233
may direct. Prerequisite: ENGL 101 site: Permission of advisor and dean.
The Roots of Modern Culture 3 semester hours
Topics and themes important to the under- 1-6 semester hours
standing of the origin and development of ENGLISH 330
ENGLISH 399
modern Western society and culture. Subjects Studies in 19th Century American Literature Independent Studies
such as industrialism, the growth of the city, A variable content course covering the close For the student who wishes to specialize in
class conflict, the emergence of new values study of individual authors (Hawthorne, Mel- advanced projects not covered by the regular
and expectations, the importance of war, and ville, Poe, Twain, Emerson) and major liter- course offerings. Individual or small group
the role of minorities are explored in a variety ary movements of the century (Romanticism, conferences with designated advisor. Prereq-
of literary and historical texts. Prerequisite: Naturalism, Realism). Prerequisite: ENGL 101 uisite: Permission of dean.
ENGL 101 3 semester hours 1-6 semester hours
(Cross-listed as History 233) ENGLISH 332
3 semester hours Studies in 20th Century American Literature
ENGLISH 252 A variable content course covering such major eSports
Women in Literature novelists and poets as Fitzgerald, Heming-
ESPT 220
The course explores literary and gender stud- way, Faulkner, Dos Passos, Wright, Updike,
Intro to eSports
ies, including stereotypes, myths and realities Morrison, Eliot, Frost, and Stevens, as well as
This course introduces students to the funda-
in the way women are viewed in literature. contemporary fiction and poetry. Prerequisite:
mental concepts of today’s eSports industry.
Authors include: D.H. Kate Chopin, Henrik ENGL 101
Students will learn about industry best prac-
Ibsen, Virginia Woolf, Edith Wharton, and Mar- 3 semester hours
tices by examining eSport case studies, reading
garet Atwood. Co-requisite: ENGL 101 ENGLISH 357 and videos. Students explore financial, legal
3 semester hours Studies in the Novel & ethical, marketing, and operational issues
ENGLISH 305 A variable content course covering major fig- surrounding the eSports industry. Finally, stu-
Shakespeare at the Movies ures and movements in the development of dents explore career opportunities in eSports
This class focuses on the structure, language, the novel from the 18th Century to the pres- management.
genre and dramatic form of five of Shake- ent. The authors studied are primarily, but 3 semester hours
speare’s plays in the chronological order in not exclusively, North American and British.
ESPT 305
which he wrote them for the stage. The course Prerequisite: ENGL 101
Gaming Hardware & Software
centers on close readings of the plays and 3 semester hours
This course is an overview of video game tech-
critical engagement with the issues they raise, ENGLISH 395 nology. Topics will cover the roles and tasks
putting them in their historical context as well Topics in Literature of different hardware components found in a
as our own. We will also look at the plays in This course is designed for students with a video game console and the software pack-
relation to the social and political tensions of general understanding of the Humanities and ages that comprise the video game develop-
Shakespeare’s time. Film performances are a general understanding of literature. The ment process. Not to be taken by electrical
viewed to enhance the engagement with and class concentrates on one general topic and engineering, computer engineering, computer
understanding of the written plays. explores this topic through a variety of literary science, or cybersecurity and networks majors.
Prerequisite: ENGL 101 outlets. Recent topics have been Confession; 3 semester hours
3 semester hours Transcendentalism; Literature of Early Ameri-
ESPT 315
ENGLISH 322 can Republic; Literature and Psychology; the

222
Fashion Merchandising • Finance

eSports Business CAD system used to create silhouettes, color, Students select a faces of the fashion that they
This course provides an in-depth examination fabrics, and manipulate images that interface are interested in research in depth. Students
of the Business of eSports. Topics included with PDM. A trip to the NYC Fashion Markets present a ten to 15 page paper to supervising
but not limited to, the overall structure and is required. instructor and students Prerequisite: Permis-
governance of esports. Students will examine 3 semester hours sion of the Director and Advisor. Seniors only.
how esports leagues, teams and events are Offered: Alternating semesters annually 1-3 semester hours
structured around the world as well as differ- Offered: Alternating semesters annually
FASHION MERCHANDISING 107
ent levels of governance and policies that are
HOME FURNISHINGS FASHION MERCHANDISING 303
used to oversee esports.
The importance of home furnishing in the History of Costume
3 semester hours
marketplace has expanded as new stores dedi- An introduction to the development of clothing
ESPT 320 cated to home goods have opened and depart- and period dress.
eSports Broadcasting ment stores have enlarged their home good Includes clothing designs and fabrications
In this course, the student will learn the fun- departments. This course presents a compre- from Mesopotamia, Greek, Roman, Byzantine,
damentals of various components of esports hensive coverage of the materials and prod- the 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th and 16th Century,
media such as writing strategies for broadcast, ucts used in home furnishings in the global Renaissance, 17th Century Baroque, 18th, 19th
active voice, internet streaming, shooting on market, and gives our students an opportunity Century through modern dress. A portfolio
location, anchoring, play-by-play, and produc- to focus on the merchandising and marketing of historical and modern day adaptations of
tion of the various forms of esports media. Ad- of these products in retail stores today. clothing is required. Prerequisite: FM101
ditionally, the student will examine economic, 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
ethical, gender, and race issues in esports me- Offered: Alternating year Offered: Alternating semesters annually
dia. This experiential course offers the student
FASHION MERCHANDISING 108 FASHION MERCHANDISING 398
an opportunity to apply knowledge and skills
Product Knowledge–Fashion Accessories Internship Experience
to esports production activities on campus.
In-depth studies of fashion accessories and A full semester of part-time internship experi-
3 semester hours
non-woven consumer products designed to ence at a Fashion focused organization outside
ESPT 325 give students a realistic appreciation of quality of the University. Students may select to intern
Contemporary Issues in eSports choices in merchandise selection, in perfor- with a retailer, a textile supplier, a fashion pub-
This course examines the current issues mance standards, and consumer care. Spe- lication, or a showroom. Generally Corporate
confronting esports, including topics relating cifically, the course emphasizes raw materials: internships during the academic term are one
esports business and performance, among leather, plastic, rubber, fur, precious metals, or two days a week. Students need to com-
others. Students will be able to critically exam- precious and semi-precious stones and prod- plete a minimum of 120 hours of professional
ine current issues facing the esports industry ucts: shoes, hand-bags, luggage, gloves, furs, experience to receive credit for their experi-
through readings, assignments, discussion and fine jewelry, cosmetics, and fashion acces- ence. Students submit a fifteen page paper
projects. sories. Course requires that students research describing the organization in detail, the role
3 semester hours and prepare portfolios of fashion accessories their internship position contributed to the or-
from historic and current fashion periods. Stu- ganization, a description of their specific job,
dents design and create some accessory items and how their job was related to their field
for the current marketplace. of study. Students describe the strengths and
Fashion Merchandising 3 semester hours weaknesses of the organization as they per-
Offered: Alternating semesters annually ceive them and suggest areas of improvement.
FASHION MERCHANDISING 101 Juniors and Seniors only
Fashion Fundamentals FASHION MERCHANDISING 270
1-3 semester hours
The course includes an overview of the fash- Fashion Show
Offered: Every Semesters
ion industry; the changing world of fashion, A practical study of the techniques for Fash-
history of retailing, the producers of fashion, ion Show production. The ultimate result is FASHION MERCHANDISING 399
global fashion markets, influential design- a fashion show presentation showing current Independent Study (3 credits Seniors only)
ers, and the auxiliary levels of fashion. This styles from the New York and local fashion Student selects a fashion related subject to
course also explores careers in fashion, and markets. Course includes planning, budgeting, study in depth. Then presents a paper to their
the most up-to-date computer technology. organizing, writing commentaries, promoting, faculty advisor and other students.
Students learn to use the basic technology to choosing fashions, staging and reviewing for 1-3 semester hours
perform merchandising activities for manufac- the final show.
3 semester hour
tures, contractors, and retailers. This course
uses PDM (Product Data Management) and Offered: Alternating semesters annually Finance
Micrografx designer applications. PDM is the FASHION MERCHANDISING OR RETAILING 299 FINANCE 209
standard for the industry and Micrografx is a Independent Study in Fashion Merchandising or Financial Management
Retailing Techniques. Fundamental tools of analysis for the financial
management of the firm. Sources and uses of

223
First Year Seminar • French • Geology • Gerontology

funds analysis for capital budgeting and work- FINANCE 368 included in each lesson giving the students ad-
ing capital management. Prerequisites: ECON Financial Derivaties & Risk Management ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu-
201 and 202, CAIS 102; junior or senior status. This course covers financial derivatives such lary and grammar in a classroom conversation.
3 semester hours as forward contracts, futures contracts, op- This is a course for students with little or no
tions and swaps. A derivative is a financial knowledge of French language.
FINANCE 309
instrument that is derived from an underlying 3 semester hours
Financial Management
asset’ value. The underlying asset can be com-
Fundamental tools of analysis for the financial FRENCH 102
modities, equities, bonds, foreign exchange,
management of the firm. Sources and uses of Elementary French II
or stock indices. These derivatives can not
funds analysis for capital budgeting and work- This course builds on the foundations laid in
only be used for speculation and arbitrage,
ing capital management. Prerequisites: ECON French 101 and continues to introduce students
but more importantly, can also be used for
201 and 202, CAIS 102; junior or senior status. to French language and culture. Skills in speak-
risk management. By the end of this course
3 semester hours ing, listening, reading, and writing are further
students will have a good knowledge of how
developed. Cultural readings and videos are
FINANCE 321 these derivatives work, how they are used, and
included in each lesson giving students addi-
Investment Principles how they are priced. Prerequisite: FIN 309.
tional opportunities to utilize target vocabulary
Provides the student with the tools necessary 3 semester hours
and grammar in a classroom conversation. By
for evaluating investments, including stocks, Offered: Spring only
the end of this course students are expected
bonds, options and commodities. Addition-
FINANCE 380 to reach a beginner level of French language
ally, it presents a systematic methodology for
Multinational Finance proficiency and should be able to understand/
constructing efficient portfolios and evaluating
The course concerns the international dimen- identify familiar vocabulary and conversation
portfolio performance. Prerequisite: FIN 309;
sions of corporate finance. The goal of the topics; engage in a conversation in a target
junior or senior status.
course is to equip students with the tools to language on a familiar topic; express opinions/
3 semester hours
deal with some of the major environmental feelings about a familiar topic; read and com-
Offered: Spring/Fall only
and decision-making problems relating to prehend short simple texts; write short simple
FINANCE 345 corporate overseas finance and investments. sentences. Prerequisite: French 101.
Management of Financial Institutions Prerequisites: FIN 309; junior or senior status. 3 semester hours
Financial management concepts and tech- 3 semester hours
FRENCH 103
niques for the managerial problems of de- Offered: Spring/Fall Only
Intermediate French I
pository institutions. Includes traditional bank
This course builds on the foundations laid
management concerns and those resulting
from the changing economic environment. First Year Seminar in French 101 and French 102 and provides
an opportunity to improve French language
Prerequisites: ECON 301; FIN 309; junior or
FIRST YEAR SEMINAR 101 proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills
senior status.
First Year Seminar in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
3 semester hours
First Year Seminar orients students to the Uni- are further developed. Cultural readings and
Offered: Spring/Fall only videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
versity of Bridgeport’s academic culture and
resources, guiding them in their transition to dents additional opportunities to utilize target
FINANCE 365 college life. The purpose of the course is to vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
Advanced Financial Management equip students with the knowledge and skills versation. Prerequisite: French 102.
General survey of financial theories, from the that will allow them to identify and meet their 3 semester hours
viewpoint of both the financial officer or man- higher education goals. Learning outcomes FRENCH 104
ager and creditor or stockholder. Prerequisites: for the course include communication skills, Intermediate French II
FIN 309 and FIN 321; junior or senior status. critical reasoning, information literacy and de- This course builds on the foundations laid
3 semester hours gree planning. Co-curricular programs include in French 103. Skills in speaking, listening,
Offered: Spring/Fall only first-year-student-wide film screenings, guest reading, and writing are further developed.
speakers, discussions, and social events. Cultural readings and videos are included in
FINANCE 366
3 semester hours each lesson giving students additional op-
Cases in Finance
Application of financial theories to solve real portunities to utilize target vocabulary and
world problems in Finance. Case studies in- French grammar in a classroom conversation. By the
end of this course the students are expected to
volving financing and investment decisions,
mergers and acquisitions, financial restructur- FRENCH 101 reach an intermediate level of French language
ing, dividend policies, and risk management; Elementary French I proficiency and should be able to understand/
how these issues relate to the overall strategic In this course students are introduced to the identify a range of vocabulary items and topics;
objectives of the firm. Prerequisites: FIN 309; French language and culture. Basic skills in engage in a conversation in a target language
junior or senior status. speaking, listening, reading, and writing are on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings
3 semester hours developed. Cultural readings and videos are about a range of topics; read and comprehend
medium length texts; write medium complex-

224
Health Sciences

ity sentences. Prerequisite: French 103. ogy 101. This course provides an overview of global
3 semester hours 3 semester hours public health policy with the primary focus
to engage and inspire students about the op-
GERONTOLOGY 351
portunities and challenges of global health.
Geology Social Gerontology
This course is divided into four sections: 1.
This course deals with societal aspects of ag-
Principles, measurement, goals, and develop-
GEOLOGY 205 ing and focuses upon socio-cultural factors
ment of global health. 2. Cross-cutting themes
Environmental Geology that contribute to patterns of aging in the USA.
in global health 3. The burden and distribution
The application of geology to problems arising Topics covered include the cultural meaning
of disease and mortality 4. Global health gov-
out of the interaction of man and the planet. of aging; the socialization process of aging; the
ernance and cooperation.
Topics include natural resources and conser- population dimension of aging; human ecol-
3 semester hours
vation, geothermal energy; geological hazards ogy of the aged; social stratification among the
such as earthquakes, volcano, floods, mass aged; deviance and crime among the aged; HEALTH SCIENCE 230
movement and subsidence; and geology and social power of the aged; and social change Fundamentals of Nutrition
regional planning; field trips. Recommended: and the aged. Prerequisites: Human Services The fundamentals of normal and therapeutic
a course in laboratory science 101 or Sociology 101. nutrition are presented. Attention is focused
2 lecture periods; 1 two-hour laboratory 3 semester hours on the promotion of health, prevention of
period; 3 semester hours illness and the restoration of health following
illness for injury. This course includes a self
Health Sciences analysis of the participant’s diet.
Gerontology Offered: Spring/Fall only
HEALTH SCIENCES 101
3 semester hours
GERONTOLOGY 101 Seminar in Healthcare Professions
Introduction to Gerontology This seminar course provides the health sci- HEALTH SCIENCE 240
An interdisciplinary overview of the implica- ences student with an overview of a variety Theory and Practice of Community Health
tions of aging in American society. This course of healthcare professions and professionals. Education
is designed to acquaint the student who is Daily activities and responsibilities, scope of An introductory course that will provide stu-
contemplating a career in gerontology, with practice, training, credentialing and philoso- dents with the historical, philosophical and
the physical, psychological, social, economic phy of practice are explored for various health theoretical principles that govern the develop-
and cultural dimensions of the total experience professionals (i.e., medical, osteopathic, natu- ment of health education. Health promotion,
of growing older. ropathic, chiropractic, dental and veterinary the role of the health educator in clinical,
3 semester hours physicians, acupuncture, physician assistant, community and school systems will be em-
nurse practitioner, physical therapy, medical phasized, Ethical issues, careers, organizations
GERONTOLOGY 276
technologist, dental hygiene, health education, and future trends in the profession will also be
MH Work w/Aged etc.) examined.
This course provides an overview of the key Offered: Spring/Fall only Offered: Spring/Fall only
ingredients necessary for a successful old age,
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
with an emphasis on mental health needs of
older persons. Common emotional problems HEALTH SCIENCES 102 HEALTH SCIENCES 250
facing older persons are considered. Both Current Topics in Health Sciences Intro to Community Health Education
functional and organic brain disorders, the This required health science seminar course is This is an introductory course on public health
major mental disorders of late life are also designed to engage students in open discus- principles and the current delivery systems in
discussed. The course will review a variety of sions and debate of current topics impacting the US. It introduces the major areas of public
treatment principles and skills supportive of the health professions health, epidemiology, health care manage-
positive mental health among the elderly. Pre- Offered: Spring/Fall only ment, environmental and social behavioral
requisite: Gerontology 101 or Mental Health 1 semester hour health, health informatics. Current problems
101. and alternative solutions will also be exam-
HEALTH SCIENCES 201
3 semester hours ined.
Medical Terminology Offered: Spring/Fall only
GERONTOLOGY 331 This course introduces concepts and terms that
3 semester hours
Process of Living and Dying are used within the health sciences and related
HEALTH SCIENCES 255
A seminar based on the premise that death and fields.
dying are closely related to life and living. This Offered: Spring/Fall only Community Health Planning and Evaluation
course explores the processes of death and Students will be provided with an overall pro-
1 semester hour
dying, its effect on family members, cultural cess of planning and evaluating community
HEALTH SCIENCE 210 health education programs as they relate to
attitudes toward death, and various profes-
Global Public Health defined populations in a variety of setting.
sional and paraprofessional roles available to
deal with these issues. Prerequisite: Gerontol- Emphasis is placed on impact assessment,
program design, and efficiency measurement.

225
Health Sciences

Offered: Spring/Fall only HEALTH SCIENCES 321 3 semester hours

3 semester hours Exercise Science Anatomy & Physiology
This course focuses on anatomy and physiol- HEALTH SCIENCES 327
HEALTH SCIENCES 260
ogy from the perspective of an exercise sci- Grant Proposal Writing
Intro to Exercise Science
entist. Nervous, skeletal and muscular systems This course provides the student with an over-
This course presents an overview of the field
are studied as primary functional systems in view of the grant writing process as it relates
of Exercise Science, including its development,
the context of exercise and performance. Car- to health-related programs, research, and clini-
professional activities and sub-disciplines.
diovascular, respiratory and urinary systems cal practice. Emphasis will be placed on skills
Offered: Spring/Fall only
are studied as primary support systems in the needed to become an effective grant writer
3 semester hours
context of exercise and performance. Other and how to manage budget allocations, and
HEALTH SCIENCES 270 systems are studied as secondary support the role of collaboration with stakeholders and
Nutrition and Disease systems. This course is intended to replace other grant-seeking agencies.
This course focuses on nutrient and non-nu- general anatomy and physiology for students 3 semester hours
trient driven pathophysiological mechanisms on the Exercise and Fitness track. A one credit
HEALTH SCIENCES 330
that serve as the basis for disease. Prerequisite: laboratory component is also included.
Health Care Administration
Biology 102. Offered: Spring only
This course is designed to familiarize the stu-
3 semester hours 4 semester hours dent with the administrative concepts neces-
HEALTH SCIENCES 280 HEALTH SCIENCES 323 sary to effectively administer health facilities
Community Health Promotion Food Service Management and departments. Emphasis is placed on lead-
This course is designed to provide students The basic principles of microbiology, sanita- ership, decision making and problem solving
with an overall understanding of principles tion, safety, equipment selection, and facility skills. Prerequisite: Health Sciences 250.
and theories of health promotion as it relates layout for a food service operation are ex- Offered: Spring only
to defined populations in a variety of settings. plored, including environmental control and 3 semester hour
Offered: Spring only the prevention of food-borne illnesses, clean-
HEALTH SCIENCES 331
3 semester hours ing materials and procedures, general safety
Kinesiology
regulations, food processing methods, first aid,
HEALTH SCIENCES 299 Functional human anatomy focusing on
and fire prevention. Prerequisites: Health Sci-
Independent Study skeletal muscle origin, insertion, and action
ences 230 or Nutrition 205.
1-6 semester hours are the focus of this course. In addition, the
Offered: Fall only
student will develop an understanding and
HEALTH SCIENCES 301 3 semester hours appreciation of fundamental principles that
Biomechanics
HEALTH SCIENCES 325 relate to human movement. The student will
This course provides an introduction to con-
Exercise Physiology develop the ability to functionally analyze
cepts of mechanics as they apply to human
This course examines how muscles make typical movements in principles derived from
movement, particularly those pertaining to
energy under exercise stress and how fitness musculoskeletal anatomy and physiology.
occupational work, exercise, sport, and gen-
behaviors and strategies affect performance, 3 semester hours
eral physical activity. The student will gain an
health and wellness. Emphasis is placed upon HEALTH SCIENCE 335
understanding of mechanical and anatomical
the muscular performance at the cellular/ Health Issues for Special Needs Populations
principles governing human motion and de-
molecular level, as well as cardiovascular, This course introduces students to special
velop the ability to link the structure of the hu-
respiratory, and other physiological processes needs populations, including those who are
man body with its function. The perspectives
that occur as a result of exercise and training. recovering from recent illness or accidents. At-
of rigid body and deformational mechanics
A one credit laboratory component is also tention is given to resources (medical, social,
applied to biological tissues including bone,
included. Pre-requisites: Health Sciences 321 and legal) in the support of these populations.
muscle, and connective tissue will be explored.
or Biology 113 and Chemistry 113, Chemistry 3 semester hours
4 semester hours
114, or Mathematics 106.
HEALTH SCIENCES 320 Offered: Fall only HEALTH SCIENCES 341
Food Sanitation 4 semester hours Strength & Conditioning
The course introduces concepts related to the This course examines the advanced methods
HEALTH SCIENCES 326
production, storage, preparation of food for and techniques associated with the design of
human consumption. Attention is given to dis- Health Policy and Management strength and conditioning programs to en-
ease processes and their relationship to food The influence of policy and management of hance human performance in sport and fitness,
preparation and consumption. Topics covered community health education will be exam- as well as their direct application to athletic
also include the commercial, social, and legal ined. Societal and professional influences competition and performance. Students will
environments of food production and recall of emerging threats on health and health policy study information on the organization and ad-
contaminated food. will be discussed. ministration of facilities, testing and evaluation,
Offered: Spring only Offered: Fall only exercise techniques, training adaptations, and
3 semester hours

226
Health Sciences • History

program design for common high school, col- HEALTH SCIENCES 361 porary topics that pertain to nutrition, foods
legiate, and professional sports. The course is Fitness Assessment and health. Prerequisites: Chemistry 103 and
designed to enhance the students’ current level This course presents practical and theoretical Chemistry 104.
of knowledge in preparation for the National knowledge about the various modes and pro- 3 semester hours
Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) tocols used in graded exercise testing, basic
HEALTH SCIENCES 373
Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist electrocardiography, and exercise prescription
Nutrition Assessment and Communication
(CSCS) certification. Prerequisites: BIOL 113, based on testing results. Practical application
This course focuses on nutrition assessment,
BIOL 114, Health Sciences 321. provides opportunities for students to gain ex-
evaluation, and communication techniques.
3 semester hours perience in performing various physiological
Educational methods, dietary strategies, and
testing procedures as well as various methods
HEALTH SCIENCE 345 nutritional counseling will be covered. Prereq-
of fitness testing. The course focuses on devel-
Comparative Diet Strategies uisites: Psychology 103 and Health Sciences
oping expertise in the preparation of clients
This course explores and compares various 230.
for fitness testing, utilization of various modes
dietary strategies, including low-fat, high- Offered: Spring only
of exercise testing, and test interpretation. The
carbohydrate, high-protein, macronutrient- 4 semester hours
course is designed to enhance the students’
balanced, macrobiotic, high-fiber, vegetarian,
current level of knowledge in preparation HEALTH SCIENCES 374
vegan, Paleolithic, and Mediterranean. The
for the American College of Sports Medicine Food Science
pros and cons of these various approaches are
(ACSM) certified personal trainer exam. Pre- This course focuses on the chemical basis for
discussed, along with the evidence-base that
requisites: BIOL 113, BIOL 114, HSCI 321. human sensory effects exerted by food and its
exists, or does not exists, to support their use.
3 semester hours preparation. Prerequisites: Chemistry 103 and
Prerequisite: Health Sciences 230.
HEALTH SCIENCE 365
Chemistry 104.
Offered: Spring only
Epidemiology for Health Science Professionals 4 semester hours
3 semester hours
The course introduces the study of disease HEALTH SCIENCES 380
HEALTH SCIENCES 350
process, with special attention to transmission, Internship in Nutrition
Community Nutrition containment, and treatment. Topics covered A senior-year supervised field experience,
This course will provide students with the include urban environments, travel, socio- conducted in a University approved setting,
knowledge, skills, tools and evidence-based economic conditions affecting the spread of which is designed to provide the student with
approaches needed by community nutrition- disease, and the like. career related experience in the field of health
ists to promote health and prevent diseases. Offered: Spring/Fall only and nutrition science. Prerequisite: completion
Prerequisites: Health Sciences 230 or Nutrition
3 semester hours of 80 credits.
205.
HEALTH SCIENCES 370
Offered: Spring/Fall only
Offered: Spring only
Clinical Herbology & Botany 3 semester hours
3 semester hour
This course presents a study of the use of HEALTH SCIENCES 381
HEALTH SCIENCES 351
herbs in nutritional practice. Lectures will in- Internship in Exercise & Fitness
Fitness and Wellness Program Development clude the plant sources, mechanism of action, A structured off-campus learning experience
The course examines features of fitness and pharmacological/toxicological properties, and designed to provide senior students with a
wellness program design and development. clinical applications of individual medicinal practical professional experience in Fitness
Disease prevention as a feature of fitness and herbs commonly used for the promotion of and Exercise Science. Prerequisites: Health
wellness is studied in detail, with attention to health. Prerequisites: Health Sciences 230 or Sciences 240, 250, 260, 321 or 325.
social systems and infrastructure. Prerequisites: Nutrition 205. Offered: Spring/Fall only
Health Sciences 321 or Biology 113 and Biol- Offered: Fall only 3 semester hours
ogy 114.
3 semester hours
Offered: Spring/Fall only HEALTH SCIENCE 385
3 semester hours HEALTH SCIENCES 371 Community Health Education Internship
Exercise Nutrition Professional field experience will provide
HEALTH SCIENCES 360
The course examines aspects of sports nutrition students an opportunity to apply previously
Vitamins and Minerals detailing proper dietary and nutritional supple- acquired knowledge and skills in the assess-
Basic and clinical aspects of macronutrients ment protocols for enhancing endurance and ment, planning, implementation, and evalua-
will be discussed with emphasis on vitamin performance during exercise and sport. Pre- tion phases of community health education.
and mineral metabolism at the cellular and requisites: Health Sciences 325, Biology 113, Prerequisites: Health Sciences 240, 250, 255,
tissue level. Lectures will include specific Biology 114, Chemistry 113, Chemistry 114. 260, 280.
functions, requirements, sources, and effects Offered: Fall only Offered: Spring/Fall only
of deficiencies and excesses of vitamins and
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
minerals. Prerequisite: Health Sciences 230.
Offered: Fall only HEALTH SCIENCES 372 HEALTH SCIENCE 386
3 semester hours Special Topics in Nutrition, Foods and Health Health Sciences Research
This seminar-based course focuses on contem- This course provides an introduction to the

227
History

fundamentals of research study design and Present velopment of Empire; life-styles and culture or
methodology in the health sciences. Emphasis The second semester of a historical survey of rural and early industrial society.
will be placed on qualitative and quantitative major world cultures. Because of the nature 3 semester hours
research, mixed-method research, and action of the period studied, additional emphasis on HISTORY 229
research. Students will develop a research pro- political, economic and social developments Modern England
posal in their area of interest. and on the role of science and technology. Study of factors contributing to the world
3 semester hours Offered: Every other semester power status - such as industrialization, co-
HEALTH SCIENCES 387
3 semester hours lonial expansion, parliamentary democracy,
Health Sciences Information Literacy HISTORY 207 foreign policy and armaments. Examination of
This course introduces topics in information American History to 1877 impact of two world wars on national decline;
literacy, including information analysis and European background to discovery and ex- popular culture in 19th and 20th ceturies; the
evaluation, the most important databases in ploration. The English colonies; struggle for Welfare State; status of the Monarchy, the Irish
health care and health sciences fields, and the North America; the Revolution; constitutional enigma; European affiliation and its possibili-
like. Prerequisites: Biology 113, Biology 114, development; growth of democracy; westward ties.
Chemistry 113, Chemistry 114. expansion; sectionalism; Civil War and Recon- 3 semester hours
3 semester hours struction. Major political, social, economic, and HISTORY 230
HEALTH SCIENCES 401
cultural trends in American society through The Civil Rights Movement
Health Sciences Information Literacy Reconstruction. 3 semester hours
This course introduces topics in information Offered: Every other semester
3 semester hours HISTORY 232
literacy, including information analysis and
History of Science
evaluation, the most important databases in HISTORY 208 This course provides a global perspective on
health care and health sciences fields, and the American History Since 1877 the growth of human knowledge by tracing
like. Prerequisites: Biology 113, Biology 114, Gilded Age; industrial development; big the development of science and technology
Chemistry 113, Chemistry 114, Health Sciences business; expansion; imperialism; the U.S. from the beginning of civilization to the pres-
321, Mathematics 203, Mathematics 203B. as a world power; wars and foreign affairs; ent day.
3 semester hours constitutional trends; political developments, 3 semester hours
economic and social trends and problems;
cultural trends. HISTORY 233
History Offered: Every other semester Roots of Modern Culture
3 semester hours Topics and themes important to the under-
HISTORY 100
standing of the origin and development of
Major Figures in World History HISTORY 222 modern Western society and culture. Subjects
This course is offered in three one-semester The Ancient Greeks such as industrialism, the growth of the city,
hour sections, each section dealing with one From pre-Mycenaean times to the Hellenistic class conflict, the emergence of new values
person of historical significance, and lasting period, ending in 146 B.C. Emphasis on institu- and expectations, the importance of war, and
12 class periods. Students may register for one tions, everyday life, ideas, and culture. the role of minorities are explored in a variety
or more sections. Usually the three persons Offered: Every two years of literary and historical texts. (Cross-listed as
are related chronologically or thematically, as 3 semester hours English 233)
in the case of Hitler, Mussolini and Stalin, or Offered: Every two years
Washington, Jefferson and Adams, or Florence HISTORY 223
Ancient Rome 3 semester hours
Nightingale, Emmeline Pankhurst, and Emma
Goldman. From earliest Roman society to the time of HISTORY 240
Offered: Every two years Constantine. Emphasis on institutions of the Latin American History
1 semester hour Roman Republic and Empire and their impact Introductory survey of the people, culture,
on Western Civilization. geography, and history of Latin America. Pe-
HISTORY 101 Offered: Every two years riods include the Pre-columbian civilizations,
World Civilization I to the 17th Century 3 semester hours European empires and colonial expansion,
The first semester of a historical survey of wars of independence and the national period,
world cultures. The development of social, HISTORY 228
Foundation of Modern England with focus on political economy, revolution,
political, economic, and religious institutions social reform, international relations, and the
and the major trends of philosophy, science, Examination of social, economic, political and
cultural resources and events from the English regional influence of science and technology.
literature, and art. 3 semester hours
Offered: Every other semester Renaissance under Henry VIII (1509) to the
3 semester hours Colonial wars under George III (1783). Special HISTORY 299
focus on the Reformation, Civil War, Cromwell Independent Study in History
HISTORY 102 and the Glorious Revolution (1688); early de- Designed for the student who wishes to de-
World Civilization II — 17th Century to the

228
History • Human Services

velop a survey project not covered by the relation to the globe. HUMAN SERVICES 105
listed course offerings. Individual or group 3 semester hours Strategies for Effective Parenting
conferences with designated faculty advisor. Students will acquire relevant child-raring
HISTORY 336
Prerequisite: Permission of School Director information and constructive parenting
Portrait of an Age
Offered: Every semester techniques. Several therapy models useful
Comprehensive study of life and manners of
1-6 semester hours for understanding child development will
a particular historical period, with emphasis
be explored. Emphasis will be on exploring
HISTORY 304 on original sources such as diaries, memoirs,
personal parenting influences and preparing
Civil War and Reconstruction official records, literature, art and music. Peri-
students to parent positively.
Causes of the war; sectionalism, slavery, the ods could include the ante-bellum South, the
3 semester hours
territories, economic, social and intellectual Gilded Age, Victorian Society in England or the
factors, secession and war; major military cam- United States, France in the time of Louis XIV, HUMAN SERVICES 110
paigns, constitutional developments, presiden- and so on. May be repeated for credit if topics Alcohol and Other Drugs in Society
tial and congressional reconstruction, and the vary. Prerequisite: English 101. This course explores alcohol and other drug
disputed election of 1876. Offered: Every two years use and abuse in society. Included in the
Offered: Every two years 3 semester hours course will be a historic review, the role of
3 semester hours culture in use of drugs, the effect on society,
HISTORY 361
the family and the individual, and an overview
HISTORY 305 Modern Africa of the etiology, assessment and treatment of
Connecticut History This course takes up where History 360 leaves dependence.
The history and geography of Connecticut and off. It addresses the following: 19th century 3 semester hours
study of the political and social development colonialism in Africa, African resistance to Eu-
of Connecticut towns, lands and political in- ropean colonization, African independence HUMAN SERVICES 150
stitutions. movements, decolonization in the mid 20th Career Management
3 semester hours century and the subsequent establishment of This course prepares students to manage their
independent African states. Prerequisite: Eng- own careers early in their college experience
HISTORY 316 for their eventual college to work transition.
lish 101.
Early African-American History Through self-exploration, students learn more
Offered: Every two years
A study of the slavery experience from 1619 about themselves in relationship to the world
3 semester hours
to 1877 focusing on the political, social, and of work and about creating college experi-
economic aspects of the system, and the vari- HISTORY 398 ences that will make them more marketable in
eties of resistance to the system. Prerequisite: Internship a global community.
English 101. Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an 1-3 semester hours
Offered: Every two years organization related to career goals. Prerequi-
3 semester hours site: Permission of advisor and School Director. HUMAN SERVICES 201
3 semester hours Introduction to Counseling
HISTORY 317 This course focuses on skills, theories and
Twentieth Century African-American History HISTORY 399 techniques of the helping profession. The
Emphasis is placed on the struggle of African Independent Study in History importance of helpers knowing themselves
Americans to attain full rights of citizenship. For the student who desires to specialize in is crucial in the helping field. An integrated,
Examination of African-American leadership, advanced projects not covered by the regular experiential component designed for self-
its ideas, and the impact of its ideas upon course offerings. Individual or group confer- exploration and increased understanding of
various African-American movements, such as ences with designated faculty advisor. Prereq- self is explored through family of origin work.
integration, emigration, separatism, civil rights, uisite: Permission of School Director. 3 semester hours
and black power. Prerequisite: English 101; 1-6 semester hours
minimum grade C. HUMAN SERVICES 203
Offered: Every two years Introduction to Human Services
3 semester hours Human Services This course briefly explores the historical
beginnings of the human service field and
HISTORY 335 HUMANS SERVICES 101 focuses on the present day service delivery
Topics in European/Non-West History Introduction to Gerontology models, the needs of clients and the training
This course traces the history of the United An interdisciplinary overview of the implica- of human service professionals. An integrated
States from the onset of the First World War tions of aging in American society. This course approach including community site visits and
through the ending of the Second World War. is designed to acquaint the student who is case studies will assist students in gaining a
It gives a global perspective of the world wars, contemplating a career in gerontology, with firm understanding of this field.
examining the rise of nationalism, the Great the physical, psychological, social, economic 3 semester hours
Depression and its aftermath, and the rise of and cultural dimensions of the total experience
HUMAN SERVICES 205
fascism and communism. It will take a war- of growing older.
and-society approach to the conflicts which 3 semester hours Counseling Methods for Specialized Populations
devastated Europe and changed America’s

229
Human Services

Students study through biographies special- HUMAN SERVICES 301 orders. Prerequisites: HUSV 110, HUSV 201 or
ized populations (i.e. those with mental and Crisis Management HUSV 203. Minimum grade C.
physical disabilities, drug and alcohol users, Students are exposed to models of crisis in- 3 semester hours
and emotionally, physically, and sexually tervention that facilitate crisis resolution. Crisis
HUMAN SERVICES 316
abused) while becoming familiar with the vari- theory, critical factors, developmental and
Strategies for Effective Families
ous counseling approaches useful in effecting situational crisis as well as intervention with
This course explores functional and dysfunc-
changes in these individuals. unique populations and special issues are
tional families. Students will gain an under-
3 semester hours discussed. Course includes competency-based
standing of the family system and methods of
skill-building exercises. Prerequisites: HUSV
HUMAN SERVICES 225 intervention and treatment for the family as
201 or HUSV 203 and HUSV 205. Minimum
Sign Language I well as individuals within the family.
grade C.
This course introduces students to the Art of 3 semester hours
3 semester hours
Sign Language. Using American Sign Language
HUMAN SERVICES 320
they will be able to communicate on a basic HUMAN SERVICES 302
Applied Ethics for Human Services Professionals
level. Students will learn subtle aspects of Multicultural Perspectives in Human Services
A general introduction to basic ethical prin-
language, such as facial expression, gestures This course provides a background in cultural
ciples as applied to human services and
(non-verbal communication), use of classifiers, diversity and competence specifically related
direct support workers across a spectrum of
and directional verbs. Students will learn the to human services settings. This includes
programs. Programs include work in hospital,
manual alphabet and be able to use it in the culturally centered communication skills re-
community, day care, school, recreational,
everyday interactions if needed. lated to clients. It also includes sensitivity and
rehabilitation and mental health settings. Stu-
3 semester hours awareness around the design and implementa-
dents apply ethical principles throughout the
tion of human services programs. The course
HUMAN SERVICES 230 course to topics and case studies from the
will help students effectively navigate ethnic,
Sign Language II class text and from actual examples from their
race, gender and age related issues as they
Sign Language II will reinforce the knowledge own practicum placements. Students engage
relate to client service and program develop-
students have gained in Sign Language I: Using in reading, discussion, writing, and individual
ment. Prerequisites: HUSV 110 and HUSV 201
American Sign Language, students will begin presentations during the course. Students rec-
or HUSV 203. Minimum grade C.
to speak more fluently. Their skills will be per- ognize basic ethical terminology, apply ethical
3 semester hours
fected as they continue to learn subtle aspects models to relevant cases, and draft their own
of the language, such as facial expressions, HUMAN SERVICES 305 ethical decision-making model as a product of
gestures, from verbal communications, use of Strategies and Techniques of Group Interaction this course. Prerequisites: HUSV 201 or HUSV
classifiers, and directional verbs. Students will Students become aware of strategies and 203 and HUSV 205. Minimum grade C.
perfect the manual alphabet and be able to use techniques of group interaction as they relate 3 semester hours
it in their everyday interactions when needed. to behavioral outcomes. Different theoretical
HUMAN SERVICES 331
3 semester hours models will be offered and opportunities will
Process of Living and Dying
be given to demonstrate the effectiveness of
HUMAN SERVICES 277 A seminar based on the premise that death and
specific approaches to unique populations.
Practicum in Human Services dying are closely related to life and living. This
Prerequisites: HUSV 110, HUSV 201 or HUSV
Students enrolled in the practicum receive course explores the processes of death and
203 and HUSV 205 and HUSV 301.
individually arranged on-site placement in dying, its effect on family members, cultural
3 semester hours
human service agencies. This arrangement is attitudes toward death, and various profes-
intended to provide students the opportunity HUMAN SERVICES 312 sional and paraprofessional roles available to
to experientially investigate the specific area of Internship in Human Services deal with these issues.
interest that they have developed and/or to al- The internship differs from the practicum in 3 semester hours
low for the individualization necessary to meet that it emphasizes the organizational aspects
HUMAN SERVICES 333
the student’s specific skill area needs. Students of the placement, i.e. management, planning,
Social Policy and Administration
are expected to be concurrently in a class research, etc.
This course introduces the student to the vari-
where they have an opportunity to discuss and 1-6 semester hours
ous components of social policy; formation,
process their on-site learning experiences. HUMAN SERVICES 315 implementation, administration, and evalu-
1-6 semester hours (Every Semester) Substance Abuse and Chemical Dependency ation. Theoretical issues as well as historical
HUMAN SERVICES 299 This course concentrates on assessment and factors in policy are presented. Practical prob-
Special Topics diagnosis of substance abuse and chemical lems in administration of non-profit agencies
Investigation of current topics in the human dependency as well as the different treatment are presented and analyzed. Prerequisites:
services field. modalities and methods used to help the ad- HUSV 201 or HUSV 203; and HUSV 205 and
1-6 semester hours dicted. Included in the course will be a look HUSV 301 and junior/senior status. Minimum
at the different addictions and compulsive
behavior patterns including alcohol and other
drug dependency, gambling, and eating dis-

230
Humanities • Integrated Studies • International Business •
International Political Economy and Diplomacy
grade C. tory, literature and philosophy to examine and INTEGRATED STUDIES C101D
3 semester hours explain the cultures and values of a civilization Science and Religion
over time and place. Works studied include 3 semester hours
HUMAN SERVICES 350
primary historical and philosophical texts,
Seminar in Human Services
as well as literary and artistic creations. Cur-
This seminar course is designed as a culminat-
rently, the course looks at the civilization of International Business
ing experience incorporating primary readings
the United States, focusing on the “American
and case studies. Students will have an op- INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 325
Dream,” its origins, growth and significance.
portunity to explore and discern current issues Import/Export
This is a Core Heritage Course. Prerequisite:
and personal interests in the human service This course surveys functions and responsibili-
English C101 or department permission.
field. Prerequisites: HUSV 201 or HUSV 203; ties of international traffic personnel; terms of
3 semester hours
and HUSV 205 and HUSV 301 and senior sta- trade; U.S. and foreign rules and regulations;
tus. Minimum grade C. HUMANITIES 300 documentation; methods of payment; ocean
3 semester hours Seminar transportation; price quotations; analysis of
An interdisciplinary and thematic seminar that transportation and marine insurance. Prereq-
HUMAN SERVICES 351
focuses on the different approaches of history, uisites: ECON 201, ECON 202; junior or senior
Social Gerontology
literature, and philosophy to a common theme status.
This course deals with societal aspects of ag-
or text. Prerequisite: English 101. 3 semester hours
ing and focuses upon socio-cultural factors
3 semester hours Offered: Fall only
that contribute to patterns of aging in the USA.
Topics covered include the cultural meaning HUMANITIES 395 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 362
of aging; the socialization process of aging; the Thesis International Sales (Commercial) Transactions
population dimension of aging; human ecol- The student will work closely with his or her This course introduces the basic issues in an
ogy of the aged; social stratification among the academic advisor on a mutually acceptable international sales transaction. Based on the
aged; deviance and crime among the aged; project involving serious research. United Nations Convention on Contracts for
social power of the aged; and social change 3 semester hours the International Sale of Goods (CISG), the
and the aged. Prerequisites: HUSV 101, HUSV course examines formation of international
HUMANITIES 399
201 or HUSV 203. Minimum grade C. sales contracts, transfer of title to goods, alloca-
Independent Study
3 semester hours tion of risk of loss, methods of financing the
Requires permission of Chair and instructor.
HUMAN SERVICES 389 This course is open only to Gerontology ma- sale of goods, assurance of payment for goods,
Seminar in Critical Issues in Contemporary jors with at least twelve hours in gerontology. and rights and responsibilities of air and sea
Gerontology Students wishing to take this course must sub- carriers. Prerequisite: Take BLAW 251.
This course is interdisciplinary in its orienta- mit a detailed description of study. 3 semester hours
tion and its purpose is to familiarize students 1-6 semester hours Offered: Spring only
with the rich diversity of professional literature INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 365
contributing to the field of gerontology. In ad- International Economic Relations
dition, it is designed to demonstrate the link- Integrated Studies This course is an introduction to interna-
ages between theoretical issues and practical tional political economy. International political
INTEGRATED STUDIES C101
concerns in the field of aging. The course will economy is the study of how and why inter-
draw upon the knowledge and experience of Ethical Issues in Computing
national economic policies are formed, and
a variety of scientists and practitioners who Ethical basis for dealing with technological
how international factors influence domestic
will lead discussions on selected issues to be issues involving the computer. Context for
policy-making, while comparative political
identified by the seminar’s participants. Pre- ethical decision-making; ethical relativism, util-
economy examines economic policy-making
requisites: GERO 101 and 12 additional hours itarianism, deontology, virtue ethics. Software
in a domestic context. The course will deal
of gerontology course work. piracy, intellectual property rights, computer
with important contemporary topics such as
3 semester hours; upon student demand crime, computer viruses and worms, privacy,
foreign trade, capital markets, monetary policy
responsibility, liability and professional ethics.
and exchange rates, issues in globalization,
The course includes oral presentations, discus-
and international organizations and institutions
Humanities sions and written papers on issues currently in
such as NAFTA, GATT, the IMF, and the EU.
the news and/or related to the topics at hand.
3 semester hours
HUMANITIES C201 3 semester hours
Humanities I Offered: Fall only
INTEGRATED STUDIES C101B
Prerequisite: English 101; minimum grade C. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 366
Ethical Issues in Cptg
3 semester hours
3 semester hours International Business and Customs Unions
HUMANITIES C201A This course examines the origins and histori-
INTEGRATED STUDIES C101C cal development of the European Union, its
The American Dreamer Intercultural Communication
An interdisciplinary course which employs his- institutions, business policies and special re-
3 semester hours lationships with he rest of the world to create

231
International Political Economy and Diplomacy

a common currency to achieve open trade in upon student needs and the expertise of the Middle East and North Africa region after
business across borders. Prerequisite: Take instructor. World War Two. To the extent that political
BLAW 251. 3 semester credits and social institutions are relevant for under-
3 semester hours standing the region’s economic development,
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY
Offered: Spring only 321 (IPED 321/PSCI 321) the course will also cover these subjects se-
Political Economy of East Asia lectively. For example the students will learn
In recent decades, the East Asian region has about how regional instability and political
International Political Economy often been described as a model of socioeco- institutions of MENA countries have affected
and Diplomacy nomic development, which newly develop- their ability to implement economic reforms.
ing regions should emulate. This course will Another important topic that will be covered
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 201 encourage learners to explore the extent to in detail is the impact of oil wealth on politi-
Economics and Development which the East Asian paradigm of develop- cal and economic development of the region.
This is an introductory course of economics ment is valid for other regions. This course The course will also familiarize the students
from a political science perspective. Major will explore the cultural and historical factors with tools and procedures of country analysis
concepts and issues in both macro and micro contributing to the political and economic and regional analysis and apply these tools
economics will be covered, particularly as they trajectories China, Korea, and Japan. Through to understanding the present conditions of
relate to politics. studying East Asia’s unique sociopolitical the MENA countries with an eye to the future
3 semester credits and economic trajectory, students should be trends. The emphasis will be on analysis of
equipped to better contextualize and assess the main drivers of economic growth such as
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 202
the challenges and opportunities currently the leading economic indicators, prospects
Introduction to Political Economy for macroeconomic stability, and major risk
The Introduction to Political Economy reviews facing the Peoples Republic of China, Taiwan,
Hong Kong, Japan, and the Koreas. factors that could have an adverse effect on
the ways in which politics, trade, and eco- business climate.
nomics are interwoven in today’s world. The 3 semester hours
3 semester credits
course introduces students to basic concepts INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 329
and issues in political economy and examines Political Economy of China INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 345
the factors that have contributed to the evolu- This course is designed to help students make Political Economy of EU
tion of political economy and to the rise and sense of contemporary China—its dynamic so- This course studies the origin, evolution and
fall of competing models of political economy. cial and economic changes, its lasting political current development of the European Union.
3 semester credits culture, its enduring struggle for modernization Focus will be on the political, economic, and
and democratization, and its evolving relations social impact of EU on Europe as a whole, on
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 208
with the rest of the world. The focus will be on individual member state, and on EU-US rela-
Public International Law tions. Instructor’s permission may be required
History and nature of international law, ter- major achievements, problems, and challenges
facing China today. Instructor’s permission for this course.
ritorial sovereignty, natural resources and 3 semester credits
international norms (e.g. exclusive economic may be required for this course.
zones, the continental shelf, outer space, etc.), 3 semester credits INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 390
diplomatic & consular relations, International INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY Multinational Corporations in IPED
Court of Justice and other tribunals, and the 340 (IPED 340/PSCI 303) This course analyzes the role of MNCs in
use of force in international law. Political Economy of Latin America IPE. Topics include the nature, objectives,
3 semester credits This course will explore pre-Colombian, as and decisions of MNCs in today’s politics and
well as colonial and post-colonial political and economics, the political and economic impli-
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 210
economic development in Latin America. It cations of foreign direct investment, and the
Global Public Health effects of MNCs’ operations overseas on the
will pay particular attention to socio-political
This course provides an overview of global political economy of the host country and the
developments of the Cold War period as well
public health policy with the primary focus home country such as issues of outsourcing
as recent significant initiatives such as the San-
to engage and inspire students about the op- and insourcing. Instructor’s permission may be
tiago Commitment, MERCOSUR, and NAFTA,
portunities and challenges of global health. required for this course. Prerequisite: Political
attempting to assess their impact upon Latin
This course is divided into four sections: 1. Science 103 or Economics 201 or IPED 202.
America’s transformation from developmental-
Principles, measurement, goals, and develop- 3 semester credits
ism, to Third World politics, to an emerging
ment of global health. 2. Cross-cutting themes
center of democratic capitalism. INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 391
in global health 3. The burden and distribution
3 semester credits Sustainable Development
of disease and mortality 4. Global health gov-
ernance and cooperation. INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 341 This course concentrates on the relatively new
3 semester credits Political Economy of Middle East concept of sustainable development in inter-
This course will familiarize the students with national political economy. Topics include,
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 299
the patterns of economic development and but are not limited to, pollution and pollution
Special Topics control, environmental protection, education
the evolution of economic institutions in the
A course with variable topic focus, dependent and occupational training, infrastructure, legal

232
Japanese • Korean

system, political and economic reform, pro- INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 396 dents to Japanese language and culture. Skills
ductivity, human resources, and linkage to the Seminar on IPED in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
outside world. Instructor’s permission may be This is an advanced research seminar for IPED are further developed. Cultural readings and
required for this course. majors. It focuses on IPE research methods videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
3 semester credits and senior thesis writing. Instructor’s permis- dents additional opportunities to utilize target
sion may be required for this course. vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 392
3 semester credits versation. By the end of this course students
The Geopolitics of Oil
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 397
are expected to reach a beginner level of Japa-
Due to its critical importance in world econo-
Seminar in Public & International Service nese language proficiency and should be able
my, petroleum has assumed a significant role
This is a course designed to prepare upper lev- to understand/identify familiar vocabulary and
in the maintenance of a stable international
el undergraduates for careers in international conversation topics; engage in a conversation
political, economic, and security order. This
service. The course will introduce students to in a target language on a familiar topic; ex-
course examines the international political
career opportunities available in international press opinions/feelings about a familiar topic;
economy associated with the exploration, pro-
nonprofits, government agencies, international read and comprehend short simple texts; write
duction, trading, and consumption of petro-
organizations and multinational corporations. short simple sentences. Prerequisite: Japanese
leum. It focuses on how petroleum influences
It will also provide students with practical skills 101.
global and regional politics and economics in
associated with successfully securing meaning- 3 semester hours
an interdependent world. Instructor’s permis-
sion may be required for this course. ful employment after graduation, with issues JAPANESE 103
3 semester credits covered including the job search, networking, Intermediate Japanese I
internships, volunteering, mentoring and net- This course builds on the foundations laid in
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 393
working. During the semester, professionals Japanese 101 and Japanese 102 and provides
Independent Study: International Service Issues
from an array of international service career an opportunity to improve Japanese language
IPED 393 serves as the independent study
tracks will speak to students about their per- proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills
designation for students participating in the
sonal experiences and recommendations. In in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
University of Bridgeport Peace Corps Prep
addition, students will read and discuss works are further developed. Cultural readings and
program. In collaboration with the UB Peace
of literature that relate to life and work abroad videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
Corps Prep Coordinator, students may design
in foriegn locations, and the personal benefits dents additional opportunities to utilize target
an independent study including readings and
and learning associated with such experiences. vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
assignments designed to enhance their under-
3 semester credits versation. Prerequisite: Japanese 102.
standing of a topic of relevance to international
NTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 398
3 semester hours
service careers.
3 semester credits Internship JAPANESE 104
Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an Intermediate Japanese II
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 394
organization related to career goals. Prerequi- This course builds on the foundations laid
Peace Corps Prep Community Service
site: Permission of advisor and School Director. in Japanese 103. Skills in speaking, listening,
This is the community service component of
1-6 semester hours reading, and writing are further developed.
the University of Bridgeport Peace Corps Pre-
Cultural readings and videos are included in
paratory Program. To receive credit from the
each lesson giving students additional oppor-
course, each student must complete no fewer Japanese tunities to utilize target vocabulary and gram-
than 100 recorded service hours in a position
mar in a classroom conversation. By the end of
that helps prepare her/him for service in the JAPANESE 101
this course the students are expected to reach
United States Peace Corps and/or an inter- Elementary Japanese I
an intermediate level of Japanese language
national service career. Such relevant fields In this course students are introduced to the
proficiency and should be able to understand/
include international education, community Japanese language and culture. Basic skills in
identify a range of vocabulary items and topics;
development, sustainable development and speaking, listening, reading, and writing are
engage in a conversation in a target language
public health. *Includes 50 hours of Commu- developed. Cultural readings and videos are
on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings
nity Service* included in each lesson giving the students ad-
about a range of topics; read and comprehend
3 semester credits ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu-
medium length texts; write medium complex-
lary and grammar in a classroom conversation.
INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY AND DIPLOMACY 395 ity sentences. Prerequisite: Japanese 103.
This is a course for students with little or no
Senior Thesis Seminar 3 semester hours
knowledge of Japanese language.
This is the advanced senior thesis seminar re-
3 semester hours
quired course for all IPED majors. During this
course, each student will design a research JAPANESE 102 Korean
plan and complete writing an thesis on politi- Elementary Japanese II
KOREAN 101
cal economy and related fields of research un- This course builds on the foundations laid in
der the supervision of a faculty thesis advisor. Japanese 101 and continues to introduce stu- Elementary Korean I
3 semester credits In this course students are introduced to the

233
Law • Management and Industrial Relations

Korean language and culture. Basic skills in engage in a conversation in a target language vidual skill sets. Prerequisite: take BUAD 101.
speaking, listening, reading, and writing are on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings 3 semester hours
developed. Cultural readings and videos are about a range of topics; read and comprehend Offered: Spring/Fall only
included in each lesson giving the students ad- medium length texts; write medium complex-
MANAGEMENT 300
ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu- ity sentences. Prerequisite: Korean 103.
Interpersonal and Group Behavior in
lary and grammar in a classroom conversation. 3 semester hours
Organizations
This is a course for students with little or no
The student is introduced to behavior in
knowledge of Korean language.
3 semester hours Law organizations on interpersonal, group and
intergroup levels. Group process is examined
KOREAN 102 LAW 251 on both conceptual and experiential levels to
Elementary Korean II Business Law I enhance understanding of interpersonal and
This course builds on the foundations laid in Court systems, sources of law in the United group processes, as well as to test and hone
Korean 101 and continues to introduce stu- States, the constitutional basis of the legal sys- individual interpersonal and group participa-
dents to Korean language and culture. Skills tem, government power to regulate business, tion skill. Theories of Social Psychology and
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing the types and powers of administrative agen- Group Sociology are examined and applied.
are further developed. Cultural readings and cies, civil dispute resolution and alternatives to Prerequisite: junior status.
videos are included in each lesson giving stu- civil litigation; the law of contracts, fairness and 3 semester hours
dents additional opportunities to utilize target good faith in interpretation of contracts, and MANAGEMENT 301
vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con- the United Nations Convention on Contracts
Operations Management
versation. By the end of this course students for the International Sale of Goods; problems
The student is introduced to the basic tools
are expected to reach a beginner level of Ko- in Agency and Employment, the ethical im-
and concepts used in managing the delivery
rean language proficiency and should be able plications of business decisions, the broad
of products and services. Inventory cost con-
to understand/identify familiar vocabulary and functions of criminal and tort law, the Foreign
trol, work flow design, development of work
conversation topics; engage in a conversation Corrupt Practices Act, and the constitutional
standards, workplace layout, quality control,
in a target language on a familiar topic; ex- limitations on criminal procedure. Prerequisite:
project management, forecasting, capital in-
press opinions/feelings about a familiar topic; Sophomore status. Take 30 credits.
vestment planning, capacity policy and related
read and comprehend short simple texts; write 3 semester hours
methods for management of operations are
short simple sentences. Prerequisite: Korean Offered: Spring/Fall Only presented in this course. Prerequisite: CAIS-
101.
LAW 252 201 AND MUST HAVE 45 CREDITS
3 semester hours
Business Law II 3 semester hours
KOREAN 103 Uniform Commercial Code (Sales, Commercial Offered: Spring/Fall only
Intermediate Korean I Paper, Bank Deposits and Collection); business MANAGEMENT 302
This course builds on the foundations laid organization; Property (Personal Property, Real
in Korean 101 and Korean 102 and provides Multicultural Management
Property, including Landlord and Tenant, and
an opportunity to improve Korean language This course introduces students to the basics
Estates and Wills). Prerequisite: Business Law
proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills of organization and management theory,
251.
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as they apply to the global market place. A
3 semester hours
are further developed. Cultural readings and cross-cultural approach is used to examine
Offered: Spring Only the similarities, differences and application
videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
dents additional opportunities to utilize target of theory across national boundaries; and to
vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con- Management and Industrial identify those structural constants that permit
business to be conducted on a global scale.
versation. Prerequisite: Korean 102.
3 semester hours
Relations Organization culture, role structure, coordi-
nation and control methods, leadership, and
KOREAN 104 MANAGEMENT 200 business strategy are the basic theoretical con-
Intermediate Korean II Workforce Dynamics structs introduced and evaluated in the course.
This course builds on the foundations laid in This course is designed to introduce students Prerequisite: Take 30 credits.
Korean 103. Skills in speaking, listening, read- to the management process as well as con- 3 semester hours
ing, and writing are further developed. Cul- cepts and practices relevant to understanding Offered: Spring/Fall only
tural readings and videos are included in each workforce dynamics. Organizational behavior
MANAGEMENT 305
lesson giving students additional opportunities is examined on a conceptual level to enhance
Human Resource Issues in Management
to utilize target vocabulary and grammar in understanding of workforce needs, chal-
The student is introduced to current theory,
a classroom conversation. By the end of this lenges, trends, and processes. An exploration
research and practice in the management of
course the students are expected to reach an of personal and professional development is
human resources in organizations. Job design,
intermediate level of Korean language profi- also facilitated, with an emphasis on employer
recruitment, selection, performance feedback,
ciency and should be able to understand/iden- expectations and an opportunity to hone indi-
goal setting, training, employee rights, safety,
tify a range of vocabulary items and topics;

234
Management and Industrial Relations • Marketing

compensation and benefits issues are reviewed based on leadership. Leaders must influence 3 semester hours
within the context of their application in the other people to accomplish organizational Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
US as a world standard for such practices, with goals in a way that often entails self-sacrifice The following courses are suggested for those
comparisons to customs and practices in the and living for the sake of others. Prerequisite: students who wish to take elective courses in
international arena. Prerequisite: MGMT-302 MGMT-302. other disciplines which are related to or useful
OR PRST-300 OR PRST-201; Minimum grade C. 3 semester hours in the practice of management:
3 semester hours Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall Communication in Industry.
Offered: Spring only —See MCOMM 385.
MANAGEMENT 340
MANAGEMENT 311 Conflict and Negotiation Industrial Psychology.
Comp and Benefit Administration The development of conflict-management and —See PSYC 309.
Students in this course will examine the major negotiating skills with particular emphasis on Social Psychology.
foundation programs and skills that under achieving effective and efficient outcomes —See PSYC 305.
grid the current practice of Human Resource within a global and multi-cultural context. Ex- Tests and Measurements.
Management. Theory and method used in the periential exercises, readings and discussions —See PSYC 323.
design of compensation systems is explored, will demonstrate various strategies for a broad
interviewing method and skill as applied to range of negotiating scenarios, e.g., buyer-sell- Marketing
data gathering for problem solving or person- er, management-labor, personal salary increase,
nel selection, surveys for compensation bench- cross-national, etc. Prerequisite:MGMT-305 or MARKETING 205
marking or employee attitude measurement, PRST-201; Minimum grade C. Principles of Marketing
and development of performance feedback 3 semester hours The scope and significance of marketing. The
and goal setting (MBO) programs are inten- Offered: Fall only retailing and wholesaling of consumer goods.
sively reviewed. Student projects in program Marketing agricultural and industrial goods.
MANAGEMENT 342
applications are required. Prerequisite: MGMT Marketing policies and practices of business
Labor Law and Arbitration
302 or MGMT-305. firms.
Modern labor legislation and its practical im-
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
pact on present relations between labor and
Offered: Fall only Offered: Spring/Fall only
management. Increasing role of government
MANAGEMENT 320 through federal statutes and agencies. His- MARKETING 305
Business Planning torical background, principles, procedures and Principles of Marketing
For starting or buying a new business, it is criti- judicial aspects of arbitration process. Nature The scope and significance of marketing. The
cal to develop practical business plans, obtain and function of arbitration; powers of arbitra- retailing and wholesaling of consumer goods.
financing, develop a marketing plan, project tor; and arbitration cases. Prerequisite: Take Marketing agricultural and industrial goods.
cash flow, organize the business, and develop MGMT-302 or MGMT-305 or PRST-201. Marketing policies and practices of business
financial controls to take advantage of op- 3 semester hours firms. Prerequisite: take 30 credits.
portunities in both domestic and international Offered: Spring only 3 semester hours
markets. Works is done in teams and computer
MANAGEMENT 348 MARKETING 306
analysis is used. Prerequisite: Accounting 102,
Project Management Digital Consumer Behavior
Marketing 305, and Management 302
Prerequisite: MGMT-302. A qualitative analysis of marketing as a sys-
3 semester hours
3 semester hours tem for the satisfaction of human wants. The
Offered: Spring/Fall only
MANAGEMENT 350
contribution of psychologists, sociologists,
MANAGEMENT 321 anthropologists, and other behavioral scientists
Business Policy and Strategy
International Enterpreneurship to the understanding of consumer behavior.
A study of decision-making including integrat-
This course examines the unique opportuni- Such topics as motivation, learning, life-cycle
ing analyses and policy determination at the
ties and difficulties facing entrepreneurs in an and social-class analysis, culture and custom.
overall management level. Students search for
international environment. It examines entre- Prerequisite: MKTG 305.
new knowledge and solutions to long and
preneurs in various stages of development at 3 semester hours
short term problems and opportunities in spe-
decision points in their business- launch, fund, Offered: Fall only
cific businesses. The coordination, integration
manage, grow, enter new markets, go public,
and innovative application of theory and meth- MARKETING 307
exit events.
3 semester hours
ods learned in previous courses are the tools Marketing of Promotion
of research. Accordingly, the final examination Advertising, personal selling, trade support,
MANAGEMENT 330 of each course shall constitute, therefore, an and public relations as elements of strategy.
Leadership Lessons from the Movies outcome assessment of what the student has Situation analysis planning, execution, and
In this course students watch a variety of mov- learned in the program. This examination, evaluation of promotional campaigns. Social
ies to examine the dynamics of leadership. normally an extensive and comprehensive responsibilities of the firm and some of its
Organizations and work units rise and fall case study, will be graded by several faculty ethical problems. The impact of consumerism.
members representing different and relevant Prerequisite: MKTG 305.
disciplines. Prerequisite: Senior status.

235
Marketing • Martial Arts Studies

3 semester hours controlling, and promoting for industrial and Taekwondo Practicum 3
Offered: Spring only consumer goods. Prerequisite: MKTG 205. This course focuses on enhancing the stu-
3 semester hours dent’s ability to maintain and increase physical
MARKETING 308
Offered: Spring/Fall only balance. Through this course, students are
Marketing Research
expected to achieve mastery of Taekwondo
Objectives, techniques, and limitations of MARKETING 348
forms Taegeuk No. 5 & 6 (20 motions No. 5
library and field research applied to advertis- Internet and Social Media Marketing
& 23 motions No. 6, guiding themes “wind &
ing, retailing, or sales management problems. Prerequisite: MKGT 205.
flowing like water”), self defense techniques
Assignment of group projects requiring consid- 3 semester hours
No. 5 & 6, kicking techniques with a focus on
erable initiative and resourcefulness. Measure-
MARKETING 350 the Back kick and Hook kick, sparring tech-
ments of individual accomplishment by both
Marketing Management niques with a focus on 1:1 basic sparring, blue
group activity and individual evaluation of the
The nature and scope of marketing manage- belt Back fist and Back kick breaking tech-
project. Prerequisite: MKTG 305.
ment. The interpretation of environmental niques and brown belt Knife hand and Hook
3 semester hours
factors affecting marketing decisions and ap- kick breaking techniques.
Offered: Fall only plication of managerial concepts to marketing 1 semester hour
MARKETING 309 strategy. Adaptation of resources and objec-
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 114
Digital Marketing tives in the development of marketing plans.
Taekwondo Practicum 4
New and developing digital technologies Prerequisite: MKTG 305.
This Taekwondo class will focus on enhanc-
haveimpacted many basic platforms for which 3 semester hours
ing concentration skills. Through this course,
today’s organizations operate and function. Offered: Fall only
students are expected to achieve mastery of
This course will focus on how businesses can
Taekwondo form Taegeuk No. 7, self defense
develop, incorporate and leverage digital mar-
keting into their overall marketing strategies. Martial Arts Studies technique No. 7, kicking techniques with a
focus on the Back Spin Hook kick, sparring
Additionally this course will investigate current
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 110 techniques with a focus on basic skill sparring,
e-commerce and mobile commerce trends.
Taekwondo (Beginner) breaking techniques of Half Knuckle punch
Prerequisite: MKTG 205.
This is an introduction to Taekwondo, com- and Back Spin Hook kick. At the completion
3 semester hours
mencing with instructions in essential class- of this course, there will be a 1st degree black
MARKETING 319 room etiquette and training rules. Through belt test for participating students.
Integrated Marketing Communications this course, students are expected to achieve 1 semester hour
This course covers various methods of integrat- mastery of Taekwondo forms Taegeuk No. 1 MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 121
ed marketing communications, with the focus & 2 as well as white belt Hammer Fist and Taiji (I/II)
on planning and execution of IMC programs. Axe kick breaking techniques, and yellow This course introduces the student to Martial
Case studies on award-winning examples belt Palm Fist and Front Snap kick breaking Arts of Taiji including the performance of the
of personalized and experiential marketing. techniques. first part of the Yang Style short form. It in-
Takes the perspective of the account execu- 2 semester hours cludes an introduction to Taiji principles, and
tive or “client” side of business rather than the
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 110A will work to expand the student’s range of
“creative” side. Prerequisite: MKTG 305.
Taekwondo I/II motion, coordination, and introduce students
3 semester hours
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MARTS 110 to Qigong level 1 training on exercises one to
Offered: Spring only five. It will introduce and compare the major
1 semester hour
MARKETING 325 Taiji styles and note how they differ from each
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 111
Sales Management other. Fighting applications of Taiji (as well
Taekwondo Practicum 2 as the health applications) will be presented.
Management of manufacturer’s salesmen.
This level of Taekwondo training focuses The concepts of flexibility and range of motion
Sales department organization. Selecting, train-
on the adaptation of the body to martial art are introduced as tools to explain Taiji’s prin-
ing, compensating, and supervising salesmen.
training. Through this course, students are ciples. Practicum 1 will also introduce physi-
Sales territories, travel expenses, quotas, and
expected to achieve mastery of Taekwondo cal principles of head suspended; the pelvis
budgets. Principles are applied to concrete
forms Taegeuk No. 3 & 4, self defense tech- tucked in with toe in and knee out; relaxed
problems. Prerequisite: MKGT 305.
niques No. 3 & 4, kicking techniques with a execution of smooth movements; exercises
3 semester hours
focus on the Roundhouse kick and Side kick, for overall coordination of the body and the
Offered: Fall only
sparring techniques with a focus on orange mind-body connection. This practicum pres-
MARKETING 342 belt Elbow strike and Roundhouse kick break- ents the first 16 movements of the Yang Style
Multinational Marketing ing techniques and green belt Straight punch Short Form. Students will learn to demonstrate
Lecture and case studies, exploring cultural, and Side kick breaking techniques. the 16 movements and begin to incorporate
political, economic and legal aspects of the 1 semester hour the physical principles into the 16 Taiji move-
development and operation of companies ments. Students will learn the horse stance and
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 112
marketing overseas. Planning, organizing, bow stance and be introduced to the role that

236
Martial Arts Studies

they play in Taiji movements. Emphasis is on information for study and personal growth. 1 semester hour
slow and relaxed movement of the body as a Taiji 3 also presents Qigong training, continu-
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 141
single coordinated unit. ing to prepare students physically for proper
Tongil Moodo
2 semester hours Taiji execution. Qigong exercises are more
2 semester hours
strenuous and are aimed at greater flexibility
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 121A
with longer strength-training periods. MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 212
Taiji & Qi-gong
Prerequisite: Marts 122 or Instructor’s Approval The History of Martial Arts
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MARTS 121.
based on Testing. This course traces the origins, growth and di-
1 semester hour
1 semester hour versification of the Martial Arts in China, Korea
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 122 and Japan. Emphasis is placed on the evidence
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 124
Taiji Practicum 2 of primary historical texts, including the Five
Taiji Practicum 4
This course will include form correction of the Classics of pre-Qin China as well as early his-
This course will introduce the third part of
first part of the Yang Style Short Form, further tories of Korea and Japan such as the Samguk
the Yang Style Short Form. It will incorporate
analysis of Taiji principles and a detailed ap- Yusa and the Kojiki. The historical information
breathing techniques into the form and will
plication and study of the meaning of Taiji gleaned from these sources is compared to
introduce the concept of form assessment
movements. Form correction incorporates the the narratives and mythologies passed down
for the incorporation and execution of Taiji
concept of qi into movement and into the ex- through the written and oral traditions of the
principles. It will build on earlier training to
ecution of the form. The focus is on correctly various schools. We examine the unfolding
begin to introduce the martial arts applications
executing the first 16 moves while observing of the Shaolin Gongfu schools influenced by
of Taiji in preparation for push hands classes
Taiji’s physical principles. This course will in- Chan as well as the Wudang tradition influ-
and Qigong training level 4 on the entire set
clude body strengthening and alignment using enced by Daoism, the emergence of Martial
(exercises one to twelve). This course will be-
Qigong training on exercises six to twelve. It Arts in the Hwarang movement of the Korean
gin to prepare students to assume leadership
also introduces the physical principles of the Silla kingdom and their revival after the Japa-
roles in higher levels of study. Taiji 4 reviews
seesaw movement and the concave chest. Ad- nese occupation, and the transformation of
Taiji’s principles and communicates how the
ditional instruction is provided to strengthen Gongfu traditions in Japan via Okinawa.
Taiji form performance is assessed based on
the body to maintain proper alignment and 3 semester hours
the principles. Both the self-defense aspects
balance throughout the form. Form correction
and the self-cultivation aspects (of body, mind MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 213
further seeks to eliminate the reinforcement of
& spirit) of the Yang Style Short Form will Martial Arts and East Asian Thought
poor execution caused by repeating incorrect
be presented. The class will stress ongoing This course examines the impact of East Asian
form movements in the early stages of Taiji
individual Taiji training and students will be philosophy and religion on the Martial Arts.
training. Taiji 2 expands basic Qigong training
encouraged to develop individual Taiji training The course begins by outlining the major
by introducing Qigong exercises to promote
formats. This class also presents training and teachings of Buddhism, Daoism, and to a
alignment and strength. Prerequisite: Marts 121
information required to lead Qigong classes on lesser extent, Confucianism, focusing on key
or Instructor’s Approval based on Testing.
the entire set of twelve exercises. Prerequisite: classics. Following this we will explore the
1 semester hour
Marts 123 or Instructor’s Approval based on ways in which these teachings came to influ-
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 123 Testing. ence what was originally a martial tradition,
Taiji Practicum 3 1 semester hour resulting in a variety of complex systems that
This course will introduce students to the placed greater emphasis on mental as well as
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 125
second part of the Yang Style Short Form. Stu- physical powers, self-cultivation and personal
Taiji Sword
dents will learn to incorporate Taiji principles fulfillment.
3 semester hours
into the form. At this stage, greater emphasis 3 semester hours
will be placed on integrated body movement MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 131
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 214
and mind power (concentration) to move the Judo
Daoism and Taiji
body as a single unit and will include Qigong 2 semester hours
This course will examine both the historical
training level 3 on the entire set of exercises
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 131A and conceptual relationship between Dao-
one to twelve.
Judo ism and Taiji. It will examine ways in which
Taiji 3 reinforces the understanding of the
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MARTS 131. key concepts of Daoism are reflected in Taiji
physical principles (head suspended; pelvis
1 semester hour practice. In the study of the history of the re-
tucked in with toe in and knee out; chest
lationship between Daoism and Taiji, we will
concave; body rounded; shoulders lowered; MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 133
note the differences between the received tra-
waist loose; ‘qua’ loose; and deep breathing). Kumdo
dition of this relationship (as transmitted from
It introduces the skills required to incorporate 2 semester hours
master to student in the pedagogical process)
the principles into Taiji learning and practice. MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 133 versus historical documentation that, through
The concepts of flexibility and range of mo- Kumdo primary sources, independently confirms the
tion are presented for discussion and written Prerequisite/Corequisite: MARTS 133. longstanding ties between the two. In the re-
assignments. Research methods will be intro-
duced to permit independent gathering of Taiji

237
Martial Arts Studies

view of the linkage between Daoism and Taiji degree black belt level 4 belt Jump Side kick Practicum 5 students begin the practice of
we will focus on the cosmology of the Book breaking techniques. the push hands and are introduced to the fast
of Changes, which informs the conceptual 1 semester hour form that consists of set routines of defense,
framework of Taiji, as well as influential Dao- repositioning, attacks, movements and strikes.
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 243
ist concepts such as Wu Wei (No Action), Yin Prerequisite: MARTS 124 or Instructor’s Ap-
Taekwondo Practicum 7
and Yang and passive values as depicted in the proval based on Testing.
This level of Taekwondo training focuses on
Laozi, Zhuangzi, the Book of Changes, and the 1 semester hour
the cultivation of patience and endurance.
Taijiquan Treatise.
Through this course, students are expected MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 252
3 semester hours
to achieve mastery of Taekwondo forms Taiji Practicum 6
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 235 Pal-Gae No. 4 & 5, intermediate self defense Practicum 6 dedicates special attention to the
Issues in Taekwondo techniques No. 5 & 6, kicking technique with philosophy and practice of Qi Gong for the
This course invites students to consider the a focus on the Jump Back kick and Jump purpose of cultivating qi and improving self
challenges faced by Taekwondo at this stage in Hook kick, sparring techniques with a focus defense and short form skills. Self-defense on
its history. Through selected readings and class on Olympic style sparring offense and defense this level includes the study of yielding and
discussions students will consider such perti- combination skills, 1st degree black belt level sticking to neutralize an attacker’s strength
nent issues as the perception of Taekwondo as 3 Jump Back kick breaking techniques and 1st and skills. The intermediate practica provide
an overly aggressive sport or as an unregulated degree black belt level 2 belt Jump Hook kick a comprehensive grasp of the self-defense
industry, far removed from the ideals of its pro- breaking techniques. and martial arts aspects of Taiji through the
genitors. Discussion will also consider ways 1 semester hour acquisition of specific techniques and training.
in which Taekwondo has been transformed Systematic training is divided into 4 levels de-
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 244
through its assimilation into academia and into signed to educate students in basic self-defense
Taekwondo Practicum 8
non-Korean society. Participants will consider techniques and internal strength training up to
This level of Taekwondo training focuses on
the impact that Taekwondo has had on youth the competitive Martial Artist level. Practicum 6
the cultivation of self-esteem as well as self-
in the United States and will examine whether also emphasizes correction and improvement
control. Through this course, students are
and how it might make a positive contribution of the Short Form. Prerequisite: MARTS 251 or
expected to achieve mastery of Taekwondo
towards the problems that they face. Instructor’s Approval based on Testing.
forms Pal-Gae No. 6 (guiding theme “water”),
3 semester hours 1 semester hour
intermediate self defense technique No. 7,
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 241 kicking techniques with a focus on the Jump MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 253
Taekwondo Practicum 5 Back Spinning Hook kick, sparring techniques Taiji Practicum 7
This level of Taekwondo training focuses on with a focus on Olympic style sparring offense Practicum 7 focuses on the application of the
the cultivation of self-control. and defense combination skills and hand com- short form for self defense and it also empha-
Through this course, students are expected to bination techniques, 1st degree black belt level sizes continued Short Form improvement. The
achieve mastery of Taekwondo forms Go-Ryo 1 breaking Jump Back Spinning Hook kick intermediate practica (5-8) provide a compre-
& Pal-Gae No. 1, intermediate self defense techniques. After this level is completed, there hensive grasp of the self-defense and martial
techniques No. 1 & 2, kicking technique and will be the 2nd degree black belt test including arts aspects of Taiji through the acquisition of
board breaking with a focus on the Jump Axe a Martial Arts Essay test. specific techniques and training. Systematic
kick and Jump Front kick, sparring techniques 2 semester hours training on this level is meant to to help to
with a focus on Olympic style sparring offense prepare with the basic self-defense techniques
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 244A
combination skills, 1st degree black belt (level and internal strength training needed to begin
Taekwondo Practicum 8
7) Jump Axe kick breaking techniques and 1st to compete on the level of a Taiji Martial Artist.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MARTS 244.
degree black belt level 6 belt Jump Front kick Prerequisite: MARTS 252 or Instructor’s Ap-
1 semester hour
breaking techniques. proval based on Testing.
1 semester hour MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 251 1 semester hour
Taiji Practicum 5
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 242 MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 254
Practicum 5 introduces the ways in which be-
Taekwondo Practicum 6 Taiji Practicum 8
ginning fighting techniques rely on movement
This level of Taekwondo training focuses on Practicum 8 is meant to complete students’
from the Short Form. The intermediate practica
the cultivation of self-confidence. training in basic self-defense techniques and
(practica 5-8) are meant to provide a compre-
Through this course, students are expected to internal strength training to the level needed to
hensive grasp of the self-defense and martial
achieve mastery of Taekwondo forms Pal-Gae be a Martial Artist who can participate in Taiji
arts aspects of Taiji through the acquisition of
No. 2 & 3, intermediate self defense tech- competitions. Practicum 8 focuses on Punch-
specific techniques and training. Systematic
niques No. 3 & 4, kicking techniques with a ing & kicking techniques, footwork and en-
training is divided into 4 levels designed to
focus on the Jump Roundhouse kick and Jump durance training. It also emphasizes correction
educate students in basic self-defense tech-
Side kick, sparring techniques with a focus and preparation of the Short Form for demon-
niques and internal strength training up to
on Olympic style sparring defense combina- stration. In preparing students for graduation,
the competitive Martial Artist level. Practicum
tion skills, 1st degree black belt level 5 Jump Practicum 8 provides a comprehensive review
5 emphasizes coordination and flexibility. In
Roundhouse kick breaking techniques and 1st of the Taiji topics and techniques introduced

238
Martial Arts Studies

in earlier practica. Prerequisite: MARTS 253 or MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 311 2nd degree black belt level 5 Double Side kick
Instructor’s Approval based on Testing. Communication and Martial Arts breaking techniques and 2nd degree black
1 semester hour This course is designed to introduce Martial belt level 4 belt Double Back kick breaking
Arts Studies students to the concepts and prac- techniques. Students in this class are qualified
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 261
tices of intercultural communication. Topics to serve as teaching assistants.
Psychosocial Aspects of Martial Arts
will include Martial Arts and non-verbal com- 1 semester hour
The present course introduces students to the
munication, Martial Arts and verbal communi-
Western concepts of psychosocial develop- MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 321
cation, the influence of culture on communica-
ment and self-actualization and to the East Taekwondo Practicum 11
tion and intercultural conflict resolution. The
Asian concept of self-cultivation. It then identi- This level of Taekwondo training focuses on
course will be conducted in the context of the
fies the character development objectives of cultivating dedication to goals and ideals.
martial artist as a leader and as a communica-
three different martial arts—Taiji, Taekwondo, Through this course, students are expected
tor. The martial artist will be viewed as a com-
and Judo. It follows with an examination of to achieve mastery of Taekwondo form Sipjin
municator both in the role of instructor and in
research on the psychological impact of prac- (guiding theme “nature’s 10 ideas”), advanced
the role of manager.
ticing martial arts, with an emphasis on self- self defense techniques No. 5 & 6, kicking
3 semester hours
concept, self-esteem, mood, phenomenology, technique with a focus on the Double Hook
psychological health, psychotherapeutic out- MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 312 kick and Double Back Hook kick, sparring
comes, and self-actualization. In addition, the Image and Reality in the Martial Arts techniques with a focus on Olympic style of-
course examines the impact of the martial arts This course explores popular concepts about fense and defense strategy skills, 2nd degree
on aggression and hostility, sex discrimination the Martial Arts as depicted in modern me- black belt level 3 Double Hook kick breaking
and feminist awareness, and traditionalism dia, particularly cinema and television, and techniques and 2nd degree black belt level 2
versus modernization. Prerequisite: Psychol- contrasts them with historical and literary per- belt Double Back Hook kick breaking tech-
ogy 103. spectives drawn from East Asian classics and niques. Students in this class are qualified to
3 semester hours Martial Arts texts. serve as teaching assistants.
3 semester hours 1 semester hour
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 278
Survey of the Martial Arts MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 319 MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 322
This course introduces the theoretical founda- Taekwondo Practicum 9 Taekwondo Practicum 12
tions of a variety of Martial Arts, including Taiji, This level of Taekwondo training focuses This level of Taekwondo training focuses
Gongfu, Taekwondo, Hapkido, Karate, Judo, on enhancing team spirit and cooperation. on cultivating humility. Through this course,
and Jujitsu. Through video, demonstrations, Through this course, students are expected to students are expected to achieve mastery of
and other modalities students will also be ex- achieve mastery of Taekwondo form Keum- Taekwondo form Keumkang (guiding theme
posed to the major techniques used in each of kang (guiding theme “wisdom and virtuosity”), “wisdom and virtuosity”), advanced self de-
the Martial Arts introduced. advanced self defense techniques No. 1 & 2, fense techniques No. 7, kicking technique
3 semester hours kicking technique with a focus on the Double with a focus on the Tornado kick, sparring
Front kick and Double Roundhouse kick, spar- techniques with a focus on Olympic style
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 299
ring techniques with a focus on Olympic style psychological strategy skills, 2nd degree black
Meditaion/Yoga
offense strategy skills, 2nd degree black belt belt level 1 breaking techniques of Tornado
2 semester hours
level 7 Double Front kick breaking techniques kick. After this level is completed, there will
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 299A and 2nd degree black belt level 6 belt Double be the 3rd degree black belt test including a
Meditation/Yoga Roundhouse kick breaking techniques Begin- Martial Arts Essay test. Students in this class are
Prerequisite:Corequisite: MARTS 299 ning with the achievement of the 2nd degree qualified to serve as teaching assistants.
1 semester hour black belt, students are qualified to serve as 1 semester hour
teaching assistants.
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 300 MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 323
1 semester hour
Martial Arts Research Methods Taekwondo Practicum 13
An introduction to the methods of research MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 320 This level of Taekwondo training focuses on
and criticism employed in history, economics, Taekwondo Practicum 10 enhancing the sense of magnanimity and ser-
anthropology, sociology, psychology, and po- This level of Taekwondo training focuses on vice to others. Through this course, students
litical science. Social Sciences majors will gain cultivating the sense of personal achievement. are expected to achieve mastery of Taekwon-
experience in both statistical and interpretative Through this course, students are expected to do form Jitae (guiding theme “human and na-
methods that will be useful for their senior the- achieve mastery of Taekwondo form Taeback ture”), high advanced self defense techniques
sis. PC access required. Prerequisite: 60 credits. (guiding theme “human”), advanced self de- No. 1 & 2, kicking techniques with a focus on
3 semester hours fense techniques No. 3 & 4, kicking technique the Jump Point kick and Jump Scissor kick,
with a focus on the Double Side kick and sparring techniques with a focus on free style
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 310
Double Back kick, sparring techniques with a defense sparring, 3rd degree black belt level 7
Olympic Sparring Training
focus on Olympic style defense strategy skills,
2 semester hours

239
Martial Arts Studies • Mass Communication

Jump Point kick breaking techniques and 3rd Students in this class are qualified to serve as MASS COMMUNICATION 111
degree black belt level 6 belt Jump Scissor kick teaching assistants. Introduction to Mass Communication
breaking techniques. Students in this class are 1 semester hour The role and function of the mass media. Sur-
qualified to serve as teaching assistants. vey of traditional and digital media. Criticism,
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 395
1 semester hour challenges and professional opportunities.
Senior Thesis or Presentation
3 semester hours
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 324 The senior thesis or a creative presentation
Taekwondo Practicum 14 based on the Martial Arts emphasizes research MASS COMMUNICATION 201
This level of Taekwondo training focuses and research methods. This course may only Persuasive Communication
on cultivating social and leadership skills. be taken after having completed 90 semester Study of communication as a form of influ-
Through this course, students are expected hours or more in the program. If a student ence; the process and functions involved, its
to achieve mastery of Taekwondo form elects to write a thesis, his/her work will be potential and limitations; social and personal-
Cheonkwon (guiding theme “universal”), high expected to demonstrate a theoretical under- ity factors related to persuasion, attitude for-
advanced self defense techniques No. 3 & 4, standing of the Martial Arts (e.g., technical, mation and change. Students will analyze and
kicking technique with a focus on the Jump philosophical, and historical) and their rela- present persuasive messages.
Split Front kick & Jump 360º Back Kick, spar- tionship with the broader cultural, philosophi- 3 semester hours
ring techniques with a focus on free style cal, and social context in which they evolved. MASS COMMUNICATION 205
offense sparring, 3rd degree black belt level Independent research and creative thinking Interpersonal Communication
5 Jump Split Front kick breaking techniques will be emphasized as well as the ability to An introductory survey of interpersonal com-
and 3rd degree black belt level 4 belt Jump gather and conduct research and formulate a munication theories and their application to
360º Back kick breaking techniques. Students position in a critical and analytical manner. face-to-face, group, organizational and mediated
in this class are qualified to serve as teaching Students choosing to do a presentation based contexts. The classroom becomes a laboratory
assistants. on their Martial Arts skills would normally do for gaining knowledge of the processes of com-
1 semester hour so both to demonstrate their technical mastery munication, perception, language and meaning.
of the Martial Arts as well as their creativity. 3 semester hours
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 325
The senior presentation might consist of proj-
Taekwondo Practicum 15 MASS COMMUNICATION 211
ects such as the creation and performance of
This level of Taekwondo training focuses on Communication Theory
a new form or the adaptation of a Martial Arts
the cultivation of ethical thinking. Through An examination of communication theories
form to music or to poetry. The presentation
this course, students are expected to achieve which includes theories on verbal communica-
should show ways in which the Martial Arts
mastery of Taekwondo form Hansoo (guiding tion, nonverbal communication, interpersonal
contribute to a broader socio-cultural context.
theme “water”), high advanced self-defense communication, self-concept, relationship
3 semester hours
techniques No. 5 & 6, kicking technique with development, influence, conflict, group com-
a focus on the Jump Triple Front kick & Jump MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 398
munication, decision-making, gender com-
Triple Roundhouse Kick, sparring techniques Internship munication, organizational communication,
with a focus on free style offense/defense com- Senior level students of the Martial Arts Studies intercultural communication, and media com-
bination sparring, 3rd degree black belt level degree program should complete an intern- munication.
3 Jump Triple Front kick breaking techniques ship at an established Martial Arts school or in 3 semester hours
and 3rd degree black belt level 2 belt Jump a business, or government agency. The intern-
Triple Roundhouse kick breaking techniques. ship will be complemented by a written report MASS COMMUNICATION 218
Students in this class are qualified to serve as and will be done under the supervision of a Media Aesthetics
teaching assistants. professor. The artistic philosophy and practical applica-
1 semester hour 3 semester hours tions of creating effective media. This is a
hands-on laboratory course. The study focuses
MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 326 MARTIAL ARTS STUDIES 399
on aesthetics as a physical expression of cre-
Taekwondo Practicum 16 Independent Study ative and marketing goals and how this is put
This level of Taekwondo training focuses 1-3 semester hours into practice when communicating messages
on consolidating the various aspects of self through images and words. Subjects include
cultivation. Through this course, students are
expected to achieve mastery of Taekwondo Mass Communication compositional strategy, visual literacy and
message design. This knowledge shapes de-
form Ilyo (guiding theme “mind/body unity”), sign critical to working in new media and ev-
MASS COMMUNICATION 110
high advanced self-defense techniques No. 7, ery other type of media produced—websites,
kicking technique with a focus on the Creative Public Communication
The process and variables of everyday public documents, ads, brochures, video, proposals,
kick, sparring techniques with a focus on the and more. This course will offer an introduc-
meaning of sparring, 3rd degree black belt lev- speaking are examined through situations,
content, presentation strategies and effects, tion to Photoshop.
el 1 Creative kick breaking techniques. Upon 3 semester hours
the completion of this level, students will have and by classroom practice in the basic prin-
the 4th degree black belt test including both ciples of oral communication. MASS COMMUNICATION 220
a practical test and a written examination. 3 semester hours Introduction to Advertising

240
Mass Communication

An examination of the theories and practices MASS COMMUNICATION 255 This hands-on laboratory course offers stu-
of advertising. Historical, legal, and social psy- Sports Business and Marketing dents work in building digital media projects.
chological aspects of advertising. Advertising This course provides an overview of major Students will explore new techniques and plat-
explored from both client side and agency side sports business issues. It covers professional, forms and build portfolio worthy projects they
perspectives. Olympic, collegiate sports, studies sports as can use when seeking employment. It is rec-
3 semester hours a business, and discusses sports marketing, ommended that a student has taken MCOM218
promotion, and sports sponsorships. or has a basic understanding of Photoshop.
MASS COMMUNICATION 235
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Writing for Media
An introduction to media writing. Students MASS COMMUNICATION 260 MASS COMMUNICATION 277
will practice writing and editing news, pub- Introduction to Film Studies Broadcast TV and News
lic relations materials, broadcast scripts, and This course will help students develop a broad Broadcast TV and News provides students
advertising copy. It includes a grammar and understanding of the various systems involved with a hands-on experience with the produc-
style review specifically for print and interac- in filmmaking. They will adapt an analytical tion facilities in an immersive lab environment.
tive media. approach to film viewing in order to discover Students will learn to demonstrate their ability
3 semester hours. the range of meanings that are not readily ap- to conceive, illustrate, preproduce, produce,
parent. The course focuses on key concepts and broadcast a news show.
MASS COMMUNICATION 240
of film aesthetics, form and style with the goal 3 semester hours
News Reporting & Writing
of informed critical analysis. It will look at the
Introduction to reporting techniques – sources MASS COMMUNICATION 284
construction of film images, systems of film
of news, interviewing, public document and Business and Professional Communications
editing, film sound, and the varied modes of
database searches – and their application in Understanding and development of commu-
organizing these core elements. Students will
writing various forms of news stories. nications skills necessary for individuals to
define and analyze the cultural significance
3 semester hours function effectively in business and corporate
of various classics as well as modern and
roles. Special consideration given to the verbal
MASS COMMUNICATION 242 international films. By viewing and discussing
and nonverbal elements of the work situation:
Introduction to New Media films of different types and genres, students
barriers to communications, listening skills,
An overture to digital media and new tech- will demonstrate their knowledge through
interviewing, instructional skills, forms of
nology. This primer includes history, current written assignments as well as exams and an
negotiation, technical reports, and principles
digital media trends,and a look at the future oral presentation. Due to time constraints, in-
of group behavior. Students’ skills are as-
of digital media. The class explores the social, class screenings will consist of select scenes.
sessed relative to the levels of communication
political and cultural implications of an ever- Students will be assigned full screenings to
required in various career areas and cultural
changing media landscape. This is a heavily correspond with written assignments.
milieus. Students output a resume, cover letter,
hands-on, project based class. 3 semester hours
and thank you letter for their dream job or in-
3 semester hours MASS COMMUNICATION 262 ternship. Extensive time is spent learning and
MASS COMMUNICATION 251 Writing for Interactive Media rehearsing the answers to the most common
Sports Journalism Understanding the Internet as an information interview questions.
It covers both sports writing and sports broad- vehicle and how the role of the writer is more 3 semester hours
casting. Learn skills of reporting of competition than just creating strong text. This course offers
MASS COMMUNICATION 290
and play-by-play coverage, communicating discussion and hands-on work in the art and
Intercultural Communication
about sports through word and image, com- science of effective organization, preparation,
Study of basic concepts, theories, and practices
mentary, and interview skills. writing and editing for the interactive media
of intercultural communication, including ele-
3 semester hours audience. Students learn to use a content man-
ments of cultural systems, social identification
agement system that will help them maintain
MASS COMMUNICATION 252 and group relations, influence of culture, lan-
client and employer websites.
Introduction to Web Publishing guage and culture, nonverbal communication,
3 semester hours
A comprehensive overview in planning, or- intercultural negotiation, and intercultural con-
ganizing and creating a web site. The course MASS COMMUNICATION 270 flict resolution. Intercultural communication as
features emphasis on creative and communica- Public Relations applied to interpersonal communication, group
tions imperatives in web page creation includ- An introduction to public relations. Current communication, organizational communica-
ing design, layout, navigation and usability. practices and problems, with emphasis on the tion, public communication, and mass com-
Topics include web site types, structures, the role of the public relations practitioner as a munication. Communication principles will
importance of the home page, understanding specialist in communications, analyst of public be applied to intercultural interaction so that
screen real estate and how to use it effectively, opinion, and counselor to the major sponsors misunderstanding, prejudice, stereotypes, and
white space, typography, titles and headlines, of public communication. discrimination can be reduced or eliminated.
search engines and how to get listed and many 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
other issues and topics related to effective web MASS COMMUNICATION 272 MASS COMMUNICATION 299
page creation.
Creating Digital Media
3 semester hours

241
Mass Communication

Topics in Mass Communication 3 semester hours and among media, sports, and society. It
1-6 semester hours examines media coverage of sports, the me-
MASS COMMUNICATION 341
diated sports culture, sports and politics, the
MASS COMMUNICATION 306 Magazine and Feature Writing
spectators’ enjoyment of sports violence, the
Argumentation and Debate An in-depth experience of writing fordigital
dark side of competition, and gender and eth-
Knowledge and practice in the craft of re- and traditional media. Focus is on the ad-
nicity issues in sports. Instructor’s permission
search and reasoning in argumentative com- ditional research and preparation needed for
may be required for this course.
munication. Practice in analysis, evidence, thiswriting genre. Principles of advocacy and
3 semester hours
briefing, refutation, and delivery of arguments. rhetoric and their relevance in the news media
Prerequisite: Mass Communication 110. are explored. Prerequisite: Mass Communica- MASS COMMUNICATION 355
3 semester hours tion 235 or 240. Sports Psychology
3 semester hours A study of the psychological foundations of
MASS COMMUNICATION 323
physical activity. An overview of the psycho-
Advertising Copywriting MASS COMMUNICATION 342
logical and mental factors that influence and
Critical study and application of communica- Digital Project Management
are influenced by participation and perfor-
tion principles and concepts as applied to Students work in teams to create and produce
mance in sports, exercise and physical activity.
planning and preparing advertising messages. an original web site or extensively improve an
Included are applications of the knowledge
Writing and visualization for print, broadcast, existing one, working in conjunction with a
gained through research to everyday settings.
and digital media. Prerequisite: Mass Commu- real-world client. The work is performed in a
3 semester hours
nication 220. real-life, deadline driven environment and will
3 semester hours produce a portfolio piece for those entering MASS COMMUNICATION 360
the field of digital media. Students learn the Broadcast News Writing
MASS COMMUNICATION 330
roles and duties of those who work on inter- Instruction and practice in the basics of writ-
Advertising Media Planning
active teams. Instructor’s permission may be ing news for broadcast media. Emphasis on
An investigation of various mass media
required for this course. Prerequisite: MCOM broadcast style, specificity of language, time
audiences’ characteristics, preferences and
252 Introduction to Web Publishing. constraints and other considerations unique
composition and how that information is ob-
3 semester hours to traditional and digital radio and television
tained and used in planning media strategy in
news. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 235
advertising. Topics include characteristics and MASS COMMUNICATION 346
or 240.
evaluation of major media rates and sources Media Management
3 semester hours
of information; problems of coverage, duplica- Examination of the internal functioning and
tion, costs and scheduling. Prerequisite: Mass management practices related to the various MASS COMMUNICATION 357
Communication 220. media institutions. Discusses management The Portfolio Project
3 semester hours by objectives, work plans, analysis methods, The semester is spent creating professional
budget-setting, research planning, message portfolios students can use to seek employ-
MASS COMMUNICATION 333
strategy and plans, media/channel strategy ment. This is a highly specialized, hands-on
TV Commercials
and plans, and evaluation methods related class where actual portfolios are created to
Study how advertising strategies are translated
to communication activities. Emphasis is on help students obtain work in their specific
into creative briefs and message strategies that
developing integrated approaches to solving area of interest— advertising, public relations,
guide the creative process. Special consider-
communication problems under changing sports media, digital media, broadcast, non
ation is given to the roles of TV commercials,
environmental conditions. broadcast, production, and many more.
the format elements of TV commercials, the
3 semester hours Prerequisites: Juniors and Seniors who already
advantages of TV commercials, the creative
have portfolio pieces created from prior class-
process of designing TV commercials, and the MASS COMMUNICATION 352
es. Sophomores upon instructor’s approval.
creation of TV commercials. Prerequisite: Mass Advanced Web Publishing
3 semester hours.
Communication 220. This course sets out to define and apply
3 semester hours advanced concepts of HTML and CSS script- MASS COMMUNICATION 370
ing. Students will develop data driven sites Publicity Methods
MASS COMMUNICATION 339
incorporating scripting and advanced HTML A real-world, hands-on experience where the
Advertising and Public Relations Campaigns
concepts, combining technical skills with class acts as an agency and produces a high-
A real-world, hands on experience where the
professional design approaches. Instructor’s end, full-up public relations campaign for a
class acts as an agency and produces a high-
permission may be required for this course. client that includes free and paid media. Stu-
end, full-up adevertising and public relations
Prerequisite: MCOM 252 Introduction to Web dents see a project through from the discovery
campaign for a client. There’s in-depth analysis
Publishing. phase through to the delivery of the campaign
and practice in strategies and tactics employed
3 semester hours to the client. Class yields an impressive array
in creating a campaign. Class yields an impres-
of traditional and digital collateral that students
sive array of traditional and digital collateral MASS COMMUNICATION 354
can use in their portfolios. Prerequisite: Mass
that students can use in their porfolios. Prereq- Media, Sports, and Society
Communication 220.
uisite: Mass Communication 220. This course studies the relationship between

242
Mathematics

3 semester hours binatorics, probability and statistics. Includes derivative; equations of motion, linear approxi-
applications of mathematics and the use of mation of functions, error analysis, topics from
MASS COMMUNICATION 384
logical and quantitative reasoning. geometry, maxima and minima of functions,
Organizational Communication
3 semester hours curve sketching, related rates. Antidifferentia-
Communication in formal organizations, such
tion and the indefinite integral. Fundamental
as schools, industry, hospitals, and govern- MATHEMATICS 103
Theorem of Calculus. Definite integrals.
ment, with emphasis on how organizational Introduction to College Algebra
Integration by substitution. Applications of
variables affect communication behavior of An introductory course of essential algebra
integration. Areas and volumes. Prerequisite:
humans at work. Simulation, role-playing, case and statistics concepts intended for liberal
Mathematics 109; minimum grade C+.
method, and videotape are used as techniques arts and health and social sciences students, Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
for evaluating personal and organizational ef- as well as STEM students who would
fectiveness. 4 semester hours
benefit from review prior to college algebra.
3 semester hours The first portion of the course discusses MATHEMATICS 112

MASS COMMUNICATION 390 algebraic expressions, polynomials, and Calculus and Analytic Geometry II
Media Law and Ethics equations and inequalities; the second Derivatives and integrals involving exponential
Legal interpretations and standards of judg- introduces the student to the data collection and logarithmic functions. Inverse trigonomet-
ment that affect the reporter and the mass and measurement common in many ric functions. Hyperbolic functions. L‘Hopital’s
media. Theory of the First Amendment. Prob- modern situations and to elementary rule. Techniques of integration including sub-
lems of libel, privacy, censorship, contempt, descriptive and inferential statistical stitution method, integration by parts, partial
news source protection. Relationship of media fraction expansions, approximate integration
techniques.
regulations to community standards and social and use of integral tables. Parametric equa-
3 semester hours tions. Polar coordinates. Improper integrals.
mores. Instructor’s permission may be required
for this course. MATHEMATICS 106 Infinite sequences and series. Taylor and Ma-
3 semester hours College Algebra cLaurin series. Applications to geometry, engi-
An intermediate algebra course intended neering and physics. Prerequisite: Mathematics
MASS COMMUNICATION 395 110; minimum grade C.
primarily for students in STEM degree pro-
Senior Seminar in Mass Communication grams that require pre-calculus and beyond. Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
Emphasis on the analysis of mass media The curriculum focuses on operations with 4 semester hours
institutions, content, function, and policy. and manipulation of polynomial, rational, MATHEMATICS 200
Problem-centered approach, requiring experi- logarithmic and exponential functions and the
mentation in media forms and journalistic in- Mathematics Cooperative Work Study
application of techniques for solving higher- Students entering the Mathematics Coopera-
quiry. Prerequisite: Senior standing within the degree polynomials and systems of equations
Department of Mass Communication. tive Education Program take this course each
and inequalities, including the use of matrices semester that they are employed full-time in
3 semester hours and determinants. paid work assignments. A written report will
MASS COMMUNICATION 398 3 semester hours be required describing achievements result-
Internship MATHEMATICS 109 ing from the work experience. Prerequisite:
Professional, supervised work in an organiza- Precalculus Mathematics Completion of at least 30 semester hours and
tion related to career goals. Prerequisite: Per- A rigorous course for those intending to study permission of the Department.
mission of department required. calculus at the university level. The course Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
3 semester hours focuses on trigonometry, as well analytic 1 semester hour with a maximum of 6
MASS COMMUNICATION 399 geometry, conic sections, limits, introduction semester hours to be applied to the degree
Independent Study to derivatives, and the applications of these MATHEMATICS 203
Advanced project not covered by a regular mathematical skills in modeling of real-life Elementary Statistics
course offering. Term paper or other academic situations. Prerequisite: “C+” or better in MATH A non-calculus introduction to applied
fulfillment project is required. Faculty sponsor 106 or Mathematics Placement Exam. descriptive and inferential statistics for
must be secured in advance. Prerequisite: Per- Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall
business, health sciences, and social
mission of the department and school director 4 semester hours sciences students. Starting from the
is required.
MATHEMATICS 110 definition of data the course investigates
By arrangement; 1-6 semester hours
Calculus and Analytic Geometry I measures of center and dispersion,
Review of functions. Limits and continuity of frequency distributions, the use of
Mathematics functions. Composite functions. Definition of probability theory to construct confidence
the derivative. Derivatives of algebraic and intervals and perform significance tests,
MATHEMATICS 102 trigonometric function. Rules for differentia- and elementary linear regression and
Nature of Mathematics tion; sum rule, difference rule, product rule, correlation.
A survey course of mathematics drawn from quotient rule, chain rule. Rolle’s Theorem and 3 semester hours
areas of algebra, logic, sets, geometry, com- the Mean Value Theorem. Applications of the

243
Mathematics

MATHEMATICS 203B Theorem and Green’s Theorem. Prerequisite: MATHEMATICS 323

Biostatistics Applications Mathematics 112; minimum grade C. Probability and Statistics I
A two hour lab to be taken concurrently with Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall Classical theory of probability. Sample spaces,
Math 203(Statistics) that will teach students 4 semester hours probability and conditional probability, ran-
how to design experimental robust experi- dom variables and their distributions. Standard
MATHEMATICS 227
ments, analyze data, and interpret the results. discrete distributions, normal distributions,
Biomedical applications will be emphasized. Discrete Structures moment generating functions and central limit
Prerequisite: Mathematics 203; minimum grade This course is an introduction to some of the theorems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 112; mini-
C. discrete mathematical structures relevant to mum grade C.
Offered: Spring/Fall only computer science, including set theory, propo- Offered: Fall only
sitional calculus, predicate calculus, algebraic
1 semester hour 3 semester hours
operations and relations, counting techniques
MATHEMATICS 203HS and graph theory. Required of Math majors. MATHEMATICS 324
Biostatistics Identical to Computer Science 227. Prerequi- Probability and Statistics II
Biostatistics provides an introduction to se- site: Mathematics 109; minimum grade C. Continuation of Math 323 Probability and
lected important topics in biostatistical con- Offered: Spring/Fall only Statistics I. Statistical theory. Topics include:
cepts and reasoning. This course represents an 3 semester hours sampling distributions, estimation, Hypothesis
introduction to the field and provides a survey testing, confidence intervals, regression, and if
MATHEMATICS 281
of data and data types. Specific topics include time permits, analysis of variance.
tools for describing central tendency and vari- Differential Equations Offered: Spring only
ability in data; methods for performing infer- A course in ordinary differential equations
3 semester hours
ence on population means and proportions via (ODEs). Classification of ODEs. Existence and
uniqueness theorems. Solution of first and MATHEMATICS 351
sample data; statistical hypothesis testing and
second order linear ODEs. Nonlinear, exact, Advanced Analysis for Scientists & Engineers I
its application to group comparisons; issues of
homogeneous and higher order ODEs. Power Matrix algebra and the eigenvalue problem.
power and sample size in study designs; and
series and Laplace transform solutions. System Fourier series, integrals and transforms. Partial
random sample and other study types. While
of ODEs. Applications include topics in the differential equations. Sturm-Liouville Systems
there are some formulae and computational
physical, natural and social sciences, engineer- and orthogonal functions. Bessel, Legendre,
elements to the course, the emphasis is on in-
ing, finance and ecology. Prerequisite: Math- Gamma, Dirac-delta and other special func-
terpretation and concepts. Prerequisite: Math-
ematics 112; minimum grade C. tions. Applications to various areas of science
ematics 203; minimum grade C. Corequisite:
Offered: Spring only and technology. Prerequisites: “C” or better in
Mathematics 203.
3 semester hours MATH 281 (Differential Equations) and MATH
Offered: Spring/Fall only
215 (Multivariable Calculus) or permission of
1 semester hour MATHEMATICS 314
the instructor.
MATHEMATICS 214
Numerical Methods 3 semester hours
Linear Algebra A first course dealing with basic numerical
methods for finding roots of non-linear equa- MATHEMATICS 380
System of linear equations and matrix algebra,
tions, interpolation theory, approximation of Selected Topics in Mathematics
determinants, vector spaces, eigenvectors, lin-
functions, numerical integration and differen- Selected topics such as calculus of variations
ear transforms and inner product spaces. Pre-
tiation, numerical solutions of systems of linear which are not currently in other Mathematics
requisite: Mathematics 110; minimum grade C.
equations, the matrix eigenvalue problem and courses. Topics will vary from semester to
Offered: Spring only
the numerical solutions of ordinary differen- semester. May be taken more than once for
3 semester hours credit when topics are different. Permission of
tial equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 112;
MATHEMATICS 215 minimum grade C. instructor is required.
Calculus and Analytic Geometry III Offered: Fall only 1-3 semester hours
Vectors; two and three-dimensional vector 3 semester hours MATHEMATICS 391
spaces, Cartesian coordinates, scalar and Modern Algebra
MATHEMATICS 319
vector product, triple products, normal vec- Set theory, including the concepts of mapping
tors and curvature, tangential vectors. Partial Introduction to the Theory of Numbers
Fundamental properties of integers, divis- and denumerable and non-denumerable sets.
differentiation; functions of several variables, Study of abstract structures such as groups,
linear approximations, extrema of surfaces, ibility, primes. Algorithms and factorization.
Congruence and diophantine equations. Num- rings, fields and algebras. Required of math-
Lagrange multipliers. Vector calculus and ematics majors. Prerequisite: Mathematics 215;
analytic geometry, gradient of a scalar func- ber theoretic functions. Order and primitive
roots. Elementary results on the distribution of minimum grade C.
tion, divergence and curl of vector functions. Offered: Spring only
Coordinate systems; spherical and cylindrical primes. Applications in cryptography. Prereq-
uisite: Mathematics 215; minimum grade C. 1-3 semester hours
coordinates. The Jacobian of transformation.
Multiple integrals in Cartesian and other co- Offered: Fall only MATHEMATICS 399
ordinate systems. Areas and volumes. Stroke’s 3 semester hours Independent Study

244
Mechanical Engineering

Advanced work in areas of mathematics un- neering graphics and visualization including Mathematics 215
der the supervision of a department faculty engineering drawing and 3-D solid modeling 3 semester hours
member. Prerequisite: Permission of Division with a computer aided design (CAD) package.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 303
Director. Topics include the design process, multiview
Applied Thermodynamics
1-3 semester hours projection and sectioning, dimensioning, toler-
This course applies thermodynamics prin-
ancing, and working drawings.
MATHEMATICS 401 ciples to the analysis of power generation, re-
2 lecture hours; 1 three-hr lab; 3 semester
Advanced Analysis for Scientists and Engineers I frigeration, and air-conditioning systems. The
hours
Partial differential equations, Bessel functions, topics include: gas and vapor power cycles,
Legendre polynomials. Fourier series, bound- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 200 refrigeration and heat pump cycles, properties
ary and initial value problems, topics in vector Undergraduate Co-op/Internship in Mechanical of gas mixtures and psychrometrics, exergy,
analysis, tensor analysis. Prerequisite: Math- Engineering combustion, and chemical equilibrium. Gradu-
ematics 301 (Differential Equations); minimum By arrangement. ate equivalent: MEEG 462.
grade C. 1-3 semester hours Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 203
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 203
MATHEMATICS 407 Thermodynamics MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 305
Introduction to Modern Analysis This course introduces principles of thermo- System Dynamics and Control
Metric Spaces, sequences and series, continu- dynamics, properties of ideal gases and water This course is an introduction of mathematical
ity differentiation, Riemann-Stiejies integral, vapors, first and second laws of thermodynam- modeling of dynamic systems with mechani-
functions of several variables. Prerequisite: ics, and entropy. Applications of thermody- cal, thermal, hydraulic, and electrical elements.
Mathematics 215; minimum grade C. namic analysis in engineering applications. Modeling techniques based on physical prin-
3 semester hours Prerequisites: Mathematics 112, Chemistry 103. ciples are used to generate system transfer
Co-requisite: Mathematics 215. functions. Analytical and computer simulations
MATHEMATICS 423
3 semester hours are used to study system behaviors. Topics
Mathematical Statistics
include transient response analysis, frequency
Probability theory, discrete and continuous MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 223
response analysis, stability, and feedback con-
distributions, transformations, moment gener- Materials Science for Engineers
trol design. Graduate equivalent: MEEG 405.
ating functions, characteristic functions, central A study of the properties of materials of
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 252,
limit theorem, sampling distributions. importance to engineers. Structure-property-
Mathematics 281, Electrical Engineering 233,
3 semester hours processing relationships. Mechanical, physical
Electrical Engineering 235
and electrical properties of metals, ceramics
MATHEMATICS 423B 3 semester hours
and polymers.
Biostatistics Lab
Prerequisite: Chemistry 103. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 307
Statistical analysis with application to biologi-
3 semester hours Fluid Mechanics
cal science. Includes applications of probabil-
This course introduces the fundamentals of
ity, classifications of data, averages, dispersion, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 250
fluid mechanics and explores the topics of
frequency distributions, confidence intervals, Engineering Mechanics: statics
fluid statics, buoyancy, key properties which
tests of significance, linear regression, and This course utilizes vector algebra and free
affect fluid motion, fluid flow regimes, govern-
correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 323 or body diagrams to solve problems in engineer-
ing equations, empirical and analytic methods
equivalent. May be taken concurrently. ing statics. The topics include vector algebra
of internal and external flows.
1 semester hour of forces and moments, free body diagrams,
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 203,
equilibria of particles and rigid bodies, internal
MATHEMATICS 480 Mechanical Engineering 252, Mathematics 215,
forces in trusses and frames, centroids and
Selected Topics Mathematics 281
centers of gravity, internal forces in trusses and
Selected topics which are not currently in 3 semester hours
frames, friction and applications to machines,
other Mathematics courses. Topics will vary
and moments of inertia. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 310
from semester to semester. May be taken more
Prerequisites: Mathematics 112, Physics 207. Mechanics of Materials
than once for credit when topics are different.
3 semester hours This course introduces the concepts of stress,
Permission of instructor is required.
deformation and strain in solid materials. Top-
1-3 semester hours MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 252
ics include stress and strain analysis applied
3 semester hours Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics
to beams, vessels, and pipes; combined load-
This course is designed to teach kinematics
ing; stress and strain transformations; bending
and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies.
stresses and shear stresses in beams; column
Mechanical Engineering Newton’s laws of motion, work-energy, and
buckling.
impulse-momentum are studied and applied
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 112
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 250
to practical engineering problems.
Engineering Graphics and CAD 3 semester hours
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 250,
This course provides an introduction to engi- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 315
Mechanical Vibrations

245
Mechanical Engineering • Medical Laboratory Science

This course covers vibration analysis of single the heat transfer coefficient, thermal conduc- Independent Study in Mechanical Engineering
and multi-degree-of-freedom systems as well tivity and emissivity are examined. Independent study of advanced topics in Me-
as continuous systems, including both damped Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 307 chanical Engineering. Problem assignment to
and undamped free and forced vibration. 3 semester hours be arranged with and approved by the depart-
Pre-requisite: Mathematics 281, Mechanical ment.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 369
Engineering 252, Mechanical Engineering 310. 3 semester hours
Thermal Fluid Systems Design
3 semester hours
This course integrates thermodynamics, fluid
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 350
Machine Design
mechanics and heat transfer through applica-
tion to the design of various thermal systems
Medical Laboratory Science
This course covers part modeling, selection, comprised of several components requiring (MLSC)
and engineering analysis of machine com- individual analyses. Emphasis on modeling,
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 301
ponents to design structural frame, bearings, analysis, and design of engineering systems
supporting beam, shafts, springs, gears, fasten- and components with state-of-the-art comput- Phlebotomy
ers, and other elements in a machinery and er software. Graduate equivalent: MEEG 469. Introduction to the theory and practice of phle-
mechanical systems. Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 307, botomy and laboratory safety. Pre-analytical,
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 112, Mechanical Engineering 363 analytical and post analytical components of
Mechanical Engineering 252, Mechanical En- 3 semester hours laboratory service. Introduction to the prin-
gineering 310. ciple and practice of quality assurance and
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 372 quality improvement.
3 semester hours
Manufacturing Processes Offered: Spring/Fall only
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 361 This course covers major manufacturing pro- 2 Semester hours
Senior Design Project I cesses for engineering materials, including
The first part of the senior design project, casting, forming, cutting, joining, and molding. MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 301L
which covers topics of product design and de- It also studies manufacturing considerations in Phlebotomy Lab
velopment process. Design project proposals, design, including material considerations, pro- Introduction to the practice of phlebotomy and
computer-aided design, analysis, and model- cess selection, machine tools, product quality, laboratory safety. Pre-analytical, analytical and
ing of an open-ended engineering design and automation. post analytical components of laboratory ser-
problem. Development and presentation of Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 310 vice. Introduction to the principle and practice
conceptual designs. 3 semester hours of quality assurance and quality improvement.
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 363, Offered: Spring/Fall only
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 380 1 Semester hour
Mechanical Engineering 350.
Mechanical Measurement and Data Analysis
3 semester hours MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 310
The course introduces the fundamentals of
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 362 basic instrumentation, experimental measure- Intro to Hematology
Senior Design Project II ment and data analysis used in mechanical Lecture/laboratory course that emphasizes
The second part of the senior design project, engineering. In addition to instrument use and basic hematologic principles. Manual and au-
which covers topics of product design and de- the planning and execution of experiments, tomated procedures are performed. Emphasis
velopment process. Development of a working the topics of calibration, precision, sampling, on morphology and clinical applications. The
design started in the previous semester using accuracy and error are included. Special focus course includes hemostasis and components in
computer-aided design, analysis, modeling, is given to the preparation of technical reports. the blood related to hemostatic mechanisms.
and optimization methods and manufacture a Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 305, Co- Includes principles of procedures involved
prototype of the final design. requisite: Mathematics 323. and their relationship to diagnosis and treat-
Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 361 2 lecture hours; 1 three hour laboratory; 3 ment of disease. Prerequisite: BIOL 102 or 213.
3 semester hours semester hours Recommend MLSC 315 or BIOL 114 as a pre-
requisite for Biology majors.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 363 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 381 Offered: Spring/Fall only
Heat Transfer Mechanical Engineering Systems Lab 2 semester hours
This course introduces heat transfer principles This course is the application of measurement
and their applications in a wide range of en- techniques developed in MEEG 380 to various MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 310L
gineering applications. The three fundamental mechanical systems and processes. Emphasis Intro to Hematology Lab
modes of heat transfer are studied in detail: is on data acquisition, reduction, analysis, and This course will provide an extensive orienta-
conduction (steady-state and transient) con- report preparation. tion to a hematology laboratory and include
vection (forced and natural) and radiation. Ba- Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering 380, a more extensive component for coagulation
sic concepts such as Fourier’s Law, Newton’s Mechanical Engineering 363, Mathematics 323 and body fluid microscopic examination. Stu-
Law of Cooling and the Stefan-Boltzmann Law 2 lecture hours; 1 three hour laboratory; 3 dents will use this material as a pre-requisite to
are presented as well as analytic, empirical and semester hours clinical rotations. Prerequisite: MLSC 315, BIOL
numerical methods of solution. Key properties 102, 211 or 113, or 213. Lab fee assessed.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 399
which affect the rate of heat transfer such as Offered: Spring/Fall only

246
Medical Laboratory Science

1 semester hour current professional issues in clinical laborato- 1 semester hour

ry science are examined. Students are advised
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 311 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 341
about the requirements of their clinical rota-
Intro to Clinical Chemistry Immunology
tions and prepare their applications for place-
Lecture/laboratory course focusing on the Consideration of the basic principles and
ment. Students are prepared for the successful
methods of analysis for routine and special- concepts of the mechanics of immunity and
completion of the clinical readiness examina-
ized clinical chemistry analytes. Emphasis on the relation of immunological phenomena to
tion.
the lab math, statistics, and quality control pro- biological problems. This course is taught in
Offered: Spring/Fall only
cedures as they relate to the clinical laboratory. conjunction with MLSC 341L immunology lab
Prerequisite: CHEM 380 with a C or 1 semester hour course. Prerequisite BIOL 211 or BIOL 213/214
better. MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 321 with a C or better.
Offered: Spring/Fall only Clinical Seminar I Offered: Spring/Fall only
2 semester hours Educational methodology, including objective 3 Semester hours
and examination, writing and item analysis
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 314 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 341L
curriculum design and evaluation of cogni-
Intro to Immunohematology Immunology Lab
tive, affective and psychomotor domains.
Lecture/laboratory course emphasizing immu- Laboratory section taught in conjunction with
Addresses accreditation, certification and licen-
nohematologic concepts and properties un- MLSC 341. This course is devoted to the im-
sure related issues, and dynamics of the health
derlying scientific principles of blood banking. munologic and serologic techniques utilized in
care delivery system as it relates to the clinical
Includes theory and practical applications of a clinical laboratory. Pre-requisite BIOL 211 or
laboratory and services.
blood-group systems, antibody identification 213/214 with a C or better. Lab fee assessed.
Offered: Spring/Fall only
and compatibility testing, hemolytic disease of Offered: Spring/Fall only
the newborn, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, 1 semester hour
1 Semester hour
and donor testing introduction to procurement MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 322
and processing. Prerequisite: BIOL 341 or Clinical Seminar II MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 350
MLSC 341. Lab fee assessed. Introduction to human resource and financial Advanced Hematology
Offered: Spring/Fall only management, lab operations including critical Lecture focusing on advanced principles
2 semester hours pathways and clinical decision making, perfor- of hematologic testing leading to improved
mance improvement, lab information systems interpretative skills in hematology. Emphasis
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 315 on correlation of data with disease states and
(LIS), personnel management and financial
Fundamentals of Medical Laboratory Science disorders. Case studies and discussion used to
management of a clinical laboratory. Includes
This is a lecture/laboratory course that provides illustrate the pathophysiology of hematological
advanced principles and practices of quality
an overview of all of the clinical laboratory dysfunction. Prerequisite: MLSC 310L with a C
assurance and quality improvement, career ad-
testing areas. Topics include Clinical Chemis- or better.
vancement and planning, and professionalism.
try, Hematology, Immunohematology (Blood Offered: Spring/Fall only
Offered: Spring/Fall only
Bank), Microbiology and Urinalysis. Students 3 semester hours
will perform manual testing for each area as 1 semester hour
is applicable. Pre- requisite: BIOL 102. Lab fee MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 332 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 354
assessed. Medical Microbiology Advanced Immunohematology
Offered: Spring/Fall only Focuses on the study of infectious disease pro- Lecture/laboratory focusing on problem-solv-
3 semester hours cesses; the biology of pathogenic microorgan- ing and special techniques used in antibody
isms; the etiology, pathology, diagnosis and identification and compatibility testing. Also
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 317 includes a discussion of donor requirements,
epidemiology of viral and bacterial disease.
Mycology/Parasitology/Virology blood component preparation and therapy,
Must be taken with MLSC 332L.
Overview of medically significant fungi, para- and quality assurance in the blood bank/trans-
sites, and viruses. Emphasis will be placed on Pre-requisite BIOL 320 with a C or better. fusion service. Prerequisite: MLSC 314 with a
pathogenesis, modes of transmission, and Offered: Fall only C or better.
identification. Laboratory techniques used in 3 semester hours Offered: Spring/Fall only
isolation, cultivation, and identification will be 2 semester hours
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 332L
used. Also included will be discussions of epi-
Medical Microbiology Lab MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 355
demiology and host response regarding these
This course is taught in conjunction with the Advanced Clinical Chemistry
microorganisms. Prerequisite: BIOL 320. Lab
BIOL 332 Medical microbiology course; the Lecture focusing on the interpretation,. clinical
fee assessed.
laboratory section is open to MLS majors and significance, and associated disease states of
Offered: Spring only
focuses on techniques used for the identifica- routine and specialized clinical chemistry tests.
4 semester hours tion of microorganisms in a clinical laboratory. Newer testing methods used to identify dis-
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 320 Pre-requisite BIOL 320 with a C or better. Lab eases/disorders will be discussed. Prerequisite:
Pre-Clinical Seminar fee assessed. MLSC 311 with a C or better.
An introduction to the standards, ethics, and Offered: Fall only

247
Medical Laboratory Science • Music

Offered: Spring/Fall only MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 385 Independent Study

2 semester hours Clinical Microbiology Laboratory Rotation An opportunity for the student to pursue in-
Isolation and identification of clinically im- dividual study in their field of interest under
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 380
portant bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi the supervision of a specialist. Prerequisite:
Phlebotomy Clinical Rotation including antibiotic susceptibility testing. Tech- Permission of instructor and the Department
Performance and observation of various niques for identifying parasites are included. Chair.
phlebotomy techniques in potentially both Prerequisite: MLSC 332 with a C or better and 1-6 semester hours
inpatient and outpatient settings. Pre-requisite: successful completion of the clinical readiness
MLSC 301 and 301L. examination. MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 410
Offered: Spring/Fall only Offered: Spring/Fall only Advanced Hematology
2 semester hours Lecture/laboratory focusing on advanced
4 semester hours
principles of hematologic testing leading to
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 382
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 386 improved interpretative skills in hematology.
Clinical Hematology Laboratory Rotation Clinical Immunohematology Laboratory Rotation Emphasis on correlation of data with disease
Automated and manual methods of cell count- Blood typing, antibody screening and identi- states and disorders. Case studies and discus-
ing and differentiation are performed on blood fication, compatibility testing, and other im- sion used to illustrate the pathophysiology
and other body fluids. Instruction and experi- munohematologic procedures are included. of hematological dysfunction. Prerequisite:
ence in advanced instrumentation using auto- Emphasis is on operation and problem-solving MDTCH 310 with a C or better.
mated cell counters and differential systems, in a modern transfusion service. Prerequisite: 2 Semester hours
coagulation and platelet analyzers, and special MLSC 314 with a C or better and successful
hematologic testing of white and red cells us- MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 411
completion of the clinical readiness. examina-
ing cytochemistry techniques are provided to Advanced Clinical Chemistry
tion.
identify disease states and disorders. Prerequi- Lecture/laboratory focusing on clinical sig-
Offered: Spring/Fall only
site: successful completion of MLSC 310/310L nificance and methodology of trace elements,
3 semester hours
with C or better and successful completion of vitamins, therapeutic drug monitoring, and
the clinical readiness examination. MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 388 toxicology. Newer testing methods used to
Offered: Spring/Fall only Clinical Correlation (Clinical) identify diseases/disorders will be discussed.
4 semester hours Use of problem-based case studies to analyze Emphasizes instrument selection and method
clinical situations and correlate laboratory validation process. Prerequisite: MLSC 311
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 383
data. Prerequisite: Successful completion of with a C or better.
Urinalysis and Body Fluids the clinical readiness examination. 2 Semester hours
This course gives an opportunity for the stu- Offered: Spring/Fall only
dent to pursue individual study in their field MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 414
2 semester hours Advanced Immunohematology
of interest under the supervision of a specialist
during a clinical rotation at an affiliate hospi- MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 393 Lecture/laboratory focusing on problem-solv-
tal laboratory. This course provides didactic Clinical Research ing and special techniques used in antibody
materials to complement the clinical rotation A review of qualitative and quantitative re- identification and compatibility testing. Also
experience. search methods and statistics resulting in the includes a discussion of donor requirements,
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor or de- completion of a clinical based technical or blood component preparation and therapy,
partment chair educational based research paper. and quality assurance in the blood bank/trans-
Offered: Spring/Fall only; distance learning Offered: Spring/Fall only fusion service. Prerequisite: MLSC 314 with a
1 semester hour 1 semester hour C or better.
2 Semester hours
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 384 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 399
Clinical Chemistry Laboratory Rotation Independent Study MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 420
Provides an opportunity to apply chemical An opportunity for the student to pursue in- Clinical Hematology Rotation
and immunologic theory and practice to rou- dividual study in their field of interest under Automated and manual methods of cell count-
tine and special clinical chemistry procedures, the supervision of a specialist. Prerequisite: ing and differentiation are performed on blood
toxicology, therapeutic drug monitoring, and Permission of instructor and the Department and other body fluids. Instruction and experi-
urinalysis. Also includes immunologic pro- Chair. ence in advanced instrumentation using auto-
cedures. Includes instruction and experience 1-6 semester hours mated cell counters and differential systems,
in the use, standardization, and maintenance coagulation and platelet analyzers, and special
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 399-WA2
of sophisticated laboratory analyzers. Prereq- hematologic testing of white and red cells us-
Molecular (as needed) ing cytochemistry techniques are provided to
uisite: MLSC 311 with a C or better and suc-
Online theory course about molecular tech- identify disease states and disorders. Prerequi-
cessful completion of the clinical readiness
niques. Prerequisite: BIOL 102 with a C or site: MLSC Successful completion of MLSC 310
examination.
better. with C or better. and successful completion of
Offered: Spring/Fall only
1 semester hour the clinical readiness examination.
5 semester hours
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 399 4 Semester hours

248
Music

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 421 MUSIC 122

Clinical Chemistry Rotation Private Lessons Music in the Liberal Arts
Provides an opportunity to apply chemical This course explores the influences of music
APPLIED MUSIC 100/400
and immunologic theory and practice to rou- on and from fields such as literature, math-
Private Instruction
tine and special clinical chemistry procedures, ematics, religion, business, and psychology. It
Private instrumental/vocal lessons are avail-
toxicology, therapeutic drug monitoring, and is designed to develop a passion for creative
able by arrangement. One credit per semester
urinalysis. Also includes immunologic pro- sounds through phonocentric skills developed
will be given for ten half–hour lessons. Two
cedures. Includes instruction and experience in class, extensive reading, and written assign-
credits per semester will be given for ten one–
in the use, standardization, and maintenance ments that reflect a learned use of musical
hour lessons. Since lessons are one-on-one, an
of sophisticated laboratory analyzers. Prereq- vocabulary.
additional fee applies. Applied Music may be
uisite: MLSC 311 with a C or better and suc- 3 semester hours
repeated for credit each semester. Prerequisite:
cessful completion of the clinical readiness
Open to non majors or minors with permission MUSIC 123
examination.
of Program Director. Available instruments Song Logic
5 Semester hours
include bass, cello, clarinet, composition, A continuation and development of skills
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 422 conducting, drumset, flute, horn, jazz guitar, learned in MUSC 122 (which is a prerequisite).
Clinical Microbiology Rotation jazz piano, jazz voice, music technology (ad- Students will assimilate intermediate level ana-
Isolation and identification of clinically im- vanced), oboe, piano, percussion, saxophone, lytical techniques as applied to popular music.
portant bacteria, mycobacteria, and fungi tabla, theory, trumpet, trombone, violin, viola, Students will learn how some albums are as-
including antibiotic susceptibility testing. Tech- and voice. sembled as concept albums using techniques
niques for identifying parasites are included. 1-2 semester hours developed by composers in 19th century song
Prerequisite: MLSC 332 with a C or better and cycles. Students will develop an analytical
successful completion of the clinical readiness portfolio.
examination. Music 3 semester hours
4 Semester hours
MUSIC 109 MUSIC 124
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 424 Music Theory I Introduction to World Music
Clinical Immunohematology Rotation A thorough exploration of music fundamen- Music is a universal human practice. This
Blood typing, antibody screening and identi- tals: principles of notation, clefs, time signa- course provides an introduction to the diverse
fication, compatibility testing, and other im- tures, musical terms, rhythmic concepts, scales, musical traditions of the world, and to thinking
munohematologic procedures are included. keys, triads, and seventh chords. Application about music from an ethnomusicological per-
Emphasis is on operation and problem-solving of these fundamentals is emphasized through spective. Folk, popular, and composed music
in a modern transfusion service. Prerequisite: study of musical literature. from multiple regions is studied in terms of
MLSC 314 with a C or better and successful 3 semester hours. structure, performance practice, social use,
completion of the clinical readiness examina- and cultural significance.
MUSIC 109A & 110A
tion. 3 semester hours
Aural Theory I & II
3 Semester hours
Development of aural skills beginning with MUSIC 137 & 138
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 431 fundamentals, including interval, scale, and Beginning & Intermediate Music Production
Clinical Correlations triad recognition; solfegé, sight–singing, In this course, students will learn to use the
Use of problem-based case studies to analyze sight¬–reading, and dictation. digital audio workstation Pro Tools to effec-
clinical situations and correlate laboratory 1 semester hour tively record, edit, and produce original music
data. Prerequisite: Successful completion of and/or arrangements. Pro Tools is widely used
MUSIC 110
the clinical readiness examination. by audio professionals for music recording,
Music Theory II
2 Semester hours editing, and production.
The study of species counterpoint as a tool to
3 semester hours
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 432 inform analysis, improvisation, performance,
Clinical Research and composition. First through fourth species MUSIC 201 & 202
A review of qualitative and quantitative re- are studied in two and three voices. Masterworks of Music I & II
search methods and statistics resulting in the 3 semester hours. Designed to increase knowledge of musical
completion of a clinical based technical or literature and to refine awareness of musical
MUSIC 121
educational based research project. patterns and syntax. Representative works are
Music Appreciation
1 Semester hour analyzed and compared.
A basic course in the elements of music and
3 semester hours.
their historical application in Western music.
Music Active listening and student participation is MUSIC 203
emphasized. Music History I
3 semester hours The historical development of music and musi-
cal styles from ancient Greece to the end of the

249
Music

Baroque era. four-part writing. Development of basic keyboard skills in a

3 semester hours 3 semester hours group setting.
3 semester hours.
MUSIC 204 MUSIC 215A & 216A
Music History II Aural Theory III & IV MUSIC 395
The historical development of music and mu- More advanced development of aural skills, Senior Recital
sical styles during the Classical and Romantic including interval, scale, and triad recognition, Student prepares and performs a recital of
periods. solfegé, sight–singing, sight–reading, harmonic approximately thirty to forty-five minutes of
3 semester hours analysis, and dictation. solo and small ensemble repertoire, providing
1 semester hour a printed program and program notes, as a
MUSIC 205
public demonstration of skills and knowledge
Music History III MUSIC 216
developed throughout their collegiate music
An examination of the varied music produced Music Theory IV
study.
from the late nineteenth century into the Introduction to the harmonic practices of the
1 semester hour.
twenty-first, including influential works and nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in
major composers. Connections will be made to Western music, with an emphasis on chromati- MUSIC 398
relevant historical, cultural, and philosophical cism and large scale formal considerations. Internship
developments. Prerequisite: MUSC 122, MUSC Examples from the repertoire will be studied. Professional, supervised, unpaid work experi-
203 and 204, or permission of the instructor. 3 semester hours. ence in an organization related to the student’s
3 semester hours MUSIC 220 career goals in music. Permission of program
MUSIC 207 Vocal Diction director required.
Study of IPA and vowel and consonant pro- 1 semester hour
History of Jazz
A study of the periods of jazz, jazz perform- duction required for singing in Italian, Ger- MUSIC 399
ers and composers, trends, influences, stylistic man, French and English. Specific application Independent Study
features, and related materials. to the song and operatic literature. Specialized advanced projects in subjects not
3 semester hours 3 semester hours covered by course offerings. Conferences with
MUSIC 230X designated Independent Study advisor. Per-
MUSIC 208A & 208B
Jazz Improvisation and Repertoire I & II Music of the Global South mission of program director required.
This course centers around Indigenous muscial 1-3 semester hours
Study of jazz improvisation through the study
of harmony and style. Students analyze and traditions of the Global South (non-Western
cultures), many of which have evolved and
transcribe solos. Prerequisites: MUSC 109 &
flourished without the use of written notation Ensembles
110.
3 semester hours. (sheet music). What might it mean to let go of MUSIC 103
Western understandings of musical structure as University Singers
MUSIC 209 we interpret and experience the music of the The University Singers is an unauditioned,
Business of Music Global South? Through listening, embodying, mixed-voice chorus open to all members of
Practical knowledge of skills necessary to func- and performing, we will delve into music- the University community. It performs music
tion and flourish as a professional musician. making processes that celebrate Indigenous ranging the complete breadth of choral reper-
Standard business models for private studio voices, instruments, and musical practices. toire at concerts and University functions.
teaching, not-for-profits, performing contracts, 3 semester hours 1 semester hour.
artist management, recording and publishing.
MUSIC 235X
3 semester hours MUSIC 104
History and Performance of the Steel Band Chamber Singers
MUSIC 213 & 214 In this course students will participate in both Auditioned vocal ensemble drawn from the
Songwriting I & II seminar and ensemble sessions. In the seminar University Singers sings demanding music;
Students will compose songs in various com- portion of the course, classes will consist of permission of instructor or program director
mercial and popular idioms, with assistance discussion of reading and listening materi- required.
from peers and the instructor in editing, revis- als that will detail the cultural and political 1 semester hour.
ing and refining their creations, leading to a circumstances that created the space for steel
portfolio of notated and recorded work. Pre- pan culture to develop in Trinidad and Tobago MUSIC 105
requisites: MUSC 110, MUSC 110A. during the 20th century. Students will also Orchestra
3 semester hours. participate in learning the steel pan art form A university-community orchestra offering op-
through traditional rote learning methods, as portunity for public performance.
MUSIC 215
well as standard notation arrangements. 1 semester hour
Music Theory III
Introduction to the harmonic and formal 3 semester hours MUSIC 106
practices of the seventeenth and eighteenth MUSIC 255 & 256 Fusion Ensemble
centuries in Western music. Examples from Fundamentals of Piano I & II
the repertoire studied. Continues the study of

250
Music • Nursing

Instrumental ensemble performing in a vari- an understanding of vocal development, and MUSIC EDUCATION 342
ety of configurations and genres, with focus the ability to develop students’ singing voices Instrumental Practicum
on commercial, contemporary, and popular at all grade levels. Designed to give the music education stu-
musical styles. Opportunities for arranging, 3 semester hours. dent an opportunity to expand conducting
compostion, improvisation, and songwriting. technique, develop rehearsal techniques, and
MUSIC EDUCATION 321
1 semester hour. expand familiarity with standard instrumental
Group Instruction in Strings
literature. Opportunity will be provided to
MUSIC 107A-P Designed to provide the future school music
rehearse and conduct University instrumental
Chamber Ensembles teacher with basic proficiency on string instru-
ensembles.
Development of musical skills related to ments, and the skills needed to teach string
1 semester hour
functioning within a small ensemble. An ex- players at all grade levels.
ploration of rehearsal techniques and group 3 semester hours. MUSIC EDUCATION 343
dynamics leading to performance of chamber Music in Elementary Schools
MUSIC EDUCATION 323
ensemble repertoire. Musicianship skills, musical repertoire, peda-
Group Instruction in Woodwinds
1 semester hour. gogy, and problem-solving for teaching music
Designed to provide the future school music
in prekindergarten through grade six.
MUSIC 108 teacher with basic proficiency on woodwind
3 semester hours
UB Percussion Group instruments, and the skills needed to teach
Percussion ensemble performing in concert. woodwind players at all grade levels. 3 semes- MUSIC EDUCATION 344
1 semester hour ter hours. Music in Secondary Schools
MUSIC EDUCATION 325 Musicianship skills, musical repertoire, peda-
MUSIC 109
Group Instruction in Brass gogy, and problem-solving for teaching music
Accompanying
Designed to provide the future school music in secondary schools.
Serving as piano accompanist for University
teacher with basic proficiency on brass instru- 3 semester hours
ensembles, productions, vocal lessons, or in-
strumental lessons as assigned. ments, and the skills needed to teach brass MUSIC EDUCATION 399
1 semester hour. players at all grade levels. Independent Study
3 semester hours Specialized advanced projects in subjects not
MUSIC 111
MUSIC EDUCATION 326 covered by course offerings. Conferences with
Concert Band
Group Instruction in Percussion designated independent study advisor. Permis-
A university-community wind ensemble offer-
Designed to provide the future school music sion of program director required.
ing opportunity for public performance.
teacher with basic proficiency on both pitched 1-3 semester hours
1 semester hour.
and unpitched percussion instruments, and MUSIC EDUCATION 435
the skills needed to teach percussionists at all Designing Curriculum and Instruction in Music
Music Education grade levels. In this seminar, students will explore, and
3 semester hours critically reflect upon, the relationships among
MUSIC EDUCATION 240
MUSIC EDUCATION 331 music, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and
Field Experience in Music Education education. Course content includes aesthetic
Designed to give the prospective music Literature and Techniques for Choral Music
A study of choral literature and rehearsal tech- and praxial philosophies of music and the arts
teacher firsthand knowledge of the role, re- (from ancient Greece to the present) as well as
sponsibilities, and skill set of the professional niques appropriate for all grade levels.
3 semester hours the psychology of music, the history and soci-
music educator and the realities of contem- ology of music, and influential practices and
porary music education by observing and MUSIC EDUCATION 332 schools of thought within the profession (i. e.
assisting experienced music teachers in local Literature and Techniques for Instrumental Music Dalcroze, Gordon, Kodaly, Orff). Students will
schools and arts organizations, and reflecting Study of band, orchestra, and jazz ensemble lit- explore the implications of course concepts
on the experience. erature with emphasis on rehearsal techniques for contemporary music education at all grade
1 semester hour and problems related to band and orchestra levels.
MUSIC EDUCATION 311
organization. 3 semester hours
Conducting 3 semester hours
Students will acquire or refine further the MUSIC EDUCATION 341
fundamentals of an effective conducting tech- Choral Practicum Nursing
nique, as well as rehearsal techniques and Designed to give the music education student NURS 201
approaches to score study. an opportunity to expand conducting tech-
Introduction to Nursing
3 semester hours. nique, develop rehearsal techniques, and ex-
This course introduces concepts and roles of
MUSIC EDUCATION 320
pand familiarity with standard choral literature.
professional nursing and the UBSN conceptual
Group Instruction in Voice Opportunity will be provided to rehearse and
framework, philosophy, values, and student
Designed to provide the future school music conduct University choral ensembles.
learning outcomes for the nursing curriculum.
teacher with improved proficiency as a singer, 1 semester hour
Nursing process, introductory communication

251
Nursing

skills, and the elements of the health care sys- ventions. Patient education and clinical ap- 3 Credits
tem are explored. Tools for facilitating success plications are emphasized for pharmacology
NURSING 305
as a nurse are presented. interventions in patient care. The course also
Leadership and Management in Nursing
2 semester hours explores the indications, modes of action,
Introduces the RN student to organizational
effects, contraindications and interactions for
NURS 202 theory, management, structure of nursing care
selected drug classifications. Specific nursing
Fundamentals of Nursing delivery systems, and components of leader-
responsibilities related to drug administration
This course focuses on the fundamentals ship behavior. This course focuses on the role
care are emphasized.
of nursing practice based on the biological, of the nurse as both a formal and informal
3 Credits
behavioral, social and nursing sciences. The leader in multiple roles of organizing, teach-
course presents the professional nurse role as NURSING 301 ing, decision making, evaluating, and manag-
the provider of care and explores safety and Nursing Theory & Evidence-Based Practice (pre- ing conflict.
environment of the healthcare system. The req Statistics) 3 credits
core competencies of patient-centeredness, This course is designed to introduce the RN
NURSING 306
spirit of nursing, communication, and nursing student to the conceptual, philosophical,
Quality, Safety/Health Policy
judgment are interwoven with basic nursing scientific, and ethical bases for professional
This course examines health care policy and
principles of oxygenation, perfusion, fluid/ nursing practice. The relationship among
politics as it relates to the quality and safety
electrolytes, mobility, elimination, and pain. theory, research and evidence-based practice
of nursing practice. Historical, ethical, political,
Clinical experiences provide opportunities is explored and applied to real life practice
and economic factors are discussed and the
to implement beginning psychomotor skills situations. The role of the nurse in support
nurse’s responsibility and role in health care
including medication administration and the of this theory, research, and evidence-based
policy is explored. A project facilitates applica-
nursing process in the delivery of nursing care. practice is addressed through a theoretical
tion of principles addressed in the course.
3 credits lecture, 1 credit lab, 4 semester hours paper, research critiques, and discussion of
3 credits
evidence-based care in selected scenarios.
NURS 204
3 Credits NURSING 307
Health Promotion I: Health Assessment
Nursing & Healthcare Informatics
This course focuses on the concepts and skills NURSING 302
The focus of this course is to introduce the
of a holistic health assessment to identify an Health Assessment
principles of health care informatics, commu-
individual’s health care status along the health- The focus of this course is to provide the es-
nication networks, and health care technology
illness continuum. Health promotion strategies sential elements of health assessment relevant
in the assessment, delivery, and evaluation of
are identified and used to guide the develop- to the role of the BSN graduate. Skills and tools
quality nursing care in a variety of settings.
ment of a plan for assisting a person to maxi- for holistic health assessment are provided that
Ethical and legal considerations are integrated
mize health capacity. facilitate the implementation of safe, quality
into the application of technological best prac-
2 credits lecture, 1 credit lab, 3 semester hours nursing care across the lifespan.
tice to care.
3 Credits
NURS 206 3 Credits
Health Maintenance and Restoration I NURSING 303
NURSING 308
This course focuses on the role of provider of Community Health
Capstone II
holistic nursing care to adult patients experi- This course is designed to provide students
This seminar style course is designed to pro-
encing changes in safety, elimination, diges- with the opportunity to apply the nursing
vide an opportunity for synthesis of learning
tion, sensory, mobility and immune status. process to the community as the health client.
experiences from past and current learning
Opportunities are provided for students to use Students will apply principles of community
to promote professional practice emphasiz-
critical thinking skills in assessing, planning, assessment and health promotion to investi-
ing principles of lifelong learning and caring
implementing, documenting, and evaluat- gate a community/ population health status.
practices. Collaboration with other health
ing nursing care in perioperative and other The health needs of populations at risk within
care providers to improve evidence-based
medical/surgical environments. Core values the community are identified and plans are
outcomes of care for individuals, families, and
and competencies are examined throughout formulated to meet those needs.
communities is emphasized. The application
the roles and behaviors of provider of care, 3 Credits
of these concepts through the development
designer/manager/coordinator of care, and
NURSING 304 of a professional portfolio will document a
member of a profession
3 credits lecture, 3 credits clinical, 6 semester
Professional Seminar strategic change project that reflects successful
A seminar course focusing on issues pertinent completion of individual goals and program
hours
to professional nursing practice. This course learning outcomes.
NURS 208 provides an opportunity for the RN student to 3 Credits
Pharmacology for Professional Nursing complete the synthesis to the BSN role prior to NURS 310
This course focuses on the basic principles program completion while exploring current
of pharmacology and nursing implications. trends that impact the practice of professional Population and Global Health
The nursing process is used to explore the nursing. This course is for RNs and focuses on appli-
therapeutic effects of pharmacological inter- cation and population health. Students apply

252
 Nursing • Nutrition

concepts of the nursing process to a selected providing holistic nursing care to basic medi- hours
aggregate population through completion of a cal surgical adult patients. Nursing care con-
NURS 328
community assessment project demonstrating cepts will be addressed from a physiologic,
Health Policy and Health Systems
successful accomplishment of practice experi- pathophysiologic, and psychosocial context.
This course examines health care policy,
ences. Opportunities are provided for students to
health systems, and political issues as they
2 credits lecture, 1cr practice: 3 credits develop critical thinking and clinical reason-
relate to nursing practice. Historical, ethical,
ing through application of the nursing process.
NURS 314 legal, political and economic factors are dis-
Core values, patient education, and nursing
Research Process in Nursing cussed and the nurse’s responsibility and role
competencies will be examined through a
This course is designed to introduce the con- in examining and contributing to the develop-
variety of learning experiences.
ceptual, philosophical, scientific and ethical ment of health care policy is identified.
3 credits lecture, 3 credits clinical, 6 semester
basis for professional nursing practice. It ex- 3 semester hours
hours (ABSN only)
amines theories of nursing and other theories
NURS 344
relevant to nursing practice. The relationship NURS 322
Health Promotion II: The Community
of theory, research and evidence-based prac- Health Maintenance and Restoration II
This course explores the concepts and prin-
tice is explored and applied to real life prac- This course focuses on the nurse’s role in pro-
ciples of caring for clients in the community
tice situations. The structure and function of viding holistic nursing care to medical-surgical
setting and the community as clients. Diverse
interprofessional relationships are examined as adult patients. Nursing care concepts will be
nursing roles and interventions are examined
evidence-based practice is discussed and ap- addressed from a physiologic, pathophysiolog-
and in-depth community assessment employ-
plied. ic, and psychosocial context. Opportunities
ing epidemiological principles and data col-
3 semester hours are provided for students to develop critical
lection strategies is emphasized. Discussion of
thinking and clinical reasoning through ap-
NURS 316 the determinants and operations of the health
plication of the nursing process. Core values,
Health Maintenance and Restoration II care system from a broad political, economic,
patient education, and nursing competencies
This course emphasizes holistic nursing care social and legal perspective are integrated
will be examined through a variety of learning
for patient experiencing changes in metabo- throughout.
experiences.
lism, elimination, oxygenation and perfusion 3 credits lecture, 2 credits clinical, 5 semester
3 credits lecture, 3 credits clinical, 6 semester
status. Students integrate theoretical knowl- hours
hours (ABSN only)
edge into their clinical practice of the health-
NURS 345
illness continuum in a variety of health care NURS 323
Leadership and Management Roles in Nursing
settings. Core values and competencies are Essentials of Family Nursing
This course introduces organizational theory
examined throughout the roles and behaviors This course focuses on holistic nursing care
and structure of nursing care delivery system
of provider of care, designer/manager/coordi- of the child-bearing and child-rearing family.
and components of leadership behaviors
nator of care, and member of a profession. The roles of the nurse as provider, designer/
within the nursing roles of provider or care,
3 cred lect, 3 cred clinical, 6 semester hours manager/coordinator of care and member of
designer/manager/coordinator of care, and
the profession are implemented across the
NURS 318
member of the profession. Focus is on the role
health-illness continuum. Opportunities are
Essentials in Psychology and Mental Health in of the nurse leader in the multiple expecta-
provided in a variety of clinical settings for
Nursing tions of organizing, teaching, decision making,
family centered nursing that is evidence-based
This course explores the application of con- evaluating, and managing conflict. The prin-
and incorporates nursing informatics and pa-
cepts and principles of psychiatric/mental ciples of delegation, priority setting and the
tient care technology.
health care to individuals, groups, families, and management of patient care are emphasized
3 credits lecture, 2 credits clinical, 5 semester
communities to promote, restore and maintain throughout the course as they are applied in
hours
optimal health for those experiencing psycho- the classroom and clinical settings.
pathology. Students examine the social and NURS 326 3 semester hours
environmental impact upon patients and fami- Health Maintenance and Restoration III
NURS 357
This course emphasizes nursing care of pa-
lies’ abilities to meet the challenges of mental Current Issues and Trends in Nursing
illness and refine their delivery of nursing care tients experiencing changes in immunity/
This seminar course focuses on timely issues
and therapeutic communication. Students are cellular regulation, skin integrity, and perfu-
pertinent to professional nursing practice and
encouraged to examine their personal values sion. Nursing care of patients with complex,
provides an opportunity for students to design
and feelings in caring for patients in this setting multi-system failure is introduced and the roles
and lead a seminar. Practice, economic, politi-
and their interaction with the inter-professional of the nurse as provider, designer/manager/
cal, social, technology, legal, ethical, and spiri-
mental health team. coordinator of care and member of the profes-
tual needs are all examined in relation to the
3 credits lecture, 1 credit clinical, 4 semester sion are demonstrated in selected patient care
integrity and standards of professional nursing
hours environments. Students are expected to inte-
practice.
grate and synthesize theoretical knowledge,
NURS 320
3 semester hours
core values, and competencies when provid-
Health Maintenance and Restoration I ing safe, effective, quality nursing care. NURS 358
This course focuses on the nurse’s role in 3 credits lecture, 3 credits clinical, 6 semester Transition to Professional Practice

253
Nutrition • Philosophy

This course explores the students’ transition lines, food labeling and food safety. Emphasis such as sexual harassment, comparable worth,
into professional nursing practice. Holistic care will be placed on the role of macronutrients monogamous marriage, prostitution, and rape.
is emphasized as a student selects a specialty in the diet. These topics are examined from a variety of
area of practice in a clinical arena in an area 2 full day weekend sessions; 1 semester hour perspectives, including conservatism, liberal
of choice. Students integrate core knowledge feminism, traditional Marxism, radical femi-
NUTRITION 204
of nursing to provide care within the health- nism, and the care and justice outlooks that
Principles of Nutrition
illness continuum in the roles of provider, Carol Gilligan has identified.
The principles of nutrition are presented with
designer/manager/coordinator of care and Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester
emphasis upon diet counseling and behavioral
member of the profession. 3 semester hours
modification for the dental patient. The case
2 credits lecture, 4 credits clinical, 6 semester
method is used both in theory and practice to PHILOSOPHY 104
hours
relate prevention and control of oral disease Logic and Scientific Method
NURS 393 through nutritional status. Prerequisite: CHEM Study of logical inference, both deductive and
Capstone II 114. inductive. Analysis of propositions, arguments,
This course facilitates an in-depth evidence- 2 semester hours fallacies, language, and the nature and func-
based study of a student selected area of in- tions of the methods of the sciences.
NUTRITION 205
terest related to nursing practice. Leadership Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester
Fundamentals of Nutrition
and research concepts are integrated and the 3 semester hours
The fundamentals of normal and therapeutic
study results in a capstone ready for presenta-
nutrition are presented. Attention is focused PHILOSOPHY 110
tion. Synthesis of nursing knowledge, liberal
on the promotion of health, prevention of Health Care Ethics
arts and sciences are expected. The course
illness and the restoration of health following Explores ethical issues relating to health care.
requires application of the research process,
illness for injury. This course includes a self Topics include doctor-patient confidentiality,
project development, and critical thinking that
analysis of the participant’s diet. the right to refuse treatment, animal experi-
demonstrates synthesis of knowledge and
3 semester hours ments, abortion, and euthanasia, among oth-
skills relevant to the practice of the BSN nurse.
NUTRITION 299
ers.Offered: Spring/Fall only
3 semester hours
Independent Study 3 semester hours
Students examine specific nutritional topics of PHILOSOPHY 203
Nutrition personal interest. Permission of instructor is Ethics
required. A study of problems of applied ethics, such
NUTRITION 121
3-6 semester hours as abortion, animal experimentation, affirma-
Anatomy and Physiology I, II tive action, and gay and lesbian rights. These
A detailed study of the structure and function NUTRITION 350
Community Nutrition problems are explored from the standpoint
of cells, tissues, and organ systems. Control of ethical theories such as utilitarianism and
systems of the human body, homeostatic This course will provide students with the
knowledge, skills, tools and evidence-based Kantian ethics. The course helps students for-
mechanisms, and the interrelations between mulate and interpret moral values by which
the systems are studied. approaches needed by community nutrition-
ists to promote health and prevent diseases. they may think and act.
8 full day weekend sessions; 6 semester hours Offered: Spring only
3 semester hours
NUTRITION 122 3 semester hours
Introduction to Biochemistry
PHILOSOPHY 205
A review of basic general chemistry topics in- Philosophy History of Western Philosophy
cluding atomic theory, periodic law, chemical
A survey of the historical development of
bonding, chemical reactions, kinetics, acids, PHILOSOPHY 101
philosophy from antiquity through the 19th
bases and organic chemistry topics including General Philosophy
Century, with weight given to the contribu-
isomerism, and physiochemical properties of A survey of the central problems of metaphys-
tions of Greek philosophers and those of the
various functional groups. Biochemical prop- ics, epistemology, and ethics. Topics include
Middle Ages and the Enlightenment. In the
erties of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and the existence of God, extreme skepticism, the
19th Century, attention is given to the rational-
nucleotides will also be discussed. relationship between mind and body, free will
ist, idealist, and empiricist schools of thought
6 full day weekend sessions; 4 semester hours versus determinism, and freedom of expres-
and their influence. Prerequisite: English 101.
sion. The course includes analysis of represen-
NUTRITION 123 Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester
tative thinkers.
Nutrition Seminar 3 semester hours
Offered: Spring/Fall only
A seminar designed to provide students with
3 semester hours PHILOSOPHY 210
the basic principles of nutrition. Topics include
Animal Rights
classes and sources of nutrients, energy intake PHILOSOPHY 103
This course explores philosophical theories of
and expenditure, dietary standards and guide- Men, Women, Issues
animal rights as well as the practical applica-
A discussion of gender differences and sex
equality. The course critically examines topics

254
Physics • Political Science

tions of these theories. Topics include veg- PHILOSOPHY 399 Maxwell’s equations. Wave motion, electro-
etarianism, animal experiments, hunting and Independent Study magnetic waves. Prerequisite: Physics 207,
fishing, the treatment of animals in zoos and For the student who wishes to specialize in 111, Mathematics 110; minimum grade C. Co-
circuses, the treatment of companion animals, advanced topics not covered by regular course requisite: Mathematics 112. Lab fee assessed.
the treatment of animals in the fur and leather offerings. Individual or small group confer- 3 lectures; 1 recitation; 1 three-hour lab; 4
industry, and the use of violence by some ani- ences with designated advisor. Prerequisite: semester hours
mal rights activists. Permission of School Director.
PHYSICS 209
3 semester hours 1-6 semester hours
Principles of Physics III
PHILOSOPHY 211 Heat, heat transfer and thermal processes.
Philosophy of Human Rights. Physics Thermal properties of matter, entropy and
This course explores the following questions: Laws of Thermodynamics. Generation of elec-
Do human beings have rights? What rights do PHYSICS 103 tromagnetic waves and the nature and propa-
human beings have? Is torture ever morally Basic Concepts of Physics I gation of light. Physical and geometric optics.
justified? How far should freedom of speech Space and matter, particles in motion, Newto- Special theory of relativity. Photons and the
and freedom of action extend? Does a fetus nian mechanics, atoms and heat, wave phe- particle nature of light. DeBroglie Hypothesis
have a right to life? To what extent does a free nomena. Lab fee assessed. and matter waves. Prerequisite: Physics 208
market promote human rights? To what extent 2 lectures; 1 two-hour lab; 3 semester hours (minimum grade C); Co-requisite: MATH 215.
are Confucian ideas compatible with human 3 lecture periods; 1 recitation, 3 semester
PHYSICS 201
rights? hours
General Physics I
Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester
A non-calculus course which presents an PHYSICS 209L
3 semester hours Principles of Physics III Laboratory
introduction to classical mechanics, heat and
PHILOSOPHY 213 thermodynamics. (This course cannot be used The laboratory component of Phys 209
Philosophy of Science to satisfy an additional natural science elective serves as an extension of the lecture
This course will introduce students to the phi- requirement if PHYS 207 is also taken.) Pre- course by introducing selected topics in a
losophy of science by focusing on connections requisite: Mathematics 105 or 106; minimum
practicum setting (heat exchange, optics
between science and philosophy. Students will grade C. Lab fee assessed.
and elements of modern physics.) Prereq-
examine the ontological status of theories, the 3 lectures; 1 three-hour lab; 4 semester hours
uisite: Physics 209; Co-requisite: MATH 215.
social organization of science and interactions
PHYSICS 202 1 two-hour lab; 1 semester hour
between these topics and epistemological
General Physics II
questions. PHYSICS 351
A non-calculus course covering the fundamen-
Offered: Spring only Advanced Analysis for Scientists and Engineers I
tal laws of electricity and magnetism, electric
3 semester hours Matrix algebra and the eigenvalue problem.
circuits, and optics, including topics from
Fourier series, integrals and transforms. Partial
PHILOSOPHY 323 (PHIL 323/PSCI 323) modern physics. (This course cannot be used
differential equations. Sturm-Liouville Systems
Classics in Political Theory to satisfy an additional natural science elective
and Orthogonal Functions. Bessel, Legendre,
Analysis of principles of political theories of requirement if PHYS 208 is also taken.) Pre-
Gamma, Dirac-delta and other special equa-
the Ancient Greek, Roman, Medieval, and Ear- requisites: Physics 201; minimum grade C. Lab
tions. Applications to various areas of science
ly Modern periods. Emphasis on the thought fee assessed.
and technology. Prerequisites: Mathematics
of Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, St. Augustine, St. 3 lectures; 1 three-hour lab; 4 semester hours
215 and 281; minimum grade C. Cross-listed
Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke PHYSICS 207 as MATH 351.
and Montesquieu. Application of these theories Principles of Physics I 3 semester hours
to contemporary political ideas and problems. The principles of mechanics and their appli-
Prerequisite: English 101. PHYSICS 352
cations. Kinematics, Newtonian mechanics,
Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester Advanced Analysis for Scientists and Engineers II
conditions for equilibrium, statics, work, en-
3 semester hours Functions of a complex variable. Conformal
ergy, conservation laws, rotation and simple
mapping. Laurent Series, residues and contour
PHILOSOPHY 340 harmonic motion. Prerequisite: Mathematics
integration. Prerequisites: Mathematics 215 and
Selected Topics in Philosophy 109; Co-requisite: Mathematics 110. Lab fee
281; minimum grade C. Cross-listed as MATH
Concentrated study of a major figure or theme assessed.
352.
that will supplement the offerings in the de- 3 lectures; 1 recitation, 1 three-hour lab; 4
3 semester hours
partment. semester hours
Offered: Every 3rd of 4th Semester PHYSICS 399
PHYSICS 208
3 semester hours Selected Topics in Physics
Principles of Physics II
Selected topics in physics on specialized sub-
PHILOSOPHY 398 Electric forces and fields, electrical potential,
jects beyond the scope of required courses to
Internship electric properties of matter. Magnetic forces
1-6 semester hours and fields, charges in motion, magnetic prop-
erties of matter. Electromagnetic induction,

255
Political Science

inform students of current areas of interest or This course explores the principal elements of society.
to train students in special areas of physics. world politics, examining the context in which 3 semester hours
3 semester hours the major actors play their roles, as well as the
POLITICAL SCIENCE 218
salient features of the international commu-
Human Security
nity. It will review the most significant aspects
Political Science of global politics by examining such topics as
Human Security involves looking at world se-
curity issues from the perspective of individual
foreign policy, the nature of national power,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 101 people. This course introduces students to the
and war. It will examine the origin, organiza-
American Government tion, and function of the major international
concept of Human Security, its importance in
The Constitution. Structure and function of the meeting the basic needs of people and pre-
institutions, and conclude with a discussion of
national government: proper citizenship, civil venting state collapse, and its usefulness, in
global issues.
rights, elections, and party organizations. forging greater transnational accountability.
3 semester hours
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
POLITICAL SCIENCE 208
POLITICAL SCIENCE 103 POLITICAL SCIENCE 229
Public International Law
Introduction to Political Science Political Economy of China
History and nature of international law, ter-
This course serves as a gateway to the study This course is designed to help students make
ritorial sovereignty, natural resources and
of political science for IPED majors and po- sense of contemporary China—its dynamic
international norms (e.g. exclusive economic
litical science/international relations minors. social and economic changes, its lasting politi-
zones, the continental shelf, outer space, etc.),
We’ll survey the historical and philosophical cal culture, its enduring struggle for modern-
diplomatic & consular relations, International
foundations of the political science discipline, ization and democratization, and its evolving
Court of Justice and other tribunals, and the
major subject fields under the general category relations with the rest of the world. The focus
use of force in international law. Prerequisite:
of political science, key concepts and issues in will be on major achievements, problems, and
Political Science 101 or 204.
political science, and basic scientific methods challenges facing China today.
3 semester hours
in political science study and research. 3 semester credits
3 semester credits POLITICAL SCIENCE 209
POLITICAL SCIENCE 233
Introduction to United Nations Studies
POLITICAL SCIENCE 203 An Introduction to the U.S. Legal System
Examination of the successes and failures of
U.S. Foreign Policy the United Nations, its prospects for the future,
This course will offer a comprehensive over-
This course examines contemporary US view of the U.S. legal system, including an
principal organs, especially the Security Coun-
foreign policy from theoretical and policy overview of legal practice sources and tech-
cil, budgetary system, role in arms control,
perspectives. How American foreign policy is niques with emphasis on the major substan-
relations between the United Nations and the
formulated and conducted will be discussed tive areas of the law. Students will begin by
United States, and related issues.
during the first half of the semester. The sec- examining issues in constitutional law, with an
3 semester hours
ond half will be devoted to evaluations of US overview of how government functions and
policies, especially economic and trade poli- POLITICAL SCIENCE 215 how laws are made. A legal writing segment
cies, towards key regions of the world. International Human Rights of the course will allow students to use legal
3 semester credits A study of the international protection of hu- analysis while refining their writing skills.
man rights. The course analyzes the origin and 3 semester credits
POLITICAL SCIENCE 204
nature of human rights, the content of human
Government and Politics Abroad rights standards guaranteed by international
POLITICAL SCIENCE 299
Principal institutions, methods, and problems Selected Topics in Political Science
law, as well as the global international mecha-
of government of selected foreign countries A course with variable topic focus, dependent
nism for the protection of human rights. It
in Europe, Asia, Africa, and Latin America as upon student needs and the expertise of the
includes a comparative examination of the re-
compared with the American System. instructor.
gional systems in Europe, the Americas, Asia,
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
and Africa for the protection of human rights.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 206 3 semester hours POLITICAL SCIENCE 303 (PSCI 303/IPED 340)
The Political Economy of North-South Relations Political Economy of Latin America
POLITICAL SCIENCE 216
Political-economic disparities between “North” This course will explore pre-Colombian, as
Gender Politics from a Global Perspective
(the developed nations) and “South” (develop- well as colonial and post-colonial political and
This course examines the main theoretical
ing countries). The causes of these disparities economic development in Latin America. It
approaches, questions, debates, and findings
analyzed from an interdisciplinary point of will pay particular attention to socio-political
about the role of gender in politics across
view. Recurring patterns of obstacles to de- developments of the Cold War period as well
countries. Students will analyze the global
velopment in some new nations. The role of as recent significant initiatives such as the San-
variation in women’s political participation
international financial and other organizations. tiago Commitment, MERCOSUR, and NAFTA,
and voting behavior; women’s representation
3 semester hours attempting to assess their impact upon Latin
in executive and legislative offices; the impact
America’s transformation from develop men-
POLITICAL SCIENCE 207 of women’s leadership on various policy areas;
talism, to Third World politics, to an emerging
World Politics and women’s participation and activism in civil
center of democratic capitalism. Prerequisites:

256
Political Science • Professional Studies

IPED 201 or 202 or instructor permission. Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke and the state. Instructor’s permission may be
3 semester hours and Montesquieu. Application of these theories required for this course.
to contemporary political ideas and problems. 3 semester hours
POLITICAL SCIENCE 305
3 semester hours
International Relations POLITICAL SCIENCE 395
International Relations is an upper-level course POLITICAL SCIENCE 324 (PSCI 324/PHIL 324) Senior Thesis
focused on the study of the interactions be- Recent Political Theory After completing Social Science Research
tween diverse international actors, ranging Analysis of the major contemporary ideologies, Methods, students work individually with a
from states and international organizations to their historical-philosophical backgrounds faculty advisor to research and write a thesis
individuals and non-governmental organiza- and public policy implications. Among the on a topic of interest related to the field of
tions (NGOs). In this course, we will explore ideologies and belief systems considered are Political Science. The project should build
some of the persistent problems of global liberalism, conservatism, Marxism (including upon research methodologies and theoretical
politics, such as violence, inequality and en- Leninism and Maoism), fascism, anarchism, perspectives introduced in Introduction to Po-
vironmental degradation. Prerequisite: Political religious fundamentalism, and feminism. The litical Science and Methods and Social Science
Science 204 or 206 or 207. cultural expressions of these ideologies in arts Research Methods as well as other relevant
3 semester hours and literature are also examined. courses in the major. Prerequisite: completion
3 semester hours of 90 credits.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 312
3 semester hours
Diplomacy and Foreign Policy POLITICAL SCIENCE 343
This course examines the role of diplomacy Constitutional Law POLITICAL SCIENCE 398
in international relations. Through readings This course examines the operation of the U.S. Internship
and discussions we try to answer several ques- Constitution, as well as its origins, philosophi- Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an
tions: what is diplomacy? What is the role of cal underpinnings, and current issues. Course organization related to career goals. Prerequi-
diplomacy in foreign policy making? Who are work includes reading, discussing, and writing site: Permission of advisor and School Director.
diplomats and what do they do? What is the art about constitutional issues. Prerequisite: Politi- 1-6 semester hours
of diplomacy? How to become an effective ne- cal Science 101 or 233.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 399
gotiator? How does culture affect international 3 semester hours
Independent Studies
negotiations? What is public diplomacy? And
POLITICAL SCIENCE 371 This course permits the advanced political
what is the future of diplomacy in international
Terrorism science student to undertake individual re-
relations?
This course introduces terrorism as a subject of search in the area approved by the instructor.
3 semester hours
sociological, legal, military, political, and stra- Continuous consultation with the instructor is
POLITICAL SCIENCE 321 (PSCI/IPED 321) tegic study. The course considers the objec- required. Prerequisite: Permission of School
Political Economy of East Asia tives of the terrorist and terrorist organizations, Director.
In recent decades, the East Asian region has and recent counter-terrorism strategies. The 1-6 semester hours
often been described as a model of socioeco- course also encourages students to think about
nomic development, which newly develop- long-term strategies to combat terrorism, both
ing regions should emulate. This course will within a nation-state and across international Professional Studies
encourage learners to explore the extent to borders.
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 201
which the East Asian paradigm of develop- 3 semester hours
ment is valid for other regions. This course Fundamentals of Management and Leadership
POLITICAL SCIENCE 373 This course explores the fundamental prin-
will explore the cultural and historical factors
Islam and Democracy ciples, theory and functions applicable to a
contributing to the political and economic
This course aims to address the following variety of organizational settings. Specific tech-
trajectories China, Korea, and Japan. Through
questions: Are Islam and democracy compat- niques related to managerial functions are ex-
studying East Asia’s unique sociopolitical
ible? How is religious interest defined? How plored as well as the broad issues and trends
and economic trajectory, students should be
are Islamic images and institutions used? What influence the practice of contemporary man-
equipped to better contextualize and assess
is the historical relationship between Islam agement: globalization, technology, diversity,
the challenges and opportunities currently
and politics? When and under what conditions and competitive advantage. Special emphasis
facing the Peoples Republic of China, Taiwan,
is Islam publicized and politicized? Is Islam is on the role leadership plays in motivation,
Hong Kong, Japan, and the Koreas.
compatible with modernity? Is it possible to be performance management, communication,
3 semester hours
modern and Muslim at the same time? How team building, innovation, and change man-
POLITICAL SCIENCE 323 (PSCI 323/PHIL 323) do Islamic scholars deal with the questions agement. Prerequisite: None
Classics in Political Theory of “difference”, democracy, and science? The
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 202
Analysis of principles of political theories of major task of this course will be to assess how
Business Math
the Ancient Greek, Roman, Medieval, and Ear- religion makes an impact on politics, state
Business Math will assist students in learn-
ly Modern periods. Emphasis on the thought and society and in turn is impacted upon and
ing to use mathematics effectively as a tool
of Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, St. Augustine, St. potentially transformed by society, politics
in their personal and business lives. After stu-
dents complete this course, they will be able

257
Professional Studies • Psychology

to understand the terminology used, apply ba- tion systems is a main focus. The intent of the where it is pertinent. Prerequisite: PRST 201 &
sic math skills, and use common mathematic course is to identify the key issues confront- MGMT 300
formulas to solve a variety of personal and ing the management of healthcare informa-
HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION 365
business mathematics problems. Prerequisite: tion systems today, examine their causes, and
Healthcare Strategic Management
None develop reasonable solutions to these issues.
This course will introduce students to con-
Prerequisite: PRST 201 & MGMT 300
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 204 cepts, principles, and practices of strategic
Social Impact of Technology HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION 331 management in multiple health care settings.
This course is designed to critically assess Law and Ethics in Health Care Case studies will be used from the health care
the institutional forces that shape and create This course presents an overview of the legal industry as well as other business sectors to
the demand for information technology (IT). and ethical issues faced by healthcare con- expose students to the field of organizational
It will also discuss how the consumption of sumers, practitioners, and administrators. The behavior. Students will develop their knowl-
IT impacts economy and society. The course course will introduce students to the legal as- edge in areas including negotiation, leader-
will help participants think about how chang- pects of health care at the federal, state, and ship, organizational design, organizational
ing social and economic conditions determine local levels. Topics covered will include crimi- culture, how people work in organizations,
what technologies are consumed and how nal and civil claims against health care provid- and strategy (including stakeholder and SWOT
they are consumed, who consumes them and ers, corporate and individual liability, and le- analysis, and the current approaches to the
where they are consumed. Prerequisite: None gal and ethical decision-making. Prerequisite: development of strategic plans). Prerequisite:
PHIL 203 HLAD 334 & 332
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 220
Analytical & Persuasive Writing HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION 334
Continuing to practice the rhetorical skills in- Healthcare Financial Management Human Resource Administration
troduced in ENGL 101, students will develop This course is an application of financial man-
analytical, interpretive, and information lit- agement techniques to decision making for HUMAN RESOURCE ADMINISTRATION 334
eracy skills necessary for constructing a well- health care professionals. This course exam- Training Methods
supported, researched, academic argument. ines aspects of modern hospital & health care This course explores current and emerging
Prerequisite: ENGL 101 organization financial management to prepare models and theories, and practical methods to
students for supervisory and management effectively connect training and learning to or-
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 224
roles. In addressing the types of financial de- ganizational/business goals. In this course, the
Critical Thinking & Writing
cisions that health care executives are most student will learn how to 1) identify training
Develops the ability to analyze, criticize and
likely to be involved in the course objective and development needs through needs assess-
advocate ideas. Examines relationship of lan-
is to understand the underlying importance ments, 2) analyze jobs and tasks to determine
guage to logic, induction and deduction, facts,
of (1) accounting information; (2) health care training and development objectives, 3) create
inferences, judgments, formal and informal
industry knowledge; and (3) principles of eco- appropriate training objectives, 4) design effec-
fallacies of language and thought. Instructs in
nomics. Prerequisite: PRST 250 tive training and development programs using
writing about issues of critical thinking to de-
velop both thinking and writing skills. Prereq- HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION 332
different techniques or methods, 5) implement
uisite: ENGL 101 Health Care Organization & Administration a variety a different training and development
This is an introductory course on the orga- activities, and 6) evaluate training and devel-
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 250 opment programs. Prerequisite: MGMT 305
nization, finance and delivery of health care
Budgeting & Finance for Organizations
services from a societal perspective. It exam-
This course familiarizes managers with the
core tasks needed for effective financial plan-
ines alternatives that a society may organize, Organizational Leadership
finance, and deliver health care services, and
ning and explains the budgeting process in di-
the philosophical, social, and political eco- ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP 341
verse organizations. Organization, techniques,
and politics of administrative planning, budget
nomic foundation underlying a health care Supervision and Team Building
system. It begins with examining the nature of The course develops management theories
preparation and legislative appropriations, and
health and health care services, and followed of planning, organizing, staffing, leading, and
control systems in public administration. Pre-
by reviewing the role of government and free controlling. Emphasis will be given to the ef-
requisite: PRST 202
market on health and health care services. fectiveness of human relations in communi-
Alternative ways of organizing and financing cation, leadership matters, and team-building
Healthcare Administration health care services are then explored. Among concepts as it relates to the workplace. Al-
private health institutions, the focus of inquiry though the course emphasizes principles and
HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION 333 is on health insurance and its provision, hos- practices of first-line supervision, it also intro-
Management of Health Care Information Systems pitals, the role of physicians, and long-term duces concepts and skills for supervisory lead-
This course examines healthcare organizations care organizations. Finally, current issues of ership and supervisory management needed
from the perspective of managing the informa- the U.S. health care system and possible de- for effective team building, program or orga-
tion systems that exist within the enterprise. velopment are also studied. While this course nizational innovation, group decision-making,
Identifying the clinical and healthcare delivery uses mostly examples from the U.S., experi- and mediating intra-staff conflict as well as
processes and how they relate to informa- ences from other countries are also discussed conflict between staff and administration. Pre-

258
Psychology

requisite: MGMT 300 PSYCHOLOGY 201 PSYCHOLOGY 240

Child Psychology Social Psychology
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP 342
This course will examine the theories and This course is designed to provide an over-
Non-profit Management
issues surrounding biological, cognitive and view of the field of social psychology. Learn-
This course will introduce students to strate-
psychosocial development from conception to ing will be accomplished through reading and
gic management issues in the nonprofit sector.
pubescence. This course is interactive with a discussion of the text, as well as presentation
The course will cover key issues in founding,
focus on personal life experience and current of supplemental material provided by the
leading, managing, and governing nonprofit
social events. Can be taken concurrently with instructor along with in-class activities, videos
organizations and new nonprofit ventures, in-
PSYC 103. and discussion. Topics will include discussion
cluding organizational mission, strategic analy-
3 semester hours of the varying domains of research in social
sis and planning, board governance, multiple
psychology, important studies in the field,
constituencies, partnerships and collabora- PSYCHOLOGY 202
and how it applies to academia and everyday
tions, human resources, financial manage- Adolescence
life. Topics will include: attitudes and attitude
ment, fundraising and resource development, This course will examine the theories and
formation, persuasion, aggression, conformity,
and performance measurement and impact. issues surrounding biological, cognitive and
obedience, culture, helping behaviors, attrac-
Prerequisite: MGMT 300 psychosocial development from pubescence to
tion, self-concept, as well as discrimination
adulthood. Students explore experiences and
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP 350 and prejudice. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103
values related to risk taking, friendship, peer-
Organizational Change and Leadership with a grade of “C” or higher.
groups, peer-pressure, marriage, relationships,
This course offers students a comprehensive, 3 semester hours
parenting, and sexuality Prerequisite Course:
relevant perspective on leadership and man-
PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher. PSYCHOLOGY 303
agement. While the course provides grounding
3 semester hours Personality Psychology
in important concepts, it also stresses applica-
This course will focus on the structure, dynam-
tion to professional and community settings. PSYCHOLOGY 203
ics, and development of personality. Major
Students analyze concepts such as leading as Maturity and Aging
personality theories – psychoanalytic, trait,
an interactive process (involving the leader, This course will examine the theories and
behavioral, cognitive, socio-biological, hu-
the “followers”, and the situation), manag- issues surrounding biological, cognitive and
manistic/existential – and their implications for
ing with innovation and creativity, escaping psychosocial development from adulthood
understanding human cognition and behavior,
from embedded practices, and embracing new through death and the process of dying. This
will be discussed. Prerequisite Course: PSYC
managerial principles. Prerequisite: PRST 201 course is interactive and focuses on personal
103 with a grade of “C” or higher.
& MGMT 300 experiences and reactions. Important ques-
3 semester hours
tions about health, longevity, aging, and the
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP 351
dying process are explored. Prerequisite PSYCHOLOGY 307
Challenges in Leadership Seminar
Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher Cognitive Psychology
This course will explore in a seminar format
3 semester hours This course will focus on recent advances
leaders and leadership situations. The key el-
in the understanding of thought processes.
ements of leadership will be discussed and PSYCHOLOGY 205
There will be a focus on attention, perception,
should facilitate the development of a coher- Lifespan Developmental Psychology
memory, imagery, problem solving, language,
ent and consistent perspective on leadership. The course will examine the theories and is-
intelligence, creativity, and dreaming. Prereq-
Prerequisite: ORLD 350 sues surrounding biological, cognitive, and
uisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C”
psychosocial development from birth through
or higher.
death. Topics will include attachment, social
Psychology development, theories and theorists related to
3 semester hours
developmental change, aging, and health fac- PSYCHOLOGY 309
PSYCHOLOGY 103
tors impacting each stage of development. Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Introduction to Psychology
3 semester hours This course provides an application of psy-
An introduction to the field of psychology,
chological principles to industry, business,
including such topics as research methods, PSYCHOLOGY 230
transportation, communications, institutions,
the brain, neuronal structure and function- Abnormal Psychology
leadership, and consumer behavior. Prerequi-
ing, sleep and dreaming, cognitive and social The course will focus on the study of those
site Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or
development, learning, memory, intelligence, thoughts, feelings, and behaviors that interfere
higher.
personality, psychopathology, psychotherapy, with psychologically adaptive functioning. The
3 semester hours
social cognition, and social influence. This causes and appropriate treatments of mood
course is a prerequisite of all higher-numbered disorders, personality disorders, schizophre- PSYCHOLOGY 310
psychology courses, with the exception of nia, adjustment reactions, and other disorders Human Sexuality
PSYC 201 (Child Psychology) which can be as specified in the DSM will be discussed. Physiological and psychological components
taken concurrently with PSYC 103 and PSYC Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of of human sexuality, and their interaction will
205 (Lifespan Developmental Psychology). “C” or higher. be discussed. There will be a focus on health
3 semester hours 3 semester hours and social issues and on individual, gender,

259
Psychology

and cultural differences. Prerequisite Course: application to health behaviors. Specific top- and the American court system. Emphasis will
PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher. ics will include stress and coping, drug and be placed on issues related to clinical psychol-
3 semester hours alcohol use, social support, health stigmas, ogy/psychiatry in the criminal justice system
patient/provider interactions, pain and pain such as sanity evaluation, criminal profiling
PSYCHOLOGY 314
management, and disorders related to health. and assessment of dangerousness. Students
Educational Psychology
Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of will explore how forensic psychologists have
Psychological concepts, principles, theory,
“C” or higher. been involved in the jury selection process and
and research will be applied to the teaching
3 semester hours have contributed to our understanding, of eye-
and learning process. There will be a focus
witness testimony (limitations of memory) and
on growth and development, adjustment and PSYCHOLOGY 346
the detection of deceit through the polygraph
personality, learning, measurement, and evalu- Animal Behavior
and other techniques. Finally, students will
ation. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a This course integrates the proximate and ul-
explore how professionals trained in develop-
grade of “C” or higher. timate causes of behavior through survey of
mental, organizational, and clinical psychology
3 semester hours key concepts, theories and models in the field
interact with the court system when they serve
of Animal Behavior. Students will explore the
PSYCHOLOGY 316 as “expert witnesses” in a variety of civil and
mechanistic causes of behavior including the,
Current Topics in Psychology probate matters. Prerequisite Course: PSYC
genetic, hormonal, neural and environmental
Examination of one or more currently promi- 103 with a grade of “C” or higher.
influences on behavioral development and
nent topics in psychology, such as memory 3 semester hours
expression. Students will examine behaviors
reconstruction, sexual orientation, emotional
important to survival (such as finding food PSYCHOLOGY 375
intelligence, brain plasticity, or hate crimes.
and avoiding predators) and those important Psychology of Stigma
Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of
to reproduction (such as selecting mates) This course will broadly explore the psycho-
“C” or higher.
while considering the manner in which these logical foundations of stigma, as well as the
3 semester hours
behaviors are shaped and constrained by ecol- ramifications of being stigmatized. Theories
PSYCHOLOGY 321 ogy and evolutionary history. Students will as to why people stigmatize others, how this
Research Methods actively examine classic theories and research is justified and rationalized, and how people
Students will explore and evaluate the validity in this area, and compare and contrast it with cope with being stigmatized will be explored.
of various experimental and non-experimental modern scientific perspectives from numerous Specific topics will include racism and dis-
research strategies and gain experience col- disciplines. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 crimination, social exclusion, gender and
lecting psychological data, in groups and in- with a grade of “C” or higher. sexuality bias, stigma consciousness and self-
dividually. The course provides foundations of 3 semester hours concept, ageism, and taboo behavior. Students
statistical analysis, including both descriptive will integrate theories of stigma with other
PSYCHOLOGY 348
and introductory inferential statistics. Prereq- modern psychological principles, and will
Psychology of Gender
uisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” actively discuss and write on these concepts.
This course will cover various aspects of the
or higher. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of
psychology of women such as gender stereo-
3 semester hours “C” or higher.
types and biases, gender comparisons social
PSYCHOLOGY 333
3 semester hours
situations, women and work, love relation-
Exceptional Child ships, women and psychological disorders, and PSYCHOLOGY 380
Major categories of exceptional children, their violence against women. Prerequisite Course: Biological Psychology/Neuroscience
identifying characteristics, and programs to PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher. The biological mechanisms underlying human
meet their special needs. Course also includes 3 semester hours behavior will be explored. This course will
an introduction to child psychopathology. focus on evolution, genetics, and the anatomy
PSYCHOLOGY 355
Nature of different disorders, theories of cau- and physiology of the human brain and ner-
Sports Psychology
sation, and treatment approaches such as play vous system. How these systems are affected
A study of the psychological foundations of
therapy, behavioral modification, and family and impacted by sensory systems, movement,
physical activity. An overview of the psycho-
therapy. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a waking and sleeping, homeostasis, hormones,
logical and mental factors that influence and
grade of “C” or higher. sexual behavior, emotions, learning, memory,
are influenced by participation and perfor-
PSYCHOLOGY 345 and language will be discussed. Prerequisite
mance in sports, exercise and physical activity.
Health Psychology Included are applications of the knowledge
Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher.
This course will explore how psychological 3 semester hours
gained through research to everyday settings.
theories are applied to behaviors associated Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of PSYCHOLOGY 381
with health. Students will examine the cogni- “C” or higher. Drug Effects and Behavior
tive and behavioral processes associated with 3 semester hours Fundamentals of psychopharmacological re-
a wide range of mental and physical health search with emphasis on human drug-taking
activities. Theories and research from clinical, PSYCHOLOGY 370
behavior will be discussed. A discussion of the
social, developmental and biological back- Forensic Psychology
various psychoactive drugs and implications of
grounds will be discussed in regards to their Surveys the overall intersection of psychology
their use will occur. Prerequisite Course: PSYC

260
Psychology • Retailing

103 with a grade of “C” or higher. settings, criminal justice programs, camps, col- principles and operations by the application
3 semester hours lege campuses, hospitals, community centers of mathematical formulas and procedures.
and other related environments. Students must Emphasis on income statements, pricing tech-
PSYCHOLOGY 385
have a designated, qualified supervisor within niques, markup, markdown, sales volume,
Statistical Methods in Psychology
the work environment. Students provide writ- inventory control, merchandising terminology,
This course will provide the student with
ten documentation that relates their knowledge and merchandising planning. Math placement
an overview of basic statistical theories and
to the work setting. This course is by instructor test must be taken. Required: A grade of at
methodologies used in modern psychological
permission only. Prerequisite Course: PSYC least a “C” to enter Retailing 304
research. Topics will include the theoreti-
103 with a grade of “C” or higher. 3 semester hours
cal basis, application, and methodologies
1-6 semester hours Offered: Alternating semesters annually
involved in descriptive statistics, correlations,
t-tests, ANOVAs and regressions. Prerequisite PSYCHOLOGY 399 RETAILING 203
Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher Individual Study in Psychology Fashion and Retail Buying I
and MATH 103p with a grade of “C” or higher. An opportunity to study topics not covered The study of buying theory and techniques
3 semester hours in regular course offerings or to carry out an for department stores and specialty retailers.
individual course of instruction. Prerequisite Analyzes the buying function and examines
PSYCHOLOGY 390
Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or higher. how buyers’ responsibilities vary in different
Psychology Research Practicum
1-6 semester hours types of merchandising organizations. Study
This course is designed to give students the
opportunity and experience of assisting with of the principles, procedures, and techniques
practiced by merchandisers of fashion goods
empirical research in psychology, under Retailing in determining resources to select, and assort-
directed mentorship of a faculty member at
UB. Prior approval by that faculty member is ments to buy includes private label develop-
RETAILING 180
ment.
required. Directed mentorship in a psychology Seminar in Professional Development
laboratory outside of UB will be considered. 3 semester hours
Surveys retail and related career areas, entry
Students will learn about the ethics involved in Offered: Alternating semesters annually
requirements and employment opportunities.
human research, and will assist a faculty mem- Students are provided with opportunities to de- RETAILING 205
ber in their research through activities such as velop pertinent retailing related resumes, pro- Textiles I
participant recruitment, survey administration fessional portfolios and interview techniques, Basic concepts of textiles dealing with fibers,
and other forms of data collection, data en- as well as letters of application. Detailed study yarns and methods of fabric construction. Spe-
try, and empirical literature review. Students of the current job market and business ethics cific laboratory assignments devoted to natural
will provide a written summative overview of are also included. and synthetic fiber identification and testing.
their experience at the end of the semester. 3 semester hours $50 lab fee.
This course is by instructor permission only, Offered: Alternating semesters annually 3 semester hours
and is limited to psychology (or closely related Offered: Alternating semesters annually
RETAILING 201
area) majors with a minimum of sophomore
standing and a 3.3 cumulative GPA. Prerequi- Retail Advertising and Fashion Promotion RETAILING 206
site Course: PSYC 103 with a grade of “C” or Principles and methods of advertising and pro- Textiles II
higher. motion for producers, manufactures and retail- Continuation of textile concepts including the
2 – 4 semester hours ers with emphasis on the retailers most often study of films, foams, laminated fabrics, fiber
used media — the newspaper. Varying adver- webs, knitted constructions, knotted fabrics,
PSYCHOLOGY 395 tising approaches of the mass merchandiser, laces and flocked fabrics. In depth study of
Senior Thesis in Psychology the prestigious department store and the spe- aesthetic and functional fabric finishes with
Students work individually with their advisor cialty store are included. Additionally, students emphasis on specific needs of the clothing and
to produce an integrative review or conduct work on individual or group assignments in home furnishings industries. Laboratory work
empirical research on a specific topic within special events planning, visual merchandise, applies industry testing standards to individual
psychology. Prerequisite Course: PSYC 103 direct marketing, publicity, newspaper and fabrics. Woven, knitted, and applied fabric pat-
with a grade of “C” or higher. magazine advertising. The role of the retail terns are explored using a variety of mediums
3 semester hours buyer and product developer in the advertis- including CAD. CAM software. Students are
PSYCHOLOGY 398 ing function in the planning and budgeting of responsible for submitting testing results and
Careers in Psychology (Internship) ads is also included. aesthetic development projects in addition
This course is designed to give students practi- 3 semester hours to preparing sample books of commercially
cal experience applying their knowledge of Offered: Alternating semesters annually produced designs and functional finishes. Pre-
psychology or psychology related principles requisite: RETL 205. $50 laboratory fee.
RETAILING 202
to an actual career or work setting. Internships 3 semester hours
Retailing Mathematics
may take place in local businesses, mental Offered: Alternating semesters annually
A functional and realistic approach to retailing
health and crisis centers, schools, residential

261
Retailing • Russian • Science

RETAILING 207 3 semester hours Offered: Alternating semesters annually

Strategies of Selling Offered: Alternating semesters annually RETAILING 398
Development of professional selling tech-
RETAILING 307 Internship Experience
niques necessary for efficiency and success
in all phases of retailing and wholesaling. Surface Design I Field study of an organization in action, Stu-
Introduction to the business of Textile Surface dents participate in an internship experience
Expertise in a retail product line is developed
Design. Course focus is on applied surface at an outside organization in the Fashion or
through a product research project.
designs using natural and geometric motifs Retail Industries. Students receive a perfor-
3 semester hours
as they apply in a variety of fashion markets mance evaluation from their supervisor in that
Offered: Alternating semesters annually
including infant’s and children’s, women’s, organization and from an FM faculty evaluator
RETAILING 280 men’s, domestics and paper goods. Students who will visit the internship site periodically
Industry Internship research current market design and color during the term. Students submit a paper with
Paid work experience in a faculty-approved trends. Using classic, modern, or ethnic motif an analysis of their experiential learning. Of-
retail organization. Six week full-time on-the- students work with layout, repeat size and col- fered: Every semester
job assignment combined with written re- or ways. Students develop their own collection 3 semester hours
search into corporate structure and marketing libraries in paper and disc formats. Students Offered: Alternating semesters annually
strategy. Holiday selling season of sophomore design applied patterns and alternative color
RETAILING 399
year. Prerequisite: 2.5 Q.P.R. Student must ways using “DESIGN and REPEAT” and “EASY
Independent Study in Fashion Merchandising,
maintain 2.5 Q.P.R. during the internship se- COLORING” CAD/CAM software. Students
mester. Fashion Merchandising and Retailing Textiles or Related Retailing Techniques
prepare portfolios of their best designs. Open
majors only. Independent study in fashion merchandising,
to juniors and seniors only. Prerequisites: RETL
3 semester hours textiles or related retailing techniques. Pre-
205, RETL 206, Design 103. $50.00 lab fee.
requisite: B.S. Degree Fashion Merchandising
Offered: Alternating semesters annually 3 semester hours
and Retailing seniors only; permission of chair.
RETAILING 300
Offered: Alternating semesters annually A three-credit internship is possible which
Mass Merchandising and Marketing RETAILING 313 combines one-credit of work experience with
An analytical study of national and multi-na- Organizational Management two-credits of independent research.
tional mass merchandising organizations that A study of the management decisions faced 1-3 credits
include origin, concepts, operations, technol- by the retail executive in today’s marketplace. Offered: Alternating semesters annually
ogy, and profitability. Comparison of in-store Topics include locations, retail store layout,
mass merchandisers and non-store catalog re- security, the customer service mix, retail credit
tailers, on-air merchandisers, and on-line mar- arrangements and their cost-benefit relation- Russian
keters. Students research one in-store and one ships. Human resource concerns include re-
non-store mass merchandiser of their choice RUSSIAN 101
cruitment, personnel changes, retraining and
in depth. Students prepare a catalog, an on- layoffs; employee benefits and their impact on Elementary Russian I
air, and an e-tailing presentation using a mass both morale and budgets. Students research In this course students are introduced to the
market approach. Students utilize “CATALOG,” in-depth one of the top international retail- Russian language and culture. Basic skills in
“STORY-BOARD,” software to prepare presen- ers for practical solutions to a profitable retail speaking, listening, reading, and writing are
tations. Students explore the benefits of social environment. Prerequisite: Retailing 201, and developed. Cultural readings and videos are
media on the mass market. Prerequisites: RETL Marketing 305; junior and seniors majors only. included in each lesson giving the students ad-
201, RETL 204, RETL 207 and RETL 213; open May not be taken same semester as Fashion ditional opportunities to utilize target vocabu-
to juniors and seniors only. Merchandising 270. lary and grammar in a classroom conversation.
3 semester hours 3 semester hours This is a course for students with little or no
Offered: Alternating semesters annually knowledge of Russian language.
Offered: Alternating semesters annually
3 semester hours
RETAILING 304 RETAILING 330
RUSSIAN 102
Fashion and Retail Buying II International Fashion Marketing/Product
Elementary Russian II
Inventory and stock control procedures, Development
analysis of consumer demand in the buying This course builds on the foundations laid in
An examination of international trade for tex-
and marketing of fashion products. Six month Russian 101 and continues to introduce stu-
tile and apparel industries. This course studies
budget planning of sales, goods, and promo- dents to Russian language and culture. Skills
supporting agencies, foreign manufacturing,
tional activities. Spreadsheets and computer in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
distribution, financing, transportation, tariffs
applications are used to plan, analyze, and are further developed. Cultural readings and
and customs regulation. The student will be
adjust retailing activities by revisions in quanti- videos are included in each lesson giving stu-
required to research exporting and importing
ties and merchandise assortments. Practice in dents additional opportunities to utilize target
a product and to prepare both a written and
buying from a variety of domestic and interna- vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con-
oral presentation. Prerequisites: RETL 205 and
tional resources. Prerequisites: RETL 102 with versation. By the end of this course students
RETL 206.
a grade of “C”or better and RETL 203. are expected to reach a beginner level of Rus-
3 semester hours

262
Science • Social Sciences • Sociology

sian language proficiency and should be able videos and supplement their knowledge by 2 lecture periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 3
to understand/identify familiar vocabulary and reading news and research articles. Our labo- semester hours
conversation topics; engage in a conversation ratory experience will culminate in a group re-
SCIENCE 204
in a target language on a familiar topic; ex- search project exploring the impact of various
Connecticut Biodiversity and Natural History
press opinions/feelings about a familiar topic; pollutants on the growth of plants over several
This course will meet once a week throughout
read and comprehend short simple texts; write laboratory sessions.
the entirety of the 14-week summer semester.
short simple sentences. Prerequisite: Russian 2 lecture periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 3
To cultivate a sense of place, students will
101. semester hours
venture to a variety of local ecosystems while
3 semester hours
SCIENCE C101 exploring a range of flora and fauna species of
RUSSIAN 103 Our Changing Environment: The Earth and Climate interest. Sutdents will learn to identify approxi-
Intermediate Russian I The scientific examination of our planet focus- mately 200 local species while understanding
This course builds on the foundations laid in ing on the interaction of astronomy, biology, their importance in regard to the big-picture
Russian 101 and Russian 102 and provides chemistry, geology, and physics, in the forma- isseus of biodiversity loss and our chang-
an opportunity to improve Russian language tion, evolution, and dynamics of the Earth. Lab ing climate. Each module will begin with a
proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills fee assessed. classroom lecture and will proceed with field
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing Offered: Spring/Summer/Fall excursions to provide students with a firsthand
are further developed. Cultural readings and 2 lecture periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 3 experiential investigation into the realm of our
videos are included in each lesson giving stu- semester hours local lifeforms.
dents additional opportunities to utilize target 3 semester hours
vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con- SCIENCE C102
Humans and the Environment SCIENCE C206
versation. Prerequisite: Russian 102.
A scientific examination of the human organ- HIV and Epidemics
3 semester hours
ism and the interactions between humans and The overall goal of this non science major
RUSSIAN 104 course is to provide up to date, relevant and
the environment as they affect not only hu-
Intermediate Russian II mans but also the health and viability of home accurate information about HIV/AIDS while
This course builds on the foundations laid in planet Earth. Lab fee assessed. teaching students the basic concepts of mi-
Russian 103. Skills in speaking, listening, read- 2 lecture periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 3 crobiology, immunology and epidemiology.
ing, and writing are further developed. Cul- semester hours Included in the course objectives are units on
tural readings and videos are included in each various diseases particularly associated with
lesson giving students additional opportunities SCIENCE C106 epidemics and pandemics. Emphasis will be
to utilize target vocabulary and grammar in Microbes in Our World placed on the history, public responses and
a classroom conversation. By the end of this A course designed to provide the student with prevention associated with these diseases. The
course the students are expected to reach an an understanding of the role of microbes in relationship between various arts and the sci-
intermediate level of Russian language profi- our lives, and their real and alleged effects on ences fields will be stressed. The separation
ciency and should be able to understand/iden- the environment. Emphasis is placed on both of fact and fiction in the biology of the HIV
tify a range of vocabulary items and topics; the beneficial and the detrimental effects of virus, and recent advances in meeting the chal-
engage in a conversation in a target language microbes on humans and the environment. lenges of AIDS will be presented. Students will
on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings Lab fee assessed. be expected to complete and participate in a
about a range of topics; read and comprehend 2 lecture periods; 1 two-hour laboratory; 3 community related service project in relation
medium length texts; write medium complex- semester hours to helping in the prevention of various diseas-
ity sentences. Prerequisite: Russian 103. SCIENCE C201 es. Online access will be needed to complete
3 semester hours Our Environment: The Oceans some assignments and perform virtual labs.
The scientific examination of the geological, The use of the Canvas course management
system will be incorporated into the course.
Science physical, chemical, and biological character-
istics of the oceans. The course will include Live labs will be used to reinforce principles
laboratory and field studies of local marine from class.
SCIENCE 107
environments. Prerequisite: SCI C101 or SCI 2 lecture periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 3
Environmental Conservation
C102 or an equivalent course. semester hours
A module driven lecture and laboratory course
that will introduce students to important eco- 2 lecture periods; 1 three-hour laboratory; 3
semester hours
logical issues and conservation efforts. We will Social Sciences
mix lecture with engaging discussions and SCIENCE C202
hands-on lab work in a hybrid format that will Introduction to Evolution SOCIAL SCIENCES C201
explore climate change, pollution, extinction, A course designed to provide an introduc- Introduction to the Social Sciences I
and other “hot topics” impacting our ecology tion to modern evolutionary theory and the A survey of the development of the social
today. Students will have the opportunity to evidence for evolution as illustrated by living sciences, how they were shaped by historical
review lecture material with module based organisms. Lab fee assessed. forces, and their role in understanding society.

263
Sociology • Spanish

The emergence of economics, anthropology, offerings. Individual or small group confer- SOCIOLOGY 299
sociology, psychology, and political science ences with designated advisor. Prerequisite: Selected Topics in Sociology
from social philosophy. Prerequisite: ENGL Permission of advisor and School Director. A course with variable topic focus; dependent
C101 or department permission. A Core Heri- 1-6 semester hours upon student needs and the expertise of the
tage Course. instructor.
3 semester hours. SOCIOLOGY 305
Sociology Social Psychology
SOCIAL SCIENCES 207
Prerequisite: PSYC 305.
World Regional Geography SOCIOLOGY 101
3 semester hours
A survey of world physical and human geo- Principles of Sociology
graphic patterns. Each world region will be Fundamentals of sociological study. Concepts, SOCIOLOGY 310
analyzed in terms of its environment and re- logic, and methods of sociology. Social interac- Race and Ethnicity
source distributions, agricultural systems and tion and social change in groups, institutions, Racial and ethnic stratification; causes and
rural development, population growth and and society. consequences of prejudice and discrimination;
characteristics, and patterns of urbanization Offered: Fall and Spring problems of assimilation and pluralism; racial
and industrial growth. Considerable emphasis 3 semester hours and ethnic conflict in the U.S. and in other
will be placed on the non-Western world, societies.
SOCIOLOGY 102
issues of sustainable development., and the 3 semester hours
changing nature of geography. Students will Sociology of Social Problems
Analysis of major problems in modern soci- SOCIOLOGY 311
be required to write one research paper on a
ety; existing methods for dealing with these Juvenile Delinquency
particular world region of their choice.
problems. Analysis of delinquency causation, methods
3 semester hours
3 semester hours of treating delinquents, juvenile court proce-
SOCIAL SCIENCES 300 dures, interrelationship of police and youth,
SOCIOLOGY 118
Seminar in Social Science Methods and problems of prevention. Prerequisite:
An introduction to the methods of research Introduction to Criminal Justice CJHS/SOC 118 or SOC 101 or SOC 204.
and criticism employed in history, econom- This course is intended to introduce you to the 3 semester hours
ics, anthropology, sociology, psychology, and field of criminal justice and criminology. More
specifically, we will explore how the American SOCIOLOGY 315
political science. Social Sciences majors will
criminal justice system interacts with society Criminology
gain experience in both statistical and inter-
and reacts to societal issues. In turn this will A critical examination of the conditions under
pretative methods that will be useful for their
help us understand how society functions in which crime and delinquency occur. Theories
senior thesis. PC access required. Prerequisite:
response to the criminal justice system. of crime and punishment. Treatment of offend-
Sophomore standing. Required of Social Sci-
3 semester hours ers. Prerequisite: CJHS/SOC 118; minimum
ences majors in the junior year.
grade C.
3 semester hours SOCIOLOGY 204
3 semester hours
SOCIAL SCIENCES 395 Marriage and the Family
Courtship, marriage patterns, social sexual ad- SOCIOLOGY 316
Senior Thesis
justment. Social interaction within the family. White Collar Crime
Students work individually with their advisors,
The family and society. 3 semester hours
preferably starting in the second semester of
the junior year, to research and write a thesis 3 semester hours SOCIOLOGY 348
on a topic related to the social sciences. This SOCIOLOGY 231 Religion & Society
topic may be the extension of an idea first Cultural Anthropology A sociological and anthropological analysis of
developed in the Seminar on Social Science Origins and growth of culture. Pattern of cul- religion as a universal social institution, with
Methods. Prerequisite: SOSC 300. Required of ture as related to personality and social struc- emphasis upon theories of the origins of re-
Social Science majors in the senior year. ture. Comparative cultures. Prerequisite: SOC ligion, relationships of religion to other social
3 semester hours 101 or 102; minimum grade C. institutions, study of selected Western and
3 semester hours non-Western religions in their socio-cultural
SOCIAL SCIENCES 398
contexts, religion as a source of social equi-
Internship SOCIOLOGY 270
librium and conflict, types of religious move-
Professional, supervised, unpaid work in an Sociology of Deviance ments.
organization related to career goals. Prerequi- Specialization into deviance; social typing; 3 semester hours
site: Permission of advisor and School Director. deviant subcultures; deviant identity; accom-
1-6 semester hours modation to deviance; public and informal SOCIOLOGY 355
regulation of deviance; treatment approaches Globalization
SOCIAL SCIENCES 399
to deviance; theoretical frameworks. Implica- This course examines the phenomenon of glo-
Independent Study
tions for policy-making. Prerequisite: CJHS 118 balization as an economic, political, and cultur-
For the student who wishes to specialize in ad-
or SOC 118; minimum grade C. al reality. The focus of lecture and discussion
vanced projects not covered by regular course
3 semester hours will arise through consideration of treatment

264
Sport Management • Theatre

of the issue by current social theorists: e.g., feelings about a familiar topic; read and com- sonal and professional ethics in sport and rec-
Roland Robertson, Peter Berger, Immanuel prehend short simple texts; write short simple reational management. The course is designed
Wallerstein, Mike Featherstone, Thomas Fried- sentences. Prerequisite: Spanish 101. to develop a theoretical framework that will
man. Critics of globalization will also be read 3 semester hours lead to a moral course of action and personal
and considered: e.g., Lourdes Beneira, John philosophy needed to meet the challenges and
SPANISH 103
Cavanaugh, Joseph Stiglitz. issues of modem athletics. The application of
Intermediate Spanish I
3 semester hours ethical decision making and problem solving
This course builds on the foundations laid in
in sport and recreation will be explored. An
SOCIOLOGY 395 Spanish 101 and Spanish 102 and provides
integrative study of current industry and ethi-
Senior Thesis an opportunity to improve Spanish language
cal issues facing sport leaders.
1-6 semester hours proficiency beyond the beginner level. Skills
3 semester hours
in speaking, listening, reading, and writing
SOCIOLOGY 398
are further developed. Cultural readings and SM 303
Internship
videos are included in each lesson giving stu- Legal Aspects of Sport Management
1-6 semester hours
dents additional opportunities to utilize target This course explores the legal principles of the
SOCIOLOGY 399 vocabulary and grammar in a classroom con- sport industry and provides a basic knowledge
Independent Study versation. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. of the legal statuses that relate to various di-
For the student who wishes to specialize in ad- 3 semester hours mensions of sport business. It includes legal
vanced projects not covered by regular course principles that affect the prudent performance
SPANISH 104
offerings. Individual or small group confer- of all those involved in sporting events and
Intermediate Spanish II
ences with designated advisor. Prerequisite: will look at federal legal legislation as it affects
This course builds on the foundations laid in
Permission of advisor and School Director. program development. Major focus is on a re-
Spanish 103. Skills in speaking, listening, read-
1-6 semester hours view of judicial opinions in the areas of tort li-
ing, and writing are further developed. Cul-
ability (risk management), agency and contract
tural readings and videos are included in each
law, labor and employment law and antitrust
Spanish lesson giving students additional opportunities
issues. Topics to be addressed include right
to utilize target vocabulary and grammar in
to participate, liability for injuries, legal status
SPANISH 101 a classroom conversation. By the end of this
of sports organizations, risk management, as-
Elementary Spanish I course the students are expected to reach an
sertion of legal rights, and crisis management.
In this course students are introduced to the intermediate level of Spanish language profi-
Other areas of sport industry law to be covered
Spanish language and culture of Spanish- ciency and should be able to understand/iden-
are contracts, negligence, gender equity, sport
speaking countries. Basic skills in speaking, tify a range of vocabulary items and topics;
labor relations, and selected current issues.
listening, reading, and writing are developed. engage in a conversation in a target language
3 semester hours
Cultural readings and videos are included in on a range of topics; express opinions/feelings
each lesson giving the students additional about a range of topics; read and comprehend SM 304
opportunities to utilize target vocabulary and medium length texts; write medium complex- Sport Facility Management
grammar in a classroom conversation. This is a ity sentences. Prerequisite: Spanish 103. The purpose of this course is to examine how
course for students with little or no knowledge 3 semester hours sports facilitates like arenas, coliseums, stadi-
of Spanish language. ums, and civic centers are managed. Among
3 semester hours the topics covered are financial management,
Sport Management team relations, scheduling events, box office
SPANISH 102
management, personnel management, conces-
Elementary Spanish II SM 140
sions operations, OSHA standards and mer-
This course builds on the foundations laid Introduction to Sport Management chandising management.
in Spanish 101 and continues to introduce This is a foundational course that explores the 3 semester hours
students to the Spanish language and culture global nature, historical aspects, trends as well
of Spanish-speaking countries. Skills in speak- as the role of the sports industry in society. SPMT 305
ing, listening, reading, and writing are further Topics include but not limited to organiza- Sport Finance
developed. Cultural readings and videos are tional structure, management, public relations, This course is a basic introduction of the Sport
included in each lesson giving students addi- marketing, financial/economic, intercollegiate Industry from a financial perspective. The
tional opportunities to utilize target vocabulary athletics, legal and ethical principles of sport course content includes, and is not limited to;
and grammar in a classroom conversation. By administration and management. current financial status of sports, the valua-
the end of this course students are expected 3 semester hours tion of sports teams, sports sponsorship, and
to reach a beginner level of Spanish language government funding of sports. The introduc-
SM 200
proficiency and should be able to understand/ tion of budgeting, financial analysis, financial
Ethics in Sport Management management, financial systems, business
identify familiar vocabulary and conversation
This course examines major ethical theories structures, and problem solving will satisfy the
topics; engage in a conversation in a target
and their relation to the development of per- financial objectives of both the market and the
language on a familiar topic; express opinions/

265
World Religion

goals of the organization. Introduction to the theory, techniques, ma- ism, Confucianism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam
3 semester hours terials and equipment of theatre technology. and Baha’i. Some attention is given to primary
Emphasis on set construction, scenery rigging, religious texts.
SM 302
lighting, sound and costume construction. 3 semester hours
Sport Marketing and Promotion
3 semester hours.
This course will explore the principles and WORLD RELIGION 102
process in sport marketing and promotion. THEATER 120 Introduction to Eastern Religions
Sport marketing, sport promotion, sport Stagecraft II This course offers students a comparative and
sponsorship, advertising, merchandising, sales Intermediate work in the theory, techniques, historical introduction to Hinduism, Buddhism,
function and distribution of sporting goods materials and equipment of theater technol- Confucianism, and Taoism. Attention is given
will be examined in detail. ogy. Intermediate work in set design and to primary texts and rituals, historical and doc-
3 semester hours construction, scenery rigging, lighting, sound trinal development, socio-cultural setting and
and costume construction; introduction to political impact.
SM 301
stage management, designing sets, costumes, 3 semester hours
Sport Event Management
and lighting.
The purpose of this course is to acquire an WORLD RELIGION 103
3 semester hours.
in-depth knowledge about event management Introduction to Western Religions
and to become familiar with management THEATER 133 This course offers students a comparative and
techniques and strategies required for suc- Fundamentals of Acting historical introduction to Judaism, Christian-
cessful planning, promotion, implementation Basic acting techniques, the use of the stage ity, and Islam. Attention is given to primary
and evaluation of special events within a sport environment, motivation, and intention. texts and rituals, historical and doctrinal de-
context. 3 semester hours. velopment, socio-cultural setting and political
3 semester hours impact.
THEATER 135
3 semester hours
Intermediate Acting
Theater Intermediate acting techniques, the use of the WORLD RELIGION 204
stage environment, scene study and analysis, Hinduism
THEATER 103 motivation, intention and character work. This course introduces students to the major
Introduction to Western Theatre 3 semester hours. textual, practical, communal, doctrinal, and
The art of the theatre: its literature, structure THEATER 215
philosophical features of Hinduism. Special
and aesthetics. Explanation of how each of attention is given to Hindu mythology, the
Applied Theatre Production
the elements of theatre - acting, directing, Upanishads, and the Bhagavad-Gita.
Students will carry out an assigned cast, crew
design, playwriting, dramaturgy, and theatre 3 semester hours
or staff function in a University mainstage pro-
spaces – contribute to the creation of the total duction. Repeatable for credit. WORLD RELIGION 205
production. 3 semester hours. Buddhism
3 semester hours. This course introduces students to the major
THEATER 233
THEATER 107 textual, practical, communal, doctrinal, and
Scene Study
Movement for Theatre I The creative process by which an actor con-
philosophical features of Buddhism. Special
Basics of movement for the stage, focusing attention is given to Theravada, Mahayana,
structs an interpretation are studied in theory
on posture, flexibility and strength, as well as and Tantric texts.
and pursued in practice with heavy emphasis
expressive use of the body. 3 semester hours
on scene work. Repeatable for credit.
3 semester hours. 3 semester hours. WORLD RELIGION 207
THEATER 108
THEATER 299
Judaism
Voice and Diction for the Stage Special Topics This course introduces students to the major
An introduction to basic techniques of voice, textual, practical, communal, doctrinal, and
Seminar focused on a particular area of dra-
speech and diction. Development of a more philosophical features of Judaism. Special at-
matic literature. Fulfills the Fine Arts require-
vibrant and expressive speaking voice through tention is given to the Hebrew Bible (Tanakh)
ment. Repeatable for credit.
fundamentals of breath, posture, and vocal and the Holocaust. Differences among con-
3 semester hours.
tract development. Introduction to the Inter- temporary forms of Judaism (Orthodox, Re-
national Phonetic Alphabet as a path to correct form, Conservative, and Reconstructionist) are
English pronunciation and easier acquisition World Religion studied in some detail.
of dialects. Body-voice exercises to free body, 3 semester hours
voice, and breath. WORLD RELIGION 101
WORLD RELIGION 208
3 semester hours. Introduction to Religions
Early Christianity
This course introduces students to all major
THEATER 115 This course introduces students to the major
world religions. Religions considered include:
Stagecraft I textual, practical, communal, doctrinal, and
Native American oral traditions, Shintoism,
philosophical features of Christianity. Special
Hinduism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Jainism, Tao-

266
World Religion

attention is given to the New Testament. Differ- narratives) address issues that are intrinsically Religion, Conflict Analysis and Mediation
ences among contemporary forms of Christian religious, such as: the relation between human This course examines economic, political,
community (Roman Catholicism, Orthodoxy, spirit and human nature, the presence of evil and cultural aspects of religious conflict, and
and Protestantism) are studied in some detail. and suffering, the need for meaning and per- proposes a theory for conflict mediation that
3 semester hours sonal and communal fulfillment. entails recognizing the key role played by
3 semester hours religious institutions and ‘cultural rationality’
WORLD RELIGION 209
Introduction to Islam WORLD RELIGION 229
within society. Models of conflict mediation
This course aims to investigate the historical Confucianism (Augsberger’s Conflict mediation Across Cul-
development of Islam in terms of its beliefs An examination of the major figures, texts, and tures; Avruch’s Culture & Conflict Resolution;
and practices as well as the society and cul- ideas of Confucianism. Attention is given to Said’s Peace and Conflict Resolution in Islam;
ture that has arisen with it. Ultimately, students social setting and political influence. Shrock-Shenk, Making Peace with Conflict:
should come to understand both the faith itself 3 semester hours Practical Skills for Conflict Transformation) are
and the relationship of believers to the world studied. These theories are practiced in case
WORLD RELIGION 230 studies and class models. The relationship of
in which they live today. Students will acquire
Taoism interreligious and conflict mediation is consid-
this knowledge through a series of readings
An examination of the major figures, texts, ered.
and some videos. They will have the oppor-
and ideas of Taoism. Attention is given to the 3 semester hours
tunity to develop critical thinking skills and
dialogue with Confucianism.
show what they have learned by way of writ- WORLD RELIGION 278
3 semester hours
ing assignments, discussion boards, and a final Religion, Peace, and War
project. Special attention is given to primary WORLD RELIGION 254 This course will explore the contributions of
texts. Religion and Science several world religions (typically a combina-
3 semester hours Do science and religion belong to completely tion of Western and Eastern religions; e.g.
separate realms? Can they benefit each other? Buddhism and Islam; Judaism and Hinduism)
WORLD RELIGI0N 211
Will religious conflicts fade as scientific rea- to issues of peace and war. Topics may in-
Protestantism
son sweeps away the cobwebs of bias and clude just war theory, pacifism, non-violent
This course addresses the history and the rea-
superstition? Or will science run out of control forms of resistance, Jihad, and ahimsa. Topics
sons for the rise of Protestantism in Europe
without the guidance of religiously inspired will also be situated within historically signifi-
in the 16th century. It considers the author-
ethics? In grappling with such controversial cant experiences of the various religions (e.g
ity and the role of the Roman Church at the
questions, this course examines historical consideration of Buddhism in Sri Lanka; the
time and looks at how Protestantism gained
and modern approaches to the relationship Israeli / Palestinian question).
a foothold in Europe and beyond. By the end
between science and religion. Based on a 3 semester hours
of the course, students will be able to: Identify
typology, which classifies such approaches as
major historical threads which gave rise of WORLD RELIGION 288
tending towards “conflict,” “independence,”
European Protestantism; Identify and explain
“dialogue,” and “integration,” we will examine Internet Religion
the differences in thought between John Cal- This course examines the impact of the in-
the work of both religious and scientific think-
vin, Martin Luther, Thomas Cranmer, as well ternet on classical religious forms ( ideas,
ers who exemplify these trends or challenge
as others who came to shape Protestantism in practices ). In a lab component, we explore
the status quo.
Europe; Describe how Protestantism has come whether religious ideas and practices under go
3 semester hours
to influence and shape elements of life in our mutation when they are expressed virtually.
time such as economics, politics, feminism, WORLD RELIGION 273 We set the stage for this topic by examining
spirituality, and missions; and Identify the role Global Christianity Religions and the Silks Road, which sets forth
Protestantism has played in Biblical Science. Themes of the course include the reasons for the dynamic nature of religious change in the
3 semester hours the success or failure of Christianity in different ancient world. Topics include: the nature of
contexts; the relationship between religious change within religious communities; social
WORLD RELIGION 216/PHILOSOPHY 216
expansion and the fate of empires; the role of dimensions of belief and faith-oriented prac-
Philosophy of World Religions
globalization; the impact of culture on belief, tice; solitary and virtual modes of religious
A comparison and analysis of the philosophi-
practice, and theology; and the changing rela- experience; human nature and internet; addic-
cal foundations of some of the world’s major
tionships between the great world faiths. tion to virtually; connectivity, self-experience,
religions. Among the religions studied are:
3 semester hours and orthodoxy.
Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Bud-
dhism, and Confucianism. WORLD RELIGION 274
3 semester hours
3 semester hours Islamic World WORLD RELIGION 301

WORLD RELIGION 221

This course aims to investigate the historical World Religious Literature
development of Islamic societies and cultures A Study of primary source readings in world
Religion and Fiction
globally. religious literature. Attention is also given to
An introduction to religion and literature, this
3 semester hours critical research methods. In the course we
course will examine ways in which works of
fiction (both secular and more overtly religious WORLD RELIGION 275
will read from the Upanishads, Bhagavad-Gita,

267
World Religion

Dhammapada, Koran, Tanakh, New Testa- cultures will enable students to experience this has played a key role in the development
ment, and the Analects. American civilization from a most intimate of Islamic militarism and the strengthening of
3 semester hours and yet social perspective, that of communal some of the religiously based political parties
worship. of the region. Instructor’s permission may be
WORLD RELIGION 305
3 semester hours required for this course.
Comparative Religious Ethics
3 semester hours
A comparative study of Hindu, Buddhist, WORLD RELIGION 366
Christian, and Islamic accounts of human Psychology and Religion WORLD RELIGION 395
rights, ecology, family, violence, and econo- Both psychology and religion address, in dis- Senior Thesis Seminar
my. The possibility of developing a universal tinct ways, questions about ultimate concerns: Instructor’s permission may be required for
ethic is considered. Topics vary from semester love, desire, identity, purpose, and meaning this course. Prerequisites: Senior standing,
to semester. in human life, and how our humanity devel- world religions major. Introduction to and
3 semester hours ops and finds expression in relation to self, preparation of a senior research thesis.
others, and the sacred. In this course, we will 3-6 semester hours
WORLD RELIGION 312
explore the ways in which psychological and
Religion and Film WORLD RELIGION 398
religious experience are interrelated on both
This seminar offers an introduction to the Internship
the individual and collective levels. Issues to
study of film and religion. We do not seek to Professional, supervised, work in an organi-
be explored include the Unconscious, faith
understand how film and religion simply in- zation related to career goals. Prerequisite:
development, God-images, the body, the
tersect in the medium of visual aesthetics, but Permission of advisor and School Director.
psychological power of religious symbols, the
how film could perform a religious worldview 1-6 semester hours
difference between submission and surrender,
with distinct set of practices. This class, there-
and prayer. WORLD RELIGION 399
fore, serves as a way to understand cinema as
3 semester hours Independent Study
representing a religiosity in its own right, and
A course with variable topical foci, dependent
a way of being in the world. WORLD RELIGION 373
upon student request and the expertise of the
3 semester hours Islam and Democracy
instructor. Student will work independently
This course aims to address the following
WORLD RELIGION 345 to acquire specified and approved research
questions: Are Islam and democracy compat-
Calvinism and American Literature projects and readings under the supervision of
ible? How is religious interest defined? How
This course studies the extent of Calvinist cul- a faculty member.
are Islamic images and institutions used? What
tural penetration of American civilization and 1-6 semester hours
is the historical relationship between Islam
examines the specific literary evidence linking
and politics? When and under what conditions
seventeenth century Puritanism the primary
is Islam publicized and politicized? Is Islam
vehicle of Calvinist thought in America and
compatible with modernity? Is it possible to
later manifestations of Calvinism in eighteenth
be modern and Muslim at the same time? How
and nineteenth century culture. All reading in
do Islamic scholars deal with the questions
the course will be in works of intrinsic literary
of “difference”, democracy, and science? The
merit.
major task of this course will be to assess how
3 semester hours
religion makes an impact on politics, state
WORLD RELIGION 348/SOCIOLOGY 348 and society and in turn is impacted upon and
Religion and Society potentially transformed by society, politics
A sociological and anthropological analysis of and the state. Instructor’s permission may be
religion as a universal social institution, with required for this course.
emphasis upon theories of the origins of re- 3 semester hours
ligion, relationships of religion to other social
institutions, study of selected Western and
WORLD RELIGION 374
non-Western religions in their socio-cultural
contexts, religion as a source of social equi- Religion and Politics in the Middle East
librium and conflict, and types of religious This course examines the intersection of re-
movements. ligion and politics in the current landscape
3 semester hours of the societies of the Middle East. While the
West has emphasized separation of church
WORLD RELIGION 353 and state, numerous nations and political
Seminar in American Literature and Civilization parties in the Middle East emphasize the re-
This course is intended to provide a basic fa- lationship between the two and the guiding
miliarity with one of the first and still most sig- role that religion is meant to play in political
nificant genres in popular American literature. decision making. This course also examines
A study of the origins and formal traditions the impact that secularization has had upon
of the sermon in various American religious religion in the Middle East and it notes how

268
 COURSE OF
INSTRUCTION

Graduate Programs

269
Accounting

Courses numbered: 400-499 an economic entity and the results of its opera- Application of generally accepted accounting
—Open to graduate students and to qualified tions. The Law component introduces how the practices to the review of financial statements,
legal environment of business impacts busi- as well as the responsibility of the certified
undergraduates. [I.E. These are Graduate
ness decisions with broad ethical, and critical public accountant to the various users of the
Classes that are open to qualified undergrad-
thinking examples throughout. Knowledge statements will also be explored. Prerequisites:
uates with departmental permission]
of the legal aspects of running a business ACCT 400, ACCT 510 and completion of all
Courses numbered: 500 and above will enable the student to conduct business core courses or concurrent registration in final
—Open to graduate students only within the legal framework and understand core courses.
the ethical dimension of business decisions. 3 semester credits
Student experience may suggest exceptions Topics include: Introduction to Business Eth-
are warranted. In those instances, students ACCOUNTING 530
ics; Financial Regulation (Sarbanes-Oxley,
should consult with their advisors. Deans Personal Taxation
Dodd-Frank) Business Crimes, Torts, and
have authority to approve exceptions. This course is an overview of the major types
Contracts; the Constitution and Government
of personal taxes used by governments to raise
Some graduate courses are offered every year, Regulation of Business; Business Organiza-
revenue. Emphasis is placed on the taxation
but many are scheduled over a two-year or tions; Employment and Labor Laws; Consumer
of individuals and tax planning considerations
three-year cycle. It is, therefore, essential that Protection and Environmental Regulation; and
for the individual. Prerequisites: ACCT 400 and
graduate students should carefully plan en- Ethical Conflicts including Corporate Loyalty v.
completion of all core courses or concurrent
tire programs with their graduate advisors Whistleblowing, and Privacy and Technology.
registration in final core courses.
so that they will be able to register for all re- Broad ethical critical thinking will be exam-
3 semester credits
quired courses over the time span in which ined using legal cases, decisions, essays and
articles. ACCOUNTING 535
they expect to complete the degree. The Uni-
3 semester credits Business Entity Taxation
versity reserves the right to limit the number
This course is an overview of the major types
of students registered in any graduate course, ACCOUNTING 505
of corporate and business entity taxes used by
and also the right to cancel any course for Managerial and Cost Accounting
governments to raise revenue. An emphasis is
which there is insufficient enrollment. This course provides an introduction to mana-
placed on the tax issues of different business
gerial and cost accounting used by manage-
forms, tax management and tax planning con-
ment in conducting daily operations, planning
Accounting future operations, and developing overall
siderations for the business entity. Prerequi-
sites: ACCT 400, ACCT 530 and completion of
business strategies. The objective is to gain an
ACCOUNTING 400 all required Accounting concentration courses
understanding of the role of accounting in the
Financial Accounting or concurrent registration in final required
management process of planning, directing,
This course is an introduction to American concentration courses.
controlling, and improving the organization’s
financial accounting principles based on FASB 3 semester credits
objectives (goals) and to translate those ob-
and IASB, including the measurement, process- jectives into a course of action. Prerequisites: ACCOUNTING 540
ing, and communication of accounting infor- ACCT 400 and completion of all core courses Advanced Financial Accounting
mation. Users of such accounting information or concurrent registration in final core courses. This course is an overview of selected account-
include business owners, managers, creditors, 3 semester credits ing topics of interest to international business
prospective investors, and others interested in students. Topics include current practice in ac-
the financial condition of an entity and the re- ACCOUNTING 510
counting for business mergers or acquisitions,
sults of its operations. Topics covered include Intermediate Accounting
accounting for stock investments in affiliated
the accounting cycle, merchandising, services, This course applies generally accepted ac-
companies, an introduction to consolidated
fixed assets and corporate accounting issues. counting principles to the preparation of
financial statements, accounting for branch
Prerequisite: Admission to graduate study. financial statements, including balance sheets,
operations and an introduction to accounting
3 semester credits income statements, statement of cash flows,
for state and local governmental units. Prereq-
and retained earnings statements. Accounting
ACCOUNTING 500 uisites: ACCT 400, 510 and completion of all
for leases, employee benefits, deferred taxes
Accounting, Business Law & Ethics core courses or concurrent registration in final
and other specialized accounting topics will
The course focuses the fundamentals of Ac- core courses.
also be explored. Prerequisites: ACCT 400 and
counting, and also, how the legal and ethical 3 semester credits
completion of all core courses or concurrent
environment of business impacts business registration in final core courses. ACCOUNTING 545
decisions. There is an introduction to the ba- 3 semester credits Financial Reporting and Analysis
sic principles of Accounting: how to account This course is an overview of generally ac-
for business transactions. Emphasis on the ACCOUNTING 520
cepted accounting principles underlying the
understanding of how financial statements are Auditing
content of financial statements including al-
prepared, and how they are used as a basis This course examines laws and methods for
ternative inventory valuation methods, lease
for decision making by business owners, and conducting commercial audits. Ethics, attesta-
accounting, segment reporting and reporting
others interested in the financial condition of tion standards, controls and fraud detection
for employee benefit plans. Students study and
are among the topics that will be discussed.

270
Accounting • Acupuncture

analyze corporate annual reports and govern- sional competency in corporate governances, reinforced. This course provides the student
ment and not-for-profit financial statements. economic concepts and analysis, financial with the knowledge and skills to physically
Prerequisites: ACCT 400, ACCT 510, ACCT management, information systems and com- locate acupuncture points of the lung, large
540 and completion of all required accounting munications, strategic planning and operations intestine, stomach and spleen, heart and small
concentration courses or concurrent registra- management. intestine, urinary bladder, kidney, and pericar-
tion in final required concentration courses. 3 semester hours dium channels. Students will focus on how
3 semester credits to locate points effectively, accurately, and
ACCOUNTING 558
quickly as preparation for clinical application
ACCOUNTING 555 Financial Accounting & Reporting
as well as college and national examinations.
Advanced Auditing This course provides an in-depth overview of
Students will also learn the major function(s)
This course provides understanding of laws selected advanced accounting topics required
and indication(s) of the Lung, Large Intestine,
and methods for conducting audits. It in- in the accounting profession. By the end of
Stomach, Spleen, Heart, Small Intestine, Uri-
cludes reviewing the engagement to provide the course, the student should have profes-
nary Bladder, Kidney and Pericardium chan-
reasonable assurance the audit objectives are sional competency in performing accounting
nel points. Co-requisite/Prerequisite: ATD 513
achieved. It also includes evaluation of infor- work related to the four financial statements:
TCM Diagnosis 1, ABS 511 Anatomy 1.
mation obtained to reach and to document balance sheet, income statement, equity state-
1.5 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour, 2
engagement conclusions including: perform- ment, and statement of cash flows. In addition,
semester credits.
ing analytical procedures, evaluating the suf- the course will address the issues of partner-
ficiency and competence of audit evidence ships, business combinations, governmental Offered: Fall and summer semesters
and document engagement conclusions, and accounting, and non-profit accounting. APT 523
reviewing the work performed to provide rea- 3 semester hours Point Location II
sonable assurance the objectives are achieved. This is a continuation of the previous course
ACCOUNTING 560
It also develops proficiency in preparing com- and will focus on the Triple Warmer, Gall Blad-
International Accounting
munications to satisfy engagement objectives der, Liver, Governing Vessel (“Du”), Concep-
This course examines the diverse accounting
including: preparing reports, preparing letters tion Vessel (“Ren”) and extra points. Additional
practices employed by different countries
and other required communications, and other instruction is given in regional point selection
and their effects on multi-national firms’ op-
related matters. The course prepares students and point combinations. Prerequisites: ATD
eration, as well as efforts to standardize IASB/
to pass the CPA exam and to do professional 513 TCM Diagnosis 1, ABS 511 Anatomy 1.
FASB rules. Performance evaluation in multi-
audits. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree 1.5 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour, 2
national enterprises, impact of differences in
and approval of the State of Connecticut to semester credits.
national accounting principles and practices,
take the CPA exam. Offered Annually Offered: Spring and summer semesters
and accounting under central planning is also
3 semester hours
examined. Discussion topics include the APT 512
ACCOUNTING 556 critical problem areas such as taxation, transfer Meridian Theory
Accounting Regulations pricing, financial planning, and information Meridian (a.k.a. Channel) theory is the basis
This course provides the required knowledge systems within an international framework. of diagnosis and acupuncture treatment. This
for accountants in federal taxation and busi- Prerequisites for Accounting: ACCT 400 and course is designed to provide the necessary in-
ness law. The curriculum provides a working completion of all required accounting concen- struction and training for the student to be fa-
knowledge of federal taxation of individuals, tration courses or concurrent registration in miliar with meridian theory including regular,
corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts. final required concentration courses. Prerequi- extra and other meridian systems. Corequisite/
It covers the concepts of business law, debtor- sites for International Business: ACCT 400 and Prerequisites: ATD 512 TCM Theory and ATD
creditor relationships, government securities completion of all core courses or concurrent 513 TCM Diagnosis 1.
acts, employment regulations and environ- registration in final required core courses. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
mental regulations. It also provides knowl- 3 semester credits Offered: Fall and summer semesters
edge of professional and legal responsibilities
including professional conduct of accountants. AWB 501
The course curriculum includes all of the CPA Acupuncture UBAI Clinic Safety Procedures
exam materials. Prerequisite: Undergraduate This course prepares the student for being
degree and accounting courses to qualify to sit able to perform in the UBAI clinic. HIPPA, Oc-
for the CPA exam. Offered Annually Acupuncture Practice and cupational Safety and Health Administration
3 semester hours Techniques (APT) (OSHA) standards, UBAI clinic specific safety
practices and procedures are presented. The
ACCOUNTING 557 student will practice safe and proper needle
APT 511
Business Environment & Concepts for removal, pole moxibustion, and electrical
Point Location 1
Accountants stimulation needle techniques. The student
This course will serve as the foundation of the
This course will provide current knowledge will be shown and will practice clinic room
acupuncture point selection series. Meridian
in the business environment as it relates set and clean-up procedures and patient drap-
theory using concepts of the Jing Luo system,
to the accounting profession. By the end of ing. A review of fire safety and personal safety
including main and secondary vessels will be
the course the student should have profes-

271
Acupuncture

procedures will be offered. Completion of this Auricular & Scalp Acupuncture the fundamental substances (Qi, Blood, Es-
course and passing the clinic HIPAA and OSHA This course introduces the student to various sence, Spirit and bodily fluids), and organs.
BBP quizzes is required before performing any forms of microsystem acupuncture, focusing The basic theory of illness and diagnosis using
duties in the UBAI clinic. Prerequisites: none. on auricular and scalp systems. The student four examinations (sight, listening and smell-
0.5 lecture hours, 0.5 semester credits. learns the respective maps of the scalp and ing, palpation, and asking) and Eight param-
Offered Fall and Spring semesters. ear, clinical applications and treatment strate- eters are covered. Prerequisites: Anatomy and
gies. Corequisite/Prerequisite: APT 614 Acu- Physiology.
AWB 521
puncture Techniques I, 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
TCM Safe Practices
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. Offered: Fall semester
This course prepares the student for emer-
gency situations both in and out of the office. Offered: Spring semester ATD 513
CCAOM Clean Needle Technique and a review APT 718 TCM Diagnosis I
of Occupational Safety and Health Administra- Pediatric Acupuncture The basic theory and characteristics of the
tion (OSHA) standards are presented. In addi- The special diagnostic and treatment skills pathogenesis and pathogenic factors are
tion the student will practice safe and proper required for the treatment of patients less than covered including the seven emotions, dishar-
needling, moxibustion, bleeding, electrical 12 years of age are discussed. The balance of mony of Yin and Yang, abnormalities in Qi,
stimulation and cupping techniques. Allo- safety for the patient and treatment efficacy is Blood, Spirit, Essence and Bodily fluids, and
pathic treatments along with natural remedies emphasized. Prerequisite: ATD 524. organ disharmonies are covered. Techniques
for common complications of acupuncture 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. in inquiry, palpation, tongue and pulse diag-
and related therapies are discussed. CPR certi- Offered: Spring semester nosis are covered. Diagnoses incorporating
fication in emergency procedures is achieved. the eight parameters as well as root and stem
APT 637
Prerequisites: none. concepts are covered for each of the twelve
1.5 lecture hours, 1.5 semester credits. Japanese Acupuncture Techniques zang-fu. Prerequisite/Co-requisite: ADT 512
This course covers the unique treatment strate- TCM Medical Theory.
Offered: Spring and summer semesters
gies and protocols developed by Japanese 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
APT 614 acupuncture masters. Prerequisite: APT 614
Offered: Fall semester
Acupuncture Techniques I Acupuncture Techniques I.
This course covers the basic principles of acu- 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. ATD 524
puncture treatment for diseases involved with Offered: Summer semester TCM Diagnosis II
different pathogenic factors, tissues and organs. This course will provide the student with fur-
Special point selection based on Root-Branch, ther understanding of TCM Medicine diagnosis,
Origin-End, Path of Qi, Five Element and Eight Asian Medicine Theory, Diagnosis expanding on concepts from TCM Diagnosis I.
Parameter diagnoses are covered. Indications and Application (ATD) Traditional Chinese Medicine organ diagnoses,
and contraindications of moxibustion, scalp eight principle and febrile disease diagnoses
acupuncture and electrical acupuncture stimu- ATD 511 will be stressed. In addition, treatment prin-
lation are covered. Prerequisites: APT 511 and TCM History and Philosophy ciples and acupuncture treatments based on
APT 523: Point Location I and II. The student studies the different eras of Chi- these diagnostic systems will be explored. Dif-
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester nese history and the effects on TCM Medicine ferential diagnoses of common disease entities
credits. theories. This course includes the study of will be explored. Students will also continue to
Offered: Fall semester the development of Naturalism, Philosophi- practice pulse and tongue diagnosis. Prerequi-
cal and Religious Taoism, Confucianism, and site: ADT 513 TCM Diagnosis 1.
APT 625
Buddhism and their contributions to Chinese 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
Acupuncture Techniques II Medicine. For each philosophy, the course ex- Offered: Spring semester
This course covers functions, indications and amines how the philosophy views the human
needling methods of the Well, Spring, Stream, relationship to nature, and the human relation-
ATD 515
River, Sea, Source, Luo, Xicleft, Back Shu, Front ship to the universe. In addition, the impact of Seminar 1
Mu and Lower He-Sea, Eight Influential, Eight philosophy and religion on the TCM medical This course will help the student to negotiate
Confluent and important crossing points. Con- paradigm is explored. Prerequisite: none. their first year in the Acupuncture program.
tinuing practice in needling, moxibustion and 1 lecture hour, 0 laboratory hours, 1 semester The student will be guided through overviews
cupping techniques is included. In addition, credit. of Chinese Medicine as preparation for inte-
the prevention and treatment of acupuncture grating material from the entire curriculum.
Offered: Fall and summer semesters
complications is covered. Prerequisite: APT The student will review and update Chinese
614 Techniques I. ATD 512 Medical terminology as well as the range of
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester TCM Medical Theory resources and the different perspectives on
credits. This course includes the classic theories of yin this terminology and the concepts contained
Offered: Spring semester and yang and the Five phases that are fun- therein. Diagnostic practical skills such as
damental to understanding the TCM medical pulse and tongue diagnosis will be reviewed
APT 626
relationship between humans and the uni- in a practical group setting. In addition the
verse. Normal physiology is studied through student will apply concepts of information

272
Acupuncture

literacy and its use for analysis of case studies. ATD 711 ATD 728
Prerequisites: ATD 513. Differential Diagnosis and Pathomechanisms Case Studies 2
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. This course compares and contrasts diagnosis Students learn to transition from the develop-
Offered: Spring semester and treatment between Western and TCM di- ment of pattern diagnosis to TCM treatment
agnoses. Western medical diagnosis of these principles which then lead to point and mo-
ATD 526
diseases is incorporated so that the student is dality applications. Emphasis is placed on an
Seminar 2 able to collaborate with western physicians. accurate assignment of symptoms to pattern
This course will be a continuation of seminar Major and common categories of diseases diagnosis; logical treatment principles reflect-
one. The student will be guided through the including respiratory tract, infectious, gastro- ing the priorities and totality of the patterns di-
application and integration of concepts and intestinal, genitourinary and musculoskeletal agnosis; and the most efficacious acupuncture
skills acquired in the first and second semester diseases are covered. Prerequisite: ADT 513 point and adjunctive modality prescriptions to
curricula. The student will apply these through TCM Diagnosis I. help the patient achieve health. Prerequisite:
the use of case studies and clinical examples. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. ATD 524 TCM Diagnosis II.
The basics of applying diagnosis and genera- 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
Offered: Fall and summer semester
tion of treatment principles will be reinforced
Offered: Fall and summer semesters
in a collegial setting. Group activities such as ATD 715
case analysis, pulse and tongue analysis and TCM Internal Medicine ATD 729
grand rounds will also be reviewed with a This course focuses on the diagnosis and TCM Acupuncture Gynecology
deepening understanding of clinical applica- treatment of major illness. Treatment planning This course is designed to familiarize the
tions of such. Prerequisites: ATD 515. includes acupuncture, qi gong, and massage. student with TCM diagnosis and acupuncture
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. Diagnoses cover respiratory illnesses, gastroin- treatments of common gynecologic conditions.
Offered: Fall semester testinal, genitourinary, gynecological, and psy- Special emphasis is placed on understanding
chological illnesses. Root-stem. Meridian, Sub- those points forbidden to needle or moxa in
ATD 617
stance and 5 Element treatments are included. cases where the patient’s pregnancy status is
Second Year Seminar 1 Prerequisite: ATD 513 TCM Diagnosis I. unknown. Prerequisite: ADT 524: TCM Diag-
This course will help the student understand 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. nosis II.
case study and to begin learning the skills nec- 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
Offered: Fall semester.
essary to become an AOM clinical practitioner.
Offered: Fall and summer semesters
The student will be guided through case study ATD 717
and case analysis as utilized in clinical practice Advanced Tongue and Pulse Diagnosis ATD 742
as preparation for integrating material from This course is designed to increase the diag- TCM Geriatrics
the entire curriculum into the clinical setting. nostic skills and clinical applications of these This course is designed to familiarize the
Case presentations and clinical skills are em- uniquely TCM diagnostic parameters. The student with TCM diagnosis and acupuncture
phasized through a problem based learning student studies healthy and diseased tongues treatments that apply to elderly patients. Spe-
format using TCM principles as the founda- and pulses and discusses how findings in cial emphasis is placed on understanding the
tion. In addition, the student will gain a basic these areas change the treatment principles physiological changes that affect the health of
understanding of the ethical and legal issues and strategies. Case studies from the clinical the elderly from both a TCM and biomedical
surrounding licensed practice in the field of rotations are used to increase both depth and perspective. Acupuncture and herbal treat-
acupuncture. Prerequisites: ATD 526. breadth of skill. Prerequisite: ADT 524: TCM ments, their indications and contraindications
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. Diagnosis II. will be discussed. Prerequisites: ADT 524 TCM
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit Diagnosis 2, ATD 728 Case Study 2, ACH 635
ATD 618
Offered: Spring semester CH Formulae 1.
Seminar 3
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit
This course will be a continuation of the second ATD 727
year seminar one. The student will be guided Case Studies 1
through the application of case analysis, inte- The student will be guided through case study, Western Biomedicine (AWB)
grative patient care, diagnostic, assessment and case analysis and pattern differentiation as
treatment application skills acquired in clinical utilized in clinical practice as preparation for ACS 511
observation and the first year’s curriculum. integrating material from the entire curriculum Evidence-Informed Clinical Practice in
The student will begin applying these through into the clinical setting. Case presentations Acupuncture
analyzing clinical cases. Advanced applications and clinical skills are emphasized through a The basic principles of clinical and laboratory
in 8-parameter, 5-element, zang-fu, wen bing problem based learning format using TCM research are examined with a special emphasis
and shan han lun diagnosis and treatment prin- principles as the foundation. Emphasis for this on the applications of acupuncture and TCM
ciples will be reinforced in a collegial setting class is on cases associated with problems of techniques in the research setting. Application
using interdisciplinary case analysis and grand fluid dynamics, meridian diagnoses and chron- of research to case evaluation will be empha-
rounds. Prerequisites: ATD 617. ic pain, which are frequent chief complaints in sized. Prerequisite: none.
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. the TCM clinical setting. Prerequisite: ATD 526. 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
Offered: Fall semester 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit
Offered: Spring semester

273
Acupuncture

Offered: Fall semester normal physiology with pathophysiology and ciation for normal variations and abnormalities
clinical concepts. Prerequisite: ABS 515. associated with disease states. The student is
AWB 621
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. taught to recognize the signs and symptoms of
Medical Ethics
Offered: Spring semester common diseases. Prerequisites: ABS 511, ABS
This course is designed to provide the student
522, ABS 515.
with a basic understanding of the ethical is- AWB 523
3 Lecture hours, 2 lab hours, 4 semester
sues surrounding practice in any medical field. Pharmacology
credits.
Upon completion of this course, the student This course examines the most commonly
will be able to identify concepts of medical Offered: Fall semester
used pharmacologic agents to be encountered
and professional ethics as they apply to the in the clinical setting. The general principles ACS 623
practice of health care. Prerequisite: none. of pharmacology (pharmcodynamics and Clinical Diagnosis 2
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. pharmacokinetics) are covered. Uses and side This course is a continuation of Clinical Diag-
Offered: Spring semester effects of antibiotics, anti-inflammatory agents, nosis 1. Prerequisite: ACS 612.
hormones and cardiac drugs are surveyed. 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours, 4 semester
ABS 511
Drug-nutrient and drug-herb interactions are credits.
Anatomy 1
discussed. Prerequisite: none. Offered: Spring semester
This course provides an in-depth study of the
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
macroscopic human anatomy and covers the ACS 724
Offered: Spring semester
structure of the trunk and neck regions. Clini- Public Health
cal aspects of the vascular and neurological AWB 522 This course covers current environmental and
relationships of these regions are emphasized. Research Methodology public health concerns with an emphasis on
Instruction includes lectures and interactive The basic principles of clinical and laboratory the role of the acupuncturist in these issues.
media software. Prerequisite: none. research are examined with a special emphasis The course integrates health with diet, water
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. on the applications of acupuncture and TCM and air pollutants, noise and substance abuse.
Offered: Fall semester techniques in the research setting. Prerequisite: Recognition of major communicable diseases
none. is included. Prerequisite: ABS 525 Pathology 2.
ABS 522
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. (online
Anatomy 2
Offered: Fall semester course)
This course is a continuation of Anatomy 1
and covers the structure of the head and ex- Offered: Spring semester
ACS 611
tremities. Clinical aspects of the neurological Pathology 1 ACS 613
and vascular relationships of these regions is This course is a study of the pathophysiologi- Lab Diagnosis
emphasized. Prerequisite: ABS 511 Anatomy 1. cal process and how this process alters the This course introduces the student to the ap-
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. gross, microscopic and clinical manifestations propriate use and interpretation of laboratory
Offered: Spring semester of disease. Basic pathological processes of tests. Prerequisites: ABS 511 and ABS 525.
inflammation, repair, degeneration, necrosis, 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
ABS 515
immunology and neoplasia are presented. Offered: Fall semester
Physiology 1
Prerequisite: ABS 525 Physiology 2.
This course emphasizes the function of cellular ANT 521
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
structures which regulate homeostasis as well Western Nutrition
as their role in cell division and genetic control Offered: Fall semester
This course provides the foundation for thera-
of protein synthesis. Emphasis is placed on the ACS 624 peutic nutrition. It explores the biochemistry
role of the cell membrane in the control of Pathology 2 of macronutrients as well as vitamins and min-
cellular events. The effects of physiology on This course is the continuation of the patholog- erals. Deficiencies, toxicities, therapeutic uses
hormones, their role in homeostasis, and the ical processes of various diseases. This course and appropriate doses are examined. An as-
functional changes associated with homeosta- emphasizes the basis of systemic diseases of sessment of dietary needs and the application
sis are considered. Prerequisite: none. the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, of therapeutic nutrition in treating individual
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. urogenital, endocrine, hepatobiliary, renal and diseases and syndromes are also taught. Pre-
Offered: Fall semester pancreatic systems. Prerequisite: ACS 611 Pa- requisites: none.
thology 1. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
ABS 525
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. Offered: Spring semester
Physiology 2
This course is a study of physiology at the Offered: Spring semester
ACS 711
organ and systems level. Included is the study ACS 612 Diagnostic Imaging
of the circulatory, respiratory, renal, cardiovas- Clinical Diagnosis 1 This course covers radiographic anatomy and
cular, gastrointestinal and urogenital systems. This course covers the techniques used for diagnostic imaging techniques. A basic intro-
Also included is the study of the endocrine physical examination for various systems of duction to imaging, including roentgenology,
system and its interrelationships with various the body. Skills taught develop an appre- computerized tomography (CT), magnetic res-
organs and systems. There is an integration of onance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, and bone

274
Acupuncture

scanning are discussed. The basic concepts of and plant products, as well as drug-herb inter- and legally running a Chinese herbal dispen-
these techniques and their use in diagnosis are actions are considered. sary. Combining lecture and experiential learn-
discussed. Prerequisites: Anatomy 2, Physiol- 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits. ing, students will become acquainted with
ogy 2. Offered: Fall semester dispensing practices, proper record-keeping,
inventory management, and safety protocols
ACS 625 AHM 599
for a well-organized TCM dispensary. Prereq-
Physical Exam Skills Homeopathy for Acupuncturists
uisites: none
This course helps students develop the skills The course will survey the basic theoretical
1 lecture credit, 18 hours.
necessary to conduct screening physical exams principals upon which homeopathic practice is
and specialty exams useful in the ambulatory Offered: Summer semester
based as well as survey homeopathic remedies
practice. The student will learn the appropriate commonly used in acute care. Safety, legal and AHM 635
exam and physical diagnostic procedures that manufacturing issues will also be highlighted. Pharmacognosy and Pharmacology of Chinese
correspond with the patient’s chief complaint 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. Herbs
and medical history. Clinical decision mak- Chinese material medical are often prescribed
AHM 613
ing and identification of clinical red flags are in complex formulae. Understanding the
emphasized. Physical examination skills: Car- Traditional Chinese Dietetics
chemistry, interactions, extraction methodolo-
dio, Chest/Pulmonary, Abdomen/GI, Neuro, This class introduces the student to the eastern
gy, and drug interactions allows TCM practitio-
General screening exam, physical exam of understanding of how food influences human
ners better insights to possible adverse effects,
the spine, physical exam of the major joints health. Foods and food products are surveyed
from drug-herb interactions, herb toxicities to
(shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, foot). Prerequi- according to Asian categorization. Food groups
lack of expected (or any) outcomes from pre-
sites: ABS 525 (can take Clinical Dx 1 & 2 in are categorized by nature, temperature, taste,
scribed formulae. Several recorded incidents
either order). element, indications and contraindications.
of adverse reactions have occurred to Chinese
Treatment of the major categories of organ
ACS 626 herbs over the past 12 years. In most cases, the
(zang-fu) disorders using foods and food com-
Laboratory Diagnosis 2: Nutritional and functional incidents have involved multiple patients con-
binations are covered. Prerequisite: ADT 524.
analyses suming the same or similar substance, rather
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
This course will educate the student on nutri- than isolated case reports. It is important to re-
Offered: Fall semester
tional assessment to include health, diet and view the unique aspects of Chinese medicine)
lifestyle history, physical measurements, and AHM 612 which are of relevance to understanding these
laboratory testing to include analysis of blood, Introduction to Chinese Herbal Remedies issues. Prerequisites: ACH 523 Chinese Herbal
stool, saliva and urine. The course will inte- This survey course introduces the student to Theories & Triple burner theories.
grate use of these measurements in the design the diagnostic and treatment strategies specific 1 lecture credit, 18 hours.
of an appropriate nutritional protocol for the to TCM herbal therapies. The student is intro- Offered: Summer semester
client. The student will also learn effective cli- duced to major herbs and formulas of China,
AHM 616
ent management and follow-up. Prerequisites: their uses, contraindications and drug-herb
Ethical and Ecological Considerations of Chinese
Clinical Dx 1, Lab Dx 1. interaction. Patient safety issues are also ad-
Materia Medica
dressed. Prerequisite: ATD 524.
AWB 725 The traditional practice of using endangered
1 lecture hours, 1 semester credit.
Pharmacology 2 species (plant and animal) is controversial
Offered: Fall semester
This course builds on the basic information within TCM. Comprehensive Chinese herbal
in Pharmacology 1 to expand the student’s AHM 713 textbooks often discuss substances derived
understanding of pharmacology, including Patent Remedies from endangered species, emphasizing al-
mechanisms of action; absorption, distribu- This course will survey over 150 prominent, ternatives. Poaching and black market issues
tion, metabolism, and excretion (pharmacoki- TCM, topical and internal herbal, patent with animal products, particularly tiger bone,
netics/pharmacodynamics); interactions with formulas. Students will be introduced to rhinoceros horn, seahorse and bear bile have
other drugs and with herbs/food; problems pattern-specific uses of these formulas and all raised ethical and ecological concerns in
with special populations (prenatal, neonatal, subsequently, their contraindications, toxicities the use of Traditional Chinese formulae. In
elderly); rational drug usage for clinical disor- and potential drug interactions. Safety, legal, this course, we will discuss the ethical and
ders (therapeutics): clinical effects of drugs (by and manufacturing issues will also be high- ecological impacts of TCM materia medica
category); and toxicology. lighted. Prerequisite: AHM 612: Introduction to on the health of the individual and the world.
Chinese Herbal Remedies. Prerequisites: none
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits 1 lecture credit, 18 hours
Herbal Medicine Survey (AHM) Offered: Spring semester Offered: Fall semester
AHM 521 AHM 634
Botanical Medicine 1 Dispensary Management Movement, Respiration and
This course will develop knowledge and skills
This course comprises a survey of plant and
plant preparations most commonly used in related to TCM dispensary management. Stu- Bodywork Studies (AMR)
Western traditions. The actions of the plant dents will learn best practices for successfully

275
Acupuncture

AMR 511 Tuina 2 necessary to further clinical competence and

Taijiquan 1 This course is a continuation of Tuina 1. The contribute to the body of knowledge in the
This introductory course in therapeutic move- student learns intermediate Tuina manipula- field during practice after graduation. Prerequi-
ment teaches the proper musculoskeletal tion theory and techniques to treat acupoints, sites: ACS 731 Clinic Entry 1, ACS 631 Clinic 1.
alignment, breathing, and mental awareness channels, and soft tissue. Tuina treatments for 1.5 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 1.5 credits
affect the energy pathways by direct experi- back pain and conditions of the upper limb total
ence through practice of this traditional exer- are the primary focus. Prerequisite: AMR 627
cise. Prerequisite: none. Tuina 1.
1.5 laboratory hours, 1 semester credit. 1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester ACH: Asian/Chinese Herbology
Offered: Fall semester credits.
ACH 511
AMR 522 Offered: Fall semester Chinese Formula and Constituents 1
Taijiquan 2 AMR 726 The student will explore the traditional Chi-
This course is a continuation of Taijiquan 1. In Tuina 3 nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and
addition to more advanced Taijiquan exercises This course is a continuation of Tuina 2. The learn to discriminate between herb categories,
for Qi circulation, the student learns basic ap- student learns advanced Tuina manipulation their general applications and associated
plication of Chinese therapeutic movement theory and techniques to treat acupoints, Treatment Principles and individual, unique
to the clinic setting. Prerequisite: AMR 511 channels and soft tissue. Tuina treatments for applications, signs and symptoms. The student
Taijiquan 1. the leg and internal conditions are the primary will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will
1.5 laboratory hours, 1 semester credit. focus. Prerequisite: AMR 715 Tuina 2. focus on herbs from the Release Exterior, Clear
Offered: Spring semester 1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester Heat, and Drain Downwards categories. In ad-
credits dition at least 10 representative formulae that
AMR 613
Offered: Spring semester reflect these categories will be investigated.
Qigong 1
This course will serve as partial basis for the
The student learns basic Qigong theory and
formulae courses. Prerequisites: satisfactory
techniques designed to regulate specific me-
ridians, muscles, joints, and zangfu, as well as
Counseling, Communications and progress in first year curriculum from MSTCM
how to choose, integrate, and teach the appro- Practice Management program.
2 lecture credits, 36 hours
priate exercises in a clinic setting. Prerequisite:
APS 621 Offered: Fall semester
AMR 522 Taijiquan 2.
Psychological Assessment
1.5 laboratory hours, 1 semester credit. ACH 512
The primary focus of this course is the diagno-
Offered: Fall semester Chinese Formulae and Constituents 2
sis of the various psychiatric diseases accord-
The student will explore the traditional Chi-
AMR 624 ing to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of
nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and
Qigong 2 Mental Disorders. Included are psychological
learn to discriminate between herb categories,
This course is a continuation of Qi Gong 1. assessment considerations and treatment mo-
their general applications and associated
The student learns advanced exercises, medi- dalities. Prerequisites: none.
Treatment Principles and individual, unique
tations, and breathing exercises that can be 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits
applications, signs and symptoms. The student
applied both to the clinic setting as well as to Offered: Spring semester
will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will
the student’s personal experience and devel-
APP 721 focus on Herbs from the Regulate Qi, Regulate
opment of Qi toward the goal of being a more
Practice Management and Invigorate Blood, Warm Interior and Expel
effective TCM practitioner.
Students are taught the current procedural Cold, Tonify (Qi and Blood) categories. In ad-
1. 1.5 laboratory hours, 1 semester credit.
practices for the operation of a private practice. dition at least 10 representative formulae that
Offered: Spring semester
In addition, the practical aspects of operating a reflect these categories will be investigated.
AMR 627 practice as a small business are discussed. Stu- This course will serve as partial basis for the
Tuina 1 dents are encouraged to begin thinking about formulae courses. Prerequisites: ATD 524 TCM
The student learns basic Tuina manipulation their personal career path as a complementary Diagnosis II.
theory and techniques to treat acupoints, medicine practitioner in private practice, group 2 lecture credits, 36 hours
channels, and soft tissue as well as Qigong practice, hospital-based practice or as an TCM Offered: Fall semester
conditioning exercises that allow the student educator. Prerequisites: none.
ACH 523
to implement Tuina manipulation safely and 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
Chinese Formulae & Constituents 3
effectively. The course culminates in learning a Offered: Spring semester
The student will explore the traditional Chi-
Tuina full-body therapeutic protocol.
APP 722 nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and
1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester
Professional Development learn to discriminate between herb categories,
credits.
This course will explore the issues associated their general applications and associated
Offered: Summer semester
with ongoing professional development. Pro- Treatment Principles and individual, unique
AMR 715 fessional development assists the AOM prac- applications, signs and symptoms. The student
titioner to develop the knowledge and skills

276
Acupuncture

will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will Chinese Formulae 2 modification according to clinical presenta-
focus on Herbs from the Drain Damp, Trans- This course will be a continuation and am- tion. Prerequisites: ACH 619, 2 lecture credits,
form Phlegm and Stop Cough, Aromatic Herbs plification of the previous herbal curriculum 36 hours. Prerequisites: ACH 617
that Transform Damp, Food Stagnation cat- (ACH 511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524) with 2 lecture credits, 36 hours
egories. In addition at least 10 representative an emphasis on herbal formulae. The student Offered: Spring semester
formulae that reflect these categories will be will explore at least 30 formulae including re-
ACH 619
investigated. This course will serve as partial iterating and expanding content from previous
CH Internal Medicine & Modifications 1
basis for the formulae courses. Prerequisites: courses. This course will focus on formulae
This course will be a continuation and ampli-
satisfactory progress in first year curriculum that Harmonize, Dispel Summerheat, Warm
fication of the previous herbal curriculum with
from MSTCM program. prerequisites: ACH 512 Interior Cold, Release Exterior-Interior Excess,
an emphasis on internal medicine applications
2 lecture credits, 36 hours and Tonify. The student will learn the name,
of herbal formulae. The student will reexamine
Offered: Spring semester actions, indications, cautions and contraindica-
previously studied herbs and formulae from
tions of the classical base formulae according
ACH 524 previous courses with special attention to clini-
to the traditional categorization based on
Chinese Formulae and Constituents 4 cal application and formula modification ac-
treatment principles. In addition the student
The student will explore the traditional Chi- cording to clinical presentation. Prerequisites:
will explore the traditional structure of herbal
nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and ACH 636
formulae as a prelude to formula modification
learn to discriminate between herb categories, 2 lecture credits, 36 hours
(general, assistant, etc.). Prerequisites: ACH
their general applications and associated Offered: Fall semester
511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524
Treatment Principles and individual, unique
2 lecture credits, 36 hours ACH 641
applications, signs and symptoms. The student
Offered: Summer semester CH Special Topics
will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will
This course will explore special topics in TCM
focus on Herbs from the Tonify (Yang and ACH 617
herbal medicine. These will include but not
Yin), Stabilize and Bind, Calm Shen, Aromatic Chinese Formulae 3
be limited to dui yao (herb combinations and
Substances to Open Orifices, Extinguish Wind Course Description: This course will be a
modules), external applications, pediatrics,
and Stop Tremors, Expel Parasites, External continuation and amplification of the previous
classical formulae from seminal texts. Content
Applications categories. In addition at least 10 herbal curriculum with an emphasis on herbal
will also reflect the availability of special guest
representative formulae that reflect these cat- formulae. The student will explore at least 80
lecturers. Prerequisites: ACH 619
egories will be investigated. This course will formulae including reiterating and expanding
2 lecture credits, 36 hours
serve as partial basis for the formulae courses. content from previous courses. This course will
Prerequisites: ACH 512 Offered: Spring semester
focus on formulae that Stabilize and Bind, Calm
2 lecture credits, 36 hours the Spirit, Open the Sensory Orifices, Regulate
Offered: Spring semester Qi, Regulate Blood, Expel Wind, Treat Dryness, ACC: Clinical Education
Expel Dampness, Dispel Phlegm, Reduce Food
ACH 635
Stagnation, Expel Parasites, Treat Abcesses and ACC 611
CH Formulae 1
This course will be a continuation and am-
Sores, and for External Application. The stu- Chinese Herbal Clinic 1
dent will learn the name, actions, indications, Under the supervision of licensed faculty
plification of the previous herbal curriculum
cautions and contraindications of the classical members, the interns start by observing pa-
(ACH 511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524) with
base formulae according to the traditional cat- tients for 20 clinic hours, then move into the
an emphasis on herbal formulae. The student
egorization based on treatment principles. In area of direct patient care. All patient diagno-
will explore at least 30 formulae including re-
addition the student will explore the traditional ses and management plans are reviewed and
iterating and expanding content from previous
structure of herbal formulae as a prelude to approved by a clinic faculty member prior to
courses. This course will focus on formulae
formula modification (general, assistant, etc.) the initiation of patient care. The student will
that Release the Exterior, Clear Heat, and Drain
In addition the student will review and reiterate begin to prescribe individual herbs and formu-
Downward. The student will learn the name,
content from the Formulas and their constitu- lae for patient care. The student will acquire
actions, indications, cautions and contraindica-
ents courses. Prerequisites: ACH 635 proficiency in TCM diagnostic techniques, as
tions of the classical base formulae according
2 lecture credits, 36 hours well as in understanding when specific herbs
to the traditional categorization based on
Offered: Fall semester or formulae may not be prescribed based upon
treatment principles. In addition the student
possible herb-drug interactions. Prerequisite:
will explore the traditional structure of herbal ACH 628
0 lecture hours, 4 lab credits, 130 clock hours
formulae as a prelude to formula modifica- CH Internal Medicine & Modifications 2
total.
tion (general, assistant, etc.). In addition the This course will serve as a companion course
student will review and reiterate content from to ACH 619. This course will be a continuation Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters
the Formulas and their constituents courses. and amplification of the previous herbal cur- ACC 632
Prerequisites: ACH 511, ACH 512, ACH 523 riculum with an emphasis on internal medicine Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A
2 lecture credits, 36 hours applications of herbal formulae. The student Students continue to administer Chinese
Offered: Summer semester will reexamine previously studied herbs and herbal care to patients under the supervision
formulae from previous courses with special of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as
ACH 636
attention to clinical application and formula

277
Acupuncture

to their progress toward completing the quali- 0 lecture hours, 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester Physical and Functional Assessments of the UB
tative and quantitative requirements necessary credits, 75 clock hours total. Health Sciences
for the successful completion of the program. Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters This course is designed to teach the student
Eligibility for the course is successful comple- general principles and practices of health care
ACS 722
tion of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequi- from the breadth of providers trained at the
Preceptorship II
site: ACC 611 Chinese Herbal Clinic 1. University of Bridgeport. The naturopathic, chi-
This is a continuation of ACS 711. Students
0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours ropractic, nutrition, dental hygiene and physi-
increase their clinical skills working under
total. cian assistant history and scope of practice will
a variety of health care professionals, all of
Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters be discussed. Practical applications of these
whom must have the appropriate credentials
disciplines in the area of physical and function-
ACC 723 to practice in the field of acupuncture. Prereq-
al assessment of patients will be emphasized.
Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B uisite: ACS 671.
Prerequisites: Clinical Dx 2, Lab Dx 1.
Students continue to administer Chinese 0 lecture hours, 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester
herbal care to patients under the supervision credits, 75 clock hours total. ACS 723
of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters Clinical Education 3
to their progress toward completing the quali- Students continue to administer care to pa-
ACS 631
tative and quantitative requirements necessary tients under the supervision of licensed faculty.
Clinical Education 1 Students are monitored as to their progress
for the successful completion of the program.
Under the supervision of licensed faculty toward completing the qualitative and quan-
In addition to utilizing prepared formulae, stu-
members, the interns start by observing pa- titative requirements necessary for the suc-
dent interns now begin to mix herbal powders
tients for 30 clinic hours, then move into the cessful completion of the program. Eligibility
in individualized formulae. Eligibility for the
area of direct patient care. All patient diagno- for the course is successful completion of the
course is successful completion of the previ-
ses and management plans are reviewed and previous clinical course. Prerequisite: ACS 712
ous clinical rotation. Prerequisite: ACC 611
approved by a clinic faculty member prior Clinical Education 2.
Chinese Herbal Clinic 1. Pre/Co-Requisite ACC
to the initiation of patient care. The student 0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8
632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A.
will begin to practice clean needle technique, semester credits, 220 clock hours total.
0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours
removal and disposal of needles. The student
total. Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters
will acquire proficiency in tongue and pulse
Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters
diagnosis. Prerequisite: Pass Clinical Entrance ACS 811
ACC 724 Exam. Grand Rounds 1
Chinese Herbal Clinic 3 0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8 This course is designed to train the AOM stu-
Students continue to administer care to semester credits, 245 clock hours total. dent to communicate effectively, orally and
patients under the supervision of licensed Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters in writing, with patients and their families,
faculty. Students will integrate herbal thera- colleagues, and others with whom health-pro-
ACS 712
pies with dietary advice and qi enhancement fessionals must exchange information in car-
Clinical Education 2 rying out their responsibilities in patient care.
techniques. Students are monitored as to their
Students continue to administer care to pa- Prerequisites: ACS 714 Clinic Entry 2; ATD 715
progress toward completing the qualitative
tients under the supervision of licensed faculty. TCM Internal Medicine; ACC 611 Chinese Herb
and quantitative requirements necessary for
Students are monitored as to their progress Clinic 1. Co-requisite: AIC 812 Integrated Clini-
the successful completion of the program. Eli-
toward completing the qualitative and quan- cal Education 1.
gibility for the course is successful completion
titative requirements necessary for the suc- 2 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 2 credits total
of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequisite:
cessful completion of the program. Eligibility
ACC 723 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B. ACS 823
for the course is successful completion of the
0 lecture hours, 3 lab credits, 100 clock hours
previous clinical course. Prerequisite: ACS 631 Grand Rounds 2
total
Clinical Education 1. This course is designed to train the advanced
Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters AOM student to communicate with other
0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8
semester credits, 215 clock hours total. health care providers to determine an appro-
Clinical Services (ACS) Offered: Fall, spring and summer semesters priate plan of care. This includes the ability to
assess written diagnostic reports, including the
ACS 714
ACS 711 range of values that distinguish normal from
Clinical Procedures 2
Preceptorship I abnormal findings, as relevant to patient care
This course explores the clinical applications and communication with other health care
The students observe and administer care in
of the skills and knowledge learned to date for providers. Upon completion, the student will
established acupuncture facilities under the
patient care in multi-disciplinary care clinics be able to discuss the clinical scope of AOM
supervision of licensed physicians and acu-
and hospital settings. Prerequisites: ACS 731 in an informed, authoritative, and appropriate
puncturists. This exposure to a variety of clini-
Clinical Procedures 1, AIC 631 Clinic 1. manner. Prerequisites: AIC 811 Grand Rounds
cal settings helps prepare the student for both
2 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 2 credits total 1; Co-requisite: AIC 814 Integrated Clinical
private practice and integrative patient care.
Prerequisite: ABS 511. ACS 715 Education 2.

278
Acupuncture • Biology

2 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 2 credits total. gluconeogenesis, tricarboxylic acid cycle, the animals will be covered. Animal nutrition has
electron transport chain, photosynthesis, pen- great scientific, social, and economic signifi-
ACS 812
tose phosphate pathway, and glycogen metab- cance.
Integrated Clinical Education 1
olism, will be covered. The techniques used 3 semester hours
Rotations in the Integrative clinic shifts com-
to identify, characterize, and isolate biological
bine AOM supervisors for AOM diagnosis BIOLOGY 418
molecules will be discussed. Prerequisite: Biol-
and treatment with biomedical practitioners Environmental Health
ogy 345 or equivalent.
and other clinicians offering medical care in This course is designed to explore current
3 semester hours
a variety of health settings. Students adminis- environmental and public health concerns and
ter care to patients under the supervision of BIOLOGY 402 issues. Students will gain an understanding of
licensed faculty. Students are monitored as to Evolution the interaction of individual and communities
their progress toward completing the qualita- Genotype to phenotype mapping, population with the environment, the potential impact on
tive and quantitative requirements necessary genetics, molecular evolution, detection of health of environmental agents. The sequence
for the successful completion of the program. selection, association mapping, human evolu- of major topics begins with environmental epi-
Prerequisites: ACS 712 Clinical Education 2; tion. Prerequisite: Biology 101 and Biology demiology and toxicology, policy and regula-
ACC 632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A 102. tion. The course then covers specific agents
215 hours; 150 patient visits; at least 90 hours 3 semester hours of environmental diseases. Domains of envi-
in off-site clinics ronmental health are addressed. Prerequisites:
BIOLOGY 403
Biology 101 and Biology 102.
ACS 814 Histology
3 class periods; field trips by arrangement, 3
Integrated Clinical Education 2 Detailed analysis of the microscopic structure
semester hours
This is a continuation of the integrative clinical of animal cells and tissues. Laboratory work
training started in ACS 812. Rotations in the limited to study of prepared microscopic mate- BIOL 421
Integrative clinic shifts combine AOM super- rial. Prerequisite: Biology 211. Advanced Cell Physiology
visors for AOM diagnosis and treatment with 3 class periods; 1 three-hour laboratory A graduate lecture course exploring the funda-
biomedical practitioners and other clinicians periods; 3 semester hours mentals of the cell. This course will emphasize
offering medical care in a variety of health key topics related to our knowledge of mo-
BIOLOGY 404
settings. Students continue to administer care lecular and cellular biosciences. Students will
Tissue Culture
to patients under the supervision of licensed focus on critical thinking and problem solving
Introduces graduate students and qualified
faculty. Students are monitored as to their to understand the science of the cell.
undergraduate students to the preparation and
progress toward completing the qualitative 3 semester hours
process of culturing animal cells and cell lines
and quantitative requirements necessary for
in a laboratory. With a major focus on routine BIOLOGY 423B
the successful completion of the program.
maintenance and record-keeping, including Biostatistical Analysis
Prerequisites: ACS 712 Clinical Education 2;
media preparation, cryopreservation, applica- Statistical analysis with application to biologi-
ACC 632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A. AIC 812
tions of tissue engineering, and troubleshoot- cal science. Includes applications of probabil-
Integrated Clinical Education 1.
ing common culture problems. Prerequisite: ity, classifications of data, averages, dispersion,
215 hours; 150 patient visits; at least 90 hours
Biology 321 or equivalent. frequency distributions, confidence intervals,
in off-site clinics
3 semester hours tests of significance, linear regression, and cor-
relation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 323. May
BIOLOGY 407
Artificial Intelligence Microbial Genetics
be taken concurrently.
1 semester hour
The focus of this course is on modes of ge-
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 500
netic transfer, plasmids and mobile genetic BIOLOGY 423
Graduate/Co-op Internship in Computer Science elements. Classical and recent molecular tech- Advanced Ecology
1-3 semester hours niques used in prokaryotic research will be Students will read classic and recent ecological
emphasized. Prerequisite: Biology 307 and literature in ecology. At the completion of the
Biology Biology 320 or equivalent.
3 semester hours
course students will prepare a literature review
or research proposal. Prerequisite: Biology 223
BIOLOGY 400 or equivalent.
BIOL 415
Advanced Biochemistry 3 semester hours
Animal Nutrition
This course will cover the principles of biologi- An extensive study of the nutrient requirements BIOLOGY 424
cal chemistry, describe the structure, synthesis, of animals during their life cycle under vari- Physiological Ecology
degradation and properties of amino acids ous physiological and pathological conditions. Students will read recent literature across a
and proteins. The principles of enzymology Furthermore, the physiological and biochemi- range of topics in physiological ecology. At
and proteomics, lipid synthesis, degradation, cal bases of nutrition in farm and laboratory the completion of the course students will pre-
function and lipidomics, mechanisms of car- animals with emphasis on metabolic pathways pare a literature review or research proposal.
bohydrate metabolism including: glycolysis, leading to inherited diseases in humans and Prerequisite: Biology 223 and Biology 211 or
equivalent.

279
Biology • Biomedical Engineering

3 semester hours A graduate laboratory course exploring the required of all students. Presentations by in-
BIOLOGY 430
fundamental skills required by molecular vited speakers from University of Bridgeport,
Marine Ecology biology and biotechnology. This course will other universities, and research institutions.
Examination of the ecology of the oceans, rela- emphasize key methodologies utilized in 1 semester hour
tion of distribution to the physical and chemi- both biotechnology industries and molecular
BIOLOGY 491
biology research by focusing on a semester-
cal environments, productivity of the marine The Gut Microbiome
communities and the interaction of man with long molecular project involving PCR-based
This course covers complex host-microbial in-
marine communities. Prerequisite: Biology mutagenesis, cloning, DNA sequencing, and
teractions that are essential for health. Disturb-
223. protein analysis.
ing the relationships triggers a wide variety of
3 lectures, 1 three-hour lab, 4 semester hours 3 semester hours
diseases such as obesity and diabetes. Factors
Lab Fee Assessed BIOLOGY 446 perturbing the gut microbes include dietary
Envt Toxicology changes, drugs, stress, surgical intervention
BIOLOGY 441
Students will broaden their knowledge of and the environment. Prerequisite: Biology
Cell Molecular Immunology
environmental toxic agents (physical, chemi- 320 or the equivalent.
A three credit-hour lecture course that will
cal, biological) and their effect on biological 3 semester hours
cover the molecules, cells and organs of
systems and the environment. The relevance
the immune system. Students will study the BIOLOGY 493
of chemical and biological properties of toxic
structural features of the components of the Bioelectric Phemonena
agents to human health, and the biotransfor-
immune system and their functions. Emphasis The course will review and investigate a variety
mation reaction of certain chemical agents will
of the course will be given on the mechanisms of bioelectric phenomena, including origins
be discussed. The course will cover in detailed
involved in immune system development and and operations of trans-membrane potentials
the physical-chemical properties and their
responsiveness. Prerequisites: Biology 211. in excitable cells, their propagation between
toxic effects, at the molecular, cellular, organ
3 semester hours and among cells, their dissemination among
and system level, resulting from exposure to
various conductive tissues and different body
BIOLOGY 443 environmental pollutants. Prerequisite: Biol-
fluid compartments and their measurement
Advanced Molecular Biology ogy 344 or equivalent.
within the body or at the body surface. Also
The study of genes and their activity at the 3 semester hours
considered will be the generation, conduction
molecular level, DNA replication and repair,
BIOLOGY 470 and propagation of electrical or electromag-
transcription, translation, recombination,
Research Rotation netic fields within and beyond the body and
translocation, and mutations. Techniques and
This course is given in the Spring semester and the interaction of such fields with ionizing and
experiments leading to important discoveries
consists of sequential laboratory experiences non-ionizing radiation generated naturally as
on DNA will be covered. Prerequisites: Biol-
in each of two separate research laboratories. well as by present and developing technology,
ogy 345 or Biology 343 or equivalent
1 semester hour with emphasis on health effects of such inter-
3 semester hours
Laboratory fee: $60 per semester actions. Prerequisite: Biology 213, Biology 214,
BIOLOGY 444 or Biology 211 or equivalent.
BIOLOGY 479
General Toxicology 3 semester hours
An advanced course designed for the toxicol- Bioinformatics
Students will design and develop algorithms BIOLOGY 498
ogy student interested in broadening her/his
for biological problems such as data mining, Internship
knowledge into the sciences of toxic agents
and analysis of nucleic acid, protein, and ge- The student will complete internship in a
(poisons) and their effect on biological sys-
nomic datasets. Students will work with popu- research or clinical facility, with departmental
tems and the environment. The relevance of
lar bioinformatics algorithms to understand approval.
chemical and biological properties of toxic
design methodology and identify the potential 3 semester hours
agents to human health, and the biotransfor-
mation reaction of certain chemical agents will weaknesses in traditional bioinformatics algo- BIOLOGY 499
be discussed. The course will cover in detailed rithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 423B and Master’s Research
the toxic effects, at the molecular, cellular, Biology 345 or equivalent. Supervised research leading to the preparation
organ and system level, resulting from expo- 3 semester hours and completion of a thesis in partial fulfillment
sure to xenobiotics. The course content will BIOLOGY 480 of the master’s degree requirements. Students
cover all aspects of toxicology: The General Selected Topics enrolled in the thesis program must complete
Toxicological Principles, Disposition of Toxic Modern courses in diverse areas of faculty six credits of master’s research.
Agents, Non-organ Directed Toxicity, Target specialization within the biological sciences. 3 semester hours
Organ Toxicity, Toxic Agents, Environmental Prerequisites to vary with the course and in- Laboratory fee: $60 per semester
Toxicology and Applications of Toxicology. structor, permission of the instructor required.
BIOLOGY 500
Prerequisite: Biology 211 and Chemistry 206. 1-4 semester hours
3 semester hours
Maintaining Matriculation
BIOLOGY 490 Domestic students not registered for other
BIOL 445 Departmental Seminar courses must register for Biology 500 until the
Advanced Methods in Molecular Biology Enrollment and attendance at this seminar is completion of the degree requirements.

280
Biomedical Engineering

No credit (DTFT, DFT, FFT), digital filter design, and Speech Signal Processing
selected advanced topics as time permits. To introduce the fundamentals of speech
3 semester credits processing and related applications. Course
Biomedical Engineering covers speech enhancement, speech coding,
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 448
Microfabrication and speech recognition.
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 410 (BMEG 410/ELEG 410)
3 semester credits
Biosensors This class covers basic microfabrication pro-
This course will provide an overview of bio- cesses for semiconductor and VLSI fabrication, BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 459
sensors, including their use in pharmaceutical including photolithography, plasma and reac- Audio Processing Lab
research, diagnostic testing, and policing the tive ion etching, ion implantation, diffusion, Introduction to TMS320C55x Digital signal
environment. Topics include the fabrication, oxidation, evaporation, vaporphase epitaxial Processor, Audio Signal Processing, Basic Prin-
characterization, testing, and simulation. The growth, sputtering, and CVD. Advanced pro- ciples of Audio Coding, Speech Enhancement
transducer phenomenology, biosensor struc- cessing topics such as next generation lithog- Techniques, Quantization of Audio signals,
ture, and sensor performance will also be raphy, MBE and metal organic CVD are also Calculating LPC coefficient using C55x Intrin-
covered. introduced. The physics and chemistry of each sic, Matlab Implementations of noise Reduc-
3 semester credits process are introduced along with descriptions tion (NR), Mixed C55x Assembly and Intrinsic
of the equipment used for the manufacture of Implementations of Voice Activity Detection
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 412 (BMEG 412/ELEG 412)
integrated circuits. The integration of micro- (VAD), Combining AEC with NR, Voice over
Bioelectronics fabrication process into CMOS, bipolar, and Internet Protocol Applications, Overview of
Discipline of biomedical Engineering has MEMS technologies are also discussed. The CELP Vocoders.
emerged due to integration of engineering purpose of this course is to provide students 3 semester credits
principles and technology into medicine. This with technical background and knowledge
course is intended for engineers and engineer- BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 460
in silicon microelectronic fabrication process.
ing students interested in pursuing career in Introduction to Robotics
Upon finishing this course, students will be
biomedical engineering and health related Introduction to the kinematics, dynamics, and
familiar with the basic semiconductor and VLSI
filed. This course will first introduction Ap- control of robot manipulators and to applica-
microfabrication processes.
plications of electrical engineering principles tions of artificial intelligence and computer
3 semester credits
to biology, medicine, behavior, or health will vision in robotics.
be identified during first half of the semester. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 451 3 semester credits
Second half of the course will focus on re- Introduction to Nanotechnology
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 464
search, design, development and application Nanotechnology is the science and engineer-
PC Lab
of biosensors and Bioelectronics. ing involved in the design, synthesis, char-
This course will start with the basics of
3 semester credits acterization and application of materials and
Boolean Algebra; it will cite the differences
devices with the size in nanometer (10-9m)
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 413 between PLC control and relay control and
scale. As a newly emerged exciting high-tech-
Bioinformatics nology, it has attracted intensive interest and
full automation of major machines and appli-
Biology has become target of more algorithms ances; the differences in these controls will
heavy investments around the world. Nano-
than any other fundamental science. This show how hard relay control is to implement
technology is a general-purpose technology
course is about designing and developing al- and how flexible PLC control actually is; many
which will have significant impact on almost
gorithms for biological problems. Students will different math functions will be analyzed and
all industries and all areas of society. It can
work with popular bioinformatics algorithms implemented in the theoretical construction of
offer better built, longer lasting, cleanser, safer
not only to understand algorithms design my- fully functioning PLC.
and smarter products for home, communica-
thologies but also to identify strengths and po- 3 semester credits
tions, medicine, transportation, agriculture and
tential weaknesses in traditional bioinformatics many other fields. This course will cover basic BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 466
algorithms. concepts in nanoscience and nanotechnology. Found DNA and Biotechnology
3 SEMESTER CREDITS BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 443 3 semester credits The Focus of the course shifts towards the
(BMEG 443/ELEG 443)
scientific foundation of genetic data and the
Digital Signal Processing BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 453
human genome and investigates contempo-
This is an introductory course in Digital Signal Pattern Recognition
rary issues.
Processing (DSP) for graduate Electrical and Operation and Design of systems that recog-
1-3 semester hours
Computer Engineering students. Sometime nize patterns in data, based primarily on sta-
will be spent initially reviewing major con- tistical and neural network approaches. Topics BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 467
cepts in signals and systems. Major topics to include Bayesian decision theory, Electrical Introduction to Mechatronics
be covered in ELEG 443 include: time-domain Engineering Parametric likelihood estimation, Introduction to Mechatronics, Definition of
analysis of discrete-time (DT) systems (convo- Nonparametric techniques, Linear discriminant Mechatronics, Mechatronics in factory, office
lution, difference equations), the transform, functions and Neural Networks. and home automation. Overview of Micropro-
frequency analysis for DT signals and systems 3 semester credits cessors, Micro controllers and microcomputer
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 454

281
Biomedical Engineering

systems, Hardware and software, Assembly and gradually move from basic to advance 3 semester credits
level and higher level programming. topics as listed below in “Class Topics” section.
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 513 (BMEG 513/ELEG 513)
3 semester hours This course will further help by developing ap-
Biomedical Image Processing
proach to design devices and safety features.
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 470 This course is an elective course. The content
Behind every invention, law or device, there is
Advanced Robotics of this course include the fundamentals of Dig-
always a need, a necessity. Students go from
Advanced robotics and automation topics and ital Image Processing and its applications in
necessity to invention in the class. Since large
techniques, including: active robotic sensing, biomedical field. Sampling and Quantization
number of electronic equipments are being
intelligent and integrated manufacturing sys- of signals are mentioned in order to introduce
used in hospitals and medical centers for pa-
tems, robotic inspection, observation under the digital images, some basic relationship
tient care and diagnosis or carry out advanced
uncertainty, multisensor feedback control of between pixels are mentioned. Introduction
surgeries. This course will enable students to
manipulators and mobile robots, advanced to Fourier Transformation, Discrete Fourier
learn the basics principles of different instru-
simulation and monitoring of robotic systems, Transform and Fast Fourier Transformed are
ments used in medical science.
high level modeling and control, and other explained. MATLAB programming with Im-
3 semester credits
topics. age Processing Toolbox will be introduced
3 semester hours BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 512 (BMEG 512/MEEG 512) to empathize and rigid the understanding
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) of students. Others important fundamental
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 500
Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is theorems, e.g., Image Enhancement, Image
Graduate Co-op/Internship in Biomedical
employed in a wide range of industries and Segmentation, Representation and Description
Engineering
disciplines, such as aerospace engineering, are also mentioned. Students are required to
Students will work for a company in a role
automotive engineering, biomedical science implement some programs using the theorems
that is appropriate for an MS-BMEG graduate,
and engineering, chemical engineering, civil learnt in classes.
or near graduation. Through this experience
engineering, power engineering and sports en- 3 semester credits
students will apply biomedical engineering
gineering. Practicing engineers are constantly
principles and theory in a practical setting. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 515
facing extreme challenges to solve complex
The student will write a paper summarizing Advanced Digital Systems
fluid flow and heat transfer problems using
the tasks and accomplishments encountered The objective of this graduate level course is to
commercial CFD software. To avoid flawed
within the organization, as well as make en- introduce the modern design methodologies
CFD simulation and results interpretation us-
gineering recommendations for improvement for digital logic and automatic synthesis of dig-
ing commercial CFD packages by users with
of the biomedical engineering process in the ital systems. Students are provided with access
inadequate training, understanding the fun-
company, or division in which s/he was em- to the CAD tools to use hardware description
damental principles that underlie commercial
ployed. By Arrangement. language to model, analyze and design vari-
CFD solvers can help the users to effectively
1-3 semester hours ous digital circuits/systems. It is expected that
harness the power of modern CFD for their
students will acquire a clear understanding
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 508 (BMEG 508/MEEG 508) research or design. This course is intended as
of the main techniques, design strategies and
Biomechanics an introduction to the scientific principles and
the optimizations that are involved in modern
Biomechanics is the application of mechanical practical engineering applications of CFD. It
digital circuit modeling, design and synthesis.
principles to living organisms that included combines lectures on the CFD principles with
The course projects will include the design
bioengineering, research and analysis of mech- projects of research or industrial applications.
and optimization of advanced critical digital
anism in living organisms, and application of The emphasis of this course is not to teach
systems used in bio-related applications.
engineering principles to and from biological the theory behind the CFD techniques, but to
3 semester credits
systems. This course can be carried forth on help the students apply the knowledge gained
from the molecular level including collagen into practical use of commercial CFD software BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 517
and elastin, all the way up to the tissue and (COMSOL, ANSYS and/or STAR-CCM+). Stu- NMR in Biomedical engineering
organ level. Some simple applications of New- dents will first learn the complete CFD process A noninvasive imaging method that provides
tonian mechanics can supply approximations from modeling and approximation, mesh information about cellular activity (metabolic
on each level, but precise details demand the design, computation, to results interpretation information). It is used in oncology along with
use of continuum mechanics. through lectures and case studies. The neces- magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) which
3 semester credits sary theoretical background in fluid mechanics provides information about the shape and size
and heat transfer will be covered in these case of the tumor (spacial information). Also called
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 510 (BMEG 510/ELEG 510)
studies. Tutorials will be provided to show 1H-nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopic
Medical Machines
how to set up, run and interpret the results of imaging and proton magnetic resonance spec-
This course, provides very good introduc-
CFD models in a commercial code, COMSOL. troscopic imaging.
tion and understanding of Electrical Safety,
Students will then work in a project team to 3 semester credits
Medical electronics and Medical Machines as
solve selected research or industrial fluid flow
applicable. Students often have different back- BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 532
and/or heat transfer problems in their own Melanogenesis/Malanomagensis: Implicatio
ground and level of understanding of technical
field (such as mechanical systems, electronics 3 semester credits
concepts; therefore we will develop necessary
systems, or biomedical systems) using CFD.
background in this course in first few weeks
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 535 (BMEG 535/TCMG 535)

282
Biomedical Engineering

Foundations of Biotech Sciences and Computer Engineering students. Sometime will will be highlighted. Modern materials science
Management be spent initially reviewing major concepts in depends on the use of a battery of analytical
This course defines biotechnology as the signals and systems. Major topics to be cov- methods carried normally in specialized labo-
application of molecular biology for useful ered in ELEG 546 include: Concepts of signal ratories. This course explains the fundamental
purposes. It simulates the real world science and image processing, wavelets, classification principles associated with the various methods
and business environments: Information and and clustering, and applications of these con- and familiarize the students with them, their
knowledge are complex, highly specific, frag- cepts to EEG, ECG, EMG, MRI and CT Scans. range of applicability and reliability especially
mented, diverse and vast. No one individual or 3 semester credits when materials are of nanoscopic dimension.
group or business entity or government agen- 3 semester credits
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 547
cy is able to cover in-depth the entire science Bio MEMS BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 562 (BMEG 562/ELEG 562)
and business continuum to succeed and create BioMEMS is the application of MEMS (Micro- Nanofabrication with Soft Materials
value to society at large. Value creation has electromechanical Systems) technology in the This is an advanced level graduate course
three different aspects: data, information and fields of biomedical and health sciences. Due focusing on fabrication of soft materials. Nano-
knowledge assimilation, degree of collabora- to their small size, BioMEMS have the advan- fabrication processes and nanosystem products
tion and methodology to establish successful tages of low weight, low cost, quick response, will be discussed. Fundamentals associated
knowledge management and business pro- high throughput, high effeciency, requirring with chips fabrications and linking them to-
cesses. The continuum of the biotechnology much less sample.reagent and easy Integra- ward soft materials assembly will be detailed.
industry is shaped by scientific, legal, regula- tion. BioMEMS found broad applications in Emerging nanotechnology based methods for
tory, social, economic, technological, political, disease diagnosis, prevention and treatment. soft and green electronics, mechanical parts,
financial and commercial factors. Understand- Various BioMEMS products have been de- MEMS, PCBS will be covered. Gene chip, label
ing the dynamics and linked contributions of veloped, such as microfluidic devices, neural free sensory assay using micro and nano-
the interdisciplinary array of factors which af- interface devices, uTAS, lab-on-a-chip, DNA fluidics will be discussed. Transfer printing,
fect commercialization of bioscience discover- chips, micro drug delivery system, microsurgi- DNA-protein interactions using the chip and
ies is essential to operate in the biotechnology cal tools, bio-sensors. This course introduces several nano-scale assemblies for soft materials
industry. In this course we are dissecting the to students the fundamentals of BioMEMS fabrication will be discussed.
biotechnology industry to isolate the key driv- technology, typical bioMEMS devices and their 3 semester credits
ers and study their interactions. applications.
3 semester credits BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 563
3 semester credits
Polymer Nanocomposites
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 543
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 555 This is a graduate level course that emphasizes
Advanced DSP Biotechnology & Entrepreneurship on the structure property and functions of
(1)review briefly the concepts of DSP (E443), This course covers theory and practice of bio- nanocomposites based on polymers and other
including digital filter design and window- entrepreneurship. It explores the transforma- biomaterials toward biomedical, mechanical
ing (2) Carry on with new topics in Adaptive tive and disruptive nature of scientific discov- and electrical propert driven device applica-
Filters, Wiener Filters, Kalman filters, power eries and the innovative and entrepreneurial tions.
spectrum and related topics, statistical signal process for turning knowledge into profitable Various examples of smart materials, their
processing, and stochastic processes. business. Students are required to develop fabrications, and the use in undersanding
3 semester credits and communicate in-depth knowledge on the biophysical and biochemical processes are
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 543 evolution of the biotechnology industry and discussed.
DSP Lab the behavior of entrepreneurial biotechnology 3 semester hours
This is an introductory course in Digital Signal firms to build core competencies and acquire
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 565 (BMEG 565/ELEG 565)
Processing (DSP) for graduate Electrical and funding. Individual and team projects and case
Biomedical Materials and Engineering
Computer Engineering students. Sometime studies are integrated into the course.
This course introduces the students with the
will be spent initially reviewing major con- 3 semester hours
progress of biomaterials used in biomedical
cepts in signals and systems. Major topics to BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 561 (BMEG 561/ELEG 561) engineering. Starting from early civilizations
be covered in ELEG 443 include: time-domain Instrumental Analysis of Nanomaterials biomaterials this course discusses modern ad-
analysis of discrete-time (DT) systems (convo- The course will give an over view on several vanced level biomaterials and their engineer-
lution, difference equations), the transform, important analytical tools for nano materials ing principles associated with their biomedical
frequency analysis for DT signals and systems characterization. Mechanical, electrical and use. Hip, knee Prostheses, implants, grafts,
(DTFT, DFT, FFT), digital filter design, and electronic and biological property testing of sutures, stents, catheters materials and their
selected advanced topics as time permits. the nano materials such as carbon nanotubes, application in Biomedical Engineering are cov-
3 semester credits metal nanoparticles, quantum dots, nanowires ered. Designed biomaterials such as silicones,
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 546 (BMEG 546/ELEG 546) conformable nanoelectronics materials, poly- polyurethane, Teflon, hydrogels, bionanocom-
Biosignal Processing mer nanoparticles and biomedical nanomate- posites are detailed. Modern Biology and bio-
This is an introductory course in Bio-Signal rials will be discussed. Process and product medical engineering such as protein absorp-
Processing (DSP) for graduate Electrical and evaluation by physical, chemical and micro- tion, biospecific medical materials, nonfouling
scopic methods for materials in nano-regime materials, healing and foreign body reaction,

283
Biomedical Engineering • Business Capstone

controlled release etc are discussed. Surface- the course reviews the available hypothetical capstone project may be based on a single
immobilized biomolecules in patterned surfac- mechanisms for that action as applicable to the project or multiple projects. Easn project,
es are explained with specific examples of the field of biomedical engineering. Besides this however, must be experimental or simulation
use of immobilized biomolecules, immobilized the presence of magnetic crystal s in certain in nature and be interdisciplinary. The project
cell ligands, and immobilization methods. Re- species of prokaryotes as well as in birds (for results should be publishable in peer reviewed
cent advances in biomedical engineering from migration ) and in humans is still under active journals. All projects must be approved by the
the perspectives of inkjet printing of cells and investigation and is also covered in this course University’s BME program committee prior to
tissues for 3D-medical textiles, nanofibers and as a possible way of exploiting such informa- student enrollment in the BME 620 course.
films in biomedical engineering by electro- tion for application in biomedical engineering. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 620B
static spinning, bio-inspired materials through BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 580 Thesis II
layer by layer (LBL) assembly and biogels and Tissue Engineering This course must be taken in your last se-
advanced instrumentations in biomedical engi- The objective of this course is to provide mester of course work or later. This is a team
neering are updated. Artificial red blood and students a foundation for the understand- based project. Teams with members from both
skin substitutes, orthopedic biomaterials ap- ing of cell based systems needed for tissue the life sciences and the quantitative sciences
plications adhesives and sealants, diagnostics, engineering. The structure-property-function are strongly encouraged. You may have more
biomedical sensors, extracorporeal artificial relationships in normal and pathological mam- that on advisor, but one faculty member needs
organs and ethical issues of biomedical engi- malian tissues will be covered. A review of the to be identified as the primary advisor. Your
neering are discussed. current development of biological substitutes capstone project may be based on a single
3 semester credits to restore, maintain, or improve functions that project or multiple projects. Easn project,
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 567 includes strategies to regenerate metabolic however, must be experimental or simulation
Physiological Fluid Mechanics organs and repair structural tissues, as well in nature and be interdisciplinary. The project
There is a great and vital difference between as cell-based therapies to deliver proteins and results should be publishable in peer reviewed
the transport processes in the human body other therapeutic drugs will be discussed. journals. All projects must be approved by the
from other engineering systems. A thorough There are a variety of very important materi- University’s BME program committee prior to
understanding of physiological fluid mechan- als issues in tissue engineering, which will student enrollment in the BME 620 course.
ics is essential for innovation in biomedical be discussed in detail. Cells adherence to the Prerequisite: BEMG 620A.
technology. Emphasis in the course is placed extracellular matrix materials in the body and
on flow and thermal mechanics of biofluids, their enormous effect on cell behavior will be
detailed. The physical and chemical proper-
Business Capstone
measurement methods, modeling for engineer-
ing application, and understanding application ties of these materials will be examined and BUSINESS CAPSTONE 597
to biomedical problems including assist and important materials used in tissue engineering Integration and Application: Strategy
monitoring devices. will be discussed. This is a capstone course dealing with the
3 semester hours 3 semester credits development and implementation of business
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 587 strategy and planning within a framework of
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 573
Embedded Systems Design ethical decision-making, globalization and
Magneto Bio-Engineering managing accelerating change. The student is
Magneto Bioengineering is a fast-developing Design of systems having major hardware and
software components. Software implementa- tested on his/her capability to apply all prior
field of research , its practical and environ-
tions are used to control specific hardware learning to solve actual strategic management
mental aspects being a topic of ever-increasing
such as micro controllers. Major laboratory problems. The final project of this course is
number of applications encompassing the field
emphasis to realize embedded systems. project-based, and shall constitute an outcome
of biomedical engineering including but not
3 semester credits assessment of what the student has learned in
limited to MRI ) magnetic Resonance Imaging
the MBA program. This project, normally an
), magnetic therapy, neural stimulation, mag- PROJECT/THESIS EXTENSION (BMEG 596) extensive and comprehensive case study, will
netic field treatment for nonunion (fractures Extension of the continued research thesis work be graded by several faculty members repre-
that fail to heal ) and so on. At the same time, (Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with senting different and relevant disciplines. Pre-
physically, the biological effects of weak mag- instructor). requisites: Completion of all core and required
netic fields or Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) 1 semester hour courses and completion of all Major courses
magnetic fields are still regarded as a paradox.
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 620A/620B or concurrent registration with final Major
This course deals with such issues and fills in
Thesis I courses. Normally, students enroll toward the
the theoretical gap in biomedical engineering.
This course must be taken in your last se- end of their MBA program.
It reviews and analyzes the experimental evi-
mester of course work or later. This is a team 3 semester credits
dence that yields useful insights into the pri-
mary physical processes of magneto-reception based project. Teams with members from both BUSINESS CAPSTONE 595
and the frequency and amplitude spectra of the life sciences and the quantitative sciences Independent Study
the action of weak magnetic fields in living are strongly encouraged. You may have more This course is reserved for a special project
system and hence the course addresses im- that on advisor, but one faculty member needs that cannot be done in any other course format
portant issues in biomedical engineering. Also, to be identified as the primary advisor. Your and is intended to allow a student complete

284
Business Communications • Business Law • Chiropractic

his/her MBA requirements. Students will study critical thinking examples throughout. Knowl- ties. The neurological, vascular and positional
a topic approved by their professor and pres- edge of the legal aspects of running a business relationships of these organs are discussed
ent a substantial written report regarding the will enable the student to conduct business with emphasis on the clinical applications. In-
topic. Prerequisite: Completion of core courses within the legal framework and understand the struction includes lectures and laboratory with
and required Major courses. Written approval ethical dimension of business decisions. Topics dissection and prosection, osseous structures
to register by the supervising professor and include: Introduction to Business Ethics and and models.
the Assistant Dean are required. This course the Judicial and Legislative Process; Litigation, 3 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours, 4.5
is normally taken towards the end of the stu- Alternative Dispute Resolution, and the Admin- semester hours
dent’s MBA program. istrative Process; Business Crimes, Torts, and
AN514
3 semester credits Contracts; the Constitution and Government
Clinical Embryology
Regulation of Business; Business Organiza-
BUSINESS CAPSTONE 598 Embryology covers the fertilization and struc-
tions; Employment and Labor Laws; Consumer
Integration and Application: Thesis tural development from the zygote to birth.
Protection and Environmental Regulation; and
Students will complete a report based on field, This course correlates the embryological
International Law and Ethical Conflicts. Prereq-
library and institutional research to demon- development with other courses offered in
uisites: Admission to graduate study.
strate ability to conduct investigations in a Semester I and II. Normal development, clini-
3 semester credits
managerial discipline. The topic of the report cal correlations and common congenital ab-
may concern any business issue, industry or or- normalities are presented. Emphasis is placed
ganization and may be related to the student’s Chiropractic on the skeletal, muscular and nervous systems.
current or future employment. Prerequisites: 1 lecture hour, 1 semester hour
Completion of all Major courses or concur-
AN525
rent registration with final Major courses. This Anatomy General Anatomy II: Head and Neck
course should be taken in the final semester of
This course focuses on the anatomy of the
a student’s MBA program and approval of the AN511
head, including the gross anatomy of the
student’s faculty advisor is required. Cell and Tissue Microscopic Anatomy and brain and special sense organs, and neck.
3 semester credits Physiology The neurological and vascular relationships
BUSINESS CAPSTONE 599 This course will focus on the study of the of these regions are discussed with emphasis
Integration and Application: Internship microscopic anatomy and physiology of cells on clinical applications. Instruction includes
This course should be taken towards the end and basic tissue type. A major emphasis will be lectures, laboratory dissection and prosection
of the student’s program of study and requires placed on connective, neural and muscular tis- and models. Prerequisites: AN511, AN512, AN
the approval of the student’s faculty advisor. sue. A working knowledge of the microscopic 513, AN514.
3 semester credits, 1 semester credit, 1 semester structure and function of the basic tissue types 3 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours, 4.5
credit will provide a framework for understanding semester hours
how the organization of the tissue contributes
to organ and organ system physiology. AN526

Business Communications 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics II:
Extremities
AN512
BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS 400 This course is a regional exploration of the ap-
Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics I: Spine pendicular system. Bones, muscle attachment
Business Written Communications
This course addresses the functional anatomy and function, vasculature and innervation
The purpose of this course is to improve the
and biomechanics of the spinal column, ribs are discussed. Emphasis is on understanding
ability of students to effectively communicate
and pelvis. Emphasis is placed on the interre- function based on attachment and innerva-
with a variety of writing techniques. Students
lationships between the structure and function tion. Relevant clinical problems are presented.
will not only learn and practice grammatical
of the spinal column and its surrounding ana- Instruction includes lecture, full dissection of
principles, but also learn to present tables
tomical structures. Biomechanical principles pectoral girdle, pelvic girdle, and extremities,
and graphs, and to organize and coherently
are incorporated into functional anatomy of a presentation of prosections, study of bones
structure their written reports. Prerequisites:
dynamic human musculoskeletal system. In- and models. Prerequisite: AN513.
Admission to graduate study.
struction includes lecture, dissection, tutorials, 3 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours, 4.5
3 semester credits
prosection and models. semester hours
3 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours, 4.5
Business Law semester hours AN527
Embryology II
AN513
BUSINESS LAW 400 1 lecture hour, 1 semester hour
General Anatomy I: Viscera
Legal Environment of Business and Ethics This course focuses on the anatomy of the
Students course focuses on how the legal
environment of business impacts business
organs plus the structure of the muscles, Biochemistry
bones and additional tissues of the walls of
decisions with broad ethical, international, and the human thoracic and abdominopelvic cavi- BC511
Biochemistry, Metabolism and Nutrition: I

285
Chiropractic

This course covers the biochemical principles should recognize the importance of the report practic assessment procedures of the upper
involved in maintaining functional homeostasis. of findings, HIPPAA (Federal) guidelines and and lower extremities and TMJ are presented
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours basic hospital protocols. and practiced. Previously learned spinal assess-
1 lecture hour, 1 credit hour ment procedures are reviewed and practiced.
BC612
Prerequisites: TE511L, Co-Requisite AN526
Biochemistry, Metabolism and Nutrition: II
3 laboratory hours, 1.5 semester hours
This course is a continuation of BC511. Prereq- Chiropractic Skills and Technique
uisite: BC511 TE613
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours TE511 Technique Procedures I: Introduction to Full
Chiropractic Examination Skills I: Palpation and Spine Technique Lecture
Biomechanics of the Spine and Pelvis This course will begin with a review of biome-
Business Procedures This course addresses the biomechanics and chanics and assessment procedures presented
chiropractic assessment procedures of the spi- in palpation skills TE522 and TE511. Selected
BP721
nal and pelvic joints. The student is introduced spinal conditions will be presented and dis-
Documentation and Insurance Protocols (Billing
to the concepts of biomechanics as they relate cussed as they pertain to diagnosis, differential
and Coding)
to the kinematics and kinetics of the spine and diagnosis and case management. Prerequisites:
The successful student will be able to identify
pelvis and the structure and functioning of the AN512, TE511 and TE522
and discuss all of the important aspects of pa-
tissues of the musculoskeletal system. 1 lecture hour, 1 semester hour
tient communication, medical documentation
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
and insurance protocols/coding. In addition, TE613L
the successful student will be able to identify TE511L Technique Procedures I: Introduction to Full
and apply appropriate billing protocols regard- Chiropractic Examination Skills I: Palpation and Spine Technique Laboratory
ing filing insurance claim forms. Biomechanics of the Spine and Pelvis - This course introduces students to full spine
1 lecture hour, 1 credit hour Laboratory adjustive procedures from the occiput to the
This laboratory course addresses the biome- pelvis. This course will begin with a review of
BP722
chanics and chiropractic assessment proce- biomechanics and assessment procedures pre-
Business Procedures and Marketing
dures of the spinal and pelvic joints. Students sented in palpation skills AN512 and TE511. In
This is a business procedures course that
are introduced to the concepts of biomechan- addition, this course will concentrate on the
stresses the importance of ethical and legal
ics as they relate to the kinematics and kinetics psychomotor skills required to perform the
business management procedures. The class
of the spine and pelvis and the structure and specified spinal adjustments from occiput to
room discussions cover strategic manage-
function of the tissues of the musculoskeletal the pelvis. Prerequisites: AN512, TE511L
ment, chiropractic and health care economics,
system. This information is coupled with the 3 laboratory hours, 1.5 semester hours
marketing and image building. Successful
diagnostic tools of inspection, range of motion,
completion will prepare the student to enter TE624
static and motion palpation as they pertain to
chiropractic practice. Technique Procedures II: Intermediate Full Spine
the assessment of spinal joint function. Ad-
1 lecture hour, 1 credit hour and Upper Extremity Adjusting
ditionally students will be trained and tested
Principles of patient management and com-
BP812 in the performance of the motor patterns nec-
mon clinical conditions of the head, neck,
Small Business Management essary to deliver the chiropractic adjustment.
thoracic and upper extremity regions are
2 lecture hour, 2 credit hour Training will include various hand contacts,
presented. Evidence-based diagnostic and
BP813
thrusts and stances as they apply to the perfor-
treatment protocols are stressed along with
Starting a Chiropractic Practice and Office mance of the adjustment.
chiropractic management and proper referral
Management 3 laboratory hours, 1.5 semester hours
and co-management. Prerequisites: TE613,
At the completion of this course, the successful TE522 DX611, DX612, TE522L, DX611L, DX612L
student will have a clear understanding and Chiropractic Examination Skills II: Palpation and 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
knowledge of the three basic choices when Biomechanics of the Extremities TE624L
starting a chiropractic practice. They will also Clinical biomechanics of the upper and
Technique Procedures II: Intermediate full Spine
recognize their options related to selecting lower extremities and TMJ are presented. The
and Upper Extremity Adjusting Laboratory
a business structure as well as being able anatomy of the upper and lower extremity
The laboratory portion is a review and practice
to identify the type of practice they want to articulations, muscles and associated ligaments
of new and previous techniques taught with
establish. In addition, the student should be are integrated into an understanding of proper
an emphasis on skill refinement. Intermediate
able to recognize the different types of health joint function and the production of move-
level spinal techniques and upper extremity
insurance and mange care plans typically ment, stability and injury.
techniques are presented and practiced. Pre-
encountered in a chiropractic office as well 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
requisite: TE613L, TE522L
as the importance of obtaining access into
TE522L 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester hours
these insurance networks. Finally, the student
Chiropractic Examination Skills II: Palpation and
TE625
Biomechanics of the Extremities Laboratory
Technique Procedures III: Soft Tissue
Clinical biomechanics and associated chiro-
Students are introduced to the concepts of

286
Chiropractic

soft tissue diagnostic procedures and treat- cussed. Prerequisite TE716

ment procedures. These include the etiology, 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours Clinical Services
pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of CS721
TE728L
soft tissue dysfunction and trauma, differential Clinical Services I
Technique Procedures VI: Advanced Chiropractic
diagnosis and case management of soft tissue
Technique I Laboratory Students under the supervision of licensed fac-
dysfunction and trauma, differential diagnosis ulty begin to administer care to patients at the
Previous patient assessment procedures and
and case management of soft tissue lesions are UBCC Health Center. Students are introduced
technique procedures are demonstrated
presented. Prerequisites: TE511, 511L, TE522, to the procedures and practices utilized by the
and practiced. Advanced spinal and extrem-
522L, TE613, AN512, AN526, NS612 health center through lectures and practical
ity techniques are introduced and practiced.
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours demonstrations. Students refine their skills in
Upper cervical toggle recoil, pelvic blocking,
TE625L instrument adjusting, cervical and lumbar mo- history taking, physical examination, radiol-
Technique Procedures III: Soft Tissue Laboratory bilization techniques, TMJ, symphysis pubis, ogy, technique, case management and clinical
The laboratory portion covers the diagnosis coccyx and rib techniques are introduced and decision-making. Prerequisites: all courses in
and treatment of muscle hypertonic states. practiced. Taping and bracing techniques will semesters I-V.
Prerequisites: TE613L, TE522L be introduced. Soft tissue techniques are re- 2 lecture hours, 4 clinic hours, 4 semester
2 laboratory hours, 1 semester hour viewed and practiced. hours
4 laboratory hours, 2 semester hours CS812
TE716
Technique Procedures IV: Intermediate Full Spine TE819 Clinical Services II
and Lower Extremity Technique Technique Procedures VII: Advanced Chiropractic Under supervision of licensed faculty, interns
Clinical biomechanics of the lumbopelvic Technique II administer care to patients. All patient diagno-
region and lower extremities are reviewed. This course is the combined lecture and labo- ses and management plans are reviewed and
Evidence-based differential diagnosis and ratory review of all techniques taught at UBCC. approved by a clinic faculty member prior to
case management of lumbopelvic and lower This course also serves as a critique course the initiation of patient care. Students are as-
extremity clinical conditions common to chi- for other techniques utilized in practice. Case sessed via evaluation by faculty. Prerequisite:
ropractic practice are presented and discussed. management utilizing various chiropractic All course semesters I-VI
Prerequisites: TE624, TE624L technique approaches are discussed and criti- 25 clinic hours, 12.5 semester hours
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours cally evaluated. Additional techniques, such CS823
as taping, massage techniques and an intro- Clinical Services III
TE716L
duction to fascial manipulation are included.
Technique Procedures IV: Intermediate Full Spine Interns continue to administer care to pa-
Prerequisite: all courses Semester I-VI
and Lower Extremity Technique Laboratory tients under the supervision and approval of
1.5 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours, 3 licensed faculty. Interns are monitored as to
Intermediate level full spine and lower extrem-
semester hours their progress towards completing the qualita-
ity assessment and manipulative procedures
are presented and practiced. Students continue tive and quantitative requirements as set forth
to review and practice previous technique pro- Clinical Nutrition by the UBCC Health Center. Assessment of an
cedures. Prerequisite: TE624L intern’s clinical competency is performed by
4 laboratory hours, 2 semester hours CN621 faculty. Prerequisite: All course semesters I-VII.
Clinical Nutrition I: Pathology and Assessment 25 clinic hours, 12.5 semester hours
TE717L
This course introduces the student to disease
Technique Procedures V: Soft Tissue II CS824
states and abnormal conditions due to bio- Clinical Services IV
This course will begin by reviewing soft tissue
chemical deficiencies and abnormal metabolic Interns continue to administer care to patients
techniques taught in TE625/TE625L. Students
states. Students are introduced to the methods under supervision of faculty. Progress is moni-
then refine their palpatory and therapeutic soft
of nutritional assessment through history and tored by faculty. This clinical experience is
tissue manual treatment skills. Prerequisite:
observation. Prerequisites: BC511, DX613, presented during the summer for six weeks.
TE625L
PH612, PA611. Prerequisites: All courses Semesters I-VI
2 laboratory hours, 1 semester hour
1 lecture hour, 1 semester hour 25 clinic hours, 4 semester hours
TE728
CN712
Technique Procedures VI: Advanced Chiropractic CS900
Clinical Nutrition II: Treatment and Management VA Clinical Residency Program
Technique I
This course is a continuation of CN621. Stu-
Advanced patient assessment procedures and
dents are presented with abnormalities of
application of technique procedures to dif-
a nutritional origin and begin to develop a Diagnosis
ferent patient populations are presented and
treatment and management plan. Prerequisite:
discussed. Upper cervical toggle recoil, instru- DX611
CN621.
ment adjusting and temporomandibular joint, Diagnostic Skills I: Physical Examination
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
symphysis pubis, coccyx and rib techniques This course is designed as an introduction to
are introduced. Chiropractic management of the skills required to examine, diagnose and
extremity conditions is presented and dis- differentially diagnose the skin, eyes, ears,

287
Chiropractic

nose, sinuses, mouth, throat and thyroid as clinical thought process that prepares them to skeletal conditions. Prerequisites: all courses
well as the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastroin- perform appropriate evaluation procedures of in semesters I-V.
testinal and genitourinary systems In addition, patients presenting with neuromusculoskel- 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
selected topics regarding the diagnosis of the etal conditions. Prerequisites: AN526, TE522,
musculoskeletal system will also be covered. PP524
The student will also learn the selection of 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester hours Differential Diagnosis
appropriate examination and diagnostic proce-
DX623 DD621
dures which correspond to the patient’s history
Diagnostic Skills III: Orthopedic and Neurology Differential Diagnosis I: Ears Eyes Nose Throat
and complaint. They will be introduced to the
The lecture portion of this course covers com- DD711
skills as they relate to history taking as well as
mon diseases and conditions of the neurologi- Differential Diagnosis I: Internal Disorders
guidelines for appropriate record keeping and
cal system. This lecture and skill laboratory course is de-
progress notes. Prerequisites: AN511, AN512
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours signed as an introduction to the skills required
and AN525, AN513
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours DX623L to examine and differentially diagnose the
Diagnostic Skills III: Orthopedic and Neurology cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal and
DX611L genitourinary systems. Selected topics regard-
Laboratory
Diagnostic Skills I: Physical Examination: ing the endocrine and lymphatic system will
The laboratory portion presents cases that
Laboratory also be covered. The student will learn the se-
challenge the student to consider the evalua-
This practical laboratory course is designed lection of appropriate examination, diagnostic
tion and management process of specific neu-
as an introduction to the psychomotor skills and therapeutic procedures which correspond
rological conditions. Practical application of
required to examine, diagnose and differ- to the patient’s history and complaint. The stu-
neurological and orthopedic testing prepares
entially diagnose the skin, eyes, earns, note, dent will also expand upon their knowledge
the student to organize their critical skills.
sinuses, mouth, throat, thyroid, cardiovascular, base from previous courses in medical inter-
4 laboratory hours, 2 semester hours
respiratory, gastrointestinal and genitourinary viewing, physical examination, and laboratory
systems. The students will learn the selection DX624 diagnosis and learn how to select and use diag-
of appropriate examination and diagnostic Laboratory Diagnosis nostic equipment, diagnostic tests and specific
procedures, which correspond to the patient’s This course focuses on the principle laboratory procedures used in the differential diagnosis
history and complaint as well as recognize the tests used to evaluate and diagnose various of internal disorders. Integration of these skills
importance of the review of systems and the pathological conditions. The student will learn into the comprehensive management of the
development of a problem list. The successful the selection of appropriate laboratory and di- patient will be emphasized which will allow
student will learn how to select and use their agnostic procedures which correspond to the the student to properly develop the clinical
diagnostic equipment and specific procedures patient’s history and complaint. The student decision-making skills required of a primary
for carrying out these examinations. Prerequi- will also expand upon their knowledge base care physician. Prerequisites: DX611/ DX611L,
sites: AN511, AN513, AN525 from previous courses in physiology and bio- DX624, DX623/DX623L, PA622, PH612, DI623.
3 laboratory hours, 1.5 semester hours chemistry in learning about and understand- 5 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 6 semester
ing the rationale behind common laboratory hours
DX612
procedures, including serum chemistries, CBC,
Diagnostic Skills II: Orthopedics and Neurology DD711L
and urine studies. An introduction to various
This lecture course emphasizes the use of
functional and metabolic studies will also be Differential Diagnosis I: Internal Disorders
evidenced-based orthopedic and neurological Laboratory
presented. Prerequisites: DX611, DX611L,
evaluation procedures. Students are intro- This lecture and skill laboratory course is de-
PH612, PA611
duced to an organized clinical thought process signed as an introduction to the skills required
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
that prepares them to perform appropriate to examine and differentially diagnose the
evaluation procedures of patients presenting DX725 cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal and
with neuromusculoskeletal conditions. Pre- Special Populations genitourinary systems. Selected topics regard-
requisites: AN526, TE522, PP524 This course introduces the student to the ing the endocrine and lymphatic system will
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours, 4 laboratory health care needs of the developing child also be covered. The student will learn the se-
hours, 2 semester hours and mother from conception to birth to child- lection of appropriate examination, diagnostic
hood and adolescence. Complications of and therapeutic procedures which correspond
DX612L
pregnancy, delivery, post-partum care and the to the patient’s history and complaint. The stu-
Diagnostic Skills II: Orthopedics and Neurology
chiropractic management of the obstetrical dent will also expand upon their knowledge
Laboratory
patient will be discussed. The examination base from previous courses in medical inter-
This laboratory course accompanies DX612
and conditions of the pediatric patient as well viewing, physical examination, and laboratory
and emphasizes the use of evidenced-based
as the management of the pediatric patient is diagnosis and learn how to select and use diag-
orthopedic and neurological evaluation proce-
presented. Also covered is the examination of nostic equipment, diagnostic tests and specific
dures. Students are introduced to an organized
the geriatric patient, common findings of the procedures used in the differential diagnosis
geriatric exam and management of selected
neuromusculoskeletal and non-neuromusculo-

288
Chiropractic

of internal disorders. Integration of these skills BC511, AN511 the focus on the physiology of the nervous
into the comprehensive management of the 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours system. The sensory and motor systems are
patient will be emphasized which will allow examined in detail. An emphasis is placed on
MB612
the student to properly develop the clinical the correlation of anatomical structure to phys-
Clinical Microbiology II: Infectious Diseases
decision-making skills required of a primary iological function and clinical dysfunction. The
This course is a continuation of MB521. Com-
care physician. Prerequisites: DX611/ DX611L, special sense organs and systems are studied
mon infectious diseases are presented from
DX624, DX623/DX623L, PA622, PH612, DI623. in detail. The laboratory introduces students to
a microbiological perspective. Prerequisite:
5 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 6 semester neurological tests performed on patients, with
MB521, PH521
hours an emphasis on understanding the underlying
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
neuro-anatomy and neurophysiology that is
DD722
MB621 the basis for these tests. Prerequisites: NS521,
Differential Diagnosis II: Neuromusculoskeletal
Microbiology Infectious Diseases PP523, PH521, AN525.
This course is a presentation of the diseases
MB623 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
and conditions affecting the neuromusculo-
skeletal system. Disorders affecting the spine, Public Health I: Introduction to Public Health and
Epidemiology
extremities and central and peripheral nervous
This course covers the current environmental Pathology
system are reviewed. Neurological and ortho-
pedic testing are covered as they relate to the and public health concerns and issues. The PA611
differential diagnosis of these systems. Func- course integrates health with diet, air and Fundamentals of Pathology
tioning of the human locomotors system and water pollutants, nose and substance abuse, This course is a study of the pathophysiologi-
dhow other systems can affect this is stressed. compares community hygiene and industrial cal process and how this process alters the
Prerequisites: All courses, Semesters I-V hygiene, defines epidemiology and recogni- gross, microscopic and clinical manifestations
4 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 5 semester tion of major communicable and non-commu- of disease. Basic processes of inflammation,
hours nicable disease. Prerequisite: MB612. repair, degeneration, necrosis, immunology
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours and neoplasia is presented. This course is also
MB712 an introduction to diseases of the lymphatic,
Emergency Procedures Epidemiology Public Health hematopoietic, and neuromusculoskeletal
MB724 system. Laboratory includes the study of gross
ER 711
Public Health II: Community Health and Wellness and microscopic changes as well as clinical
Emergency Procedures
This course emphasizes interventions which presentations of various diseases and func-
This course will familiarize the students with
promote wellness and prevent disease. Stu- tional disturbances. Prerequisites: All anatomy
emergency situations and procedures that may
dents will learn health risk assessment which courses, PH521, BC511
be seen in the Emergency Department or pri-
will help motivate patients to make lifestyle 2 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour, 2.5
vate practice. The student will learn to discern
changes that promote wellness and prevent semester hours
emergent presentations by review of clinical
scenarios and be able to elicit a proper history disease. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours PA622
and physical exam to properly refer or treat Systems of Pathology
the patient in the confines of their scope of Neuroscience This course is a continuation of PA611. This
practice. course emphasizes the pathological basis of
1 lecture hours, 2 semester hours NS521 systemic diseases of the cardiovascular, respi-
Neuroscience I ratory, gastrointestinal, urogenital, endocrine,
This course focuses on the anatomy of the and renal systems. The gross microscopic
Microbiology and Public Health nervous system with special emphasis on and clinical manifestations of various disease
sensory and motor systems. However all areas processes are presented. Prerequisites: PA611,
MB521
of the central nervous system are discussed Corequisite PH612.
Clinical Microbiology I: Introduction to Infectious to give the student a broad understanding of 4 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hour, 5 semester
Diseases brain function. Clinical correlations are made hours
This course introduces the student to the basic which are applicable to each region or sys-
concepts of microbiology with emphasis on tem of the CNS. The laboratory section of the
the structure, growth, metabolism and genet- course includes presentation of prosections Physiological Therapeutics
ics of bacteria. Host-parasite relationships and discussion of case studies. Instruction in-
of representative bacterial, fungal, viral and cludes lecture, case studies and demonstration PT711/PT711L
protozoan pathogens are examined. A survey of prosections in the laboratory. Prerequisites: Physiological Therapeutics I: Modalities
of microbial diseases includes modes of trans- AN511, AN512, AN514. This course is an introduction to the clinical
mission, symptoms, diagnosis, physical and 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours use of heat, cold, high volt galvanism, interfer-
chemical methods of disinfection, sterilization ential current, low volt galvanism, ultrasound,
and treatment. Presentations include lecture, NS612 electrical muscle stimulation, diathermy and
laboratory and case studies. Prerequisites: Neuroscience II paraffin. This student is instructed on the
This course is a continuation of NS521, with development of a clinical management plan

289
Chiropractic

utilizing adjunctive therapies. In lab, students nication between the nervous and endocrine mastery of the process. This course will build
are introduced to the use and application of systems. Prerequisites: AN511, BC511 the foundation for an ongoing commitment to
modalities. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours inquiry which will support your future clinical
1 lecture hour, 1 semester hour/2 laboratory decisions and patient care.
PH612
hours, 1 semester hour 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
Organ System Microscopic Anatomy and
PT722 Physiology II PP513
Physiological Therapeutics II: Rehabilitation The microscopic anatomy and physiology of Principles and Practice III: Ethics
In this course current concepts of active reha- the cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive and Students are introduced to various codes of
bilitative management of injuries, dysfunctions reproductive systems will be introduced. An behavior as they relate to patient relations, ad-
and conditions of the spine and extremities emphasis will be placed on the relationship of vertising, insurance reporting and professional
common to the practice of chiropractic are tissue organization and function of the organ and general personal behavior.
presented. The student receives instruction in systems. Laboratories in this class will utilize 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
a variety of assessment and clinical manage- case studies to emphasize how an under-
PP523
ment protocols including spinal stabilization, standing of normal physiologic mechanisms
Principles and Practice III: Contemporary
therapeutic exercise, PNF, stretching, senso- is crucial to understanding pathophysiology.
Chiropractic Studies
rimotor training and patient education. The Prerequisites: AN511, PH521.
Historical and contemporary principles of the
application of outcomes and psychosocial risk 4 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 5 semester
chiropractic profession are introduced and
factors assessment in developing the treatment hours
discussed. Components of the subluxation
plan is addressed.
PH713 complex are presented, critically analyzed
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester
Toxicology and Pharmacology and incorporated into the science, art and
hours
This course is the study of drugs and chemicals philosophy of contemporary chiropractic
PT722L and how they interact with the living organ- practice. Current events regarding chiropractic
Physiological Therapeutics II: Rehabilitation ism. Pharmacology is a study of the sites, and health care are presented and discussed.
Laboratory absorption and metabolism of common drugs. Prerequisite: PP511
In this course current concepts of active reha- Toxicology studies the adverse reactions of 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
bilitative management of injuries, dysfunctions drugs and poisons. The therapeutic use and
PP624
and conditions of the spine and extremities toxic side effects of various drugs, chemicals,
Principles and Practice IV: Evidence-Based
common to the practice of chiropractic are nutritional supplements and other substances
Practice
presented. The student receives instruction in are studied. Prerequisites: PH612, PA611,
In this course, students will expand their
a variety of assessment and clinical manage- NS612, PA622.
knowledge of evidence-based practice. The
ment protocols including spinal stabilization, 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
course emphasizes asking clinical questions,
therapeutic exercise, PNF, stretching, senso-
searching for the scientific literature to answer
rimotor training and patient education. The
application of outcomes and psychosocial risk Principles and Practice those questions and critically appraising that
research. Having found valid research to an-
factors assessment in developing the treatment
PP511 swer the clinical questions, students will learn
plan is addressed.
Principles and Practice I: History and Philosophy how to use that information in clinical practice.
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester
This is a course in which the history of heal- Prerequisite: PP512
hour
ing is traced from its known origins through 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
discovery of chiropractic to the present day.
PP715
Physiology The basic concepts of chiropractic philosophy
Principles and Practice V: Ethics
are discussed, as well as their current interpre-
This is a risk management course that stresses
PH521 tation and clinical significance. Particular em-
the importance of ethical and legal business
Organ System Microscopic Anatomy and phasis is placed upon chiropractic as a distinct
management procedures. Students learn risk
Physiology I profession in the health care community.
management, jurisprudence, ethics and the
This class will focus on understanding the 2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
informed consent process. Successful comple-
microscopic anatomy and physiology of the
PP512 tion will prepare the student to practice as an
organs of the immune and endocrine systems.
Principles and Practice II: Introduction to ethical health care provider.
Major emphasis will be placed on the role of
Evidence-Based Practice 1 lecture hour, 1 credit hour
non-specific and specific defense mechanisms
Students will learn the steps involved in
in health maintenance and provide an intro-
Evidence-Based Chiropractic practice: Creating
duction into immune system disruption as it
focused clinical questions, efficiently finding, Psychology
relates to hypersensitivity and autoimmunity.
and then assessing evidence for relevance
The endocrine system will be studied in its PS711
and validity, applying it ethically (alongside
primary role in cellular communication and Clinical Psychology
clinical wisdom and patient preferences) to
maintenance of homeostasis. Special emphasis This course is designed to familiarize the stu-
a clinical question, then reflecting upon your
will be placed on the interaction and commu- dent with current psychological theory and

290
Chiropractic • Computer Engineering

practice. The student is instructed in behavior- 2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester gies are created. Prerequisite: RS711
al assessment and the recognition of psycho- hours 1 lecture hours, 1 semester hour
logical disorders. Interviewing and counseling
DI725 RS813
techniques are presented as well as the criteria
Diagnostic Imaging V: Chest and Abdomen Evidence Based Practice III
for appropriate referral of patients to providers
This course covers the interpretation of normal Interns compare different interventions based
of psychological services.
and abnormal clinical and radiographic mani- on patients seen by the intern, as approved
2 lecture hours, 2 semester hours
festations of the internal organs. The chest, by their clinician. Interns perform a literature
heart and abdomen are studied on plain film search and report the clinical questions, search
Radiology as well as special examination procedures. terms used; data based searched, papers
Prerequisite: All previous DI courses. found and their quality. The intern determines
DI521 1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester whether a given intervention has quality
Diagnostic Imaging I: Normal Anatomy hours evidence supporting its use. Interns submit a
This course introduces students to normal report summarizing findings and discuss the
DI726
spinal anatomy including the skull and pelvis. case with other interns. Clinicians query in-
Diagnostic Imaging VI: Positioning and Physics
In addition, the students will learn about some terns not only regarding the findings, but also
This course covers the mechanics of x-ray
abnormal conditions such as scoliosis and how the investigation provides practical ap-
production, film processing, x-ray factors and
spondylolisthesis. Concepts, as they relate to plication to the patient’s care and management
radiation safety and protection for doctor and
imaging formation, file interpretation and re- plan. Prerequisites: All Courses, Semesters I-VI,
patient. Also covered is the placement and po-
port writing are introduced. Corequisite: CS812
sitioning of patients for the taking of x-ray stud-
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester 1 semester hour
ies. Students are introduced to the policies and
hours
procedures utilized by the UBCC Health Center. RS824
DI612 2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester Evidence Based Practice IV
Diagnostic Imaging II: Normal Anatomy hours Interns compare different interventions based
This course is a continuation of DI521. Stu- on patients seen by the intern, as approved
DI827
dents continue to develop their skills of radio- by their clinician. Interns perform a literature
Diagnostic Imaging VII: X-Ray Review
graphic interpretation as they relate to normal search and report the clinical questions, search
This course discussed the radiographic pre-
anatomical structures of the various parts of terms used; data based searched, papers
sentation of osseous pathologies that clinicians
the body. Emphasis is placed on the radiog- found and their quality. The intern determines
may see in field practice. Review of previous
raphy of normal anatomical structures of the whether a given intervention has quality
and introduction of new conditions is the goal.
extremities and chest. Prerequisite: DI521 evidence supporting its use. Interns submit
A more in-depth study of advanced imaging
1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester a report summarizing findings and discuss
(with focus on MRI) of the areas often clini-
hours the case with other interns. Clinicians query
cally discussed is presented. Prerequisites: All
interns not only regarding the findings, but
DI623 courses: Semesters I-VI.
also how the investigation provides practical
Diagnostic Imaging III: Bone Pathology 2 laboratory hours, 1 semester hour
application to the patient’s care and manage-
This course introduces students to the clinical
ment plan. Prerequisite: All courses Semesters
and radiographic manifestations affecting osse-
ous structures due to neoplasia, such as tumor- Research I-VII, Corequisite: CS823
1.5 semester hour
like conditions, infection and normal variants.
RS711
Students are introduced to special imaging as
Evidence Based Practice I
it relates to further evaluation of these condi-
This online learning course will utilize previ- Computer Engineering
tions. Prerequisite: DI612
ously taught material and evidence-based
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester COMPUTER ENGINEERING 408
practice methods in the creation of a compre-
hours
hensive case report on a fictitious patient. An Operating Systems
DI714 emphasis is placed on chiropractic principles Structure and design issues in modern operat-
Diagnostic Imaging IV: Arthritis and Trauma and techniques as patient management strate- ing systems. Topics may include OS structure;
This course further develops the students’ skills gies are created. Prerequisite: PP512, PP624 Threads, CPU scheduling and synchronization
in the clinical and radiographic manifestation 1 lecture hours, 1 semester hour of processes; deadlock management; main
of osseous structures. Emphasis in this course and virtual memory management; file man-
RS722 agement; file system interface; I/O) structure;
is placed on the interpretation and recognition
Evidence Based Practice II Prerequisite: Computer Science 102.
of disorders due to inflammatory and non-in-
This online learning course will utilize previ- 3 semester hours
flammatory arthritis and trauma. Special imag-
ously taught material and evidence-based
ing as they relate to further evaluation of these COMPUTER ENGINEERING 415
practice methods in the creation of a compre-
conditions is presented. Prerequisite: DI623.
hensive case report on a fictitious patient. An Advanced Digital Systems
emphasis is placed on chiropractic principles The objective of this graduate level course is to
and techniques as patient management strate- introduce the modern design methodologies

291
Computer Engineering

for digital logic and automatic synthesis of dig- converters, filters and PLLs. Students design uisite: Computer Engineering 471.
ital systems. Students are provided with access analog VLSI layouts, extract the netlists and 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
to the CAD tools to use hardware description simulate the circuit behavior. Transistors sizing
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 481
language to model, analyze and design vari- will also be discussed. EDA tools PSPICE, Men-
Mobile Communications
ous digital circuits/systems. It is expected that tors Graphics are used.
This course covers the basic technologies in
students will acquire a clear understanding of 3 semester hours
the field of wireless and mobile communica-
the main techniques, design strategies and the
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 460 tions. The following topics are covered in the
optimizations that are involved in modern digi-
Introduction to Robotics course: wireless transmission, media access
tal circuit modeling, design and synthesis. The
Basic Robotics, including: position and velocity control, satellite systems, broadcast systems,
course projects will include the design and op-
sensing, actuators, control theory, robot coordi- wireless LANS, wireless ATM, network layer
timization of advanced critical digital systems
nate systems, robot kinematics, differential mo- protocols, transport protocols and support for
used in bio-related applications.
tions, path control, dynamics, and force con- mobility. Pre-requisites: Computer Engineering
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 446 (CPEG 446/ELEG 446) trol. Robot sensing, simulation of manipulators, 471 or Computer Engineering 472 or permis-
MEMS (Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems) automation, and robot programming languages sion of instructor.
Basic micro fabrication techniques, MEMS are also investigated. Prerequisites: Computer 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
materials and their properties, MEMS device Science 102, Electrical Engineering 360, Math
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 482
design and simulation, MEMS packaging and 214 or 314 or permission of instructor.
Network Administration
assembly, signal testing and MEMS reliability 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
Internetworking basis. Bridging and Switching
analysis. MEMS industrial applications in vari-
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 472 Fundamentals. Routing basic. Network man-
ous areas will also be discussed. Students used
Computer Networks agement fundamentals. Network architecture.
ANSYS FEM software to design and simulate
Introduction to fundamental concepts in the Security. Troubleshooting. Pre-requisites:
their behavior.
design and implementation of computer com- Computer Engineering 471 or Computer Engi-
3 semester hours
munication networks, their protocols, and neering 473 and permission of instructor.
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 447 (CPEG 447/ELEG 447) applications. Topics to be covered include: 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Field Programmable Gate Arrays overview of network architectures, applica-
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 489
Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) archi- tions (HTTP, FTP), network programming in-
Software Engineering
tectures, HDL synthesis using Verilog, place terfaces (e.g., sockets), transport (TCP, UDP),
Structural development methodology for large
and route, FPGA configuration, Behavioral, flow control, congestion control, IP, routing,
software systems. Planning requirements, de-
structural and data flow descriptions. FPGA IPv6, multicast, data link protocols, error
sign, test, and validation. Advanced topics in
Timing Analysis, Constraints, Clock Domain detection/correction, multiple access, LAN,
software development. Prerequisite: Computer
Crossing and Meta-stability analysis. A major Ethernet, wireless networks, and network se-
Engineering 489.
FPGA based design project is assigned in the curity. Prerequisite: Computer Engineering 471
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
course. Prerequisite: Computer Engineering or permission from instructor.
315. 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours COMPUTER ENGINEERING 496
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Digital Signal Processing Laboratory
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 473
3 semester hours
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 448D Local Area Networks
Introduction to VLSI Design Examination of wired and wireless Local and COMPUTER ENGINEERING 500
Design and implementation of a very large Metropolitan Area Network technologies, pro- Graduate Co-op/Internship in Computer
scale integrated circuits. CMOS and BiCMOS tocols, and the methods used for implement- Engineering
technologies, clocking characteristics, resis- ing LAN and MAN based enterprise intranets. By arrangement.
tance, capacitance and power estimation, The IEEE 802 media access control (MAC) 1-3 semester hours
system-level design and simulation using protocols are examined. The 802.2 logical link COMPUTER ENGINEERING 506
Verilog. Custom layout and verification using control, 802.3/Ethernet, 802.3 token bus, and
Mobile and Pervasive Computing
CAD tools. Synthesis of designs from Verilog the 802.5 token ring protocols are analyzed,
Students will learn the fundamentals of mobile
descriptions. Term project will include the de- and the construction of LAN-based enterprise
computing and pervasive computing. Students
sign and testing of an integrated circuit. instruments is examined through a detailed
will learn how to design and develop mobility-
Prerequisites: Computer Engineering 315 and analysis of bridging, routing, and switching
aware systems. Students will study the main
Electrical Engineering 348. techniques. High-speed LAN technologies are
standards of pervasive computing. Also, they
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours discussed through an examination of FDDI,
will study mobile platforms environments,
Fast Ethernet, 100VG AnyLAN, ATM LAN
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 458 (CPEG 458/ELEG 458) location awareness and wearable computing.
and fiber Channel protocols along with the
Analog VLSI 3 semester hours
standards for Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
Modeling, design and analysis of analog VLSI
The new and emerging wireless LAN and COMPUTER ENGINEERING 510
circuits. CMOS processing and layout, current
MAN standards are also examined. The 802.11 Introduction to Computer Architecture
mirrors, Opamp, comparators, S/H voltage
(WiFi) wireless LAN and 802.15 (Bluetooth) Instruction set; data path and controller design
references, switched-capacitor circuits, data
wireless PAN standards are discussed. Prereq- for computers. Design and analysis of a RISC

292
Computer Engineering

processor including integer and floating point puting, low power VLSI design has become Student will learn advanced topics in Cryp-
pipeline design. Cache and virtual memory a very important issue in the VLSI industry. tography and Cryptanalysis including: Clas-
design, interrupts and DMA. Prerequisite: A variety of low-power design methods are sical Encryption Techniques, Block Ciphers
Computer Engineering 312 or equivalent back- employed to reduce power dissipation of VLSI and the Data Encryption Standard, Finite
ground. chips. This course is designed to cover low- Fields, Advanced Encryption Standard, Block
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours power design methodologies at various design Cipher Operation, Random Bit Generation
levels (from system level to transistor level). and Stream Ciphers, Public-Key Cryptography
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 513
The basic low-power design strategies will and Crytosystems, Cryptographic Hash Func-
Biomedical Image Processing
be introduced in the class. Students will use tions, Advanced Cryptanalysis techniques and
This course is an elective course. The content
the learned knowledge to design low-power tools. This course includes a research project
of this course include the fundamentals of Dig-
VLSI circuits. Upon completion of this course, involves state-of-the art cryptography and
ital Image Processing and its applications in
students will be able to analyze the power cryptanalysis algorithms/tools.
biomedical field. Sampling and Quantization
consumption of VLSI circuits, and design low- 3 semester hours
of signals are mentioned in order to introduce
power VLSI circuits using various strategies at
the digital images, some basic relationship be- COMPUTER ENGINEERING 563
different design levels. The major target is to
tween pixels are mentioned. Introduction to Applications Security
design VLSI chips used for battery-powered
Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier Transform This course covers the very important area of
systems and high-performance circuits not
and Fast Fourier Transformed are explained. application security providing useful examples
exceeding power limits.
MATLAB programming with Image Processing of how security can be compromised in an
3 semester hours
Toolbox will be introduced to empathize and application and what preventive measures
rigid the understanding of students. Others COMPUTER ENGINEERING 550 should be taken from code development and
important fundamental theorems, e.g., Image Advanced VLSI Design deployment point of view. Topics covered
Enhancement, Image Segmentation, Repre- Implementation of custom VLSI designs, include validation, cross-site scripting (XSS)
sentation and Description are also mentioned. digital and analog simulation, fault tolerant and cross-site request forgery (CSRF), securely
Students are required to implement some pro- design, design for testability. A major project accessing databases and safeguarding against
gram using theorems learnt in classes. will include the implementation of a digital SQL injection attacks, encryption, hashing and
3 semester hours integrated circuit. Prerequisites: Computer preventing information leaks, methods for
Engineering 448D. authenticating and authorizing users, including
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 515
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours membership providers and preventing cookie
Advanced Digital Systems
theft, securing and locking down web server,
The objective of this graduate level course is to COMPUTER ENGINEERING 560
ways to securely use web services, security
introduce the modern design methodologies Performance Evaluation and Analysis
with Ajax. Web API (Restful services) and MVC
for digital logic and automatic synthesis of dig- This course covers the basic theory and practice
frameworks.
ital systems. Students are provided with access of computer systems performance evaluation.
3 semester hours
to the CAD tools to use hardware description The course focuses on three major aspects of
language to model, analyze and design vari- performance analysis, measurement, simula- COMPUTER ENGINEERING 570
ous digital circuits/systems. It is expected that tion and analytical modeling using queuing Advanced Robotics
students will acquire a clear understanding theory. The topics will include measurement Advanced robotics and automation topics and
of the main techniques, design strategies and techniques, monitor tools, simulation mod- techniques, including: active robotic sensing,
the optimizations that are involved in modern els, stochastic processes, queuing theory and intelligent and integrated manufacturing sys-
digital circuit modeling, design and synthesis. analytical modeling techniques. Prerequisite: tems, robotic inspection, observation under
The course projects will include the design Computer Engineering 312, Computer Engi- uncertainty, multisensor feedback control of
and optimization of advanced critical digital neering 510 and Mathematics 323. manipulators and mobile robots, advanced
systems used in bio-related applications. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours simulation and monitoring of robotic systems,
3 semester hours high level modeling and control, and other
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 561
topics. Prerequisites: Computer Science 460 or
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 540 Network Security
Computer Engineering 460.
Image Processing Conventional encryption and message confi-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
This is a project-oriented course. Students will dentiality, public-key cryptography and mes-
learn and implement FFT with applications, sage authentication. Authentication applica- COMPUTER ENGINEERING 572
image enhancement, image restoration, image tions, electronic mail security, IP security, web Data and Computer Communications
compression, and image tomography. Projects security, firewalls, security in mobile network Introduction to data communication. Fre-
will be conducted on workstations. Prerequi- and other security systems. Prerequisites: Com- quency response, bandwidth, filtering and
site: Electrical Engineering 443. puter Engineering 471 or 473. noise. Fourier series and Fourier transform. In-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours formation theory concepts: Nyquist’s theorem,
Shannon’s and Sampling theorems. Analog
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 548 (CPEG 548/ELEG 548) COMPUTER ENGINEERING 562
and digital modulation techniques. Pulse Code
Low Power VLSI Circuit Design Cryptography and Cryptanalysis
Modulation (PCM). Communication systems
With the rapid development of mobile com-
circuits and devices. Data encoding. Physical

293
Computer Engineering • Computer Science

layer protocols. Data link control (point to recurrent neural networks, reinforcement 3 semester hours
point communication, design issues, link man- learning techniques. Programming projects COMPUTER ENGINEERING 660
agement, error control, flow control). Multi- on the different deep networks through Navigation & Control of UAVs
plexing and switching. Prerequisite: Computer state of the art libraries using Tensor Flow, The course objective is twofold:1) To provide
Engineering 210. and PyTorch are assigned. Prerequisite: a comprehensive study of unmanned fixed-
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours Appropriate Mathematics and Programming wing and rotorcraft navigation and control
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 577 background. techniques, including a review of kinematics,
Internet of Things 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours dynamics and equations of motion, sensors,
This course focuses on a new emerging topic identification, controller design and imple-
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 587
- The Internet of Things (IoT) and Machine-to- mentation, as well as advances in unmanned
Machine Communications (M2M). The course Embedded System Design aviation technology. ii) To present a detailed
includes a good amount of background review Design of systems having major hardware and methodology for designing and navigating/
to get all students to an equivalent level, but software components. Software implementa- controlling a new type of fixed-wing aircraft
primarily lectures will follow a seminar style tions are used to control specific hardware with enhanced aerodynamic performance
structure. This implies course work includes such as micro controllers. Major laboratory based on the concept of Circulation Control,
readings, presentations and discussion of tech- emphasis to realize embedded systems. which allows for lift enhancement, reduce
nical papers taken from the currently available 3 semester hours takeoff and landing distance, delayed stall
IoT literature. Seminar style requires active COMPUTER ENGINEERING 597 A and increased effective payload. CC based
student participation in both the presenta- Advanced Problems-Computer Engineering aircraft design is followed by controller design
tions and in the discussions. Prior to the class Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with that also includes identification of stability and
/ seminar, students are required to review an Department Chair. control derivatives.
assigned article. Then we will have a thorough 1 semester hour 3 semester hours
and interactive discussion in the classroom.
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 597 B COMPUTER ENGINEERING 678
The course syllabus will intentionally adapt
Advanced Problems-Computer Engineering Adv Wireless Sensor Networks
to the interests and backgrounds of the stu-
Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with Wireless Sensor Network Applications. Factors
dents. This course will focus more narrowly
Department Chair. Influencing Wireless Sensor Network Design.
on just a few key areas. Class lectures will
2 semester hours Physical Layer. Medium Access Control (MAC.
be a combination of review of relevant net-
Network Layer. Transport Layer. Time Synchro-
working material and presentation of papers COMPUTER ENGINEERING 597 C
nization. Localization. Topology Management.
from the current literature on the Internet of Project III
Wireless Sensor and Actor Networks. Wireless
Things. Depending on length and complex- Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
Multimedia Sensor Networks. Wireless Under-
ity, the class will typically cover one or more Department Chair.
water Sensor Networks. Wireless Underground
research papers per week in class. Students 1 semester hour
Sensor Networks.
should try to submit papers that they would
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 598 3 semester hours
be both qualified and interested in presenting
Thesis in Computer Engineering
in class. Prerequisites: Computer Engineering
Lecture hours, semester hours and topics to be
472, Computer Engineering 572, or Computer
arranged with Department Chair. Computer Science
Engineering 481.
3-6 semester hours
3 semester hours COMPUTER SCIENCE 410

COMPUTER ENGINEERING 585

COMPUTER ENGINEERING 599 Java Programming
Independent Study in Computer Engineering Object oriented programming, using Java,
Computer Vision
Independent study of advanced topics in Com- packages, interfaces, multi-threading, classes,
Fundamentals of image formation, affine puter Engineering and submission of project inheritance, exceptions, interfaces, native
transformations, convolution filters, image report as required. Problem assignment to be methods, applets. Prerequisite: Computer Sci-
registration, super resolution, motion arranged with and approved by the Depart- ence 400.
estimation and tracking, image classifica- ment Chair. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
tion, principal component analysis, deep 3 semester hours
COMPUTER SCIENCE 411
learning approaches to object detection COMPUTER ENGINEERING 606 Advanced Object-Oriented Programming with
and recognition. Prerequisite: Appropriate Quantum Computing JAVA
Mathematics and Programming back- Classical Computing versus Quantum Comput- Covered topics include advanced features
ground. ing, Basic Quantum Theory. Quantum Gates of Java, such as Database inter-connectivity
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours and Circuits. Quantum Algorithms. Quantum (JDBC) with Servlets and JSP, remote method
COMPUTER ENGINEERING 586 Programming Language. Deterministic and interface (RMI), distributed applications ob-
Deep Learning Nondeterministic Computations. Quantum jects using CORBA and JNDI, Java Beans,
Deep learning architectures such as deep Cryptography. Quantum Information Theory introspection and reflection, Enterprise Java
convolution networks, sparse autoencoders, Quantum Hardware. applications with EJB, interfacing Java to C++

294
Computer Science

with JNI, and additional advanced topics. A fo- and contrast patterns, including differences An advanced implementation oriented course
cus on developing components and packages. between Mediator and Façade. Discuss rela- in structure and design of operating systems.
A major project is developed. Prerequisite: tionships between patterns. Study how pat- Scheduling and time management; processes
Computer Science 410. terns are collaborated within domains to solve and operating systems primitives; Deadlock
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours complicated problems. handling techniques in operating systems;
3 semester hours Space management and external device man-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 435
agement. Prerequisite: Computer Science 102,
Unix System Programming COMPUTER SCIENCE 460
Computer Engineering 312, Knowledge of C/
Introduction to shell programming and sys- Intro to Robotics
C++.
tem in Unix/Linux environments. Various Basic robotics including: position and velocity
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
commands, tools, filters and specification sensing, actuations, control theory, robot co-
languages are studied. System calls to deal ordinate systems, robot kinematics, differential COMPUTER SCIENCE 504
with files, processes, pipes, three interprocess motions, path control, dynamics, and force Artificial Intelligence
communication facilities (semaphores, shared control. Robot sensing, simulation of manipu- Foundations of the theory of Artificial Intel-
memory, and message queue), and signals are lators, automation, and robot programming ligence. Game playing, pattern recognition,
introduced. Prerequisite: Computer Science languages are also investigated. Prerequisite: description of cognitive processes, heuristic
400. Computer Science 102, Match 214 or Math 314, decision procedures, general problem solv-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours or permission of instructor. ers. Learning and robotics. Discussion of the
3 semester hours relationship with human thought process. Ex-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 440
tensive Lisp programming. Prerequisite: Com-
Windows Programming COMPUTER SCIENCE 500
puter Science 102 or permission of instructor.
Object-oriented programming concepts in C# Graduate Co-op/Internship in Computer Science
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
such as interfaces, indexers, generics, collec- By arrangement
tions, delegates, LINQ and events. Graphics 1-3 semester hours COMPUTER SCIENCE 506
programming using GDI+, creating libraries Mobile and Pervasive Computing
COMPUTER SCIENCE 501
and signing assemblies, multithreading and Students will learn the fundamentals of mobile
OOP and Design Patterns
synchronization issues, accessing databases, computing and pervasive computing. Students
This course introduces the modern object-
design of proper layered data driven applica- will learn how to design and develop mobility-
oriented programming along with design pat-
tions, introduction to entity framework. Pre- aware systems. Students will study the main
terns (using C++) to the beginning graduate
requisites CPSC 102. standards of pervasive computing. Also, they
students. It emphasizes proper software devel-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours will study mobile platforms environments,
opment and focuses on elegant creation and
location awareness and wearable computing.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 441 communication methodologies for commonly
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Smartphone App Development occurring problems in modern object-oriented
3 semester hours development. Concepts covered include COMPUTER SCIENCE 509
fundamental object-oriented programming Automata Theory
COMPUTER SCIENCE 460
involving code reuse through inheritance, Theory of automata and learning machines.
Introduction to Robotics
polymorphism, templates, exception handling, Finite-state sequential machines and functions.
Basic robotics including: position and velocity
developing appropriate class hierarchies, unit Transition preserving functions, Generators
sensing, actuators, control theory, robot coor-
testing, complete software project develop- and minimal generating sets. Input semigroup,
dinate systems, robot kinematics, differential
ment, incorpration of design patterns and code Isomorphisms and Auto-morphisms. Prerequi-
motions, path control, dynamics and force
maintenance for large software projects. Pre- site: Computer Science 227.
control. Robot sensing, simulation of manipu-
requisite: Computer Science 102 or equivalent 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
lators, automation and robot programming,
background.
languages are also investigated. Prerequisite: COMPUTER SCIENCE 520
3 Lecture hours, 3 semester hours
Computer Science 102, Math 214 or 314, or Theory of Computation
permission of instructor. COMPUTER SCIENCE 502 Finite automata and Pushdown automata; Reg-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Analysis of Algorithms ister machines; Recursive functions and sets;
A course in advanced data structures and Languages, regular expressions; Context-free
COMPUTER SCIENCE 485
high-level algorithms. Varied uses of recur- languages; Regular and context-free grammars;
Software Design Patterns
sion. Graph representations and algorithms Pumping lemmas. Turing machines, Church-
Introduce design patterns and software archi-
including traversals, path finding, closure, and Turing thesis. Post-correspondence problem;
tectures. Combines pattern theory with ex-
spanning trees. Sorting files. Weighted and bal- Computability and complexity. Prerequisite:
amples to show why and when to use patterns
anced trees; Hashing and collision handling. Computer Science 227 and knowledge of
and how to implement them. How to apply
Complexity and analysis of algorithms. Prereq- computer programming.
design patterns at the enterprise level. The use
uisite: Computer Science 102 or equivalent. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
of design patterns to design and implement
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
systems of high stability and quality. Compare COMPUTER SCIENCE 545
COMPUTER SCIENCE 503 Component Based Software Design
Operating Systems Modern component based software design

295
Computer Science

approaches using both the Component Object emerging database technologies. Prerequisite: Conventional Encryption and Message Confi-
Model (COM) as well as the CORBA technolo- Computer Science 450. dentiality, Public-key Cryptography and Mes-
gies. In-depth look at the infrastructure of COM 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours sage Authentication. Authentication Applica-
components presenting of concepts of class tions, Electronic Mail Security, IP Security, Web
COMPUTER SCIENCE 552
factories, interfaces (standard and custom), in- Security, Firewalls, Security in Mobile Network
Data Mining
proc and local server components, IDL, type and other Security Systems. Prerequisite: Com-
This course is dealing with basic concepts,
libraries, proxy/stubs and marshalling, auto- puter Engineering 471 or 473.
tasks, methods, and techniques in data mining.
mation and I Dispatch interface, structured 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
The focus is on various data mining problems
storage and ActiveX controls. The distributed
and their solutions, such as association rules, COMPUTER SCIENCE 562
form of COM referred to as DCOM and its
classification, and clustering analysis. Students Cryptography and Cryptanalysis
newest form is known as COM+, which inte-
will learn various techniques for data mining, Student will learn advanced topics in Cryptog-
grates the transaction, and queuing capabilities
and applying the techniques to for data min- raphy and Cryptanalysis including: Classical
are examined. A comparison of the CORBA
ing, and apply the techniques to solve data Encryption Techniques, Block Ciphers and
technology is made by explaining its architec-
mining problems. the Data Encryption Standard, Finite Fields,
ture and remoting capabilities. Prerequisite:
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Advanced Encryption Standard, Block Ci-
Computer Science 440, Prerequisite by topic:
pher Operation, Random Bit Generation and
1. Good background in C++ programming, 2. COMPUTER SCIENCE 555
Stream Ciphers, Public-Key Cryptography and
Some knowledge of Windows Programming. Web-Based Application Development
Cryptosystems, Cryptographic Hash Func-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Introduction to fundamental issues in design-
tions, Advanced Cryptanalysis techniques and
ing a web-based application. Review of the
COMPUTER SCIENCE 546 tools. This course includes a research project
web technologies such as HTML, VBScript,
Services-Oriented Arch. (SOA) involves state-of-the art cryptography and
JavaScript, DHTML, Java, XML and server-side
The issues in multimedia (audio, images and cryptanalysis algorithms/tools.
technologies using Active Server Pages (ASP),
video), multimedia compression, multimedia 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
CGI and Java Server Pages (JSP). Design is-
operating systems, multimedia communica-
sues include the creation of tiered and scalable COMPUTER SCIENCE 563
tions, multimedia indexing, querying and
applications by the use of COM+ components Applications Security
retrieving, and web database systems, which
involving Microsoft Transaction Server and This course covers the very important area of
have been enormously developed recently,
the Java approach of Enterprise Java Beans. application security providing useful examples
and are playing important roles in the areas
Different projects are assigned to create dy- of how security can be compromised in an
of business, entertainment, medicine and
namic, database-driven E-Commerce solutions application and what preventive measures
education. The goal of this course is to give in-
involving, order tracking systems, inventory should be taken from code development and
depth understanding to media themselves with
management, advertising management, creat- deployment point of view. Topics covered
emphases on other issues related to DBMS,
ing score reports, personalizing the shopping include validation, cross-site scripting (XSS)
operating systems and communications.
experience and secure credit card transactions. and cross-site request forgery (CSRF), securely
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Wireless E-Commerce applications and devel- accessing databases and safeguarding against
COMPUTER SCIENCE 550 oping business-to-business application using SQL injection attacks, encryption, hashing and
Multimedia Database Systems XML, SOAP and Biztalk Servers. Prerequisite: preventing information leaks, methods for
The issues in multimedia (audio, images and Computer Science 400. authenticating and authorizing users, including
video), multimedia compression, multimedia 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours membership providers and preventing cookie
operating systems, multimedia communica- theft, securing and locking down web server,
COMPUTER SCIENCE 560
tions, multimedia indexing, querying and ways to securely use web services, security
Performance Evaluation and Analysis
retrieving, and web database systems, which with Ajax. Web API (Restful services) and MVC
This course covers the basic theory and practice
have been enormously developed recently, frameworks.
of computer systems performance evaluation.
and are playing important roles in the areas of 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
The course focuses on three major aspects of
business, entertainment, medicine and educa-
performance analysis, measurement, simula- COMPUTER SCIENCE 570
tion. The goal of this course is to give in-depth
tion and analytical modeling using queuing Advanced Robotics
understandings to media themselves with
theory. The topics will include measurement Advanced robotics and automation topics and
emphases on other issues related to DBMS,
techniques, monitor tools, simulation mod- techniques, including: active robotic sensing,
operating systems and communications.
els, stochastic processes, queuing theory and intelligent and integrated manufacturing sys-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
analytical modeling techniques. Prerequisite: tems, robotic inspection, observation under
COMPUTER SCIENCE 551 Computer Engineering312, Mathematics 323 uncertainty, multisensor feedback control of
Advanced Database Background in computer architecture and manipulators and mobile robots, advanced
Advanced study of Relational databases in- probability and consent of the instructor. simulation and monitoring of robotic systems,
cluding indexing structure, query optimization, 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours high level modeling and control, and other
rule and cost-based optimization, transactions topics. Prerequisites: Introduction to Robotics
COMPUTER SCIENCE 561
and concurrency, recovery techniques, securi- (Computer Science 460 or Computer Engineer-
Network Security
ty, distributed database, data mining and other ing 460).

296
Computer Science

3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours COMPUTER SCIENCE 598 COMPUTER SCIENCE 692
Thesis in Computer Science Special Topics-CPSC
COMPUTER SCIENCE 571
Lecture hours, semester hours and topics to be Course offered to allow special topics courses
Cloud Computing
arranged with Department Chair. in the general area of Computer Science that
The purpose of this course is to provide intro-
3-6 credit hours do not fit into any of the available areas of
duction to Cloud Computing. Cloud Comput-
specialization.
ing is a new paradigm of computing, where COMPUTER SCIENCE 599
3 lecture hours; 3 credit hours
compute resources, infrastructure, platform Independent Study in Computer Science
and software are delivered as services that are Independent study of advanced topics in COMPUTER SCIENCE 693
optimized for scalability, performance, high Computer Science and submission of project Special Topics-CPEG
availability and cost. In this course, we will report as required. Problem assignment to be 3 lecture hours; 3 credit hours
delve in the building blocks of Cloud Comput- arranged with and approved by the Depart-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 694
ing and learn how we can leverage it for more ment Chair.
Written Comprehensive Exam
efficient computing. The course will constitute 3 credit hours
Students taking comprehensive examinations
lectures and hands-on labs). COMPUTER SCIENCE 604 are required to register for CSE 694.
3 semester hours Adv Artificial Intell Concept 0 lecture hours, 0 semester hours
COMPUTER SCIENCE 584 Prerequisite: Computer Science 505.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 698
Machine Perception 3 credit hours
PHD Tchg Requirement
An introduction to sensing and machine vision. COMPUTER SCIENCE 605 By Arrangement
Vision algorithms that are usable in practical Adv Expert System Design COMPUTER SCIENCE 699
applications, sensing mechanisms and various 3 credit hours Oral Exam
types of sensed data representation, sense date
COMPUTER SCIENCE 606 Seminar is a zero credit course. It involves at-
processing and interpretation for different ap-
Quantum Computing tending the regular departmental seminars and
plications. Prerequisite: Computer Science 400,
Classical Computing versus Quantum Comput- presenting one’s work in one of the seminars.
Computer Engineering 312.
ing, Basic Quantum Theory. Quantum Gates 0 lecture hours, 0 semester hours
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
and Circuits. Quantum Algorithms. Quantum COMPUTER SCIENCE 710
COMPUTER SCIENCE 590
Programming Language. Deterministic and Ph.D. Dissertation
Parallel and Distributed Processing Nondeterministic Computations. Quantum The student is expected to work on the ac-
Models of parallel computation including Cryptography. Quantum Information Theory cepted topic and come up with original results.
distributed, multiprocessor, multicomputer. Quantum Hardware. S/he has to report the results in the form of a
Parallel programming constructs. The mutual 3 credit hours Ph.D. dissertation. The student is encouraged
exclusion problem, synchronization and com-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 651 to document the intermediate results in the
munication methods. Multi-computer topolo-
Big Data Systems & Analysis form of technical reports. S/he is also encour-
gies and topologies and topological embed-
Program or Course Description: This course aged to publish these results as they are dis-
ding. Classes of parallel algorithms and design
will introduce the state-of-arts computing covered, in the international professional litera-
approaches. Performance analysis of parallel
platforms with the focus on how to utilize ture, i.e., refereed conference proceedings and
computation, including de-tailed and high
them in processing (managing and analyzing) journals. Proof of good work is the acceptance
level. A major project is required. Prerequisite:
massive datasets. Specifically, we will discuss of the results by reputed journals. Intermediate
Computer Science 400.
the MapReduce (Hadoop) framework, which results can also be discussed in departmental
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
provides the most accessible and practical seminars. The completed dissertation must
COMPUTER SCIENCE 597 A
means of computing in the Cloud. We will also be distributed to the dissertation committee
Master’s Project introduce the emerging distributed database members at least two weeks before the dis-
Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with and services, such as HBase, Pig/Hive for sertation defense. The committee will read it
Department Chair. large scale data analysis. Finally, we will utilize and certify that the dissertation is a work of
1 credit hour several key data processing tasks, including substantial merit and that it can be defended. It
simple statistics, data aggregation, join pro- is the responsibility of the student that the final
COMPUTER SCIENCE 597 B
draft of the dissertation addresses all legitimate
Master’s Project cessing, frequent pattern mining, data cluster-
ing, information retrieval, and other machine concerns of the committee members.
Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
learning analytics as the case study for large 1-12 semester hours
Department Chair.
2 credit hours scale data processing.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 597 C
3 credit hours
Computer Science &
Master’s Project (completion) COMPUTER SCIENCE 652
Hadoop and NoSQL DB
Engineering (Ph.D.)
Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
Department Chair. 3 credit hours These courses are open for students enrolled
1 credit hour in the Ph.D. degree in Computer Science and

297
Computer Science & Engineering • Counseling

Engineering. The completed dissertation must be distributed of social science research, 3) Simple descrip-
to the dissertation committee members at least tive and inferential statistics, and 4) Action
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 690
two weeks before the dissertation defense. The research design.
Independent Study
committee will read it and certify that the dis- 3 semester hours
Course taken up by a student with a faculty
sertation is a work of substantial merit and that
member on a special topic that may not be COUNSELING 538
it can be defended. It is the responsibility of the
broad enough to be offered as a regular course. Guided Research in Counseling
student that the final draft of the dissertation
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours This course provides an opportunity for students
addresses all legitimate concerns of the com-
to engage in research in the field of Counsel-
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 692 mittee members.
ing. Involves individual reading and research
Special Topics in Computer Science Varies from 1-12 semester hours
in COUNSELING involving experimental or
Course offered to allow special topics courses
theoretical investigation. Prerequisites: COUN-
in the general area of Computer Science that
do not fit into any of the available areas of Counseling SELING 535 or COUNSELING 536; completion
of 18 credits in COUNSELING classes.
specialization.
COUNSELING 505 1-3 semester hours
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
Helping Relationships COUNSELING 540
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 693 This course provides a definitive view of Group Process: Application and Theory
Special Topics in Computer Engineering COUNSELING including the characteristics of The course focuses on the dynamics of leader-
Course offered to allow special topics courses the counselor and the elements of the COUN- ship and various membership roles. Alternative
in the general area of Computer Engineering SELING process. Through experiential exer- theoretical models of groups will be studied.
that do not fit into any of the available areas cises and videotaped simulated COUNSELING An experiential group experience is required.
of specialization. the student will attain skills such as attending, COUNSELING 505 and 508 are prerequisites.
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours empathic listening, assessing and focusing COUN 540 is geared specifically to the needs
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 694 on important client concerns, structuring the of Human Resource professionals. Additional
Written Comprehensive Examinations process, and facilitating change. Motivational unscheduled lab time is required.
Students taking comprehensive examinations Interviewing is the evidenced based theory 4 semester hours
are required to register for CSE 694. used in this course.
3-4 semester hours COUNSELING 545
0 lecture hours, 0 semester hours
Social and Cultural Foundation
COUNSELING 512
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 698 This course examines how social and cultural
Teaching Requirement Counseling Theories factors impact on the individual and subse-
Ph.D. students assigned teaching courses to This course surveys the major theories and quently how the counselor attends to and
fulfill the teaching practicum of the Ph.D. in perspectives of COUNSELING including addresses the different social forces and cul-
Computer Science and Engineering are re- the Psychoanalytic, Behavioral, Humanistic- tural differences in the COUNSELING venue.
quired to register CSE 698. Existential, Cognitive, Constructivist-Post Mod- Offered annually. Equivalent to COUN-516.
0 lecture hours, 3 semester hours ern, and Systems approaches along with an 3 semester hours
integrated, eclectic or confluent perspective.
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 699 Students gain an understanding of the role of COUNSELING 552
Seminar (Oral Exam) theory, the philosophical basis of the theories, Human Development: a Lifespan Approach
Seminar is a zero credit course. It involves at- the divergent methods utilized, and the utility This course provides a survey of major theories
tending the regular departmental seminars and of each perspective. and issues in the field of human development.
presenting one’s work in one of the seminars. 3 semester hours Topics include the nature of human develop-
0 lecture hours, 0 semester hours ment; research methods in the field of human
COUNSELING 515
development; biological bases for human
COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 710 Clinical Skills for Mental Health Counseling development; the social, emotional and cog-
Ph.D. Dissertation The focus of this course is the skills necessary nitive changes that occur across the lifespan;
The student is expected to work on the ac- to work in a psychotherapeutic venue includ- and how human development affects, and
cepted topic and come up with original results. ing treatment planning, report writing and is affected by, family life, peer relationships,
S/he has to report the results in the form of a diagnosis. The course covers description and schooling, gender, values, and culture.
Ph.D. dissertation. The student is encouraged to diagnosis of the mental disorders as prescribed 3 semester hours
document the intermediate results in the form by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual.
of technical reports. S/he is also encouraged 3 semester hours COUNSELING 568
to publish these results as they are discovered, The Counselor As Professional
in the international professional literature, i.e., COUNSELING 535
This course serves as an orientation to the
refereed conference proceedings and journals. Principles of Applied Research helping profession by addressing issues that
Proof of good work is the acceptance of the This course provides a grounding in the meth- impact on the provision of services such as
results by reputed journals. Intermediate results odology of social science research as it per- ethics, law, certification, and professional role
can also be discussed in departmental seminars. tains to the human service field. It addresses expectations. Completion of this course must
the following four content areas: 1) The nature precede internship. Offered annually. Equiva-
of social science research; 2) Critical analysis

298
Counseling

lent to COUN-510 ogy that are most relevant to the practice of necessary for independent work in clinical set-
3 semester hours counseling. Students will explore the Clinical tings. This reflects on the second part of the
Mental Health applications of the nature of internship experience and can only be taken
COUNSELING 570
well-being, positive health behaviors, health after successful completion of COUNSELING
Strategies and Techniques of Counseling
risk behaviors and COUNSELING clients with 600. Permission of Instructor/Internship Coor-
Building on basic listening skills this course
chronic disease. dinator Required. Offered in the fall and spring
focuses on developing strategies and interven-
3 semester hours semesters. Prerequisite: COUNSELING 600.
tions that promote therapeutic movement for
4-6 semester hours
the client. Techniques of the various theoretical COUNSELING 593
orientations will be presented and practiced. CPCE Exam COUNSELING 610
Simulated role plays and videotaped sessions This course will allow students to register for Career & Lifestyle Development
provide active opportunities to develop the the CPCE, which they are required to pass This course provides an introduction to a
skills. This course has significant out of class as part of their degree plan. They currently lifespan approach to career and lifestyle de-
expectations. Prerequisites include completion petition to take the test and the department velopment. Theories, research, and COUNSEL-
of at least 9 credits and COUNSELING 505 and records if they pass. This is a more official way ING strategies related to career and lifestyle
COUNSELING 512. of recording test taking and passing. issues are explored. Labor resources and in-
4 semester hours COUNSELING 595 formation, career assessment tools, computer
COUNSELING 575 Addictions and Treatment assisted career guidance, life roles, cultural
This course is designed to provide a practical considerations, and placement procedures are
Practicum
experience for counselors learning to work reviewed as interrelated factors to the study of
This course provides students an opportunity
with alcohol and other drug abusers and other career development. Prerequisites: COUNSEL-
for supervised work experiences in a super-
addictions. Covered in the course will be a ING 505 and COUNSELING 512.
vised work setting. Students participate in
survey of the various psychoactive drugs and 3 semester hours
an exploratory field experience in selected
community, agency, collegiate, or corporate behavioral addictions along with diagnosis and COUNSELING 682
settings. Departmental permission is required. treatment modalities in working with persons Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Specific coursework may also be required de- with addictions, and those affected by persons The course is designed to teach students the
pending upon concentration or setting. with addictions. Prerequisites include Counsel- basics of how to conduct Cognitive Behavior
2 semester hours ing: 505, 512 and 540. Therapy (CBT). Lectures will stress theory and
3 semester hours case conceptualization. Exercises will address
COUNSELING 582
COUNSELING 599 both theory and application. This course pro-
Appraisal Procedures for Counselors
In this course students become familiar with Independent Study vides a more sophisticated, in-depth look at
3 semester hours CBT as it pertains to cases. Students will read
a variety of standardized assessment instru-
two texts and case and/biographical material.
ments, learn how to evaluate them, select COUNSELING 600
They will also participate in in-class exercises
several tests that are appropriate for use in an CMHC Internship I that will include operationalizing the problem,
area of professional responsibility related to The goal of the internship is to further de- case conceptualization, treatment planning,
a real or anticipated COUNSELING situation, velop and refine the skills established during practicing specific techniques (in the roles of
and interpret test results in a supervised set- practicum. You are eligible for the internship therapist and client), and considering special
ting. Prerequisites include COUNSELING 505, component of your program after completing issues for certain populations. Prerequisites:
508 and 610. the required coursework and approval from COUNSELING 505 and COUNSELING 512.
3 semester hours faculty. The internship is the heart of the mas- 3 semester hours
COUNSELING 585 ter’s degree training program in COUNSELING
Trauma at the University of Bridgeport (UB). It pro-
This course serves as an introduction to the vides a venue within which students receive Criminal Justice and Human
the guidance necessary for development as an
counselor of the implications of the psycho-
entry-level counselor. Program faculties pro- Security
logical trauma. Prevalence and impact will
be explored as well as various treatment ap- vide didactic and experiential training, which CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 501
serves as the foundation for the development
proaches. Minimum prerequisites: COUNSEL- Criminal Justice Research Methods
ING 505 and COUNSELING 523, Practicum of skills necessary for independent work in
CJHS 501 Criminal Justice Research Methods is
Level, Post-Graduate or current Employment clinical settings. Fee Assessed.
a Core course required for the Master’s degree
in the COUNSELING field preferred. 4-6 semester hours
in CJHS. This course analyzes research strate-
3 semester hours COUNSELING 605 gies and methods for research in criminal jus-
COUNSELING 588 CMHC Internship 2 tice and human security. It provides a detailed
Selected Topics in Behavioral Medicine Clinical Mental Health COUNSELING Intern- review of quantitative and qualitative methods,
Behavioral medicine is the clinical applica- ship 2 Program faculties provide didactic including record reviews, official data, subject
tion of health psychology. This class will and experiential training, which serves as surveys, and ethnographic interviews and par-
cover a range of topics that in health psychol- the foundation for the development of skills ticipant observation. It focuses on the links be-

299
Counseling • Criminal Justice and Human Security

tween theories and methods, research design, a relevant issue in constitutional law. process: (1) investigation, (2) arrest, search,
sampling, measurement, data collection, and 3 credits and seizure, and (3) interrogation, (4) pre-
ethical concerns of protecting human subjects. trial court procedures, and (5) the trial itself.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 532
Students are required to write a research pro- In each phase, students first examine criminal
Law Enforcement Management
posal, including objectives, background and procedure principles and practices in the U.S.,
This course invites graduates to understand
methodology. and then examine these principles and prac-
and anticipate the challenges faced by those
3 credits tices in 12 other countries, including England,
who have assumed leadership roles within law
France, Germany, and Italy from Europe;
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 511 enforcement agencies. The course takes into
Russia (exemplifying the post-Soviet world),
Human Security and Approaches to Justice consideration leadership styles, approaches to
Israel (illustrating a “security state”), Egypt and
CJHS 511 Human Security and Approaches to management, decision-making methodologies,
South Africa representing Africa, and Argentina
Justice is a required core course for the MA in dispute resolution, multicultural management,
and Mexico representing Latin America. Third,
Criminal Justice and Human Security. This crisis management and interpersonal commu-
we turn our attention to reform movements
course is primarily designed to familiarize nication.
abroad, with particular attention to the Iberian
students conceptually and substantively with 3 credits
Peninsula (Spain) and Latin America, including
history, concepts, legal documents, and global
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 535 recent reforms in Chile and ongoing reforms in
policy processes related to human rights,
Theories on Crime, Norms and Deviance Colombia and Mexico. This section highlights
humanitarian affairs, international peace and
CJHS 530 Theories on Norms and Deviance the origins of these reform movements and the
security, and other aspects of human secu-
is an elective course for the Masters in CJHS. assessment of the effects of reform. Finally,
rity. Emphasis will be placed the use of legal
This course discusses the major theories of drawing on the insights gathered from the
means, and in conjunction with national and
norms, deviance, and criminal behavior across comparative analysis above, we return to the
international criminal justice systems. Writing
major cultural spheres and history. U.S. to examine how best practices identified
assignments will be designed to develop the
3 credits elsewhere compare with current practices here
ability to communicate cutting-edge human-
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 540
at home.
security related research outside academic
International Criminal Law 3 credits
circles. Students will also be encouraged to
think about how to develop research designs CJHS 540 International Criminal Law Human CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 559
in important areas of human security and jus- Security and Approaches to Justice is an elec- Cybercrime and Cyberterrorism
tice. tive course for the MA in Criminal Justice and CJHS 559 Cybercrime and Cyberterrorism is a
3 credits Human Security. This course is designed course elective for the Masters degree in CJHS.
to familiarize students with the history and The purpose of this course is to introduce
GLDP 522/CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 522
practice of international criminal law, from the students with the technical, social and legal
International Conflict and Negotiation
groundbreaking post-World War II tribunals of aspects of cybercrime and cyber terrorism.
This course examines theories about and
Nuremberg and Tokyo, the ad hoc tribunals, This course examines the criminal activity that
sources of conflict (resource allocation and
and the International Criminal Court. General occurs in cyber space, the criminal actors that
shortage; ideological, religious, and cultural
principles and specific rules of law will be operate in this space, and how policing and
disagreement; power distribution; perceptions
examined, with a particular emphasis on the government bodies are managing these crimes
of security; etc) to set the stage for conflict
linkage between law and policy objectives. and criminals. Finally, the course will take the
analysis and negotiation. In conflict analysis,
Writing assignments will be designed to de- student into areas where terrorists would try to
the impact of cultural-linguistic systems on
velop legal reasoning and argument, as well use the Internet in more threatening ways as a
agreements and disagreements is examined.
as articulate policy goals. Students will also be weapon against society.
Culturally sensitive strategies of negotiation,
encouraged to think about how to develop 3 credits
conflict resolution, and mediation also are
research designs in the field of international
examined and practiced. Students will write CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 560
criminal law.
several case reports on situations of conflict Transnational Crime-Drugs, Human Trafficking,
3 credits
and also prepare a medium-length (20 pp. or Arms Shipment
so) term paper. CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 550 CJHS 560 Transnational Crime-Drugs, Human
3 credits Comparative Criminal Procedure Trafficking, Arms Shipment is a course elective
CJHS 550 Comparative Criminal Procedure for the Masters degree in CJHS. This course is
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 530
is an elective course for the MA in Criminal an examination of two transnational criminal
U.S. Law and Criminal Justice
Justice and Human Security. The course has enterprises, the smuggling of drugs and weap-
CJHS 530 U.S. Law and Criminal Justice is a re-
four main sections. First, we begin by review- ons, and trafficking of persons that draw on
quired core course for the MA in Criminal Jus-
ing how criminal procedure relates to desired similar criminal groups methods, and motives.
tice and Human Security. The course examines
standards of democracy and the rule of law. It covers analytic approaches to studying the
the interrelationships between law, crime, and
Taking a topic approach organized according topics; the role of organized and other forms
public policy. Constitutional law affecting the
to the chronological phases of the criminal of crime to each; how agents operate in spe-
criminal justice system will be surveyed from
process, we examine five distinct stages of this
the perspectives of both legal principles and
public policy. Students will research in-depth

300
Criminal Justice and Human Security

cific geographic contexts; and how state and uisite: CJHS 591 and completion of at least 21 decision making. The practical application of
non-state actors are responding to the smug- semester hours in the CJHS program. evidence-based decision making to the clinical
gling and trafficking of persons. The class 3 credits management of individual patients is explored.
examines the rise of the phenomenon, the role 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 599
of conflicts in illicit trade and the actors who
Thesis or Project Demonstrating Competence DENTAL HYGIENE 503
facilitate this trade and the policies that are
The thesis represents the culmination of the MA Clinical and Didactic Educational Concepts
needed to address it.
in Criminal Justice and Human Security class. It This course will introduce the graduate student
3 credits
demonstrates competency in the major as well to a procedure for developing a competency-
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 578 as the track in which the student has chosen based curriculum. The student will learn the
Topics in Criminal Justice Policy to specialize. The Thesis requires identifying steps in developing a lecture, module of
CJHS 578 Topics in Criminal Justice Policy in a a theme or topic selected by the student in instruction, and a course. Cognitive, affec-
course elective for the Masters degree in CJHS. consultation with the thesis adviser and this is tive, and psychomotor learning theories are
This course is designed to provide students followed by detailed research on the topic and addressed along with clinical teaching meth-
a broad overview of criminal justice policies, the analysis of findings in the form of substan- odologies.
both domestic and comparative. It examines tial written work. This is normally done within 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
the goals and values underlying justice policy, the confines of the student’s final semester of
DENTAL HYGIENE 504
the social construction of crime problems and study in the program. Students also have the
Dental Hygiene Student Teaching
the process of policy development. Includes option of a project demonstrating competency
This course will provide students with the prac-
readings and discussion on: law and justice (PDC), which includes key papers from the
tical knowledge and skills to function as a com-
policy in a federal system; crime prevention student’s graduate study. In creating a PDC,
petent clinical/laboratory/didactic instructor.
and institutional responses to crime; emerging students’ papers must be revised and refined
Psychomotor skill development and analysis,
cross-national issues in crime, law, and policy. to reflect thesis-level work. They should be
remediation of performance concerns, evalu-
3 credits contextualized through a separate detailed text
ation, and faculty calibration are areas stressed.
that includes a literature review and explains
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 591 1 lecture hour, 4 clinic/laboratory hours, 3
both the significance of previous papers in the
Internship semester credits
PDC and the ways in which they correlate.
The Graduate Internship is completed once the
3 credits DENTAL HYGIENE 506
student has completed 18 credits in the CJHS
Global Healthcare
MA program. It serves as the venue in which
This course will introduce health care systems
students can gain valuable work experience in Dental Hygiene and discuss the contexts in which they de-
the field of Criminal Justice and Human Secu-
velop and function. Specific attention will be
rity. It also gives students the opportunity to DENTAL HYGIENE 500
paid to the developmental history, financing
utilize the theories and ideas learned in CJHS Leadership in Dental Hygiene and delivery infrastructure. The changing U.S.
courses. This course focuses on the theories, concepts, healthcare system will be discussed as will the
3 credits and principles of leadership skills related to approaches used in other countries to manage
CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND HUMAN SECURITY 598
personal behavior, communication, organi- and organize health care. The impact of global
Tutorial zational and leadership styles. This course health and disease, social determinants of
The Tutorial is offered at the completion of the explores the opportunity to develop leader- health and future challenges and opportunities
internship for students in the Master of Arts in ship roles appropriate to the dental hygiene for healthcare systems will be examined.
Criminal Justice and Human Security program. profession. 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
As part of the Tutorial, students write, reflect 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
DENTAL HYGIENE 508
and present on their internship experience and DENTAL HYGIENE 501
Curriculum Development and Management
its relationship with the theoretical underpin- Grant and Contract Writing This course provides the student with the
nings of their program of study. The student This course will provide the graduate students study and development of models for dental
in this class is also invited to reflect on herself/ with an introduction to the process of grant hygiene curriculum design and implementa-
himself and identify interests, aspirations, per- application, award, post award management, tion. The development and utilization of com-
sonal strengths, and areas needing more work. types of grants and contracts, content and petencies and the evidence based instruction
This requires an assessment of one’s skillset language of announcements for funding, and is emphasized.
or toolbox for navigating life’s challenges. requirements of various funding agencies. The 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
Students will assemble a portfolio of all of the steps to writing a grant proposal for healthcare
significant work that they have completed dur- funding from private, state, and federal fund- DENTAL HYGIENE 512
ing the Master’s program and reflect on that ing sources will be covered. Dental Public Health
work as they prepare for the next career steps. DENTAL HYGIENE 502 This course is designed to prepare students for
The tutorial also serves as the venue for the Evidence Based Research leadership roles in public health settings. The
program’s comprehensive exam that includes This course is designed to prepare the student graduate student will learn the skills necessary
both an oral and a written component. Prereq- to utilize research as the foundation for clinical to study health states in populations and its ap-
plications in basic science, general clinical re-

301
Dental Hygiene

search, and public health. Emphasis is placed case studies, students will examine a wide
on administration, consumer advocacy, epide- Design Management variety of applications of design management.
miology, the assessment, planning, implemen- DESIGN MANAGEMENT 400
Students will be required to present their de-
tation, and evaluation stages of programs, and Collaborative Design Studio I scription of design management by the end of
expanded and alternative dental hygiene care. Design Management is an inter-disciplinary the term.
3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits field that combines various forms of design 3 semester credits
DENTAL HYGIENE 513 including graphic design and branding, inte- DESIGN MANAGEMENT 411
Contemporary Issues in Dental Hygiene rior design and architecture, industrial design, Design Management II
This course will explore current concepts and and fashion and textile design. Collaborative As the student’s concept of design manage-
challenges facing dental healthcare delivery Design Studio I will begin to equip students ment deepens, they will begin to explore the
through the development of collaborations with the skills they need to work with cross- implications that design management has on
across healthcare disciplines, delivering cultur- functional teams. This is done through client- an organization. Design Management II will
ally and linguistically competent healthcare, based design projects that originate from local describe the six core principles of the pro-
and evaluating current and proposed dental Fortune 500 and other global organizations. gram: Marketing, Leadership, Finance, Legal,
healthcare workforce models. Initiatives serv- Students will learn communication, team Operations, and Strategy, as well as the triple
ing the purpose of guiding national health building, and leadership skills as they hone bottom line: Profitability, Responsibility, and
promotion and disease prevention to improve their design talents. Sustainability. Students will learn the ripple
the dental health of the U.S. Population and 2 semester credits effect their design decisions have on an orga-
informing the american public on health mat- DESIGN MANAGEMENT 401
nization as they broaden their understanding
ters will be examined. Collaborative Design Studio II of the filed of design management.
Building on the foundation formed in Col- 3 semester credits
DENTAL HYGIENE 515
Statistical Reasoning laborative Design Studio I, students will again DESIGN MANAGEMENT 510
This course will provide a basic overview of be grouped in inter-disciplinary teams to com- Design Management III
statistical analysis and how certain tests can be plete an innovative, client-based design proj- Students will continue to further their under-
performed to determine if there is a statistically ect. The projects for this course will focus the standing of design management. Through
significant relationship between variables. The students’ attention on the triple bottom line: relevant case studies, text readings, and
student will receive an introduction to the use profitability, sustainability, and responsibility. lectures, students will develop a plan for the
of statistical software for data analysis. 2 semester credits application of design management principles
3 semester credits within their organization. The final project for
DESIGN MANAGEMENT 500
Collaborative Design Studio III this class includes an action plan for an orga-
DENTAL HYGIENE 516
nization where design management principles
Concentrated Practicum Collaborative Design Studio III will continue
to equip students with the skills they need will make a meaningful impact on their triple
This course provides the Graduate student
to work with cross-functional teams on real bottom line.
with the opportunity to take an active role
world, client-based assignments. Students will 3 semester credits
in the development of a practical experience
at a site relevant to their specialized area of learn communication, team building, and lead- DESIGN MANAGEMENT 511
concentration. The student identifies a site and ership skills as they hone their design talents. Design Management/Thesis IV
mentor to supervise the practicum prior to the 2 semester credits Design Management/Thesis IV requires stu-
start of the course. The practicum faculty advi- dents to develop an idea that embraces and
DESIGN MANAGEMENT 501
sor works closely with the student throughout explores a particular aspect of design manage-
Collaborative Design Studio IV
the course providing strategies to help the ment. Students will work independently on a
Collaborative Design Studio IV will continue
student achieve a successful outcome. paper that broadens the design management
to equip students with the skills they need
1 lecture hour, 6 laboratory/clinic hours, 3 field. This unique challenge demands that the
to work with cross-functional teams on real
semester credits students demonstrate an understanding of the
world, client-based assignments. Leadership
skills will be given extra attention during the six core principles of the program: Marketing,
DENTAL HYGIENE 520
Leadership, Finance, Legal, Operations, and
Dental Hygiene Capstone second year’s teamwork.
2 semester credits Strategy, while injecting their own interpreta-
Original research in a chosen topic relating
tion of design management based on their
to the graduate student’s area of specializa-
DESIGN MANAGEMENT 410 experience, talent, and culture.
tion will be studied, conducted, written and
Design Management I 3 semester credits
presented.
Design Management is a multifaceted, organic
1 lecture hour, 6 laboratory/clinic hours, 3 DESIGN MANAGEMENT 598
discipline whose exact definition can differ
semester credits
between organizations and Design Managers. Internship/Co-op
In Design Management I, students will explore Fairfield County and the surrounding tri-state
DENTAL HYGIENE 521
area are rich in organizations in need of
Dental Hygiene Capstone Extension various definitions of Design Management
with the goal of defining their own course of qualified design management interns. Through
1 credit
study. By reading and writing about relevant strategic partnerships and student initiative,
internships will be established to give students

302
Design Management

first-hand experience as a design manager. skills necessary to read, interpret, and apply A comprehensive review of the marketing, op-
Students will report on their experience and information about an organization’s financial erational, financial, product, service, and busi-
that report, coupled with his or her manager’s position. Managerial accounting and finance ness strategy and plans that must be mastered
evaluation, will form the basis for determining concepts will precede financial statement anal- and developed as foundation for start-up of a
the student’s grade. Internships are taken by ysis. Topics covered include: how accounting small business or entrepreneurial enterprise. In
domestic students; Co-ops are taken by inter- data is generated in business operations, how addition, growth of existing business through
national students. financial statements are created, management intrapreneurship is also covered. Students will
1-3 semester credit of finance to maximize return on investment, develop a comprehensive business plan for a
and stakeholder equity. Students will par- business of their choice which is acceptable to
DESIGN MANAGEMENT 599
ticipate in case work applying the principles the professor.
Special Projects
presented in class. 3 semester credits
Special projects and independent study give
3 semester credits
students the opportunity to explore specifics DESIGN MANAGEMENT 580
of design management as they relate to their BUSINESS LAW 400 New Product Commercialization
own area of expertise. Students will be encour- Legal Environment of Business & Ethics The objectives of this course are to understand
aged to seek out opportunities to gain practical This course focuses on how the legal environ- and apply concepts and techniques of product
experience in the design and design manage- ment of business impacts business decisions commercialization. The course focuses on
ment fields. This course should include field, with broad ethical, international, and critical taking student-created product concepts and
library, and institutional research on a specific thinking examples throughout. Knowledge of having student teams drive the concepts to
aspect of design management. Student evalu- the legal aspects of running a business will en- become actual products. Product design, pro-
ation will be based on a report submitted by able the student to conduct business within the totype creation, market analysis, and financial
the student. legal framework and understand the ethical di- analysis all come together with the student
2 semester credits mension of business decisions. Topics include: team to create a viable product. If ideas are
Introduction to Business Ethics and the Judicial worthy, teams may work with the University’s
MARKETING 400
and Legislative Process; Litigation, Alternative CTech IncUBator to actually commercialize
Marketing
Dispute Resolution, and the Administrative their products. Students are strongly encour-
This course explores the process of planning
Process; Business Crimes, Torts, and Contracts; aged to find a sponsor to actually commercial-
and executing the conception, pricing, pro-
The Constitution and Government Regulation ize their product ideas.
motion, and distribution of ideas, goods, and
of Business; Business Organizations; Employ- 3 semester credits
services to create exchanges that satisfy indi-
ment and Labor Laws; Consumer Protection
vidual, organizational, and societal objectives.
and Environmental Regulation; and Interna-
The underpinnings of marketing discipline will
tional Law and Ethical Conflicts. East Asian and Pacific Rim
be taught through text, case studies, articles,
and class discussion. Mastery of these prin-
3 semester credits Studies
ciples will come through individual and group INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 400
GLDP/EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 401/501
assignments to create marketing solutions for Information Systems & Technology
Graduate Seminar in Research Methods
real-world products. Information technology has become a key
This is an introductory course in qualitative and
3 semester credits component for accomplishing strategic and
quantitative research methods. It is designed
operational goals in organizations today.
MANAGEMENT 400 to introduce you to basic concepts and issues
As such, organizations expect their new
Leadership & Management (statistical, analytical, and ethical) encountered
employees to have a basic understanding of
This course will introduce students to the in research investigation. We will discuss what
information technologies. To accomplish or-
primary tenets of leadership and management. research is, the tools of research, research de-
ganizational goals and advance one’s career
Successful organizations foster innovation and sign, and writing the research report. Included
path, one needs to understand and apply in-
efficiency. Students will evaluate the dynam- will be an introduction to a diversity of research
formation technologies effectively, efficiently,
ics related to realizing organizational progress methods, including survey, historical research,
and creatively. The purpose of this course is to
through the effective and efficient use of tal- experimental methods, content analysis, and so
provide an introduction to information systems
ent, structure, culture, methods, and technol- forth. An overview of statistical means of data
and technology and to familiarize students
ogy. In addition to the required textbooks, interpretation also will be presented, including
with the fundamental concepts and principles
students will research industry journals as a correlation, t-tests, ANOVA, Chi-Square Test,
of information systems. The course is targeted
way to evaluate the application of leadership Sign Test, regression analysis, and so forth.
for graduate students who have little or no
and management techniques in real settings 3 semester hours
background in information systems. Therefore,
across various industries.
it focuses on breadth of coverage rather than EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 500
3 semester credits
depth in any specific area. Graduate Co-op/Internship in East Asian and
ACCOUNTING 400 3 semester credits Pacific Rim Studies
Financial Accounting Students may complete a curricular practical
MANAGEMENT 582
This course will provide managers with the training that reflects the competencies that the
Small Business & Entrepreneurship
students has developed in the East Asian and

303
Design Management • East Asian and Pacific Rim Studies

Pacific Rim Studies program. Students need to EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 530 tions where students will be asked to plan and
have their supervisor in the training certify sat- Pacific Rim Culture and Development participate in intercultural negotiations and
isfactory task performance and students must This course introduces students to the chal- planning.
submit a written evaluation of their experience. lenges of socioeconomic and political devel- 3 Semester Hours
1-3 semester hours opment in the Pacific Rim with its sharply
GLDP/EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 591
differing approaches to development, due to
GLDP/EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 522 Internship
factors such as traditions, which have existed
Conflict Analysis and Resolution The Graduate Internship is completed once
in some cases for millennia and are also in-
This course examines theories about and the student has completed at 21 credits in
fluenced sharply by histories of Eastern and
sources of conflict (resource allocation and the GLDP program. It serves as the venue in
Western colonialism and cross-cultural differ-
shortage; ideological, religious, and cultural which students can accomplish two important
ences. The course introduces students to the
disagreement; power distribution; perceptions outcomes, i.e., they can apply the foreign
modern models of developments which have
of security; etc) to set the stage for conflict language that they have been studying in an
been employed by the United States, Australia,
analysis and negotiation. In conflict analysis, overseas setting (international GLDP students
China, Singapore, Chile, Japan, Taiwan, and
the impact of cultural-linguistic systems on may do their internship in the US if they al-
Korea and will consider the lessons learned
agreements and disagreements is examined. ready speak a second world language in their
from these processes. The course will also
Culturally sensitive strategies of negotiation, home country rather than English) and they
explore the major religious and cultural trends
conflict resolution, and mediation also are can intern in an agency or organization where
as well as some of the historical developments
examined and practiced. the skills that they have acquired in the GLDP
that have contributed to recent East Asian eco-
3 semester hours academic program can be put into practice.
nomic successes.
3 semester hours
EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 525 3 semester hours
Models of Good Governance in the Asia-Pacific EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 533
EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 598
This course examines the philosophical and the Tutorial
Chinese Foreign & Economic Policy
political underpinnings of good governance of The tutorial is offered at the completion of
The rise of China provides both opportunity
the Asia-Pacific region. This course will taken the internship of students in the Master of
and a challenge to the world, especially its Belt
into account the two major reference points Arts in Global Development and Peace. The
and Road Initiatives, the Asian Infrastructure
for political philosophy in the region- Western Tutorial is designed to allow students to reflect
Investment Bank and other strategic and eco-
Political Philosophy and East Asian political on and present on the internship experience.
nomic policies.
philosophy with special attention being given The tutorial invites students to reflect on the
3 semester hours
to Confucianism. Students will also consider internship experience based on the student’s
the role of Islam and its political implica- EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 524 experiences prior to and during the tutorial
tions with particular attention being paid to Political and Economic Integration as well as a broader reflection on the mission
Indonesia, Malaysia and the Moros regions of The course will consider the unique challenges of and lessons learned from the organization
the Philippines. The course will also note the that have slowed efforts to create an East Asian where the student has interned. The tuto-
unique process of transition from authoritarian and eventually an Asia Pacific Economic Com- rial also prepares students for the program’s
to democratic rule in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, munity. Students will dedicate special attention comprehensive exam that includes both an
and in the Peoples Republic of China. to the creation and development of the Asia oral and a written component. As a part of
3 semester hours Pacific Economic Cooperation and to the issue the tutorial students also assemble a portfolio
of political and economic hegemony and the of all of the significant work that they have
GLDP/EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 528
ongoing disputes related to territorial disputes completed during the program and a written
Sociopolitical Implications of World Religions
and interpretations of history. Students will reflection on that work. Much of the work
This course identifies the underlying conditions
also be introduced to the legal instruments and of the tutorial is done independently of the
needed for the realization of a stable global
treaties that facilitated European integration as classroom experience. Students are welcome
economy and it highlights the ways in which
a possible measure or eventual standard of to meet with the instructor as they progress in
terrorism impacts on the stability of markets
successful integration. preparations and they are strongly encouraged
and on investment and lending trends and on
3 semester hours to do so. (Prerequisites: Student must have
interest rates in affected regions and stages.
EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 563
completed 24 credits in the program including
The course also explores the practical rationale
Business and Diplomacy—East Asia vs. the West the internship).
for terrorism as well as terrorism’s ideological
This course will consider the differing ap- 3 semester hours
and philosophical roots as well as the actual
historical trajectory of terrorist organization proaches to business and diplomacy of East EAST ASIAN AND PACIFIC RIM STUDIES 599
and states. Through the case study method, Asia and the West. It will consider the ways Thesis
we will review those venues where terrorism in which the two approaches differ from each The thesis represents the culmination of the
has been diffused and attempt to understand other, considering elements such as “face,” MA in East Asian and Pacific Rim Studies
such developments and their applications to direct versus indirect approaches, and the demonstrates competency in the major as well
contemporary society. primacy of relationship versus the primacy of as the track in which the student has chosen
3 semester hours legal contracts. The course will be conducted to specialize. The Thesis requires identifying
based on a series of case studies and simula- a theme or topic selected by the student in

304
East Asian and Pacific Rim Studies • Economics

consultation with the thesis adviser and this is This course focuses on the teaching and tent, planning, and practices for 7-12 class-
followed by detailed research on the topic and learning of the English language arts with rooms.
the analysis of findings in the form of substan- an emphasis on instructional planning and ED 442C — 2 semester hours
tial written work. This is normally done within assessment using current state and national ED 442M, J — 3 semester hours
the confines of the student’s final semester of standards.
EDUCATION 443
study in the program. ED 440C concentrates on the language arts
3 semester hours processes and practices implemented in the Methods and Materials in Teaching Science
elementary-level curriculum, grades K-6. This course introduces teaching approaches,
2 semester hours instructional materials, and contemporary
Economics ED 440M concentrates on the language arts
thinking about science education, as well as
emphasizing planning and instruction using
ECONOMICS 400 processes and practices for middle school set- current state and national standards.
Economics tings, grades 4-8, with an emphasis on interdis- ED 443C concentrates upon the practices
This is a course for managers in both micro ciplinary connections. and materials for effective science teaching.
and macro economics. Topics addressed will 3 semester hours Some concrete science content knowledge
include the prevailing patterns of economic ED 440J concentrates on the issues and peda- for elementary teachers is integrated into the
institutions, national income analysis, interna- gogy of teaching the English language arts and pedagogical practices of the course.
tional trade, prices and production; economic literature in secondary-level settings, grades ED 443M concentrates upon the appropriate
development, market structure and consumer 7-12. content and practices for the middle grades,
decision analysis, competition, monopoly and 3 semester hours 4-8. Interdisciplinary possibilities are exam-
monetary policy issues. Prerequisites: Admis- ined.
EDUCATION 441
sion to graduate study. ED 443J concentrates upon the appropriate
3 semester credits
Methods and Materials in Teaching Mathematics
content and practices for the secondary sci-
This course deals with methods of teaching
ence curriculum.
ECONOMICS 500 mathematics. Materials are examined for their
ED 443C — 2 semester hours
Economics & Finance use in diagnosis, remediation and enrichment,
ED 443M, J — 3 semester hours
This course is a graduate introduction to the as well as emphasizing planning and instruc-
study of economics and finance, two interre- tion using current state and national standards. EDUCATION 446
lated and integral fields in the study of busi- ED 441C concentrates on the scope and se- Methods and Materials in Teaching a World
ness. This course develops the foundation in quence, as well as appropriate activities, for Language
understanding how the real economy works, the elementary level. This course familiarizes the student with the
and how finance connects the real economy ED 441M concentrates on the appropriate major purposes of the study of world language
to the monetary system via the financial sys- practices for middle school, grades 4-8, with in the schools. It introduces the strategies and
tem. The course starts by discussing how the an emphasis upon interdisciplinary connec- classroom activities for effective teaching. It
market system works, including basic macro- tions. examines appropriate materials for teaching
economic concepts relevant to the study of ED 441J concentrates on the content and world languages.
finance. Subsequently, the course delves into methodology of mathematics for secondary 3 semester hours
how capital budgeting decisions made by students. EDUCATION 447
firms are essential to achieve macroeconomic ED 441C — 2 semester hours Methods and Materials of Teaching English as an
goals. Topics include financial statements, time ED 442M, J — 3 semester hours Additional Language
value of money, the financial markets, and
EDUCATION 442
This course explores the language needs of
how firms make capital budgeting decisions.
Methods and Materials in Teaching Social Studies children who are learning English as an ad-
In additional to textbook readings, students
This course assists students in developing ditional language. It reviews and explains
will use current events to complete.
competencies in unit planning, instructional effective methods and strategies for teaching
3 semester credits
strategies, and the utilization of diverse ma- such students. The most appropriate materials
terials and technology for teaching the social are identified and utilized.
Education studies. Students design courses of study that 3 semester hours
integrate state and national standards; contem- EDUCATION 450
Note: Teacher Leadership courses are desig- porary thinking about the teaching of social Field Experience
nated with the prefix of EDMM. Specific titles studies is stressed. This course is a structured observation in a pri-
are listed with the programs of study in the ED 442C concentrates on the activities, plan- vate or public school. The goals of the course
chapter for graduate studies in the School of ning, and materials for social studies in el- are to facilitate the candidate’s awareness
Education. Consult the division faculty for ementary classrooms. of self, of school pupils, and of prospective
detailed course descriptions. ED 442M concentrates on the content, prac- teachers. The course is an elective for other
EDUCATION 440 tices, and planning appropriate for the middle majors. The number of semester hours taken
Methods and Materials in Teaching Language level, grades 4-8. Interdisciplinary possibilities should be determined with the student’s ad-
Arts are examined. visor. Two semesters of field experience are
ED 442J concentrates upon appropriate con-

305
Economics • Education

required a total of (6 credit hours); 3 credit EDUCATION 511 Additional Language

hours each semester. Statutory Requirements This course focuses on classroom manage-
6 semester hours This course addresses the topics required for ment as an effective tool for a positive learning
Connecticut licensure in teaching, including environment. Planning, implementing, and
EDUCATION 500
topics in health and intergroup relations. maintaining management procedures are dis-
Research Techniques and Report Writing
0 semester hours cussed.
This is an introduction to the research process,
to the understanding of published research, EDUCATION 515 2 semester hours
and to the application of research findings to Clinical Experience—Internship Program EDUCATION 542
education. The course prepares the student to In the first semester interns will work under Theory and Methods of Teaching English as an
write formal papers and research reports. supervision in a learning environment, provid- Additional Language
3 semester hours ing a variety of paraprofessional services to the This course addresses the foundations of sec-
schools. In the second semester the internship ond language learning theory, research, and
EDUCATION 503
is designed to provide (1) a more in-depth discourse in educational settings. It also fo-
Diverse Students: Differentiated Instruction
perspective of teaching and learning through cuses on strategies for teaching dual language
This course focuses on pedagogy based on
the development of a portfolio and (2) an instruction with emphasis on a culturally re-
the philosophy that each student is a unique
opportunity to reflect on and document the sponsive environment and on legal issues as
learner and that instruction should be pro-
impact of the internship experience. they apply to schooling for English language
vided that meets the needs of diverse students.
4 semester hours learners.
Methods for addressing the needs of students’
diverse strengths, background, experiences, EDUCATION 536 3 semester hours
gender, linguistic, and learning styles will be Adolescent Literature EDUCATION 543
presented. It is recommended that the course This surveys books and periodicals emphasiz- Second Language Acquisition
will be taken after completion of EDU 564: ing criteria for selection and evaluation, proce- This course provides an overview of the major
Education of Students with Exceptionalities. dures for establishing a program of literature theories of first and second language acqui-
3 semester hours in the schools, and opportunities to explore sition. It applies these theories to classroom
the interpretation of literature in the classroom pedagogy and examines the influences of
EDUCATION 505
through drama, storytelling, book reporting, parents, siblings, and peers, as well as aspects
Intercultural Relations: Teaching and Learning in
and choral speaking. Education 536C is fo- of formal and informal education. It also ex-
Multicultural Environments cused on children’s literature. Education 536J
This course presents an overview of theo- amines the influence of region, culture, class,
concentrates on adolescent literature. Educa- and gender on language acquisition; legal and
ries about educational, social and cultural tion 536M concentrates on a pre-adolescent
problems of minority culture students, about ethical issues relative to language competency
literature. are addressed.
teacher perceptions and expectations, about EDUC 536C – 2 semester hours
parental involvement. The course also criti- 3 semester hours
EDUC 536M/J – 3 semester hours
cally analyzes policies and practices of mul- EDUCATION 545
ticultural and bilingual education. The thrust EDUCATION 537 English Language and Literature for Teachers
of the course is to develop appropriate and Middle Grades Interdisciplinary Teaching and The purpose of this course is to give pro-
non-biased methods of teaching all children. Teams spective teachers of English as an additional
3 semester hours This course focuses on the developmental lev- Language (ESL) a rich knowledge of literature
els of the middle school student, appropriate with potential classroom applications for mul-
EDUCATION 506
instructional climates for middle grade class- ticultural settings. Selection and analysis of lan-
Ethical/Legal Issues in Education rooms, and interdisciplinary planning across
This course provides a basic understanding of guage processes and literature for elementary
subjects in English, History/Social Studies, and secondary-level classrooms are included.
ethical and legal issues related to educational Math, and Science.
administration and leadership. Students will 3 semester hours
3 semester hours
study case law and apply their knowledge EDUCATION 546
through case studies. Practicum hours re- EDUCATION 540 Linguistics for Teachers
quired. American Culture and Education This course acquaints teachers with the major
4 semester hours This course addresses cultural issues related to analytical frameworks in linguistics. It surveys
education. Topics include multicultural issues the discipline of linguistics, the study of human
EDUCATION 509
in America and the interpretation of demog- languages, contrastive features, and language
Psychological Foundations in Education raphy in relation to schooling. The search for
This is concerned with the work of educators systems.
national identity and educational alternatives 3 semester hours
in general and teachers in particular. Topics are explored.
include student characteristics (personality, 3 semester hours EDUCATION 548 C OR M
growth, and development, adjustment, etc.) Directed Observation and Supervised Teaching in
motivation, learning, measurement and evalu- EDUCATION 541 the Elementary (C) or Middle School (M)
ation, objectives, and teaching methods. Classroom Management in Teaching English as an
3 semester hours

306
Education

This is a full-time field experience in a selected instructional methods and materials for excep- teaching, learning, and assessment of literacy
elementary or middle school. This meets re- tional students. General management tech- processes in early childhood and up to grade
quirements of Connecticut’s TEAM program. niques and administrative procedures are con- 2. Topics include emergent literacy, phono-
Department permission is required. sidered in light of the student’s special needs logical awareness, and phonic knowledge and
6 semester hours in order to identify and work effectively with instruction.
the major categories of exceptionality, includ- 2 semester hour
EDUCATION 548J
ing the learning disabled, the handicapped,
Directed Observation and Supervised Teaching in EDUCATION 574
and the gifted, etc. Requirements of the 94-142
Secondary Schools (J) Developmental Reading in the Elementary School
law are examined.
This is a field experience in selected secondary This course focuses on the theories, instruc-
3 semester hours
schools. This meets requirements of Connecti- tional applications, and materials for the
cut’s TEAM program. Departmental permission EDUCATION 565 teaching, learning, and assessment of literacy
is required. Department permission is required. Effective Planning and Instruction processes in elementary classrooms. Topics
6 semester hours This course focuses on high leverage planning include strategies in word recognition, vocabu-
and instructional strategies for effective teach- lary development, and comprehension. The
EDUCATION 558
ing. An overview of the requirements for the developmental needs of beginning readers are
Evaluation of Instructional Outcomes
clinical portfolio practice in resident (student) emphasized.
This course gives students an orientation to
teaching is included. 3 semester hours
the topics, issues, and concepts in the field of
1 semester hour
educational testing and measurement. Topics EDUCATION 575
include methods for evaluating instructional EDUCATION 566 Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
programs, types of instruments for collecting Contemporary Problems in Education II This course focuses on the teaching and
data, and a variety of standardized, criterion- This independent study fulfills the Final De- learning of comprehension and composing
referenced, and performance-based assess- gree Option for the Master’s degree. Students processes and strategies for content area dis-
ments. The construction of teacher-made tests pursue an individually planned project under ciplines. Critical reading and study strategies
and the interpretation of different types of test advisement of a faculty member. Extensive for expository text materials are emphasized.
scores are included. reading supports the project. May be taken as 3 semester hours
3 semester hours an extension of ED 500 or ED 565. EDUC 575M oncentrates on appropriate ma-
3-6 semester hours terials, strategies, and assessments for reading
EDUCATION 560
Human Growth and Development EDUCATION 571 and writing in middle grade settings, 4-8.
This course provides an opportunity for the Diagnosis and Intervention of Reading and EDUC 575J oncentrates on the comprehen-
study of the subject matter of human develop- Language Arts Difficulties sion and composing processes of students in
ment, with a concentration upon the unique- This course examines the range of problems secondary-level settings, grades 7-12.
ness of the adolescent period. Theoretical that cause students difficulties in literacy pro- 3 semester hours
models and methods of researching human cesses. It examines assessment instruments EDUCATION 576
growth and development including cognition, and strategies for intervention and instruction Developmental Reading in Middle Grade
physical, social, emotional and moral develop- in Reading and Language Arts. Classrooms
ment will be studied. Genetic and environmen- 3 semester hours This course focuses on the theories, instruc-
tal influences of human development will be tional applications, and materials for the teach-
EDUCATION 572
discussed. Implications for classroom instruc-
Advanced Diagnosis of Reading and Language ing, learning, and assessment of reading and
tion in the middle grades will be explored.
Arts Difficulties related literacy processes in middle grade (4-8)
3 semester hours classrooms.
This course is for students interested in work-
EDUCATION 562 ing with learners experiencing profound 3 semester hours
Today’s Diverse Learner difficulty in reading, writing, and other lit- EDUCATION 580C
This course will examine the diverse demo- eracy processes. Students learn strategies for Special Problems in Elementary Education
graphics of students in American colleges assessing students referred for specific literacy This is intended for students interested in
and universities, including international col- instruction. Both individual and group diag- independent study or research of a selected
lege students and discuss management of the nostic assessments are used. Students learn topic or problem in consultation with a faculty
culture. Students will research the literature how to interpret testing results and make rec- member. By arrangement. Faculty permission
on how college impacts students who attend ommendations for improvement. Prerequisite: required.
as well as current trends and topics in higher EDUC 571 1-6 semester hours
education. 2 semester hours
3 semester hours EDUCATION 580J
EDUCATION 573
Special Problems in Secondary Education
EDUCATION 564 Early Literacy Instruction This is intended for students interested in
Education of the Exceptional Student This course concentrates on the theories, in- independent study or research of a selected
The focus of this course is placed upon the structional applications, and materials for the

307
Education

topic or problem in consulting with a faculty philosophical, and sociological foundations of to be achieved, the interactions between
member. By arrangement. Faculty permission education informs how educators design cur- learners and teachers and among learners, and
required. ricula, adjust instructional strategies, interact the dynamic relationship between theory and
1-6 semester hours with learners, families, and communities, and action. Students will analyze major historical,
determine solutions to ethical problems. Stu- sociological, philosophical, and psychological
EDUCATION 580L
dents will examine school as a social institu- perspectives in curriculum theory. Contem-
Special Problems in Behavioral Science Research
tion, significant educational innovations, and porary curriculum issues including common
and Computer Applications
how each of these informs educating a diverse models of curriculum development and adop-
This course is designed to enhance the ef-
population in an urban context. tion will be emphasized.
ficiency and scope of one’s research through
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
the development of specific competencies
needed for computer processing. Students will EDUCATION 605 EDUCATION 620
be exposed to computer-assisted instruction Contemporary Issues in Urban Education Effective Learning Environments
(C.A.I.) and computer managed instruction Across the United States, urban educators face Effective learning environments foster social,
(C.M.I.), and will develop projects that focus a myriad of inextricably linked challenges to emotional, and academic development. Em-
on computer applications. By arrangement. and opportunities for effectively educating phasis is placed on creating a culture that uses
Lab fee required. students. Broad challenges include social and an equity lens based in evidence. Social emo-
1-6 semester hours economic inequities, outdated pedagogical ap- tional learning, culturally-relevant teaching, re-
proaches, inexperienced staff, perceptions of storative justice practices in school discipline,
EDUCATION 590
race and class, and failed educational reforms and trauma-informed systems approaches will
Computer Literacy
among others. Opportunities are evident in be explored. Students will consider ways to
This is designed to provide the student with
family, school, and community partnerships; eliminate barriers across systemic, institutional,
hands-on experience in the use and applica-
critical praxis embodied in the work of educa- and individual levels that contribute to inequi-
tion. The student will have the opportunity
tors; culturally relevant and sustaining pedago- table access to learning.
to evaluate existing course work and its ap-
gy, and more. Students will engage in careful 3 semester hours
plication as well as the writing of elementary
reflexive analysis of both the challenges and
programs in Logo and Basic. Lab fee required. EDUCATION 625
opportunities and their roles and responsibili-
1-3 semester hours Classroom-Based Assessment
ties as teacher leaders in urban settings.
Classroom-based assessment is an essential
EDUCATION 591 3 semester hours
component of teaching and learning. Students
Software Evaluation
EDUCATION 610 will learn how to design formative and sum-
This is designed to have students develop
Teacher Leadership: Theory and Practice mative assessments of learners’ knowledge
software evaluation criteria for the purpose of
Teacher leaders fulfill many roles—resource and skills that are aligned with educational
evaluating published computer programs. The
provider, curriculum specialist, instructional outcomes. Students will also create and revise
student will have an opportunity to review
coach, mentor, and more. Working alongside quality assessment rubrics and coding schemes
educational programs.
the school principal and other administrators, that work with the assessments they design.
1-3 semester hours
teacher leaders often facilitate and provide 3 semester hours
EDUCATION 592 support for the implementation of evidence-
EDUCATION 630
Digital Literacy for Educators based practices and instructional improve-
Instructional Coaching
This course is an introductory to expose stu- ments designed to yield better student learn-
The goal of instructional coaching, a form of
dents to a variety of technologies used by and ing outcomes. Students will examine ways to
job-embedded professional learning, is im-
with persons with exceptionalities. Students develop a culture of collective responsibility
provement in teaching practices that lead to
will gain hands-on skills in designing technol- in the schools and expand their spheres of
better student outcomes. Students will explore
ogy-based instructional materials for students. influence beyond the walls of the classroom.
theories that shape the work of coaches and
A focus on Universal Design for Learning is a Topics include building a data-rich ecosystem
a variety of coaching models. The primary
the core of this course with a goal of providing for monitoring teaching and learning, sup-
tasks and activities of coaches, how the work
students with the ability to adapt technology, porting professional learning for continuous
is structured, and knowledge, skills, and dis-
instruction, and assessment to meet a range of improvement, fostering a collaborative culture
positions that coaches need to do their jobs
students needs. and healthy school climate, partnering with
effectively will be examined. Students will
3 semester hours families, and advocating for students and the
apply what they are learning about coaching
EDUCATION 595
profession.
by engaging in a mini-coaching cycle of goal
3 semester hours
Thesis Research — Masters Level setting, planning, observation, and reflection.
This is a culminating experience option at the EDUCATION 615 3 semester hours
Master’s level for Education students. Curriculum Theory
EDUCATION 632
2-6 semester hours Curriculum is multi-dimensional. It encom-
Career Services in Colleges/Corporations
EDUCATION 601
passes the content to be taught, the outcomes
This course presents a lifespan approach to
Social Foundations of Education career choice. Theories, research, and employ-
Having a broad understanding of the historical,

308
Educational Leadership

ment strategies related to career choice are 3 semester hours search designs.
explored. Labor resources and information, ca- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 618
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 611A
reer assessment tools, computer assisted career
Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Public School Finance
guidance, life roles, cultural considerations, This is a study of educational fiscal control in-
Reading and Language Arts Programs
and placement procedures are reviewed as cluding: budget preparation and presentation,
This course focuses on the role of the Reading
interrrelated factors to the study of career de- accounting procedures, tax structures, analy-
and Language Arts Consultant as an education-
velopment. ses of costs, comparative data and auditing.
al leader in schools and school districts and
3 semester hours Includes federal, state and local phases of sup-
focuses on issues of organization, administra-
EDUCATION 635 tion, and supervision of reading and language port of educational systems. Special emphasis
Leading Professional Learning arts programs. Note: Students enrolled in this is given to New York and Connecticut fiscal
Ongoing professional learning is a primary course must also concurrently enroll in EDLD patterns.
means for enhancing teaching practices and 611 Administration: Organizing, and Staffing 3 semester hours
improving student outcomes and overall Educational Institutions. While EDLD 611 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 619
school success. Students will critically review focuses on the broader issues of educational Public School Law
current research on professional learning leadership in schools, EDLD 611A specifically This is a study of the legal basis for public
and supporting adult learners. Emphasis will focuses on reading and language arts programs education in the United States; a study of state
be placed on designing, implementing, and and personnel. and federal statutes providing for education.
evaluating long term job-embedded profes- 1 semester hour An examination is made of statutes, court
sional learning that supports specific teacher decisions, and policies and practices arising
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 613
development needs at their schools. out of these factors. The legal status of boards,
Contemporary Issues in Education Leadership
3 semester hours teachers, administrators, pupils and parents is
This course will focus upon contemporary so-
EDUCATION 640 ciety and changing policy issues that confront examined with special emphasis on New York
Appreciative Inquiry Capstone managers and leaders of educational thought and Connecticut.
The Capstone course is designed for M.Ed. throughout the 21st Century. Seminal issues 3 semester hours
students to demonstrate the depth and breadth such as the impact of political forces upon EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 621
of their growth as reflective practitioners and federal, state, and local educational policies Evaluation of School Effectiveness
the knowledge and skills gained through their will be considered. Labor relations will be This course examines the various ways to
coursework. During this course, students analyzed. Empowerment of teachers will be evaluate the effectiveness of a school’s perfor-
design and carry out a project in which they examined. mance: student achievement, faculty perfor-
apply Appreciative Inquiry, a Participatory Ac- 3 semester hours mance, faculty morale, provision for diverse
tion Research approach, to identify positive, student needs and development of student
EDUCATION LEADERSHIP 613
strength-based organizational practices. Project emotional growth. The course examines how
Contemporary Issues in Education Leadership
topics are relevant to students’ professional data can and should affect instructional issues.
This is an exploration of current topics and
practice and center on the intersection of the 3 semester hours
trends that impact education leadership. The
three pillars of the M.Ed. program—Universal
course materials will explore current trends EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 651
Design for Learning; teacher leadership; and
diversity, equity, and inclusion. Prerequisite:
and topics utilizing journal articles, mono- Curriculum Development and Implementation
graphs, trade news outlets and social media. This is a study and development of models
Director Permission (Taken as a final course
3 semester hours for curriculum design and implementation at
in the program).
6 semester hours EDUCATION LEADERSHIP 614
all levels of schooling. Emphasis is placed on
Leadership & Management of School Facilities current research and practice relevant to cur-
The course is designed to provide the pro- riculum design and the planning and monitor-
spective school leader with a comprehensive ing of curriculum plans in educational settings.
Such topics as: curriculum assumptions, goals
Educational Leadership understanding of the various issues associated
and objectives, knowledge and content, cur-
with managing and planning for school facili-
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 601 ties that enhance teaching and learning. riculum evaluation, implementation and staff
Introduction to Education Leadership 3 semester hours development strategies are examined.
This is an investigation of concepts, research 3 semester hours
EDUCATION LEADERSHIP 615
findings, and practices focusing on the devel- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 652
Research & Data Informed Supervision
opment and change of educational organiza-
This course is designed to increase students’ Supervision: The Evaluation and Professional
tions in relation to relevant goals and objec-
knowledge, understanding, and competencies Development of Educators
tives. Emphasis is placed on such areas as This is a study of concepts and strategies
required for reading and conducting educa-
leadership theory and behavior, organizational focusing on the evaluation of teachers and
tional research. The course achieves this by
climate, human relations and communications other educators for purposes of performance
reviewing key concepts related to the research
within the organization, and change strategies. improvement and quality assurance. Emphasis
problem, research hypothesis, sampling, data
Theoretical concepts of leadership are inte- will be placed on research findings, current
collection techniques, data analysis, and re-
grated along with practical applications.

309
Educational Leadership

practices, and the achievement of competency range of tasks and situations characteristic of tion strategies, and professional development
related to classroom observation and evalu- the position of the Reading and Language Arts strategies
ation, the planning and implementation of Consultant in school settings. 6 semester hours
professional development, and the creation 6 semester hours
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 804A
of organizational climate and human relation-
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 800D Constitutional, Legal, and Political Issues
ships conducive to effective evaluation and
Continuing Doctoral Seminar Confronting Educational Leaders
professional growth of educators.
The seminar meets periodically during the Legal questions relating to personnel, students,
3 semester hours
academic year and for two full weeks each community, religion, finance, school property,
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 664 summer, for three consecutive summers. It teacher organizations, equality of opportunity
Supervision of Programs & Services for Students provides opportunities for students to work and other legal and political issues with which
with Exceptionalities with scholars and leaders from a variety of the educational leader must be familiar in order
This course is designed to prepare school disciplines to broaden perspectives on educa- to be effective in decision-making and organi-
administrators with the skills to supervise and tional leadership and to develop an intellectual zational development are investigated. Empha-
implement appropriate services for students in style for dealing with educational problems. sis is placed on “landmark” judicial decisions,
need of response to intervention services and/ 6 semester hours per year recent statutory developments, constitutional
or programs for students identified as in need background. Students will read, analyze, and
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 801A
of special education services. An emphasis interpret significant Supreme Court decisions
Educational Program Development
is on service delivery models, due process regarding educational matters as well as per-
Emerging trends, concepts and practices in
procedures and supervision of specialists re- tinent lower federal and state court decisions.
the planning, design, and implementation
sponsible for providing services to identified The principal of “non judicial” remedies will
of education programs intended to meet the
students. be explored and the appeals process will be
individual and group needs of learners in a
3 semester hours examined in detail.
changing society are reinvestigated. Emphasis
6 semester hours
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 680A is placed on the roles and responsibilities of
Urban Leadership leaders in such processes as school/commu- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 804B
This course is designed to introduce current nity educational goal setting, needs analysis, Constitutional Law
research, challenges and successful practices systematic program design, supervision and Legal questions relating to personnel, students,
of leading schools in urban settings. staff development. Students will focus on the community, religion, finance, school property,
3 semester hours application of new knowledge to the investi- teacher organizations, equality of opportunity
gation and solution of program development and other legal and political issues with which
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 681A
in the field. the educational leader must be familiar in
Internship in Educational Management
6 semester hours order to be effective in decision-making and
A cooperatively guided administrative experi-
organizational development are investigated.
ence in a school system. Pre-requisite: Com- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 801B
Emphasis is placed on landmark judicial de-
pletion of major portion of the requirements CURRICULA THEORY AND PROGRAM
cisions, recent statutory developments, and
for the Sixth Year Professional Diploma and DEVELOPMENT
constitutional background. Students will read,
permission of major advisor. This course provides an introduction to
analyze, and interpret significant Supreme
3 semester hours conceptions of curriculum and their effects
Court decisions regarding educational matters
on pedagogy from a historical perspective,
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 682A as well as pertinent lower federal and state
with particular emphasis on discerning and
Special Topics in the Management of Educational court decisions. The principal of non-judicial
interpreting how social, cultural, and political
Institutions remedies will be explored and the appeals
circumstances that shape educational prac-
Special department offerings including work- process will be examined in detail.
tices. The course includes several projects
shops, conferences, institutes focusing on new 6 semester hours
focusing on the application of curriculum
developments in the field.
design principles and related instructional sys- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 806 A & B
1-6 semester hours
tems development. Emphasis is placed upon Quantitative Analysis and Evaluation Strategies
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 683 a historical overview of curricula theory and This course considers current techniques
Internship for the Reading and Language Arts the current research and practice relevant to for designing, implementing and analyzing
Consultant curriculum design, planning and monitoring projects in education and typical models for
This course is a cooperatively guided adminis- in educational settings. Topics to be examined facilitating decision-making. The elements of
trative experience in the area of literacy educa- include the following: curriculum assump- personnel and program assessment within
tion for those desiring to be certified as Reading tions, understanding by design, concept-based the contemporary educational system are in-
and Language Arts Consultants. The internship curriculum and instruction, Curriculum for cluded. Strategies focusing upon experiential
includes a series of practicum experiences in a the 21st Century, alignment with the Com- learning and community contact are featured,
variety of school settings and includes research mon Core Instructional Standards, goals and and the student will be exposed to collection
in the area of literacy education. Students gain objectives, knowledge and content standards, and analysis of real data and related computer
practical field based experience through a needs assessment and curriculum evaluation,
the curriculum cycle, curriculum implementa-

310
Educational Leadership

simulation activities. Statistical and evaluative surrounding human relations, assessment, and leaders must be able to perform, analyze, and
investigations are emphasized which are both program evaluation with emphasis on organi- critically interpret statistics. Hence, this course
fundamental and sufficiently sophisticated for zation development, teaching, and learning. is designed to prepare doctoral students to
advanced decision-making and leadership. Program evaluation techniques including mul- perform dissertation research by giving them
This course is required. tiple means of assessment will be discussed fundamental understanding of the quantitative
6 semester hours and considered. Concepts such as reliability, research methodology. Overall, this course
validity, credibility, and authenticity will be will provide students with: (a) the fundamental
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 807A
explored as well as summative and formative of descriptive and inferential statistics neces-
Management of Educational Institutions (K-12)
data collection and analysis strategies. The sary to manipulate quantitative information,(b)
Participants in this course will investigate the
program evaluation approach will be applied the necessary frameworks to describe, inter-
planning and finance functions relative to the
to authentic experiences and scenarios that pret, and critique the components of various
management of educational institutions. The
focus on assessing and evaluating institutions, quantitative research studies in education,
planning component, the relationship between
programs, teaching, and learning. Research- and (c)the conceptual understanding of the
planning and institutional decision-making,
based factors that are associated with effective experimental and non-experimental research
and problems of implementing planning ac-
schools and how to use various sources of methodologies.
tivities in educational contexts are considered.
data to evaluate and assess educational organi- 3 semester hours
Finance is addressed through the treatment of
zations and programs is also emphasized. The
budget preparation and presentation, account- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 813
process of strategic planning as a vehicle to
ing procedures, tax structures, and the role of Literature Review
improve school effectiveness, the Connecticut
local, state, and federal governments in sup- Literature review is designed to be taken in
Standards for School Leaders, and Common
port of educational system. the summer of the first year after students
Core Standards all provide a framework for
6 semester hours have taken introductory research, quantitative
understanding the role and responsibilities of
research methods, and two six credit doctoral
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 807B school leaders for school improvement.
modules in the program. Conducting the litera-
Leadership Theories and Organization 6 semester hours
ture review helps refine the student’s proposal
Management
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 811 and prepares for writing the Human Subject
This course investigates concepts, research
Intro to Research approval application.
findings, and practices focusing on the devel-
Introduction to Research is an overview course 3 semester hours
opment and change of educational organiza-
in research methodology and evaluation
tions in relation to relevant goals and objec- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 814
techniques relevant to the conduct of qualita-
tives. Students investigate planning, financing Qualitative Research
tive, quantitative, action, and mixed methods
and management of their own educational Qualitative research and evaluative Strategies
studies of leadership, curriculum, teaching,
institution including budgets, accounting pro- introduces students to theoretical, paradigmat-
and learning. Fundamentals of, quantitative,
cedures, tax structures, and the role of local, ic and methodological research perspectives
qualitative, action and mixed methods re-
state, and federal government. Emphasis is associated with the qualitative tradition. Case
search will be introduced from five prominent
placed on leadership theories, organizational studies, grounded theory, ethnographic, and
dimensions: leadership, curricula, program
climate, human relations, and communication narrative approaches will be presented in this
evaluation, teaching, and assessment.
within organizations. The course covers a his- class paying particular attention to interpretive,
3 semester hours
torical overview of organization and leadership critical, and participatory research techniques,
theories and the culminating project is defining EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 810 methodologies and methods. Qualitative eval-
and defending a philosophy of leadership. Computer Application in Educational Leadership uation techniques used in program evaluations
6 semester hours This course covers creation of learning objects, will be emphasized. EDUCATIONAL LEADER-
including text, raster/vector graphics, anima- SHIP 814 introduces students to practical re-
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 808A
tion, slideshows, conferencing components, search techniques including the development
Human Relations, Communication, and Decision
and video for instructional Webs. Use of digital of semi structured and open ended interview
Making
image capture equipment, including digital questions, how to conduct, record and analyze
This course will provide educational leaders
cameras, camcorders, and scanners. Also cov- interviews, and the use of field notes when
with the necessary skills and knowledge to
ers basic HTML, PDF and OCR. Final project collecting observation data. Emphasis will be
maximize the human resources within an insti-
will be integration of elements into an instruc- placed on understanding the ramifications of
tution. It will develop in participant’s increased
tional Web. purposeful sampling, forms of credibility, the
personal awareness, greater sensitivity to oth-
6 semester hours role of the researcher, and ethical dimensions
ers, effective communications and appropriate
associated with qualitative inquiry.
strategies for change and decision making. EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 812
3 semester hours
6 semester hours Quantitative Research
One of the greatest challenges faced by school EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 815
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 808B
leaders is harnessing the power of data to drive Mixed Methods
Program Evaluation and Human Relations
school improvement. To this end, in the pres- Mixed method research introduces students to
The structure of this seminar is three-fold. The
ent climate of rapidly emerging research find- mixed-method research in the social sciences.
impetuses, purposes, issues, and controversies
ings and data-driven decision-making, today’s Students should have some familiarity with

311
Educational Leadership • Electrical Engineering

research (quantitative and/or qualitative) and EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 817 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 864
the epistemological and ontological underpin- Postsecondary Teaching Special Education for Administrators Supervision
nings of the two methods as well as a basic un- Post-secondary teaching provides students of Programs & Services for Students with
derstanding of their educational or social sci- the opportunity to determine if working in Exceptionalities.
ence research topic. This course completes the higher education is preferred. This class is to This course is designed to prepare school
process of the proposal preparation expanding be taken as a final class in the program course administrators with the skills to supervise and
methodological and procedural techniques sequence. Repeatable up to 8 credits. implement appropriate services for students in
used in dissertation process. Specific objec- 2 semester hours need of response to intervention services and/
tives for this course include: (a) the history and (2 Credits Repeatable up to 4X) or programs for students identified as in need
language of mixed method research in educa- of special education services. An emphasis
tion/social sciences; (b) summarization of cur- EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 845A is on service delivery models, due process
rent issues related to the paradigm wars and Dissertation Preparation Seminar procedures and supervision of specialists re-
where mixed-methods research currently fits During the third year of the program, students sponsible for providing services to identified
into education/social sciences; (c) advance un- participate in seminars which focus on the students.
derstanding of research issued in educational/ selection and development of a dissertation 3 semester hours
social sciences through discussions about para- proposal. Students are ordinarily expected to
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 881A
digmatic compatibility, the current standing of complete the major portion of their work on
the dissertation proposal prior to the conclu- Administrative Internship + CAT Exam
mixed-methods in academic and political field, A cooperatively guided administrative experi-
and the process and design of mixed-method sion of the formal part of the program. This
course is required. ence in a school system. Pre-requisite: Com-
studies;(d)proposal writing strategies including pletion of major portion of the requirements
for mixed-methods research;(e)data sampling, 3 semester hours each term (Fall & Spring), 6
semester hours final summer for the Sixth Year Professional Diploma and
collection and analysis strategies including for permission of major advisor.
mixed method research;(f) reflections about EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 845B 3 semester hours + CAT Exam
the role of the researcher and their worldview Comprehensive Examination Preparation
in a mixed methods design. Although mixed- During the third year of the program, students
methods is an emerging dialog in education participate in this seminar in preparation for Electrical Engineering
and social sciences, there are variety of sources their 30 day, 3 question 45+ page comprehen-
available including keynote speeches, edited sive examination. Students should only take ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 403
books, journal articles, editorials and seminal EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 845 after they RF VLSI
works from the leaders in the field cited in have completed all of their courses or with the The course covers fundamental concepts of
prominent mixed-method research publica- prior approval of their Chair. RF circuit design. Students will learn circuit
tions. Supplemental articles and chapters will 3 semester hours level design of high speed analog/RF circuits.
be provided depending on the students’ level Specific topics include impact of scaling and
of interest and needs. Students preparing their EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 850A noise in high-speed communication circuits,
dissertation will have these available these Dissertation Research and Advisement low noise amplifiers, mixers, power amplifiers
resources when expanding their methodology Individual research and advisement relative to and frequency synthesizers.
and procedures sections of their study. a student’s dissertation topic is the “sine qua 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
3 semester hours non” of this course. Doctoral candidates are
required to register for Education Management ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 404
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 816 850 continuously until their dissertations have Digital VLSI
Action Research Project received final approval. Prerequisite: Success- The objective of this course is to teach students
The Action Research seminar is the second ful completion of Comprehensive Examina- the CMOS transistor design in VLSI circuits.
year summer project designed to help students tion. (CMOS stands for complementary metal oxide
understand how to conduct, evaluate and dis- 0 semester hours semiconductor.) Supported by CAD tools, stu-
seminate research. This culminating research dents will learn gate level design, IC design,
projects starts after students have completed EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 850B fabrication, and layout of digital CMOS inte-
introduction (EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP Continuous Dissertation grated circuits. With these skills, students will
811), quantitative (EDUCATIONAL LEADER- Individual research and advisement relative to also be able to interact with integrated circuit
SHIP 812) qualitative (EDUCATIONAL LEAD- a student’s dissertation topic is the sine qua fabrication process engineers after completing
ERSHIP 814) and mixed method research (ED- non of this course. Doctoral candidates are re- this course.
UCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 815) in the second quired to register for Continuous Dissertation 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
year of program. Conducting a collaborative 850 every semester (Fall, Spring and Summer)
until their dissertations have received final ap- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 405
action research projects helps refine practical
proval. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Random Signal Processing
research skills, presentation techniques, and
EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 845 Dissertation Topics in the course Statistics for Engineers
the ability to publish.
Proposal and EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP and Random Signal Processing are the same.
3 semester hours (3 Credits-Repeatable up to 2X)
846 Comprehensive Examination. However, Random Signal Processing is a better
Postsecondary Teaching Experience title, since it pertains to modern applications of
0 semester hours

312
Electrical Engineering

statistics for Engineers in the real world. also introduced both in theory and in a lab set- analog and digital transmission. Pre-requisite:
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours ting. Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 464. Electrical Engineering 415.
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 406
Soft Computing I ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 412 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 417
Modeling and solving engineering problems Bioelectronics Modern Electronics
using computational methods. Topics include Discipline of biomedical Engineering has Application of diodes, bipolar transistors (BJT)
exact (provable) methods (linear and convex emerged due to integration of engineering and field effect transistors (FET) to signal am-
programming) and fast methods (heuristic principles and technology into medicine. This plification and switching. Computer Simula-
search, genetic algorithm, neural networks, course is intended for engineers and engineer- tion.
etc.). ing students interested in pursuing careers in 3 semester hours
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours biomedical engineering and health related
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 419
filed. This course will first introduction Ap-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 407 Fuel Cells
plications of electrical engineering principles
Fuzzy Logic Systems 3 semester hours
to biology, medicine, behavior, or health will
A study of fuzzy set theory and applications.
be identified during first half of the semester. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 428 (ELEG 428/BMEG 428)
Topics include (a) fundamental concepts of
Second half of the course will focus on re- Modern Wireless Communications
fuzzy logic, (b) fuzzy sets, (c) fuzzy model
search, design, development and application Evolution of Mobile Radio Communications
identification, (d) neuro-fuzzy systems, (e)
of biosensors and Bioelectronics. to cell phones and personal communications:
fuzzy logic in control engineering, and (f)
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours 2nd and 3rd and 4th generation. Concepts
fuzzy logic in pattern recognition and artificial
include cell fundamentals, path loss, fading,
intelligence. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 413 (ELEG 413/CPSC 413)
ghosts, modulation techniques, equalization,
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Bioinformatics
speech coding and networks.
The course covers algorithmic aspects of
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 409 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
modern DNA and protein analysis. Topics in-
Data Acq & Virtual Instr Lab
clude: (i) Reviews of DNA, RNA and Proteins, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 430
This is an introductory lab for the real-time
(ii) Genome rearrangements, (iii) Sequence Satellite/Wireless communication Systems
data acquisition and instrument controls. The
Alignment and fast algorithms (BLAST), (iv) Detailing concepts and calculations from the
purpose of this course is to introduce students
Genome expressions and DNA-microarray, entire field is enough to permit the kinds of
to the field of data communication between
(v) Phylogenic trees, (vi) Protein docking and analysis needed for major systems planning
the computers and instruments with experi-
drug discovery, etc. decisions. This course covers channel capacity,
ments. These experiments cover the LabView
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours picture quality, signal to noise ratio, bit error
programming for the interface to communicate
rate, earth station antenna size and offers new
with different instruments or data acquisition ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 414
materials on orbital mechanics and geometry.
boards through GPIB, RS232, and USB cables. Laser Applications
Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 441 or
After the students complete this course, they Course studies (i) fundamentals of laser opera-
equivalent.
are expected to be able to set up their own tion and the types of laser operation, (ii) laser
3 semester hours
systems for different testing and controls. applications in spectroscopy and photochem-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours istry, (iii) laser applications in dentistry and eye ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 431
surgery (LASIK), and (iv) laser applications in Field Theory
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 410 (ELEG 410/BMEG 410)
bar code readers and welding/cutting. The course covers fundamental concepts of
Bio Sensors
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours RF circuit design. Students will learn circuit
This course will provide an interview of bio-
level design of high speed analog/RF circuits.
sensors, including their use in Pharmaceutical ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 415
Specific topics include impact of scaling and
research, diagnostic testing, and policing the Fiber Optics
noise in high-speed communication circuits,
environment. Topics include the sensitivity, Communication via light waves over fiber op-
low noise amplifiers, mixers, power amplifiers
resolution, selectivity, dynamic range, and tics cables. Analysis of light emission and light
and frequency synthesizers.
noise of biosensors. Other topics covered detection. Absorption loss. Optical devices,
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
include transducer phenomenology, biosensor connectors, splices and Local Area Networks
structure, and sensor performance. (LANs). Pre-requisite: Physics 112 or equiva- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 434
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours lent. Power System Protection and Relaying
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours This course introduces students to the basic
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 411
concepts and fundamentals of the electric
Plc Solutions in Industrial Applications ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 416
power system protection and relaying. It
This course builds on PLC’s (ELEG 464) by Fiber Optics Lab
teaches the methodology to model the different
using sensors (both thermal sensors, motion Hands on experience with fiber optic hard-
electric component of the power system such
sensors, and camera input) to control the ware. Fiber properties, sources, detectors,
as bus bars, generators, motors, transmission
automation process; topics in servo motors, splices, connectors. Design and test fiber optic
lines, and transformers. Also, it analyzes the
variable frequency drives, and HMI (human transmission and receiver circuits for both
different types of symmetrical and asymmetri-
machine interaction) and touch screens are
cal short circuit faults along with the different

313
Electrical Engineering

protection schemes used to protect the power systems, voltage regulation, fault calculation MEMS packaging and assembly, signal testing,
system component. It presents the philosophy and protection. MEMS applications (inertial MEMS, MOEMS,
of protecting the power systems and discusses 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours BioMEMS, RFMEMS, etc.).
the fundamental relay operating principles and 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 441
characteristics. It explores the different types
RF Communications ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 447
of relays and measuring instruments. Finally,
Spectral analysis; modulation and demodula- Semiconductors
it introduces practical techniques/applications
tion system analysis, including AM, FM, pulse Crystal fabrication: MBE, MOCVD, LEC, Bridge
and relaying systems used to protect real-life
modulation and transmission of digital informa- Mann. Study material and electronic properties
transmission and distribution systems/compo-
tion. Signal design and system considerations. of single crystal Si, poly, a-Si, GaAs, GaN, SiC,
nents.
Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 234. Ge and II-VI compounds. Transport proper-
3 semester hours
3 semester hours ties: Hall Peltier, resistivity, mobility. Analysis
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 435 of capacitance and I/V data for pn, pin, schott-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 442
Electric Machines ky and hetero-junction devices. Pre-requisite:
Digital Communications
The course introduces the laws of electricity Mathematics 110.
Detection of noise in thermal noise. Digital se-
and magnetism and principles of transformers 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
quences. Optimal filtering and statistical deci-
applicable to electric machine construction.
sion theory. Optimum receiver design criteria. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 448
Machines studied include DC motors, AC in-
Performance, configuration and trade-offs. Microelectronic Fabrication
duction motors, synchronous motors, stepper
Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 441. This class covers basic microfabrication pro-
motors, relays, and motor/generators. Both
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours cesses for semiconductor and VLSI fabrication,
single phase and 3-phase motors are analyzed
including photolithography, plasma and reac-
for their efficiency, speed, and mechanical ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 443
tive ion etching, ion implantation, diffusion,
stability. The state of the art VFD (Variable fre- Digital Signal Proc I
oxidation, evaporation, vapor phase epitaxial
quency drive) is shown to be the best way to The FFT Spectral Analysis, Filtering in the
growth, sputtering, and CVD. Advanced pro-
improve efficiency and produce the maximum presence of noise. Correlation. Introduction to
cessing topics such as next generation lithog-
torque and speed control for any given motor. stochastic signal processing. Computer proj-
raphy, MBE, and metal organic CVD are also
3 semester hours ects. Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 234
introduced. The physics and chemistry of each
or equivalent.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 437 process are introduced along with descriptions
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
Microwaves of the equipment used for the manufacture of
Passive and Active elements for the genera- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 444 integrated circuits. The integration of micro-
tion, modulation, amplification and reception Power Electronics fabrication process into CMOS, bipolar, and
of microwaves. Radar and other microwaves Application of power diodes and power MEMS technologies are also discussed. The
systems. Pre-requisite: Field Theory. transistors in rectifier arrangements and volt- purpose of this course is to provide students
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours age regulators. Properties and application in with technical background and knowledge
power converters, inverters and motor drives. in silicon microelectronic fabrication process.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 438
Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 348. Upon finishing this course, students will be
Power Analysis
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours familiar with the basic semiconductor and VLSI
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 445
microfabrication processes.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 439 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
DC/AC Motor Drives
Radar Thry & Sim
Application to control speed and efficiency of ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 449
Radar Fundamentals, Radar Cross section,
motors using conventional thyristors control as Wireless Sensor Networks
Types of Radars, Radar Detection, Waveform
well as modern variable frequency drives. Course studies wireless sensor nodes, which
Analysis, SNR, Compression and Wave Propa-
3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours are small, low cost, low power, multifunctional
gation. Target Indicator and Tracking. The
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 446 (ELEG 446)
sensor nodes with the capability of sensing
course will include extensive use of MATLAB
MEMS (Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems) certain physical properties, local data process-
for programming and simulation.
MEMS (Microelectromechanical systems) refers ing, and wireless communications. Focus will
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
to devices and system with very small size in be on real time applications in software and
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 440 hardware. The architecture of networks will
the range of microns. It is one of the most im-
Distribution Power System Design also be utilized and perfected.
portant high technologies developed in 20th
A comprehensive study of modeling of the 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
century. This course covers the fundamentals
distribution of power system components
of MEMS. It includes the introduction to MEMS, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 450
and planning, including load characteristics,
basic microfabrication techniques, MEMS Communications Lab
application of power transformers, design of
materials and their properties, MEMS device Hands-on experience with digital and analog
transmission lines, distribution sub-stations,
design and simulation, working principle communication equipment, AM, FM and digi-
primary systems and secondary systems, volt-
analysis, MEMS device fabrication sequence, tal modulation techniques. Design and test of
age drop and power loss calculations, applica-
optimal configuration. Measurement of perfor-
tion of capacitors, harmonics on distribution

314
Electrical Engineering

mance parameters in the presence of thermal wavelength, VSWR, attenuation, directional Controls Lab
noise. Pre-requisite: Electrical engineering 441. coupling, impedance. Use of the smith chart. Laboratory study of feedback control systems
3 semester hours Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering 437. with experiments analyzing different types of
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours plants, transducers and control techniques;
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 451
Introduction to Nanotechnology ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 456
emphasis on real-time computer control.
Nanotechnology is the science and engineer- Adaptive Signal Processing 3 lab hours; 3 semester hours
ing involved in the design, synthesis, char- This course introduces students to the field ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 462
acterization and application of materials and of adaptive signal processing as well as sev- Advanced Controls
devices with the size in nanometer (10-9m) eral practical aspects of adaptive systems. This This is a graduate level course and aims to in-
scale. As a newly emerged exciting high-tech- course provides an in-depth analysis of vari- troduce the analysis of nonlinear system. The
nology, it has attracted intensive interest and ous adaptation algorithms such as least mean course will cover: the state space description
heavy investments around the world. Nano- square adaptive filters, recursive least squares of nonlinear system; the phase portrait analysis
technology is a general-purpose technology algorithms, and Kalman filters etc. The subject of the second order system; stability analysis
which will have significant impact on almost learning is enhanced through experimentation of the nonlinear system based on linearization
all industries and all areas of society. It can of adaption techniques using Matlab and/ method; the Lyapunov stability theory, etc.
offer better built, longer lasting, cleanser, safer or Labview projects centered on applications 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
and smarter products for home, communica- such as adaptive noise/interference cancella-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 463
tions, medicine, transportation, agriculture and tion, signal estimation/ detection, and system
Industrial Controls & Instrumentation
many other fields. This course will cover basic identification etc.
This course covers the basics of Industrial Con-
concepts in nanoscience and nanotechnology. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
trols, including but not limited to relay control,
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 458 (ELEG 458/CPEG 458) ladders, counters, timers, switches, and all
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 452 Analog VLSI electrical components necessary to program
Multimedia Processing Modeling, design and analysis of analog VLSI the control of a large machine.
Using state-of-the-art software and hardware, circuits. CMOS processing and layout, current 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
this course shows how to process multi-media mirrors, Opamp, comparators, S/H voltage
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 464
signals (for example speech, MPEG, HDTV, references, switched-capacitor circuits, data
PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controls)
video, images). The course teaches how to converters, filters and PLLs. Students design
This course will start with the basics of Boolean
represent these signals mathematically, how to analog VLSI layouts, extract the netlists and
Algebra; it will cite the differences between
compress the data in these signals to fit into a simulate the circuit behavior. Transistors sizing
PLC control and relay control and full automa-
limited workspace, and how to make the pro- will also be discussed. EDA tools PSPICE, Men-
tion of major machines and appliances; the dif-
cessing networks and the signals themselves tors Graphics are used.
ferences in these controls will show how hard
secure against hackers. Part of the course in- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
relay control is to implement and how flexible
volves a research project.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 459 PLC control actually is; many different math
3 semester hours
Audio Processing Lab functions will be analyzed and implemented in
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 453 Introduction to TMS320C55x Digital signal the theoretical construction of fully functioning
Pattern Recognition Processor, Audio Signal Processing, Basic Prin- PLC.
Operation and Design of systems that rec- ciples of Audio Coding, Speech Enhancement 3 lecture hours, 3 semester hours
ognize patterns in data, based primarily on Techniques, Quantization of Audio signals,
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 465
statistical and neural network approaches. Calculating LPC coefficient using C55x Intrin-
Introduction to Robotics
Topics include Bayesian decision theory, Para- sic, Matlab Implementations of noise Reduc-
Basic robotics including: position and velocity
metric likelihood estimation, Nonparametric tion (NR), Mixed C55x Assembly and Intrinsic
sensing, actuations, control theory, robot co-
techniques, Linear discriminant functions and Implementations of Voice Activity Detection
ordinate systems, robot kinematics, differential
Neural Networks. (VAD), Combining AEC with NR, Voice over
motions, path control, dynamics, and force
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 454 Internet Protocol Applications, Overview of
control. Robot sensing, simulation of manipu-
Introduction to Audio Signal Processing CELP Vocoders.
lators, automation, and robot programming
To introduce the fundamentals of speech 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
languages are also investigated. Prerequisite:
processing and related applications. Course ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 460 Computer Science 102, Match 214 or Math 314,
covers speech enhancement, speech coding, Controls or permission of instructor.
and speech recognition. Analysis of steady state and transient response 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours of control systems. Laplace transforms meth-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 467
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 455 ods. Transfer functions. Stability criteria. Ny-
Introduction to Mechatronics
Microwave Lab quist, Bode and root locus methods. System
This course covers development of Mechatron-
Hands on experience with basic microwave stabilization. System Design.
ics theory and application to intelligent systems
coaxial and wave guide components in various 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
circuit configurations. Measurement of power, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 461

315
Electrical Engineering

dependent upon the integrated disciplines of sis of the major logic families: TTL, CMOS, The content of this course include the funda-
mechanical, electronic, computer and software NMOS, ECL, PECL, differential logic. mentals of Digital Image Processing and its
engineering. The course examines the follow- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours applications in biomedical field. Sampling and
ing: mechatronics system design, sensors and Quantization of signals are mentioned in order
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 490
transducers, actuating devices, signals systems to introduce the digital images, some basic
Sustainable Energy
and controls, real-time interfacing, hardware relationship between pixels are mentioned.
This is a graduate level course and aims to
components and software with applications in Introduction to Fourier Transform, Discrete
introduce the alternative energy technologies
mechatronics. Fourier Transform and Fast Fourier Trans-
in photovoltaic cells (PV) and fuel cells. It will
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours formed are explained. MATLAB programming
cover: the physics, energy conversion efficien-
with Image Processing Toolbox will be intro-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 479 cy, and challenges in PV cells, the principles,
duced to empathize and rigid the understand-
Solar Energy and Solar Cells the stack and system design in fuel cells.
ing of students. Others important fundamental
This course offers a review of renew-able 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
theorems, e.g., Image Enhancement, Image
energy (solar, winds, and tides) versus bio-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 492 Segmentation, Representation and Description
energy (coal, oil, natural gas). The concept
Sustainable Energy Lab are also mentioned. Students are required to
of light as electromagnetic radiation and pure
3 semester hours implement some program using theorems
energy as well as the concepts of converting
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 500
learnt in classes.
sunlight into thermal energy will be discussed.
Graduate Co-op/Internship in Electrical 3 semester hours
Students will learn the semiconductor and
electronic properties of solar cells, used to Engineering ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 515
convert light into electricity. Secondary solar By arrangement. Fiber Optic Networks
energy sources include solar Hydrogen and 1-3 semester hours This course focuses on architectures, design
concentrator technology. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 503
and control of multi-wavelength optical com-
3 semester hours munication networks. This includes OSI, TCP/
Electronic Cooling
IP, and MPLS layers. It also includes a study
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 480 3 semester hours
of WDM network elements and components.
Digital Electronics ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 510 Physical and link layers will be covered to
3 semester hours
Medical Machines understand the advantages and limitations
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 481 Electrical safety is studied by full analysis of of optical transmission technology, including
Analog Electronics Lab grounding and modeling of the human body SONET, CFP, Gigabit Ethernet, and packet
With a set of 6 experiments and simulating under various electric shock conditions. The switching.
them using P-Spice, the goal of this course is to ECG machine (for measuring heart perfor- 3 semester hours
teach the concepts from the theory of analog mance) is analyzed as both an analog and a
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 542
electronics. The user must have solid under- digital machine, with emphasis on cleaning up
Advanced DSP (digital signal processing)
standing of the basic electronics and circuit signal problems and extending the analysis of
(1)review briefly the concepts of DSP (E443),
theory aka Network Analysis. Pre-requisite: the data recorded. Other instruments that are
including digital filter design and window-
Electrical Engineering 348, 234 or equivalents. analyzed include the blood sugar tester, the
ing (2) Carry on with new topics in Adaptive
3 semester hours hospital thermistor, the lung pressure machine,
Filters, Wiener Filters, Kalman filters, power
the anesthesia vaporizer, the pulse oximeter
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 482 spectrum and related topics, statistical signal
and various cardiac output devices. Discussion
Analog Integrated Circuit Design processing, and stochastic processes.
made about the minimum alveolar concentra-
Do a complete analysis of the 741 op-amp, 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
tion (MAC) as it applies to anesthesia. Discus-
including bandwidth, gain analysis, slew rate,
sion is also made about modern hearing aids ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 543 (ELEG 543/BMEG 543)
power efficiency and I/O impedances. Ana-
and advances in eye replacement via electrical Digital Signal Processing Lab
lyze ROM, Ram, TTL, ECL, CMOS and more
means. Pre-requisite: Electrical Engineering Centered on a set of experiments for the
modern logic structures including Fanout,
348, 234 or equivalent. TIC6713 DSP Kit, the goal of this course is to
noise margin, latching, contention, logic and
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours teach how to program the C6713 DSP Chip
delay response. Pre-requisite: Electrical Engi-
using visual C++ and MATLAB and illustrate
neering 348. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 511
concepts from theory of digital signal process-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Medical Machines - Signal Processing
ing. The user must have solid understanding of
Students learn to obtain, process, and interpret
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 483 (ELEG 483/MEEG 483) DSP algorithms as well as an appreciation of
data from various Medical Machines (e.g. EEG,
Digital Integrated Circuit Design basic computer architecture concepts. Pre-req-
ECG, EMG, pulse oximeter, spirometer, blood
Several integrated circuit architectures are ana- uisite: Electrical Engineering 443 or equivalent.
pressure, skin resistance). Students analyze
lyzed at the transmitter level to find key pa- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
data via the computer package MATLAB.
rameters by hand analysis as well as computer
3 semester hours ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 544
simulation: rise time, fall time, noise margins,
Wavelets and Filter Banks
logic state, hysteresis/memory, fanout, and ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 513
This course is offered to provide students
power dissipation. Analysis includes an analy- Biomedical Image Processing (Elective)

316
Electrical Engineering

with the basic understanding of the wavelet The basic low-power design strategies will the nano materials such as carbon nanotubes,
theory along with multi-resolution signal be introduced in the class. Students will use metal nanoparticles, quantum dots, nanowires
processing tools, which can be employed ef- the learned knowledge to design low-power conformable nanoelectronics materials, poly-
fectively to solve practical signal processing VLSI circuits. Upon completion of this course, mer nanoparticles and biomedical nanomate-
and analysis problems. The first half of the students will be able to analyze the power rials will be discussed. Process and product
course introduces wavelet transforms from an consumption of VLSI circuits, and design low- evaluation by physical, chemical and micro-
engineering point of view. The topics covered power VLSI circuits using various strategies at scopic methods for materials in nano-regime
include short time Fourier transform, continu- different design levels. The major target is to will be highlighted. Modern materials science
ous wavelet transform, and discrete wavelet design VLSI chips used for battery-powered depends on the use of a battery of analytical
transform and filter banks. The second half of systems and high-performance circuits not methods carried normally in specialized labo-
the course presents a number of interesting exceeding power limits. ratories. This course explains the fundamental
applications of wavelets based advanced sig- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours principles associated with various methods
nal processing techniques such as filter banks, and familiarize the students with them, their
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 549
multi-rate signal processing, wavelet packets range of applicability and reliability especially
VLSI Testing
and lifting algorithms in areas of image com- when materials are of nanoscopic dimension.
As VLSI continues to grow in its complexity,
pression, signal de-noising, signal estimation, 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
VLSI testing and design-for-testability are be-
signal enhancements, and transient detection
coming more and more important issues. This ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 562 (ELEG 5623/MEEG 562)
etc. Prerequisites: Basic Digital Signal Process-
course will cover VLSI testing techniques such Nanofabrication with Soft Materials
ing Course.
as VLSI fault modeling (stuck-at-fault), auto- This is an advanced level graduate course
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
matic test generation, memory testing, design focusing on fabrication of soft materials. Nano-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 546 (ELEG 546/MEEG 546) for testability (DFT), etc. VLSI scan testing and fabrication processes and nanosystem products
Biomedical and Biometric Signal Processing built-in self-test (BIST) will also be covered. will be discussed. Fundamentals associated
Students learn applications of image process- Student will learn various VLSI testing strate- with chips fabrications and linking them to-
ing and signal processing towards biomedical gies and how to design a testable VLSI circuit. ward soft materials assembly will be detailed.
images and bio-signals. 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Emerging nanotechnology based methods for
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours soft and green electronics, mechanical parts,
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 550
MEMS, PCBS will be covered. Gene chip, label
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 547 VLSI: Digital System Design
free sensory assay using micro and nano-
Bio MEMS This course will provide students with an
fluidics will be discussed. Transfer printing,
BioMEMS is the application of MEMS (Micro- in-depth understanding of the basic design
DNA-protein interactions using the chip and
electromechanical Systems) technology in the methodologies of modern digital VLSI systems.
several nano-scale assemblies for soft materials
fields of biomedical and health sciences. Due Various perspectives of VLSI systems will be
fabrication will be discussed.
to their small size, BioMEMS have the advan- discussed, such as MOS transistor device char-
3 semester credits
tages of low weight, low cost, quick response, acteristics, interconnect, time and power, clock
high throughput, high efficiency, requiring distribution, packaging and I/O issues, VHDL ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 573
much less sample. Reagent and easy Integra- system design and logic synthesis. Upon Magneto Bio-Engineering
tion. BioMEMS found broad applications in completing this course, students will have a Magneto-Bioengineering is a fast-developing
disease diagnosis, prevention and treatment. comprehensive understanding about digital field of research , its practical and environ-
Various BioMEMS products have been de- VLSI system design. mental aspects being a topic of ever-increasing
veloped, such as microfluidic devices, neural 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours number of applications encompassing the field
interface devices, uTAS, lab-on-a-chip, DNA of biomedical engineering including but not
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 559
chips, micro drug delivery system, microsurgi- limited to MRI ) magnetic Resonance Imaging
Adv Digital Signal Proc Lab
cal tools, bio-sensors. This course introduces ), magnetic therapy, neural stimulation, mag-
Lecture will cover background material perti-
to students the fundamentals of BioMEMS netic field treatment for nonunion (fractures
nent to lab, in these areas: The acoustics and
technology, typical bioMEMS devices and their that fail to heal ) and so on. At the same time,
acoustic analysis of audio/speech. The physi-
applications. physically, the biological effects of weak mag-
ology of audio/speech production. Sentence-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours netic fields or Extremely Low Frequency (ELF)
level phenomena. The perception of audio/
magnetic fields are still regarded as a paradox.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 548 (ELEG 548/CPEG 548) speech. Audio/Speech disorders. Echo Cancel-
This course deals with such issues and fills in
Low Power VLSI Circuit Design lation. Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 543.
the theoretical gap in biomedical engineering.
With the rapid development of mobile com- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
It reviews and analyzes the experimental evi-
puting, low power VLSI design has become
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 561 dence that yields useful insights into the pri-
a very important issue in the VLSI industry.
Instrumental Analysis Nanomaterials mary physical processes of magneto-reception
A variety of low-power design methods are
The course will give an overview on several and the frequency and amplitude spectra of
employed to reduce power dissipation of VLSI
important analytical tools for nano materials the action of weak magnetic fields in living
chips. This course is designed to cover low-
characterization. Mechanical, electrical and system and hence the course addresses im-
power design methodologies at various design
electronic and biological property testing of portant issues in biomedical engineering. Also,
levels (from system level to transistor level).

317
Electrical Engineering • Engineering • Finance

the course reviews the available hypothetical analysis all come together within the student Projects
mechanisms for that action as applicable to the team to create a viable product. If ideas are The design process, engineering economics,
field of biomedical engineering. Besides this worthy, teams may work with the University’s project planning and ethics in engineering
the presence of magnetic crystals in certain CTech IncUBator to actually commercialize practice. A required course for all engineering
species of prokaryotes as well as in birds (for their products. Students are strongly encour- majors, normally taken in the junior year, of-
migration) and in humans is still under active aged to find a sponsor to actually commercial- fered both semesters. Prerequisite: FYS 101,
investigation and is also covered in this course ize their product ideas. CPSC 101, MATH 110.
as a possible way of exploiting such informa- 3 credit hours 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
tion for application in biomedical engineering.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 596 ENGINEERING 400
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Seminar Engineering Colloquia Series
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 579 Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with This course is a series of seminars covering
Magneto Bio-Engineering instructor. Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering a spectrum of engineering topics. National
Over the past few decades rapid develop- 597 or 598. and international distinguished speakers are
ments in genomic and molecular research and 1 credit hour invited to deliver the seminars. All Engineering
development in information technology have students are required to register for the col-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 597
combined to produce a tremendous amount loquia series.
Master’s Project
of information related to molecular bioen- 1 semester hour
Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
gineering. This course focuses on designing
Department Chair. ENGINEERING 404
and development of algorithms for biological
3 credit hour Optimization
problems. String, Tree and Sequencing al-
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 598
Optimization is the maximization of an ob-
gorithms are studied in this course to solve
Thesis in Electrical Engineering jective function involving multiple variables,
biological problems. Student will work with
Lecture hours, semester hours and topics to be subject to certain constraints. This course in-
popular string based bioinformatics algorithms
arranged with Department Chair. troduces the theory and application of optimi-
not only to understand algorithms design
3-6 credit hours zation. Topics discussed include optimization,
methodologies but also to identify the poten-
linear programming, the simplex algorithm,
tial weaknesses in traditional bioinformatics ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 599 transportation, assignment, decision analysis.
algorithms. Labs are workshops are integral Independent Study in Electrical Engineering Software used includes Excel spread sheet and
part of the course. Practical exercises using Independent study of advanced topics in Elec- LINGO.
both bioinformatics software and simple Java trical Engineering and submission of project 3 semester hours
programs will help students understand how report as required. Problem assignment to be
bioinformatics algorithms really work. The arranged with and approved by the Depart-
course is aimed both at biomedical engineer- ment Chair. Finance
ing and computer science students. Though no 3 credit hours
prior experience in Java is required, students FINANCE 400
are expected to have mathematics and some Financial Management
programming background. During the course Engineering This course provides students with the op-
students are expected to attend workshops portunity to learn the basic tools and concepts
and labs in addition to that they are expected ENGINEERING 111 of financial management. It will discuss im-
to spend few hours weekly in computer lab to Introduction to Engineering portant issues in modern finance, including
solve problems and learn required program- This course introduces the student to the engi- the time value of money, valuation of stock
ming skills. The class discussion will focus neering design process on a beginning level. and bonds, capital budgeting, risk and return
on solving computational problems, such as Emphasis is placed on the structure of the tradeoff, portfolio analysis, capital asset pricing
Mappings DNA, Sequencing DNA, Comparing design process involving problem definition, model and financing decisions. Basic account-
sequences, Predicting genes, Finding Signals, development of alternatives, analysis, decision ing and statistics are essential to understand-
Identifying proteins, etc. making and iteration. One guided design proj- ing the principles developed in this course.
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours ect and one independent project are completed Prerequisites: Admission to graduate study.
by student project teams. Concurrent lectures Prerequisites: FIN 400 and completion of all
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 580
and homework assignments develop skills in required Finance concentration courses or
New Product Commercialization
data management, mechanics, chemistry, elec- concurrent registration in final required con-
The objectives of the course are to understand
trical theory, energy and economics. Personal centration courses.
and apply concepts and techniques of product
computer usage is emphasized for mathemati- 3 semester credits
commercialization. The course focuses on
cal calculations and the preparation of engi-
taking student created product concepts and FINANCE 505
neering reports. Prerequisite: MATH 109.
having student teams drive the concepts to
3 semester hours. Advanced Financial Management and Policy
become actual products. Product design, pro- This course provides a general survey of the
totype creation, market analysis, and financial ENGINEERING 290 body of knowledge of corporate finance.
Economics & Management of Engineering Corporate finance is an area of finance deal-

318
Finance • Global Development and Peace

ing with the financial decisions corporations Technical Analysis and Trading Cases in Finance
make and the tools and analyses used to make This is a hands-on course that teaches prin- The focus of this course is the application of
these decisions. The primary goal of corporate ciples and methods of selecting and managing managerial finance principles (from FIN400:
finance is to enhance corporate value and stocks using professional trading software. Financial Management) to the financial deci-
shareholder’s wealth. To achieve this goal, Theoretical concepts and trading principles sions made by business. The purpose is to
financial managers must make important deci- will be taught throughout the course and stu- develop student analytical ability through
sions such as project evaluations and invest- dents will manage an e-portfolio in real-time the discussion and analysis of finance cases.
ment decisions, financing decisions and divi- with imaginary funds. Prerequisites: FIN 400 Topics covered include financial concepts and
dend decisions. A solid understanding of the and completion of all required Finance con- planning; valuation, rates of return and lever-
financial markets is also essential. The main centration courses or concurrent registration in age; cost of capital; dividend policy; sources
concepts and principles in the study of corpo- final required concentration courses. and uses of investment and working capital;
rate finance are also applicable to the financial 3 semester credits and international finance. Prerequisites: FIN
problems of all kinds of firms. Basic account- 400 and completion of all core courses or
FINANCE 540
ing and statistics are essential to understanding concurrent registration in final core courses.
Financial Analysis and Modeling
the principles developed in this course. For the Global Financial Services concentra-
This course introduces important financial
3 semester credits tion, this course should be taken as the final
models and shows how they can be solved
FINANCE 510
required Global Financial Services course.
numerically and/or simulated using computer
International Accounting 3 semester credits
technology (e.g. Excel). This class covers stan-
This is an introductory course about inter- dard financial models in the areas of corporate FINANCE 555
national financial management with special finance, financial statement simulation, ac- Management of Financial Institutions
emphasis on multinational enterprises (MNEs). counting model, portfolio problems, options, This course covers the management of finan-
A MNE is defined broadly as one that is in- portfolio insurance, duration, and immuniza- cial institutions (FIs), including depository
corporated in one country but has operating tion. It will give tools for understanding the institutions such as commercial banks and sav-
subsidiaries, branches or affiliates located computational intricacies in finance. Too often, ings institutions, insurance companies, securi-
in other countries. Today, almost all large finance courses stop short of making a con- ties firms and investment banks, mutual funds,
companies are multinational with the 1,000 nection between textbook finance and the and finance companies. The focus is on risk
largest MNEs accounting for about 80% of the problems of real-world business. This course measurement and management facing these
world’s industrial production. Main topics to bridges this gap between theory and practice FIs. The roles and operations of financial mar-
be covered in this course include the foreign by providing a nuts-and-bolts guide to solv- kets and various financial instruments and the
exchange market, exchange rate determina- ing common financial and accounting models impact of interest rates on the economy will
tion, foreign exchange risk management, and with spreadsheets. Prerequisites: FIN 400 and also be discussed. Prerequisites: FIN 400 and
global debt and equity financing. The global completion of all required Finance concentra- completion of all required Finance concentra-
financial environment such as the international tion courses or concurrent registration in final tion courses or concurrent registration in final
monetary system and the balance of payments required concentration courses. required concentration courses.
are also discussed. Prerequisites: FIN 400 and 3 semester credits 3 semester credits
completion of all core courses or concurrent
FINANCE 545 FINANCE 570
registration in final core courses.
Financial Derivatives and Risk Management Managerial Economics
3 semester credits
This course covers financial derivatives such Managerial economics deals with the ap-
FINANCE 520 as forward contracts, futures contracts, op- plication of economic theories to real-world
Investment Analysis tions and swaps. A derivative is a financial business decisions. A course in managerial
This course provides a framework for the instrument that is derived from the value of economics provides students with the funda-
analysis of individual securities such as stocks, an underlying asset. The underlying asset mental analytical tools that can and should be
bonds and other financial instruments. It can be commodities, equities, bonds, foreign used in marketing, finance, production, and
develops a systematic framework for the con- exchange, or indices such as a stock market strategic management. Managerial economic
struction of efficient portfolios and optimal index, consumer price index or even an index techniques seek to achieve the objectives of
investment strategies. It also discusses the in- of weather conditions. These derivatives can the business organization in the most efficient
vestment environment that includes the finan- not only be used for speculation and arbitrage, manner, while considering both explicit and
cial markets and major financial institutions, but more importantly, can also be used for risk implicit constraints on achieving the objectives.
the Federal Reserve, and the determination management. Students will develop a work- Some basic quantitative skills such as statistics
of interest rates. Various investment strategies ing knowledge of how these derivatives are and calculus are required. Prerequisites: ECON
used by practitioners are also discussed. Pre- used and how they are priced. Prerequisites: 400, MGMT 400, FIN 400 and completion of
requisites: FIN 400 and completion of all core FIN 400 and completion of all core courses or all core courses or concurrent registration in
courses or concurrent registration in final core concurrent registration in final core courses. final core courses. This course may be taken as
courses. 3 semester credits an elective with required Finance and Manage-
3 semester credits ment concentration courses.
FINANCE 550
FINANCE 530
3 semester credits

319
Global Development and Peace

FINANCE 525 Course Description: This course explores cur- 3 Semester Hours
International Financial Management rent issues in economic development includ-
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 524
This is an advanced course in international ing poverty and poverty alleviation, strategies
Political and Economic Integration
financial management. It will cover various to overcome poverty and underdevelopment
This course explores models of integration –
aspects of financial management of multi- including microfinance, the roles of multilat-
functionalism, customs union, political integra-
national enterprises (MNEs), including the eral financial institutions, globalization, and
tion, and federalism. Dual legislative systems
foreign exchange market, currency deriva- the Washington Consensus. The course will
are examined as instruments of harmoniza-
tives, global financial markets, international also explore the roles of regional arrangements
tion of laws, and the roles of secretariats as
portfolio investment, cross-border direct in- and development institutions in attempts to
vehicles of transition are explored. The course
vestment, and foreign exchange and interest overcome underdevelopment. The theoretical
considers historical and contemporary models
rate risk management. Prerequisites: FIN 600 underpinning of the course lies in the many
including the Federation of the West Indies,
and completion of all required Finance con- schools of thought that have produced ex-
and the European Union. The course exam-
centration courses or concurrent registration in planations of the causes and consequences
ines shortcomings of, and successful attempts
final required concentration courses. Prerequi- of development and underdevelopment. The
at, political and economic integration.
sites for International Business: FIN 600 and course attempts to plot strategies to achieve
3 Semester Hours
completion of all core courses or concurrent goals of economic development.
registration in final core courses. 3 Semester Hours GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 525
3 semester credits Globalization, Peace and Conflict
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 521
This course will examine the many meanings
Inequality, Poverty and Globalization
of globalization: economic, political, social,
Global Development and Peace This course examines two key issues for the
and cultural and explore how these global
international community in an era of global-
transformations are altering dynamics of peace-
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 500 ization: inequality and poverty. Various theo-
making and conflict at both the international
Graduate Co-op/Internship in Global Development retical, historical and empirical approaches
and domestic levels. Among other topics, the
and Peace will be used in analyzing the causes and con-
course will examine the relationship between
Students may complete a curricular practical sequences of inequality and poverty for the
economic integration and war and civil war;
training that reflects the competencies that developing world. Students are also encour-
economic integration and political conflict;
the students has developed in the Global aged to develop economic, political, cultural,
cultural conflict; ethnic conflict; conflict and
Development and Peace program. Students and social solutions to the chronic issues of
gender; and new technologies and conflict.
need to have their supervisor in the training poverty and inequality in the world.
This course also examines the key concepts,
certify satisfactory task performance and stu- 3 Semester Hours
themes, theories, and practices involved in
dents must submit a written evaluation of their
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 522 peace psychology and the role it plays in
experience.
International Conflict Negotiation peacemaking at a global and local level. Stu-
1-3 Semester Hours
This course examines theories about and dents will be introduced to the issues of peace
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 501 sources of conflict (resource allocation and and conflict across a wide range of interper-
Research Methods shortage; ideological, religious, and cultural sonal, community, national and international
This is an introductory course in qualitative disagreement; power distribution; perceptions contexts. In particular, the course will explore
and quantitative research methods. It is de- of security; etc) to set the stage for conflict when and under what conditions globalization
signed to introduce you to basic concepts and analysis and negotiation. In conflict analysis, processes may promote peace and under what
issues encountered in research investigation. the impact of cultural-linguistic systems on circumstances they may aggravate old conflicts
We will discuss what research is, the tools of agreements and disagreements is examined. and lead to the emergence of new ones.
research, research design, and writing the re- Culturally sensitive strategies of negotiation, 3 Semester Hours
search report. Included will be an introduction conflict resolution, and mediation also are
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 528
to a diversity of research methods, including examined and practiced. Students will write
Sociopolitical Implications of World Religions
survey, historical research, participant and several case reports on situations of conflict
Sociopolitical interaction between civilizations
non-participant observation, experimental and also prepare a medium-length (20 pp. or
as defined by their religious cultures will be
design, and content analysis. An overview of so) term paper.
considered from a historical and contemporary
statistical means of data interpretation also will 3 Semester Hours
perspective, with an emphasis on the latter.
be presented, including correlations, t-tests,
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 523 This course will explore practical implications
chi-square tests, and so forth. Legal and ethical
Corruption for GLDP professionals in their work in other
issues related to research, including research
This course introduces students to corruption – cultures and societies. It will do so by focusing
with human subjects, will be examined.
definition, causes, practice, and consequences. primarily on the specific features of Christian,
3 Semester Hours
It seeks to inquire into the economic, political Muslim, and Far Eastern Confucian societies
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 511 and human costs of corruption, and the role and their implications in world affairs. Beyond
Issues in Economic Development of corruption in weak or malgovernance. The the discovery of data, their analysis and their
course also seeks to inquire into role of cor- evaluation, this course will attempt to answer
ruption in state collapse and state failure. questions such as: to what extent do current

320
Global Development and Peace

clashes between the above (and other) societ- development, communication and telecommu- account economic, social, and ecological
ies have a potential for resolution, and what nication policies, transnational media corpora- factors. Among topics discussed are global
avenues can be suggested? Is secularization tions and their role in economic development, macrotrends, environmental actors (states,
destined to remain a typically Western and media and public diplomacy, international NGOs, etc.), international law, environmental
Christian phenomenon or is it the inevitable journalism, and information and public cam- regimes, natural resources, biodiversity, global
destiny of all cultures? Is religious universalism paigns. political economy, alternative and renewable
necessarily a Western particularism wrongly 3 Semester Hours energy, climate change, petroleum, air pollu-
coded as universal? In considering these and tion, hazardous chemicals, and wetlands. Case
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 540
other questions, the course will evaluate differ- studies will be used to highlight the challenges
Culture and Development
ent competing models, in particular the views faced by the development process due to the
The course will examine development theory
of Samuel Huntington and its critics, as well as social, economic, and quality of life demands
and the underlying cultural assumptions of
the vision expressed in Kant’s Perpetual Peace of growing populations in less developed
Western models of socioeconomic devel-
and its impact on the creation of the United countries vis-à-vis the need to preserve and
opment. It will also study the innovative
Nations. maintain the environment and endangered
non- Western models of development such
3 Semester Hours ecosystems. Prerequisites: GLDP 511 or 528.
as micro-credit in South Asian and the Con-
3 Semester Hours
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 529 fucian- influenced models of development in
Political Economy of Migration parts of East and Southeast Asia. This course GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 563
This course explores the constants and vari- will identify the ways in which Western cul- International Human Rights
ables of immigration. The course will also tural assumptions can clash with the cultural This course is intended for graduate students
consider the extent to which overseas invest- underpinnings of many less developed coun- and the enthusiasts in international affairs and
ment in less developed countries and the tries. Using the case study method, learners human rights. It explores the concept of hu-
strengthening of regional customs unions and will identify ways in which potential clashes man rights and state responsibilities; the realm
the WTO will affect immigration trends. Due are anticipated based on a region’s history of national and international responsibilities;
to the gap in the quality of life in developed and its cultural underpinnings. Learners will and international human rights as obligations.
versus less developed countries as well as the assess the strategies currently used to address The course seeks to convey to the student the
ongoing demand for cheap, unskilled labor, development-related challenges and, when breadth and depth of the discourse since the
the number of immigrants to the developed appropriate, propose alternative strategies. end of the Second World War, in particular the
world continues to grow in the United States 3 Semester Hours transition from declarations about the rights of
and in the European Union. This Course also peoples to the affirmation of criminal respon-
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 543
invites learners to assess how the growing sibility by the international community from
Media and National Development
demographic of immigrants and their children the Nuremberg Tribunal and Tokyo Trials to
The focus of this course is on communica-
may affect voting patterns, public education, the International Criminal Court at the Hague.
tion and national development and nation-
and the foreign policy priorities of the devel- All this is placed in the wider context of de-
building. Students will learn how media,
oped societies where they tend to settle. velopment, and seeks a balance between the
communication, and information can be used
3 Semester Hours broader discourse of political and economic
to improve economic, political, and cultural
rights.
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 533 conditions of people around the world. In par-
3 Semester Hours
Cultural Dimensions of Globalization ticular, the course will look into the functions
While recognizing that a developing consensus media communication and social marketing GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 581
exists on economic globalization, this course demonstrate in reducing poverty, combating Advanced Diplomacy
explores the broader cultural and philosophi- hunger, improving literacy, promoting public The course builds upon the skills and com-
cal implications of globalization. Extending health care, fighting corruption, and protecting petences acquired in foundation courses in
beyond economic globalization to the social, the environment among others. the Global Development and Peace program,
political and cultural dimensions, one must 3 Semester Hours in particular GLDP 522 International Conflict
indeed explore the substance of what is being Negotiation. Students will develop enhanced
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 550
“globalized” in each of these aspects of public competencies in the areas of diplomacy and
Advanced International Journalism
life. This course invites learners to grapple with related negotiations, principles and practices
This course focuses on how international news
the question of whether or not the world is of diplomacy, in particular in the context of
is covered and how to cover international
ready to implement an expanded globalization foreign policy of the United States. Prerequi-
news. It also examines the issue of news me-
or whether a “dialogue among civilizations” is site: GLDP 522 or instructor’s permission.
dia and foreign relations.
a necessary intermediary step in the process. 3 Semester Hours
3 Semester Hours
3 Semester Hours
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 591
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 560
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 537 Internship
Sustainable Development
Global Communication and Mass Media Students will complete an eight-week cross-
This course examines challenges related to
This course examines media’s role in global cultural internship with international organiza-
balancing the fulfillment of human needs
communication and nation building. In par- tion or overseas school, agency or company.
with protecting the environment, taking into
ticular, it studies information flow, media and A written report by the student and an as-

321
Health Sciences

sessment of the Student’s performance by the MGMT 523 3 Credits

agency where the student interns will be sub- Leadership, Teams & Managing Change
HSCI 720
mitted as the basis of evaluation. Prerequisite: MKTG 560
Global Health Issues (Core course)
completion of 18 credits. Global Market Management
This course examines contemporary issues in
3 semester hours MKTG 535 global health policy, delivery and discusses
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 598 e-Marketing major global health challenges. Students will
Tutorial MGMT 585 be introduced to the world’s vast diversity of
The tutorial is offered at the completion of Product Management, Innovation and determinants of health and disease. Students
the internship. The tutorial invites students in Commercialization will analyze current and emerging global health
the Master of Arts in Global Development and priorities, including emerging infectious dis-
Peace program to reflect on their internship Health Sciences eases, poverty, conflicts and emergencies. The
experience based on the student’s experiences course will also review health inequity, health
prior to and during the tutorial, The tutorial HSCI 710 systems reforms, and major global initiatives
also prepares students for the program’s com- Introduction to the U.S. Health Care System (Core for disease prevention and health promotion.
prehensive exam that includes both an oral course) The course will consider how inequalities in
and a written component and is conducted in This course is a broad survey of the various education, income, and occupation influence
the final weeks of the tutorial class. As a part components of the U.S. health system, em- health status. The public policy process will
of the tutorial students also assemble a portfo- phasizing the historical development of the be explored using a variety of contemporary
lio of all of the major papers and projects that various institutions which make up the system, global health case studies which focus on con-
they have completed during the program and and financial analysis of those institutions as tent areas such as maternal health, HIV policy,
a written reflection on that work. Prerequisite they currently exist. This class will not address refugee health and global healthcare delivery.
courses: GLDP 591 and completion of at least health care systems of countries outside the The course will also examine the global health
21 semesters hours of the GLDP program. U.S. This course will include the status and workforce and the impact of widespread
implementation of the new reform legisla- global migration of health professionals on
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 599
tion at the state and federal levels and to the receiving and sending countries.
Thesis
budgetary implications of health care spending 3 Credits
As a final project demonstrating competency,
students are asked to write and defend a thesis. more broadly. There will also be a focus on the HSCI 725
3 semester hours major health policy institutions and important Fundamentals of Clinical Trials (Core course)
issues that cut across institutions, including This course is designed to teach the fundamen-
GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE 600 private insurers and the federal/state financing tals of a good clinical trial in the evaluation of
Thesis Extension programs (Medicare and Medicaid/SCHIP). a new drug or device, be it industry, federal or
1 semester hour Attention also will be given to mental health philanthropic sponsored. This course begins
The following courses taught by the School issues, disparities in access to care, the quality with the evaluation process leading up to
of Business also are available to Global Peace of care, structure of the delivery system, the human volunteer trials, through elements in
and Development students. Full course de- challenges of long-term care and the aging of designing a trial, writing the scientific protocol,
scriptions are available under the primary the population, and the drivers of cost growth. considering regulatory issues and human sub-
course listings. 3 Credits jects’ protection, through elements in protocol
MGMT 561 HSCI 715 development/implementation, and quality as-
Economic, Regulatory, Political, Cultural and Research Methods for the Health Sciences (Core surance.
Societal Issues in Environmental and Energy course) 3 Credits
Management A comprehensive exploration of research HSCI 730
MGMT 560
methods used in the health sciences, with an Healthcare Informatics (Core course)
Foundations of Environmental and Energy emphasis on selecting and applying appro- This course is designed to explore the health-
Management priate research designs. This course includes care information technology (IT) planning and
an overview of the scientific method and the management issues associated with decision
MKTG 560
various research paradigms in current use;
Global Market Management making in healthcare organizations. IT pro-
research ethics and the protection of human vides a framework to understand the types of
FIN 525
subjects; the role of theory in problem formu- information systems prevalent in healthcare or-
International Financial Management lation; internal and external validity; variable
FIN 530
ganizations, evaluate specific strategies related
measurement and reliability, and generalizabil- to healthcare IT investments, and understand
Technical Analysis & Trading ity of findings. Specific approaches covered the ramifications of health data standards and
MGMT 555 include experimental and quasi-experimental privacy concerns on information management
Global Program and Project Management treatment designs, epidemiologic methods (co- policy. In this course, students will learn how
MGMT 534 hort and case-control studies), survey research, the core competencies of healthcare informat-
Strategic Sourcing and Vendor Management evaluation and outcomes research, method- ics can be developed and applied using real-
ological studies and qualitative research. world case studies. Students will be exposed

322
Health Sciences

to specific concepts related to electronic medi- concentration) Non - Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease, Liver Dis-
cal records (EMR), health data and standards, This course provides an analytic and devel- ease, Hypertension, CVD, CHD, Arrythmia,
sourcing, and IT investments in healthcare. opmental approach to the roles and functions Vascular Health, Hyperlipidemia, Gastric By-
Upon completion of the course, students of the health professional teacher. Discussions pass Surgery, Hypothyroidism, Hashimoto’s
should be able to explain the key information will focus on teaching roles, style and phi- Thyroiditis, Graves’ Disease and other En-
requirements for effective health information losophy and the application of learning theory docrine Disorders). Critical assessment and
management and decision support, plan and to instructional design and lesson planning. evaluation of current Evidence Based Nutrition
develop the governance and oversight require- Emphasis will be on selection and application (EBN) and other interventions: Low Glycemic
ments of healthcare IT projects, understand the of appropriate teaching strategies and assess- Index and Glycemic Load Diets, DASH Diet,
specification and selection process of health- ment methods according to the goal(s) of Vegetarian Diet, Ketogenic Diet, Fruitarian,
care projects, and apply these competencies to instruction and identified learner characteris- Paleo Diet, Whole 30 Diet, Elimination Diets,
real-world problems. tics. Other issued that will be addressed are IFM Intermittent Fasting and Mitochondrial
3 Credits student problem management, key ethical and Diet, IFM Cardiometabolic Diet, and all weight
legal responsibilities, and the incorporation of loss and FAD diets as they pertain to Meta-
HSCI 735
research evidence into teaching practice. bolic Health Issues and the potential dangers
Data Analysis and Interpretation (Core course)
3 Credits of them. Supplementation EBN evaluation,
This course covers the selection, application
assessment and dosing for condition specific
and interpretation of basic statistical tests and HSCI 849
application.
procedures used in the health sciences. Topics Educational Assessment (Education
3 Credits
include data and variables, hypothesis testing, concentration)
confidence intervals, t test, Fischer’s F test and This course reviews the types, purposes, pro- HSCI 852
the one way Analysis of Variance (ANOVA). cedures, uses, and limitations of assessment Advanced Clinical Nutrition II
3 Credits strategies and techniques. The use of stan- Integrative nutrition and functional medicine
dardized testing and implications for current in cardiovascular health (heart disease, con-
HSCI 840
practice is also discussed. Topics such as creat- gestive heart failure, arrhythmia, dyslipidemia,
Advanced Disease Processes and Treatment
ing and using assessment tools that improve hypertension, vascular health, anemia).
(Clinical concentration)
instruction (formative assessments) as well as 3 Credits
This is an advanced course providing detailed
information about systems physiology and gauge its success (summative assessments) HSCI 853
pathophysiology, as well as the epidemiology, will be reviewed. Learning to design assess- Advanced Clinical Nutrition III
etiology, risk factors, pathogenesis, prognosis ments that are carefully aligned with educa- Integrative nutrition and functional medicine in
and treatment of disease, particularly phar- tional objectives is another component of this Metabolic Health issues (Metabolic syndrome
macotherapeutics. Topics covered include assessment course. This course will explore obesity, chronic fatigue syndrome, diabetes
cardiopulmonary diseases, infectious diseases, aspects of developing objective and subjective mellitus, and other endocrine disorders).
gastroenterology, urology, endocrine and on- exams. Another topic involves the methods of 3 Credits
cology. Lab and specific diagnostic tests will be developing and revising assessment tools such
as rubrics, checklists, and scoring guides. HSCI 854
reviewed. Cultural and ethnic approaches to
3 Credits Advanced Clinical Nutrition IV
health care and prescription drug use will also
Integrative nutrition and functional medi-
be explored. Special attention will be placed HSCI 850
cine in chronic and degenerative diseases,
on recognizing drug-drug, drug-nutrient, and Health Promotion and Disease Prevention neurological disorders, immune dysfunction,
drug-exercise interactions. (Clinical concentration) osteoarthritis, chronic inflammation, allergies,
3 Credits This course provides an overview of the major cancer.
HSCI 845
issues in health promotion and disease pre- 3 Credits
Lifestyle and Health Issues (Clinical vention. This course will explore the possible
association between nutritional status and HSCI 855
concentration)
premature mortality and morbidity. Strate- Integrative and Complementary Medicine
Crucial health issues with an emphasis on the
gies for risk reduction and the development (Clinical concentration)
relationship between lifestyle and health. The
and implementation of interventions will be This course will provide students with a work-
course enables students to deal more effective-
presented. Emphasis will be placed on under- ing knowledge about integrative and comple-
ly with the health problems faced throughout
standing the role nutrition plays not only in mentary medicine and clinical applications for
life. These issues may include stress, sexual-
health but also in disease prevention. patient/client care and research. Federal regu-
ity, nutrition, mental health and illness, aging,
3 Credits lations, cultural beliefs, scientific research and
chronic and communicable disease, drug and
perceived benefits and risks will be explored.
alcohol use, and dealing with death, and other HSCI 851
The appropriateness of integrating these thera-
selected topics. Advanced Clinical Nutrition I peutic modalities into conventional medicine
3 Credits Integrative nutrition and functional medicine will also be explored.
HSCI 848
in Metabolic Health Issues and Cardio Vascular 3 Credits
Teaching in the Health Professions (Education Health (Metabolic Syndrome, Obesity, Weight
Loss Resistance, Diabetes Mellitus, Diabesity, HSCI 858

323
Health Sciences

Curriculum and Syllabus Development in Higher own, personalized approach to practice. and means of transmission, the immune re-
Education (Education concentration) 3 Credits sponse, treatment, prevention and surveillance
This course will explore the various types of of these infectious diseases will be evaluated.
HSCI 865
curricula that exist within organizations as well Up-to-date selections from infectious disease
Principles of Health Policy and Management
as goals and philosophical orientations to edu- journals as well as information from the Cen-
(Elective)
cation. The course is designed to provide stu- ters for Disease Control and Prevention, the
This course discusses the general principles
dents with the knowledge and skills to fulfill World Health Organization, MedLine Plus, and
of planning, management, evaluation, and
leadership positions as enlightened educators. the American Society for Microbiology will be
behavior of public and private health care
Students will gain a broad understanding of included to insure that topics are kept current.
organizations at the local, state and national
the curriculum development process. Topics 3 Credits
levels. The course examines the organization,
will include translation of societal and com- financing, and delivery of public health and HSCI 888
munity expectations into theoretical curricular personal health services, with emphasis on Medical Toxicology (Elective)
frameworks for application to problem solving major current health policy and management This course covers the adverse health effects
and initiatives for change. Discussions will issues related to access, quality and cost. of exposure to drugs or substances of abuse.
revolve around what knowledge is most worth 3 Credits The principles of toxicodynamics, toxicokinet-
learning, why it is worthwhile, and how it will ics, biotransformation, diagnosis and treatment
be delivered. Topics will include the effect of HSCI 870
will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed
internal and external forces on the curriculum. Principles of Environmental Toxicology (Elective)
on mechanism(s) of action of the various
The course will also cover creation of syllabi Environmental toxicology is the study of the
drug classes, body system(s) affected, clinical
with a description of the required components. nature, properties, effects and detection of
manifestations of problems and the resulting
3 Credits toxic substances in the environment and in
adverse effects on human health and society.
any environmentally exposed species, includ-
HSCI 859 Methods of treatment and client education
ing humans. This course will provide a gen-
Pedagogy and Teaching Strategies for College eral understanding of toxicology related to the
will also be addressed. Laws controlling and
Instructors (Education concentration) environment. Fundamental toxicological con-
governing the use of these drugs/substances
This course describes the theoretical basis of and the agencies responsible for them will also
cepts will be covered including dose‐response
pedagogy and explores the foundations of be covered.
relationships, absorption of toxicants, distribu-
teaching in higher education. Issues such as: 3 Credits
tion and storage of toxicants, biotransforma-
how students learn, motivating students, and tion and elimination of toxicants, target organ HSCI 889
matching teaching methods with learning out- toxicity and teratogenesis, mutagenesis, car- Comparative Health Systems (Elective)
comes are topics designed to improve the qual- cinogenesis and risk assessment. The course This course examines health systems from a
ity of higher education. This course not only will include an overview of chemodynamics comparative perspective in order to under-
covers how to connect with students in the of contaminants in the environment including stand how various countries address similar
learning process, but also how to determine if fate and transport. The course will examine problems. This course begins by discussing
students are learning. Using active techniques, chemicals of environmental interest and how global health themes, including: international
encouraging classroom participation, motivat- they are tested and regulated. health organizations, right to health, access
ing students, and various learning styles are 3 Credits to medicines, significant international health
examples of topics that will be covered. This issues, women’s health, children’s health, and
course provides practical suggestions to imple- HSCI 875
the environment and health. The course in-
ment the methods discussed. Infectious Diseases (Elective)
cludes a discussion of the different approaches
3 Credits This course provides a detailed examination
and methods used in comparative health care
of emerging and reemerging infectious dis-
HSCI 860 systems and examine some of the key con-
ease, focusing on significant illnesses found in
Evidence-Based Practice (EBP) (Elective) various regions of the world. Topics include
cepts that will allow for meaningful policy
This course introduces practitioners to princi- comparisons across countries. The course
information on the underlying mechanisms
ples of evidence-based practice (EBP), policy, explores what healthcare systems do and how
of microbial emergence, the technology used
practice guidelines, and information utilization they have evolved. Different frameworks for
to detect them, and the strategies available to
for practice modeling. Increasingly, health care healthcare delivery, financing, coverage, and
contain them. Discussion will involve diseases
practitioners are presented with new informa- allocation of resources are examined. Students
and their causative agents that are major factors
tion about recent findings from research and will learn to analyze the advantages and dis-
in the health of populations the world over.
professional consensus statements regarding advantages of various ways of organizing and
This course will provide a clear understanding
best-practices and practice guidelines. This financing health care and to evaluate health
of factors associated with disease emergence
course focuses on preparing students to en- policies according to a range of criteria for
and re-emergence can help medical and
gage in evidence-based practice, providing the cost, quality and equity. The focus will be on
public health professionals to identify, study,
skills needed to critically evaluate new infor- select health care systems around the globe
and control new and renewed epidemics and
mation that is available from research findings and review the structure and functioning of
outbreaks. Epidemiological characteristics
and professional consensus statements. Fur- their health systems.
such as incubation period, infectious period,
thermore, the course provides skills for inte- 3 Credits
grating this new information into the students

324
Health Sciences • Global Media and Communication Studies

HSCI 890 with HSCI 890. encountered in research investigation. We will

Dissertation Seminar (Required) 3 Credits discuss what research is, the tools of research,
This course is designed as a general semi- research design, and writing the research
HSCI 892
nar for all doctoral students in the D.H.Sc. report. Included will be an introduction to a
Dissertation II (Required)
Program. This seminar does not focus on a diversity of research methods, including sur-
This course focuses on the completion of the
specific content area but instead is designed vey, historical research, experimental methods,
doctoral dissertation. Emphasis is placed on
to provide students with an overview of the content analysis, and so forth. An overview of
understanding and defining the logical rela-
requirements for completing a doctoral dis- statistical means of data interpretation also will
tions between elements in a proposal including
sertation, and provide a forum for discussing be presented, including correlation, t-tests,
the problem statement, conceptual/theoretical
dissertation-related concerns and issues with ANOVA, ChiSquare Test, Sign Test, regression
framework, literature review, research design
other students. In particular, the seminar em- analysis, and so forth.
and methodology. Students will work closely
phasizes the development of the conceptual 3 semester hours
with their advisor throughout this process.
and research skills necessary for the comple-
Prerequisite: HSCI 891. GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 511
tion of the doctoral dissertation, including
3 Credits Communication Theories
the formulation of the dissertation proposal
This course focuses on communication
(selection of an area and topic, formulation HSCI 895
theories. Major communication theories in the
of appropriate research questions/hypotheses, On Campus Seminar (Required)
areas of information processing, persuasion,
rationales etc.), the development of the skills An intensive one week on campus seminar is
influence, decision-making, conflict resolution,
necessary for identifying and critically evaluat- the culmination of the Doctor of Health Sci-
group communication, intercultural communi-
ing published research relevant to the chosen ences degree program. This seminar will pro-
cation, organizational communication, media
dissertation topic, as well as an appropriate re- vide students with a unique on-campus learn-
communication, new media communication,
search methodology for empirically evaluating ing experience. Health care professionals who
social media and culture, media effects, and
the hypotheses proposed. Designed in a semi- are established and leaders in their fields will
public opinion will be studied.
nar format, this course guides students through be recruited as guest lecturers. In addition to
3 semester hours
the formative stages of proposal development the lectures, students will have the opportunity
in which constant, critical thinking is required. to hone their skills by attending workshops GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 522
Interaction among the instructor and students led by experienced clinicians. Topics such Conflict Analysis and Resolution/International
is important to transform ideas into a doctoral as improving patient care and interviewing Conflict and Negotiation
dissertation project. Must complete all course- techniques will be featured. Finally, students This course examines theories about and
work before registering HSCI 890. HSCI 891 will be required to present their dissertations sources of conflict (resource allocation and
must be registered with this course in the same and submit a report of their experiences at the shortage; ideological, religious, and cultural
term. Prerequisite: completion of 48 credits of seminar. Prerequisite: HSCI 892. disagreement; power distribution; perceptions
HSCI. 3 Credits of security; etc) to set the stage for conflict
3 Credits analysis and negotiation. In conflict analysis,
the impact of cultural-linguistic systems on
HSCI 891
Dissertation I (Required)
Global Media and agreements and disagreements is examined.
This course is designed to synthesize the Communication Studies Culturally sensitive strategies of negotiation,
knowledge and skills developed in previous conflict resolution, and mediation also are
research courses and apply them to the doc- GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 500 examined and practiced.
toral dissertation process. Students learn about Graduate Co-op/Internship in Global Media & 3 semester hours
all aspects of the process of developing and Communications GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 528
Students may complete a curricular practical
carrying out the doctoral dissertation, and they Sociopolitical Implications of World Religions
gain an understanding of standards and expec- training that reflects the competencies that the
This course identifies the underlying condi-
tations that students need to meet to be suc- students has developed in the Global Media
tions needed for the realization of a stable
cessful in completing the dissertation process. and Communication Studies program. Students
global economy and it highlights the ways
Throughout the course, students are required need to have their supervisor the training cer-
in which terrorism impacts on the stability of
to work closely with their dissertation advisor, tify satisfactory task performance and students
markets and on investment and lending trends
as appropriate. Student performance in the must submit a written evaluation of their ex-
and on interest rates in affected regions and
course will be assessed by their advisor. To perience.
stages. The course also explores the “practi-
make substantial progress, it is essential that 1-3 semester hours
cal: rationale for terrorism as well as terrorism
students set and meet goals and have regular GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 501 ideological and philosophical roots as well as
contact with their advisor to ensure the dis- Graduate Seminar in Research Methods the actual historical trajectory of terrorist or-
sertation is progressing in a focused and high This is an introductory course in qualita- ganization and states. Through the case study
quality manner. Students will also prepare a tive and quantitative research methods. It is method, we will review those venues where
dissertation proposal presentation. The course designed to introduce you to basic concepts terrorism has been diffused and attempt to
concludes with scholarly discussions and cri- and issues (statistical, analytical, and ethical) understand such developments and their ap-
tique of peer presentations. Prerequisite: take plications to contemporary society.

325
Global Media and Communication Studies • Information Systems and
Knowledge Management
3 semester hours Communication and National Development local laws that most directly affect mass com-
The focus of this course is on communication munication in the United States. It will also
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 529
and national development and nation build- look into the judicial systems in other coun-
Advanced Intercultural Communication
ing. Students will learn how media, communi- tries. Issues covered will include freedom of
This course studies different cultures around
cation, information, and media technology are speech, freedom of the press, libel, invasion
the world. In particular, it examines value
used and can be used to improve economic, of privacy, news gathering, source protection,
systems, gender roles, and family structures.
political, and cultural conditions of people copyright, and truth in advertisements.
It will also examine the relationship between
around the world. In particular, the course will 3 semester hours
culture and religion, culture and economic
development, culture and media, culture and look into the functions media communication, GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 572
new media, and culture and human develop- social media networking, and social marketing Advanced Multimedia
ment. demonstrate in reducing poverty, combating This course focuses on advanced multimedia
3 semester hours hunger, improving literacy, promoting public technology and techniques. Students will learn
health care, fighting corruption, and protecting the most current tools, software, and tech-
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 533 the environment among others. niques to create and edit multimedia digital
Cyber War and Security GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 546 videos to be used for multiple mediums and
This course views computer security as a stra- New Media and Information Management platforms.
tegic concept, not a technical discipline. The This course examines media industry from 3 semester hours
world’s booming dependence on the powerful business and management perspectives. It
yet vulnerable Internet–combined with the focuses on business concepts, media manage- GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 591
growing capabilities of cyber attackers–cur- ment theories, and the impact of digital media Internship
rently jeopardizes national and international on the media industry landscape. The Graduate Internship is completed once the
security. Strategic challenges projected by state 3 semester hours student has completed 18 credits in the GMCS
and non-state actors present in the cyberspace program. It serves as the venue in which stu-
require relevant strategic knowledge, thinking, GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 552 dents can accomplish two important outcomes,
and solutions. Advanced Web Publishing and Design i.e., they can apply the foreign language that
3 semester hours This course focuses on Web Publishing and they have been studying in an overseas set-
Design methods using current Web design ting (international GMCS students may do their
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 535 and graphic tools. Students will learn the internship in the US if they already speak a
International Advertising and Public Relations techniques and tools to create Web sites and second world language in their home country
This course focuses on the theoretical and learn to main the Web sites for clients and rather than English) and they can intern in an
practical aspects of international advertising consumers. agency or organization where the skills that
and public relations. In particular, it examines 3 semester hours they have acquired in the GMCS academic
the characteristics, problems, and challenges
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 555 program can be put into practice. New Media
in the areas of international advertising and
News Media and International Journalism students will be expected to complete a proj-
public relations. It also studies how media and
This course focuses on how international news ect or portfolio, which demonstrates their abil-
new media are used for advertising and public
is gathered and reported and how journalists ity to communicate cross-culturally in the New
relations in an international setting. Business,
should cover international news. The course Media environment. Global Communications
economic, cultural, social, and political factors
also examines the issues of international news students will produce a project demonstrating
will be analyzed in the context of international
media and foreign relations. the ability to communicate interculturally in a
advertising and public relations.
3 semester hours business, government or NGO setting. Prereq-
3 semester hours
uisite: completion of 18 credits.
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 537 GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 557
3 semester hours
Global Communication and Mass Media Political Communication and Public Diplomacy
This course focuses on the relationship be- GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 599
Critical study and applications of theories
tween media and politics and media and Tutorial
and principles of global communication and
public diplomacy. It will also examine the The tutorial is offered at the completion of
mass media. Analysis of the roles traditional
issues of freedom of speech and freedom of the internship. The tutorial invites students in
media, new media, and media professionals
the press, media as mouthpiece or watchdog. the Master of Arts in Global Media and Com-
play in politics, governance, and international
The course will also study how media are used munication Studies program to reflect on their
relations. Examination of how media systems
in governance, how public opinion is formed, internship experience based on the student’s
work in different countries, how journalists
shaped, and influenced, how political and experiences prior to and during the tutorial,
cover news and events, how information
public agenda are set, and how media can be The tutorial also prepares students for the
flows globally, and what impact information
used for public diplomacy. program’s comprehensive exam that includes
flow creates to countries and peoples around
3 semester hours both an oral and a written component and is
the world.
conducted in the final weeks of the tutorial
3 semester hours GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 562
class. As a part of the tutorial students also as-
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES/GLDP 543 Media Communication Law and Legal Issues semble a portfolio of all of the major papers
This course examines the federal, state, and and projects that they have completed during

326
Global Media and Communication Studies • Information Systems and
Knowledge Management • Management
the program and a written reflection on that Then the course also explores business and behind correlation coefficients and matrices.
work. Prerequisite courses: GMCS 591 and management topics in knowledge manage- Pivot Tables and various visualization tech-
completion of at least 21 semester hours of the ment, including general issues in evaluating niques will allow us to answer the question,
GMCS program. informal systems like knowledge management “What is the data telling us?” The final project
3 semester hours systems and the relationship of knowledge allow us to apply results from calculus to gen-
management to the work, etc. Prerequisites: erate forecasts which we will then visually and
GLOBAL MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 599
ITKM 505 and completion of all core courses statistically compare by using 3-D graphics and
Thesis
or concurrent registration in final core courses. hypothesis testing. We will use the computer
The thesis represents the culmination of the
3 semester credits for the entire course; nothing is done by hand.
MA in Global Media and Communication
3 semester credits
Studies and demonstrates competency in the INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 548
major as well as the track in which the student Enterprise Intelligence & Decision Support INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 560
has chosen to specialize. The Thesis requires System Foundations in Advanced Enterprise Analytics
identifying a theme or topic selected by the If information is business’ lifeblood then en- This course introduces the student to advanced
student in consultation with the thesis adviser terprise intelligence (referred to as “business business analytics. The course covers how to
and this is followed by detailed research on intelligence” and “BI” for the remainder of this manage business analytics studies, exploratory
the topic and the analysis of findings in the document) is its beating heart, ensuring action- data analysis, diverse modelling algorithms,
form of substantial written work. This is nor- able information reaches everyone who needs and forward-looking reporting techniques.
mally done within the confines of the student’s it throughout the enterprise. With business It is assumed that the student is comfortable
final semester of study in the program. analytics, big data and cloud BI exploding in with programming, and can learn and use new
3 semester hours the marketplace professionals should under- programming languages.
stand BI to help their enterprises harness the 3 semester credits
power of their data. This course provides that
Information Systems and understanding. Additional topics and cases
Knowledge Management are added to compliment the text, written for Management
managers grappling with how to leverage their
MANAGEMENT 400
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 400 enterprise data for positive results.
Leadership and Management
Information Systems and Technology 3 semester credits
The purpose of this course is to introduce
Information technology has become a key
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 549 students to the primary tenets of leadership
component for accomplishing strategic and
Technical Concepts for Analytics Professionals and management. Successful organizations
operational goals in organizations today.
Success requires knowledge of your functional foster both innovation and efficiency. Students
As such, organizations expect their new
area and mastery of the data that fuels it. This will evaluate the different dynamics related to
employees to have a basic understanding of
course provides the technical understanding realizing organizational progress through the
information technologies. To accomplish or-
and critical thinking skills needed to adopt, effective and efficient use of talent, structure,
ganizational goals and advance one’s career
learn and apply relevant tools and techniques culture, methods, and technology. In addition
path, one needs to understand and apply in-
to analyze data with confidence. Students will to the required textbooks, students will be
formation technologies effectively, efficiently,
gain hands on experience with structured required to research industry journals as a way
and creatively. The purpose of this course is to
query language (SQL) and R, from an applied to evaluate the application of leadership and
provide an introduction to information systems
perspective. In addition, they will be exposed management techniques in real settings across
and technology and to familiarize students
to database, programming, analytics and sta- various industries. Prerequisites: Admission to
with the fundamental concepts and principles
tistical concepts. They will emerge ready to graduate study.
of information systems. The course is targeted
engage in additional study or to secure jobs in 3 semester credits
for graduate students who have little or no
the marketplace that require these skills.
background in information systems. Therefore, MANAGEMENT 500
3 semester credits
it focuses on breadth of coverage rather than Management & Marketing
depth in any specific area. Prerequisites: Ad- INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 500 This course serves as a graduate introduction
mission to graduate study. Information Technology & Quantitative Methods to the theory and practice of both management
3 semester credits Data preparation and cleaning, data analysis, and marketing, two separate, yet related, fields
and data visualization are now at the heart of of business study. The management portion
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 505
managerial decision making. This course will of the course will address the four key tenets
Knowledge Management and Business
illustrate both IT and Quantitative Methods of management: planning, organizing, leading
Intelligence
through three fairly involved examples and and controlling. The marketing portion of the
This course will explore various issues
extensive hands-on experience. Cleaning data course will address creating, delivering, and
of creating, storing, sharing and applying
will lead us to database principles that underlie communicating value by building customer
knowledge in organizational environment.
data independence and referential integrity. relationships via the marketing mix: product,
The course introduces guiding theories and
Summarizing a modest-sized dataset (about price, place (distribution), and promotion.
concepts of knowledge management and
8,000 rows) will introduce statistical summaries, Both parts of the course will examine the ef-
examines various tools used in the processes.
some basic visualization tools, and the statistics fects of globalization, technology, and social

327
Management

responsibility. In addition to textbooks and ting up the legal structure for the business by or concurrent registration in final required
other readings, the course will use individual enabling the student to choose the appropriate Major courses.
and group projects to develop real-world organizational form and to study the regula- Course is cross-listed with MKTG 522.
solutions to challenges posed in these two tory and employment laws specific to small 3 semester credits
disciplines. businesses. Prerequisites: MGMT 505 and
MANAGEMENT 523
3 semester credits completion of all required Management Major
Leadership, Teams and Managing Change
courses or concurrent registration in final re-
MANAGEMENT 505 This course focuses on the development of
quired major courses.
Organizational Behavior leadership skills important in the effective
3 semester credits
This course enables students to explore indi- management of change. Through role-playing
vidual and group behavior in organizations MANAGEMENT 515 exercises, videotapes, diagnostic tools, semi-
and the contextual factors that impact work- Assessment nar discussion, selected readings, and a group
force performance and organizational effec- This course focuses on workplace assess- project, students will learn theory and build
tiveness. An understanding of topics including ment related to recruitment, placement, and interpersonal skills necessary for providing
organizational culture and structure, ethics and workplace training. Performance appraisal leadership in diverse multicultural groups
corporate social responsibility, team dynamics, is emphasized including employee develop- and organizations. The course will address
leadership, decision making, and motivation ment, development of objectives and process, the managerial issues present in organizations
is emphasized. Students gain insight from the monitoring, retention and separation. The undergoing accelerating change and adopting
perspective of both theory-oriented research understanding of selection and assessment a culture of creativity. Creating and sustaining
and practice-oriented professional communi- instruments and methodology are studied as high performance multi-cultural and interdisci-
ties through the discussion of concepts and well as the statistical analysis required for psy- plinary traditional and virtual teams is covered.
organizational practices and the analysis of chometric assessment. Prerequisites: MGMT Prerequisite: Admission to graduate studies.
research findings and trends. 400, MGMT 505 and completion of all core 3 semester credits
3 semester credits courses or concurrent registration in final core
MANAGEMENT 525
courses. Normally students take MGMT 511
MANAGEMENT 511 Counseling
before MGMT 512.
Human Resources Management The course surveys counseling theory, coun-
3 semester credits
This course enables students to examine the seling strategies, and appraisal procedures.
current research findings, trends, and best MANAGEMENT 520 The purpose is to enable the human resources
practices of human resource management, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship manager to identify potential employee prob-
as well as the strategies and tactics necessary This course will begin by addressing the con- lems such as addiction, mid-life issues, and
to sustain an effective and proactive human cept of development of a new venture. The psychological disorders. This training will
resources function in an organization. An course will then address the fundamentals facilitate the ability of the manager to refer
understanding of topics including recruitment such as the financing important to the new employees for professional counseling and
and selection, employment law, performance venture and its creator, competitive position- intervention. There will also be emphasis on
management, training and development, ing, branding and imaging, stationery, mar- resolving workplace interpersonal conflicts.
compensation and benefits, and employee keting, protecting intellectual property, the Prerequisite: MGMT 505 and completion of all
engagement is emphasized, in both domestic legal entity structure, the website development required Human Resources Management Ma-
and global contexts. Students will gain insight components and cost. The class will teach jor courses or concurrent registration in final
into effectively leveraging findings from rel- how to source capital and then further how required major courses.
evant research studies to address current and to pitch to capital providers. Each student will 3 semester credits
projected human resource management chal- develop a minimum viable product by produc-
MANAGEMENT 534
lenges and needs. ing a business model canvas.
Strategic Sourcing and Vendor Management
3 semester credits 3 semester credits
This course covers the rewards and risks of
MANAGEMENT 512 MANAGEMENT 522 outsourcing and vendor management and
Organizational Development Conflict & Negotiation identifies where outsourcing should be used
The course is a hands-on course that provides The development of conflict-management and and not used. The objectives of the course
the concepts and practical tools needed to start negotiating skills are taught in this course with are to help students understand how to plan,
a small business. The course offers instruction particular emphasis on achieving effective and direct, manage and more effectively participate
in accounting concepts specific to small busi- efficient outcomes within a global and multi- in outsourcing initiatives in terms of the fea-
nesses experience with accounting software. cultural context. Experiential exercises, read- sibility of outsourcing (off-shore, near-shore,
Understanding of financing opportunities ings and discussions will demonstrate various rural-shore, best shore), vendor selection,
including bank loans and venture capital will strategies for a broad range of negotiating sce- contract negotiation, vendor management and
enable the student to obtain financing for a narios, e.g., buyer-seller, management-labor, evaluation, risk assessment and terminating
small business. Students will also study basic personal salary increase, etc. Prerequisites for outsourcing deals.3 semester credits
financial management principles relevant to Management Major or Human Resources Man- MANAGEMENT 535
small business. The course also focuses on set- agement Major: MGMT 400 and MKTG 400 Fin&Acct Non-Fin Mgrs
and completion of all required major courses

328
Management • Marketing

3 semester credits ment certification requirements and real world skills to fulfill plans that develop from that
case studies are discussed. creative and persevering spirit. Many different
MANAGEMENT 539
3 semester credits aspects of entrepreneurial ability will be em-
International Issues
phasized including a strong work ethic, leader-
This course focuses on current international MANAGEMENT 560
ship, team building and the development of
issues that affect business operations at home Foundations of Business Process and Operations
business relationships. The course also covers
and abroad. Changing business environments Management
the growth of an existing business through
are discussed and analyzed. Students are The student is introduced to process man-
entrepreneurship. Students will conceive, de-
required to formulate new global business agement methods which are fundamental
velop and present a comprehensive business
strategies in light of emerging international to delivery of products and services. Topics
plan intended to obtain external financial sup-
trends and events. In some cases, students covered include capacity analysis and plan-
port or internal organizational support. This
may supplement their study by field trips and ning, inventory management, design of jobs
course includes a comprehensive review of
on-site analysis. Prerequisites: MGMT-400, for quality and cost effectiveness, demand
the marketing, operational, financial, product,
ACCT-400, FIN-400, ECON-400. forecasting, work flow management, queuing
service and business strategy and plans that
3 semester hours theory, project management and total quality
must be mastered and developed as founda-
management.
MANAGEMENT 545 tion for start-up of a small business or entre-
3 semester credits
Labor & Employment Law preneurial enterprise.
Students study the current employment and MGMT 563 3 semester credits
labor law in the U.S. and the historical devel- Epidemiology, Population Health, and Data
MANAGEMENT 585
opment of these laws from common law to ex- Analysis
New Product Commercialization
isting law. The course covers a wide range of This course describes the epidemiological tri-
The objectives of the course are to understand
legal and regulatory topics needed for human angle and how it is used explain the spread
and apply concepts and techniques of product
resources management including workplace of disease, which is used to create models for
Commercialization. The course focuses on
safety, family leave, equal employment and disease prevention and control. The course
taking student created product concepts and
pay, wrongful discharge, privacy, harassment, also leverages statistical models that investi-
having student teams drive the concepts to
and illegal workers. In addition, development gate ways to interpret population health data
become actual products. Product design, pro-
of global laws and laws related to employment for preventing disease, as well as address-
totype creation, market analysis, and financial
and labor in other countries are reviewed. ing social determinants of health to improve
analysis all come together within the student
Prerequisites: MGMT 400, BLAW 400 and health equity.
team to create a viable product. If ideas are
completion of all core courses or concurrent 3 semester credits
worthy, teams may work with the University’s
registration in final core courses. Normally
MANAGEMENT 565 CTech IncUBator to actually commercialize
students take MGMT 511 before or concurrent
Foundations of Product Management their products. Students are strongly encour-
with BLAW 545.
This course covers new product develop- aged to find a sponsor to actually commer-
3 semester credits
ment, innovation and commercialization, as cialize their product ideas. Prerequisite: MBA
MANAGEMENT 548 well as the product management life cycle. students must have completed all foundation
Business Intelligence & Decision Support Topics covered include the feasibility and level courses and have advisor approval.
Systems investment prioritization of new product or 3 semester credits
3 semester credits product enhancements, raising capital for new
MANAGEMENT 590
product development, market and customer
MANAGEMENT 555 Intellectual Property Management
needs analysis, make versus buy alternatives
Global Program and Project Management 3 semester credits
and product launch and commercialization is-
This course focuses on the managerial aspects
sues and considerations, including promotion,
of how to effectively manage, plan and execute
programs/projects with a focus on high quality
pricing, distribution, competition, pre and Marketing
post sales support, systems and infrastructure
deliverables arriving on time, within budget,
support, customer service and related areas. MARKETING 400
within scope and to the customer’s satisfaction.
Areas covered will include program and proj-
Students will work on individual and team Marketing
projects that will include the development of a The course will explore the process of plan-
ect management life cycle phases, executive
new product market/ business plan. ning and executing the conception, pricing,
sponsorship, portfolio investment manage-
3 semester credits promotion and distribution of ideas, goods and
ment selection and prioritization, require-
ments, scope and project charters, planning, MANAGEMENT 568
services, to create exchanges that satisfy indi-
development, estimating, staffing, leadership, Technical Concepts for Analytics vidual, organizational, and societal objectives.
scheduling, risk management, change man- 3 semester credits The underpinnings of the marketing discipline
agement, project metrics, vendor integration will be taught through text, case, articles and
MANAGEMENT 582 class discussion. Mastery of these principles
and management and other related topics.
Business Planning will come through a variety of individual
This course is based on current and emerging
This course focuses on the development of the and group assignments to create marketing
best practices and principles. Project Manage-
entrepreneurial spirit and develops specific solutions for real-world products. Prerequisite:

329
Marketing • Masters in Public Health

Admission to graduate study. insight on how the functions of management transaction, and responding to buyer concerns
3 semester credits and marketing in the New Economy have will be utilized. The course will also focus on
changed as well as how new technology and the management of a sales force including
MARKETING 515
media forms have created a radically different methods of compensation, motivation, hiring
Customer Analysis
business environment. The course examines and retaining sales people, and the legal and
This course will take up special topics in
the impact of the evolving virtual worlds of ethical aspects of selling. Prerequisite: MKTG
customer behavior utilizing knowledge not
Internet and mobile commerce on the strategy 515 and completion of all required Marketing
only from research on consumer behavior but
of traditional “brick-and-mortar” companies. Major courses or concurrent registration in
from a variety of disciplines including psychol-
Up-to-date information will be utilized from final required Major courses.
ogy, sociology and anthropology. The leading
current publications to provide the student 3 semester credits
models of customer behavior in both industrial
with the ability to work in the new wireless
and consumer settings will be analyzed. The
world. This new business frontier requires
qualitative and quantitative marketing research
most firms to significantly change their busi- Masters in Public Health
tools necessary to understand buyer behav-
ness strategy and presents unprecedented new
ior dynamics in any market will be stressed.
opportunities for fast acting entrepreneurs.
Prerequisite: MKTG 400 and completion of all MPH 501
Prerequisites for Information Technology and
core courses or concurrent registration in final Introduction to Public Health
Knowledge Management: MKTG 400, ITKM
core courses. Introduction to Public Health is a graduate
400, and completion of all required Informa-
3 semester credits level course that provides graduate and profes-
tion Technology and Knowledge Management
MARKETING 560 Major courses or concurrent registration in sional students, with foundational knowledge
Global Market Management final required Major courses. Prerequisites for of public health’s historical contributions; the
This course analyzes strategy, planning, imple- Marketing: MKTG 400, ITKM 400, and comple- ethical bases; key terms and concepts; sys-
mentation and control for market entry and tion of all required Marketing Major courses or tem organization; and the social, behavioral,
development. Topics include social, political concurrent registration in final required Major environmental, and biological factors that con-
and economic changes affecting marketing courses. Course is cross-listed with ITKM 535. tribute to specific individual and community
opportunity; focused versus dispersed market- 3 semester credits health outcomes through interactive learning
ing efforts; marketing in developed and un- strategies and the application and integration
MARKETING 520 of concepts to understand and prevent current
developed countries; and marketing systems
Customer Relationship Management public health problems and those facing pub-
required for the various strategic alternatives.
This course emphasizes the long term orga- lic health in the 21st century.
The focus will be on creating competitive ad-
nizational value of developing relationships 3 semester hours
vantage in the global marketing environment.
with customers. The first focus is on the use MPH 502
Prerequisite for Marketing Major: MKTG 400,
of data to provide increased value for the Principles of Epidemiology
MKTG 515 and completion of all required Mar-
firm. Students will understand how to cre- In this introductory course, students will learn
keting Major courses or concurrent registration
ate value for the customer with a systematic and apply basic concepts of epidemiology to
in final required Major courses. Prerequisite for
analysis of customer needs. The second focus multiple domains of public health. We will
International Business Major: MKTG 400 and
on the nature of interpersonal relationships in illustrate and practice using epidemiology to
completion of all core courses or concurrent
a business setting that develops long lasting better understand, characterize, and promote
registration in final core courses.
business relationships. Prerequisite: MKTG 515 health at a population level. The class will
3 semester credits
and completion of all required Marketing Ma- engage the students in active and collabora-
MARKETING 505 jor courses or concurrent registration in final tive learning through team activities, individual
Marketing Research required Major courses. projects, case studies, group discussion, and
This course introduces students to the essen- 3 semester credits individual projects.
tials of marketing and brand management at 3 semester hours
MARKETING 540
the graduate level. Students will learn con-
Personal Sales and Sales Management MPH 503
cepts and frameworks from the marketing and
The purpose of this course is to develop the Biostatistics
branding literatures, such as the definition of
student’s ability to engage in real world profes- This course is an introduction to statistical
marketing and the concept of Customer-Based
sional sales and sales management. The foun- methods used in biological and medical re-
Brand Equity (CBBE).
dation of personal sales is to be able to com- search. Elementary probability theory, basic
3 semester credits
municate effectively in both one-on-one sales concepts of statistical inference, regression
MARKETING 535 situations and in group presentation situations. and correlation methods, analysis of variance,
Electronic and Mobile Business Psychological theory related to persuasion and study design are covered. Emphasis on
The goal of this course is to prepare current and interpersonal relationships will be used to applications to medical problems.
and future executives, managers, and strate- provide the foundation for specific sales tech- 3 semester hours
gists to be leaders and create value in the niques. Practical experience in persuading,
New Economy – to gain understanding and prospecting, negotiating, referrals, closing the MPH 505

330
Masters in Public Health

Research Methods hazardous waste; susceptible populations; cepts and issues in occupational health and
This course will provide students an opportu- biomarkers and risk analysis; the scientific safety. Students from the fields of Industrial
nity to establish an understanding of research basis for policy decisions; and emerging global Hygiene, Occupational and Environmental
through critical exploration of research lan- environmental health problems. Health Nursing, Occupational and Environ-
guage, ethics, and approaches. The course 3 semester hours mental Medicine, Injury Epidemiology and
introduces the language of research, ethical others identify a conceptual framework for
MPH 508
principles and challenges, and the elements of working with populations of workers and
Global Public Health
the research process within quantitative, quali- apply public health principles. Work-related
This course examines major global health
tative, and mixed methods approaches. Partici- hazards are described in terms of recognition
challenges, programs and policies. You will
pants will use these theoretical underpinnings and control. This course relies on the synthesis
be introduced to the world’s vast diversity of
to begin to critically review literature relevant of knowledge in the behavioral sciences, in-
determinants of health and disease. You will
to their field or interests and determine how dustrial hygiene, injury epidemiology, safety,
analyze current and emerging global health
research findings are useful in forming their nursing theory, toxicology and epidemiology
priorities, including emerging infectious dis-
understanding of their work, social, local and while applying these within a program devel-
eases, poverty, conflicts and emergencies,
global environment. opment and management framework.
health inequity, health systems reforms, and
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
major global initiatives for disease prevention
MPH 504 and health promotion. MPH 512
Public Health Policy 3 semester hours Infectious Diseases
This course presents an introduction to health Global Infectious Disease Epidemiology is part
MPH 509
policy, i.e., the various ways in which the of the interdisciplinary Public Health Leader-
Community Health Issues
government plays a role in health and in the ship Program, which prepares public health
Community Health provides a theoretical
provision of health care. Health policies can professionals for leadership positions. Global
background for the study of community health
have a profound effect on quality of life. Ac- Infectious Disease Epidemiology covers the
nursing and is based on the synthesis of nurs-
cessibility, cost, quality of health care; safety interaction between an infectious agent, host,
ing theory and public health science. Empha-
of food, water, and environment; the right to and environment, modes and dynamics of
sis is on health promotion, health maintenance
make decisions about our health; these issues transmission, the role of immunity in infectious
and disease prevention among populations.
are vitally tied to health policies disease epidemiology, and disease elimination
The course assists students to recognize and
3 semester hours strategies, focusing on issues affecting a global
analyze the interrelationships between in-
society.
MPH 506 dividuals, families, population groups, and
3 semester hours
Social and Behavioral Aspects of Health communities in determining the health status
The course is designed to help students de- of each. The impact of political, economic, MPH 520
velop basic literacy regarding social concepts social, environmental, and cultural concerns Global Health Issues
and processes that influence health status and on the health of populations is examined. This course explores contemporary issues,
public health interventions. The course also 3 semester hours problems, and controversies in global health
hopes to help students develop insight into MPH 510
through an interdisciplinary perspective; exam-
populations with whom they have worked Emergency Management Health Issues ines the complex tapestry of social, economic,
in the past or will work in the future, and to This course is a study of the concepts of political, and environmental factors that affect
develop one kind of effective writing tool (the medical and healthcare issues in emergency global health; analyzes global health dispari-
narrative) for communicating about psychoso- management in mass-casualty and high-impact ties through a social justice and human rights
cial issues in public health. These overall aims incidents. The student will learn about the lens; and exposes students to opportunities in
are approached through lectures, discussion, planning and coordination-- from the national global health program and research
readings, workshopping, individual composi- to the local levels--necessary to respond to 3 semester hours
tions, and group discussion of student writings. disasters that are natural (such as earthquakes, MPH 521
3 semester hours floods, tornadoes and heat waves); industrial, Program Planning for Global Health
MPH 507 technological and transportation (such as haz- This course will familiarize students with con-
Introduction to Environmental Health ardous materials, air crashes and mass gather- cepts and methodologies required for effective
Examines health issues, scientific understanding ings); conflict-related (such as terrorist attacks public health program planning and evaluation
of causes, and possible future approaches and mass shootings); as well as the education, in a variety of settings, domestic and global.
to control of the major environmental training and research done before, during and Students in this course will develop a program
health problems in industrialized and after these events. plan while learning the essential competencies
developing countries. Topics include how 3 semester hours for planning, implementing and evaluating
the body reacts to environmental pollutants; MPH 511 sustainable programs for the maternal and
physical, chemical, and biological agents Occupational Health child health population. Given the importance
of environmental contamination; vectors This course is an introduction to major con- of public health planning and evaluation oc-
for dissemination (air, water, soil); solid and curring within the context of interdisciplinary

331
Mathematics

teams, students will also discuss and practice within the context of interdisciplinary teams, constitutional tensions between public health
skills for building highly functional teams and students in this course will also discuss and efforts and the counterbalancing rights to
accomplishing individual and group objectives practice skills for building effective teams and liberty, freedom of speech, of association,
through team work. accomplishing individual and group objectives and others. Students also will learn how to
3 semester hours through team work. spot the policymaking issues involved with
3 semester hours implementation of laws in a community,
MPH 522
including public health community organizing
Essentials of Economics and Finance for Global MPH 532
and advocacy efforts.
Health Urban Health and Social Policy
3 semester hours
This course examines economics and finance This course will provide students with a foun-
principles as they apply to global health. dation for understanding how history, power, MPH 542
Students will study issues in the organization, privilege and structural inequality interact to Public Health Policy as a Prevention Strategy
delivery and financing of health care in de- produce urban health disparities. An advanced This course provides an overview of a policy
veloping countries. The course first provides sociology course, Disparities in Urban Health adoption and implementation model, includ-
students with a ‘toolkit’ for analyzing issues will introduce students to the impact of city life ing a discussion of factors to consider when
related to global health economics and finance on health and health care in the U.S. and inter- developing policies and key components of
and then asks the students to apply this ‘tool- nationally. We will look at the advantages and policy implementation. This course will intro-
kit’ to a variety of a global health issues includ- disadvantages of urbanization on both physical duce students to a prevention policy frame-
ing demand for health, policy tools to increase and mental health and the root causes of racial work; will present the philosophical, ethical,
demand for health, healthcare financing, social and ethnic disparities in health. We will trace economic, political and efficacy rationale for
insurance, pharmaceuticals and HIV/AIDS. the interaction between specific aspects (e.g., this approach to prevention; will contrast pol-
3 semester hours housing, transportation, food outlets, crime) icy approaches to prevention with individual-
of the urban environment and their impact on based approaches; and will present examples
MPH 530 health, discuss quality measurement, evaluate of different policy mechanisms.
Community Health Sciences strategies for designing healthy communities, 3 semester hours
Community-based health interventions are and develop recommendations for systems
a major public health strategy for promoting and policy change. Mathematics
population health. This course provides 3 semester hours
an introduction to the foundations of MPH 540 MATHEMATICS 401
community-based health interventions and the Health Economics and U.S. Policy Advanced Analysis for Scientists and Engineers I
factors influencing their design, implementa- This course provides an overview of the Vector spaces and the eigenvalue problem.
tion, evaluation, and outcomes. Using social United States healthcare system using a mi- Partial differential equations and orthogonal
ecological and community-based par- croeconomics lens. You will be introduced to functions. Fourier series and integrals, bound-
ticipatory frameworks, key principles and microeconomic theory and empirical studies ary and initial value problems, topics in vector
strategies underlying community-based health that will deepen your understanding of how and tensor analysis. Prerequisites: Math 214,
interventions are examined. Successful com- consumers, firms, and the government influ- Math 215, and Math 301.
munity-based strategies for addressing various ence healthcare expenditures (including its 3 semester hours
public health issues are assessed. Challenges quantity and prices), healthcare quality, and
MATHEMATICS 402
to implementing, evaluating and sustaining patient health outcomes. These economic
successful community-based health interven- models will enable you to predict how Advanced Analysis for Scientists and Engineers II
tions, and implications for promoting health changes in consumer behavior, the industrial Functions of a complex variable, conformal
equity are discussed. mapping, Laurent Series, residues and contour
organization of firms, and government policies integration. Prerequisites: Math 214, Math 215,
3 semester hours affect healthcare and health outcomes. and Math 301.
MPH 531 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Program Planning, Research and Evaluation for MPH 541 MATHEMATICS 403
Community Health Public Health Law
Careful planning and evaluation of public Functions of a Complex Variable I
This course is about the legal and social The general theory of functions of a complex
health programs are essential competencies justice framework for urgent public health
for public health professionals. Through this variable. Complex algebra, analytic functions
issues, such as regulation of vaccinations, and their mappings, complex integration, infi-
course students will gain a basic understanding tobacco control and infectious diseases such
of how to implement public health programs nite series, Taylor and Laurent expansion, iso-
as Ebola. The course focuses on the U.S. lated singularities, residue theory. Prerequisite:
and evaluate their effectiveness. As this course Constitution and the way in which it defines
is designed to be grounded in public health Math 215 (Calculus and Analytic Geometry III)
government powers, duties, and restraints or equivalent.
practice, you will complete the course with the to assure the health of all populations.
skills necessary to develop both a program and 3 semester hours
The course also examines the theories and
evaluation plan. Given the importance of pub- concepts behind public health law, the MATHEMATICS 404
lic health planning and evaluation occurring Functions of a Complex Variable II

332
Mechanical Engineering

Continuation of Mathematics 403. Additional Elements of point set theory; introduction to Technologies
topics include insofar as time permits, har- topological spaces including metric spaces; This course focuses on the study of modern
monic functions, conformal mapping and separation and count ability axioms; connect- industrial materials and the process of devel-
applications, normal families. Riemann map- edness; compactness; completeness. Prerequi- oping creative solutions through conceptual
ping theorem, analytic continuation, Riemann site: One year of advanced calculus. analysis and synthesis on different advanced
surfaces, infinite products, entire functions. 3 semester hours; offered as needed and automated manufacturing processes. The
Prerequisite: Math 403. course will help students to learn the emerging
MATHEMATICS 451
3 semester hours topics in the material and manufacturing in-
Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory I
MATHEMATICS 407 Linear vector spaces, bases, dimension, inner dustries. The topics cover the study on today’s
Introduction to Modern Analysis product, norm, orthogonality. Linear transfor- popular industrial materials, material selections
Metric Spaces, sequences and series, continu- mations, matrices, matrix algebra, Hamilton- and industrial applications, and their related
ity differentiation, Riemann-Stiejies integral, Cayley Theorem, eigenvalues and eigenvec- manufacturing techniques in US industry. Top-
functions of several variables. tors, rank. Prerequisite: Math 391 (Modern ics also include the introduction of quality
3 semester hours Algebra) or equivalent. control (QC) process that is important to the
3 semester hours production with the high quality. The course
MATHEMATICS 411 & 412 has two class projects which will guide and
Introduction to Applied Mathematics 1 & 2 MATHEMATICS 453 help students to learn the ways of preparing
Introduction to Hilbert Space, Fourier Series, Modern Algebra I for professional research and keep track of
calculus of variations, boundary value prob- Groups, rings, fields, ideals, polynomials. the latest technologies in modern materials,
lems, Green’s functions and integral equations. Prerequisite: Math 391 (Modern Algebra) or advanced and automated manufacturing pro-
3 semester hours equivalent. cesses.
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
MATHEMATICS 414
Numerical Analysis MATHEMATICS 454 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 410
Interpolation, numerical differentiation and Modern Algebra II Advanced Fluid Dynamics
integration, numerical solution of differential Continuation of Math 453. Modules, field Advanced topics in applied fluid mechanics.
equations, least squares, error analysis. Prereq- extensions, Galois theory, real fields, special Review of continuity, momentum, and energy
uisite: Math 215 (Calculus and Analytic Geom- topics. Prerequisite: Math 453. equations for viscous, incompressible fluid;
etry III) or equivalent. Math 301 (Differential 3 semester hours voracity and circulation concepts and theo-
Equations) strongly recommended. rems. Selected topics from the following areas:
MATHEMATICS 480
3 semester hours Complex potential, conformal mapping and
Selected Topics in Mathematics
MATHEMATICS 415 Topics of mathematics not covered in other applications. Airfoil and wing theory. Bound-
Advanced Numerical Analysis courses. The course may be repeated as long ary layer theory; similarity solutions for laminar
Converance, numerical stability, round off er- as topical focus changes. Prerequisite: Com- flows, integral techniques for turbulent flows.
ror, truncation error arising from the approxi- pletion of at least 24 credits in mathematics or Compression and expansion waves in com-
mation of differential and integral equations. permission of instructor. pressible flows; oblique shock waves, Prandtl-
3 semester hours 3 semester hours Meyer flow. Propagating waves and applica-
tions; shock tube, transients in duct systems.
MATHEMATICS 423 3 semester hours
Mathematical Statistics I Mechanical Engineering MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 414
Probability theory, discrete and continuous
distributions, transformations, moment gen- Aerodynamics and Hydodynamics
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 405
This course extends fluid mechanics topics to
erating functions, characteristic functions, System Dynamics and Control
central limit theorem, sampling distributions. the development of air flight vehicle aerody-
This course is an introduction of mathematical nams and marine hydrodynamics with the ap-
Prerequisite: Math 215 (Calculus and Analytic
modeling of dynamic systems with mechani- plication of these principles to the solution of
Geometry III) or equivalent.
cal, thermal, hydaulic, and electrical elements. engineering problems. Aerodynamic topics in-
3 semester hours
Modeling techniques based on physical prin- clude: aerodynamics of airfoils and wings, thin
MATHEMATICS 424 ciples are used to generate system transfer airfoil theory, lifting line theory, and supersonic
Mathematical Statistics II functions. Analytical and computer simula- and hypersonic airfoil theory. Hydodynamics
Continuation of Mathematics 423. Additional tions are used to study system behaviors. topics include: linear and nonlinear surface
topics include estimation, testing of hypoth- Topics include transient response analysis, waves and forces on structure and floating
esis, confidence intervals, regression, and frequency response analysis, stability, and bodies.
analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Math 423 or feedback control design. Undergraduate 3 semester hours
Math 323. equivalent: MEG 305.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 415
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Propulsion
MATHEMATICS 431 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 407 The course instructs the student in aerospace
Introduction to Topology and its Application Modern Materials and Advanced Manufacturing

333
Mechanical Engineering

propulsion systems including both air breath- chining systems, processes and algorithms. and processes database and a tool for students
ing and non-air breathing devices. The course This course is heavy in implementation of vari- to compare, analyze and select materials and
reviews the basic physics, chemistry, thermo- ous manufacturing technologies and program- processes.
dynamics and gas laws applicable to propul- ming of NC machines. 3 semester hours
sion devices. Details of individual engine 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 429 (MEEG 429/ELEG 429)
components such as diffusers, compressors,
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 424 Electronics Cooling
turbines, propellers, nozzles, and afterburners
Advanced CAM & Automation. Thermal management is an important aspect
as well as all major engine types (turbofans,
This course teaches students to simulate ad- in the design and manufacturing of electronics
turboprops, turbojets, ramjet) are studied.
vanced manufacturing processes by learning devices and systems. Power dissipation levels
Course projects include utilization of engine
high level functions in CAD/CAM software have grown continually every year due to
propulsion software and sizing an engine for
package. This course will cover the topics of increased functionality and integration in the
an aircraft. Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineer-
some advanced and special manufacturing electronics devices and systems. Appropriate
ing 203, Mechanical Engineering 307.
technologies, including laser cutting & weld- thermal design is imperative in order to pre-
3 semester hours
ing, water jet cutting & cleaning, and plasma vent high temperature failures, increase the
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 421 cutting & welding. Automation related topics life expectancy of a system, reduce emitted
Computer Aided Engineering Design will also be introduced, including the analy- acoustic noise and energy consumption, and
This course applies 3-D CAD system to indus- sis and application of PLC control systems in meet stringent requirements for reliability. This
trial product and system design. These CAD manufacturing facilities and modern produc- course teaches students the fundamentals of
systems are very practical and powerful 3-D tion systems. Several advanced and real proj- heat transfer in electronics devices and sys-
CAD tools and they have been widely used in ects will help students to be proficient in using tems and conduct effective thermal analyses
the industry. The first half of the class focuses this CAD/CAM package and learn more of US using commercial CFD packages. The course is
on learning fundamentals of the 3-D system, industrial & engineering knowledge through structured as a combinations of lectures, case
its popular applications and its related tech- the instructor’s lectures & guidance and also studies, and tutorials. Heat transfer theory and
niques. The special topics of design concept the students’ self-motivated work. discussions of engineering practices will be
are also included. The second half covers sev- 3 semester hours applied to the thermal design and analysis of
eral practical projects. Students will combine electronic systems. Numerical simulation and
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 425
the design techniques with the real project and commercial CFD package will be introduced
Machinery and Mechanical System Design
use 3-D tools to design the product or part of for thermal fluid analysis and design of elec-
This course focuses on the process of devel-
industrial system. All projects will be presented tronics systems and “real world” case studies
oping creative solutions through conceptual
by students in class. will be used for class discussions and student
analysis and synthesis on machinery and bio-
3 semester hours presentations. The topics including thermal
medical instrument design and development
management at the component, board, and
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 422 processes. The topics cover the concepts of
system levels, heat sink design, heat pipes,
Advanced Computer Aided Project Design automated and high speed machinery design,
phase-change cooling, and data center cool-
This advanced course focuses on some hot basic biomedical instrument design, FDA regu-
ing.
and very practical topics in today’s industrial lation in biomedical instrument design, basic
3 semester hours
design applications. Also, some useful knowl- instrument mechanism design in assisting
edge, such as PLC (Program Logic Control), manufacturing processes, and other biomedi- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 430
calculation and selection of industrial motors, cal design techniques in today’s US biomedi- Design & Innovation
fundamentals of automation, sensor technol- cal industries. Computer-aided design CAD The objective of this course is to convey a
ogy, and selection of material on different tool will be used to design the high function sense of Design and Innovation in the devel-
industrial applications are included. Several machinery and biomedical instrument in this opment of products. To accomplish this the
more complicated projects in this class will class. class shall review a number of case studies and
help students learn how to manage the dif- 3 semester hours participate in the design of a project. In addi-
ferent engineering projects and understand all tion to the semester project we shall discuss
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 426
related design issues which will improve the a number of topics of concern to Design and
Material Selection for Mechanical Engineers
future production and manufacturing process. Engineering through illustrated talks (slides/
This course provides students a systematic
3-D CAD tool will be used in designing these tapes) and when available with guest design-
approach to the selection of materials and pro-
advanced engineering projects. All projects ers and engineers.
cesses at various design stages for mechanical
should be presented by students in the class. 3 semester hours
engineering applications. The concept of ma-
3 semester hours
terials performance indices and materials se- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 440
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 423 lection charts are introduced with the detailed Ergonomic Factors in Design
Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) and NC background of material properties, process- This course introduces the student to the
Machining ing, and mechanics. Structured case studies concepts of ergonomics. Ergonomics is the
This course applies manufacturing and various are shown to use this methodology to select study of fitting the workplace and devises to
numerical controlled software for designing materials for numerous mechanical designs. the capabilities of the human worker. Students
computer-aided manufacturing and NC ma- CES Edu Pack will be introduced as a materials

334
Mechanical Engineering

will have an understanding of the beginnings contact stresses, thermal strains, impact ef- fects. Term work is mainly design problems
and evolution of the field of ergonomics. They fects, fatigue and fracture, elastic stability. This and is computer oriented.
will learn to recognize risk factors associated course includes a design project. 3 semester hours
with repetitive stress disorders (e.g., carpal 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 460
tunnel syndrome) and potential sprain/strain
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 452 Introduction to Robotics
injuries as well as be familiar with the body
Advanced Vibrations Basic robotics including: position and velocity
areas affected. This course covers principles of
Brief review of systems with one and two sensing, actuations, control theory, robot co-
physiology and biomechanics and how they
degrees of freedom. Rayleigh’s method. Ap- ordinate systems, robot kinematics, differential
apply to workstation and tool design.
plication of Lagrangian and matrix methods to motions, path control, dynamics, and force
3 semester hours
discrete systems with many degrees of free- control. Robot sensing, simulation of manipu-
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 441 dom; normal mode theory; vibrations of finite lators, automation, and robot programming
Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning System continua; solution methods and mathematical languages are also investigated.
Design I properties. Numerical and computer methods. 3 semester hours
This course focuses on the principles of Heat- Sensitivity analysis. Applications to machines
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 462
ing Ventilating and Air Conditioning with and structures.
Applied Thermodynamics
understanding of: thermodynamics and psy- 3 semester hours
This course is designed to review the funda-
chrometrics; basic HVAC system calculations;
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 453 mentals of classical thermodynamics and ap-
design conditions, environmental indices, and
Finite Element Analysis in Mechanical ply them to the analysis and design optimiza-
control of indoor air quality; heat transmission
Engineering Design tion of power and refrigeration energy systems
and solar radiation, including heat transfer co-
This course provides conceptual understand- incorporating heat exchangers and combus-
efficients; load estimating fundamentals; cool-
ing of the theory behind the finite element tion processes. The topics include: principles
ing and heating load calculations; size duct
analysis, the implementation of these theories, of thermal energy conversion; properties of
and piping systens; common basic elements of
and the connection of FEA to CAD and design mixtures; entropy; exergy; applications of the
HVAC systems and types; selection of heat ex-
optimization. Commercial FEA packages are principles of thermodynamics to components
changers, fans and pumps; energy estimation.
used as numerical analysis tools to obtain solu- and systems, including pumps, compressors,
3 semester hours
tions to a variety of engineering problems, in- engines, turbines, power plants, renewable en-
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 442 cluding solid mechanics and thermal analysis. ergy systems; power and refrigeration cycles.
Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning System 3 semester hours Undergraduate equivalent: MEEG 303.
Design II 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 454
Complete heat loss and heat gain calculations
Advanced Dynamics MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 463
for commercial and industrial buildings will be
Orthogonal coordinate systems and their trans- Advanced Heat Transfer
performed in laboratory through Trane Engi-
formations. Particle kinematics in inertial and Topics in conduction, convection and radia-
neering program software. Students will learn
noninertial rotating coordinate systems. Dy- tion heat transfer. Numerical methods, phase
how to layout and design systems per given
namics of systems of particles and rigid bod- change, boundary layer principles, gas and so-
building architectural plans, using appropri-
ies. Virtual work and generalized coordinates. lar radiation, combined heat and mass transfer.
ate software, codes, standards, and owner’s
Lagrange’s equations and Hamilton’s principle 3 semester hours
requirements. Students will select appropri-
for holonomic and non-holonomic systems
ate HVAC equipment, size duct and piping MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 464
with applications. Lagrange multipliers.
systems; and conduct economic analysis. En- Thermal Renewable Energy System
3 semester hours
ergy estimating methods will be studied and This course provides the examination of using
an analysis of an actual building conducted. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 456 renewable energy resources within thermal
Current federal, state and local codes and Mechanics of Composite Materials fluid systems. This class will explore principles
standards (ASHRAE) will be examined as they Introduction to the mechanics of laminated and technical details of various thermal renew-
apply to HVAC systems. filamentary composites. Prediction of stiffness able energy technologies, such as solar heating
3 semester hours and strength of laminated plates. Applications. & cooling, solar power plant, thermal energy
3 semester hours storage, wind energy, geothermal. This course
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 451
also will dedicate upon the environmental
Advanced Strength Analysis MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 458
consequences of energy conversion through
This course is designed to give students an Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics
the US standards and codes.
advanced understanding of mechanics of ma- Brittle fracture of structures, elastic stress
3 semester hours
terials and their usage in design of mechani- analysis of cracked components, static and
cal structures and systems. Two-dimensional dynamic failures, plane stress and plane strain, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 467
and three dimensional stress and strain, stress elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, fatigue crack Introduction to Mechatronics
and strain relations, principal stresses; failure growth and life prediction under constant and This course covers development of Mechatron-
theories, factors of safety, stress concentration; variable amplitude loading, environmental ef- ics theory and application to intelligent systems
beam theory, plate theory, column theory, dependent upon the integrated disciplines of
thin-walled pressure vessels; energy methods, mechanical, electronic, computer and software

335
Mechanical Engineering

engineering. The course examines the follow- 3 semester hours Welding is the most common method of
ing: mechatronics system design, sensors and joining similar as well as dissimilar materials.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 479
transducers, actuating devices, signals systems It has been used in almost all manufactured
CNC Machine Control and Milling
and controls, real-time interfacing, hardware products in various sections of industries,
This course introduces the CNC milling ma-
components and software with applications in such as pipelines, pressure vessels, aircraft,
chine to students. Included are machine and
mechatronics. automobiles, microelectronic devices, medical
shop safety, CNC coding, material selection,
3 semester hours devices, etc. Welding is a complex engineering
machine maintenance, proper use of the
discipline that involves processes, material sci-
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 469 coolant systems and tools. Routine machine
ence, design, inspection and quality assurance.
Thermal Fluid Systems Design procedures and implementation are covered
This course is intended to provide knowledge
This course integrates thermodynamics, fluid in preparation for several machine operations
of welding engineering and its application in
mechanics and heat transfer through applica- to develop student skills.
developing and designing safe and durable
tion to the design of various thermal systems 3 semester hours
welded structures. Major welding processes
comprised of several components requiring
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 480 and their technical background will be intro-
individual analyses. Emphasis on modeling,
Machine Tool & Fixture Design duced. This course also addresses design fun-
analysis, and design of engineering systems
The manufacture of products and machinery damentals applicable to welded structures and
and components with state-of-the-art com-
often requires the use of specialized tooling modeling and simulation of welding processes.
puter software. Undergraduate equivalent:
and fixtures to support the manufacturing and 3 semester hours
MEEG 369.
associated processes. Tooling and fixtures sup-
3 semester hours MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 507
ports a variety of processes in manufacturing
Management of Engineering Projects
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 470 to align parts for assembly, gauge machines
The course focuses on the methods used to
Satellite Design and Technology to assure that the part meets its specifica-
transform an engineering idea into practice.
This course teaches the entire process of tions, and hold machines to assure the safety
The course follows taking engineering design
small satellite design, fabrication, integration of personnel using these machines. Aircraft
through the stages of systems engineering and
and testing. The course covers the follow- manufacturing, for example, requires complex
new product development. Topics include
ing topics: history of satellite design, satellite tooling and fixturing to hold all of the compo-
project initiation, cost estimating and budgets,
mission design; environment and hazards of nents of the airframe to very close tolerances,
proposal writing, scheduling and planning,
space flight; orbits and astrodynamics (includ- without deflection, and facilitate bringing large
project tracking, construction, and startup.
ing spacecraft orbital elements and satellite fuselage structures together accurately and
3 semester hours
tracking software); thermal control, materials efficiently. In this course, modern Computer
and structures, power (including solar panels), Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Aided MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 508(MEEG 508/BMEG 508)
propulsion, overview of payloads (commu- Manufacturing (CAM) system will be empha- Biomechanics
nications and observation) data acquisition sized in the design of machine tooling and Biomechanics is the application of mechanical
systems; ground station operation; NASA small fixtures. principles to living organisms that included
satellite testing specifications and thermal, 3 semester hours bioengineering, research and analysis of mech-
vacuum and vibration testing. anism in living organisms, and application of
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 490
3 semester hours engineering principles to and from biological
Intellectual Property and Technology
systems. This course can be carried forth on
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 477 This course is designed for graduate stu-
from the molecular level including collagen
Additive Manufacturing dents who have an undergraduate degree in
and elastin, all the way up to the tissue and
Additive manufacturing (AM) or 3D printing is Engineering. Computer Science, Mathemat-
organ level. Some simple applications of New-
a process of joining materials to make objects ics, Physics, Biology, Industrial Design, etc.
tonian mechanics can supply approximations
from 3D computer aided design (CAD) data. Students need not have any familiarity with
on each level, but precise details demand the
This course is designed to introduce students United States law but they must be prepared
use of continuum mechanics.
to the various AM processes, their theory and to read extensively under the instructor’s
3 semester hours
industrial practices, the latest developments guidance, statutes and cases decided by the
and critical challenges in developing novel AM Federal and State courts. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 510
processes and applications. The expected out- 3 semester hours Aircraft and Spacecraft Design
come of this course is to train future engineers This course teaches the entire process of air
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 500
to innovate AM processes, select appropriate flight vehicle and spacecraft conceptual de-
Graduate Co-op/Internship in Mechanical
AM process for specific design-manufacturing sign - from requirements definition to initial
Engineering
applications. It includes a design project with sizing, configuration layout, analysis, sizing,
By arrangement.
3D printing practices. as well as the aeronautics and astronautics
1-3 semester hours
and environmental differences in which these
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 505 vehicles travel. Conceptual similarities and dif-
Welding Engineering ferences between the two classes of vehicles
are emphasized. The term project develops a
prototype model vehicle implementation. Pre-

336
Mechanical Engineering

requisite: Mechanical Engineering 307 of composite materials, bending, buckling, depreciation, amortization, probability, cost
3 semester hours and vibration of composite plates with various estimating and systems and others.
laminations, fatigue, fracture mechanics, and 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 512
joints of composite structures.
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 550
3 semester hours
Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is Aerodynamics and Hydrodynamics in Sports
employed in a wide range of industries and MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 530 (MEEG 530/TCMG 530) The course is intended to instruct the student
disciplines, such as aerospace engineering, Foundations of Manufacturing Management in general topics in sports aerodynamics and
automotive engineering, biomedical science The objectives of the course are to understand hydrodynamics and sport specific advanced
and engineering, chemical engineering, civil and apply concepts and techniques in manu- topics, develop the methods and means of
engineering, power engineering and sports en- facturing management. The course includes formulating the mathematical models of physi-
gineering. Practicing engineers are constantly the management of people (both traditional cal systems, develop problem-solving skills,
facing extreme challenges to solve complex and high performance systems and teams), develop knowledge and skill in experimental
fluid flow and heat transfer problems using lean manufacturing techniques as used on and numerical methods in areas of aerody-
commercial CFD software. To avoid flawed the factory floor, and recent concepts such as namics and hydrodynamics-related mechanical
CFD simulation and results interpretation us- Factory Physics. The course focuses on those engineering. Prerequisite Mechanical Engi-
ing commercial CFD packages by users with issues that are important in supervising and neering 307.
inadequate training, understanding the fun- managing a modern manufacturing operation. 3 semester hours
damental principles that underlie commercial 3 semester hours
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 560(BMEG 560/MEEG 560)
CFD solvers can help the users to effectively
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 538 Advanced Tissue Engineering
harness the power of modern CFD for their
Manufacturing and Service Engineering This course deals with specific elements of
research or design. This course is intended as
The course covers service industry principles, tissue engineering design and analysis. Ap-
an introduction to the scientific principles and
manufacturing systems, facility layout, Factory proaches to the regeneration of three tissue
practical engineering applications of CFD. It
Physics, Theory of Constraints, aspects of lean systems will be analyzed utilizing engineer-
combines lectures on the CFD principles with
manufacturing, manufacturing for sustainabil- ing design. Concepts ranging from tissue
projects of research or industrial applications.
ity, and manufacturing safety as well as the development and dynamic growth condi-
The emphasis of this course is not to teach
management of people in service and manu- tions to ultimate tissue properties will be ad-
the theory behind the CFD techniques, but to
facturing environments. dressed. Students will be required to acquire
help the students apply the knowledge gained
3 semester hours understanding and expertise from analysis of
into practical use of commercial CFD software.
primary literature and will complete group
Students will apply these skills to relevant MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 540
presentations on directed approaches to tissue
engineering applications and gain an apprecia- Simulation and Modeling Techniques
design and engineering in three tissue systems.
tion of the limitations and advantages of CFD The purpose of this course is to provide an in
To ensure in-depth understanding of different
modeling. depth coverage of the use of simulation and
aspects of tissue engineering the groups will
3 semester hours modeling as an analysis tool for the study of
be required to focus on one or two key aspects
production and distribution processes. The
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 523 in each mini design module.
course aims to develop a sense of critical
Advanced Composite Materials 3 semester hours
thinking, learning and problem solving. Topics
Composite materials are ideal for structural ap-
include: problem formulation, data collection MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 561 (MEEG 561/BMEG 561/
plications where high strength-to-weight and ELEG 561)
and analysis, random variable generation, and
stiffness-to-weight ratios are required. Aircraft Instrumental Analysis of Nanomaterials
statistical analysis of output. Utilizes a major
and spacecraft are typical weight sensitive The course will give an over view on several
simulation language, SIMAN.
structures in which composite materials cost- important analytical tools for nano materials
3 semester hours
effective. Usually, composite materials consist characterization. Mechanical, electrical and
of two separate components, the matrix and MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 546 (MEEG 546/TCMG 546)
electronic and biological property testing of
the filler. The matrix is the component that Engineering Economics and Management the nano materials such as carbon nanotubes,
holds the filler together and the filler makes The course covers the concepts and methods metal nanoparticles, quantum dots, nanowires
the material strong. Most aerospace-applica- that will assist engineering and technology conformable nanoelectronics materials, poly-
tion composites have strong, stiff long fibers managers and professionals to make alterna- mer nanoparticles and biomedical nanomate-
as the fillers. The fiber makes the material tive investment and funding decisions regard- rials will be discussed. Process and product
behaves differently in different directions. This ing projects, programs, products, business evaluation by physical, chemical and micro-
anisotropic behavior introduces complication expansion and other alternatives using the scopic methods for materials in nano-regime
in the analysis of the composite material. The financial calculations involving time value will be highlighted. Modern materials science
course introduces the student to the basic con- of money (IRR, ROI, NPV), uncertainty and depends on the use of a battery of analytical
cepts of the mechanical behavior of composite risk. Topics include engineering and related methods carried normally in specialized labo-
materials. Specific topics include the stress- financial evaluation techniques and formu- ratories. This course explains the fundamental
strain relation for a lamina, micromechanics las, choosing among alternatives, sensitivity principles associated with the various methods
analysis, economic analysis, opportunity costs,

337
Mechanical Engineering • Music Education

and familiarize the students with them, their 3 semester hours that the approach places these issues within
range of applicability and reliability especially the rightful context. It emphasizes the essential
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 567 (MEEG 567/BMEG 567)
when materials are of nanoscopic dimension. requirement to link with other functions in
Physiological Fluid Mechanics
3 semester credits order to determine the best strategies for the
There is a great and vital difference between
business as a whole.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 562 (MEEG 562/BMEG 562/ the transport processes in the human body
ELEG 562) 3 semester hours
from other engineering systems. A thorough
Nanofabrication with Soft Materials understanding of physiological fluid mechan- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 577
This is an advanced level graduate course ics is essential for innovation in medical as- Lean Manufacturing
focusing on fabrication of soft materials. Nano- sist and monitoring devices. Emphasis in this This course teaches the core methods and
fabrication processes and Nano system prod- course is placed on assist devices, flow and philosophy of lean manufacturing. Lean Manu-
ucts will be discussed. Fundamentals associ- thermal measurements, modeling for engineer- facturing is historically based on the Topoto
ated with chips fabrications and linking them ing application, and understanding application Production System used to significantly reduce
toward soft materials assembly will be detailed. to biomedical problems including assist and the time, increase the reliability and reduce the
Emerging nanotechnology based methods for monitoring devices. cost, space requirements and inventory of a
soft and green electronics, mechanical parts, 3 semester hours manufacturing environment. Each week a dif-
MEMS, PCBS will be covered. Gene chip, la- ferent aspect of the Lean Manufacturing will be
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 572
bel free sensory assay using micro and Nano taught. Each week, homework will focus on
fluidics will be discussed. Transfer printing, Production Technology and Techniques
the implementation of these concepts into the
DNA-protein interactions using the chip and This course is to introduce up-to-date tech-
term project designs.
several Nano-scale assemblies for soft materi- nology, techniques and systems of the global
3 semester hours
als fabrication will be discussed. manufacturing industry. American manufactur-
3 semester credits ing situation would be analyzed and Japanese MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 580(TCMG/MEEG/ELEG 580,
manufacturing success is also explored. Com- DSNMG 580, MGMT 585, IDDSN 480)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 565(MEEG 565/BMEG 565) prehensive ad readable description of manu- New Product Commercialization
Biomedical Materials and Engineering facturing practice is researched. The objectives of the course are to understand
This course introduces the students with the 3 semester hours and apply concepts and techniques of product
progress of biomaterials used in biomedical commercialization. The course focuses on
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 573
engineering. This course discusses modern taking student created product concepts and
advanced level biomaterials and their engi- Supply Chain Management having student teams drive the concepts to
neering principles associated with their bio- The goal of this course is to cover not only become actual products. Product design, pro-
medical use. Hip, knee Prostheses, implants, high-level supply chain strategy and concepts, totype creation, market analysis, and financial
grafts, sutures, stents, catheters materials and but also to give students a solid understanding analysis all come together within the student
their application in Biomedical Engineering of the analytical tools, to understand supply team to create a viable product. If ideas are
are covered. Designed biomaterials such as chain design, planning, and operation driven worthy, teams may work with the University’s
silicones, polyurethane, Teflon, hydrogels, bio the performance of a firm. It also conveys how CTech IncUBator to actually commercialize
nanocomposites are detailed. Modern Biology supply chain drivers used on a conceptual their products. Students are strongly encour-
and biomedical engineering such as protein level during supply chain design and opera- aged to find a sponsor to actually commercial-
absorption, bio specific medical materials, tion leading to performance improvement. ize their product ideas.
nonfouling materials, healing and foreign 3 semester hours 3 semester hours
body reaction, controlled release etc. are dis- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 574 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 597 A
cussed. Surface-immobilized biomolecules in Principles of Logistics Master’s Project
patterned surfaces are explained with specific This course presents materials management, Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
examples of the use of immobilized biomol- logistics theory and concepts in today’s Department Chair.
ecules, immobilized cell ligands, and immobi- manufacturing and commercial environments. 1 credit hour
lization methods. Recent advances in biomedi- It integrates all of the functional areas of the
cal engineering from the perspectives of inkjet business as well as incorporating logistics into MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 597 B
printing of cells and tissues for 3Dmedical corporate operation. They are examined in Master’s Project
textiles, nanofibers and films in biomedical light of how they interrelate with other func- Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
engineering by electrostatic spinning, bio- tions for the firms. Department Chair.
inspired materials through layer by layer (LBL) 3 semester hours 2 credit hours
assembly and biogels and advanced instru- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 597 C
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 575
mentations in biomedical engineering are up- Master’s Project (completion)
dated. Artificial red blood and skin substitutes, Manufacturing Strategy
This course provides the necessary strategic Lecture hours and topics to be arranged with
orthopedic biomaterials applications adhesives Department Chair.
and sealants, diagnostics, biomedical sensors, perspective for manufacturing managers’ sights
and sustaining manufacturing excellence in the 1 credit hour
extracorporeal artificial organs and ethical is-
sues of biomedical engineering are discussed. competitive manufacturing environment. The MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 598
strategic perspective of manufacturing forms

338
 Music Education • Naturopathic Medicine

Thesis in Mechanical Engineering Designed to provide the future school music Musicianship skills, musical repertoire, peda-
Lecture hours, semester hours and topics to be teacher with basic proficiency on woodwind gogy, and problem-solving for teaching music
arranged. instruments, and the skills needed to teach in prekindergarten through grade six.
3-6 semester hours woodwind players at all grade levels. 3 semester hours
3 semester hours.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 599 MUSIC EDUCATION 544
Independent Study in Mechanical Engineering MUSIC EDUCATION 525 Music in Secondary Schools
Independent study of advanced topics in Group Instruction in Brass Musicianship skills, musical repertoire, peda-
Mechanical Engineering and submission of Designed to provide the future school music gogy, and problem-solving for teaching music
project report as required. Problem assignment teacher with basic proficiency on brass instru- in secondary schools.
to be arranged with and approved by the De- ments, and the skills needed to teach brass 3 semester hours
partment Chair. players at all grade levels.
MUSIC EDUCATION 590
3 semester hours 3 semester hours
Resident Teaching in Music
MUSIC EDUCATION 526 Candidates for Connecticut certification as
Music Education Group Instruction in Percussion music teachers (PreK-12) undertake full time
Designed to provide the future school music resident teaching in two schools under the
MUSIC EDUCATION 435 teacher with basic proficiency on both pitched supervision of a cooperating teacher and a
Designing Curriculum and Instruction in Music and unpitched percussion instruments, and University supervisor.
In this seminar, students will explore, and the skills needed to teach percussionists at all 6 semester hours
critically reflect upon, the relationships among grade levels.
MUSIC EDUCATION 599
music, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and 3 semester hours
Independent Study
education. Course content includes aesthetic MUSIC EDUCATION 531 Specialized advanced projects in subjects not
and praxial philosophies of music and the arts Literature and Techniques for Choral Music covered by course offerings. Conferences with
(from ancient Greece to the present) as well as A study of choral literature and rehearsal tech- designated independent study advisor. Permis-
the psychology of music, the history and soci- niques appropriate for all grade levels. sion of program director required.
ology of music, and influential practices and 3 semester hours 1-3 semester hours
schools of thought within the profession (i. e.
Dalcroze, Gordon, Kodaly, Orff). Students will MUSIC EDUCATION 532
explore the implications of course concepts Literature and Techniques for Instrumental Music Naturopathic Medicine
for contemporary music education at all grade Study of band, orchestra, and jazz ensemble lit-
levels. erature with emphasis on rehearsal techniques
3 semester hours and problems related to band and orchestra Basic Sciences
organization.
MUSIC EDUCATION 511 3 semester hours BASIC SCIENCES 511
Conducting
MUSIC EDUCATION 541 Anatomy I
Students will acquire or refine further the
Choral Practicum This course provides an in depth study of the
fundamentals of an effective conducting tech-
Designed to give the music education student macroscopic human anatomy and it covers
nique, as well as rehearsal techniques and
an opportunity to expand conducting tech- the structure of the trunk and posterior neck.
approaches to score study. 3 semester hours.
nique, develop rehearsal techniques, and ex- Clinical aspects of the vascular and neuro-
MUSIC EDUCATION 520 logical relationships of these regions will be
Group Instruction in Voice pand familiarity with standard choral literature.
Opportunity will be provided to rehearse and emphasized.
Designed to provide the future school music 4 lecture hours; 4 semester credits
teacher with improved proficiency as a singer, conduct University choral ensembles.
an understanding of vocal development, and 1 semester hour BASIC SCIENCES 511 L
the ability to develop students’ singing voices MUSIC EDUCATION 542 Anatomy I Lab
at all grade levels. Instrumental Practicum Anatomy laboratory to apply and reinforce
3 semester hours. Designed to give the music education stu- information acquired in lecture. Exercises in-
dent an opportunity to expand conducting clude the dissection of human cadavers and
MUSIC EDUCATION 521 the study of bones, models and interactive
Group Instruction in Strings technique, develop rehearsal techniques, and
expand familiarity with standard instrumental multimedia software.
Designed to provide the future school music 3 laboratory hours; 1.5 semester credits
teacher with basic proficiency on string instru- literature. Opportunity will be provided to
ments, and the skills needed to teach string rehearse and conduct University instrumental BASIC SCIENCES 512
players at all grade levels. ensembles. Histology
3 semester hours. 1 semester hour This course is the study of the normal micro-
MUSIC EDUCATION 543
MUSIC EDUCATION 523
Group Instruction in Woodwinds Music in Elementary Schools

339
Naturopathic Medicine

scopic anatomy of the body and its relationship shape current understanding of population sion, and assigned reading.
to function at the cellular, tissue, and organ health and disease prevention. Methods of in- 1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits
level. Included is the study of the microstruc- struction include lecture, discussion, assigned
BASIC SCIENCES 528
ture of epithelia, connective tissue, muscle, reading, and group work. Laboratory portion
Microbiology II
nervous system, digestive system, circulatory, will focus on active identification, measure-
Bacteriology, virology, and mycology with an
reproductive systems and the endocrine sys- ment, and problem-solving of common issues
emphasis on modes of transmission, symp-
tem. Where indicated, there is an integration in the surrounding community. Prerequisite:
toms, diagnosis, treatment, and prevention
of normal histology with physiological and NPS 501
of associated diseases. Methods of instruction
clinical concepts. 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits.
include lecture, discussion, and assigned read-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
BASIC SCIENCES 523 ing. Prerequisite: NBS 527
BASIC SCIENCES 513 Public Health II 1.5 lecture hours, 1.5 semester credits
Embryology Exploration of themes in public health and
BASIC SCIENCES 529
This course covers the developmental process epidemiology through the perspective of the
Biomedical Integration Lab I
of humans from conception to birth including naturopathic doctor in clinical practice. Con-
This course integrates the concepts of anato-
the formation of tissues, organs and systems of necting historical and contemporary problems
my, physiology, biochemistry, and histology in
the body, integrating histology and anatomy. in public health to clinical reasoning and
a case-based format.
1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit naturopathic problem-solving. Methods of in-
2 laboratory hours; 1 semester credit
struction include lecture, discussion, assigned
BASIC SCIENCES 514
reading, and group work. Laboratory portion BASIC SCIENCES 530
Biochemistry I
will focus on active use of public health tools Biomedical Integration Lab II
This course introduces the student to the
to solve problems in the surrounding commu- This course is a continuation of NBS 529
fundamentals of protein structure, DNA rep-
nity. Prerequisite: NBS 522 Biomedical Integration Lab I. This course in-
lication, gene expression, transcription, and
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits tegrates the concepts of anatomy, physiology,
translation.
biochemistry, and histology in a case-based
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits BASIC SCIENCES 524
format. Prerequisites: NBS 511, NBS 512, NBS
Biochemistry II
BASIC SCIENCES 515 514, NBS 515, NBS 529.
This course is a continuation of NBS 514 Bio-
Physiology I 2 laboratory hours; 1 semester credit
chemistry I. Prerequisite: NBS 514, NBS 515
This course is the study of physiology at the
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
molecular and cellular level. Included is the
study of the function of all major tissues and BASIC SCIENCES 525 Botanical Medicine
organ systems. Clinical concepts and correla- Physiology II
BOTANICAL MEDICINE 511
tions are discussed. This course is a study of the physiology at the
Botanical Pharmacy Lab
3 lecture hours; 3 semester credits organ and systems level and its interrelation-
This course introduces the history, identifica-
ships. Included is the study of the circulatory,
BASIC SCIENCES 521 tion, plant taxonomy, and nomenclature of
endocrine, respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal,
Anatomy II medicinal plants used by the Naturopathic
urogenital and nervous system. There is an
This course is a continuation of Anatomy I Physician, while providing practical experi-
integration of normal and pathological physi-
and it covers the structure of the head, ante- ence in the preparation and extraction of
ology and clinical concepts. Prerequisites: NBS
rior neck and extremities. Clinical aspects of botanical medicines.
511, NBS 512, NBS 514, NBS 515.
the neurological and vascular relationships of 1 laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit
3 lecture hours; 3 semester credits
these regions will be emphasized.. Prerequi-
BOTANICAL MEDICINE 521
sites: NBS 511, NBS 511 L, NBS 512, NBS 513 BASIC SCIENCES 526
Phytopharmacognosy
4 lecture hours; 4 semester credits Neuroscience
This course is an overview of biochemical
This course covers the anatomy and physiol-
BASIC SCIENCES 521 L plant constituents, their interactions, energetics
ogy of the central nervous system and of the
Anatomy II Lab and synergy. Indications and contraindications
cranial nerves. The organization of cortical and
Anatomy laboratory to apply information of applications as well as drug/herb/supple-
subcortical motor and sensory systems includ-
acquired in lecture. Exercises include the ment interactions are explored.
ing the basal ganglia, cerebellum, and the
dissection of human cadavers and the study 1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits
brainstem is covered as well as higher cortical
of bones, models and interactive multimedia
functions and parcellation of function in the ce- BOTANICAL MEDICINE 611
software. Prerequisites: NBS 511, NBS 511 L,
rebral cortex. Prerequisites: NBS 511, NBS 512 Botanical Medicine I
NBS 512, NBS 513
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits This course comprises a detailed survey of
3 laboratory hours; 1.5 semester credits
plants and plant preparations used in naturo-
BASIC SCIENCES 527
BASIC SCIENCES 522 pathic practice, integrating traditional herbal
Microbiology I
Public Health I knowledge with modern pharmacological
Comprehensive overview of structure, func-
Introduction to basic concepts of public health research. The botany and ethnobotany, phar-
tion, growth, and genetics of microorganisms.
and epidemiology. Exploration of historical macodynamics, phytochemistry, toxicology,
Methods of instruction include lecture, discus-
and contemporary cases in public health that

340
Naturopathic Medicine

and therapeutics of each plant are considered. 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits from multiple systems. Prerequisites: NBS 512,
Prerequisites: NBM 511, NBM 521, NBS 524, NBS 513, NBS 521, NBS 522, NBS 524, NBS
NUTRITION 721
NBS 525. 525, NBS 526
Nutrition IV
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits 6 lecture hours, 6 semester credits
This course builds on previous nutrition
BOTANICAL MEDICINE 621 courses and focuses on the use of food as CLINICAL SCIENCES 612L
Botanical Medicine II medicine and therapeutic diets and clinical Physical Examination Lab I
This course is a continuation of Botanical nutrition. Students will be expected to synthe- This lab course focuses on the development
Medicine I. Safe, effective, and appropriate size knowledge from biochemistry and basic of physical examination skills, including the
prescription of plant medicines in patient care, nutrition for application to clinical conditions competent use of medical instrumentation.
based on both historical information and cur- and lifespan issues. This class also explores Students become proficient in the comprehen-
rent scientific knowledge. Prerequisite: NBM current research and trends in nutrition and sive examination of each body system, includ-
611. socioeconomic and cultural aspects related to ing relevant specialized tests. Students develop
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits food and diet therapy. Prerequisite: NNT711. medical reasoning and decision-making skills
1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits as they learn to differentiate between normal
BOTANICAL MEDICINE 711
and abnormal physical findings and begin to
Botanical Medicine III
assess which diagnostic procedures are ap-
This course is a continuation of Botanical Clinical Sciences propriate based on the patient’s history and
Medicine II and includes advanced topics in
medical concerns. This course is offered in
botanical medicine, including materia medica, CLINICAL SCIENCES 512
conjunction with other courses in laboratory
clinical applications, and current research. Pre- Emergency Medicine I
and clinical diagnosis, creating a solid founda-
requisite: NBM 621. Training and practice in identifying and re-
tion for the development of clinical judgment.
1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits sponding to emergent situations. Includes CPR
Lab Fee. Co-requisite NCS 612
and AED training. Methods of instruction in-
2 laboratory hours, 1 semester credit
clude assigned reading and experiential work.
Clinical Nutrition 1 laboratory hour, 0.5 semester credit. CLINICAL SCIENCES 613L
Laboratory Diagnosis Lab I
NUTRITION 611 CLINICAL SCIENCES 611
In this course students will learn to perform
Nutrition I Introduction to Pathology
in-office laboratory procedures including veni-
This course provides the foundation for thera- The pathology I lecture/lab series introduces
puncture. Co-requisite: NCS 612.
peutic nutrition. It explores the biochemistry the student to the fundamental basis of disease
1laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit
of the macronutrients as well as the known by studying pathophysiology on both cellular
vitamins and minerals in detail. Toxicities, and genetic scales. Such studies include cell CLINICAL SCIENCES 616
deficiencies, therapeutic uses and appropriate death and adaptation, inflammation, tissue Immunology
doses are examined. Dietary requirements for regeneration and fibrosis, hemodynamic This course covers specific and non-specific
micro and macro nutrients are covered. Pre- disorders, neoplasia, genetic diseases, and components of the human immune system
requisites: NBS524, NBS525 infectious disease. Each pathophysiologic pro- and the role played by each in protection from
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits cess studied is placed in a clinical context by microbes and non-living agents. Hypersensitiv-
reviewing associated physical, radiographic, ity reactions, immunodeficiency, autoimmune
NUTRITION 621
gross, and microscopic findings. Laboratory diseases, immune responses to cancer and
Nutrition II
exercises require the student to apply informa- psychoneuro-immunology are also discussed.
Nutrition II builds on the concepts learned in
tion acquired in lecture to various clinical sce- Prerequisites: NBS 525, NBS 522
Nutrition I. Basic concepts of nutritional coun-
narios that are more frequently encountered 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
seling, nutraceutical supplementation therapy,
in practice. The course concludes with the
and therapeutic diet prescriptions are covered. CLINICAL SCIENCES 617
beginning of the study of diseases by organ
Prerequisite: NNT611. Medical Genetics
system. Prerequisites: NBS 512, NBS 513, NBS
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits This course covers the basis, the diagnosis,
521, NBS 522, NBS 524, NBS 525, NBS 526
and the transmission of chromosomal and
NUTRITION 711 4 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour; 4.5
genetic disorders. The role of genetics and
Nutrition III semester credits
disease and the prenatal diagnosis of genetic
This course builds on previous nutrition
CLINICAL SCIENCES 612 and chromosomal abnormalities will be dis-
courses, biochemistry, and research methods
Clinical, Physical and Laboratory Diagnosis I cussed. Special emphasis will be placed on
to focus on how to safely and effectively use
This course applies the knowledge of pathol- preparing the students to recognize potential
vitamins, minerals, amino acids and other nu-
ogy, physical exam, and laboratory testing genetic abnormalities in a clinical setting, on
trients to improve health and address disease.
to develop the skills necessary to determine methodologies to educate and inform patients
Drug- nutrient interactions, nutrient-nutrient
appropriate diagnoses for patients manifest- on the genetic basis of their particular disease
interactions, and food nutrient interactions are
ing the signs and symptoms of disease. The and on the resources available for additional
learned, as well as, how to apply naturopathic
material is covered for each organ system with testing, treatment or counseling. Prerequisites:
principles to therapeutic prescription of nutri-
an emphasis on the integration of information NBS 515, NBS 521, NBS 525
ents. Prerequisites: NNT621, NCS621

341
Naturopathic Medicine

1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit minimize error potential. They will also learn likely to be encountered in a clinical setting
conventional and alternative labs for various in general practice. It reviews antibiotics, an-
CLINICAL SCIENCES 619
organ systems. This course is a continuation timicrobials, both steroidal and non-steroidal
Introduction to Diagnostic Imaging
of Laboratory Diagnosis Lab I. Pre-requisite: anti-inflammatory agents, chemotherapeutic
This course covers radiographic anatomy and
NCS-613L. Co-requisite: NCS 622. agents, hormones, and commonly prescribed
imaging techniques. A basic introduction to
1 laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit medications. Prerequisite: NCS 721.
imaging, including radiography, computer
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imag- CLINICAL SCIENCES 714
ing (MRI), ultrasound, and bone scan (scin- Clinical Forum I CLINICAL SCIENCES 812
tigraphy) is discussed. The basic concepts of This course explores the clinical applications Environmental Medicine
these techniques and their use in diagnosis are of the basic sciences and the clinical courses This course focuses on the health effects of
discussed. This course will also cover basic taught concurrently in this semester. Case pre- pollutants in the home, workplace as well as in
radiographic anatomy of the skeletal system sentations and clinical skills are emphasized the air, water, earth, and food supply. Diagno-
and viscera. Co-requisites: NCS 611. through a problem based learning format us- sis and treatment of health conditions caused
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits ing naturopathic principles as the foundation. by these pollutants is covered with special
1 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hours 1.5 semester emphasis on treating the chemically sensitive
CLINICAL SCIENCES 621
credits patient or those with environmental illness.
Pathology and Diagnostic Imaging
Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622
This course continues the training of the CLINICAL SCIENCES 721
1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
fundamental basis of disease by studying Pharmacology I
pathophysiology on both organ system and Dose response relationships, pharmacokinet-
multiorgan system scales. Organ systems ics, pharmacodynamics, pharmacogenetics, Naturopathic Practice/Organ
studied include the cardiovascular, respiratory, drug toxicity, signal transduction and second
urogenital, gastrointestinal, endocrine, muscu- messengers are covered. Drug interactions, Systems
loskeletal, and central nervous systems. Each indications/contraindications, food/herb in- NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 621
pathophysiologic process studied is placed teractions are discussed. The pharmacology Introduction to Biochemical Individuality
in a clinical context by reviewing associated and toxicology of the drugs of the nervous, This survey course introduces the naturopathic
physical, radiographic, gross, and microscopic respiratory and cardiovascular systems will be student to the basics of personalized medicine
findings. After completing this course curricu- examined. Prerequisites: NBS 514, NBS 515, and nutrigenomics.
lum, the student’s comprehension of clinical NBS 524, NBS 525 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
textbooks should be self-perpetuating. Prereq- 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
uisite: NCS 611 NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 712
CLINICAL SCIENCES 723
5.5 lecture hours; 5.5 semester credits Generative Medicine I (Elective)
Clinical Forum II This course examines the basics of complex-
CLINICAL SCIENCES 622 This course is a continuation of Clinical Forum ity theory and systems biology as applied to
Clinical, Physical and Laboratory Diagnosis II I. It further explores the clinical applications naturopathic strategies, in particular the vis
Continued integration of pathology, physical of the basic sciences and the clinical courses medicatrix naturae. Students who wish to qual-
exam, and laboratory testing for appropriate taught concurrently in this semester. Case pre- ify for senior shift positions on the Center of
diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite: NCS 612. sentations and clinical skills are emphasized Excellence in Generative Medicine (COEGM)
6 lecture hours; 6 semester credits through a problem based learning format us- Personalized Medicine shifts will be required
ing naturopathic principles as the foundation. to take Generative Medicine I. Students who
CLINICAL SCIENCES 622L
2 laboratory hours; 1 semester credit
Physical Examination Lab II wish to qualify (upon licensure) to sit for the
This course is a continuation of Physical Ex- CLINICAL SCIENCES 724 board certification (diplomate) in Personalized
amination I. Students will complete the pro- Emergency Medicine II Medicine through the AANP affiliated Institute
cess of learning physical examination skills for This course focuses on identification of emer- for Naturopathic Generative Medicine are
all systems of the human body. Pre-requisite: gency situations and procedures, particularly required to take Generative Medicine I and
NCS-612L. Co-requisite NCS 622 as they present in ambulatory care and general Generative Medicine II. Students who wish
2 laboratory hours; 1 semester credit practice. The course includes discussion, dem- to qualify for post-graduate residencies at the
onstration, and practice of treating patients COEGM are required to take Generative Medi-
CLINICAL SCIENCES 623L
within the scope of practice. Quick response cine I and Generative Medicine II. Pathfinder
Laboratory Diagnosis Lab II Scholars are required to take Generative Medi-
and decision-making process for referral of the
In this course, students learn all the steps of cine I and Generative Medicine II.
patient for treatment.
performing laboratory procedures: pre-test pa- 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
2 lab hours; 1 semester credit
tient instruction, filling out requisition forms,
specimen collection, venipuncture, capillary CLINICAL SCIENCES 811 NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 713
blood collection, saliva and urine collec- Pharmacology II Gastroenterology
tion, specimen handling and processing, and This course, a continuation from Pharmacology This course examines the digestive tract and
interpretation of results. Students will learn I, examines the most common pharmaceutical associated organs, and disorders associated
sources of laboratory errors and be able to agents in clinical practice and the ones most with it. Physical examination, imaging, and

342
Naturopathic Medicine

laboratory techniques necessary to understand Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 813
and diagnose these disorders are discussed The diagnosis and naturopathic and traditional Neurology
along with their naturopathic treatment. Pre- treatment of diseases of the eyes, ears, nose, This course constitutes a review of the neuro-
requisites: NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L. and throat are discussed. Upon completion logical exam with emphasis on diagnosis of
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits of this course students will be able to diag- neurological conditions. It will include naturo-
nose common and important diseases, know pathic treatment and management of diseases
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 714
when to refer patients for specialty diagnosis of the nervous system as they are discussed.
Naturopathic OB/Gyn
and treatment, and will be able to apply na- Prerequisites: NBS 526, NCS 621, NCS 622,
This course synthesizes concepts of female
turopathic principles and modalities in case NCS 623L.
anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology
management. Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622, 1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits
and applies them to clinical conditions. Physi-
cal exam, laboratory and diagnostic evalua- NCS 623L. NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 814
tion, and clinical diagnosis are presented for 0.5 lecture hour, 0.5 laboratory hour; 0.75 Urology/Proctology
major clinical conditions. Students will be semester credit This course covers disorders of the urinary sys-
prepared to discuss normal preconception, NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 828 tem, male genitalia, and the anal-rectal region.
pregnancy, and postpartum-related concerns Generative Medicine II (Elective) Diagnosis and conventional and naturopathic
with their patients and to competently attend This survey course introduces the naturopathic management of cases are covered. Prerequi-
unplanned, emergent, but normal deliveries. student to the basics of generative medicine as sites: NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L.
Scope of practice, consultation, and referral envisioned and practiced at the Center of Ex- 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
requirements will be discussed. Naturopathic cellent in Generative Medicine. Topics include: NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 821
treatment of commonly encountered gyne- Advanced network theory, generative molecu- Geriatrics
cological and obstetrical issues is included. lar biology, computational medicine, informa- This course covers the aging process and the
Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622. tion theory and bioinformatics. Students who new field of anti-aging medicine. Conventional
3 lecture hours; 3 semester credits wish to qualify for senior shift positions on the geriatrics topics are discussed as well as top-
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 721
Center of Excellence in Generative Medicine ics on geriatric illnesses and their naturopathic
Pediatrics (COEGM) Personalized Medicine shifts will interventions. Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622,
Upon completion of this course the student be required to take Generative Medicine I. NCS 623L
will be able to recognize and diagnose the Students who wish to qualify (upon licensure) 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
conditions of the pediatric patient encountered to sit for the board certification (diplomate)
in Personalized Medicine through the AANP NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 823
in a general naturopathic practice. Naturopath- Oncology
ic therapy and management of these disorders affiliated Institute for Naturopathic Genera-
tive Medicine are required to take Generative This course covers the diagnostic, prognostic
are discussed along with the appropriate use and preventative and epidemiological infor-
of referral. Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622, Medicine I and Generative Medicine II. Stu-
dents who wish to qualify for post-graduate mation for common cancers. Various theories
NCS 623L. of cancer are discussed as well as both tra-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits residencies at the COEGM are required to
take Generative Medicine I and Generative ditional and non-traditional treatments. Case
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 722 Medicine II. Pathfinder Scholars are required studies are used to help cement the concepts
Cardiology to take Generative Medicine I and Generative covered in relation to various malignancies. At
This course covers the pathophysiology, Medicine II. Prerequisite: NNP 712 the conclusion of this course students will be
advanced diagnosis, and treatment of car- 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit prepared to screen for common cancers and
diovascular diseases. Both conventional and co-manage patients with cancer. Prerequisites:
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 812
naturopathic therapies are covered. Upon NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L.
completion students will be able to apply this Endocrinology 1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits
knowledge to the care of patients with cardiac This course covers the diagnosis and naturo-
pathic and traditional management of diseases NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 824
disease and know when to refer for special- Dermatology
ized diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisites: and imbalances of the endocrine system. Upon
completion, students will be able to recognize The diagnosis and treatment of diseases which
NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L. manifest in skin lesions are discussed. Natu-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits and diagnose hormonal disorders, know when
to refer patients for specialty diagnosis and ropathic treatment and prevention are taught.
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 725L treatment, and be able to apply naturopathic Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L.
Gynecology Lab principles and modalities in endocrine case 1.5 lecture hours; 1.5 semester credits
Physical examination practicum relevant to gy- management. Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS 622, NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 825
necology, including breast and pelvic exams. NCS 623L. Minor Office Procedures
Prerequisite: NNP 714. 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits Minor surgical procedures as defined by the
1 laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit scope of practice for naturopathic physicians
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 811 are taught. The course covers common minor
surgery office procedures such as suturing
techniques, wound care, local anesthesia, and

343
Naturopathic Medicine

bandaging techniques. Topics also include 0.5 lecture hour, 0.5 semester credit 622, NCS 623.
recognizing and treating infection, burns, and 0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 semester credit
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 711
conditions requiring referral for surgical inter-
Practice Management I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 822
vention. Prerequisite: NCS 622.
Students are taught procedures for the estab- Practice Management II
1 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hour; 1.5 semester
lishment and operation of a private practice. This course introduces the student to the
credits
Practical aspects of small business manage- business procedures and practice used in the
NATUROPATHIC PRACTICE 826 ment are discussed. Students are encouraged successful operating of a naturopathic practice.
Rheumatology to begin thinking about their personal career Prerequisite: NPP 711.
This course explores the structure and func- path in naturopathic medicine. Prerequisites: 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
tion of the musculoskeletal, connective tissue, NCS 611, NCS 612, NCS 613, NCS 621, NCS
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 823
lymphatic, vascular, and immunologic systems 622, NCS 623.
Applied Medical Ethics
as they pertain to rheumatologic health and 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
Medical ethics with an emphasis on the unique
disease. Emphasis is placed on prevention,
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 722 problems faced by the naturopathic physician.
screening, diagnosis, and treatment of rheu-
Philosophy of Naturopathic Medicine II Topics include patient autonomy and choice,
matologic symptoms and conditions. Prerequi-
Nature acts powerfully through healing mech- selection of appropriate therapies, and coordi-
sites: NCS 621, NCS 622, NCS 623L.
anisms in the body and mind to maintain and nation of patient care with practitioners from
1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
restore health. Students will receive a more other disciplines. Learning strategies include
in-depth utilization of naturopathic methods lecture, discussion, group work, assigned
Naturopathic Principles and and medicinal substances, which work in har- reading, and written reflection. Prerequisites:
mony with the human system, thus facilitating NPP 513, completion of basic science classes
Practice long-lasting health and recovery. In addition and passed Clinic Promotion Exam.
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 512
to employing various natural medicines, stu- 0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 credit
History and Philosophy of Naturopathic Medicine dents will gain an important perspective of the
vital force and its role in the healing process
This course will explore the philosophical
when used in conjunction with naturopathic Homeopathic Medicine
foundations of naturopathic medicine, which
form the basis for therapeutic intervention. principles. Prerequisite: NPP 512.
HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE 621
1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
Vitalistic medicine in the United States of Homeopathy I
America as an influence on the creation of PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 813 This course lays the foundation of the basic
the naturopathic profession will be discussed. Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship laws and principles of Homeopathy upon
The overall emphasis of the course will be on This course will begin by addressing the con- which future courses will build. The principles
the philosophical principles that define the cepts of entrepreneurship and developing a as set forth by Hahnemann in his Organon are
empirical “natural laws” which describe the new venture. The course will address funda- the bases of the course. The student will also
phenomenon of healing. The relationship of mentals such as the types of financing impor- become thoroughly acquainted with the use of
naturopathic principles to medical science tant to the new venture and the finances of Kent’s repertory.
is included. This course will also examine its creator, competitive positioning, branding 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
the historical, socioeconomic, and political and imaging, stationery, marketing, protecting
HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE 711
foundations of Naturopathic Medicine and its intellectual property, the legal entity structure,
eclectic blend of healing arts and fundamental Homeopathy II
the website development components and
roots; Botanical Medicine, Nature Cure, Physi- This course will continue the examination of
cost, insurance, labor and sales and use tax
cal medicine, Hydrotherapy, Homeopathy, Homeopathy, with emphasis on the concept
along with basic HR requirements. The class
Energy Medicine, and Ancient Healing systems of acute prescribing, case taking, and analysis.
will learn how to source capital and then fur-
from around the globe. Students will continue their discussion and un-
ther how to pitch to capital providers. Each
2.5 lecture hours; 2.5 semester credits derstanding of the drug pictures of the remedies
student will develop a minimum viable prod-
for acute complaints commonly seen in a gen-
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 513
uct by producing a business model canvas.
eral or family practice. Prerequisite: NHM 621
Medical Ethics 3 lecture hours; 3 semester credits
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
An introduction to the principles of medical PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 821
HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE 721
ethics. Provides a basis for the discussion of Medical Jurisprudence
therapeutic choices and the role of the doctor Homeopathy III
The course covers the basics of law as it ap-
in difficult medical decisions that will be re- Students will continue their study of the hier-
plies to medical practice, informed consent,
inforced throughout clinical studies. Learning archy of symptoms as they are expressed in
confidentiality, and professional liability. Na-
strategies include lecture, discussion, assigned the repertory and will begin to recognize the
turopathic practice in licensed and unlicensed
reading and written reflection. Prerequisites: keynote symptoms of polycrest remedies and
states will be discussed, as well as an in depth
None. Required for: Public Health I, Psycho- be able to distinguish among them. Computer
review of the practice act in Connecticut. The
logical Assessment, Clinical Practicum I. repertorization is used throughout to illustrate
ethical practice of naturopathic medicine will
the relative values of possible rubrics to in-
also be discussed. Prerequisites: NCS 621, NCS
clude in a given case. Prerequisites: NHM 621,

344
Nutrition

NHM 711 ments/origins, and the superficial musculature will be discussed and taught in lab. Palpa-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits of the entire body. It is an adjunct to the Anat- tion, neurological and orthopedic evaluation
omy courses and a precursor to the courses in will be performed prior to any manipulative
HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE 821
physical medicine. procedures. Prerequisite: NPM 621
Homeopathy IV (Elective)
1.5 laboratory hours; 0.75 semester credits 1 lecture hours, 3 laboratory hours; 2.5
In this seminar-style course, students develop
semester credits
a deeper understanding of homeopathic case- PHYSICAL MEDICINE 523
taking, analysis, prescribing and long-term Hydrotherapy PHYSICAL MEDICINE 721
case management strategies. Casework using This course introduces students to the physi- Naturopathic Manipulative Therapeutics II
video recordings, group discussions and com- ological principles and the clinical application This course will extend NPM711 by introduc-
puter repertorizations are employed to deepen of the therapeutic use of water, heat, and cold. ing principles and biomechanics of extremities
the student’s understanding of case analysis In the laboratory portion of this course, stu- as well as gait analysis. Non-force techniques
and management of chronic states. Students dents learn procedures by administering and such as Sacral-Occipital Technique (SOT) and
prepare to incorporate classical homeopathic receiving treatments and determining appro- Cranial-Sacral Techniques will be reviewed.
treatment into their private practices. Prerequi- priate applications. Prerequisite: NBS 511. Prerequisite: NPM 711
sites: NHM 621, NHM 711, NHM 721 1 lecture hour, 1.5 laboratory hours; 1.75 1 lecture hour, 3 laboratory hours; 2.5
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits semester credits semester credits
PHYSICAL MEDICINE 612 PHYSICAL MEDICINE 821
Traditional Chinese Medicine Physiological Therapeutics Therapeutic Exercise/Sports Medicine
This course covers the physical, clinical, and This course provides an overview of exercise
NATUROPATHIC TRADITIONAL CHINESE MEDICINE 511 contraindications of the use of heat, cold, as a preventative and therapeutic tool. Students
NTCM I high-volt galvanism, interferential current, low- will learn to perform a fitness assessment and
The course sequence gives students the tools volt galvanism, ultrasound, electrical muscle describe and monitor exercise programs for
to integrate the basic philosophical concepts stimulation, diathermy, and paraffin. Upon persons with a variety of common disease
of TCM into naturopathic practice. In this in- completion, students will be able to use these conditions as well as treatments for sports
troductory course, students will begin to apply modalities both individually and in conjunc- injuries. Prerequisite: NPM 721
TCM principles and medical philosophy to the tion with other therapies in the treatment of 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
human body. They will develop a basic un- musculoskeletal and other disorders. Prerequi-
derstanding of the relationships between the sites: NBS 521, NBS 525.
TCM zangfu (“organs”), and of TCM modes of 1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit Psychology
diagnosis, as found in the “Four Examinations”
PHYSICAL MEDICINE 612L PSYCHOLOGY 511
and “Eight Principles”, including pulse, tongue,
Physiological Therapeutics Lab Physician Self-Care
facial, palpation, and questioning techniques.
Laboratory component of NPM 612 Physi- This course highlights the importance of self-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
ological Therapeutics. Co-requisite: NPM 612. reflection and self-care for those training to be
NATUROPATHIC TRADITIONAL CHINESE MEDICINE 521 Prerequisites: NBS 521, NBS 525. Naturopathic Physicians. Students will explore
NTCM II 2 laboratory hours; 1 semester credits the multidimensional aspects of health, the
Students begin the study and practice of basic impact of stress on health, and effective strate-
PHYSICAL MEDICINE 621
acupuncture and moxibustion techniques. gies and tools for managing stress and attend-
Orthopedic Assessment
Students will learn to identify meridians and ing to one’s health in a truly holistic manner.
Students in this course will learn to diagnose
acupuncture points. The basic tenets of clean Introspective work and in-class discussions
orthopedic injuries and diseases. Those condi-
needle technique and safe needle insertion as and exercises will be done.
tions that can be safely treated in a general
they relate to acupuncture will be covered. 1 laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit
practice setting are distinguished from those
Students will learn and practice basic acu-
requiring referral to a specialist. Prerequisites: PSYCHOLOGY 501
puncture protocols for common complaints.
NBS 511, NBS 515, NBS 521, NBS 525. Counseling Skills I
Prerequisite: NTCM 511.
1 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hour; 1.5 semester This course provides an introduction to de-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits
credits veloping the naturopathic practitioner/patient
Further study in TCM may be taken through relationship via the development of communi-
PHYSICAL MEDICINE 711
the Acupuncture Institute. Refer to the cata- cation skills. Professional issues such as ethics,
Naturopathic Manipulative Therapeutics I
log section on Acupuncture. confidentiality, trust, appropriate boundaries,
This course is a basic presentation of the
and relationship building are included. Specific
principles and practices of manipulation of
communication skills related to effective pa-
Physical Medicine the axial spine. Lecture includes discussion of
tient interviewing are practiced experimentally
the neurological rationale for manipulation, as
PHYSICAL MEDICINE 522
using exercises in class. Students practice the
well as various methods of manipulation (both
Living Anatomy: Palpation skills of attending, empathy, active listening,
force and non-force techniques). Soft-tissue
This laboratory course introduces how to and focusing on important client concerns to
techniques such as Post-Isometric Relaxation
locate and palpate the bony landmarks, attach- Technique and Positional Release Technique

345
Naturopathic Medicine

identify and begin collaborative goal setting. 2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits sist in hydrotherapy treatments. Prerequisite:
1 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hour; 1.5 semester NCE-612
RESEARCH 711
credits 1 laboratory hour; 0.5 semester credit
Thesis I
PSYCHOLOGY 621 In this course the student performs a litera- CLINICAL EDUCATION 641
Psychological Assessment ture search in a naturopathic area of interest Clinical Practicum II
This course covers the diagnosis of psychi- and presents a proposal for a Senior Paper A continuation of Clinical Practicum I. Through
atric disorders according to the Diagnostic (literature survey only) or a Senior Research clinical observation and hands-on experience,
and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Paper (also includes original research). Each this course prepares students for their clinical
Included is the development of the DSM, psy- student chooses a faculty advisor for their the- education. Students will shadow staff and phy-
chological assessment considerations, referral sis. Original research must be approved by the sicians in the clinical environment, and when
options, and treatment modalities including Research Committee. Prerequisite: NRS 511. directed will assist with tasks and patient care.
psychotherapeutic, psychotropic, and alterna- 0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 semester credit Students will gain hands on experience with
tive interventions. Special attention is paid to electronic medical records (EMR), will be re-
RESEARCH 811
addictions and eating disorders. Prerequisite: quired to take vitals, and assist in hydrotherapy
Thesis II
NPS 501. treatments. Prerequisite: NCE-631
With the advice and guidance of the thesis ad-
2 lecture hours; 2 semester credits 1.5 laboratory hours; 0.75 semester credit
visor, the student prepares and submits a com-
PSYCHOLOGY 711 plete first draft of a Senior Paper in conformity CLINICAL EDUCATION 821I
Counseling Skills II with the guidelines adopted by the Research Practicum in IV Therapy (Elective)
This course introduces current holistic coun- Committee. Prerequisite: NRS 711. The student will learn the indications and con-
seling theories and interventions through lec- 0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 semester credit traindications for various IV therapies in the
tures, assignments, readings, and experimental naturopathic practice. Preparation and admin-
RESEARCH 822
exercises. Counseling skills with reference to istration (including osmolality) of various IV
Thesis III
actual cases are explored using problem-based solutions using proper aseptic techniques will
With the advice and guidance of the thesis
learning methods. Students will demonstrate be emphasized. Lectures will be accompanied
advisor, the student makes revisions to the first
basic interviewing techniques and strategies by hands-on in-class experience. Prerequisites:
draft and submits a final version of the Senior
for engaging and motivating the client through NCS 623L, must be eligible for clinic entry.
Paper. Students may also be required to pres-
reciprocal dialogue during the developmental 0.5 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hour; 1 semester
ent their papers before a committee of faculty
stages of a counseling relationship. This course credit
advisors. Prerequisite: NRS 811.
emphasizes the basic counseling skills required
0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 semester credit CLINICAL EDUCATION 861
of a physician in daily practice, in addition to
Externship (Elective)
the special circumstances of bereavement,
Students gain hands-on clinical experience in
crisis management, and chronic and terminal Clinical Education working with patients under the supervision of
illness. Prerequisites: NPS 501.
a naturopathic physician outside of UB Clin-
1 lecture hour, 1 laboratory hour; 1.5 semester CLINICAL EDUCATION 612
ics. The externship experience mimics that of
credits Introduction to Clinic
the UB Clinics experience, in that students are
This course introduces students to the clinical
PSYCHOLOGY 813 actively involved in patient care, participating
education component of the program. Clinical
Mind-Body Medicine in the diagnosis and treatment of patients.
education requirements, policies, and proto-
This course covers key issues in the relation- Pre-requisites: Completion of all Preceptorship
cols, are outlined. Students are introduced to
ship between a physician and client. It includes hours, and a minimum of 100 hours clinical
hands-on patient care skills, such as taking a
an examination of ethical issues, confidential- experience as a Primary Student Clinician in
brief history and assessing vital signs. Other
ity, and development of trust, setting appropri- the UB Clinics and Community Clinics.
topics include privacy and security of patient
ate boundaries, and dealing with patients with
information (HIPAA), cultural competence,
a variety of conditions. Prerequisites: NPS 501,
NPS 621, NPS 711.
doctor/patient communication skills, and pro- Types of Clinical Rotations
1 lecture hour; 1 semester credit
fessionalism. Offered
0.5 lecture hour; 0.5 semester credit
700-LEVEL CLINICAL ROTATIONS
CLINICAL EDUCATION 631
Research Clinical Practicum I
As Secondary Student Clinicians, students be-
gin to gain practical clinical skills by working
Through clinical observation and hands-on under the supervision of licensed health care
RESEARCH 511
experience, this course prepares students for
Research providers. Students learn primarily through ob-
their clinical education. Students will shadow servation and are given limited responsibility
This course introduces students to biomedical
staff and physicians in the clinical environ- in the clinical setting during the fall semester.
research principles, epidemiology, biostatis-
ment, and when directed will assist with tasks Performance objectives are focused on basic
tics, and accessing medical literature with an
and patient care. Students will gain hands on clinical procedures. In the spring semester of
emphasis on complementary and alternative
experience with electronic medical records their third year, Secondary Student Clinicians
medicine research.
(EMR), will be required to take vitals, and as-

346
Naturopathic Medicine • Nursing

continue the clinical training begun in the fall, by performing a review of biomedical find- to women’s health.
which includes the ongoing development of ings and integrating best practices in natural 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
clinical skills and case management under the therapeutics. Students co-manage patients’
CLINICAL EDUCATION 714
supervision of licensed physicians. Students healthcare with their specialists to address
Clinic Mentoring
gradually assume increased responsibility. their cancer diagnosis and to minimize adverse
Supervising Clinicians model the process
effects that may arise from their treatment.
of case-taking and management as students
72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
800-LEVEL CLINICAL ROTATIONS develop physical exam and diagnostic assess-
CLINICAL EDUCATION 703/803 ment skills, as well as treatment approaches
As Primary Student Clinicians, students as- Generative Medicine through their increasingly active participation
sume the role of primary care giver under Students learn how to use the methods of in the patient visit.
the direct supervision of a licensed physician. network science to understand the complex 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
Physical examination, diagnostic assessment, relationships between individuals, their ge-
CLINICAL EDUCATION 888
and treatment skills are honed while specific netics, the environment, and the molecular
performance objectives of clinical training are Integrative Medicine
basis of disease to develop treatment strategies
met. In this final semester of clinical training, This rotation is a collaborative effort of the
aimed at optimizing health for each individual
students examine, diagnose, and treat patients College of Naturopathic Medicine, the College
patient, utilizing specialized computer tools
in preparation for providing primary care as a of Chiropractic, the Acupuncture Institute, and
and a comprehensive knowledge of genetics,
naturopathic physician. the Fones School of Dental Hygiene. The focus
pathology, and biochemistry.
of this rotation is on prevention and improving
CLINICAL EDUCATION 635 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
patients’ health globally. Student Clinicians/
Hydrotherapy Shift CLINICAL EDUCATION 705/805 Supervisors from all four schools interview the
Second year students begin to gain practical Mind-Body Medicine patient and write case study reports after each
clinical skills in the area of hydrotherapy by Under the supervision of licensed health care encounter, with the inclusion of evidence-
working under the supervision of licensed providers, students develop trust, set appropri- informed clinical practice information in the
naturopathic physician. Hydrotherapy tech- ate boundaries, and using counseling tools, global assessment.
niques include constitutional hydrotherapy, they work with patients by addressing their 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
infrared sauna, wet sheet pack, Russian steam, social and emotional concerns.
fomentations, contrast baths, peat baths, and 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
paraffin baths. Performance objectives are
CLINICAL EDUCATION 706/806
focused on basic hydrotherapy treatments and
Physical Medicine Nursing
case management. Prerequisites: NPM 523;
successful completion of all Year 1 courses. Students perform physical exams, diagnostic
NURS 540
assessments, and develop and apply treatment
24 clinic hours, 0.67 semester credit Theory and Evidenced Based Practice
approaches using a variety of therapeutic tools
CLINICAL EDUCATION 700/800
Scholarly inquiry begins in analyzing the na-
for patients with musculoskeletal concerns.
General Medicine ture and purpose of theoretical thinking and
72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits
Students begin to gain practical clinical skills critical evaluation of research. The review of
by working under the supervision of licensed CLINICAL EDUCATION 707/807 research methodologies, hypothesis, research
health care providers. Students learn through Homeopathy questions and research design, in the persis-
observation with progressively increasing re- Students gain practical experience working tent search for truth, is emphasized throughout
sponsibility in the clinical setting. Students per- with patients and using repertorization soft- the course. Exercises in the literature review
form physical exams, diagnostic assessments, ware and texts, homeopathic Materia Medica, for evidenced-based practice and decision-
and develop treatment programs for patients and practical application for individuals with making are implemented to investigate clinical
with a wide variety of health conditions. acute, chronic, and constitutional concerns. and educational best practice.
72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits 3 credits
CLINICAL EDUCATION 708/808 NURS 575
CLINICAL EDUCATION 701/801
Pediatrics Community Medicine Quality Safety & Policy
Students perform physical exams, diagnostic Students perform physical exams, diagnostic This course examines health care policy and
assessments and develop treatment programs assessments, and develop and apply treatment politics as it relates to the quality and safety
for pediatric patients under the supervision approaches in a variety of community settings. of nursing practice. Historical, ethical, political
of licensed health care providers, integrating 72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits and economic factors are discussed and the
biomedical science with natural therapeutics. nurse’s responsibility and role in health care
CLINICAL EDUCATION 709/809
policy is explored. A project facilitates applica-
72 clinic hours, 2 semester credits Women’s Health
tion of principles addressed in the course.
CLINICAL EDUCATION 702/802
Students perform physical exams, diagnostic
3 credits
Integrative Oncology assessments and develop and apply treatment
Students learn to approach oncology cases approaches directed at health concerns related NURS 590

347
Nutrition

Nursing Informatics and evaluation of outcomes that foster student effective communication. The experiential role
Healthcare policy and ethical issues examined learning of educational objectives. Various is with a leader in nursing for 60 hours.
from the perspectives of leaders and educa- approaches are offered for evaluating and in- 3 credits
tors driven to utilize big data to extract best terpreting teaching effectiveness and achieve-
practice care models. Legal, ethical and prag- ment of outcomes, including student ratings,
matic methods of choosing technologies and self-reviews, peer evaluations, and objective Nutrition
information-based software are incorporated criteria, such as student performances.
in order to provide efficiency, confidentiality, 3 credits
and efficient ethical decision-making. NURS 606
Nutritional Science
3 credits Resource Management and Finance The following nutritional science courses
NURS 550 This course provides an overview to the pro- are offered only in the master’s program in
Advanced Pharmacology cess of budgeting in the Health Care setting. Nutrition. This program is available online.
This course is designed to advance the This course will explore the building blocks All courses are offered 3 times annually (fall,
student’s knowledge of pharmacokinetics , that are utilized to secure sound budget projec- spring, summer).
pharmacodynamics, pharmacogenomics, and tions. This course will also review and explore 560A Pathophysiologic Basis of Meta-
pharmacotherapeutics, in the management of the Health Care System and the multiple pay- bolic Disease
health and disease states across the lifespan. ers and their impact to on the ability to utilize 560B Biochemistry of Nutrition
3 credits information systems in the development and 560C Vitamins and Minerals
ongoing analysis of financial data. Students are 560E Assessment of Nutritional Status
NURS 560
expected create a business proposal including 560D Clinical Biochemistry
Advanced Health Assessment and Advanced
a budget. 560G Lifelong Healing with Food
Physiology
3 credits 560H Developmental Nutrition
This course provides students with advanced
560I* Functional Medicine Nutrition
anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of NURS 608
*will not be offered after spring 2023
systems in relation to an individual’s health Organizational Leadership
560F Nutritional Therapeutics
across the lifespan. The application of this The student will explore the universal prin-
560M Evidence Based Nutrition
knowledge is combined with the acquisition ciples of leadership and management that
560N Anatomy and Physiology for the
of advanced health assessment and clinical form the basis of change theory in healthcare
Clinical Nutritionist
reasoning skills. Students apply the diagnostic and academic environments. The student will
560K Virtual Clinic
(clinical) reasoning process to develop a com- acquire knowledge through the exploration
560P Botanical Medicine
prehensive plan of care for patients in a variety (study) of theory and change processes for
of settings throughout the lifespan. Emphasis contemporary healthcare and healthcare edu- NUTRITION 560A
is placed on health promotion, disease preven- cation. Evolving roles of managers, leaders, Pathophysiologic Basis of Metabolic Disease
tion, and risk assessment. and educators are analyzed with a focus on This course will study the underlying mecha-
3 credits leading and managing transitions, encouraging nisms of disease and the complex interrela-
teamwork, fiscal management, and planning. tionships between critical systems including
NURS 602
3 credits respiratory, urinary, cardiovascular, digestive,
Curriculum Development and Design
NURS 610
nervous and endocrine. Concepts will include
This course examines concepts for teach-
Education Practicum fluid and electrolyte imbalances, acid and base
ing in nursing including learning, teaching
The practicum course will integrate all educa- imbalances, inflammation, hypersensitivity, mi-
methods and technology, and teaching in the
tion courses in a practicum that is student-driv- crobiome, infection, necrosis, and neoplasm.
classroom, online environment, simulation,
en, focused on problem-solving in the educa- The influence of various nutrients on systemic
learning laboratory, and clinical setting. It also
tion domain and produces new knowledge function will be discussed as appropriate. Pre-
explores interprofessional education including
for the profession of nursing. Students may requisite: NUTR 560N, 560U, 560V.
preparing students for interprofessional global
develop a thesis on the basis for a doctoral 4 semester hours
work, curriculum development, evaluation,
and other components of the teacher’s role. program. Requires 60 hours of practicum. NUTRITION 560B
3 credits 3 credits Biochemistry of Nutrition
NURS 604 NURS 612 This course addresses the basic chemical and
Teaching, Assessment and Evaluation of Leadership Practicum biological principles of living systems, with a
Outcomes The culmination of learning is demonstrated focus on the relationship of structure to func-
This course provides a background on effec- in the practicum experience through hands-on tion, bioenergetics, enzyme kinetics and me-
tive teaching strategies, including activities that activities in the organization of choice that per- tabolism. Structures of interest will be amino
promote student learning and student engage- mits students to analyze, apply, and integrate acids/proteins, nucleic acids/DNA/RNA, lipids
ment. Students describe and map assessment learned knowledge and skills through the and carbohydrates. Prerequisite: 560U, 4 cred-
exercise of problem-solving, resource man- its of Introduction to Biochemistry, or 8 credits
agement, interdisciplinary collaboration, and of Organic Chemistry.

348
Nutrition • Physician Assistant

4 semester hours NUTRITION 560H my and physiology by the systems approach,

Developmental Nutrition first discussing the normal anatomy followed
NUTRITION 560C
Nutritional considerations and health-related by the physiological concepts of each system.
Vitamins and Minerals
concerns throughout the life cycle are ex- Student’s also end up learning from one an-
This course will apply the basic sciences to
plored. Pregnancy, lactation, fetal, infancy, other via the Discussion Board, using peer
understanding the principles of nutritional
childhood, and adolescent growth and devel- reviewed and scholarly papers to support their
science, primarily as it relates to vitamins and
opment are addressed in detail, in this context. answers. The first part of the course deals
minerals. This information will be used to ex-
Also considered is the etiology of nutrition- with the chemical, cellular, and the tissue
plore the functions of the micronutrients and
related disorders of adulthood and the elderly. levels of the human body. After these general
their roles in health promotion and disease
Prerequisites” Nutr 560A, B, C, E, M. concepts are completed, the remainder of the
processes. This course will also encourage and
3 semester hours course will cover the integumentary, skeletal,
stimulate students to pursue information in the
NUTRITION 560I
muscular, nervous, endocrine, cardiovascular,
field of clinical nutrition and to develop the
Functional Medicine Nutrition respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive
student’s ability to critically analyze such in-
This course will teach advanced biochemical systems.
formation. Prerequisite: Nutrition 560A, 560M,
assessment using critical analysis of client 3 semester hours
560B.
3 semester hours history with clinical testing from a functional NUTRITION 560K
medicine perspective. Functional lab testing Virtual Clinic
NUTRITION 560E
will be evaluated in detail with case studies. This final semester course will incorporate
Assessment of Nutritional Status
Topics will be relevant to preventative as well critical thinking and scientific knowledge as
This course will give students insight into clini-
as therapeutic nutrition care. Prerequisites” you complete 4 monthly modules on clinical
cal and laboratory procedures for evaluation
Nutr 560A, B, C, D, E, G, M. management online with different instructors.
of nutrient status, including blood, stool, and
3 semester hours You will learn key skills in assessment, clini-
other tissue analyses, principles of functional
NUTRITION 560F
cal test analysis, designing treatment plans for
assessment, dietary records, questionnaires,
Nutritional Therapeutics specific common health conditions, weight
case histories, nutritional physical examina-
This course will explore the importance that loss strategies and how to effectively start and
tions, and anthropometric methods.
nutrition has in a multitude of disease states. grow your nutrition practice. Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Nutr 560A, M.
The role various diets may play in health will Nutr 560A, B, C, D, E, G, F, H, I and M.
3 semester hours
be discussed. In addition to diet, other top- 4 semester hours
NUTRITION 560D
ics will include the importance of hydration, NUTRITION 560P
Clinical Biochemistry
detoxification, and the use of supplements Botanical Medicine
The course encapsulates the biochemistry of
such as vitamins, minerals, amino acids, es- A study of the use of herbs in nutritional prac-
disorders arising from acid/base imbalance
sential fatty acids, and herbal extracts. This tice. Lectures include the mechanism of action,
and the abnormal metabolism of the carbo-
course will include an understanding of the pharmacological/toxicological properties,
hydrates, lipids, proteins, amino acids, nucleic
mechanism of action of various nutritional clinical applications, product standardization,
acids, bile pigments, vitamins and hormones.
interventions, as well as the role it can play in and recommended dosage of individual herbs.
Inherited disorders of metabolism, the role
helping to restore wellness. Prerequisites: Nutr Prerequisites Nutr 560A, B, C, D, E, G, F, H, I
of enzyme performance in prognosis of bio-
560A,B,C,D,E,G,H,M. and M.
chemical dysfunctions and the meaning and
4 semester hours 3 semester hours
interpretations of clinical laboratory findings
both traditional and functional are discussed. NUTRITION 560M NUTRITION 560U
Prerequisites: Nutr 560A, B, C, E, M. Evidence Based Nutrition Introductory Biochemistry for the Clinical
3 semester hours The course describes the analytical approaches Nutritionist
for searching and interpreting clinical research A review of basic general chemistry topics
NUTRITION 560G
data reported in the literature using evidence including atomic theory, periodic law, chemi-
Lifelong Healing with Food
based practice with emphasis on the applica- cal bonding, chemical reactions, kinetics, acids
This course focuses on the use of food as med-
tion of those data in clinical practice. Biologi- and bases, and organic chemistry topics includ-
icine in a variety of ways to facilitate health
cal variation, experimental design, data and ing isomerism, and physiochemical properties
promotion and healing. The course covers the
fact differences, matching analysis to design, of various functional groups. Biochemical
landscape of the US food system, the connec-
integrity in analysis, and bias in design and properties of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins,
tion between mood and food, and food safety.
analysis are considered in detail. Prerequisites: and nucleotides will also be discussed. Pre-
The concepts of individualized food prescrip-
Nutr 560N,U,V. requisites: High School Algebra, High School
tions and special and medical diets will be
3 semester hours Chemistry
introduced and explored, including behavioral
NUTRITION 560N
3 semester hours
and cultural perspectives on nutrition plan-
ning. Prerequisites: Nutr 560A,B,E,M. Anatomy and Physiology for the Clinical NUTRITION 560V
4 semester hours Nutritionist Nutrition Fundamentals
This course is a presentation of human anato-

349
Physician Assistant

This course is designed to give a basic over- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 522 encountered medical complaints. Students
view of the role of food in human health. Em- Physiology II will utilize information gathered during history
phasis will be placed on the role of macro- and Further explores the study of body function and physical exam to determine differential
micronutrients in human health plus issues physiology. The renal, gastrointestinal, endo- diagnoses, select medically appropriate and
that affect this relationship. These include crine, and reproductive systems are investigat- cost-effective diagnostic tests, and formulate
digestion, absorption, metabolism, and energy ed in detail, focusing on the major physiologi- management plans for the most likely diagno-
balance. cal processes essential for functioning of each ses for a given medical complaint. Through-
2 semester hours organ system. Students will gain understanding out this course, students will learn to discern
of the roles of hormones, nervous integration, important information from extraneous details
NUTR 600N
and environmental factors in the functioning of in history taking, identify pertinent physical
Comprehensive Exam
these organ systems. Prerequisite: MSPA 521. exam findings, prioritize diagnostic tests, and
This course allows access to the Comprehen-
3 credits use evidence-based decision making skills.
sive Exam, which assesses students’ mastery of
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 529
2 credits
the core curriculum in the MS in Nutrition pro-
gram. It also provides student access to study Clinical Medicine I PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 542
guides to aid in preparation for the exam. The In the first of three terms, presents an ongoing Correlative Medicine II
exam is available to eligible students for a body systems based course that integrates the A continuation of MSPA 534, this course further
24-hour period once per semester. Successful skills and learning from the curriculum as re- enhances students’ diagnostic and treatment
completion of this exam is a requirement for lated to medical problems encountered in the skills. In this term, interprofessional exercises
graduation. Prerequisites Nutr 560A, B, C, D, E, primary care setting. Emphasis is placed on the are also incorporated, emphasizing the impor-
G, F, H, I, K, M, P. etiology, pathophysiology, and clinical signs tance of integrated care and communication
0 semester hours and symptoms of disease in various medical with other members of the healthcare team.
subspecialties. Students will learn to develop Prerequisite: MSPA 534.
differential diagnosis, select and interpret 2 credits
Physician Assistant (MSPA) diagnostic tests, create and implement treat-
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 551
ment plans including therapeutic procedures,
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 511 History and Physical Exam I with Lab
pharmacology, and patient education. Specific
Anatomy I with Lab modules covered in this course are Psychiatry/
The first of an ongoing sequential two-term
Introduces the functional anatomy of the hu- course covering medical interviewing and
Substance Abuse, Introduction to Diagnostic
man body with a focus on clinical application. physical examination. In this term, students
Medicine and Radiology, Infectious Disease,
Students will have the opportunity to locate, will focus on foundational components of
Neurology, Dermatology, and HEENT (Head,
identify, and dissect all major muscular, ner- medical interviewing and patient-centered,
Ears, Eyes, Nose, and Throat) Medicine.
vous, vascular, bony, and soft tissue structures culturally sensitive techniques. Fundamentals
5 credits
using cadaveric specimens, with a focus on the of a complete and problem focused medical
thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 530 history will be taught. The course will include
3 credits Clinical Medicine II components of physical exam including gen-
TThis is the second of three terms in an on- eral exam, vital signs and HEENT examination.
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 512 going body systems based course. Specific Normal and abnormal physical findings will be
Anatomy II with Lab modules covered in this course are Cardiology, emphasized.
A continuation of the study of the functional Pulmonology, Gastrointestinal Medicine, Renal 3 credits
anatomy of the human body with a focus on Medicine, Genitourinary, and Endocrinology.
clinical application. Students will have the op- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 552
Prerequisite: MSPA 529.
portunity to locate, identify, and dissect all ma- History and Physical Exam II with Lab
6 credits
jor muscular, nervous, vascular, bony, and soft The second of an ongoing sequential two-
tissue structures using cadaveric specimens, PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 533 term course. In this term, students will earn
with a focus on the head, neck and musculo- Clinical Medicine III the techniques of physical exam of each body
skeletal systems. Prerequisite: MSPA 511. This is the final term in an ongoing body sys- system and build upon skills of history-taking
3 credits tems based course. Specific modules covered learned in the prior semester. Skills and tech-
in this course are Obstetrics/Gynecology, niques of physical examination are described.
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 521 Pediatrics, Geriatrics, Hematology/Oncology, Normal and abnormal physical findings are in-
Physiology I Rheumatology, Orthopedics, Emergency Medi- troduced and emphasized. Students will begin
Presents the physiology, biochemistry, and cine, and Surgery. Prerequisites: MSPA 529, to formulate differential diagnosis and develop
genetics of body functions. Students will 530. critical thinking skills. Prerequisite: MSPA 551.
learn mechanisms by which homeostasis is 8 credits 3 credits
maintained on molecular, cellular, organ, and
organismal levels. The course presents an PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 534 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 556
in-depth exploration of nervous, cardiac and Correlative Medicine I Patient Education, Nutrition and Counseling
pulmonary system physiology. Develops students’ critical thinking skills re- Provides an opportunity for students to gain
3 credits lated to diagnosing and managing commonly- understanding of how patients present, learn

350
Physician Assistant

and make preventive changes based on re- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 581 2 credits
search and theories of personality and learning Pharmacology I
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 610
styles. Focus is placed on assessing patients’ The first in a two term series, this course
Clinical Seminar
health literacy, knowledge, attitude, and readi- presents a study of drugs and their interactions
Develops and assesses skills necessary for
ness to change. They will gain skills to deliver with and within living tissue in a systems-
practicing as a physician assistant in clinical
effective education and counseling to patients. based approach. Students will learn the
settings. The course allows students to actively
This course also emphasizes disease preven- pharmacological principles, dosing, patient
apply their didactic knowledge to a diverse set
tion and health promotion through nutrition education, pharmacodynamics, therapeutic
of clinical cases and settings, demonstrate clin-
throughout the lifespan, with emphasis on the parameters and indications of commonly
ical reasoning, and apply an evidence-based
pediatric and geriatric populations. prescribed drugs. They will explore the risks
approach in developing management plans.
2 credits versus benefits of drug therapy and identify
Emphasis is placed on the differences between
how to monitor therapeutic effect and side ef-
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 565 clinical settings students will encounter during
fects. Major drug classes covered in this course
Integrative Medicine and Practice the clinical clerkships.
include those utilized for cardiovascular,
An introduction to the historical use, philo- 4.5 credits
pulmonary, gastrointestinal, endocrine, and
sophical basis and current application of a
integumentary disorders. Anti-infective agents
variety of complementary and/or alterna-
are also explored at length. PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 622
tive medical therapies which their patients
3 credits Internal Medicine Clerkship
may pursue. This course is designed to offer
students exposure to traditional methods of PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 582 During this clinical course, second year PA
disease management, currently considered to Pharmacology II students develop skills necessary to func-
Integrative Medicine modalities. A continuation of MSPA 581, this course fur- tion as a PA in the internal medicine setting.
2 credits ther explores commonly prescribed medica- Students will apply medical knowledge and
tions. Major drug classes covered in this course clinical skills developed during didactic phase
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 574 of their education. Students will actively en-
include those utilized for musculoskeletal,
Medical Ethics & Professional Practice gage in assessment, analysis, evidence-based
neurological, psychiatric, hematologic, immu-
Offers students practical knowledge and approaches, and management of conditions
nologic, and neoplastic disorders. Medications
context related to PA practice including care typically seen in the internal medicine setting
used in special populations including pediat-
provided by PAs, systems of care and ethical through the collection of historical and physi-
rics, geriatrics, and men’s and women’s health
behavior. Students will consider the history of cal data. The rotation will emphasize acute,
are also explored. Prerequisite: MSPA 581.
the PA profession, utilize knowledge of legal preventative, and chronic encounters of adult
3 credits
obligations/regulations, structures of team and geriatric patients. Students will work with
care, and key PA organizations as references PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 591 the clinical education team and under the su-
for their practice as a PA. Students will use Technical Skills with Lab pervision of their preceptor(s) to provide care.
principles of medical ethics to work through Provides practical experience in the perfor- 4.5 credits
ethical decision making skills important for the mance of various technical skills frequently
encountered in the clinical setting. Skills are PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 623
practicing PA.
2 credits taught with an opportunity for hands-on Pediatrics Clerkship
learning in the laboratory setting. Specifically, During this clinical course, second year PA
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 575 students develop skills necessary to function
students will learn intravenous line insertion,
Global & Preventive Health as a PA in the pediatric setting. Students will
injections, bladder catheterization, splinting,
Introduction to key concepts in comparative apply medical knowledge and clinical skills
incision and drainage, lumbar puncture, intu-
world health and preventive medicine in the developed during didactic phase of their edu-
bation, central line placement, and suturing.
United States. The first portion of the course cation. Students will actively engage in assess-
The course provides students with an over-
focuses on concepts related to global health ment, analysis, evidence-based approaches,
view of common procedural skills and their
including healthcare delivery, financing, infra- and management of conditions typically
indications, limitations, benefits and possible
structure, and health disparities. We will then seen in the pediatric setting. The rotation will
complications of procedures.
examine healthcare delivery models in both emphasize preventative, acute, and chronic
2 credits
developed and underdeveloped countries. encounters for patients ranging from neonates
The second portion of the course focuses on PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 602 to adolescents. The student will be exposed
healthcare prevention and the key disease Information Literacy and Medical Writing to both ill-child and well-child visits to ensure
prevention strategies employed in our country. Introduces and develops the skills needed exposure to developmental milestones and
The “Healthy People 2030” archetype is used to practice evidence-based medicine to solve growth. Students will work with the clinical
to explore evidence-based and data driven clinical problems utilizing available medical education team and under the supervision of
goals to improve health and disparate care research. Students will learn to search, locate, their preceptor(s) to provide care.
across our nation. interpret and evaluate the medical literature. 4.5 credits
2 credits This will allow them to use diverse informa-
tion sources effectively to present an evidence- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 624
based solution to clinical problems. Surgery Clerkship

351
Physician Assistant

During this clinical course, second year PA stu- and management of conditions typically seen as a PA in the elective-specific setting. Students
dents develop skills necessary to function as a in the women’s health setting. The student will will apply medical knowledge and clinical
PA in the surgical setting. Students will apply become proficient in accurate assessment of skills developed during didactic phase of
medical knowledge and clinical skills devel- the obstetric patient with both pre- and post- their education. Students will actively engage
oped during didactic phase of their education. natal care as well as common gynecologic dis- assessment and evaluate patients seen in the
Students will actively engage in assessment, orders and preventative gynecology. Students elective-specific setting. The goal of this rota-
analysis, evidence-based approaches, and will work with the clinical education team and tion is to provide students either an experience
management of conditions typically seen in under the supervision of their preceptor(s) to in a new clinical area or additional exposure
the surgical setting. The student will perform provide care. to a core rotation that will emphasize common
the collection of historical and physical data 4.5 credits medical conditions, diagnostic procedures,
and develop an understanding of evaluation treatments, and technologies that are common
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 627
and treatment of patients through pre-opera- for the healthcare environment specific to the
Family Medicine Clerkship
tive, intra-operative and post-operative patient specialty chosen. Students will work with the
During this clinical course, second year PA
encounters. The student will also gain hands- clinical education team and under the supervi-
students develop skills necessary to function
on experience in the operating room setting sion of their preceptor(s) to provide care.
as a Physician Assistant in the Family medicine
with exposure to surgical and diagnostic 4.5 credits
clerkship setting. Students will apply medical
procedures, treatments, and technologies com-
knowledge and clinical skills developed dur- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 630
mon for the general surgery specialty. Students
ing didactic phase of their education. Students Special Populations Selective Clerkship
will work with the clinical education team and
will actively engage in assessment, analysis, Under the guidance of a qualified clinical
under the supervision of their preceptor(s) to
evidence-based approaches, and management preceptor, second-year PA students develop
provide care.
of conditions typically seen in the family medi- skills necessary to function as a clinical PA in
4.5 credits
cine setting through the collection of historical a unique clinical setting with a special popula-
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 625 and physical data. The rotation will emphasize tion of patients. Special populations include
Emergency Medicine Clerkship practical clinical exposure to primary care patients who are underserved or underrepre-
During this clinical course, second year PA patients, including common medical condi- sented, such as those from geriatric, LGBTQ+,
students develop skills necessary to function tions, diagnostic procedures, treatments and rural, urban, correctional facility, palliative
as a PA in the emergency medicine setting. technologies common for the family medicine care, veteran, addiction medicine, or other
Students will apply medical knowledge and environment across the life span. Students will agreed-upon communities. Occurring in out-
clinical skills developed during didactic phase work with the clinical education team and patient, inpatient or institutional settings de-
of their education. Students will actively en- under the supervision of their preceptor(s) to pending on the patient population, the student
gage in assessment, analysis, evidence-based provide care. may be exposed to acute, chronic or emergent
approaches, and management of conditions 4.5 credits medical and surgical conditions. This selective
typically seen in the emergency medicine set- rotation will increase students’ competence in
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 628
ting. The student will perform the collection addressing clinical challenges associated with
Behavioral Health Clerkship
of historical and physical data and develop the care of vulnerable populations, enhance
During this clinical course, second year PA
an understanding of evaluation and treatment cultural competence and sensitivity and ad-
students develop skills necessary to function
of patients with emergent or urgent medical dress disparities in healthcare.
as a PA in the psychiatric setting. Students will
conditions. The rotation will expose students 4.5 credits
apply medical knowledge and clinical skills
to hands-on technical skills, diagnostic pro-
developed during didactic phase of their edu- PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 651
cedures, treatments and technologies that are
cation. Students will actively engage in assess- Internal Medicine Rotation
specific to the emergency medicine specialty
ment, analysis, evidence-based approaches, This six-week clerkship provides direct patient
addressing patients across the life span. Stu-
and management of conditions typically seen care experiences in the in-patient setting. Un-
dents will work with the clinical education
in the psychiatric setting. The rotation will em- der the direction of board-certified internists,
team and under the supervision of their
phasize clinical exposure to common behav- students learn to evaluate and formulate treat-
preceptor(s) to provide care.
ioral health conditions, diagnostic procedures, ment plans for patients with a wide variety
4.5 credits
interviewing, counseling techniques, and of adult illnesses. Emphasis of this clerkship
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 626 treatments that are common for the behavioral is on critical thinking skills, synthesis of per-
Obstetrics and Gynecology Clerkship health specialty across the lifespan. Students tinent clinical information, the presentation of
During this clinical course, second year PA stu- will work with the clinical education team and problem-oriented patient data, indications for
dents develop skills necessary to function as a under the supervision of their preceptor(s) to and interpretation of laboratory studies, and
PA in the women’s health setting. Students will provide care. competence in clinical procedures.
apply medical knowledge and clinical skills 4.5 credits 5 credits
developed during didactic phase of their edu-
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 629 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 652
cation. Students will actively engage in assess-
Elective Clerkship Pediatrics Rotation
ment, analysis, evidence-based approaches,
During this clinical course, second year PA This six-week clerkship explores the care
students develop skills necessary to function

352
Physician Assistant • Statistics • Technology Management

of children from birth through adolescence. practitioner.

Acute illness, developmental delay, genetic 5 credits Statistics
abnormalities, psychosocial issues and preven- STATISTICS 400
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 658
tive medicine are explored. Statistics and Quantitative Analysis
Elective Rotation
5 credits This course is an introduction to basic statistical
This six-week experience offers the opportu-
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 653 nity to explore a discipline of interest in depth. methodology and its applications to business
Surgery Rotation Students are responsible to enhance their decisions. Topics include probabilities, dis-
This six-week clinical experience focuses on understanding of this discipline through by crete and continuous probability distributions,
the care of the surgical patient in the pre- self-motivation. probability sampling techniques, sampling
operative, operating room and post-operative 2 credits distributions, interval estimation and hypoth-
settings. Determination of surgical diagnoses esis testing. The basics of specific statistical
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 661
and immediate management of life-threatening tests will be presented including chi square,
Capstone Project I
conditions are stressed. correlation, multiple regression and analysis of
Allows students to build upon research skills
5 credits variance. Students will use software packages
learned previously in the program to develop
to perform statistical analysis. Prerequisite:
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 654 a Clinical Review Paper. Students will perform
Admission to graduate study.
Emergency Medicine Rotation a thorough systematic literature review, criti-
3 semester hours
This six-week clerkship provides opportuni- cal analysis of chosen papers, and analysis the
ties to evaluate and treat patients with urgent findings. This course will culminate in the
and emergent medical complaints under the submission of a final Clinical Review Paper. Technology Management
supervision of an emergency medical physi- 4 credits
cian. The care of patients with life-threatening TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 466
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 662
illness as well as patients seen in the sub-acute
Capstone Project II Foundations of DNA and Biotechnology
“fast track” are emphasized. This course investigates the nature and
This course further builds upon research skills
5 credits origin of the human genome and covers
and aids students in the development of a
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 655 poster and poster presentation based upon the contemporary issues. It also covers issues on
Obstetrics/Gynecology Rotation student’s Clinical Review Paper submitted in the management of scientific data from pub-
Experiences in the full range of woman’s MSPA 661 Capstone I. Prerequisite: MSPA 661. licly accessible data sources and utilizes cloud
health issues throughout the reproductive 2 credits computing to easily exploit this information.
and post-menopausal years are offered in this It imparts interdisciplinary knowledge on how
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 671 to understand, organize, manage and analyze
six-week clerkship, including participation in
Research Methods biomedical data using contemporary cloud
common gynecological surgical procedures
An introduction to the knowledge and skills computing processing. Learning goals include
and assisting in labor and delivery. Students
needed to interpret the medical literature in the understanding scientific context and the limits
learn to provide pre- and post- partum care
contexts of evaluating both the study method- of technology, design of data, and design of
and family planning as well.
ology and statistical results. Students will learn data infrastructure to gain flexibility of data
5 credits
about different study methodologies, which access, use and reuse indifferent contexts.
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 656 should be used depending on the research The design of a biomedical data management
Family Medicine Rotation question and hypothesis, and practice using system relies on in depth knowledge of highly
Students work with board-certified family descriptive, parametric and non-parametric specific context and the design of various data
physicians and general internists to evaluate, statistics to identify important study findings. structures concerning the same data to allow
diagnose and treat patients of all ages with a 2 credits access and exploitation of information related
wide variety of illness in this six-week clerk- to biomedical applications.
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 695
ship. Emphasis is on health care delivery in the 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Graduate Logistics
outpatient setting, health promotion, preven-
Introduces pertinent topics related to the PA TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 500
tive medicine and the patient-centered medical
home.
profession and prepares students for gradua- Graduate Co-Op/Internship in Technology
5 credits
tion, certification, licensure and employment. Management
Topics that are included PA scope of practice, Students will work for a company in a role that
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 657 resume and cover letter writing, billing, cod- is appropriate for an MS - TM graduate, or near
Psychiatry Rotation ing and reimbursement strategies, and how to graduation. Through this experience students
The diagnosis, treatment and management search for employment. will apply management principles and theory
of patients with psychiatric illness in the in- 1 credit in a practical setting. The student will write a
patient, outpatient and emergency settings are *All students are required to complete all of paper summarizing the tasks and accomplish-
stressed in this six-week rotation. This clerk- the seven core supervised clinical clerkships. ments encountered within the organization, as
ship requires students develop and demon- The clinical clerkship sequence will be indi- well as make managerial recommendations for
strate a variety of skills under the supervision vidually assigned to students. improvement of the company, or division in
and guidance of an experienced psychiatric which s/he was employed. Prerequisite: Final

353
Technology Management

semester of study and the Director, TM Pro- American patent, copyright and trademark of designs, documentation, program specifica-
gram approval. processes, including how to prepare and file tions, and system improvement. Course level
1-3 semester hours applications for each. Students completing this and content is suitable for managerial as well
course should be able to pass the Patent Agent as the more technically oriented.
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 505 (TCMG 505/MGMT 555)
exam. Global business issues, such as protec- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
Project Management
tion of ideas in an off-shoring arrangement, IP
This course is an advanced course in Project TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 521
co-development and other issues, will also be
Management. Topics included are planning Information Systems and Knowledge Management
addressed.
and pricing , conflict management, time The course introduces guiding theories and
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
management, cost management, quality man- concepts of knowledge management and its
agement, project related human resources TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 514 relationship to contemporary workplaces. This
management, communications management, Found Info Security Mgt course will explore various issues of creating,
risk management, procurement management This course is designed to teach students how storing, sharing, and applying knowledge
and professional responsibility. This course is to engage all functional levels within the en- in organizational environments, which will
based on current and emerging best practices terprise to deliver information system security. include a review of the role and basic func-
and principles. It will also discuss PM certifica- The course addresses a range of topics, each tions of information technology. Successful
tion requirements and provide real world case of which is vital to securing the modern enter- organizations foster both innovation and
studies. prise. These topics include plans and policies, efficiency via knowledge. Students will evalu-
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours enterprise roles, security metrics, risk & threat ate the different dynamics related to realizing
management, standards and regulations, phys- organizational progress through the effective
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 506 (TCMG 506)
ical security, business continuity, certifications, and efficient use of talent, structure, culture,
Advanced Program and Project Management
security technology, applications and careers methods, and technology. In addition to the
This is an advanced course in Project Manage-
in information security. Effective information required textbooks, students will be required
ment. Topics included are planning and pricing
security management at the enterprise level to research industry journals as a way to evalu-
, conflict management, time management, cost
requires planning, broad participation and ate the application of knowledge in real set-
management, quality management, project
practice. The ability to secure information in tings across various industries.
related human resources management, com-
large or small organizations is growing chal- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
munications management, risk management,
lenge on a global basis.
procurement management and professional TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 523 (TCMG 523/MGMT 523)
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
responsibility. This course is based on current Leadership in Technical Enterprises
and emerging best practices and principles. It TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 515 This course focuses on the development of
will also discuss PM certification requirements Cyber Security Forensic Analysis & Inves leadership skills important in the effective
and provide real world case studies. Prereq- This course introduces students to the funda- management of change. Through role-playing
uisite: TCMG 505. Can be taken in the same mental principles and topics of cyber security exercises, videotapes, diagnostic tools, semi-
semester with TCMG 505. forensic analysis and investigations. Students nar discussion, selected readings, and a group
3 semester hours learn critical forensic principals, methodology project, students will learn theory and build
and tools that enable them to plan, develop interpersonal skills necessary for providing
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 510
and perform investigations and analysis. The leadership in diverse multicultural groups
Technology Marketing
course addresses hardware, software, wireless and organizations. The course will address
This course is a pragmatic course focused on
devices, processes, communications, applica- the managerial issues present in organizations
contemporary marketing and innovation is-
tions, policies, procedures and legal implica- undergoing accelerating change and adopting
sues, opportunities and current and emerging
tions to help identify incidents and intrusions. a culture of creativity. Creating and sustaining
industry best practices in helping technology
Law enforcement, systems and network high performance multi-cultural and interdisci-
oriented and engineering organizations grow
administrators, attorneys and private investi- plinary traditional and virtual teams is covered.
and achieve sustainable competitive advantag-
gators and many businesses now rely on the 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
es in a complex and rapidly changing global
skills of professional cyber security forensic
environment. The impact of new technologies, TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 524
experts to investigate criminal, civil and terror-
which enable and provide strategic marketing Statistical Quality Control Techniques
ist activities.
and innovation will also be covered. This course presents Statistical Quality Control
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours techniques used in determining operating
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 520 (TCMG 520) quality levels to maintain quality assurance in
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 512 (TCMG 512/MGMT 590)
Information Systems Development & Design service and manufacturing industries. Topics
Intellectual Property
A course in the analysis, design, and develop- covered will include, but not limited to tools
Protection of a business’ intellectual property
ment of business systems. Students will learn for detection and isolation of sources of varia-
assets can make the difference between suc-
a variety of development models and tools tion: construction and interpretation of charts
cess and failure. This course will discuss the
available for systems development, deploy- for variables and attributes, process control and
strategies and methods available for protec-
ment and management. The role of all systems capability. The course objectives is to develop
tion of intellectual property in the global
constituents is addressed through discussion of and operational familiarity with contemporary
environment. Students will work through the
the specification, decision-making, and review methods found to be effective.3 lecture hours;

354
Technology Management

3 semester hours marketing systems required for the various cation (e.g. emails, memoranda, white papers,
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 525 (TCMG525) strategic alternatives. standard operating procedures, customer pre-
Finance, Accounting and Economics for 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours sentations, and technical brochures) as well as
Engineers TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 533 (TCMG 533)
more advanced technical communication (e.g.
In today’s competitive business world, it is posters, patents, research articles, academic
Information Technology Strategy and Governance
essential for engineers to apply the principles presentations, books, dissertations, engineer-
This course covers information technology
of engineering economics to make rational ing drawings, Bills of Materials, technical
plans, strategy, business/IT alignment, gover-
economic decisions. Students will be exposed standards, and engineering specifications) are
nance, environmental, ethical, economic, reg-
to the methods and tools, which are widely emphasized. Course topics will review vo-
ulatory, compliance and technical issues and
used in the financial evaluation and decision- cabulary, grammar, writing, reading compre-
trends with a focus on planning, organizing,
making processes of selecting project alterna- hension, speaking and presentation skills to
justifying, controlling, implementing and inte-
tives. This course will also provide students help students succeed in graduate level studies
grating concepts and real world experiences. It
with the skills required to read, interpret and while also gaining necessary job-related skills.
discusses business and IT balanced scorecards,
apply information about an organization’s 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
metrics and key performance indicators. Cur-
financial position. Managerial accounting and rent and emerging best business and technol-
finance concepts will be presented, followed ogy strategy and governance best practice TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 538
by financial statement analysis.3 lecture hours; frameworks such as COBIT, CMMI, PMBOK, Manufacturing and Serv Eng
3 semester hours Kano, VOC, QDF, ITIM, Prince2, ITIL, select The course covers service industry principles,
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 526 (TCMG526) ISO standards and others will be covered with manufacturing systems, facility layout, Factory
Decision Analysis in Technology Management emphasis on lessons learned, critical success Physics, Theory of Constraints, aspects of lean
The purpose of this course is to develop a con- factors and pragmatic solutions. Individual and manufacturing, manufacturing for sustainabil-
ceptual framework for assisting in the making team projects and case studies are integrated ity, and manufacturing safety as well as the
and assessment of socio-technological deci- into the course. management of people in service and manu-
sions in the management of technology. Heu- 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours facturing environments.
ristics, methodologies, and quantitative models 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
will be introduced to address decision-making. TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 534 (TCMG 534/MGMT 535)
Qualification of subjective judgments and the Strategic Sourcing and Vendor Management TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 540
development of hierarchical decision models This course covers the rewards and risks of Simulation and Modeling
are included. The course provides insight into outsourcing and vendor management and The purpose of this course is to provide an in
making rational decisions where multiple per- identifies where outsourcing should be used depth coverage of the use of simulation and
spectives such as social, technical, economic, and not used. The objectives of the course modeling as an analysis tool for the study of
environmental, political and legal may impact are to help students understand how to plan, production and distribution processes. The
the decision. Team projects are conducted to direct, manage and more effectively participate course aims to develop a sense of critical
apply the concepts. in outsourcing initiatives in terms of the fea- thinking, learning and problem solving. Topics
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours sibility of outsourcing (off-shore, near-shore, include: problem formulation, data collection
rural-shore, best shore), vendor selection, and analysis, random variable generation, and
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 530 (TCMG 530/MEEG 530) contract negotiation, vendor management and statistical analysis of output. Utilizes a major
Foundations of Manufacturing Management evaluation, risk assessment and terminating simulation language, SIMAN.
The objectives of the course are to understand outsourcing deals. Prerequisite: TCMG 523 and 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
and apply concepts and techniques in manu- TCMG 505 or Director, TM program approval.
facturing management. The course includes TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 546 (TCMG 540/MEEG 540)
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
the management of people (both traditional Engineering Economics
and high performance systems and teams), TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 535 (TCMG 535/BMEG 535) The course covers the concepts and methods
lean manufacturing techniques as used on Foundations of Bio Tech Sciences and that will assist engineering and technology
the factory floor, and recent concepts such as Management managers and professionals to make alterna-
Factory Physics. The course focuses on those This course covers the comprehensive scope tive investment and funding decisions regard-
issues that are important in supervising and of knowledge of major issues and technolo- ing projects, programs, products, business
managing a modern manufacturing operation. gies in the bio technology field. This includes expansion and other alternatives using the
3 semester hours regulatory, robotic, imaging, cybernetics, bio- financial calculations involving time value
informatics, genetics, ethics and related areas. of money (IRR, ROI, NPV), uncertainty and
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 532 (TCMG 532/MKTG 550) Individual and team projects will be assigned. risk. Topics include engineering and related
Global Market Management 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours financial evaluation techniques and formu-
Strategy planning, implementation and control las, choosing among alternatives, sensitivity
for market entry and development. Topics TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 537
Technical Communication for Engineers analysis, economic analysis, opportunity costs,
include social, political and economic changes depreciation, amortization, probability, cost
affecting marketing opportunity; focused ver- This course is designed to improve oral and
written methods of communication related to estimating and systems and others.
sus dispersed marketing efforts; marketing in 3 semester hours
developed and undeveloped countries; and technology, engineering, and science. Com-
mon forms of professional technical communi-

355
Technology Management

TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 549 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 568 and operation lead to performance improve-
Bus Intelligence & Decision Support Syst Intro to SQL and R for Data Science ments.
3 semester hours This course teaches Structured Query Language 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
(SQL) and R programming languages. SQL is
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 555 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 574 (TCMG 574/MEEG 574)
used by database administrators, data analysts,
Contemp Prob Tech Mgmt Principles of Logistics and Materials
business intelligence specialists for setting up
3 semester hours
and running analytical queries. R Programming Management
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 558 (TCMG 558) language is used for data analysis and visual- This course presents materials management,
Biotechnology & Entrepreneurship ization. The is designed to provide a compre- logistics theory and concepts in today’s
This course covers theory and practice of bio- hensive overview and step-by-step instructions manufacturing and commercial environments.
entrepreneurship. It explores the transforma- on SQL. In this course, students will learn how It integrates all of the functional areas of the
tive and disruptive nature of scientific discov- to create and design tables, manipulate data business as well as incorporating logistics into
eries and the innovative and entrepreneurial and run reports, and create programs such corporate operation. They are examined in
process for turning knowledge into profitable as stored procedures, functions and triggers. light of how they interrelate with other func-
business. Students are required to develop More advanced concepts such as cursors will tions for the firms.
and communicate in-depth knowledge on the also be covered. Oracle database techniques 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
evolution of the biotechnology industry and applicable to other popular SQL engines in- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 575
the behavior of entrepreneurial biotechnology cluding Microsoft SQL Server and MySQL. Introduction to Big Data & Data Science for
firms to build core competencies and acquire 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Technology Management
funding. Individual and team projects and case This course introduces the concepts of big
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 571 (TCMG 571/MGMT 571)
studies are integrated into the course. data, data science, and data analysis. These
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours Foundations of Service Management and
Engineering concepts are applied to applications and ser-
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 559 (TCMG 559) With the rapid growth of the services industry, vices. Because large amounts of data can best
Found of Bus Process & Ops Mgt this course integrates topics from economics, be understood in graphic or pictorial format,
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours engineering, law, technology and organiza- data visualization is also introduced. Since data
tional theory to deal with how firms change science inherently involves statistical analysis a
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 560 (TCMG 560) few basic constructs such as cluster and regres-
Foundations of Environmental and Energy over time to become more service oriented or
become service business and the mechanisms sion analyses will be part of this course. These
Management statistical concepts will be strengthened with
This course covers the assessment of cur- and tools by which they seek innovation and
competitive advantage in the service sector. exercises using R. R is an open source pro-
rent and potential environmental and energy gramming language and software environment
management issues, opportunities and threats. The services life cycle is reviewed. In addition,
enabling technologies and how different dis- for statistical computing and graphics analysis.
Key issues such as global warming, pollution, An R package, Shiny, is applied for interactive
global energy supply and demand needs will ciplines help to answer questions about how
business services combine, evolve, standardize web applications. Python is also introduced for
be discussed. Alternative energy sources are comparison with R. Case studies will focus on
reviewed, including examination of energy and mature are covered.
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours information and communications technologies
technologies in each fuel cycle stage for fos- for sustainable development.
sil (oil, gas, synthetic), solar, biomass, wind, TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 572 (TCMG 572/MEEG 572) 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
hydro, nuclear, and geothermal energy types, Production Technology and Techniques
along with storage, transmission, and conser- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 577
This course will introduce up-to-date technol-
vation issues. ogy, techniques and systems of the global Lean Manufacturing
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours manufacturing industry. American manufac- This course teaches the core methods and
turing situation would be analyzed and Japa- philosophy of lean manufacturing. Lean Manu-
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 561 (TCMG 561) facturing is historically based on the Topoto
Economic, Regulatory, Cultural, and Societal nese manufacturing success is also explored.
Comprehensive and readable description of Production System used to significantly reduce
Issues in Environment and Energy Management the time, increase the reliability and reduce the
The course will focus on a review of the en- manufacturing practice is researched.
3 semester hours cost, space requirements and inventory of a
vironmental and energy management safety, manufacturing environment. Each week a dif-
hazard identification and disaster prevention TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 573 (TCMG 573/MEEG 573) ferent aspect of the Lean Manufacturing will be
policies, laws, concepts and issues. U.S. and Supply Chain Management taught. Each week, homework will focus on
international laws, regulations and standards The goal of this course is to cover not only the implementation of these concepts into the
will also be covered. The course will provide high-level supply chain strategy and concepts, term project designs.
the student with a better understanding of how but also to give students a solid understanding 3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
the complexity of this topic impacts economic, of the analytical tools, to understand supply
political, cultural and societal and opportuni- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 578
chain design, planning and operation and high
ties in environment and energy management. it impacts the performance of a firm. It also Six Sigma
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours conveys how supply chain drivers used on a Six Sigma is a methodology and set of quality
conceptual level during supply chain design management tools (especially statistical meth-

356
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

ods) used to improve the quality of process decision-making, globalization and managing 3 semester hours
outputs, identifying and removing the causes accelerating change. It tests the capability of
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 645
of defects or errors and minimizing variability the student to apply and integrate all prior
Technology New Venture Creation
in manufacturing and business processes. This graduate learning to solve actual strategic man-
This course is for graduate students interested
course teaches the core methods and philoso- agement problems, develop a business plan
in starting a technology venture, joining a
phy of Six Sigma. Each week a different aspect and conduct organizational performance and
small firm intent upon rapid growth, or pur-
of the Six Sigma will be taught. Each week, governance assessments. The final project of
suing a career in consulting, venture capital,
homework will focus on the implementation this course is project-based and shall consti-
or the management of a technology business
of these concepts into term project designs. tute, therefore, an outcome assessment of
or venture for larger companies. The course
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours what the student has learned in the MS - TM
will provide an opportunity to identify and
program. Prerequisite: TCMG 505, 525 and
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 580 analyze new business and technology venture
524; minimum grade C.
New Product Commercialization issues and opportunities. Select topics covered
3-6 semester hours
The objectives of the course are to understand include: evaluating market opportunities, de-
and apply concepts and techniques of product TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 597 C signing profitable business models, producing
commercialization. The course focuses on Masters Project (Completion) a solid business plan, raising capital (multiple
taking student created product concepts and Topics to be arranged. Prerequisite: Approval rounds), protecting intellectual property and
having student teams drive the concepts to of the Director, TM Program. exit strategies such as a merger, the sale of the
become actual products. Product design, pro- 1 semester hour company or an initial public offerings (IPO).
totype creation, market analysis, and financial 3 semester hours
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 598
analysis all come together within the student
Thesis in Technology Management TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 694
team to create a viable product. If ideas are
Completion of a report based on field, library Written/Oral Comprehensive Exam
worthy, teams may work with the University’s
and institutional research to demonstrate abil- Students taking comprehensive Ph.D. exami-
CTech IncUBator to actually commercialize
ity to conduct investigations in a technology nations are required to register for (TMPD)*
their products. Students are strongly encour-
management discipline. Approval of the Direc- 694.
aged to find a sponsor to actually commercial-
tor, TM Program. 0 semester hours
ize their product ideas.
3-6 semester hours
3 lecture hours; 3 semester hours
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 595
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 599
Technology Management (Ph.D.)
Independent Study in Technology Management
Technology Business Strategy (Capstone Course)
This course is reserved for a special project Doctoral Seminars
This course provides an opportunity for stu-
that cannot be done any other way and to help
dents to apply the knowledge and skills they These courses are designed for doctoral stu-
a student complete the MS when no other al-
have learned throughout their TM course of dents only. (TMPD= Technology Management
ternative is available. Prerequisite: Approval of
studies with their business and technology Ph.D. course)
the Director, TM Program.
experiences from a multi-disciplinary perspec- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 694
3 semester hours
tive. The Strategic management process rep- Written/Oral Comprehensive Examination
resents the full set of organizational policies, TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 620 Students taking comprehensive Ph.D. exami-
plans, practices, commitments, decisions, Strategic Management of Technology and nations are required to register for (TMPD)*
governance mechanisms and actions required Innovation 694.
for a firm to develop a vision and a compelling This course presents a coherent process for 0 semester hours
business plan and execute the plan to achieve the formulation, implementation, and assess-
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 698
strategic competitiveness, earn above-average ment of technology strategy. This includes
Teaching Requirement
returns and sustain growth. The course will de- the technology life cycle of initiation, growth,
Ph.D. students assigned to teach courses to
velop and integrate knowledge of the strategic maturation, and decline of business innova-
fulfill the teaching practicum of the Ph.D. in
management process, frameworks and tools, tion. Technology management and innovation
Technology Management are required to reg-
including strategy development, formulation are studied within a strategic management
ister for (TMPD) 698.
and deployment, while embracing and manag- perspective. Methods of technology planning,
0 semester hours
ing rapid and constant change and minimizing aligning technology with business strategy for
business disruption competitive advantage, and strategic manage- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 699
3-6 semester hours ment for use in organizations that use a broad Seminar (Oral Defense of Dissertation Proposal
range of technologies are discussed. Strategies {Oral Defense})
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 597
for commercializing products and services, This course is a zero credit course. It involves
Master’s Project
new technology adoption, process innovation attending the regular departmental seminars
A capstone course dealing with the develop-
and business/technology transformation are and presenting one’s work in one of the semi-
ment and implementation of business strat-
included. nars.
egy and plan within a framework of ethical
0 semester hours

357
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 702 document the intermediate results in the form ect Management Institute’s Knowledge and
Explorations in Research Methodologies of reports. S/he is also encouraged to publish Process areas and prepares students to take
This course exposes students to a wide variety these results as they are discovered, in the in- various PMI Project Management Certification.
of research approaches across many disci- ternational professional literature, i.e., refereed Prerequisite: TCMG 505
plines. Explores the processes and problems conference proceedings and journals. Proof 3 semester hours
of designing and conducting various kinds of of good work is the acceptance of the results
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 508 (TCMG 508 / MGMT 565)
research. Develops skill in evaluating TM re- by reputable journals. Intermediate results can
Foundations of Product Management
search. Through a series of guest researchers, also be discussed in departmental seminars.
This course covers new product development
enables students to discuss research process The completed dissertation must be distributed
and innovation, as well as the product man-
and publication issues with experts. Explores to the dissertation committee members at least
agement life cycle. Topics covered include the
the non-statistical issues in research planning two weeks before the dissertation defense.
feasibility and investment prioritization of new
and execution. Develops understanding and The committee will read it and certify that the
products or product enhancements, raising
skill in the scientific approach, problem defini- dissertation is a work of substantial merit and
capital for new product development, market
tion, hypothesis development, research design that it can be defended. It is the responsibility
and customer needs analysis, make versus buy
and methodology planning. of the student that the final draft of the dis-
alternatives and product launch and commer-
3 semester hours sertation addresses all legitimate concerns of
cialization issues and considerations, including
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 704
the committee members.
promotion, pricing, distribution, competition,
Research, Design, Data Analysis and Minimum of 15 semester hours
pre and post sales support, systems and infra-
Measurement structure support, customer service and related
The major objective of this course is to pro- Area 1: New Technology Venture areas. Students will work on individual and
vide beginning doctoral students with an un- team projects that will include the develop-
derstanding of the central issues and choices Creation Electives ment of a new product market/business plan.
in research design. The course is designed It is assumed that individuals taking this fo- 3 semester hours
to prepare students to design and conduct cus area will have the appropriate academic TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 512 (TCMG 512 / MGMT 590)
research studies. Emphasis will be placed on and business/industrial background. Those Advanced Intellectual Property Management
how to think about research problems, what people not having the needed background This course will discuss the strategies and
are appropriate methods to approach such will be responsible for taking necessary pre- methods available for protection of intellectual
problems, and what are the related issues in requisite courses, which will not count to- property in the global environment. Students
the choice of research methodology. Students ward the minimum classroom hours required will work through the American patent, copy-
will be introduced a broad array of data col- for the Ph.D. degree. right and trademark processes, including how
lection methods that are used in social science
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 505 (TCMG 505/MGMT 555) to prepare and file applications for each. Stu-
research. Prerequisite: TMPD 702
Global Program and Project Management dents completing this course should be able to
3 semester hours
This course focuses on the managerial as- pass the Patent Agent exam. Global business
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 706 issues, such as protection of ideas in an off-
pects of how to more effectively manage,
Quantitative Methodologies plan and execute programs/projects with a shoring arrangement, IP co-development and
This course provides the mathematical and focus on high quality deliverables arriving other issues, will also be addressed. Students
statistical preparation to support subsequent on time, within budget, within scope and to will understand that the protection of a busi-
doctoral course work within the Technol- the customer’s satisfaction. Areas covered will ness’ intellectual property assets can make the
ogy Management department and prepare include program and project management life difference between success and failure.
the student to apply quantitative methods and cycle phases, executive sponsorship, portfolio 3 semester hours
data analysis techniques. Topics include prob- investment management selection and pri- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 523 (TCMG 523/MGMT 523)
ability, statistics, measurement and evaluation, oritization, requirements, scope and project Leadership, Teams & Managing Change
sampling, designing studies, linear algebra, charters, planning, development, estimating, This course focuses on the development of
linear programming, optimization, simula- staffing, leadership, scheduling, risk manage- leadership skills important in the effective
tion, and modeling and regression analysis. ment, change management, project metrics, management of change. Through role-playing
Students make extensive use of leading-edge vendor integration and management and other exercises, videotapes, diagnostic tools, semi-
industry software packages. related topics. This course is based on current nar discussion, selected readings, and a group
3 semester hours and emerging best practices and principles. It project, students will learn theory and build
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 710 will also discuss PM certification requirements interpersonal skills necessary for providing
Ph.D. Dissertation and provide real world case studies. leadership in diverse multicultural groups
This course is the Ph.D. Dissertation. The 3 semester hours and organizations. The course will address
student is expected to work on the accepted TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 506 (TCMG 506) the managerial issues present in organizations
topic and come up with original results. S/he Advanced Program and Project Management undergoing accelerating change and adopting
has to report the results in the form of a Ph.D. This is an advanced course in Global Program a culture of creativity. Creating and sustaining
dissertation. The student is encouraged to and Project Management. It covers the Proj- high performance multi-cultural and interdisci-
plinary traditional and virtual teams is covered.

358
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

3 semester hours view of the marketing, operational, financial, BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 508 (BMEG 508/MEEG 508)
product, service and business strategy and Biomechanics
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 525 (TCMG 525)
plans that must be mastered and developed Biomechanics is the application of mechanical
Finance and Accounting for Managers
as foundation for start-up of a small business principles to living organisms that included
This course provides managers with the skills
or entrepreneurship enterprise. In addition, bioengineering, research and analysis of
required to read, interpret and apply informa-
the growth of existing business, through In- mechanism in living organisms, and applica-
tion about an organization’s financial position.
trapreneurship, is also covered. Students are tion of engineering principles to and from
Managerial accounting and finance concepts
required to develop a comprehensive business biological systems. This course can be carried
will be presented, followed by financial state-
plan for a business of their own choice and forth from the molecular level including col-
ment analysis. Topics presented from a mana-
which is acceptable to the instructor. lagen and elastin, all the way up to the tissue
gerial perspective will include how accounting
3 semester hours and organ levels. Some simple applications of
data is generated during business operations,
Newtonian mechanics can supply approxima-
how financial statements are created and TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 580 (TCMG 580X/MGMT 585X)
tions on each level, but precise details demand
analyzed, and management of finance to maxi- New Product Commercialization
the use of continuum mechanics.
mize return on investment and stakeholder eq- The objectives of the course are to understand
3 semester hours
uity and other related topics. Students will be and apply concepts and techniques of product
required to participate in case work applying commercialization. The course focuses on BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 510 (BMEG 510/ELEG 510)
the principles presented in the class. taking student created product concepts and Medical Machines
3 semester hours having student teams drive the concepts to This course provides a very good introduc-
become actual products. Product design, pro- tion and understanding of Electrical Safety,
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 532 (TCMG 532/MKTG 560)
totype creation, market analysis, and financial Medical electronics and Medical Machines,
Global Market Management
analysis all come together within the student as applicable. Students often have different
Strategy planning, implementation and control
team to create a viable product. backgrounds and levels of understanding of
for market entry and development. Topics
3 semester hours technical concepts; therefore, we will develop
include social, political and economic changes
the necessary background in this course in first
affecting marketing opportunity; focused ver- TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 595(TCMG 595)
few weeks and gradually move from basic to
sus dispersed marketing efforts; marketing in Technology Business Strategy (Capstone/Course)
advance topics as listed below in “Class Top-
developed and undeveloped countries; and This course is a capstone course dealing with
ics” section. This course will further help by
marketing systems required for the various the development and implementation of a
developing an approach to design devices and
strategic alternatives. business strategy and plan within a framework
safety features. Behind every invention, law
3 semester hours of ethical decision-making, globalization and
or device, there is always a need, a necessity.
managing accelerating change. It tests the
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 559 (TCMG 559/MGMT 560) Students go from necessity to invention in the
capability of the student to apply all prior
Foundations of Business Process and Operations class since a large number of electronic equip-
learning to solve actual strategic management
Management ment are being used in hospitals and medical
problems.
The nature of any organization is to provide centers for patient care and diagnosis or to
3 semester hours
products and services. At the heart of such carry out advanced surgeries. This course will
provision is the operations management func- enable students to learn the basics principles
tion, which can account for 60% to 75% of an Area 2: Select Current Emerging of different instruments used in medical sci-
organization’s operating costs, investment and ence.
assets. Consequently the operations manage- Technologies (Technology 3 semester hours
ment role is challenging and dynamic, ranging Specializations) BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 513 (BMEG 513/ELEG 513)
from short-term control to long-term planning Bio-Technology and Bio-Medical Biomedical Image Processing
activities. Indeed due to the critical nature
of the operations management function it is Technology, Systems and This course is an elective course. The content
of this course include the fundamentals of Dig-
highly visible and exposed to scrutiny, more Processes ital Image Processing and its applications in
so than any other function of an organization. biomedical field. Sampling and Quantization
Therefore, if you want a career which is de- It is assumed that individuals taking this fo-
cus area will have the appropriate academic of signals are mentioned in order to introduce
manding and stimulating, as well as knowing the digital images, some basic relationship
that you are contributing to the success of and business/industrial background. Those
people not having the needed background between pixels are mentioned. Introduction
an organization, the Operations & Business to Fourier Transformation, Discrete Fourier
Management course can provide you with the will be responsible for taking necessary pre-
requisite courses, which will not count to- Transform and Fast Fourier Transformed are
perfect launch pad. explained. MATLAB programming with Im-
3 semester hours ward the minimum classroom hours required
for the Ph.D. degree. Students are expected age Processing Toolbox will be introduced
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 582 (TCMG/MGMT 582) to have a working knowledge of statistics, to empathize and rigid the understanding
Small Business and Entrepreneurship biology and chemistry. of students. Others important fundamental
This course provides a comprehensive re- theorems, e.g., Image Enhancement, Image

359
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

Segmentation, Representation and Description with chips fabrications and linking them to- use of immobilized biomolecules, immobilized
are also mentioned. Students are required to ward soft materials assembly will be detailed. cell ligands, and immobilization methods. Re-
implement some programs using the theorems Emerging nanotechnology based methods for cent advances in biomedical engineering from
learnt in classes. soft and green electronics, mechanical parts, the perspectives of inkjet printing of cells and
3 semester credits MEMS, PCBS will be covered. Gene chip, label tissues for 3Dmedical textiles, nanofibers and
free sensory assay using micro and nano- films in biomedical engineering by electro-
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 535 (TCMG 535/BMEG 535)
fluidics will be discussed. Transfer printing, static spinning, bio-inspired materials through
Foundations of Bio Tech Sciences and
DNA-protein interactions using the chip and layer by layer (LBL) assembly and biogels and
Management
several nano-scale assemblies for soft materials advanced instrumentations in biomedical engi-
This course covers the comprehensive scope
fabrication will be discussed. neering are updated. Artificial red blood and
of knowledge of major issues and technolo-
3 semester credits skin substitutes, orthopedic biomaterials ap-
gies in the bio technology field. This includes
plications adhesives and sealants, diagnostics,
regulatory, robotic, imaging, cybernetics, bio- BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 563 (BMEG/MEEG 563)
biomedical sensors, extracorporeal artificial
informatics, genetics, ethics and related areas. Polymer Nanocomposites
organs and ethical issues of biomedical engi-
Individual and team projects will be assigned. A great deal of emphasis is put on you getting
neering are discussed.
3 semester hours exposure to the growing field of nanocompos-
3 semester hours
ite materials and their biomedical engineering
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 547 (BMEG 547/ELEG 547)
applications. This exciting field is constantly BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 567 (BMEG/MEEG 567X)
BioMEMS
evolving. New composite materials are always Physiological Fluid Dynamics
This course will introduce to students the
being developed and their commercial impact There is a great and vital difference between
fundamentals of BioMEMS, the application
is beginning to be seen. Hence many biomedi- the transport processes in the human body
of MEMS (Microelectromechanical Systems)
cally relevant nanocomposites such as biogels, from other engineering systems. A thorough
for biological applications. The topics include
bones, cartilages etc and their bioinspired understanding of physiological fluid mechan-
microfabrication, microfluids, biosensors,
analogs will be covered. The processes per- ics is essential for innovation in medical as-
actuators, micro/nano drug delivery systems,
taining to in-situ and ex-situ nanocomposites, sist and monitoring devices. Emphasis in this
micro total analysis systems and lab-on-a-chip
many antibacterial nanoparticle syntheses and course is placed on assist devices, flow and
devices, and detection and measurement sys-
their use in devise will be covered in detail. thermal measurements, modeling for engineer-
tems. The main focus is to understand the fun-
Students will learn the structure and proper- ing application, and understanding application
damental challenges and limitations involved
ties of polymers. Polymer-carbon nanotube, to biomedical problems.
in designing and fabricating various BioMEMS
polymer-graphene and polymer-nanoparticle 3 semester hours
and BioNEMS devices
based nanocomposites will be discussed. De-
3 semester credits BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 580 (BMEG 580)
sign and development of mechanical, thermal,
Tissue Engineering
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 555X (TCMG 555/BMEG 555X) electronic and multifunctional nanocomposites
The objective of this course is to provide
Biotechnology and Entrepreneurship are their direct and indirect interfaces with
students a foundation for the understand-
The course examines the principles of bio- natural and synthetic biological structures will
ing of cell based systems needed for tissue
entrepreneurship in developing new products, be discussed.
engineering. The structure-property-function
services and processes. Students will learn 3 semester hours
relationships in normal and pathological mam-
about the biotechnology dynamics at the
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 565 (BMEG 565/ELEG 565) malian tissues will be covered. A review of the
global scale in the biomedical drug, diagnostic,
Biomedical Materials and Engineering current development of biological substitutes
hospital management, and devices industries
This course introduces the student to the to restore, maintain, or improve functions that
and their markets. Deliverables include home-
progress of biomaterials used in biomedical includes strategies to regenerate metabolic
work, assignments, an academic report and a
engineering. Starting from early civilization organs and repair structural tissues, as well
team project. This course provides students
biomaterials, this course discusses modern ad- as cell-based therapies to deliver proteins and
with the skills required to read, interpret and
vanced level biomaterials and their engineer- other therapeutic drugs will be discussed.
apply academic literature, how to identify,
ing principles associated with their biomedical There are a variety of very important materi-
extract and understand important information
use. Hip, knee prostheses, implants, grafts, als issues in tissue engineering, which will
that is useful in the bioentrepreneurial decision
sutures, stents, catheter materials, and their be discussed in detail. Cells adherence to the
making processes. Students will be required
application in Biomedical Engineering are cov- extracellular matrix materials in the body and
to participate in case work applying the prin-
ered. Designed biomaterials such as silicones, their enormous effect on cell behavior will be
ciples presented in the class. 3 Semester hours
polyurethane, Teflon, hydrogels, bionanocom- detailed. The physical and chemical proper-
3 semester hours
posites are detailed. Modern biology and bio- ties of these materials will be examined and
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 562 (BMEG 562/ELEG 562) medical engineering such as protein absorp- important materials used in tissue engineering
Nanofabrication with Soft Materials tion, biospecific medical materials, nonfouling will be discussed
This is an advanced level graduate course materials, healing and foreign body reaction, 3 semester hours
focusing on fabrication of soft materials. Nano- controlled release, etc., are discussed. Surface-
COMPUTER SCIENCE 551 (CPSC 551)
fabrication processes and nanosystem products immobilized biomolecules in patterned surfac-
will be discussed. Fundamentals associated es are explained with specific examples for the

360
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

Advanced Database Design an emphasis on systems (as opposed to ap- security, web service security, privacy issues,
This course introduces database design with plications). Topics include relational model, principles & practices of IT auditing, informa-
an emphasis on systems (as opposed to ap- SQL, database normalization techniques, data tion systems security professional certification
plications). Topics include relational model, storage and indexing, query evaluation and (CISSP). The basic issues to be addressed by
SQL, database normalization techniques, data optimization, physical database design, and information assurance are explored through a
storage and indexing, query evaluation and transaction management. tutorial and survey of law and ethics at the very
optimization, physical database design, and 3 semester hours beginning of the course. Then, the detailed
transaction management. practice of information assurance is explored
COMPUTER SCIENCE 555 (CPSC 555)
3 semester hours via practical aspects as well as applications that
Web-based Application Development
have been used and implemented nowadays.
This course provides an introduction to funda-
3 semester hours
Information Analytics, Technology mental issues in designing a web-based appli-
cation. Review of the web technologies such COMPUTER SCIENCE 571 (CPSC / CPEG 571)
and Decision Support Systems as HTML, VBScript, DHTML, Java, XML and Internet Computing
It is assumed that individuals taking this fo- server-side technologies using Active Server This course discusses the principles and prac-
cus area will have the appropriate academic Pages (ASP), CGI and Java Server Pages (JSP). tices of computing problems over the Internet.
and business/industrial/STEM background. Design issues include the creation of tiered This course focuses on the Internet as a do-
Those people not having the needed back- and scalable applications by the use of COM+ main for sharing information and resources
ground will be responsible for taking nec- components involving Microsoft Transaction with cloud systems. The topics include distrib-
essary prerequisite courses, which will not Server and the Java Beans. Different projects uted systems, World Wide Web, the browser-
count toward the minimum classroom hours are assigned to create dynamic, database- cloud computing model, cloud systems,
required for the Ph.D. degree. Students are driven E-Commerce solutions involving, order information retrieval and search technologies,
expected to have a working knowledge of tracking systems, inventory systems, inventory multi-agent systems, web usage mining and
statistics and a combination of information management, advertising management, creat- personalization, social networks, peer-to-peer
technology and computer science courses. ing score reports, personalizing the shopping technologies, and semantic webs. Foundations
experience and secure credit card transactions. of Internet computing and how to use modern
COMPUTER SCIENCE 546 (CPSC 546) Wireless E-Commerce applications and devel- technological frameworks to develop various
Services Oriented Architecture oping business-to-business applications using Internet-based applications are covered by
This course covers Service-Oriented Archi- XML, SOAP and Biztalk Servers. this course. Application areas include finance
tectures as well as associated technologies 3 semester hours and e-business, government services, scien-
such as XML processing, Web Services and tific computing, bioinformatics, collaborative
COMPUTER SCIENCE 556(CPSC 556)
Ajax. SOA is an approach to building a set computing, multimedia applications, and file-
of web services such that larger applications Data Mining
sharing systems. This course is not intended to
are exposed as smaller service modules (web This course is dealing with basic concepts,
be a course on web site development.
services) that also allow integration via service tasks, methods, and techniques in data mining.
3 semester hours
composition mechanisms to build newer, use- The focus is on various data mining problems
ful larger applications. SOA is an evolution of and their solutions, such as association rule, TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 520 (TCMG 520)

distributed object computing and utilizes the classification, and clustering analysis. Students Information Systems Development and Design.
messaging design pattern between web ser- will learn various techniques for data mining, This course focuses on the analysis, design,
vices. An application’s business logic (middle- and apply the techniques to solve data mining and development of business systems. Students
tier), or data related functions are modularized problems. The following topics will be dis- will learn a variety of development models
and presented as services for consumer/client cussed in this course Introduction of Data Min- and tools available for systems development,
applications. These services in a proper SOA ing, Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, deployment and management. The role of all
design are loosely coupled in nature; i.e., the and Correlations, Classification and Prediction, systems constituents is addressed through dis-
service interface is independent of the imple- Cluster Analysis, Mining Stream, Time-Series, cussion of the specification, decision-making,
mentation. Application developers can build and Sequence Data, Graph Mining, Mining and review of designs, documentation, pro-
newer applications by composing one or more Spatial, Multimedia, Text and Web Data and gram specifications, and system improvement.
services without knowing the services’ under- Applications and Trends in Data Mining. Course level and content is suitable for mana-
lying implementations. This course not only 3 semester hours gerial as well as the more technically oriented.
presents the concepts behind proper SOAs, 3 semester hours
COMPUTER SCIENCE 562 (CPSC / CPEG 562)
but also covers the technologies such as WCF Information Assurance TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 521(TCMG 521/ ITKM 505)
(based on latest WS-* specifications) needed to This course covers both the principles and Information Systems and Knowledge Management
practically build such architectures. practice of information assurance. The topics The purpose of this course is to acquaint
3 semester hours include law and ethics of information security, the students with some of the organizational
COMPUTER SCIENCE 551 (CPSC 551)
intrusion detection, firewall & trusted comput- and management issues surrounding the
Advanced Database Design ing, trust management, authentication & bio- emergence of information and knowledge as
This course introduces database design with metrics, authorization and access control, web key factors in developing and maintaining a

361
Technology Management Doctoral Seminars

competitive advantage for firms. The course This course will enhance the student’s ability MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 512X (MEEG 512X)
is organized around two ideas, 1) knowledge to understand the design and development Computational Fluid Dynamics
as a manageable asset, and 2) why people in of DSS with Web technology. Prerequisites: This course is intended as an introduction to
organizations sometimes don’t use what they Completion of all required Information Tech- the field of Computational Fluid Dynamics
know. A basic assumption of the class is that nology and Knowledge Management required (CFD). Finite difference/finite volume methods
organizations are complex adaptive systems concentration courses or concurrent registra- will be introduced for solving Navier-Stokes
operating in highly competitive, information tion in final required concentration courses. and energy equations in heat transfer and fluid
and knowledge rich environments. 3 semester credits dynamics processes. This course will help stu-
3 semester credits dents develop practical skills in Computational
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 568 (TCMG 568/ CPSC 568)
Fluid Dynamics and the use of commercial
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 533 (TCMG 533) Foundation of Information Analytics
CFD packages, such as STAR-CCM+. Students
Information Technology Strategy and Governance This course will introduce the foundation of
will apply these skills to relevant engineering
This course covers information technology Informatics. It will review how information
applications and gain an appreciation of the
plans, strategy, business/IT alignment, gov- sciences and computer technology can be ap-
limitations and advantages of CFD modeling.
ernance, environmental, ethical, economic, plied to enhance research and practice in man-
3 semester hours
regulatory, compliance and technical issues agement and technology. The basic principles
and trends with a focus on planning, organiz- of informatics that govern communication TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 524 (TCMG 524)
ing, justifying, controlling, implementing and systems, information retrieval, data mining, Statistical Quality Control Techniques
integrating concepts and real world experi- data warehousing support and evidence based This course presents a comprehensive sum-
ences. It discusses business and IT balanced business and technology decision support will mary of methods for managing quality and
scorecards, metrics and key performance in- be explored. Various Informatics tools will be continuous process improvements. The course
dicators. Current and emerging best business covered. objective is to develop an operational familiar-
and technology strategy and governance best 3 semester hours ity with contemporary methods found to be
practice frameworks such as COBIT, CMMI, effective. Topics covered include statistical
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 571 (TCMG 571/MGMT 571)
PMBOK, Kano, ITIM, Prince2, ITIL, select ISO process control, quality function deployment,
Foundations of Service Management and
standards and others will be covered with concurrent design, the house of quality, the
Engineering Taguchi method, Six Sigma, lean and others. It
emphasis on lessons learned, critical success
This course integrates topics from economics, also covers continuous process improvement
factors and pragmatic solutions. Individual and
engineering, law, technology and organiza- methodologies and techniques. This course is
team projects and case studies are integrated
tional theory to deal with how firms change intended for those students who do not plan to
into the course.
over time to become more service oriented or specialize in quality management.
3 semester hours
become service business and the mechanisms 3 semester hours
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 540 (TCMG / MEEG 540) and tools by which they seek innovation and
Simulation and Modeling competitive advantage in the service sector. TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 530 (TCMG/ MEEG 530)
The purpose of this course is to provide an in The services life cycle is reviewed. In addition, Foundations of Manufacturing Management
depth coverage of the use of simulation and enabling technologies and how different dis- The objectives of the course are to understand
modeling as an analysis tool for the study of ciplines help to answer questions about how and apply concepts and techniques in manu-
production and distribution processes. The business services combine, evolve, standardize facturing management. The course includes
course aims to develop a sense of critical and mature are covered. the management of people (both traditional
thinking, learning and problem solving. Topics 3 semester hours and high performance systems), lean manufac-
include: problem formulation, data collection turing techniques as used on the factory floor,
and analysis, random variable generation, and and recent concepts such as Factory Physics.
statistical analysis of output. Utilizes a major Manufacturing, Supply Chain and The course focuses on those issues that are im-
simulation language, SIMAN. Logistics, Technology, Systems portant in supervising and managing a modern
3 semester hours
and Processes (Electives) manufacturing operation.
3 semester hours
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 549 (TCMG 549/ MGMT 548)
Business Intelligence and Decision Support It is assumed that individuals taking this TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 534 (TCMG 534/ MGMT 535)
Systems focus area will have the appropriate aca- Strategic Sourcing and Vendor Management
Decision Support Systems (DSS) are interactive demic and business/industrial/application This course covers the rewards and risks of
computer based systems that help decision background. Those people not having the outsourcing and vendor management and
makers understand and use data, models, and needed background will be responsible for identifies where outsourcing should be used
other analytical tools to evaluate their options. taking necessary prerequisite courses, which and not used. The objectives of the course
The course will focus on several aspects of will not count toward the minimum class- are to help students understand how to plan,
DSS. Topics covered include Data-Driven room hours required for the Ph.D. degree. direct, manage and more effectively participate
systems, Model-Driven systems and Communi- Math skills that include calculus are required, in outsourcing initiatives in terms of the fea-
cations-Driven systems that help groups solve and students are expected to have a working sibility of outsourcing (off-shore, near-shore,
problems and Knowledge-Driven systems, and knowledge of statistics. rural-shore, best shore), vendor selection,
Document-Driven systems (expert systems). contract negotiation, vendor management and

362
Traditional Chinese Medicine

evaluation, risk assessment and terminating MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 575 (MEEG 575) and demonstrated. In addition to the twelve
outsourcing deals. Manufacturing Strategy bilateral channels, two midline vessels and
3 semester hours This course provides the necessary strategic six other extra meridians, forbidden and
perspective for manufacturing managers’ sights contraindication of points are discussed. In
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 559 (TCMG 559/ MGMT 560)
and sustaining manufacturing excellence in the addition, extra points, auricular points and
Foundation of Business Process and Operations
competitive manufacturing environment. The other categories of acupuncture points are
Management strategic perspective of manufacturing forms
Students in this course apply the methods to demonstrated and treatment techniques
the approach that places these issues within based on these extra meridians and points
projects of their own design and choosing, the rightful context. It emphasizes the essential
employing systems designed for application to are discussed and practiced.
requirement to link with other functions in
process management issues. Emphasis is put order to determine the best strategies for the APT 511
on quantitative and data-based problem-solv- business as a whole. Point Location 1
ing and decision-making processes applied by 3 semester hours This course will serve as the foundation of the
the professional manager for the improvement acupuncture point selection series. Meridian
of product or service development quality and TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 577X (TCMG/MEEG 577X) theory using concepts of the Jing Luo system,
customer satisfaction. Business process im- Lean Manufacturing including main and secondary vessels will be
provement techniques such as lean, Six Sigma Lean manufacturing is a philosophy based reinforced. This course provides the student
and others will be covered. on the elimination of waste in the production with the knowledge and skills to physically
3 semester hours system. Use of various concepts such as flow, locate acupuncture points of the lung, large
just-in-time, lead times, inventory turns, stan- intestine, stomach and spleen, heart and small
TEVHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 572 /MECHANICAL ENGINEER-
ING 572 (TCMG/MEEG 572)
dardized work, pull systems, value streams, intestine, urinary bladder, kidney, and pericar-
Production Technology and Techniques quick changeover, workplace organization, dium channels. Students will focus on how
This course will introduce up-to-date technol- and visual controls are covered with the focus to locate points effectively, accurately, and
ogy, techniques and systems of the global on improving manufacturing system perfor- quickly as preparation for clinical application
manufacturing industry. American manufac- mance. as well as college and national examinations.
turing situation would be analyzed and Japa- 3 semester hours Students will also learn the major function(s)
nese manufacturing success is also explored. TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 578X (TCMG 578X) and indication(s) of the Lung, Large Intestine,
Comprehensive and readable description of Six Sigma Stomach, Spleen, Heart, Small Intestine, Uri-
manufacturing practice is researched. Six Sigma is a methodology and set of quality nary Bladder, Kidney and Pericardium chan-
3 semester hours management tools (especially statistical meth- nel points. Co-requisite/Prerequisite: ATD 513
ods) used to improve the quality of process TCM Diagnosis 1, ABS 511 Anatomy 1.
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT/MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 1.5 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour, 2
573 (MEEG/ TCMG 573/MKTG 565) outputs, identifying and removing the causes
of defects or errors and minimizing variability semester credits.
Supply Chain Management
This course aims at not only covering high- in manufacturing and business processes. This APT 523
level supply chain strategy and concepts, course teaches the core methods and phi- Point Location 2
but also to providing students with a solid losophy of Six Sigma. Develop the leadership This is a continuation of the previous course
understanding of the analytical tools, to un- skills needed to drive Six Sigma and change and will focus on the Triple Warmer, Gall Blad-
derstand supply chain design, planning, and effectively. der, Liver, Governing Vessel (“Du”), Concep-
operation driven the performance of a firm. It 3 semester hours tion Vessel (“Ren”) and extra points. Additional
also conveys how supply chain drivers used instruction is given in regional point selection
on a conceptual level during supply chain and point combinations. Prerequisites: ATD
design and operation leading to performance Traditional Chinese Medicine 513 TCM Diagnosis 1, ABS 511 Anatomy 1.
improvement. 1.5 lecture hours, 1 laboratory hour, 2
3 semester hours semester credits.
Acupuncture Practice and
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT / MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
574 (MEEG/ TCMG 574) Techniques (APT): APT 512
Meridian Theory
Principles of Logistics The ten (10) acupuncture courses introduce Meridian (a.k.a. Channel) theory is the basis
This course presents materials management, students to the theoretical and practical in- of diagnosis and acupuncture treatment. This
logistics theory and concepts in today’s formation of acupuncture therapy. The stu- course is designed to provide the necessary in-
manufacturing and commercial environments. dent becomes proficient in the clinical ap- struction and training for the student to be fa-
It integrates all of the functional areas of the plications of acupuncture, moxabustion, miliar with meridian theory including regular,
business as well as incorporating logistics into cupping, electrical stimulation, and bleeding extra and other meridian systems. Corequisite/
corporate operation. They are examined in Prerequisites: ATD 512 TCM Theory and ATD
techniques. The student learns to identify
light of how they interrelate with other func- 513 TCMDiagnosis 1.
acupuncture points by anatomical location,
tions for the firms. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
palpation, and proportional measurement.
3 semester hours
The classification, function and indications
for each acupuncture point are discussed

363
Traditional Chinese Medicine

AWB 501 cupping techniques is included. In addition, the human relationship to nature, and the hu-
UBAI Clinic Safety Procedures the prevention and treatment of acupuncture man relationship to the universe. In addition,
This course prepares the student for being complications is covered. Prerequisite: APT the impact of philosophy and religion on the
able to perform in the UBAI clinic. HIPPA, Oc- 614 Techniques I. TCM medical paradigm is explored. Prerequi-
cupational Safety and Health Administration 2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester site: none.
(OSHA) standards, UBAI clinic specific safety credits. 1 lecture hour, 0 laboratory hours, 1 semester
practices and procedures are presented. The credit.
APT 626
student will practice safe and proper needle
Auricular & Scalp Acupuncture ATD 512
removal, pole moxibustion, and electrical
This course introduces the student to various TCM Medical Theory
stimulation needle techniques. The student
forms of microsystem acupuncture, focusing This course includes the classic theories of yin
will be shown and will practice clinic room
on auricular and scalp systems. The student and yang and the Five phases that are funda-
set and clean-up procedures and patient drap-
learns the respective maps of the scalp and mental to understanding the TCM medical re-
ing. A review of fire safety and personal safety
ear, clinical applications and treatment strate- lationship between humans and the universe.
procedures will be offered. Completion of this
gies. Corequisite/Prerequisite: APT 614 Acu- Normal physiology is studied through the
course and passing the clinic HIPAA and OSHA
puncture Techniques I, fundamental substances (Qi, Blood, Essence,
BBP quizzes is required before performing any
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. Spirit and bodily fluids), and organs. The ba-
duties in the UBAI clinic. Prerequisites: none.
sic theory of illness and diagnosis using four
0.5 lecture hours, 0.5 semester credits. APT 718
examinations (sight, listening and smelling,
AWB 521
Pediatric Acupuncture
palpation, and asking) and Eight parameters
The special diagnostic and treatment skills
TCM Safe Practices are covered. Co/Pre-requisites: Anatomy and
required for the treatment of patients less than
This course prepares the student for emer- Physiology.
12 years of age are discussed. The balance of
gency situations both in and out of the office. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
safety for the patient and treatment efficacy is
CCAOM Clean Needle Technique and a review
emphasized. Prerequisite: ATD 524. ATD 513
of Occupational Safety and Health Administra-
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. TCM Diagnosis 1
tion (OSHA) standards are presented. In addi-
The basic theory and characteristics of the
tion the student will practice safe and proper APT 637
pathogenesis and pathogenic factors are
needling, moxabustion, electrical stimulation Japanese Acupuncture Techniques
covered including the seven emotions, dishar-
and cupping techniques. Allopathic treatments This course covers the unique treatment strate-
mony of Yin and Yang, abnormalities in Qi,
along with natural remedies for common com- gies and protocols developed by Japanese
Blood, Spirit, Essence and Bodily fluids, and
plications of acupuncture and related therapies acupuncture masters. Prerequisite: APT 614
organ (zang-fu) disharmonies are covered.
are discussed. CPR certification in emergency Acupuncture Techniques I.
Techniques in inquiry, palpation, tongue and
procedures is achieved. Prerequisites: none. 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
pulse diagnosis are covered. Diagnoses incor-
1 lecture hours, 1 lab hour, 1.5 semester
porating the eight parameters as well as root
credits.
Asian Medicine Theory, Diagnosis and stem concepts are covered for each of the
APT 614 twelve zang-fu. Prerequisite/Co-requisite: ADT
Acupuncture Techniques 1 and Application (ATD): 512 TCM Medical Theory.
This course covers the basic principles of acu- The thirteen (13) traditional Chinese medicine 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
puncture treatment for diseases involved with theory and diagnosis courses are designed to ATD 524
different pathogenic factors, tissues and organs. provide the student with an understanding of TCM Diagnosis 2
Special point selection based on Root-Branch, the scope, philosophy, theory and conceptual This course will provide the student with
Origin-End, Path of Qi, Five Element and Eight frame work of Chinese medicine and how further understanding of Traditional Chinese
Parameter diagnoses are covered. Indications acupuncture and related treatments specifi- Medicine diagnosis, expanding on concepts
and contraindications of moxibustion, scalp cally affect the body within the TCM treatment from TCM Diagnosis I. Traditional Chinese
acupuncture and electrical acupuncture stimu- paradigms. Emphasis is placed on Traditional Medicine organ diagnoses, eight principle and
lation are covered. Prerequisites: APT 511 and Chinese Medicine (TCM) diagnoses and effec- febrile disease diagnoses will be stressed. In
APT 523: Point Location I and II. tive treatment strategies. addition, treatment principles and acupuncture
2 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours, 3 semester ATD 511 treatments based on these diagnostic systems
credits. TCM History and Philosophy will be explored. Differential diagnoses of
APT 625 The student studies the different eras of Chi- common disease entities will be explored.
Acupuncture Techniques 2 nese history and the effects on Traditional Chi- Students will also continue to practice pulse
This course covers functions, indications and nese Medicine theories. This course includes and tongue diagnosis. Prerequisite: ADT 513
needling methods of the Well, Spring, Stream, the study of the development of Naturalism, TCM Diagnosis 1.
River, Sea, Source, Luo, Xicleft, Back Shu, Front Philosophical and Religious Taoism, Confu- 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
Mu and Lower He-Sea, Eight Influential, Eight cianism, and Buddhism and their contributions
ATD 526
Confluent and important crossing points. Con- to Chinese Medicine. For each philosophy, the
course examines how the philosophy views Seminar 1
tinuing practice in needling, moxibustion and

364
Traditional Chinese Medicine

This course will help the student to negotiate ATD 711 ment of pattern diagnosis to TCM treatment
their first year in the Acupuncture program. Differential Diagnosis and Pathomechanisms principles which then lead to point and mo-
The student will be guided through overviews This course compares and contrasts diagnosis dality applications. Emphasis is placed on an
of Chinese Medicine as preparation for inte- and treatment between Western and TCM di- accurate assignment of symptoms to pattern
grating material from the entire curriculum. agnoses. Western medical diagnosis of these diagnosis; logical treatment principles reflect-
The student will review and update Chinese diseases is incorporated so that the student is ing the priorities and totality of the patterns di-
Medical terminology as well as the range of able to collaborate with western physicians. agnosis; and the most efficacious acupuncture
resources and the different perspectives on Major and common categories of diseases point and adjunctive modality prescriptions to
this terminology and the concepts contained including respiratory tract, infectious, gastro- help the patient achieve health. Prerequisite:
therein. Diagnostic practical skills such as intestinal, genitourinary and musculoskeletal ATD 529 Seminar 2.
pulse and tongue diagnosis will be reviewed diseases are covered. Prerequisite: ADT 513 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
in a practical group setting. In addition the TCM Diagnosis I.
ATD 729
student will apply concepts of information 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
Acupuncture Gynecology
literacy and its use case studies. Prerequisites: ATD 715 This course is designed to familiarize the
none. TCM Internal Medicine student with TCM diagnosis and acupuncture
1 lecture hours, 1 semester credits This course focuses on the diagnosis and TCM treatments of common gynecologic conditions.
ATD 529 treatment of major illness. Treatment planning Special emphasis is placed on understanding
Seminar 2 includes acupuncture, qi gong, and massage. those points forbidden to needle or moxa in
This course will be a continuation of seminar Diagnoses cover respiratory illnesses, gastroin- cases where the patient’s pregnancy status is
one. The student will be guided through the testinal, genitourinary, gynecological, and psy- unknown. Prerequisite: ADT 524: TCM Diag-
application and integration of concepts and chological illnesses. Root-stem. Meridian, Sub- nosis 2.
skills acquired in the first and second semester stance and 5 Element treatments are included. 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
curricula. The student will apply these through Prerequisite: ATD 513 TCM Diagnosis I.
ATD 742
the use of case studies and clinical examples. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
TCM Geriatrics
The basics of applying diagnosis and genera- ATD 717 This course is designed to familiarize the
tion of treatment principles will be reinforced Advanced Tongue and Pulse Diagnosis student with TCM diagnosis and acupuncture
in a collegial setting. Group activities such as This course is designed to increase the diag- treatments that apply to elderly patients. Spe-
case analysis, pulse and tongue analysis and nostic skills and clinical applications of these cial emphasis is placed on understanding the
grand rounds will also be reviewed with a uniquely TCM diagnostic parameters. The physiological changes that affect the health of
deepening understanding of clinical applica- student studies healthy and diseased tongues the elderly from both a TCM and biomedical
tions of such. Prerequisites: ATD 515. and pulses and discusses how findings in perspective. Acupuncture and herbal treat-
1 lecture hours, 1 semester credits these areas change the treatment principles ments, their indications and contraindications
ATD 618 and strategies. Case studies from the clinical will be discussed. Prerequisites: ADT 524 TCM
Seminar 3 education are used to increase both depth and Diagnosis 2, ATD 728 Case Studies 2, ACH
This course will help the student gain a deeper breadth of skill. Prerequisite: ADT 524: TCM 635 CH Formulae 1. 1 lecture hour, 1 semester
understanding of case study skills necessary to Diagnosis 2 credit.
become a TCM clinical practitioner. The stu- 1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
dent will be guided through case study, case
analysis and pattern differentiation as utilized
ATD 727 Western Biomedicine (AWB)
Case Studies 1
in clinical practice as preparation for integrat- The student will be guided through case study, The fifteen (15) biomedical courses are de-
ing material from the entire curriculum into the case analysis and pattern differentiation as signed to train the student fully about west-
clinical setting. Case presentations and clinical utilized in clinical practice as preparation for ern medical terms, history taking, physi-
skills utilizing a problem based learning format integrating material from the entire curriculum cal exam and diagnostic skills. The student
using TCM principles and evidence-informed into the clinical setting. Case presentations learns how to make the appropriate referral
clinical practice skills are emphasized. The and clinical skills are emphasized through a and consultation, as well as the clinical rel-
focus of the case studies for this course is men- problem based learning format using TCM evance of laboratory and diagnostic tests and
tal/emotional disorders, patterns associated principles as the foundation. Emphasis for this procedures.
with emotional disorders, and the impact of class is on cases associated with problems of ABS 511
emotional issues in the acupuncture clinic. In fluid dynamics and chronic pain, which are
addition, the student will gain a basic under- Anatomy 1
frequent chief complaints in the TCM clinical This course provides an in-depth study of the
standing of the ethical and counseling issues setting. Prerequisite: ATD 529 Seminar 2.
surrounding licensed practice in the field of macroscopic human anatomy and covers the
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. structure of the trunk and neck regions. Clini-
Traditional Chinese Medicine. Prerequisites:
ATD 529. ATD 728 cal aspects of the vascular and neurological
1 lecture hours, 1 semester credits. Case Studies 2 relationships of these regions are emphasized.
Students learn to transition from the develop- Instruction includes lectures and interactive

365
Traditional Chinese Medicine

media software. Prerequisite: none. with special populations (prenatal, neonatal, Lab Diagnosis 1
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. elderly); rational drug usage for clinical disor- This course introduces the student to the ap-
ders (therapeutics): clinical effects of drugs (by propriate use and interpretation of laboratory
ABS 522
category); and toxicology. Prerequisite: AWB tests. Prerequisites: ABS 521 and ABS 525.
Anatomy 2
523 Pharmacology 1. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
This course is a continuation of Anatomy 1
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
and covers the structure of the head and ex- ACS 626
tremities. Clinical aspects of the neurological AWB 621 Laboratory Diagnosis 2: Nutritional and functional
and vascular relationships of these regions is Medical Ethics analyses
emphasized. Prerequisite: ABS 511 Anatomy 1. This course is designed to provide the student This course will educate the student on nutri-
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. with a basic understanding of the ethical is- tional assessment to include health, diet and
sues surrounding practice in any medical field. lifestyle history, physical measurements, and
ABS 515
Upon completion of this course, the student laboratory testing to include analysis of blood,
Physiology 1
will be able to identify concepts of medical stool, saliva and urine. The course will inte-
This course emphasizes the function of cellular
and professional ethics as they apply to the grate use of these measurements in the design
structures which regulate homeostasis as well
practice of health care. Prerequisites: none of an appropriate nutritional protocol for the
as their role in cell division and genetic control
1 lecture credit, 1 semester credit. client. The student will also learn effective cli-
of protein synthesis. Emphasis is placed on the
role of the cell membrane in the control of ACS 611
ent management and follow-up. Prerequisites:
cellular events. The effects of physiology on Pathology 1 Clinical Diagnosis 1, Lab Diagnosis 1.
hormones, their role in homeostasis, and the This course is a study of the pathophysiologi- ANT 521
functional changes associated with homeosta- cal process and how this process alters the Nutrition
sis are considered. Prerequisite: none. gross, microscopic and clinical manifestations This course provides the foundation for thera-
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. of disease. Basic pathological processes of peutic nutrition. It explores the biochemistry
inflammation, repair, degeneration, necrosis, of macronutrients as well as vitamins and min-
ABS 525
immunology and neoplasia are presented. erals. Deficiencies, toxicities, therapeutic uses
Physiology 2
Prerequisite: ABS 525 Physiology 2. and appropriate doses are examined. An as-
This course is a study of physiology at the
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. sessment of dietary needs and the application
organ and systems level. Included is the study
of therapeutic nutrition in treating individual
of the circulatory, respiratory, renal, cardiovas- ACS 624
diseases and syndromes are also taught. Pre-
cular, gastrointestinal and urogenital systems. Pathology 2
requisites: none.
Also included is the study of the endocrine This course is the continuation of the patholog-
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
system and its interrelationships with various ical processes of various diseases. This course
organs and systems. There is an integration of emphasizes the basis of systemic diseases of ACS 625
normal physiology with pathophysiology and the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, Physical Exam Skills
clinical concepts. Prerequisite: ABS 515. urogenital, endocrine, hepatobiliary, renal and This course helps students develop the skills
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. pancreatic systems. Prerequisite: ACS 611 Pa- necessary to conduct screening physical exams
thology 1. and specialty exams useful in the ambulatory
AWB 523
4 lecture hours, 4 semester credits. practice. The student will learn the appropriate
Pharmacology
exam and physical diagnostic procedures that
This course examines the most commonly ACS 612
correspond with the patient’s chief complaint
used pharmacologic agents to be encountered Clinical Diagnosis 1
and medical history. Clinical decision mak-
in the clinical setting. The general principles This course covers the techniques used for
ing and identification of clinical red flags are
of pharmacology (pharmcodynamics and physical examination for various systems of the
emphasized. Physical examination skills: Car-
pharmacokinetics) are covered. Uses and side body. Skills taught develop an appreciation for
dio, Chest/Pulmonary, Abdomen/GI, Neuro,
effects of antibiotics, anti-inflammatory agents, normal variations and abnormalities associated
General screening exam, physical exam of
hormones and cardiac drugs are surveyed. with disease states. The student is taught to
the spine, physical exam of the major joints
Drug-nutrient and drug-herb interactions are recognize the signs and symptoms of common
(shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, foot). Prerequi-
discussed. Prerequisite: none. diseases. Prerequisites: ABS 511, ABS 521, ABS
site: ACS 612 Clinical Diagnosis 1.
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit. 515, ABS 252.
3 Lecture hours, 2 lab hours, 4 semester credits.
AWB 725
Pharmacology 2 ACS 623 Asian/Chinese Herbology (ACH)
This course builds on the basic information Clinical Diagnosis 2 The ten (10) courses in Chinese Herbology
in Pharmacology 1 to expand the student’s This course is a continuation of Clinical Diag-
offer the student a thorough understanding
understanding of pharmacology, including nosis 1. Prerequisite: ACS 612.
of Chinese Materia Medica, Classical and
mechanisms of action; absorption, distribu- 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours, 4 semester
Patent formulas and modifications, and the
tion, metabolism, and excretion (pharmacoki- credits.
clinical application of Chinese herbs and
netics/pharmacodynamics); interactions with
ACS 613 formulae. The student becomes proficient
other drugs and with herbs/food; problems

366
Traditional Chinese Medicine

in the theories pertinent to Chinese Herbal investigated. This course will serve as partial ine previously studied herbs and formulae
Medicine and the clinical applications of Chi- basis for the formulae courses. Prerequisites: from previous courses with special attention to
nese materia medica for a wide variety of satisfactory progress in first year curriculum. clinical application and formula modification
clinical situations and patient populations. At Co/Prerequisites: ACH 512 Chinese Formulae according to clinical presentation. Prerequi-
the completion of the 10 course survey, stu- and Constituents 2 sites: ACH 636
dents will have learned over 300 individual 2 lecture credits, 36 hours. 2 lecture credits, 36 hours.
herbs and over 150 different classical and ACH 628
ACH 524
patent formulae. CH Internal Medicine & Modifications 2
Chinese Formulae and Constituents 4
ACH 511 The student will explore the traditional Chi- This course will serve as a companion course
Chinese Formula and Constituents 1 nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and to ACH 619. This course will be a continuation
The student will explore the traditional Chi- learn to discriminate between herb categories, and amplification of the previous herbal cur-
nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and their general applications and associated riculum with an emphasis on internal medicine
learn to discriminate between herb categories, Treatment Principles and individual, unique applications of herbal formulae. The student
their general applications and associated applications, signs and symptoms. The student will reexamine previously studied herbs and
Treatment Principles and individual, unique will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will formulae from previous courses with special
applications, signs and symptoms. The student focus on Herbs from the Tonify (Yang and attention to clinical application and formula
will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will Yin), Stabilize and Bind, Calm Shen, Aromatic modification according to clinical presenta-
focus on herbs from the Release Exterior, Clear Substances to Open Orifices, Extinguish Wind tion. Prerequisites: ACH 617, ACH 619
Heat, and Drain Downwards categories. In ad- and Stop Tremors, Expel Parasites, External 2 lecture credits, 36 hours.
dition at least 10 representative formulae that Applications categories. In addition at least 10 ACH 635
reflect these categories will be investigated. representative formulae that reflect these cat- CH Formulae 1
This course will serve as partial basis for the egories will be investigated. This course will This course will be a continuation and am-
formulae courses. Prerequisites: ATD 524 TCM serve as partial basis for the formulae courses. plification of the previous herbal curriculum
Diagnosis 2. Co/Prerequisites: ACH 512 Chinese Formulae (ACH 511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524) with
2 lecture credits, 36 hours and Constituents 2. an emphasis on herbal formulae. The student
ACH 512 2 lecture credits, 36 hours. will explore at least 30 formulae including re-
Chinese Formulae and Constituents 2 ACH 617 iterating and expanding content from previous
The student will explore the traditional Chi- Chinese Formulae 3 courses. This course will focus on formulae
nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and This course will be a continuation and am- that Release the Exterior, Clear Heat, and Drain
learn to discriminate between herb categories, plification of the previous herbal curriculum Downward. The student will learn the name,
their general applications and associated with an emphasis on herbal formulae. The actions, indications, cautions and contraindica-
Treatment Principles and individual, unique student will explore at least 80 formulae in- tions of the classical base formulae according
applications, signs and symptoms. The student cluding reiterating and expanding content to the traditional categorization based on
will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will from previous courses. This course will focus treatment principles. In addition the student
focus on Herbs from the Regulate Qi, Regulate on formulae that Stabilize and Bind, Calm the will explore the traditional structure of herbal
and Invigorate Blood, Warm Interior and Expel Spirit, Open the Sensory Orifices, Regulate Qi, formulae as a prelude to formula modification
Cold, Tonify (Qi and Blood) categories. In ad- Regulate Blood, Expel Wind, Treat Dryness, (general, assistant, etc.). In addition, the stu-
dition at least 10 representative formulae that Expel Dampness, Dispel Phlegm, Reduce dent will review and reiterate content from the
reflect these categories will be investigated. Food Stagnation, Expel Parasites, Treat Ab- formulas and their constituents. Prerequisites:
This course will serve as partial basis for the scesses and Sores, and for External Applica- ACH 511, ACH 512
formulae courses. Prerequisites: ATD 524 TCM tion. The student will learn the name, actions, 2 lecture credits, 36 hours.
Diagnosis 2. indications, cautions and contraindications of ACH 636
2 lecture credits, 36 hours. the classical base formulae according to the Chinese Formulae 2
ACH 523 traditional categorization based on treatment This course will be a continuation and am-
Chinese Formulae & Constituents 3 principles. In addition the student will explore plification of the previous herbal curriculum
The student will explore the traditional Chi- the traditional structure of herbal formulae as (ACH 511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524) with
nese Medicine Materia Medica in depth and a prelude to formula modification (general, as- an emphasis on herbal formulae. The student
learn to discriminate between herb categories, sistant, etc.) In addition the student will review will explore at least 30 formulae including re-
their general applications and associated and reiterate content from the Formulas and iterating and expanding content from previous
Treatment Principles and individual, unique their constituents. Prerequisites: ACH 635 courses. This course will focus on formulae
applications, signs and symptoms. The student 2 lecture credits, 36 hours. that Harmonize, Dispel Summerheat, Warm
will explore at least 100 herbs. This course will ACH 619 Interior Cold, Release Exterior-Interior Excess,
focus on Herbs from the Drain Damp, Trans- CH Internal Medicine & Modifications 1 and Tonify. The student will learn the name,
form Phlegm and Stop Cough, Aromatic Herbs This course will be a continuation and ampli- actions, indications, cautions and contraindica-
that Transform Damp, Food Stagnation cat- fication of the previous herbal curriculum with tions of the classical base formulae according
egories. In addition at least 10 representative an emphasis on internal medicine applications to the traditional categorization based on
formulae that reflect these categories will be of herbal formulae. The student will reexam- treatment principles. In addition, the student
will explore the traditional structure of herbal

367
Traditional Chinese Medicine

formulae as a prelude to formula modification of adverse reactions have occurred to Chinese teractions are considered. Prerequisites: ABS
(general, assistant, etc.). Prerequisites: ACH herbs over the past 12 years. In most cases, the 515, ACS 611.
511, ACH 512, ACH 523, ACH 524 incidents have involved multiple patients con- 3 lecture hours, 3 semester credits
2 lecture credits, 36 hours. suming the same or similar substance, rather
AHM 713
than isolated case reports. It is important to re-
ACH 641 Patent Remedies.
view the unique aspects of Chinese medicine)
CH Special Topics This course will survey over 150 prominent,
which are of relevance to understanding these
This course will explore special topics in TCM TCM, topical and internal herbal, patent for-
issues. Prerequisites: ACH 523 Chinese Herbal
herbal medicine. These will include but not mulas. Students will be introduced to pattern-
Theories & Triple burner theories.
be limited to dui yao (herb combinations and specific uses of these formulas and subse-
1 lecture credit, 18 hours.
modules), external applications, pediatrics, quently, their contraindications, toxicities and
classical formulae from seminal texts. Content AHM 612 potential drug interactions. Safety, legal, and
will also reflect the availability of special guest Introduction to Chinese Herbal Remedies. manufacturing issues will also be highlighted.
lecturers. A capstone project is required for This survey course introduces the student to the Prerequisite: AHM 612: Introduction to Chi-
completion of the course. Prerequisites: ACH diagnostic and treatment strategies specific to nese Herbal Remedies.
619 TCM herbal therapies. The student is introduced 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits.
2 lecture credits, 36 hours. to major herbs and formulas of China, their
uses, contraindications and drug-herb interac-
tion. Patient safety issues are also addressed. Movement, Respiration and
Herbal Medicine Survey (AHM) Prerequisite: ATD 513 TCM Diagnosis 1. Bodywork Studies (AMR)
The seven (7) courses in herbal medicine 1 lecture hours, 1 semester credit. 18 hours
and dietetics give the student a basic intro- The seven (7) movement and respiration
AHM 616 courses are designed to enhance the stu-
duction to Chinese pharmacy and dispensa- Ethical and ecological considerations of Chinese
ry practices, common OTC North American dent’s personal and energetic development.
materia medica The student will be exposed to a wide va-
botanicals, the ethical consideration of utiliz- The traditional practice of using endangered
ing sparse resources, and TCM clinical diet riety of Asian movement practices that can
species (plant and animal) is controversial be used to maintain their own and their
therapies. Information in the western bo- within TCM. Comprehensive Chinese herbal
tanical and pharmacy classes provides clear patients’ health care needs. In addition to
textbooks often discuss substances derived the movement studies, courses in soft tissue
information regarding indications, contra- from endangered species, emphasizing al-
indications and drug-herb interactions. The treatment techniques are offered.
ternatives. Poaching and black market issues
ethical and ecological impacts of TCM ma- with animal products, particularly tiger bone, AMR 511
teria medica on the health of the individual rhinoceros horn, seahorse and bear bile have Taijiquan 1
and the world are explored. In addition, the all raised ethical and ecological concerns in This introductory course in therapeutic move-
two courses in dietetics and nutrition help the use of Traditional Chinese formulae. In ment explores how musculoskeletal align-
the student understand the role of nutrition this course, we will discuss the ethical and ment, breathing, and mental awareness affect
in patients’ health. (Note that the course in ecological impacts of TCM materia medica the meridians through practice of this tradi-
western nutrition is listed under Western on the health of the individual and the world. tional exercise. The emphasis is on analysis of
Biomedicine: ANT 521 Nutrition.) Prerequisites: none how individual Taijiquan movements circulate
1 lecture credit, 18 hours. Qi through specific meridians in accordance
AHM 634
with TCM theory and clinical practice. The
Dispensary Management AHM 613 student also learns Taijiquan history and safety
This course will develop knowledge and skills Traditional Chinese Dietetics considerations. Prerequisite: none.
related to TCM dispensary management. Stu- This class introduces the student to the eastern 0 lecture hours, 1.5 laboratory hours, 1
dents will learn how to support the clinical understanding of how food influences human semester credit.
and health promotion work of the peripheral health. Foods and food products are surveyed
dispensary by keeping all needed support sys- according to Asian categorization. Food groups AMR 522
tems running well. Prerequisites: none are categorized by nature, temperature, taste, Taijiquan 2
1 lecture credit, 18 hours. element, indications and contraindications. This is a continuation of Taijiquan 1. In addition
Treatment of the major categories of organ to more advanced Taijiquan exercises for Qi
AHM 635
(zang-fu) disorders using foods and food com- circulation, the student learns basic application
Pharmacognosy and Pharmacology of Chinese
binations are covered. Prerequisite: ADT 513 of Chinese therapeutic movement to the clinic
Herbs
TCM Diagnosis I. setting. Prerequisite: AMR 511 Tai Ji Chuan 1.
Chinese material medical are often prescribed
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. 0 lecture hours, 1.5 laboratory hours, 1
in complex formulae. Understanding the chem-
semester credit.
istry, interactions, extraction methodology, and AHM 521
drug interactions allows AOM practitioners Botanical Medicine AMR 613
better insights to possible adverse effects, This course comprises a survey of plant and Qigong 1
from drug-herb interactions, herb toxicities to plant preparations most commonly used in This course teaches exercises designed to
lack of expected (or any) outcomes from pre- Western traditions. The actions of the plant regulate specific meridians, muscles and joints
scribed formulae. Several recorded incidents and plant products, as well as drug-herb in- as well as how to choose, integrate and teach

368
Traditional Chinese Medicine

the appropriate exercises in a clinic setting. enhance the students’ clinical skills, both experience courses) are designed to allow
Prerequisite: AMR 522: Taijiquan 2. in terms of diagnosing addressing patients’ the student to develop clinical, interpersonal
0 lecture hours, 1.5 laboratory hours, 1 psychological health and in the area of best communication and decision-making skills.
semester credit. business practices. In addition, the courses In addition, students learn professional con-
AMR 624
of AWB 621 Medical Ethics, ACS 511 Evi- duct, efficiency and confidence in dealing
Qigong 2 dence informed Clinical Practices, and ATD with patients on a regular basis. From incep-
This course is a continuation of Qi Gong 1. 618 Seminar 3 (cross listed in the ATD sec- tion through the end of clinical training, the
The student learns advanced exercises, medi- tion) help students learn the fundamental student has the opportunity to observe and
tations, and breathing exercises that can be skills needed for private practice, ethical and work with advanced TCM practitioners as
applied both to the clinic setting as well as to legal considerations in health care and spe- well as other health care professionals. This
the student’s personal experience and devel- cial considerations for practice in integrated allows the student to understand how and
opment of Qi toward the goal of being a more care settings. when to make appropriate referrals. Clini-
effective TCM practitioner. Prerequisite: AMR cal rotations are available in the UBAI on-
APS 621
campus clinic as well as in community and
613 Qi Gong 1. Psychological Assessment
0 lecture hours, 1.5 laboratory hours, 1 hospital outreach clinical sites. In addition,
The primary focus of this course is the diagno-
semester credit. four (4) courses offer clinical skills used for
sis of the various psychiatric diseases accord-
ing to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of
patient care and clinical procedures.
Mental Disorders. Included are psychological ACS 711
AMR 627
Tuina 1
assessment considerations and treatment mo- Preceptorship 1
dalities. Prerequisites: none. The students observe and administer care
The student learns basic Tuina manipulation
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. in established acupuncture facilities under
theory and techniques to treat acupoints,
the supervision of licensed physicians and
channels, and soft tissue as well as Qigong APP 721
acupuncturists. This exposure to a variety of
conditioning exercises that allow the student Practice Management
clinical settings helps prepare the student for
to implement Tuina manipulation safely and Students are taught the current procedural
both private practice and integrative patient
effectively. The course culminates in learning practices for the operation of a private practice.
care. Prerequisite: Completion of all first year
a Tuina full-body therapeutic protocol. Prereq- In addition, the practical aspects of operating a
courses.
uisite: ABS 522 Anatomy 2. practice as a small business are discussed. Stu-
0 lecture hours, 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester
1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester dents are encouraged to begin thinking about
credits, 75 clock hours total.
credits. their personal career path as a complemen-
tary medicine practitioner in private practice, ACS 722
AMR 715
Tuina 2
group practice, hospital-based practice or as Preceptorship 2
an AOM educator. Prerequisites: none. This is a continuation of ACS 671. Students
This course is a continuation of Tuina 1. The
2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. increase their clinical skills working under
student learns intermediate Tuina manipula-
a variety of health care professionals, all of
tion theory and techniques to treat acupoints, APP 722
whom must have the appropriate credentials
channels, and soft tissue. Tuina treatments for Professional Development:
to practice in the field of acupuncture. Prereq-
back pain and conditions of the upper limb This course will explore the issues associated
uisite: ACS 671.
are the primary focus. Prerequisite: ATD 513 with ongoing professional development. Pro-
0 lecture hours, 4 laboratory hours, 2 semester
TCMl Diagnosis 1 and APM 621: Palpation/ fessional development assists the acupuncture
credits, 75 clock hours total.
Massage. practitioner to develop the knowledge and
1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester skills necessary to further clinical competence ACS 631
credits. and contribute to the body of knowledge in Clinical Education 1
the field during practice after graduation. Pre- Under the supervision of licensed faculty
AMR 726
requisites: ACS 631 Clinical Education 1. members, the interns start by observing pa-
Tuina 3
1.5 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 1.5 credits tients for 30 clinic hours, then move into the
This course is a continuation of Tuina 2. The
total. area of direct patient care. All patient diagno-
student learns advanced Tuina manipulation
ses and management plans are reviewed and
theory and techniques to treat acupoints, ATD 617
approved by a clinic faculty member prior
channels and soft tissue. Tuina treatments for Seminar 3
to the initiation of patient care. The student
the leg and internal conditions are the primary (see section above “Asian Medicine Theory,
will begin to practice clean needle technique,
focus. Prerequisite: AMR 715 Tuina 2 Diagnosis and Application”)
removal and disposal of needles. The student
1 lecture hour, 2 laboratory hours, 2 semester
will acquire proficiency in tongue and pulse
credits.
Clinical Services (ACS) diagnosis. Prerequisite: Pass Clinical Entrance
Exam.
Counseling, Communications and The five (5) acupuncture clinical services 0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8
courses, four (4) Chinese Herbology clini-
Practice Management cal services, and four (4) Integrative clinical
semester credits, 245 clock hours total.

services (for a total of fifteen – 15 – clinical ACS 712

The three (3) specific courses in this area Clinical Education 2

369
Traditional Chinese Medicine

Students continue to administer care to pa- herbal care to patients under the supervision ACS 814
tients under the supervision of licensed fac- of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as Integrated Clinical Education 2
ulty. Students are monitored as to their prog- to their progress toward completing the quali- This is a continuation of the integrative clinical
ress toward completing the qualitative and tative and quantitative requirements necessary training started in ACS 812. Rotations in the
quantitative requirements necessary for the for the successful completion of the program. Integrative clinic shifts combine AOM super-
successful completion of the program. Eligi- In addition to utilizing prepared formulae, stu- visors for AOM diagnosis and treatment with
bility for the rotation is successful completion dent interns now begin to mix herbal powders biomedical practitioners and other clinicians
of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequisite: in individualized formulae. Eligibility for the offering medical care in a variety of health
ACS 631 Clinical Education 1. course is successful completion of the previ- settings. Students continue to administer care
0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8 ous clinical rotation. Prerequisite: ACC 611 to patients under the supervision of licensed
semester credits, 215 clock hours total. Chinese Herbal Clinic 1. Co-Requisite ACC 632 faculty. Students are monitored as to their
Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A. progress toward completing the qualitative
ACS 723
0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours and quantitative requirements necessary for
Clinical Education 3
total. the successful completion of the program.
Students continue to administer care to pa-
Prerequisites: ACS 712 Clinical Education 2;
tients under the supervision of licensed faculty. ACC 724
ACC 632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A. ACC 812
Students are monitored as to their progress to- Chinese Herbal Clinic 3
Integrated Clinical Education 1.
ward completing the qualitative and quantita- Students continue to administer care to
215 hours; 150 patient visits; at least 90 hours
tive requirements necessary for the successful patients under the supervision of licensed
in off-site clinics.
completion of the program. Eligibility for the faculty. Students will integrate herbal thera-
rotation is successful completion of the previ- pies with dietary advice and qi enhancement ACS 823
ous clinical training rotation. Prerequisite: ACS techniques. Students are monitored as to their Grand Rounds 2
712 Clinical Education 2. progress toward completing the qualitative This course is designed to train the advanced
0 lecture hours, 12 laboratory hours, 8 and quantitative requirements necessary for AOM student to communicate with other
semester credits, 220 clock hours total. the successful completion of the program. Eli- health care providers to determine an appro-
gibility for the course is successful completion priate plan of care. This includes the ability to
ACC 611
of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequisite: assess written diagnostic reports, including the
Chinese Herbal Clinic 1
ACC 723 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B. range of values that distinguish normal from
Under the supervision of licensed faculty
0 lecture hours, 3 lab credits, 100 clock hours abnormal findings, as relevant to patient care
members, the interns start by observing pa-
total. and communication with other health care
tients for 20 clinic hours, then move into the
providers. Upon completion, the student will
area of direct patient care. All patient diagno- ACS 811
be able to discuss the clinical scope of AOM
ses and management plans are reviewed and Grand Rounds 1
in an informed, authoritative, and appropriate
approved by a clinic faculty member prior to This course is designed to train the AOM
manner. Prerequisites: ACS 811 Grand Rounds
the initiation of patient care. The student will student to communicate effectively, orally and
1; Co-requisite: ACC 814 Integrated Clinical
begin to prescribe individual herbs and formu- in writing, with patients and their families,
Education 2.
lae for patient care. The student will acquire colleagues, and others with whom health-
2 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 2 credits total.
proficiency in TCM diagnostic techniques, as professionals must exchange information in
well as in understanding when specific herbs carrying out their responsibilities in patient ACS 511
or formulae may not be prescribed based care. Prerequisites: ACS 731 Clinical Proce- Evidence-Informed Clinical Practice in
upon possible herb-drug interactions. dures, ATD 715 TCM Internal Medicine; ACC Acupuncture
0 lecture hours, 4 lab credits, 130 clock hours 611 Chinese Herb Clinic 1. Co-requisite: ACC The basic principles of clinical and labora-
total. 812 Integrated Clinical Education 1. tory research are examined with a special
2 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 2 credits total. emphasis on the applications of acupuncture
ACC 632
and TCM techniques in the research setting.
Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A ACS 812
Application of research to case evaluation will
Students continue to administer Chinese Integrated Clinical Education 1
be emphasized. Prerequisite: none.
herbal care to patients under the supervision Rotations in the Integrative clinic shifts com-
1 lecture hour, 1 semester credit.
of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as bine AOM supervisors for AOM diagnosis
to their progress toward completing the quali- and treatment with biomedical practitioners ACS 724
tative and quantitative requirements necessary and other clinicians offering medical care in Public Health
for the successful completion of the program. a variety of health settings. Students admin- This course covers current environmental and
Eligibility for the course is successful comple- ister care to patients under the supervision of public health concerns with an emphasis on
tion of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequi- licensed faculty. Students are monitored as to the role of the acupuncturist in these issues.
site: ACC 611 Chinese Herbal Clinic 1. their progress toward completing the qualita- The course integrates health with diet, water
0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours tive and quantitative requirements necessary and air pollutants, noise and substance abuse.
total. for the successful completion of the program. Recognition of major communicable diseases
Prerequisites: ACS 712 Clinical Education 2; is included. Prerequisite: ABS 525 Pathology 2.
ACC 723
ACC 632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A. 2 lecture hours, 2 semester credits. (online
Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B
215 hours; 150 patient visits; at least 90 hours course)
Students continue to administer Chinese
in off-site clinics. Offered: Spring semester

370
Traditional Chinese Medicine

ACS 641 members, the interns start by observing pa- tion of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequi-
Diagnostic Imaging tients for 20 clinic hours, then move into the site: ACC 723 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B.
This course covers radiographic anatomy and area of direct patient care. All patient diagno- 0 lecture hours, 3 lab credits, 100 clock hours
diagnostic imaging techniques. A basic intro- ses and management plans are reviewed and total.
duction to imaging, including roentgenology, approved by a clinic faculty member prior to
computerized tomography (CT), magnetic res- the initiation of patient care. The student will
onance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, and bone begin to prescribe individual herbs and formu-
scanning are discussed. The basic concepts of lae for patient care. The student will acquire
these techniques and their use in diagnosis are proficiency in TCM diagnostic techniques, as
discussed. Prerequisites: ABS 522 Anatomy 2, well as in understanding when specific herbs
ABS 525 Physiology 2. or formulae may not be prescribed based upon
ACS 731
possible herb-drug interactions. Prerequisite:.
Clinical Procedures 0 lecture hours, 4 lab credits, 130 clock hours
This course explores the clinical applications total.
of the skills and knowledge learned to date
for patient care in the UB Clinics. In addition,
UB Clinics skills including using the electronic ACC 632
health system for charting, and communica- Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A
tion with patients and other health providers Students continue to administer Chinese
in the UB Clinics is reviewed. Prerequisites: herbal care to patients under the supervision
ACS 623 Clinical Dx 1, ATD 72 Case Studies 1, of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as
AWB 621 Medical Ethics. to their progress toward completing the quali-
0.5 lecture credits, 0 lab credits, 0.5 credits tative and quantitative requirements necessary
total. for the successful completion of the program.
ACS 715 Eligibility for the rotation is successful comple-
Physical and Functional Assessments of the UB tion of the previous clinical rotation. Prerequi-
Health Sciences site: ACC 611 Chinese Herbal Clinic 1.
This course is designed to teach the student 0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours
general principles and practices of health care total.
from the breadth of providers trained at the ACC 723
University of Bridgeport. The naturopathic, Chinese Herbal Clinic 2B
chiropractic, nutrition, dental hygiene and Students continue to administer Chinese
physician assistant history and scope of prac- herbal care to patients under the supervision
tice will be discussed. Practical applications of of licensed faculty. Students are monitored as
these disciplines in the area of physical and to their progress toward completing the quali-
functional assessment of patients will be em- tative and quantitative requirements necessary
phasized. Corequisites: ACS 623 Clinical Diag- for the successful completion of the program.
nosis 2, ACS 613 Lab Diagnosis 1. In addition to utilizing prepared formulae, stu-
dent interns now begin to mix herbal powders
Clinical Education (ACC) in individualized formulae. Eligibility for the
rotation is successful completion of the pre-
The four (4) Chinese Herbology clinical ser- vious clinical rotation. Prerequisite: ACC 611
vices are designed to allow the student to Chinese Herbal Clinic 1. Pre/Co-Requisite ACC
develop clinical, interpersonal communica- 632 Chinese Herbal Clinic 2A.
tion and decision-making skills. From in- 0 lecture hours, 2 lab credits, 65 clock hours
ception through the end of clinical training, total.
the student has the opportunity to observe ACC 724
and work with advanced TCM practitioners. Chinese Herbal Clinic 3
Clinical rotations are available in the UBAI Students continue to administer care to
on-campus clinic as well as in community patients under the supervision of licensed
outreach clinical sites. By the end of clinical faculty. Students will integrate herbal thera-
training, each student will have seen a mini- pies with dietary advice and qi enhancement
mum of 200 patient visits and will have com- techniques. Students are monitored as to their
pleted 360 hours in the herbology clinic). progress toward completing the qualitative
ACC 611 and quantitative requirements necessary for
Chinese Herbal Clinic 1 the successful completion of the program.
Under the supervision of licensed faculty Eligibility for the rotation is successful comple-

371
Administration

372
Administration

Office of the President The Bridgeport Plan Enrollment

Danielle Wilken, EdD Jaria Aljoe Dan Noonan
President Asst. Provost for Student Management Vice President, Enrollment, Marketing &
Brenda Pioli Dave Bouton Communications
Executive Assistant to the President Director of Career Development Jeffrey Mon
Diane Charles, JD Moises Jimenez Dean of Admissions
Director of Title IX Compliance, Equity Director, Student Support Services
& Inclusion & Title IX Coordinator, Elizabeth Haas
Finance & Operations
Special Assistant to the President on Bill Guerrero
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion, Chair Director of General Education Seminars
Vice President Administration & Finance
DEI Council Leslie Hazen
Malhar Sharma
Associate Director of Office of Student Controller
Academic Affairs/Office of the Academic Success
Eva Steinberg
Amanda Chan
Provost Director of Office of Student Academic Budget Director
Manyul Im, PhD Success Laura Guzman Mealla
Chief Academic Officer & Provost Melanie Strout Bursar
Jaria Aljoe Director, Civic Engagement Jennifer Kristy
Assistant Provost for Student Management Vacant Manager Mailroom
Lillian Nash Director, Leadership Development Richard Hebert
Executive Assistant to the Provost Manager Bookstore
Kathleen Engelmann, PhD University Systems, Cheryl Nyarady
Dean, College of Science & Society Effectiveness, & Planning Director Human Resources
Michael Ciolfi, DC Vacant Lori Grasso
Dean, College of Health Sciences Vice President, University Systems, Director Student Employment
Effectiveness, & Planning Marlene Diaz
Khaled Elleithy, PhD
Dean, College of Engineering, Business, & Carmen Rosa Administrative Manager
Education University Registrar
Sandeep Mannava Facilities
Student Affairs Enterprise & Data Systems Manager Vacant
Craig Lennon Yumin Wang Chief Operating Officer for Administration
Dean of Students Director of International Center for & Facilities, Vice President Facilities
Students Management
Kelli Meyer
Director, Center for Student Involvement John Carserino
Cindy Sanders
University Advancement Assistant Vice President of Facilities
Director, Residential Life Elena Cahill April Vournelis
Vice President of Innovation, Strategy, and Executive Director of Campus Security
Amy Sceery
Advancement
Director, Counseling Services
Rob Gerowe
Kira Lent
Director, Health Services Director of Advancement
Yvrose Romulus
Khristian Kemp-Delisser
Director Development & Alumni
Director, Multicultural Affairs
Relations
Vacant
Alexa Bottino
Director, Special Events
Director of Advancement Services
Joe Tonelli
Director, Wheeler Recreation Center
Denise Spada-Bargo
Administrative Assistant to the Dean of
Students

373
Administration

Board of Trustees
OFFICERS
Chair
Ann B. Clark
Vice Chair
Joseph Young
President, Young Studios
Secretary
Mark Scheinberg
President, Goodwin University
Treasurer
Barbara James
President of the University of Bridgeport
Danielle Wilken

BOARD MEMBERS
Michon White-Bernard
Assistant Pastor, Cathedral of Praise, Cogic
International
George Estrada
Director of Public Works, Trumbull, CT
Ruben Felipe
Executive Director, Connecticut Charter
Schools Association
Jeffrey A. Goldwasser ‘70
Founder Partner, Spectra Advisors
Arthur (Art) Landi ‘74
Partner, Summit Manufacturing
Fred Moses ‘74
Owner, President and CEO, Telecom Electric
Supply Company
Lambert Shell ’92 ’96 ‘08
Director, Roosevelt Public Library

374
Alumni Association

Upon graduation from the University of

Bridgeport, students become a member of
the UB Alumni Association. The overall goal
of the UB Alumni Association is to maintain
the bond between graduates and the Uni-
versity of Bridgeport. As members of the
UB Alumni Association, alumni are asked to
support the University’s mission and its ad-
vancement. Alumni are encouraged to give
back, visit the campus, attend events, and
volunteer their time to Career Development
and or Admissions. In return, the University
of Bridgeport will offer its alumni opportu-
nities to stay connected with each other and
with the school, inform them of happenings
at the University, and always welcome them
back to campus.
A university can measure its success
through the achievements of its alumni. The
University of Bridgeport boasts a plethora
of prominent graduates who reside across
the country and around the world. They
serve as corporate CEOs and university
presidents, automobile designers, commis-
sioners of education, political leaders, tele-
vision stars and prominent athletes. Their
accomplishments reflect well on their alma
mater, which in turn extends its gratitude.
UB alumni also devote time and energy to
the University of Bridgeport by serving on
the UB Alumni Association Board of Direc-
tors or University of Bridgeport’s Board of
Trustees; volunteering to work at events
and mentor students; and updating the
University on their accomplishments and
whereabouts.
We would like to hear from you. Please
email us at alumni@bridgeport.edu or call
us at 203-576-4151.

375
The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Acts
And Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
The Student Right-to-Know and with respect to their education records. perform a special task, such as securi-
Among these rights are: ty, building and grounds, information
Campus Security Acts technology, food service, an attorney,
1. Among these rights are to inspect and
The University is in compliance with the auditor, collection agency or other
review the educational records within 45
Student Right-to-Know Act of 1990 and outside vendor.
days of the day the University receives
Campus Awareness and Campus Security • A student serving on an official com-
the request for access. Students should
Acts of 1990. Reports, disclosures and other mittee, such as a disciplinary or griev-
submit to the Registrar a written request
data are available in the University’s Student ance committee, or who is assisting
that identifies the record(s) they wish
Handbook, the Key to U.B., the Campus another school official in performing
to inspect. The University Registrar will
Public Safety Office and/or other official his or her tasks.
make arrangements for access and no-
University publications.
tify the student of the time and place A school official has a legitimate education-
The University of Bridgeport Campus Pub- where records may be inspected. If the al interest if the official is:
lic Safety Office keeps statistics concern- Registrar does not maintain the records
• Performing a task that is specified
ing the occurrence on campus of certain requested the Registrar will advise the
in his or her position description or
criminal offenses, which were reported to student of the correct official to whom
contract agreement, or is customarily
them or to the local police. These statistics the request should be addressed.
performed by such person at the uni-
are published and distributed annually to
2. The right to request the amendment versity.
the entire University of Bridgeport campus
of their educational record that he/ • Performing a task related to a stu-
community, and to other interested parties.
she believes is in accurate or mislead- dent’s education.
For further information, contact the Director ing. Students should ask the University
• Performing a task related to the disci-
of Campus Security, Dean of Students, or to amend the record that they believe
pline of a student.
the University Attorney. is inaccurate or misleading. They should
write the Registrar, clearly identify the • Providing a service or benefit relat-
ing to the student or student’s family,
FERPA part of the record they want changed,
such as health care, counseling, job
and specify why it is inaccurate or mis-
The University of Bridgeport has designated leading. If the University decides not to placement or financial aid.
the following types of information as direc- amend the record as requested by the • Maintaining the safety and security of
tory information which may be disclosed student, the University will notify the the campus.
without consent: Student’s full name and student of the decision and advise the Upon request, the University discloses edu-
alias, if applicable; address; University as- student of his/her right to a hearing re- cation records without consent to officials
signed email address; telephone listings; garding the request for amendment. Ad- of another school in which a student seeks
major field of study; degrees and awards ditional information regarding the hear- or intends to enroll.
received; dates of attendance; classification; ing procedures will be provided to the
participation in officially recognized sports student when notified of the right to a The Dean of Students or designee has the
or activities; weight and height of members hearing. authority to notify parents or guardians
of athletic teams; photographs; and enroll- when dependent students under the age of
ment status (undergraduate or graduate, 3. The right to consent to disclosures of 21 are found to be in violation of the Uni-
full-time or part-time). personally identifiable information con- versity alcohol and/or drug policies for: 1)
tained in the student’s education re- possession of a keg or large volume, 2) dis-
Parents or eligible students have the right cords, except to the extent that FERPA pensing alcohol to a minor, 3) possession
to refuse to permit the University of Bridge- authorizes disclosure without consent. or distribution of controlled substances, 4)
port to designate any or all of those types One exception, which permits disclosure under age possession or open container in
of information as directory information without consent, is disclosure to school a public space for a second time; or in cas-
with respect to a particular student, thereby officials with legitimate educational in- es where a student is subject to residence
preventing its disclosure as directory infor- terests. A school official is: hall separation, suspension, expulsion or
mation. Forms indicating the intent of the
• A person employed by the Univer- required emergency medical care because
parents or eligible students to request infor-
sity in an administrative, supervisory, the student became ill from the consump-
mation be withheld can be obtained in the
academic or research, or support staff tion of alcohol and/or drugs. The notifica-
Office of the Registrar, and must be submit-
position, including health or medical tion is permissive and at the discretion of
ted within the first five class days to be ef-
staff. the university. The notification of parents
fective to avoid disclosure.
or guardians is indicated when: 1) the vio-
• A person elected to the Board of lation involved harm or threat of harm to
Notification of Rights Under FERPA Trustees. persons or property, or 2) the violation in-
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy • A person or entity employed by or volved an arrest in which the student was
Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights under contract to the University to taken into custody.

376
The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Acts
And Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
Nothing in these guidelines shall prevent If you do not wish the University to disclose • Post-graduation plans
university officials from notifying parents or directory information without prior written • Positions or achievements
guardians of a health or safety emergency, consent you must notify the University by • Hobbies, interests, and community
or when a student, under the age of 21 is the 10th day of class in a semester. The activities
found to have violated university policy student must contact the Registrar’s Office,
with respect to the use and/or consumption located on the Garden Level of Wahlstrom • Publications or papers presented
of alcohol or drugs. Whenever possible, Library and fill out the appropriate paper- • Title of honors or graduate thesis
students will be informed that parental no- work. If a student makes such a request, • For students seeking employment
tification is planned in advance of their par- the University has the option or either (1) on job interviews, such additional
ents receiving the notice. The notification of withholding all information of the types information as has been furnished
parents is simply an act of notice and is not specified and omitting the student’s name or cleared by the student with the
subject to appeal. from any published list involving such in- understanding that it will be used in
formation or (2) seeking the student’s writ- connection with applications or em-
The Dean of Students or designee may dis- ployment inquiries Religious affilia-
ten permission to release the information.
close the name and a summary of the in- tion, if volunteered by the students,
formation regarding the final outcome of a The University of Bridgeport has designated will be revealed to the campus min-
hearing if the student is found to have com- the following information as directory infor- istry, local churches, synagogues, and
mitted an act of violence. mation: mosques.
Students may file a complaint with the U.S. • Student’s name
Department of Education concerning al- • Address Disclosure Information and Complaint
leged failures by the University to comply • University electronic mail address Procedure
with the requirements of FERPA. The name U.S. Department of Education Consumer
and address of the office that administers • Telephone listing
Disclosure Requirements can be accessed
FERPA is: • Date and place of birth
at http://www.bridgeport.edu/finaid/finan-
• Hometown cial-aid-information-all-students/us-de-
Family Policy Compliance Office
US Department of Education • Citizenship partment-education-consumer-disclosure-
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W. • Family relations requirements/.
Washington, DC 20202-4605 • Marital status As an academic community, the University
• Previous schools or training of Bridgeport seeks to practice constructive
FERPA: Notice for Directory Information • Academic year criticism. The University invites its students
to bring issues of concern to the Dean of
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy • Dates of attendance and/or gradua-
Students and/or the University’s academic
Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that the tion
officers. Students also may bring unresolved
University of Bridgeport with certain excep- • Major field of study or academic spe- complaints to the State of Connecticut, Of-
tions, obtain your written request prior to cialty fice of Higher Education. The contact for
the disclosure closure of personally identi- • Instructors and courses that office is as follows:
fiable information from a student’s educa-
tional records. However, the University may • Participation in sports and other offi-
cially recognized activities (including
disclose appropriately designated “directory Connecticut Office of Higher Education
position, role, or function)
information” without written consent. Ex- www.ctohe.org
amples include: • Membership in officially recognized
Sean Seepersad, PhD
honorary, professional, academic, or
• The annual yearbook; Associate Director, Academic Affairs and
social organizations
Student Services
• News releases • Academic honors or achievements Office of Higher Education
• Honor roll or other recognition lists; • Special awards or recognitions re- 450 Columbus Blvd, Ste 707, Hartford, CT
• Graduation programs; and ceived, scholarships, fellowships, as- 06103-1841
• Sports activities sheets, such as weight sistantships (860) 947-1837
and height of team members • Offices or honorary positions to
which elected or appointed Further Information
Directory information which is information
that is generally not considered harmful • Eligibility for and performance re- Further information can be found at: www.
or an invasion of privacy if released, can cords in athletics or other recognized sheeo.org
also be disclosed to outside organizations. forms of competition
Outside organizations include, but are not • Height and weight of members of ath-
limited to companies that manufacture class letic teams
rings or publish yearbooks. • Place and nature of employment

377
Map to the University of Bridgeport

378
Directions to the University of Bridgeport

Connecticut Turnpike (I-95) Merritt Parkway Directions from Campus

Exit 27 (Route 15) (Due to long-term construction I-95, the
following are recommended routes back
I-95 SOUTH (TOWARD NEW YORK) SOUTH ON ROUTE 15 (TOWARD N.Y.) to I-95N & S and Routes 8 and 25N)
Take Exit 27. At the bottom of the ramp, turn Take Exit 52 (South fork) and bear left to
left onto Lafayette Street. At the first light, Route 8/25 Connector to Exit 1 (Prospect TO CONNECTICUT TURNPIKE (I-95)
turn left onto South Frontage Road and bear Street/Myrtle Avenue). At the bottom of the From University of Bridgeport campus,
right. At the next light, turn right (by Harbor ramp take a right onto Prospect Street to travel North for one mile on Park Avenue.
Yard Stadium and Arena) onto Broad Street. Park Avenue. Take a left on Park Avenue. Take a right onto Washington Avenue. Fol-
Proceed approximately one mile south, Proceed South on Park Avenue, approxi- low signs to I-95.
Broad Street turns right into Waldemere Av- mately one-half mile to the campus. Wahl-
enue. At the first stop sign, turn right onto strom Library is on your left.*
TO ROUTES 8 AND 25 NORTH
Park Avenue (arches to Seaside Park will be
on your left). Go one block and turn right From University of Bridgeport campus, trav-
NORTH ON ROUTE 15 (FROM N.Y.) el North for one-half mile on Park Avenue.
on Linden Avenue. Visitor parking is on left.
Take Exit 49S (South) to Route 25/8 Con- Take a right onto Prospect Street. Follow
nector to Exit 1 (Prospect Street/Myrtle Ave- signs to Routes 8 and 25 North.
I-95 NORTH (TOWARD NEW HAVEN) nue). At the bottom of the ramp take a right
Take Exit 27 and proceed straight off the onto Prospect Street to Park Avenue. Take a
exit ramp, bear right. At the fourth light, left on Park Avenue. Proceed South on Park
turn right (by Harbor Yard Stadium and Avenue, approximately one-half mile to the
Arena) onto Broad Street. Proceed ap- campus. Wahlstrom Library is on your left.*
proximately one mile south, Broad Street
turns right into Waldemere Avenue. At the
first stop sign, turn right onto Park Avenue
(arches to Seaside Park will be on your left).
Go one block and turn right on Linden Av-
enue. Visitor parking is on left.

SOUTH ON ROUTES 8 AND 25

Take Exit 1 (Prospect Street/Myrtle Avenue).
Continue straight off the exit ramp until the
third traffic light, turn left onto South Front-
age Road and bear right. At the third traffic
light, turn right (by Harbor Yard Stadium
and Arena) onto Broad Street. Proceed ap-
proximately one mile south, Broad Street
turns right into Waldemere Avenue. At the
first stop sign, turn right onto Park Avenue
(arches to Seaside Park will be on your left).
Go one block and turn right on Linden Av-
enue. Visitor parking is on left.
*Office of Admissions is on the 6th floor.

379
 Campus Map

BRO MAI
1
AD S N ST
T RE ET
A 2
L A FA
YETT
E ST
20 B R OA
D ST
RE
3
ET
21
126 Park Avenue, Bridgeport, CT 06604 B L A FA
YETT 22
E STR
EE
Tel: 1-800-EXCEL-UB (392-3582) T

Fax: (203) 576-4941

29
Email: admit@bridgeport.edu L A FA
Y E TT
C 19 E
S TR E
Website: www.bridgeport.edu 24 ET
28

E
23

E
NU

NU
27

E
AV

AV
M YR TL
E AV E

C
5 HAZ

RE
ME

TI
4 EL S

AN
TRE ET L DE

E
L
WA

NU
AT
D 26 25

E
6

AV
EN
ND
16 3 1

LI
PA RK AV
E 2 M YR TL
E AV EN
U E

E 18 Seaside Park
17 PA RK AV
EN U E
33 31 PA RK AV
34 EN U E

F 13 15 30
7
UE
VEN

14 MA R I N A PA R K S T R E
UE
CA

E T
EN
NTI

AV

Marina Park
A

E
35
AT L

NU
TY

G 32
RSI

E
AV
8
CE
IVE

12 RE
PLA

ME

Long Island
UN

DE

RE NN EL
IDE

AL

L ST RE ET
W

Sound
LES

9
ING

H
11
10

IRANISTAN AVENUE

BuildingList
Building List Dormitories
Dormitories duPont Tower
duPont Tower Room Room (9th (9th floor).
floor).... .. 11
11 University
UniversityAdministration
Administration
11Arnold 8 Financial Aid Aid (Ground
(Ground floor). ...... 11
floor)........
11 ArnoldBernhard
BernhardArts
Arts&& BarnumHall
8 Barnum Hall Financial President’s
President’sOffice. ..........................1 1
Office..........................
HumanitiesCenter
Humanities Center 20 Bodine Hall
20 Bodine Hall
Fones School
Fones School of of Dental Hygiene....22
Dental Hygiene.... 22 Academic Affairs ...........................1 1
Academic Affairs............................
4 Bookstore
4 Bookstore 15 Chaffee
15 ChaffeeHall
Hall International Student Affairs ........11
International Student Affairs......... Alumni/University Relations ........1 1
Alumni/UniversityRelations.........
2 CarlsonBuilding
Building 14 Cooper (Ground fl floor)
2 Carlson 14 CooperHall
Hall (Ground oor)
................................... 44
Information......................................
Business
Business&&Finance
Finance(7th floor)........1 1
(7thfloor).
19 Carstensen Hall 22 Health
19 Carstensen Hall 22 HealthSciences
Sciences Building
Building Information Student Services ............................4 4
StudentServices.............................
24
24 CollegeofofChiropractic
College Chiropractic 9 Seeley Hall
9 Seeley Hall Interfaith Services .......................19
Interfaith Services........................ 19
................. 44 Deans
Deansand
andDirectors
17 CortrightHall
Hall 12 University
UniversityHall
Hall Handicapped Services. Services...................
17 Cortright 12 Handicapped Directors
28 Charles A. DanaHall
HallofofScience
Science Health Services ........................... 22
Services..............................
28 Charles A. Dana
23 Eleanor Naylor Dana Building Function
Health 22
............................................. 19
Hillel..............................................
Arts
Artsand
andSciences. ........................2828
Sciences........................
23 Eleanor Naylor Dana Building Function Hillel 19 Acupuncture Institute .................2222
AcupunctureInstitute..................
25 Harvey Hubbell Gymnasium Academic Resource Center........... 1 Library............................................. 1 Ernest C. Trefz School of Business..... 3
25 Harvey Hubbell Gymnasium Academic Resource Center .......... 1 Library ............................................ 1 Ernest C. Trefz School of Business .... 3
22 Health Sciences Building (5th floor) Mail and Print Center.................... 6 Shintaro Akatsu School of Design... 11
22 Health Sciences Building (5th floor) Mail and Print Center ................... 6 Shintaro Akatsu School of Design .. 11
29 Knights Field Acupuncture Institute.................. 22 Minority Students Services............ 4 Chiropractic.................................. 22
29 Knights Field Acupuncture Institute ................. 22 Minority Students Services ........... 4 Chiropractic ................................. 22
3 Mandeville Hall Admissions (6th floor)................... 1 Nutrition Institute......................... 22 Education/Human Resources.......... 2
3 Mandeville Hall Admissions (6th floor).................. 1 Nutrition Institute ........................ 22 Education/Human Resources ......... 2
7 Marina Dining Hall Alumni............................................ 1 Personnel (7th floor)..................... 1 Engineering ................................... 5
7 Marina Dining Hall Alumni ........................................... 1 Personnel (7th floor) .................... 1 Engineering .................................. 5
26 Norseman Hall Art Gallery.................................... 11 Public Relations............................. 1
26 Norseman Hall Art Gallery ................................... 11 Public Relations............................. 1 Fones School of Dental Hygiene....22
25 North/South Hall Athletic Office.............................. 25 Public Safety................................. 26 Fones School of Dental Hygiene ...22
General Studies............................ 28
25 North/South Hall Athletic Office ............................. 25 Public Safety ................................ 26 General Studies ........................... 28
15 Wheeler Recreation Center Bookstore (Basement)................... 4 Recital Hall (Littlefield)................ 11
15 Wheeler Recital Hall (Littlefield) ............... 11 Health Sciences............................ 22
2 John J. Recreation
Cox StudentCenter
Center Bookstore (Basement).................. 4
Bursar (Ground floor)................... 1 Registrar (Ground floor)............... 1 Health Sciences ........................... 22
2 John Health Technology...................... 22
................. 91
J. Cox Student
Center Center .................. 11 Registrar
5 Technology Bursar
Career(Ground
Services fl(6th oor)floor)............ Residence(GroundHalls Office floor)............... Health Technology .....................2222
5 Technology
1 Wahlstrom Center Career Services (6th fl oor) ........... 14 Residence Halls Office ................ 9 Naturopathic Medicine................
Library Cafeteria (Basement)..................... (Back Entrance) Naturopathic Medicine ...............2222
1 Wahlstrom Library Cafeteria 4 (Back Entrance) Nutrition Institute. ........................
Catholic (Basement) ....................19
Services.......................... Security......................................... 26
Physician Assistant Institute........ 2222
Nutrition Institute ........................
Security ........................................2926
Parking
Catholic
CounselingServices
Services. ....................19
......................... 19 Soccer Field.................................. Physician
Public and Assistant
International Institute ....... 222
Affairs.....
Counseling Services .................... 197
Dining............................................. Student Services & Activities.........29
Soccer Field ................................. 4 Public and International Affairs .... 2
Parking facilities are available at Dining ............................................
Dental Health Clinic.................... 22 7 Student
Theater Services & Activities........
(Mertens)........................ 114
no charge to UB students and Dental Health Clinic ................... 221 Theater (Mertens) ....................... 11
community. University Relations......................
University Relations ..................... 1

380
 Copyright © 2021 University of Bridgeport
University of Bridgeport Catalog 2021-2022
University of Bridgeport
126 Park Avenue
Bridgeport, CT 06604

University of Bridgeport reserves the right to make

changes without prior notice. The most current version
of the catalog is available on the University’s website
(www.bridgeport.edu). The University of Bridgeport
provides the information herein solely for the conve-
nience of the reader and, to the extent permissible by
law, expressly disclaims the creation of a contract or
any liability which may otherwise be incurred.
Published by the University of Bridgeport.

381